^1 1^1 
 
 
 y om 
 
 
 
 
 Of 
 
 ^z -z? 
 
 
 .■; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ?Aavaai 
 
 J l lj J; 1 
 
 jQJAIrllrJrv* C/>\ 
 
 y 0Aavaain* N 
 
 A^IO 
 
 RARY0,f tR% 
 
 
 Lfj> 
 
 ■ RARY& 
 
 
 
 
 1 -l \ > zl 1 V 2 
 
 %)3AINflWV > 
 
 
 
 
 DNVSOV^ 
 
 \W ^sm 
 
 
 
 
 It IllMWCDC/ 
 
 1 ir" ^ £ 
 
 
 
 
 *foim 
 
 ""JfljA 
 
 
 
 %l« 
 
 tilJtAV 
 
 
 l ava8iH N o i ' ^iUDi- 
 
 
 -S 
 
 WtfUNIVER 
 
 ^•LIBRARYQc 
 
 - — .'>- 
 
 -n l— > ^ 
 
 "^3AIN(l 3^ 
 
 
 
 I /% — ■■ \ ,■> 
 
 
 ]^ \iivaan#- 
 
 
 
 V)l l^ 
 
 
 <r?i3Df, 
 
 jainihwv* 
 
 %oi\m-i^ 
 
 
 
 *^"^^ SO 
 
 
 
 
 1 il 
 

 
 
 't/AUVadlli^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 0AaVH8ltt^ v 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r aUdl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J iUJf' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ? 1 ir~ £■ 
 
 
 
 £1 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ilNIHtt^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f Jiir.i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ir-in-3Vftc- 
 
 
 ^OJIWJJO^ %0JIWJJC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I ]\\v 
 
 JO^ 
 
 
 

 
 II 
 
 ryi
 
 CATALOGUE 
 
 OF THE 
 
 SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS 
 
 IN THE 
 
 LIBRARY OF THE INDIA OFFICE. 
 
 Part IV. 
 Samskrit Literature: 
 
 A. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL LITERATURE. 
 PHILOSOPHY AND TANTRA.
 
 India Office Library 
 
 With the Compliments 
 of the Librarian 
 
 COMMONWEALTH RELATIONS OFFICE 
 KING CHARLES STREET- LONDON- SWI
 
 CATALOGUE 
 
 SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS 
 
 LIBRAE Y OF THE INDIA OFFICE. 
 
 PART IV. 
 Samskrit Literature : 
 
 A. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL LITERATURE. 
 VII. PHILOSOPHY AND VIII. TANTRA. 
 
 BY 
 
 ERNST WINDISCH, Ph.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OK SANSKRIT IN THE UNIVERSITY OK LEI I' II 
 AND 
 
 JULIUS EGGELING, Ph.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF SANSKRIT AND COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY IN THE DNIVER8ITI OF IDINBI BOB. 
 
 UoituOll : 
 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OE STATE FOR IN'I'IA l\ COUNCIL. 
 
 1894.
 
 LONDON! 
 
 PRINTED BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTOX, LIMITED, 
 ST. JOHN'S HOUSE, CLEKKENWELL ROAD.
 
 -C318 
 
 PREFATORY NOTE BY THE EDITOR. 
 
 The present part of tlie Catalogue appearing with two names on the title-page, it may 
 seem desirable that I should briefly stale in what way the work lias Keen divided 
 between my collaborateur and myself. 
 
 The bulk of the Philosophical MSS., as was already mentioned in the preface to 
 Part I., have been described by Professor Windisch ; my own share in this department 
 being the works on Bhakti (from no. 2-188 onwards, except nos. 2403 and 2100), and on 
 Kasnur Saivism ; and some ninety MSS.* scattered over the earlier subdivisions of 
 Philosophy. 
 
 As regards the Tantric literature, some of the works of this class had been 
 catalogued by the late Dr. Haas; but, for the reason 1 in the preface referred 
 
 I have felt it necessary thoroughly to revise his part of the work and to add snch 
 extracts, and indications regarding the contents of the MSS., as I thought might pr 
 helpful to scholars in identifying the works in question when comparing them with 
 other MSS. within their reach. 
 
 In carrying this part through the press, we have received much valuable assistance 
 from kind friends. Professor Windisch desires to express his warmest thanks to Pro- 
 fessor Aufrecht for having read the proofs of the first ten sheets and suggested numerous 
 improvements ; as also to Dr. R. Rost and Dr. von Bohtlingk for occasional suggestions. 
 For my own part, I am under special obligations to Mr. Ch. H. Tawney for the kind and 
 generous help readily afforded me whenever I had occasion to consult him in connection 
 with the MSS. now under his charge; and I fear I have only too often availed nvj 
 of his kind offer of assistance in this respect. I have also to offer my cordial thanks 
 to Professors Aufrecht, Bendall, Bhandarkar, Cowell, and von Roth, for some collations 
 of MSS. or editions within their reach. 
 
 J. EGGEL1M, 
 Edinburgh, November 1894. 
 
 * I subjoin a list of these kiudly sent me by Prof. Windisch : — L830, 1850, 1851, 1868. 20U, 
 2015, 2030, 2033, 2034, 2039-42, 2052-55, 2069, 2076, 2139, 21 W, 2166, 2206, 2281, 2258 61, 2 
 2281, 2298, 2300, 2302, 2303, 2305, 2310-16, 2337, 2359-62, 2372. 2875, 2376, 2 178, 2888-87, . 
 2402, 2406, 2415, 2433-37, 2441. 2442, 2446-52, 2455, 2456, 2458, 2459, 2461, 2462, 2467, 24 
 
 2473-76, 2478, 2482, 2484, 2486. 2487 
 
 kshki 
 
 ^
 
 CONTENTS OF PA RT I V 
 
 SANSKRIT LITERATURE :— 
 
 A. Scientific and Technical Literature {continued); 
 
 VII. Philosophy: 
 
 A. Samkhya 
 
 B. Yoga . 
 c. Nyaya . 
 r>. Vais'eshika 
 
 e. Karmamlmamsa 
 
 f. Vedanta : 
 
 1.-3. Sutra and commentaries . 
 
 4. Sankaracarya . 
 
 5. Advaita and general Vedanta 
 (i. Rslmanuja's Vis'isht advaita 
 
 7. Madhvacarya's Dvaitavidyil 
 
 8. Nimbaditya 
 
 9. Doctrine of Faith (Bhakti) . 
 g. Kasmlr Saivism (Spanda and Pratyabhijfia) 
 
 VIII. Mysticism (Tantra) .... 
 
 595 
 598 
 603 
 661 
 680 
 
 718 
 731 
 711 
 7:M 
 797 
 802 
 807 
 832 
 
 84 i
 
 ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. 
 
 Page 603a, 1. 17, for a. read 1. 
 „ 604a, 1. 16, read tfr^TRT ; 1. 18, read wwrfr$iP*rjf> (s)f^^fRnr: (Comm. : 
 
 tfwrftiT ^ wrt: wmi ^ h oirl7T<r*nsnrt ^ff (s)fWanr: tfmfr- 
 
 ^H^Pif sf^rfwH ^w=irrrn^: i) The verses at bottom of p. 60 la 
 1. 34, read o^f^cST vi ; 1. 35, read T?Tcrrq=»f%TT: fwt ffJTfjTTTr^ 
 llf%^?ifw I ; 1. 30, read f^TTntnww. ; 1. 38 read »ftot*rnnT'?*3H t 
 „ 6046, 1. 1, read f^'EJ^^>?T»T?W#frTf*tTT^tn: I; 1. 3, /rao' ^prvhlfH ° 
 „ 605?;, 1. 30, for b. read 2. 
 
 „ 607a, 1. 12, add: Bliandarkar, Rep. 1882-83, p. 26 and p. 213. 
 ,, 6076, 1. 38, read «TRsrci. 
 „ 609 a, 1. 12, for c. read 3. 
 „ 6106, 1. 20, read =KT^°. 
 „ 6146, 1. 21, for 2B, read 3269. 
 „ 617a, 1. 33, for 4B, read 3271. 
 
 „ 622a, at bottom, add : Bliandarkar, Rep. 1883-84, p. 82, calls the author 
 Mahddeva Puntdmkara, i.e. Mahddeva, native of Puntambem iu 
 the Ahmadnagar district." 
 „ 6246, 1. 27, read &)W[ ; I. 34, read °liT°. 
 „ 6256, 1. 34, read °vtq*n°. 
 ,, 630a, 1. 2, read "tmma^H . 
 „ 6316, 1. 23, read °tvq£x]. 
 
 ,, 632a, 1. 4 : perhaps cS^Rft un^ rfimnfHJ^srrnTt (Prof. Aufrecht). 
 „ 634a, 1. 12, add : The ed. of the Tattvaointdmani in the Bibl. Ind. con- 
 tains extracts from the Mathm/rl in vol. i. (the last piece is the 
 Sarmikarshavada, ends p. 639). 
 637a, 1. 26, read °W*JW\»^°. 
 6416, 1. 17, read oRffHTffte'Tiff . 
 6546, 1. 16, read 5I3TW. 
 6626, 1. 2, read °3Tu(t): II 
 
 669«. The Saptujiaddrthl was published, with a Latin translation. In 
 Augustus Winter, Lipsiae 1893, and, wii/i Mddhava Qarasvai 's 
 MitabluisliiijJ (see no. 2088), by Ramaidstri Tailanga, I! aarea 
 
 6
 
 X ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. 
 
 1893, in the Vizianagram Sanskrit Series. The printed text of 
 the Mitabhdshinl gives Saurashtradesa as the name of the country, 
 but in an additional third sloka the author is spoken of as «tm!ll- 
 
 Page 676b, 1. 10, read fsn^ra^T:. 
 „ 677a, 1. 10, read * *?TWtw^:(?) ; 1. 18, read iri *r<n 1 ^rf&rK?) ; 1. 19, 
 
 read ^R*3«»fal . 
 „ 678a, 1. 23, read ^ftpft 3T^ I; 1. 27, read g:*? . 
 „ 681a, 1. 3 from bottom, read fWtalT ; last line, read JTT-. 
 „ 6816, 1. 25, read 2145. 
 
 „ 6826, 1. 22, read 2162, 2163 ; no. 2144, add : [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 „ 686a, 1. 33, read Ttftfm. 
 „ 687a, 1. 32, read *?nfa^ irft . 
 „ 6926, last line, read The scribe. 
 „ 7266, 1. 8, read V,i&n ; 1. 11, read ^TTSI 1 wmtifin. 
 „ 7306, note, see no. 2379. 
 „ 7346, 1. 26, read ^fnd°. 
 „ 737a, 1. 32, see no. 2439. 
 „ 7436, 1. 30, read wfrraTffc. 
 „ 7736,1.33, ° prekshikdsthUdmbarav , Bomb. ed. (Sake 1802); 1.40, 
 
 nisjcardkula ° , Bomb. ed. 
 „ 774a, 1. 21, 56. dnantarapretavyavastlid, Bomb. ed. ; 1. 30, 68. Karka- 
 
 lyupdkhydne rdksh , Bomb, ed.; 1. 37, 76. anydyabddhiko ndma, 
 
 Bomb. ed. 
 „ 7746, 1. 5, 85. Aindavopdkhydnopakrame bra , Bomb. ed. ; 1. 16, read 97. 
 
 ciddkdsamd . 
 „ 775a, 1. 4, janyajaninirdk , Bomb, ed.; 1. 6, jagaddnantya , Bomb, ed.; 
 
 1. 8, read Bhdrgavaskhalanam ; 1. 10, Sukravividhajanmd , Bomb. 
 
 ed. ; 1. 18, read Sukrasya ; 1. 20, ^svapnasushuptaturlya , Bomb. 
 
 ed. ; 1. 27, "katasamgrdmavarnanam, Bomb, ed.; 1. 30, °katajan- 
 
 mdntaraci , Bomb. ed. 
 „ 7756, 1. 11, Khotthavibhava , Bomb. ed. ; 1. 13, Vasishthaddsura , Bomb. ed. 
 „ 777a, 1. 15, read °svarupanirupaiiam ; 1. 24, Sivapujopdkhydne cetyonmu- 
 
 khacidvicdro ndma (30.), Bomb. ed. ; 1. 28, Mahddevasya pujya- 
 
 slmdntatvakathanam (35.), Bomb. ed. ; 1. 34, read visrdnti ; 1. 36, 
 
 Bdvopdkliydne (45.) sargah, Bomb, ed.; last line, read °samvedana°. 
 „ 7776, 1. 2, read Arjunopdkhydne ; 1. 20, read °khydnam ; 1. 24, °prabodho 
 
 ndma, Bomb, ed.; 1. 26, read °vicdranam.
 
 ADDITIONS AM' CORRECTIONS. ii 
 
 Page 778a, 1. 6, C&ddlopdhhydne Kumbhasya strltvaldbho ndma (I 11 "'), Bomb. 
 ed.; 1. 10, the Bomb. ed. has Sikhidhvajanirvdifam (Mo.), A' < 
 hhydne Kacaprdbodho ndma (111.), Mithydpurushopdkhydne dhdiara- 
 kshaqam (112.), etc., the right number of sargas being 128; 1.81, 
 read jagadvrihsha . 
 
 „ 778h, 1. 28, read sarvopa ; 1. 29, read jwasaptaha . 
 
 ,, 7916, 11.9-14. The colophon of the first pariccjieda cuds: ° ^totrain^oKi- 
 
 ns^w^is: ii The colophons of chapters 2 and 3, on the other hand, 
 have only ° ^jWanT^jcRTTT^rnrt fgijrfai: (Htrfar.) o° *°n and this iv 
 also the wording of the colophons in tho other MSS. of our 
 collection. As to the additional words in the colophons i ! 
 chapters 1 and 4, the meaning of MW'+ld^ and T^ft^Tsrr is nut 
 clear to me. If it occurred only at the end of the MS., one 
 might perhaps take it in the sense of " a son's share (uddl 
 of the books left by the father"; but this seems inadmissible 
 here; the more so as Aufrecht, Cat. Cat., std> 3IT^fH3TTTo53PR^r? . 
 mentions a commentary by Vi&vandthatirtha. Even the sense of 
 "extract" or ' summary," however, seems hardly applica 
 here. — J. E. 
 
 7976, 1. 1, read <pr. . 
 
 7986, note f, read : I have omitted the commentary of these verses. 
 
 8016, 1. 26, read *mrr mo a. 
 
 802«, 1. 13, cp. the same verse in no. 2470. 
 
 8026, 1. 5 from bottom, read p. 150. 
 
 804a, 1. 36, read WK I .
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 595 
 
 VII. Philosophy. 
 
 A. Samkiiva. 
 
 1809. 
 
 3044. Foil. 69; size 111 in. by 6 in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; Large clear writing. 
 
 Kapilasdrnkhyapra ra can a sF/l ra vritti , a com- 
 mentary on the Sdmkhyasutras, by Aniruddha, 
 with the text of the sutras. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 1, no. ii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f^RTO* im-zm fVnni wq *r.cnrfo i 
 •&wi nipt »t?5it^ ^ftr ^;i sinw n 
 
 f^VT JFHTW I 3fr=frTf^^T ^T '3p*IT^rfa?ft:iTSJTrreT I 
 
 The first adhyaya ends fol. 25a ; the second, 
 fol. 306; the third, fol. 396; the fourth, fol. 436; 
 the fifth, fol. 616. 
 
 This commentary has been published in the 
 Bibliotheca Indica (Sdmkhyasutra/uritti), by 
 Dr. Richard Garbe, 1888-89. An English 
 translation, by the same, iu the Bibl. Tin!. . 
 1888 squ. See also The Aphorisms of the 
 Sdmkhya Philosophy (printed fur the use of 
 the Benares College), Part I. (the 1st adhyaya), 
 Allahabad 1852. 
 
 [J. R. Bai.lantyne.] 
 
 1810. 
 
 2668. Foil. 125; size 111 in. by 5 in.; 
 ten lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Kdpilasdmkhyapravacanas'dstrasya Bluish yam, 
 by Vijndna Icdrya (Bhilcshu), with the bexl 
 of the sutras, with marginal notes in Cole- 
 brooke's handwriting. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 1, no. iv. 
 
 The Sdmkhyapravacanabhdshya was pub- 
 lished at Serampore in 1821. and by F. E. Hall. 
 
 in the Bibliotheca Indica, 1854-56. A reprint 
 by Jivdnanda Vidydsdgara, Calcutta, 1872. A 
 German I ranslation by Professor Richard Garbe, 
 Leipzig, 1889 (printed for 
 Society, Abhandlnngen fur die Kunde des 
 Morgenlandes, vol. ix. no. :J). See also Tlie 
 Sdmkhya Aphorisms of Kapila, with exti 
 
 Bhikshu's commentary, translated 
 by J. R. Ballantyne, in the Bibliotheca Indica. 
 The tirsi adhyaya ends Eol. 596 ; ml, 
 
 fol. 696; the third, fol. 846; the fourth, fol. 
 tho fifth, f,,l. 112,/. Sutra 28 of the second 
 adhyaya, with a pan of tie commentary (fol. 
 65a), sutras 49 and 50 of the third (fol. 7 
 and sutra 10 of the fourth adhyaya, with a 
 part of the commentary (fol. 86a), are wanting. 
 
 [TI. T. Coi.i 
 
 L811. 
 
 1822e. 1822f. Poll. 59 and 45 res,,. (140 
 243); size 12| in. by ■>', in.; 13-16 Hues in a 
 page ; large modern writing. 
 
 KdjpilasdmJchyapravacanasdstrasya Bhdshy am 
 
 a second eop\ el I .■ , ,hm lr,h\ a ' commentary, 
 in two parts: the firsl contains the five last 
 adhyayas, the second, the firs) adhyaya. 
 
 The writer has ..in it ted sutras 4-10 of th. third 
 adhyaya on Eol. 12a, [. 5, bul he has rep ured 
 his mistake on fol. 17a, 1. 1. Again, fol. 44, 1. 3, 
 
 he has dropped text and i | ',-a.v 
 
 86-116 n( the fifth adhyaya. 
 
 1812. 
 
 1256a. Poll. 29 ; size 81 in. by 4 in.; 
 11-13 lines in a page ; writ ing indiffi i 
 
 Sdmkhydbhdshya, a commentary on Tsvara- 
 krishna's Sdmlchyakdrikds, bj Oaurapdda. 
 
 See Hull's Index, p. ■'.. no. xiv. 
 
 f
 
 596 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The Sdmkhyabluishya was published by H. 
 H.Wilson, Oxford 1837 (The Sdnkhya Kdrikd, 
 transl. by H. T. Colebrooke, the Bdshya transl. 
 by H. H. Wilson). 
 
 The last three couplets of the edition 
 (?trrof^ °) are wanting in this copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1813. 
 
 517. Foil. 41 ; size 9J in.; 10-12 lines 
 in a page ; writing fair. 
 
 Tattvakaumudt, a commentary on the Sdm- 
 khyakdrikds, by Vdcaspati Misra. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 5, no. xv.; Oxford 
 Catalogue, p. 237, no. 570 ; Berlin Catalogue, 
 p. 185, no. 637. 
 
 The Tattvakaumudt- was published at Cal- 
 cutta in the Samvat year 1905. I have seen 
 the first fascicle of a second edition (Calcutta 
 1 868, printed and published by Bdbu Bhuvana 
 Chandra Vasdka). Professor Garbe mentions 
 a Calcutta edition with a commentary by 
 Tdrandtha Tarkavdcaspati, 1871, and a Benares 
 edition by Dharmddikdri Dhundirdja Panta- 
 sharman, 1873, in his German translation of 
 The Sdmkhyatattvakawmudi (Miinchen, 1892, in 
 the " Abhandluugen der K. Bayer. Akademie 
 der Wiss."); see also his paper "Sdmkhya- 
 tattvakawmudi, §4-7 in deutscher Uebersetzung, 
 uebst einer Einleitung," in " Berichte der K. 
 Sachsisehen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften/' 
 21 Juli, 1888. 
 
 1814. 
 
 1521d. Foil. 30; size 10 in. by 6i in.; 
 13-15 lines in a page; writing fair. 
 
 Sdmkhyatattvakawmudi, a second copy of 
 Vdcaspati's commentary, dated : w^ <*t$o wtw\ 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1815. 
 
 1128a. Foil. 43; size 11 in. by 4 in.; 
 7-10 lines in a page; well written. 
 Tattvakaumudi, a third copy. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrookh.] 
 
 1816. 
 
 760a. Foil. 48; size 9| in. by 4 in.; ten 
 lines in a page ; fair modern writing. 
 
 Tattvakaumudi , a fourth copy, dated : f^fJTif 
 
 T5ffan»W5mnfrT(!) ^fwr ^KTstf h 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1817. 
 
 2005. Foil. 70; size 8| in. by 4| in.; 
 7-9 lines in a page ; fair modern writing. 
 Sdmkhyatattvakawmudi, a fifth copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1818. 
 
 3032. Foil. 28; size 13 in. by 7 in.; 
 10-16 lines in a page ; writing indifferent. 
 
 Tattvdmritaprakdsmi, a commentary on 
 Vdcaspati Misra's Sdmkhyatattvakaumudi, by 
 Rdghavdnanda Sarasvati, disciple of Advaya, 
 who was the disciple of Yisvesvara. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 6, no. xvii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 T?T»pTfT oFfTJc5W *lr*T =RT>fa K^^f t>oRT3RTJT || 
 
 [J. R. BALLArfTYNE.] 
 
 1819. 
 
 2640. Foil. 27; size 10 in. by lj in.: 
 eleven lines in a page; writing fair.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 59; 
 
 Sdmkhyacandrikd, a commentary on tin' 
 Kdrikds, by Ndrdyana Tvrtha, disciple of 
 Rdmagovinda T/rtha. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 7, no. xxi.; Oxford 
 Catalogue, p. 2-)7, no. 569. 
 
 Date of the copy: KTTiT qb^C HT^31^ tjlift- 
 
 vrr {sic !) Tf^n?JT 
 
 1820. 
 
 1371. Foil. 45; size 91 in. by 54 in.; 
 
 8 bo 9 lines in a page; large modern writing. 
 
 Sdmkhyacandrikd, a second copy. Colophon : 
 
 f^mrf jTWTVR ^IflfTTTT WTrT St43 ^m^ *?TH ^TWT T2J 
 
 Tltr^TR eft WITftpPTTff 11 
 
 The following curious lines, containing a 
 spell, have been added by the same hand : 
 HfTT^ f^&tWH HIZWTH *T^B?T»T I 
 ift ^ WJlfrT ^%fw«r*»HRnh^qfC II S II 
 
 ?uvr: it? tt^^t *nr TUTT fan^TO: II * II 
 <hc* K 5 •til ^"t^TITf^ oRTT'TO ^TS^ngpmfKUf *ftcfi Biqgr 
 
 frTfs^T rt^Trft ^jrhrnr T^g ^ip* ^rsita sfff tbqW 11 
 
 [H. T. COLKBEOOKE.] 
 
 1821. 
 
 559b. Foil. 9; size 12$ in. by 4| in., 
 16-24 lines in a page; Bengali character; 
 small modern writing. 
 
 Sdmkhyacandrikd, a third copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1822. 
 
 1303a. Foil. 26; size 13$ in. by 41 in.; 
 8 to 9 lines in a page; liengali character; 
 writing fair. 
 
 Samkhyakaumudi, a commentary on the 
 Sdmkhyakdrikds, by Rdrnakrishna Llhalta. 
 
 Ball's Index, p. - ; Raj M.lr.V- \'ol. I.. 
 
 do. 168. 
 1 1 begins : 
 
 TPTir TTH<*U!H TWpj l^pJTCl 11 
 ^Hm^rt ?5TiV it "]:*'* unt 
 
 ^r»TTRc»rt ^m^rt Hmff 
 >r?w?rt ^htth^hcim 11 
 
 11. T. < "M BEOO 
 
 L823. 
 
 1597c. Foil. 19; size 9| in. by 55 in.; 
 
 eleven lines in a page; well writu □ 
 
 Sdmkhyasdra, the essence of the Sdmkliya 
 philosophy, by Vijndna Bhikshu. 
 
 See Hull's Index, p. 7, no. xxii. 
 
 The Sdmkhyasdra was printed in the Bibli- 
 otheca Indica, by F. E. Ball, L862. 
 
 Date of tbe copy: 4^H stto *mq ^t^T wf> so 1 
 
 .11. T. I ■ 
 
 L824. 
 
 1250b. Foil. 21; size 9 in. by 4 
 
 eleven lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Sdntkhyasdra, a second copy; either bi 
 copies have been transcribed from the same 
 original, or the second is a transcript of the 
 
 first. 
 
 [II. T. COLEBROOKE. 
 
 1 825. 
 
 1038a. Foil. 35; size S.\ in. by 4 in.; 
 nine line.- in a page; large modem writing. 
 
 Sadasatkhydtivicdra, by Oovinda Bhaffa, 
 son of Visvandtha Bhat(a. This work is oot 
 mentioned in Aufrecht's Cat. Cat. 
 
 •1 1 'J.
 
 598 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCEIPTS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TT^TKfW^Tf^fFT sTPft >JH: TT3T ^if^ TUTTfafiT 
 rSTTTq *q ^fiT W^f sij ^ ^fff TTf frTW^flT TJ^tT. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ffH Win »mrf%(read ° ^rO^ft H^TTT (sic !) 
 
 tiit? 3^1; *mr HinrfifWrr. ts^h i 
 ^■TjTO ^ *r f<*f-MriwT^'^Tw sfcbm 11 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 B. Yoga. 
 1826. 
 
 2122a. Foil. 65; size 10 in. by 5i in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; well written. A few 
 leaves are wormeaten on the right side. 
 
 Pdtanjalam Yogasastram Sdmkhyapra vacanam, 
 the bhdshya on the Yogasutra, ascribed to 
 Vedavydsa. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 9, no. ii.; Berlin 
 Catalogue, p. 186, no. 639. 
 
 For an edition, together with Vdcaspati 
 Misra's Vydkhyd, see the next number. 
 
 It begins: 
 
 ^wrm ^wia u>TTf(T wi0\ s^^rvTOr^m 
 
 TlitslMM»rf(WiT , TTf<:<*T: ttf fR *W ftt 
 
 The first, or samddhi-pdda, ends fol. 156; 
 the second, or sddhananirdeso ndma, fol. 356 ; 
 the third, or vibhuti-pdda, fol. 556; the fourth, 
 or kaivalya-pdda, fol. 65a. 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 
 1827. 
 
 1448b. Foil. 113 (90-202); size 12 in. by 
 6 in.; 10-15 lines in a page; writing indif- 
 ferent. 
 
 Patau jalabhdshyavydkhyd, a commentary on 
 Vydsa's Pdtanjalabhdshya, by Vdcaspati Misra, 
 with the text of the Bhdshya standing in the 
 middle of every page. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 9, no. iii. Published, 
 under the title Pdtaf/jala-darsanam, by Jlvd- 
 nanda Vidydsdgara, Calcutta 1874. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 jfrf^unre^vfr urn ^n^ir fV**rarff n 
 - f tj^rq irep^rirafriTf {sic ! ) vftwu wm^nr^mf^^m- 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 1226 ; the second, 
 fol. 154a; the third, fol. 185a. 
 Date of the copy : *faw SfcMM I 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1828. 
 
 2347. Foil. 143; size 10 in. by 5 i in; 
 nine lines in a page. The writing is the same 
 as in the Bhdshya in no. 1826 (MS. 2122a). 
 
 Pdtanjalabhdshyavydkhyd, a second copy of 
 Vdcaspati Misra's commentary, without the 
 text of the Bhdshya. 
 
 The copy has many small omissions; foil. 35 
 and 36 are misplaced, fol. 21a is blank, but 
 nothing is wanting there. 
 
 Date of the copy : *faff °i%%% ^ ^IWTB 
 ^raitisr <wm\ fxvt tftTf^T fcTfiSrf II 
 
 [Gaikawar.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 599 
 
 L829. 
 
 12431). Foil. 59; size II in. by M in.; 
 10-21 lines in a page; writing indifferent. 
 
 Pdtanjalablidsltyacydklu/d, a third copy. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKK. | 
 
 1830. 
 
 1455. Foil. 171, of which 128-1:51 and 
 133-166 arc wanting; size 9j in. by 1-i in.; 
 good, clear, modern Devanagari writing; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Pdta lijaJasidravritti-bhashyavyakhyd, by Ndgojl 
 Bhatta, son of Swa Bhalla and Sat/. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 10, no. vi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1831. 
 
 1243a. Foil. 65; size 11 in. by 4\ in.; 
 8 to 9 lines in a page ; good large writing. 
 
 Rdjnmdrtanda, a commentary on Patanjali's 
 Yogas' dstrasutra, ascribed to Bhoja, king of 
 Dhara. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 10, no. vii.; Oxford 
 Catalogue, p. 229, no. 561. Published, with 
 an English translation, in the Bibl. Indica, by 
 Rajendralala Mitra, 1881-83. 
 
 The first and the second pdda wore published 
 by J. R. Ballantyne (for the use of the Ben. 
 Coll.), with an English translation; the third 
 and fourth pdda, by Govindadeoa§dstrin, in the 
 Pandit, no. 28 foil. The third was also printed 
 in the Oxford Catalogue. 
 
 The first Jidda ends fol. ISb ; the second, 
 fol. 33a ; the third, fol. 476. 
 
 Colophon : fc^ftnt ?m?THcfirqwrq iV-HW^J * 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOO] I 
 
 L832. 
 
 1865. Poll. 46 ; size 12 in. by •". I in.; 
 7-ltl Lines in a page; fair modern writing. 
 
 /',■/ a jalayoga&dstravriti i Ildjamdr- 
 
 tanda, a second copy. [J. Tatli 
 
 1833. 
 
 2427. Foil. 84; size 9 in. by 33 in.; 
 seven lines in a page ; writing fair. 
 
 Yogasdstravritti, called //■ anda, a third 
 
 copy. | R. JOHM 
 
 is:: I. 
 
 3061. Foil. 13; size 10| in. by 4| in.; 
 nine lines in a pag >od modern writing. 
 
 SutrdrthacandriJcd, a very succinct com- 
 mentary on the Pdtaiijalasutra, by Ananta. 
 The text of the sutras is in the middle of 
 each page. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 11, no. xii.j Raj Mil 
 Not. VI., no. 2127. It begins: 
 
 'SH-tH^Hlrtw JU^H^cfawiT M 1 II 
 
 .qinnmir tr tttt ii s ii **^qfrinr*prnTq f^r=rwj ■jjt 
 
 ^n: ii * ii 
 
 The firs! pdda ends fol. P- ; the second, 
 fol. lb; the third, fol. 1 lb. 
 
 [J. K Ballamti 
 
 is:}."). 
 
 559d. Foil. 26 (foil. 134-159 of the volume); 
 
 size 1-". in. bj I. ' in.; written by two different 
 hands; foil. 1-'.' eleven lines in a page, foil. LO-26 
 fourteen to seventeen lines in a page; end of 
 I he I 8th century. 
 
 Yogamaniprabhd, a 8ami icana, a 
 
 vrtti on Patanjali's sutras, following I' i
 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Bhdshya, by Bdmdnamda Sarasvati, pupil of 
 Govindananda. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 12, no. xiv. (the name 
 of the author is not given there). 
 
 It begins : ^Wrt^" 'W ^rftu^nj ~w. ^rt- 
 
 TJcfWT ^tflTJT 11$ VtTnjt JjtT^TfVtf || 1 II 
 Iff jff^ Tl^if TITU'RT 
 
 c 
 
 ■$$ W MiN t ^fi ^fg: iiEjT^tU^wt snwufrfMisi 
 
 The samddhipdda ends fol. 11a, the sddhana- 
 pdda ends fol. 156, the vibhutipdda ends fol. 206. 
 The end of the whole work is : 
 
 Tfinrfa*nnH3T ^THmTHfw>rfq<iT i 
 
 H^TT»flrf^'afi'?Tc5T WTfC-TT ^^^TH^T^lft: II 3 II 
 
 TfTj n?Trfnrt tHt ^Ttfig^ ■asqrf^rf n g ii 
 (leg. ^)^Kf^^^*T^WT*37rNf7fT' *t^TJnr^ 
 Dated : tf^ stift n 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1836. 
 
 3101. Foil. 40; size 9 in. by 6 in.; eight 
 lines in a page; large good writing. 
 (a) Hathapradjpikd, a metrical treatise on 
 halhayoga (the subduing of worldly 
 desires by violent means), in four upa- 
 desas, by Atmdrdma or Svdtmdrdma 
 Yogmdra. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 15, no. xxxiii.; 
 
 * The last akshara is doubtful. 
 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 233, no. 566; Berlin 
 Catalogue, p. 195, no. 647 ; Copenhague 
 Catalogue, p. 9, no. xii. This work has 
 been published, with commentary, by 
 Brahmdnanda Jyotsa, Burdwan 1890. 
 
 The first upadesa (65 slok.) ends fol. 76; 
 the second (80 slok.), fol. 146 ; the third 
 (127 slok.), fol. 256; the fourth (129 slok.), 
 fol. 37a. The Oxford copy seems to 
 represent another version of the text, 
 its four chapters containing only 72, 76, 
 100 and 83 couplets. 
 (6) Foil. 37a-40a contain a small metrical 
 treatise, in 31 couplets, on the same 
 subject, by Minandtha MunJsvara, son 
 of Uma and Samkara " (see the sixth 
 couplet). 
 It begins : "W. ^ffrTHfipr^jTT^lf II 
 
 vtfmft v ssmTiq7TW>rt m^t trtwt^jt ii i ii 
 
 jfmTTWTOT<*i(?) ^NT3cH>»il(?) ' 
 
 ttt ^m«nRnrtHw ^ tw?thi?h n * ii 
 
 ■J v -J 
 
 ff f\? fa^ri^r 'q^qT wfrfTR ^rafpnrr: ii 3 11 
 
 ■S^TlTfiPHHTTpS: WTOTnffTfsnr: I 
 jj^«fn;-a7ft tft»n^ ^fara ^fir =irnTK 11 d 11 
 
 n^;# ^ fgr^i ^ fsra?* ^ ntt inn 1 
 
 ^R^frt «<ft sf% wrfttfVft jTTIW II V II 
 
 -jrrrsTfiTptt s-^ tf.Hiuft ^TfT-sgr: 1 
 
 •STZTm-fa xit 7T^ ^T^5f^R~TV=iW n % II 
 
 Though apparently a work different from 
 the HalhapradJpikd, it has the signature : ^fff 
 
 Date of the volume : *HW s ISMft V? *TT»T3rft 
 Tf? t TTf ^1^FTT^IW<4 ( Ahmadabad ?) HTTOTTTt- 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 (301 
 
 1837. 
 
 355b. Poll. 23; size 10i in. by 4 J- in.; 
 8 to linos in a page; large writing. The 
 last two leaves are bound in the wrong way. 
 
 Halhapradlpika , a second copy, dated : VTfl 
 
 SS<lt Jrtfff TJuT^cB ^ ^I?1 II 
 
 After the date there are added, by another 
 hand, twenty couplets on the same subject, 
 beginn ing : 
 
 f^w ^ it's ^ft TTTTrfwfiHTr^ ^r "^r^rsn i 
 •iWHfii ^r ^t^fir nfui+ft g^fi i*?r w: ii <\ ii 
 Slokas 5 and G are to be found in the Ya- 
 sisixthwyoga, adhy. II. si. 27, 28. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1838. 
 
 1725c. Poll. 34 (29-152); size 8£ in. by 
 3-2 in.; seven lines in a page; large good 
 writing. 
 
 Hathapradipikd, a third copy. It differs 
 very much from the two preceding copies, 
 and agrees more with the Oxford copy. There 
 are five chapters in this copy, the fifth begin- 
 ning fol. 32b. But the nineteen couplets of 
 this additional chapter, the first of which is : 
 
 ^r^n ^#*ttht sfi u>m%fH*mf#^T i 
 
 T>3>?rf *fr sf*TJTRTf(T n vrrft ffffenHH*? II 
 
 and the last of which is : 
 
 TWIrlUUHrflTWl TTPTW ft?3TfiT II 
 
 are the same as sloh. 79-98 in the third chapter 
 
 of the first and {sloh. 79-97) of the second copy. 
 At the corresponding place in this copy there 
 is die note (fol. 496, 1. 7, in tin; text): ^TTitT 
 Tati^r U-JilMT fefJTfTHtfTT ^TTJTMim Kl^iT ^^TVT- 
 UUlllinHHJJtfTTTTUT: II H. P. Coi.EBEOOKE.] 
 
 1830. 
 777a. Foil. ',\ ; size I", in. by -\[ in.; 
 
 nine lines m a page; clumsy, but clear writi 
 of the 18th century. 
 
 A continuous scries of Yoga tracts, all wri 
 by the same hand. They liavo the chara 
 of the Tantra literature. An author's name 
 is only mentioned for the last of thi 
 Authorities quoted: Lalitdsvachanda, fol. 37a, 
 1.9; Pratyabhijnd, fol. 876, 1.2; Vamake&vara- 
 temtra, ibid. 1.5; Balculaka, fol. 38a, 1. 1: 
 Sivananddcdrya, fol. 38a, 1. :> ; Tattvasami 
 fol. 89a, 1. 8; Samkardcdrya, Eol. 396, 1. 3; 
 ^rerrigrTn: ^agrf^rrT remnrr? twt: fol. 48a,1.6. 
 
 There is a note by Colebrooke on I h 
 page : Avadhuta yogi lacshana by G 
 
 lultha. Other forms observed by Avadhuta 
 Yoij/s." Bui this only holds good fur the Ias1 
 chapter of I he lasl i' 
 
 A first piece, which treats .<f vari ms man- 
 tra's "f the yoga practice, begins-. 
 
 ^*o ^rt ^nn?TJr5Rj ii'Fnw ^fi: cRjff $^ht wtttj 
 (sic !) -35: 'sn'CR M?RTn: uin^Ri tjcsra ^$fn; 
 
 UOTRTT <T^HT |TI nTTJTT ■&%; WTITTTTim fafiTJftn: 
 *l!fiT UTnwr^HTffnunf^fiTaj wf4 HT^q-rT 
 
 Tlnrc is a mystical figuri in the tni Idle 
 the first page. 
 
 This firsl piece ends fol. 96; the last 
 lines contain a li-t of the subjects which v 
 t reated : 
 
 cRfTTlTTfH r^TstqfafcT fa^THR n* I 
 «*?fi? >TiTvrfj ^ TTf^ETU^TTrfTofri" 1 1 
 
 >TTJT>TfimfljTqt WTTOTcRrnreTJ I 
 J^lH fSITT^H U^PT ^T'JTJTJ II 
 
 A S( COnd piece, fol. I " ' 
 It begins : 
 f^TTrtflUTFToBTT ^THtT?r IPTT^T H 
 <TT tt ^n<?fff^J wajrihr f>%jaT?ra 1 
 
 It ends: "ST-^j-q *Su?T WTtwr II
 
 602 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Follows, in the same line, a short third 
 piece called tfan^Hf^fv: fol. 16a- 17 a. 
 The beginning is : '^TRj ^JrfaraiT'-i^HWPl *rt?^T?rt 
 
 The next two pieces (the fourth and fifth) 
 bear a pauranic character, they form part of 
 an AmanasJcahalpakhanda, foil. l7a-2Qb. The 
 first of these two pieces is called Layayoga. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TTOWT ftTTKI ^r cTirtwfcrcminT I 
 
 ^nviTrfV^ ^rara *wrf?^ ^Tf^ i 
 
 TITinTf?Tj ^itf^ XJTH^ ?T fiTSTf II 
 The end is fol. 21a : ^tpr^irai^ra? ^T^m- 
 
 The second piece is called Saivasiddhdnta. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 It ends, fol. 26/- : 
 
 ^IST^Tft ^ftl^TIfft STT^inT U^T^I^W II 
 
 ^ftr ^Jrhsj^fw^tfl ii (sic !) 
 
 The last piece, foil. 26fe-51n, is a larger 
 work: Siddhasiddhdntapaddhati, by Goraksha- 
 ndtha (also Samkarandtha, see the last coujilots), 
 in six upadesas. It begins : 
 
 flTTfq cft^iJrt?I*t Wia$ WFTWFJinT: II 
 
 fttefr^TT: fqsniifer: fqrnm:: ffeii^mwrR: ffrw- 
 
 ^^=j tt tit sTSI WTRT fwSIff TT^T II 
 
 ^TOfff ii ^iT^rf? ftrs *raf*RTf?; fa*j?f ftr^- 
 f?TjrtnTiftit 
 
 H«raT»rrcv*f<!r ffrjnT'fo: irft^i w^ft^nrNroir 
 
 fcptf Slfs^sTrTT fWWTTT f^TT3THTTT f^n??7IT fqrrmSFT 
 fVu>3MHi ^fiT if^nWT fa^fis: etc. ^ 5lf^(T^ 
 
 fvrsn TJTT1TT TOJT ^^^^(si'c!) T^VT I 
 
 Fol. 306 ^ ilHffc5(?)ftJftrqfw:, on the 
 gradual development of the embryo : TnTTTfr- 
 
 *nmi -gtHoKT^ Tjfrrg^TitTifi iff?: u^Hf^^ or^t 
 
 >T^flT TtTJTrTrftJff^ Wf^TWrt W^fK ^|»<W n^TcFTt 
 
 H^fn »rrami cRfs^ >T^fK Tra^ f^irf wzfn kw^ 
 jrrftr ^T^TrR'Tf?;'* n^fn ^ir^" »rrfH ^^: i ^Tf?7nf?T- 
 cfTTWAdJi-i H^fir tHH sift? ire^rt «qfff w »nftr 
 
 H^frT ?^TH TTftl lflfH«W)5tl<is)HqT^c^ H^fjl nwfVcir 
 
 TRH?rrfH^rr^ ^ftTtt??r5Ki7!riT§: ^^ fff^^Tt w^rf* 
 ffl ffH^^^lc;S=A *T^fiT. The first upadesa ends, 
 
 fol. 31a: ^fiT TftrBRrqf^rrn fvrimfw. vwfo$$t: 
 
 The second upadesa ends, fol. 34fc : ^f?f TJfa- 
 
 The third upadesa ends, fol. 36& : ^fw ^1% 
 mrcn!U|<*riT fH5T«a!irtMarft fqJH'jf^^m KTfWxi^i: 
 
 The fourth upadesa ends, fol. 39a : jfn WX-
 
 THILOSOniY. 
 
 603 
 
 The fifth upadeia ends, fol. 44a : ^fff Ttfift- 
 TSF^TTpl- ° fqjq^qWnraqiTtf ttto q^q^: 
 
 The sixth upadesa treats of the avadhuta 
 yogin; it begins : ^ f^nqfqrrqviT: I : 5qvnq"Tfq- 
 ^y^jrf qrzqff ^f^ViTq^filHm^: ^q^Tqiqi? I TOP\ 
 Trarnrf^FTO^T ^qv^ftffrf ^VTTqVf I q>jftKn«rtfH 
 qfatf I It ends with a long series of slokas, 
 of which these are the last : 
 
 *tqr ^i3iTvii*H ftrsrftrjrtnqirfif i 
 
 %fefHt q: q^ h^sh * qTfiT q^JTt nfit II 
 WTT^Ht ^>TOqiqf»TV *^: II 
 
 ii ysft ii sfrT »ft^^n^ranft f^rgf^rgrtw^iriT^ '^qvH- 
 qtfi^pjr TR Hq q^tq^T: II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 C. Nyaya. 
 a. The Sutras and Commentaries. 
 
 1840. 
 
 161c. Foil. 8; size 12 in. by 4A in. ; 11 or 12 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Gautamapranltdni Nydyadarsanasutrdni, the 
 text of the Nydyasutras. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1841. 
 
 3040. Foil. 121 ; size 12 in. by 4A in.; 
 ten lines in a page ; fine writing. 
 
 Nydyabhdshya, Vdtsydyana's commentary on 
 the Nydyasutra, in four parts. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 20 no. ii. 
 
 (a) The first and second adhyaya, foil. 53 ; 
 the last two leaves are in another hand- 
 writing. 
 
 (b) The third adhyaya, foil. 32 (54-85); the 
 first two leaves are in a more modern 
 handwriting. 
 
 (c) The fourth adhyaya, foil. 22 (86-107). 
 
 (d) The fifth adhyaya, foil. 14 (108-121). 
 Date of this copy : tfq^ <is«rt ii 
 
 The Nydyabhdshya was published in the 
 liibl. Ind. by Pandlta ./ny<: a Tarka- 
 
 pancdnana, Calcutta 18G5. For tin beginning 
 of an English translation of the Nydyabhdshya, 
 by Kesava Sdstrl, see The Pandit, New Series, 1 1. 
 See also E. Windisch's dissertation "Ueber 
 das Nydyabhdshya," Leipzig, 1888. 
 
 [J. It. Ballani '. 
 
 1842. 
 
 1821. Foil. 100; size 12 in. by 54 in.; 
 11-13 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyabhdshya, a second, modern copy. It 
 has these introductory couplets : 
 
 q-<sft sfa v^qq? qrwnq^ q> sfa qw?5> qw: inn 
 
 qf^ qrWc5 <IliW!^ ^TmfqqjH *qT^q^ II * II 
 Subscription of the writer : ^ q^rqr mrq?5- 
 igqinq ql'iOra %ftnf n [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1843-1845. 
 
 488. Foil. 97; size 13 in. by 41 in.; 
 16-18 lines in a page; Bengali .character; 
 good old writing. 
 (a) Foil. 1-22. 
 
 Nydyatrisutr/tdtparyatikd, the beginning of 
 Vdtaspati's commentary on Uddyotakara' t 
 Nydyavdrttiha. This first portion treats only 
 of the first three sutras. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 21 no. iv.; Cowell's 
 preface to his edition of the A injali, 
 
 p. vi. sq.; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., II., p. 113 
 The sequel of the Nyaya commentators 
 Vdtsydyana, Uddyotakara, Vdcaspati Mi&ra, 
 Vdayana, Vardhamdna. Hall took Uddyotakara 
 and Vdayana for one and the same person. 
 
 It begins: fq^^nq^ fq^snifs: ftRrqrt fq h ai n't ° 
 (see Cowell, 1. c). 
 
 For another fragment of the Nydyavdrttika- 
 
 tdtparyafikd, see no. 1846 (1075/-). 
 
 4 K
 
 604 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 (b) Foil. 26 (23-48). 
 
 Trisutrinibandha, a commentary on the pre- 
 ceding NydyatrisutrUdtparyatikd ; the name of 
 its author is not mentioned, but it is the 
 beginning of Udayana' s Nydyanibandha (see 
 Burnell's Tanj. MSS., II., p. 113; Co well's 
 preface to the Kusumdnjali, p. vi., see also infra, 
 nos. 1846 and 1847). Rajendralala Mitra, 
 Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. v., p. 207, no. 1889, 
 ascribes the Nydyanibandha to Uddyotahara, 
 repeating here the error of Hall (Index, p. 20, 
 no. iii.). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 '■raiaftf: f%nfn f%snnro*ref^ i 
 sn^irafoHH urn ws wrcvnn 
 
 (c) Foil. 49 (49-97). 
 
 Trisutriprakdsa, a commentary on the pre- 
 ceding commentary, by Vardhamdna, son of 
 Gangesvara. 
 
 The form of the subscription ^fw N^HHch lji 
 f*w^ ^HTTTT, indicates that this work forms 
 part of the Nydya-nibandha-prakdsa mentioned 
 in Hall's Index, p. 21, no. v. 
 
 Hall gives as the extent of his copy of 
 the Nydya-nibandha-prakdsa "leaves 53, slokas 
 3500." As this is precisely the extent of the 
 Trisutriprakdsa, it is probable that he also 
 saw only this same first part of the whole. 
 It begins : 
 
 *rcir?n: ijf^r?rf*P5pRfQreinii fti^!3f^ 
 
 H ^ ^T^rftg-tTO^TlTTf^ ftp** II 
 
 ^rcqfcraTf^Tvrt! «ftut*rmTT(»nrrc) i 
 
 f=* my 8 ^fterwjw 5h fit Th i i fear: i 
 
 wfavim? Trflftfk ° [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1846. 
 
 1075b. Foil. 64-92 ; size 13* in. by 5f in.; 
 twelve lines in a page ; Bengali character; fair 
 writing, on brown paper. 
 
 Nydyavdrttikatdtparyatikd, by Vdcaspati 
 Nisra, another fragment of his commentary 
 on the Nydyavdrttika (see no. 1843), giving 
 the end of the fourth adhyaya and the whole 
 of the fifth adhyaya. 
 
 The first ahnika of the fifth adhyaya begins 
 (fol. 66a): *srej iwum^: v^ntj csf^n: TTrtfsrflTO 
 TTfrwmH^iTiiff ii^ ^^*ft sujtji *TK«ra ^nr ^rr? 
 
 wto rwrram? Trficfr=jrn;: ° 
 
 The second ahnika begins fol. 78a. 
 
 1847. 
 
 1075a. Foil. 1-63; size 13* in. by 5| in.; 
 twelve lines in a page ; Bengali character ; 
 fair writing, on brown paper. 
 
 Tdtparyaparisuddhi (also called Nydyani- 
 bandha), a commentary on Vdcaspati's Nydya- 
 vdrftikatdtparyatikd, by Udayana, incomplete. 
 
 There is a confusion about this work in 
 Hall's Index, p. 20, no. iii. The correct dates 
 are given in Cowell's preface to his edition of 
 the Kusumdnjali, p. vi., also in Rajendralala 
 Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. vii., p. 128, 
 no. 2358. 
 
 This copy begins with the first ahnika of 
 the third adhyaya : 
 
 fgm*5Hft^m?^f<^r5prh^ i 
 
 q^fiT »W5T#I
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 i;o5 
 
 The 2nd ahnika begins fol. 10a; the 1st 
 of the fourth adliyaya, fol. 29k ; the 2nd, 
 fol. 456; the 1st of the fifth adhyaya, fol. 506; 
 the 2nd, fol. 606. 
 
 Pol. 636, this commentary breaks oil', the 
 second portion of the volume being a fragment 
 of Viicaspati's commentary. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1848. 
 
 1436a. Poll. 82; size 12* in. by tt in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasutravritti, a commentary on the 
 Nydyasutra, by Visvandtha Bhattdcarya, son of 
 Vidydnivdsa Bhattdcarya. With marginal 
 notes in Colebrooke's handwriting. 
 
 The complete text of the Nydyasutravritti 
 was printed Calcutta 1828, an English trans- 
 lation of the Nydyasutras according to this 
 commentary, together with the text of the 
 sutras and extracts from the commentary, was 
 published by J. R. Ballantyne in three parts, 
 Allahabad 1850-1854. 
 
 See Aufrecht's Catalogue, p. 239 ; Hall's 
 Index, p. 22, no. ix. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1849. 
 
 232a. Foil. 91; size 12i in. by 3J in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasutravritti, a second copy, with the 
 date : ?faff <*Mo. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1850. 
 
 2786b. Foil. 88; size 12 in. by 5 in.; 
 Devanagari writing of 1735 a.d.; 9 or 10 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Nydyasutravritti, by Visvandtha 
 Bha((dcdrya, son of I 
 
 including the text of Gotama's A 
 third copy II. T. Com . 
 
 1851. 
 
 999. Poll. 159 ; Bize L2j in by 4| in.; 
 modern Bengali handwriting; seven lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Ny iyabhdshya-tikdtf), or Gautamabhds) 
 vydhhydna, apparently a commentary on Vdt- 
 ana's Bhdshya, or on a commentary thereon. 
 
 The exact relation between the two works 
 has not been made out from a perusal of a 
 portion of the MS., but only a very general 
 connection with the Nydi/asutras ; and no 
 colophon of any kind appears in the volume. 
 
 It begins : ^m »fhrwrni«li*«JMHi$ i nxtt 
 }RJiTi;*H?nni OTfTf««rfMfH^-«j4*nrf?7Ti Tjf^j inirra 
 ircjicfff: i tr Tjfc^q HTftfmH u Th ^^TcKsftnprsKR 
 f* tr i f^f^reftrer^TTRfinraffi^i tr i tcvi f? 
 
 «m5r?N RTfsnn^n^ f%fti«t TnncTjinfa?rTmfn fFP3- 
 
 J t ends : *R'*?fVcR*3!rT5R> Ttt 2f«T ^rfirfunifT 
 
 irt xmwfdTiRHR irjrr vwpttt *nm<rin*rp»iiT 
 
 [H. T. Colebroi 
 
 b. The Tarkabhdshd and Commei ' 
 
 1852. 
 
 2122c. Foil. 33; size 9| in. by H in.; 
 9-15 lines in a page. 
 
 Vat kabhdshd, an element on the 
 
 ophy, based on the Nydyasutra 
 and the Nydya bj KeSava ViSra. With 
 
 marginal, notes in Colebrooke's handy 
 
 4 k 2
 
 606 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 22, no. x.; Weber's 
 Catalogue, p. 208, no. 708 ; Raj. Mitra's Notices 
 of Skr. MSS., vol. iii., p. 72, no.1110; Burnell's 
 Tanj. MSS., II., p. 118. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^T^t sfq Tit •*M4H*4 H^IH 
 
 Fol. 19ci is the end of a first section : 
 
 %fa jgrtf iwnuprapff ii ^Tmsrcft ° (Ny. Su. I. 
 1,9). 
 
 Fol. 29a ends a second section on the prame- 
 ydni. The other topics, mentioned in the first 
 sutra, are summarily dealt with in the last 
 four leaves. 
 
 Date : ^wm5*(sjc !) ^ff ^5^1* fc5ftnt tf*n- 
 ?rz wujit. ii *Nw wifS n 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1853. 
 
 2036. Foil. 19; size 13f in. by 5| in.; 
 thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhabhdshd, a second copy. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1854. 
 
 3030. Foil. 29; size 13i in. by 5 in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhabhdshd, a third copy. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 1855. 
 
 1731b. Foll.50 (21-70); size 8£ in. by3| in.; 
 7 or 8 lines in a page : Bengali character. 
 Tarhabhdshd, a fourth copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1856. 
 
 47k. Foil. 30 (165-194); size 9h in. by 4 in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhabhdshd, a fifth copy. 
 After the subscription it has : 
 nw'i 4 ifl ^ i ri ^TnrreH^^rTT i 
 
 fVpITf %ofT5|nffr^ Ttto tfJTfrT^ff II 
 
 *fcn^ qtoa fafir t^nnsr^ s ^n^ret iif^ ^3^- 
 qKiHjJr (sk !) || [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1857. 
 
 1517a. Foil. 18£j size 10i in. by 44 in.; 
 13 or 14 lines in a page ; Jaina handwriting. 
 
 Tarhabhdshd, a sixth copy, written, together 
 with a copy of Bhdsarvaji'ta's Nydyasdra, in 
 tf^TT ^tfo. With marginal notes in the same 
 handwriting. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1858. 
 
 2346e. Foil. 34; size 10 in. by 6* in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhabhdshd, a seventh copy. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1859. 
 
 592a. Foil. 84; size 11 in. by 3g in.; 
 foil. 1-5 and 74-84 six lines, foil. 6-73 five 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhabhdshdprahdsa, a commentary on the 
 Tarhabhdshd, by Govardhana, who was the son 
 of Balabhadra and Yijayasrl, and the younger 
 brother of Yisvandtha and Padmandbha ; the 
 latter taught him the Nydya. With brief 
 marginal notes in Colebrooke's handwriting.
 
 PHILOSOriTY. 
 
 607 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ift^t^TwisojpqTO -fix: i 
 cB^ffx^irwRwrfvcirrfj n i n 
 
 ^tq^TTT^Tf^THft f^TT II 3 II 
 
 Cp. Burnell's Tanj. MSS., II., p. 119. 
 Nearly the whole verso of fol. 8, from ^pfi' 
 S^TTR ° to the end, is in the wrong place there, 
 VH(^rr)f^ -i I ■WTfTI^TfH: etc., belonging together. 
 
 The text of the inserted page would be in 
 the right place fol. 116,1. 5-12a, 1. 5. 
 
 Fol. 78a, the Ratnakoshakdra is quoted : 
 if?lf«i<!ffa ■hj(s/c OfaftflljJdiVil cFTfVtT ^TT^fF ^f%- 
 rfJIilffWcfcl^fThfiT LH^^^KWisl. 
 
 See Weber's Catalogue, p. 203, no. G80 ; 
 Hall's Index, p. 23, no. xii.; Rajendralala 
 Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. viii., p. 204, 
 no. 2757. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1860. 
 
 1369a. Foil. 37; size 94 in. by 4i in.; 
 13-16 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarkahhdshdprahdsa, a second copy. After 
 fol. 29 one leaf is wanting (fol. 69, 1. 2-fol. 72, 
 1. 4 of the first copy). [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1861. 
 
 1538. Foil. 150; size 101 in. by 31 in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 {To,rkablulshd-)Bhdvdrthad'ipikd, a commen- 
 tary on the Tarkabhdshd, by Gaurlkdnta Sdrva- 
 
 * This is the reading of the second copy, the pre- 
 sent copy being corrupt in the second pdda. 
 
 lihuuma Bhal I drdrija, who wrote also the 
 SadyuJcivrmiktdvcd . qui bed Ei ■! 696. This (the 
 Bhdvdrthadipikd) is .•interior to Mhlhaca !>• 
 commentary . . and subsequent to (lornr- 
 dhana's . . " (Colebrooko on the title-page). 
 The TarlcdbhdshdprakdSa is quoted • ;/. on the 
 first page. The brief marginal notes marking 
 the topics, as they are treated in the text, 
 are in Colebrooko's handwriting. Fol. 1246, 
 he points out a quotation of Balabhadra (fol. 116 
 llal'ihlitiilra). Cp. Burnell's Tanj. .MSS., II., 
 p. 118. 
 
 It begins : ^urnnm ^r: h ^ht^w ^t*»: ii 
 ^t^t^r ^th: ii ^n^^r;jiT«rt w. u zft: i 
 
 fW rfi i Hw^KTraniVif^irrii i 
 
 cJlcJI*H!)UT»nK3Pn:T1 
 
 Tj*fr s^t hw jPt^tbttu ii =i ii 
 «£Fmfcr ViTro nfa^wraH tt^Ttt ii ? n 
 
 *rr?<ifrrc:7nH *$M<*fH3TrcaiTw ftfr qSttw i 
 
 •5K^ <H -gO g) H r< ^ fc TU^iTf g5HT 3TTVT [ll 3 II ? 
 
 Tpft ^r^cFift s^n Trfe trt =rt m* 3n»rreifif: 
 ^1 *?c5 irmwt ^r^nf»nj'jTiminTB^' ; vpgirtw^ 
 
 H5WTTRT U^t^ II 1TC3OT I 
 
 ^rn^i^T fjfiiriMUMi^ ?r%mmM<*i3r(cBTT:)tifinn- 
 wt^ ii nr^t s^^fH ii ° 
 
 Fol. 056 ends the pramdna-, fol. L22a, the 
 £>ramei/ a.-section. 
 
 The final couplets are nearly the 6ame as 
 in the Tarkal rl : 
 
 ^ ^rhrreT^KTOTiTt ^ ^farrrvrtTTrrr i 
 
 ^TREpnC'^TR ) TfiKHrtn w^f?^ ^f?t i 
 m«R$fWl upfKstc) ^rrmv: fw Hfiefv: ll 3 ll
 
 608 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 jttrp5 T?r*ft f^nn cR^^gjT^rt >^fan»rfq i 
 ht^jto Tif^MTfir %%v err sift? uk> ^ 
 
 w^rre h^t fafcrf^firfwi" •gmt «?rt4 w. 11311 
 fwzfitnrt ^Tcrnrt f^i-nmrrrf»r^ t»iwjm i 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 23, no. xiii.; Burnell's 
 Tanj. MSS., II., p. 118. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1862. 
 
 471. Foil. 81 (195-275); size 9^ in. by 
 4 in.; generally thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Tarkabhdshdsdramaiijari, also called Tarka- 
 prakdsa, a commentary on the Tarkabhdshd, 
 " by Mddhava Deva, of Kail, son of Lakshmana 
 Deva, and grandson of Mddhava Deva, of Dhara- 
 sura, a town on the banks of the Goda. He 
 is the author of the Nydyasdra " (Colebrooke, 
 on the title-page ; see the final couplets of the 
 Nydyasdra). It begins : 
 
 if wh-<^ 3*P»nrfVi5T f^^ngr: m^i 
 
 vRM?n wf^rf wtrfa *nnf fwhrfafscini n ? u 
 q?^f<niwf<rw Trfirxnrfa# 
 
 *ra%3i%3P*rjJHift^TfV*i- 
 #Tn^ cRfqq^ sftr u^ tjtt^w ii 
 
 (the following quotation is from GaurJkdnta's 
 Bhdvdrth (nil piled) JJEJTTrJl?^! ^TX^npftjRTfWvq- 
 
 Mddhava Deva often refers to his Nydyasdra 
 for a fuller exposition of his views (fTOTST 
 ^mniK f?^: fol. 50a). He often rejects Qaurl- 
 ' Inta's explanations, generally introducing 
 
 them by ntt'NrtiT^T. Other authorities, he 
 quotes, are: Govardhana, Rudra Bhattdcdrya, 
 Murdri Misrdh, Bhatta, the Cintdmani or Mani, 
 the Didhiti, the Lildvatlprakdsadidhiti. The 
 quotations are for the most part pointed out 
 by marginal notes in Colebrooke's handwriting. 
 
 The j?ram«na-section ends fol. 43l>, the pra- 
 mei/a-section fol. 77a. 
 
 The final couplets are nearly the same as 
 in the Bhdvdrthadlpikd : 
 
 j v^TTO^fm^RT ^ cR=r«gTT»rtosn i 
 5nw*f: *# ?TT«it ftprzi HcRjrfarn: u i u 
 
 h\im'^ »?'?wt f%*mi (sk \) db$n*n[ten\ ^faTRfm 
 f^W fai3%ftrcTf5PrK?) i [ " * " 
 
 115ft • • • • (corrupt)* *U<^lfq Hf^qfff II 
 
 efrraftn flji ri HIJi wN TVom^'l+4^: H^T 
 H^£IT4 >jfa TT5Tff ^fffiTtf 7T%HcRT5T: «^t 
 
 [n 1< i w1<w ;] 11 
 Date of this copy : BTff Ibob ^H^TRTCTTf^ 11 . 
 See Weber's Catalogue, p. 203, no. 681 ; 
 Hall's Index, p. 23, no. xv. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1863. 
 
 614b. Foil. 42 (56-97, orig. tb-<K<i); size 
 9| in. by 4 in.; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasamgraha, a commentary on the Tarka- 
 bhdshd, by Rd.malinga, son of Rvkmdiigada, 
 incomplete. It begins with the Prameyaparic- 
 cheda, the whole Pramdn a- section being lost. 
 
 * Perhaps Tr^T fa^lt fftf .
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 The manuscript begins ; *r?3WPTWTC"T H»nn- 
 'W^-rf II ^t^ftT^? fnj "TH Krim^ II TT3 glt{3rVT II 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^tr^ortiit ^ ?nr?fM ttsitT «^Tf%cirr: n <» 11 
 H^nOsi^u^i ^ift srj ^mrtf^r?: 11 ? 11 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 c. Nydyasdra and Nydyatattvdloka. 
 
 1864. 
 
 1517b. Poll. 9i (19-28); size 10J in. by 
 4i in.; fifteen lines in a page; Jaina character. 
 
 Nydyasdra, a short logical treatise by Bhd- 
 sarvaj'/a, in three paricchedas. 
 
 Compare Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of 
 Skr. MSS., vol. ii., p. 139, no. 727. 
 
 The first pariccheda, treating on the Pra- 
 tyaksha-pramdna, begins : 
 
 UHTOWS^lT^^^^tH^ II =1 II 
 
 *fffVnfirq^c53IT^qc5fat^TT^»TerrTI^VT fHSTW 7TSTSTT I 
 
 The second, or Anumana-pariccheda, begins, 
 fol. 20a : 
 
 wtxR mm*$ ^nfarfavrwrr. i * fg(re)v: i ^t^r- 
 
 The third, or -pariccheda, begins, 
 
 fol. 256 : 
 
 ^MKfHH»rgjiR*nJTJmj«Tnrf cmu'w^jr i vmriTm 
 *n^^mjr-THfa)mvH*nJT»?: * fefav: -^it[st^^^ i 
 
 IT* <jkm1 ^T^Trql HTW JTTr*iraT»mirW!HITni TTWfW l 
 
 *$yMl g^rtsrs^HfH i 
 
 Colophon : ^fiT Htn M I q rf if %°» vf TiraftUT ti M s< H - 
 Date and subscription of the writer : w^TT 
 
 «wj»rt»H(sic !) fiffajTrrrt f%srr=(rlfiT^f*? i ^atfin^ppn ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.J 
 
 1865. 
 
 2398. Poll. 65 ; size 7A-8 in. by 31-3* in. ; 
 foil. 1-27 eleven to twelve lines, foil. 2f 
 thirteen to fifteen lines in a par 
 
 Nydyasdravicdra, a commentary on J: 
 sarvajua's Nydyasdra. 
 
 According to Hall's Index, p. 26, no. xxvi., 
 the author is ' Bhatta Edghava, son of fi 
 and pupil of Mahddeva Sarvajna Vddmdra," 
 who composed it " in the Saka year 1174, or 
 a.d. 1252, entitlod Paridhdvm." Tin se d 
 do not appear in this copy, as the third, or 
 Agamapariccheda, with the colophon, is wan 
 here. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 u^yfani frfa^i 3if^?wr^T3T»? ii 
 
 tKTUHrrf»WrT<J '-) rf Mm^iU*Urrn§ off 7J=trnf"HTITO irfrT- 
 The second pariccheda begins: 
 
 ^toR-^PWHT^iT^f ■q^^'Ji f?55r*nT* II
 
 610 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 After fol. 61 two leaves are wanting, the 
 right part of fol. 61 is torn off. 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 1866. 
 
 213a. Foil. 49; size 1 Of in. by 4 in.; 
 18-22 lines in a page ; written in the Jaina 
 character. 
 
 Nydyatdtparyadipikd, a commentary on Bhd- 
 sarvajiia's Nydyasdra, by Jayasimha Suri, a 
 Jaina, pupil of Mahendra Suri, who belonged 
 to the family of Krishnarshi. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 TjTnw nfiTHra^TWTiT^f^ftnrti^fR'ir^ (sk !) i 
 ■ajTmrfHro^ti (sic!) ^tr^nw ^famiflTt wct- 
 
 ^T^^J^H^f^T^ «qHemHfoxrfim^ II * II 
 
 7T3?mtTT^T^«lQ»je^rMI7W05lt*WI 
 Wq *TT3^rt VHUfa >rf^Tn *?IW<*^T ^ITR II 3 II 
 
 TrcaiiTiiJi^nnqTrtoTiini fsm^TOun^rrimi ^ *mf%K- 
 
 3iTT3ufTitrfg 3n^cFTi^gi^'gi^a'T(st'- !) ^rtaroifciMiq: 
 jj^nqsR nfinri^fiff n wsm w>i ° 
 
 The second pariccheda begins, fol. 11a : 
 
 SnrfarWPt ^HJ^fiT II 
 
 The third pariccheda begins, fol. 346 : 
 
 wnrfir ii 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 fsnq: ttI ^ n f« $ wfrrfi^'nTHif'ir^crrairrh > 
 
 Cs 
 
 ftlFT^T f^^flt <*q|iH4ti: tm^^ihqT f*T. *ll<* II 
 
 HtfHwt »R:?ftU *f?Tfq B<*r$lHT>T* II ? II 
 
 This commentary is not mentioned in Hall's 
 Index. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1867. 
 
 2412. Foil. 127 (3-129); size 7A-8i in. 
 by 3 1~3 1 in.; ten lines in a page; written in 
 the Jaina character. 
 
 Nydyatdtparyadipikd, a second copy. 
 
 In the beginning one or two leaves (about 
 16-20 lines) are wanting, foil. 1 and 68 are 
 heavily injured. 
 
 The copy begins : . . -nH<*H ^rTWTfH ^ 
 H-nH+i^ ° (see the first copy, fol. 2a, 1. 2). 
 
 Date and subscription of the writer : cjriTJ- 
 imwu , BJ3*r^f?T tttt: ii jj'vjijj 3034 11 *fcnr s «mM<> ^q 
 
 ^ohqMouft: *JH 'J'Tff II 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1868. 
 
 205. Foil. 181; size 10i in. by 3A in.; 
 somewhat old Bengali handwriting ; ten lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Nydyatattvdloka , a treatise in two chapters, 
 by Vdcaspati Misra. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 STHTrrN'inJ taicr^ ffsrfcTfft f*rk 1 
 ^fW^wk^TTR stust: Twnf«? ?r^rt»p 11 
 
 * The second copy has nrer% . . e&qTqT^: ^tn 
 fVsrtyjT ^Vt, and in the second couplet JTSfiTS^nTW .
 
 I'llTLOSOPHY. 
 
 611 
 
 Ch. II. begins, fol. 926 : *ni jturtuitu v^Z- 
 (^ a c4 til *u tpfttnfa $ i «iT fsnuictilajiriiwr urtsrnrfKarfl' i 
 It ends : 
 
 ffaTJJHtmi: u 
 
 On fol. la the treatise is wrongly called 
 
 ^l^ri-?JN^cB I [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 4. Tattvacintamani and Commentaries. 
 a. The mula. 
 
 1869. 
 
 2774. Foil. 407; size llf in. by 4 in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Tattvacintamani, a renowned logical treatise, 
 by Gangesa or Garigesvara, a complete copy. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 28, no. xxxii. 
 
 The last colophon is : ^fiT H^IHj/lqiHrrc- 
 
 The copy is written in three parts, the 
 Anumdna- and Upamdna-lchanda forming one 
 together, 
 a) The PratyaJcshalihanda. Foil. 93. 
 
 jprnrbrt strfrjrf^pmf -q « ^q «j thuw 
 cFTrrTrrpnT: uwrfirr^rft^mcrt 
 
 e 
 
 J iS3iHHw fwhi T^in ^(T^rr^THfi'm 11 3 11 
 utt) *njr: ufi« rwrcHfaiTT 
 
 mnremr *rjfc?«?T^Tfjjr 1 
 
 See Aut'rrrlii 's Catalogue, p. 240fr, no. 58 I ; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. iii., p. 166, no. 1193 ; Burnell's Tan j 
 MSS., II., p. 113. 
 b) The Ammdnakhanfa. Poll. 182(94-22 
 See Aufrecht's Catalogue, p. 240&, nos. 585 
 and 586. 
 
 It begins: B?reftllTl'4«Ri9rflfl«JHn(t *§^Tfif- 
 
 «witn^T5i'n(^nT Tmra>nM f^s^re 1 w^ anfi»- 
 f^rfjrpw^irr'si m *f 4 sT^prprftT: 1 
 
 The Anumdnalihanda is divided into two 
 parts, the first of which, treating of «, 
 mana in general, was printed at Calcutta, 
 ihnr 1905.* The second part is a nn 
 physical treatise on God and Soul; it 
 begins (fol. 168i): ;»^r*ttJt f>refqff irwrr- 
 ^mf^nK^refon (**''•!) fwfg: 1 It ends: 
 
 fcrf^^r^frf I For this second part, see al 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. vi., p. 195, no. 2129. 
 r) The Upamdnahhanda. Poll. 225 237 
 It bogins : ^r^ftajrnf fn^iqrf 1 tt? wt^tj- 
 
 Um •* <-UIHMH I Hfafff cfiMrHT^JU ^ tR^NTB 
 
 Edited by ,fil>. Vidydsdgara, Calcutta, L872. 
 Colophon of the cop\ 
 
 VS^Kiflm-'HfrTf'J OTT3 
 USHT ?N %f*nt HUT^ I 
 
 ri'Hi^fuRT ufoTr«rR^4 
 
 cfHTJ 1 YQTrG^ c^T5R«T II 
 
 * The edition of 1871' a.d. could uot be used. 
 
 4 L
 
 G12 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 d) The Sabdakhanda. Foil. 170 (238-407). 
 It begins : ^r*r ^T^t f^fe^rt THftTSTTWHr*}- 
 
 Date of the copy : ih\ ^og ^tf ^n% qdfyt 
 W'HSr^f? 13 5l^t . . • 
 
 The Tattvacintdmani is now being printed 
 in the Bibliotheca Indica. 
 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 
 1870. 
 
 424. Foil. 274; size llf in. by 4| in.; 
 9-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Tattvacintdmani, a second copy, written in 
 four parts. 
 ") The Pratyakshakhanda. Foil. 79. 
 
 b) The Anumdnakhanda. Foil. 87 (80-166). 
 There are some leaves wanting between 
 
 foil. 84 and 85 (4 and 9 of the original 
 numbering). The first portion ends fol. 1276. 
 Date of the copy : tf^K <\W%. 
 
 c) JJpamdnakhanda. Foil. 9 (9« is blank). 
 
 Date : f^h <\\m% fafff unssfnrr^ iprfaT ytf 
 
 d) Sabdakhanda. Foil. 99 (176-274). 
 There are omissions between foil. 253 
 
 and 254 (78 and 81 in the original number- 
 ing), and between 265 and 266 (92 and 99 
 in the original numbering). 
 
 Date : sTST «um$, sm >mra^t <k ^itt^ h 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1871. 
 
 794. Foil. 94; size 10* in. by 3 J in.; 
 foil. 1-69 seven to twelve lines, foil. 70-94 
 thirteen to sixteen lines in a page. 
 
 Tattvacintdmani, the Anwmana-pariccheda. 
 
 Colophon, giving date of copy : 
 
 ^rar wooisOt/e!) ^^ it* ?fcrff ttrw ^ira^ 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1872. 
 
 2916. Foil. 51 (originally q-im); size 17i 
 in. by 3 in.; five, sometimes six lines in a 
 page ; fair writing, in the Bengali character, 
 of the 18th century. 
 
 (Tattvacintdmani), a large piece of the Anu- 
 mdnakhanda. Some leaves are lost ($, ^-^<i). 
 The last words are : TT^nnioFKiiT^T^ ^hrsJRfk H 
 [De. J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 1873. 
 
 1826. Foil. 14; size llf in. by 3| in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 (Tattvacintdmani), the beginning of the Anu- 
 mdnakhanda. The last words are : TQTfvftfiT 
 ^ I 'srej tf^n l imrftj M^ HiCrf . . (see p. 14, 1. 20 
 of the edition). [J. Tatloe.] 
 
 1874. 
 
 1894b. Foil. 2; size 12 in. by 3f in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 (Tattvacintdmani), two single leaves, be- 
 longing to the Anumdnakhanda, in the same 
 handwriting as the preceding fragment. 
 
 The first begins : aiTCHttt T^JVHin fa^nT 
 (see the edition, p. 24). 
 
 The second leaf begins : TrCRRPf VXl^ ^11*1- 
 *mqfaffT° (see the edition, p. 54). 
 
 [J. Tayloe.] 
 
 1875. 
 
 2203a. Foil. 24; size about Hi in. by 
 3* in.; eight lines in a page; good old writing, 
 of the 16th century. 
 
 (Tattvacintdmani ?)*, a portion treating of 
 jilt!, and beginning with Nydyasutra I., 2, 59, 
 incomplete at the end. 
 
 * It is certainly not Tattvacintdmani.
 
 PniLOSOPHY. 
 
 61 ; 
 
 It begins : TStJ jTlfrT: I 7T? WHM$HJ<!I*H VP1- 
 cKThliT(l. 7 : Nn) HTrq^xifr'jfs^Kl: K% V? wfl^rfq 
 
 mill fa^rfiejTT jfn ^iT^'Wff i 
 
 It ends : ttsjt ^fVra: sre: 31^; 5753; f?n^f# 
 =»rpj'?=!rrti ^t i cm^nfq 51^ *r?rrtiT . . . ., end of 
 fol. 246. [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1876. 
 
 2203b. Foil. 8 (25-32); size Hi in. by 
 3i in.; eight lines in a page; the samo hand- 
 writing as in no. 1875 (2203a). 
 
 (Tattvacintdmani), the beginning of tin 1 
 SabJalihanda, in mere fragments. It is foil. 1-3, 
 8-11 and 17 of the original paging. 
 
 The pencil-note on the first leaf " Siromani, 
 a logical treatise " is a mistake. 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 b. The Tattvacintamanididhiti, by Siromani, 
 and Commentaries. 
 
 1877. 
 
 963b. Foil. 30 (86-115, original numbering 
 *-3.<0; size 9 j in. by 31 in.; twelve lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Pratytikxhamanid/dhiti, the first section of 
 the Tattvadntamanididhiti, a commentary on 
 Gangesa's Cintamani, by (Raghunatha) Siromani 
 Bhattaedrya. See Hall's Index, p. 31, no. xl.; 
 Burnell's Tanjore MSS., II., p. 115. 
 
 The first leaf is wanting, the second begins : 
 
 jxKt(?) tiyirm h t Tifinr^i'^fafiT mi: 1 ?rfwii ^fn ° 
 Date of the copy : *hn^ IMM l 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1878. 
 
 1083. Foil. MO; six, I I in. !,. 3f in.; 
 seven lines in a page; good writing nf 1681 A.n. 
 
 .1 nay/ididhiti, the second Bection of 
 
 the Didhibi. It was published at Calcu 
 *fcnr 1905. 
 
 It lie-ins : 
 
 ^fyfturftrfMrrrafxij tthw 
 
 ^fcTT^T fspnrt ■tPfnr ntz n 3 ii ° m ii 
 
 TI^?1W^»n H f«1 ^W-i TTfiTiTR^ff I Tn^Tflfwrf^ (from 
 the first word HdKrilMfa^ii^n^ of the AnumiJna- 
 hhanda of the Cvntdmani). 
 
 The last words are: -^H^ ^mfvftiir«f: (see 
 the printed text, p. 102, 1. 4 of the last section 
 beginning with f^g^n^, the real is wanting). 
 
 Then follows a slolca giving the 'Lite of 
 the MS. : 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEliKOOKE.] 
 
 1879. 
 
 273. Foil. 99; size II! in. by 4| in: 
 11 to 12 lines in a page. 
 
 Anumanadidhiti, a second oopy, i ading with 
 the same words as the first one. 
 
 [H. T. COLBBKOOKK.] 
 1 i. 2
 
 014 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 1880. 
 
 963a. Foil. 84 (numbered q-^, nine leaves, 
 S^-s^, are lost); size 9? in. by 3s in.; thirteen, 
 sometimes twelve, lines in a page. 
 
 Anumdnamanidldhiti, a third copy. It gives 
 the whole last part of the commentary, as it 
 is printed in the Calcutta edition, ending with 
 ^KFZ HTWoifafiT, but without the final couplets 
 (f^t °). 
 
 The final colophon is given at the end 
 of the whole : ^fir ^^T^fTT^rqranq^T^^T^^T- 
 ''mjfsnitafifr'ft ffRHwfirr^fvfir: rimttriTminrta u 
 but the date is given before the last section 
 (f^^T^ °) : *t^ WlHWViTrflJlldiUimKJtiwfr ^* - 
 TjfiT: II [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1881. 
 
 2919. Foil. 110 (original numbering <\-<\o, 
 ^-w); size 16 in. by oi in.; generally six 
 lines in a page; good old writing, in Bengali 
 character. 
 
 {Anumanamanididhiti), a fourth copy, in- 
 complete at the end, there are also some leaves 
 missing after fol. 10. 
 
 [De. J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 1882. 
 
 1902. Foil. 71; size 12 in. by 3| in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 {Anumanamanididhiti), two fragments. 
 
 The first fragment contains pp. 1-64 of the 
 printed text, the last words are : ^!<>niui^rtat 
 mmcM^ MMT^fil • • (see p. 65, 1. 1, of the printed 
 text.) 
 
 The second fragment begins (fol. 64a) : ^i»j- 
 fTfrTcS^oRcRTTfr^r^rTOnwr ° and ends : fagUIH- 
 vprdY'tTtf^n^T <»tOTfaWT^: 11 ^fa Win* ° 11 See 
 the same section on pp. 87-94 of the printed 
 text. [J. Taylok.] 
 
 1883. 
 
 2922. Foil. 20 ; size 5£ in. by 3 in. ; 
 6-8 lines in a page ; an old manuscript, in 
 the Bengali character. 
 
 Aniomdnamanidldhiti, incomplete, without 
 the beginning and the end. 
 
 The original numbering of the leaves is i^, 
 
 $, <»o-q<i, ^?, ^0, ^}-*<i. The first leaf begins 
 
 (scarcely legible): . . . ^HT ri I <* I Ufl m f^fa . . . 
 
 ^fl^^^f^f^TnrrmTW, see p. 8, 1. 5, of the edition. 
 
 [De. J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 1884. 
 
 1892. Foil. 3; size 12 in. by 3f in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 {Anumanamanididhiti), a small fragment 
 beginning with : ^fwFTrff cnrffT$rrf^TI^=lTO>J^T'li^ 
 ajrqr^H (see the printed text, p. 118), and ending 
 with : 7Tr^vf«T^ ^TRW^RftT^^cB . . . (aee the 
 edition, p. 122, 1. 1). [J. Taylok.] 
 
 1885. 
 
 2B. Foil. 303; size 14 in. by 5i in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 {Pratyakshakhanda)gddddharl, a commentary 
 on the Pratyakshakhanda of the Dldhiti, by 
 Gadddhara. See Hall's Index, p. 31, no. xli.; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. iii., p. 29, no. 1053; vol. vii., p. 241, 
 no. 2486. The full name of this commentary 
 seems to be Tattvacintdmani-dldhiti-tippanl or 
 -prakdsihl. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^^R^3^n!T^TftTTT(?)^ih:T5n^im fnt:* 1 
 
 * R. M.'s first copy has HJ|icilf*Jrf °, the second 
 
 copy ° ma h 1 ntnrc5^n^iftf^igT fnt 1
 
 rniLOSOPiiY. 
 
 
 l^n? kjjfpt ^fcffn f'KeWfff [A. C. Burnell.] 
 
 1886. 
 
 294. Foil. 289; size 10 in. by 3i in.; 
 foil. 1-21 and 48-289 nino lines, foil. 22-47 
 ten to twelve lines in a page. 
 
 (Pratyakshakhandagddddharl), a second copy. 
 
 Date : H^ St*<l *fifff t*T1^ -JtU^tiV-tU 
 
 *t<lHOIf . . . [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1887, 1888. 
 
 445 and 456. Foil. 307 and 239 resp.; 
 size 9| in. by 4 in.; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 (Anumdnakhandadldhititippaiil) , Gadddhara's 
 commentary on the Anumdnakhanda of the 
 Dldhiti, an incomplete copy, commenting on 
 pp. 1-87 of the printed Anumdnadldhiti. See 
 Weber's Catalogue(Berlin, 1853), p. 199, no. 660 ; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol.ii.,nos. 1006-1012; Burnell'sTanjoreMSS., 
 II., p. 116. 
 
 Vol. I., originally paged q-^dt, foil, eo-^l 
 are lost. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ^rfn^5i »r|: q m^ i rM'jmvft ' ii ipt gefetj: i 
 f^wtfrr rervr. ^rffl^nvfirc f^irrsrci: n <* ii 
 
 Fol. 126a ends the Vydptipurvapaksha (Calc. 
 ed. of the Anumdnadldhiti, p. 22). 
 
 Vol. II., originally paged 3$<i-Mbs, begins : 
 far?} ^ip?tt: °. 
 
 Fol. 42a ends the Tarkatippani (Anu. Dl., 
 p. 52), foil. 62i ends the Vydptyanugama {Anu. 
 Dl., p. 56), fol. 126a ends the Sdmdnyalaksha- 
 nagrantha (Anu. Dl., p. 64), on the last page 
 ends the Upddhivddara/tatt yn . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1889. 
 
 1885. Foil. 472; sizo Hi in. by 51 in. 
 Anumdnakhandad \ldh itifippani, in eleven 
 parts, incomplete. 
 
 The single fragments are bound in a very 
 confused order. 
 
 1) Foil. 108-150 (<<-«3); 13-19 lines in a 
 page. 
 
 This part has the subscription : ity Anumiti- 
 samvddah. It comments on pp. 2-8 of the 
 printed Anumdnadldhiti. 
 
 It begins : "ir?WT^t*iHH=lft TPT: II iT* i ufa- 
 sTTTR I 
 
 2) Foil. 252-281 (*-*); 8-21 lines in a 
 page. 
 
 The commentary on pp. 8-12 of the printed 
 Anumdnadldhiti, without any colophon, the 
 whole being a fragment. Compare Raj. Mitra'- 
 Notices, vol. ii., no. 1007. 
 
 It begins : iH#f»T^* n ^rgm^niwnni^rwrqcF^- 
 
 It ends : smumr^f H fc ft (W«J af^-ifa *TTjTT?I . . 
 Fol. 262a ends the Simhavyaghraldksha 
 see fol. 26a in no. 1890 (597a). 
 
 3) Foil. 282-341 (s-io); 17 to 18 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 The Upddhivddarahasya (seo pp. 64-87 of 
 the printed Anumdnadldhiti) . 
 
 It begins: ^nfUsTRT^rfH^UflTH • 
 
 4) Foil. 42-107 (<!-$,*,); foil. 42-97 ten to 
 twelve lines, foil. 98-107 sixteen to seventeen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The Pakshatdtippani (seo pp. 87-04 of tin 
 printed Anumdnadldhiti). It begins : T^ ^Tt- 
 fawu#7nft:, compare Raj. M.'s Notices, vol. ii., 
 no. 1006. 
 
 5) Foil. 151-189 (<V-?0; 15 to 16 lines in 
 a page.
 
 616 
 
 CATALOGUE OP SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The commentary on pp. 94-106 of the 
 printed Anumdnadidhiti. 
 
 It begins : V^K\ fq^H W^r^TT^^ °. 
 
 6) Poll. 190-202 0)-<H3); 15 to 16 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 The commentary on pp. 106-112 of the 
 printed Anumdnadidhiti. 
 
 It begins: ^l^spir^n TjfcgrTj oKpr . These 
 two last parts (nos. 5 and 6) are the same as 
 the Pardmarsatlkd in no. 1890 (597^ see p. w\a 
 for the beginning of this part). 
 
 7) Foil. 385-415 (<t-?0; 15 to 16 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 The commentary on pp. 112-118 of the 
 printed Anumdnadidhiti, with the colophon: iti 
 Vyatirekigranthali . 
 
 It begins : ^»iHf%HTmrc>T<3WP5i . 
 
 8) Foil. 1-41; 16 to 17 lines in a page. 
 The Avayavatippanl (see the printed Anu- 
 mdnadidhiti, pp. 119-127). 
 
 It begins : ^PWPf ffT^T ^TRrT^l^rfa^TO . 
 
 9) Foil. 342-384 (1-83); 16-18 lines in a 
 page. 
 
 The commentary on pp. 127-136 of the 
 printed Anumdnadidhiti, without colophon. It 
 begins: ^FgfWTCffTCTHij • 
 
 10) Foil. 416-472 (l-w); 16 to 17 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 The last part of the commentary on the 
 Anumdnadidhiti, comprising pp. 140-163 of the 
 edition. The commentary on pp. 136-140 of 
 the edition is wanting. The beginning of this 
 large fragment is . . JTPTSfcft^nftrsrrq:. The 
 Asddhdranagrantha ends fol. 4216 ; the Anupa- 
 samhdrig ra ntha begins Tff Hfa V5tr#, ends fol. 43 1 a ; 
 the Virodhafippani begins *n«lTHT3^ *n«lf^- 
 fv?^ °, ends fol. 4346; the Satpraiipaksha- 
 grantha begins *1HM=l<4i<JTf^ °, ends fol. 452a ; 
 the last part begins *^5 sfv^f^TsiR ^frf, ends 
 
 with the subscription : \fa TsftJT^niT>*JT^n?l^raR- 
 
 11) Foil. 203-251 (<*-to); 16 to 17 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 The same part as no. 10, beginning with 
 the same words. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1890. 
 
 597. Foil. 301 ; size 9^ in. by 4 in. 
 
 (Anumdnakhandadldhititippani), three sec- 
 tions of Gadddhara's commentary on the 
 Dldhiti. 
 
 a) Foil. 123 ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 The Vyadhikaranadharmdvachinndbhdvavdda. 
 It is the commentary on pp. 8-15 of the printed 
 Anumdnadidhiti. 
 
 It begins : ^fa^H^Jn^T*tlU4=iHWm<*<jn*H- 
 
 b) Foil. 64 («»-«,*); foil. 1-59 eleven lines, 
 foil. 60-64 nine lines in a page. 
 
 The Pakshatdtippani. This is the section 
 next to the Upddhivddarahasya in no. 1888 (see 
 the printed text of the Dldhiti, pp. 87-94). 
 
 It begins : Wf? *qTftr(l)^pi>hnft: tfTWH^lHpT 
 ■•JMril iftfir^ti^tuft < * <* I ifo (? the second copy : 
 
 c) Foil. 114 (fyl-wt); 11 to 12 lines in a 
 page. 
 
 The Pardmarsatlkd and the Vyatirekitippanl. 
 They treat on pp. 94-118 of the printed Anu- 
 mdnadidhiti. 
 
 The Pardmarsatlkd begins : MKlrfl fn^m f%- 
 f^lB MUHSri^rFTf'rfiT^TTrrT sIM^cfcKtrrffT ^Tf^Nfa- 
 cRftufrTOfli fowl TFcrroBTTTTJ ^nrWTmffT iTO tfnfff 
 
 The Vyatirekitippani begins (fol. ^ia) : ^T- 
 
 ■5fTTTT!IiTTTlij gr?Wt ^T^^T^fq^TWH^T^ Hlfr. f^f- 
 
 ^rcwurqsj sfq %^c5T^f^?rrw3iriifrt:??^: 1 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.]
 
 rniLOSOPIIY. 
 
 617 
 
 1891. 
 
 1198. Poll. 122; size 12| in. by 41 in.; 
 12— 1G linos in a page 
 
 (Gddddhar/), three parts of Gadddhara's 
 commentary on the Anumdnadidhiti : 
 
 The Vyadhikaranndharmdvachinndbhdvahhan- 
 dana, ends fol. 79a. 
 
 The Vydptipurvapalesha, ends fol. 10;!.'. 
 
 The Siddhdntavydptivdda, incomplete. It 
 begins: Hfipftfi I ri N ^«frRf33E^, see fol. 1266, 
 1. 7, in no. 1887 (the first nine lines of this 
 chapter in no. 1887 are wanting hero). It ends 
 ^ KlfingtfH^:, see fol. 160a, 1. 2, in no. 1887. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1892. 
 
 1806. Foil. 95; size 12f in. by 4| in.; 
 foil. 1-10 twelve to seventeen lines, foil. 11-54 
 ten lines, foil. 55-95 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 (Gddddhari), a fragment, being the com- 
 mentary on p. 10, 1. 19 - p. 23, 1. 17 of the 
 printed Anumdnadtdhiti. Between foil. 54 and 
 55 some leaves are lost (with the commentary 
 on pp. 14-16 of the Dldhiti). 
 
 The volume begins qfSpilTfV^T I infCHTfacF- 
 fRfw, and ends tf*fPT*?T»?rsi . . . The last cue is 
 fVuiWI^ftfil. Colophons, on fol. Ibb : \fn 
 fSTfta^Ttf wmw i *t*i T^ftH ^rsFrrnTt»r: ; on 
 fol. 39 : ^fir fTOcrBFTRT} Wtlti ; on fol. 476 : 
 cR<J|V|f(JHc4HjTrf wrts. Fol. 11, and again fol. 55, 
 a new handwriting is setting in. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1893. 
 
 4B. Foil. 77 ; size 9| in. by 4i in. ; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Bldhitiprakdsikd, another fragment of Q 
 dhara's commentary, treating on pp. LO-15 of 
 the Anumdnadidhiti (Calc. ed.). Foil. 3*t _M 
 
 of tho original paging are lost (with the 
 commentary on p. II, I. 22 - p. 18, I. 2 of the 
 Anumdnadidhiti). 
 
 I ' begins: ^T ^rnur* tr^STfe: u 
 
 Subscriptions: ^rynrrpre l -A f rf •* I >fT?*rhyrnTT 
 
 *ram (fol. 356), Jm^raratf wnn (fol. 86a, 
 the lacuna), ferrW'TOcS'sn't wntf (M. Ua, the 
 end of the tfitlyamiiralakshana la nol marked), 
 <*<:njoTiTQ5Knit fWTH (fol. 52a), TiWfvfrra^rfjrarnrt 
 ^T^Tv^Hfr^raf^Tf^wTut ^ rifocSKH UT wmn(fol.76&). 
 
 [A. C. BuENELL.] 
 
 1894. 
 
 1675b. Foil. 101; size 9i in. by 4 in.; 
 9 to 10 lines in a page. 
 
 (Gddddhari), the Avayavatippanz, treating 
 on pp. 119-127 of the edition. In the begin- 
 ning, and at the end, there are explained 
 passages from the Gint<niunii , which were pa 
 over by Svromani, see pp. 54 and 57 of the 
 printed Cintdmani. 
 
 The commentary begins: ^irni fHTrui ^rni- 
 
 [II. T. COLEBROOKK.] 
 
 189:.. 
 
 1707. Foil. 217; size 9] in. by 4>i in.. 
 foil. 1-19 six to nine lines, foil. 20-41 eleven 
 to nine lines, foil. 12 217 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Anumdnadtdhiti{ippani, Gad com- 
 
 mentary on the lasl pari ofthi Anumdnadidhiti 
 (pp. 127-103 of the edition). See the ninth 
 and tenth at in no. 1889 I l 
 
 The volume begins: Fr^THTOfHuw HM^+^iPq 
 
 The subscription is: jfn Tj'W^^wrtTTizrra- 
 
 tfW[ U . 11. T. CO! LDKOOKE.]
 
 618 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 1896-1898. 
 
 1010. Foil. 312; size 10* in. by 44 in.; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page. 
 
 1126. Foil. 337; size 11| in. by 4\ in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 331. Foil. 444; size 12 in. by 4>i in.; 
 ten to twelve lines, foil. 42-71 twelve to four- 
 teen lines in a page. 
 
 Anumdnakhandagddddharlvivriti, or Kdsikd 
 (see the introductory couplets), a commentary 
 on the Anumdnakhanda of the Gddddharl, by 
 Krishna Bhatta, a nearly complete copy in 
 eleven fragments, bound together without any 
 order. 
 
 Hall, in the Index, p. 31, no. xlii., gives 
 the surname Arde to the author ; the colo- 
 phons call him *a RilTUSjTdi U!IH£ . He was the 
 son of Rangandtha (not Baghundtha, as Auf- 
 recht has it in the Cat. Cat., p. 118), younger 
 brother of Ndrdyana, and pupil of Sri Krishna. 
 
 1) Vol. I., foil. 73-142 (<\-sO. 
 
 The first part of the whole commentary, 
 having the subscription Anumiti Aradopdhva- 
 Krishna-bhattlyam. See this first part in the 
 Gddddharl of no. 1889 (1885). 
 Krishna Bhatta begins : 
 
 lazuli jj£*.h«{ ^wt ^KiiJirH^: i 
 7T^nj*snrr«n^t cjrrfijrert tpjw «Tn»^ ii <\ h 
 
 tripnfV: ^Tiirr5itrT (sic!) tftfrm: ^wi^y: i 
 
 2) Vol. II., foil. 1-131 (i-<m). 
 Vyadhikaranadharmdvachinndbhdvagranthasya 
 
 vivritih, complete. See this chapter of the 
 Gddddharl in no. 1890 (597a), fol. 26a, 1. 5 - 
 fol. 123, where it is complete, and in no. 1889 
 (fragm. 2), foil. 262a-281, where it is incomplete. 
 
 Itbegins: J^pRWTf? I ^S^^raii^ . After the 
 colophon there are three additional slokas, 
 the first of which begins : ^«HMlftl«Hi!R<*r«H ° 
 
 Between this part and the preceding one 
 the Simhavydghralakshana is wanting. 
 
 3) Vol. II., foil. 132-157 (<*-*«). 
 
 The Purvapakshagranthavivriti, the commen- 
 tary on foil. 55-81 of the Gddddharl in no. 1892 
 (pp. 15-22 of the printed Anumdnadldhiti), 
 complete. It begins : ^raf^fTTcirfa' gfjr*HW °. 
 
 4) Vol. I., foil. 143-212 (h-so). 
 
 The Siddhdntalakshanavivriti, the annotations 
 on the Gddddharl, to pp. 22-28 of the printed 
 Anumdnadldhiti. See the beginning of this 
 part of the Gddddharl in no. 1892, fol. 81 sqq., 
 and the whole of it in no. 1887, fol. l^ta-^^a. 
 
 The Kdsikd begins : »^R*rta3f£r<* N f%d?l WT- 
 =JHI<NfW. 
 
 5) Vol. III., foil. 306-444 (i-^). 
 
 The annotations on the Gddddharl to pp. 28- 
 64 of the Anumdnadldhiti, in five divisions : 
 
 The Avaechcdakalakshanavivriti, the com- 
 mentary on foil. ^qo-^Ma of the Gddddharl 
 in no. 1887 (Dl. pp. 28-31). It begins: iftfxrict 
 •1 «N -si^ofrnrrfirfrT (sic !), ends fol. 322a. 
 
 The Sdmdnydbhdvagranthdrtha, the commen- 
 tary on foil. ^na-^Ma of the Gddddharl in 
 no. 1887 (Dl. pp. 31-34). It begins: *frm*nrtf7T 
 ^•^vuivnti^ ^tmi I ends fol. 333a. 
 
 A third part having the colophon iti 
 Saha(cdragrantha?) , the commentary on foil. 
 ?tMa-?d<i« of the Gad. in nos. 1887 and 1888 
 (1)1. pp. 34-49). It begins: ^ftnit 'JM!=Mf3i%fff, 
 ends fol. 3706. 
 
 The Vydptyanugamavivriti, the commentary 
 on foil. 38<t-Sso of the Gad. in no. 1888 (Dl. 
 pp. 49-56). It begins : ^rfTSTJrertWT? ^5 «T ^fn, 
 ends fol. 432a.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 619 
 
 A fifth part with the subscription iti Sd- 
 mdnyalakshandydm Krishnabhattiyam, the com- 
 mentary on foil, i^o-isia of the (xdd. in no. 456 
 (DJ. pp. 56-64). It begins : fn^mti m ^f^v- 
 *NdP=i3im!.iih«pfoij, ends fol. 4446. 
 
 6) Vol. J 1 1., foil. 1-103. 
 
 The Pahshatdgranthdrtha, the commentary 
 on the Gddddhari to pp. 87-0-1 of the Anu- 
 mdnadidhiti. See no. 1800 (5076) and the fourth 
 fragment in no. 1880. The Erishnabhattiya 
 begins : *n^ ^TtrcTFtTt W^'fin f'TCTiT ^fir I 
 
 Between this part and the preceding one, 
 the Upddhigrantha is wanting. 
 
 7) Vol. III., foil. 104-181. 
 
 The Pardmarsagranthavwriti, the commen- 
 tary on the Gddddhari on pp. 04-112 of the 
 
 Anumdnatlhl/titi, incomplete. See the Gddd- 
 dhari in no. 1800 (507c) and in no. 1889, 
 fragments 5 and 6. 
 This part begins : 
 
 ^rfaniTTjrra^>Trq ^fawrl ^irNwRcirHTaf ^ 
 
 C C C JJ 
 
 TjTwnnftftcin^HT^Jnrt *$*: ii <\ u 
 
 8) Vol. I., foil. 1-72. 
 
 The Kevaldnvayigrantha, foil. 1-36 and 58- 
 70a. The Vyatirelcigrantha, foil. 70a-72. Both 
 parts together contain the annotations on the 
 Gddddhari on pp. 112-118 of the Anumdna- 
 iJlilhiti. See this part of the Gddddhari in 
 no. 1889, fragment 7. Tho Kevaldnvayigrantha 
 begins: fjqtftfa' *r<3**l I « m I fUirf^ °, the Vyatvrehi- 
 grant ha begins: Wl ^XfWSlH^I . 
 
 Foil. 37-57 contain a large piece of a 
 Savyabhicdragrantha (fol. 39a. ends the Savya- 
 bhicdrapHrvapaTcsha ; the next part begins: 
 ^•artf?r UoivH^f^nrcRTT °) ; I have not made out 
 whether this fragment forms part of this 
 
 commentary of Krishna Bha({a, or not. Fur 
 jrantha as title of a special chapti r 
 
 in ilic Gddddhari, see Burnell's Tanj. MSS 
 p. 116. The second pago of fol. 36 is left 
 blank ; the last word on fol. 36a is wrrVTTTnj , 
 the first on fol. 37a, JWtq. 
 
 0) Vol. III., foil. L82 305 (s-<v>m). 
 
 The Avayavagranthavivriti, the annotations 
 on the Gddddhari on pp. 119—127 of the A 
 mdnad/dhiti. See this part of the Gad. in 
 no. 180 1. (16756) ami in no. L889, fragment 8. 
 
 The annotations begin : ^htr ft[h u^fa fr^Tf- 
 •umsf ° 
 
 10) Vol. II., foil. 158-337 (s-ito). 
 
 The Sdmdnyaniruktitippani, the commentary 
 on the Gddddhari on p. 127 sqq. of the Anu- 
 mdnadidhiti. See the Gad. in no. 1889, frag- 
 ment 9. 
 
 It begins : ifi^^7lfa^lT^°li^Tf?fiT Rj? ° 
 
 11) Vol. L, foil. 213-312. 
 
 The Asddhdranaijruii/h'i , incomplete at the 
 beginning (. . 7n«*s<ntf3IW °), ends fol. 22 
 the Anupasamhdrigrantha, begins ^T f^f<rafflfw . 
 ends fol. 235a; the Viruddhagrantha, begins 
 *& "wftfft, ends fol. 2366; the Satpratipaksha- 
 granthavdhydrtha, begins WRfiT njs, ends 
 fol. 259Z) ; the A8iddhigranthavivriti, begins 
 W^S TO=lrfflfiT, ends fol. 280a; the last chapter 
 begins f* frSffiT nn^mfl cfr , ends fol. 312a. See 
 the same chapters in the Cddndharirn no. I 
 fragments 10 anil 1 1. 
 
 Date of this pari : WTff StM9 faf* ^THI^ *P 
 MKtlHl^t . All parts were written at aboul tin 
 same time. [H. T. Colebeookk.] 
 
 185)9. 
 
 1227. Foil. 246 ; size 1 1 1 in. bj t| in.; 
 generally twelve line- in a page ; i 
 written by a hasty hand, of the 17th century. 
 
 4 M
 
 620 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Siroma/ii-nkt'i Mdthurdndthi, a commentary 
 on the Anumdna- section of Strom, mi's Didhiti, 
 by Mathurdndtha TarTcamdglsa. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 37, no. lxxi. (.Didhiti- Mdtlvwri). The Sub- 
 divisions are called rahasya, but there appear 
 only a few. The MS. is bad and incomplete. 
 Foil. 1, 10-14, S7-96 bear the marginal note 
 ftio f\o R o 5 or w%° (i.e. fsTrmfrr ?totrr »rgu^^), 
 foil. 64, 69-80, 11 1-155 J^tiqisfi; corrupt notes 
 foil. 98, 228, 246 ? 
 
 It begins : ^ ^^'PT ^fm^Tfv?niH^^T:ftj 
 tf^PTH etc., apparently not the beginning of 
 Mathwrdndtha's work. Fol. 19 begins a new- 
 numbering of the leaves, foil. 19-30 are %-°t$ , 
 foil. 31-86 are *~W. Fol. 316 ends the Vydpti- 
 grahqpdycupurvapaksharahasya, fol. 866 the 
 A a umdnapramdrahasya. 
 
 Foil. 87-96 are <^-^ of an original num- 
 bering, fol. 97a breaks off in the middle of 
 the page. 
 
 The first two leaves of the new piece are 
 lost, foil. 98-101 are numbered ^-M, foil. 109 
 -158 iR-e.5,, foil. 160-177 *-<i*. Foil. 178a 
 ends the JJpddhipurvapaksharakasya. 
 
 Fol. 193a contains the only colophon 
 which mentions the name of the author, but 
 it seems to be copied from an illegible original 
 by an ignorant scribe : jfft ^H^trqT^lH'Ir^FTV 
 3lfTTT^ff ^PTUT - - <Tffv - - ^cFT(si'c !)fjPCT^?fq II 
 
 Foil. 194-226 is another fragment. It 
 begins: W?T^TWT^^f3^zr?f5IT^T»lfTl(?) '5T^f<WT- 
 xrf=T:. Foil. 194-200 are numbered <\-$, foil. 
 201-204 l3-«tff. Foil. 205-213 are perhaps 
 misplaced, they are numbered ^-Q.. Fol. 201a 
 ends the Vydptipurvapdksharahasya. 
 
 Foil. 227-216 contain a last piece. It 
 begins : TnHnif^ °- The original numbering 
 of the leaves is <\, *, %-<\t, <W-*S. The last 
 colophon is : \fn TsrfaTVT?^ u 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1900. 
 
 2397. Foil. 396; size 13| in. by 5 in.; 
 generally twelve lines in a page. The volume 
 is bound in the Arabian fashion, the beginning 
 of the text being at the end of the book. 
 
 Anumanasiromanitlkd, a commentary on the 
 Atiunulnakhanda of the Didhiti, by Jayardma 
 Paiicdnana, a good copy, but not quite com- 
 plete. "A fragment of a very scarce book " 
 (Colebrooke on the title-page). See Hall's 
 Index, p. 34, no. liv.; Weber's Catalogue 
 (Berlin, 1853), p. 198, nos. 656, 657. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ttcrt^^titt*? im •(Ptw n3Tfrfrannp^ II <H II 
 
 ^rwlscFfrriniH yirfinrt TTrn^TT^r <*^rfiH n * n 
 
 tpsttw f%jrfV*rnrTO ftf?w fsm'^rrcTtftirrH tqf$ 
 fsiwrfsiaiT^ ^nwrrTTTtwirrTH w m ^-ffr H#cJii ^ f^re jrrra i 
 
 Fol. 1706 ends the Vydptivdda (Anumdnadidh. 
 Calc. ed., p. 45): 
 
 ^«ht irenHTS anfinn^ ftrrtTO: i 
 
 an^ffT II 
 
 Fol. 2226 ends the Sdmdnyalakshanagrantha 
 (Anumdnadidh., p. 64s), and begins the Vpddhivd- 
 davydkhydna : 
 
 «T»U*t$5 B| UTCMI^Mff «»^mnT II 
 
 ^rnro^r^r: wtaT^ jitoi: «»mtH: i
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 621 
 
 Pol. 258a ends the I la, and begins 
 
 the PahshatddidhiUvydhhyd (Anum. D«.,p.87): 
 "nrrfa^ ^arraaTrq inm*: *mTWff: i 
 
 Fol. 277/» ends the Pakshatd (Anum. Dl., 
 p. 94); fol. 309/', the Pardmariatippani (A 
 Z>7., p, II:!); fill. 316a, the Vyatirekitippani 
 {Anum. Di., p. 118); Eol. 8496, the Ar,u/ur,i,/i- 
 dhiti {Ann in. in., p. 1 1!7): 
 
 Cv 
 
 The copy ceases in the commentary on 
 p. 158 of the Anumdnadidhiti (Calc. ed.), thus 
 
 omitting only the last four or five pages. 
 
 Fol. 31, which has verbally the same texf 
 as fol. 30, probably belonged to the original 
 of this copy. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1901. 
 
 953. Foil. 43G; size 10i in. by 41 in.; 
 11-15 lines in a page. 
 
 Anuradnadidhitivydkhyd, a commentary on 
 the Anumanalihundii of the Didhiti, by Bhavd- 
 nanda Siddhdntavdgistz. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 33, no. 50; Weber's Catalogue (Berlin 1853), 
 p. 109, no. 662 ; Aufrecht's Oxford Catalogue, 
 p. 242a, no. 597; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., II., 
 p. 116. 
 
 It begins : ^frroTftmini «W ^^T^^W W I 
 
 c o c- 
 
 ^ft>» -I I A ^fo^TTRFff 7TH n=FT3W II S II 
 
 The AnumitipraTcdsa ends fol. 35a (see the 
 printed text of tho Didhiti, p. 7, 1. 10); .... 
 the Upddhivddarahasya begins Eol. '-I'M, and 
 ends fol. 297a; .... the Avayavadidhitivydhhya 
 begins fol. 350a, and ends fol. 380/;. The next 
 and last part of the commentary, which is 
 
 wanting in the nexi copy, begins: . . . «*n 
 
 The original pagination runs on from s to x>* 
 and then begins again from 51 , bul there is 
 nothing wrong in the text. Foil. ^4, <^i, fol. S9 
 (after Eol. 60), Eoll. mo, hi, m=> (after Eol. 02), 
 are lost. Poll. L60 and 16 1 are mi 
 
 Date of the COpj : W^TJ^TfjJfrfarT (<*SMS) m 
 
 t^ik: ui; u [H. T. I oke.] 
 
 L902, L903. 
 
 336, 337. Foil. 439; size I I ■; u b \\ in.; 
 foil. 1-02 thirteen to fifteen lines, foil. 63 I-'.'.' 
 nine lines in a page. Foil. 1—62 are in am 
 handwriting than the main bulk of this < 
 
 SiromanivydJchyd Bhavdnand] I 
 hhanda" a second copy, incomplete, ending 
 with the Avayavanirupana. 
 
 Vol. I., foil. 1-218. Pol. L37 ends the 6 
 dhdntarahasya. Poll, l^i, ^9, 1S9, qst , qsd, 
 ito are lost. 
 
 Vol. If., foil. 219-439. Pol. 2536 ends the 
 Sdmdnyalakshand (sic !); foL 313a, the / 
 dhivddarahasya. Foil. 3<^, 3<1? are lost. 
 
 III. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1904. 
 
 2597. Poll. 244; size I II in. by 5 in.; 
 12-18 lines in a page 
 
 (Blidrdnandi), a third enjty of Bhavehianda 
 Siddhdntavagisa' s commentary on the Anu- 
 manadidhiti, with the texf of the Cintdmani 
 and of tho Didhiti in the middle of the page, 
 incomplete at the end, and with many "mis- 
 sions. 
 
 The volume is bound with an utter negl 
 
 of the proper order of the Lea 
 
 Poll. I and 132-135 =Di. pp. L-2, 1. 9 (of 
 the edition); Eoll. 240-242 Di. p. 2, 1. 26 
 p. 3, 1.12; foil. 136-239 = Di. p. 8, 1. 9-p.34, 
 
 4 m 2
 
 622 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 1. 14; foil. 2-67 = Bl. p. 34, 1. 15 - p. 61, 1. 23; 
 foil. 120-129 = Bl. p. 61, 1. 23 -p. 64, 1. 17 ; 
 foil. 68-84 = Bl. p. 64, 1. 18 -p. 69, 1. 22; 
 foil. 85-91 = Bl. p. 71, 1.9 -p. 74, 1. 14; 
 foil. 92-108 = Bl. p. 79, 1. 2 -p. 85, 1. 11; 
 fol. 109a =Dl. p. 87, 11. 17, 18; foil. 1096- 
 119 = Bl. p. 87, 1. 19 - p. 91, 1. 10 ; fol. 244a 
 = Bl, p. 91, 11. 10, 11, 12; fol. 2436 = Bl. 
 p. 131, 1. 17 -p. 131, 1. 24; fol. 243a = Di. 
 p. 131, 1. 26 - p. 132, 1. 5 ; foil. 130, 131 = Bl. 
 p. 136, 1. 1-p. 136, 1. 20. 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 1905. 
 
 2080d. Foil. 6 (paged 9-14); size 9 in. 
 by 3i in.; nine lines in a page. 
 
 (Bhdvdnandl), a small fragment from the 
 beginning of the Anumdnakhanda with the 
 special title: Sri-Bhavananda-BKattdcdrya- 
 viracitam Samgatilakshanam. The first leaf, 
 originally the ninth, begins . . *Plcif ^VH: W\fn: II 
 The manuscript ends : ^?tt: ^twt?P3?!3 -a^Hi-ifa- 
 
 fafir HTO (=fol. 106, 1. 10 in no. 1901). 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 
 1906-1910. 
 
 1655-1659. Size 9i in. by 4 in. (1658 is 
 a little smaller). 
 
 Bhavdnand'iprakdsa, a commentary on the 
 Anumdnakhanda of the BhavdnandM, by MaJid- 
 deva Pandita, a Benares Pandit, surnanied 
 Punyastambhakara (see the last colophon), or 
 Punatdmakara (see the colophon in vol. 5, 
 fol. 7576), son of Mukunda Pandit, and pupil 
 of Sitikantha (see the introductory couplets), 
 or Srlkantha Blkshita (see the same author's 
 Sarvopakdrinl and Nydyakaustubha) . See Hall's 
 Index, p. 33, no. li.; Weber's Catalogue 
 (Berlin, 1853), p. 199, nos. 664-666. 
 
 The copy is incomplete, ending with the 
 UpddMvddarahasya. 
 
 Vol. I., foil. 244; 10-12 lines in a page. 
 It begins : 
 
 tfir^fr ("<*(«* muuI iHc*f^rri«rinuu^tUJi*rwt i 
 
 TTFl ^f^lfiT^i?!3^ftprnT>. xn^Tf^f «^w II * i» 
 
 ir^rnf ^ fwq ^n ^iwihh sjuwrnft^wii^ u 
 
 WH*0lJeM$ft S-q TT^g g^37Tt II d II 
 
 ?r«nfq Mtui-ai *i ii * sn^i fijnr: ii m ii 
 xr? %tfq j^^rrat farm ^r ^tfirfa: i 
 
 ^RT^hai rHdi'H^mlsNU'^l 
 
 ^f% yft(v tnT^)*T^I^TTf4> ^Tt^TtHRl- II b II 
 
 TfJlfl ^ ^f(T*TFT HfVjupiiN 'qftlTin: II So II 
 
 Fol. 72a ends the Samgatiprakdsa ; the next 
 part begins : 
 
 * I take these dksharas, which I could not read in 
 the MS., from Weber's Catalogue.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 Pol. 2386 ends the Ammanasvarupamiru- 
 pariaprateSa, fol. 244a the Anumdnaprdmayya- 
 vddaprakdSa. 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 215 (1^-215); foil. 1-111. 
 eleven lines, foil. 115-215 ten lines in a page. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^TWRff ^nftl^TqJl^ II q II 
 Fol. 30a ends the Pancalakslianlprakasa, 
 fol. 526 the Simhavydghralaksha^aprakdSa, fol. 
 1346 the Cakravarttilakshana. 
 
 Vol. III. Foil. 229 (216-130); ton lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Fol. 3056 ends the Vyadhikaranadharmdva- 
 chinnabhavaprakdsa, fol. 3566 the Vydptlpurva- 
 pakshaprakdsa. The next part begins: 
 frg*TTTfHm<j i«h nu-<K«H^rr: i 
 grrePT: *w?r. tfg n>nsrRiT>nfm»: h «. h 
 
 H^IM^ ^^T^Tt anftrf^sTT^T ^TTH II * II 
 
 Vol. IV. Foil. 210 (445-654); 10-12 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Fol. 4596 ends the SiddhdntalaJcshanapra- 
 kdsa, fol. 532 the AvachedakalahshanapraMSa 
 with the following couplet : 
 
 jTin htj «??: ftppn flffn: ftra: n =i u 
 w$A Tmvi^f *j^t *nrftT zrcirT^ ii * ii 
 
 The next part begins : 
 
 ^shTfH TsfiflT.G"') snWR'rf'l wtfJrT I 
 TjfBr^-^IcKWTTT^nHHHVT^cA SH^« II <* II 
 Fol. 547 ends the SdmdnydbhdvaprakdSa, 
 fol. 6126 the VydptvuddaprakMa with the 
 couplet : 
 
 <^ir>HI< J ,»HH'<0 J < !<Sl v iT f^SI-TUTT: I 
 
 iit^pt *nnrr Bii^TTRFrTiT: n <h ii 
 
 The next part begins : 
 
 si 
 
 Fol. 63:16 ends the Suhnr,iragranthaprakdia 
 with the couplet i 
 
 inn Trans f^HTt *?TW^?;f?HT ^jvt: ii i n 
 The next part begins : 
 
 H^F faAcMjfctfaiTT^d-i'.'Hl H%)w^%cfrlf9l I 
 
 ^i^jl ^.rtfa Ff^rl 3iTTi inr * *pr: ii <. ii 
 
 Vol. V. Foil. 209 (655-863); twelve lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Fol. 6726 ends the Tarkagrcmthapral 
 
 with the couplet : 
 
 Fol. 691a ends the Vydptyanugamaj 
 fol. 7576 the SdmdnyalaleshanaprakdSa with the 
 couplet : 
 
 WTPlIcS^nrTT =HIW ^TT'HIHI^r*v.H'rT I 
 
 faTjta: *p?j mj'hiref'rtHmr^ci wit: n s u 
 The next part begins : 
 
 ^t fin^ ftrrrg^ h^i^h \rr*rfrr \ 
 ■rrrpfr fa.tnf arrpr HTRfg=T>* wjtt ii q ii 
 Fol. 7996 ends the Upddhipurvap)aTcsha} 
 
 hdSa, on the last page the Upddhivddarahasya 
 
 with the couplets: 
 
 2Trr.i}TfVHT?w ttt ^rr^iT Tf^nrr *rm i 
 totwh it^t *pffr fa?ttft frr^mn?: II S || 
 
 H^ITH'^'lUcdTil sfVn«Mf!|'H*1 nrftRff I 
 
 fwflmrvTr!fwi u°f<i3i: m^7rrfnrr: n ? n 
 
 c 
 ^fff ^^r<4WM**T^iTn^HI*{o( 1 *J*'^tTftl5rilr«TlH5!|^- 
 
 nf^rrfW^rf H^nr^^T«irr?r ^mfv^Ffwrnrji: n 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1911, 1912. 
 
 524,446. Foil. 206 and 386 resp.j bi 
 
 9$ in. by 4| iu. 
 
 *■ Prof. Aufrecht suggests «TR^f7T*1.
 
 624 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Anumdnamanidtdhitibhavdnandlvydkliydsar - 
 vopakdrini , commonly called Sa/rvopakdrim, a 
 shorter commentary on the Anumdnakhanda of 
 the BhavdnandJ, by Mahddeva Pandit. It is 
 an abridgment of the same author's larger 
 commentary Bhavdnandlprakdsa," as is stated 
 in the introductory and the final couplets. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 34, no. lii.; Weber's 
 Catalogue (Berlin, 1853), p. 200, no. 667. In 
 the final slokas Mahddeva calls the Prakdsa 
 and the Kaustubha his two sons, and the Upa- 
 kdrini his daughter, whom he has begotten 
 by his spiritual wife Buddhi. 
 
 Vol. I. Foil. 1-20 eleven lines, foil. 21-206 
 (by another hand) ten lines in a page. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 oSPini: ^h^t: **t wrsn^tPfffW?: u <\ n 
 
 H^rR^sfuTT ^TPTRHTvr>rf*TnrtfVm: i 
 an^ura fqnsTsn *t?t^t hw;i: n 3 n 
 
 •nrftf'WrtfHf^TiHJrrftj'SRTTR-m ^r7rn^7pra;Tt^i *w$ 
 
 ftinifjiajrn f^Wf^cR^it TTftnTR^ I ^HJ^ii*(fiT I 
 
 Fol. 96 ends the Samgatigrantha. fol. 39a. 
 the Anumdnalakshana, ibid, the Anamdnasvaru- 
 panirupana, fol. 40a the Anumdnaprdmdnya- 
 nirupana, fol. 45a the Pancalakshafii, fol. 506 
 the Simhavydgltnilttkxltana, fol. 95a the Vyadhi- 
 karanadharmdvach i ii ndbhdraci/dkhyd, fol. 106a 
 the Purvapakshagrantha, fol. 1256 the Sid- 
 dhantalakshanavyd1chyd,{ol. 1406 the Vydptivdda, 
 fol. 206a the Sdvidnyalakshandgrantha(sic\). 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 356, by the same hand as 
 foil. 1-20 in Vol. I.; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Fol. 62a ends the Upddhigrantharydkhyd, 
 fol. 966 the Pakshatdgrantha, fol. 168a the 
 
 VyatireTeigranthavydhhyd, fol. 285a the Savya- 
 bMcdragranthavydkhyd, fol. 293a the Sddhd- 
 rana.grantha, fol. 2986 the Asddhdranagraittlui, 
 fol. 306a the Anupasamhdrigranthavydkhyd, 
 fol. 3266 the Satpratipakshagrantha, fol. 3526 
 the Asiddhigrantha. 
 
 The final couplets are : 
 
 Hm^R^t^narT tosh: vmnn i 
 
 [>ppr II ? II 
 ^lOlifta?) *ffW^ WTO^T yfa** » 3 " 
 
 HT^R^hr*Tr§lQ|llJT«$T Vm f%STH I 
 
 WTWm^FHir mrrinj ^fiTHT u m ii 
 
 f^^rT^T W^TTJ-reif^(? perhaps J^TTTJTTSlf^) 
 fqw: ^Wcy^fwT ^T f^T(read 1 f? ^f^fff 
 
 cFWfrcFTfqTs'lT^ftH^iT 
 nTrrsfc5TcFT^TTT: cfTTTHn II S> II 
 
 csqm«K ^ttt(?) Ttsjirhn ^fir** ii b ii 
 ^f3ti?iim#rfcir^ *f T^t ^ht^th; ii c ii 
 
 Date : ^Tff <Ht^b. 
 
 [_H. T. COLEBEOOKE.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 1913. 
 
 1369b. Foil. 38; size 9 A in. by 4A in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Sa/rvopakdrinl, a small portion of a second 
 copy, ending wi ih the Anv/mdnaprdmd^yanvru- 
 pana. [H. T. ColbbEOOKE.] 
 
 1914. 
 
 681. Foil. 204 ; size 9| in. by 4| in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Bhdvdnandivydkhyd, a commentary on Bhavd- 
 nanda's commentary on the Anumdnakhanda 
 of the Bltlltiti, by Dinakara, incomplete, ex- 
 plaining the commentary on scarcely the first 
 tenth of the BtJhiti. 
 
 This commentary is not mentioned in Hall's 
 Index, but see Burnell's Tanj. MSS., 11., p. 116. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■a^imfmfm.mrm^rmTH 
 
 T^$^ft?$c5>oKf^cfNHTfiT 
 
 mir (sic!) iflftfTORni ^ w. ftnrni ii <\ ii 
 
 e 
 
 Subscriptions : fob 27" ^f<T fim=fiTTfwttjTiflT- 
 TJHrl^TCaTnf *nmm ; fol. 140/* ^frT fe-HcfiT^RlM^T- 
 
 Tp^frarreirprt n*n**c5Bji!Hnm ; fol. 1576 ^fff wtrv- 
 vrrqH^T^T^^t>m"wtiftz^3rfvcir^nv«T^ra^Tm^f»? - 
 TUcSETOfjxqirrNimrH tivifoi ; fol. 1836 tfzvfzii 
 
 ??«T?TT II 
 
 \ 
 The last words are ^R^psnfTm SHTinRraT^T- 
 ^mgiffi'SFr^Tf^frr (without colophon). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOE , 
 
 1915, 1916. 
 
 328 & 857. Poll. 208 and 278 resp.; size 
 12 in. by 4' in.; written by different hands. 
 
 Anwmdnamanidldhititippanl, a commeni 
 on the Anumdnalchanda of the Vldhiti, by 
 JagadiSa Tuvkdlamhlra I limit 
 called Jdgactisi (in the marginal notee . 
 Hall's Index, p. ;>■>, no. 1 \ i i. ; A.ufrechi I 
 logue, p. 2 12, nos. 593 596; Weber's I 
 logue, p. 198, no. 654 ; Rajendralala Mitra's 
 Notices of Skr. .MSS., vol. ii., p. 335, no. ! 
 vol. iv., p. 124, no. 15 12. 
 
 328. Vol.1. Poll. 208 (paged 1-209); 9 13 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The J'urrnLlmijf/a. This MS. begins to 
 explain the Didhiti from fche Vydpti chapter 
 (see p. 8 of the printed text), the Awumdna- 
 prdmdnya chapter is wanting. The first words 
 are: mrrcimni wrrtai ^HHnqiHiuvgr^CTTiT TTrSTT- 
 
 ^mtrf»w^I: I See the same beginning in the 
 second copy. 
 
 Colophons of single chapters are : ^w^ir?- 
 cs^jjrrftBTOt Hqffjnnnrt fol. 1146; \fn *rrer- 
 ^THrefi^TTftnftonrt imfrfrr: [sie\) fol. 124a; 
 TarTfsnrnr: ^RTftumTff fol. I486; fol. 170 the 
 colophon is wanting (^fw TTcfrTT?: HRTS:, fol. 
 160 of the second copy); ^fff ^mm^T?: fol. 17o'e: 
 
 f^Tf^?rr^>n^'rfrT'r : tfvf(TnT^raTcJW' TT TZ : laiin : t [sic !) 
 
 WrrSTT II 
 
 857. Vol. II. Foil. 278 (paged 210-185); 
 10-12 Lines in a page. 
 
 The I'ltn riihlm inhi. The first words are: 
 
 Subscriptions of single chapters: ^f«T ^^Utt- 
 ?fawlST^rc^T^S|faTfwRRT7|*^?ff\mTTTnr?T? - 
 fi uu'.ft ^HTnn fol. 2">!/> of the original paging; 
 sfff T5rbm<rhn ° uwwTfjtq*rt wmr: (sic ! fol. 29 1 6 ; 
 \fn m.msifrtq^ wmn fol. 336a; jfn ^h^ihjTt- 
 Trurra ° ^^T^rfifjaro't wtth: (sic!) fol. 3566;
 
 626 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^fir fl^lHsfhmqTO ° ^P^^TTTfaff?*»r5rt VWW fol. 
 
 3616; jfa wr&yi ^n^Twt wx: fol. 3986; 
 
 ^mftlf^fTWTO^ fol. 468a ; ^fiT ^R $W £m\imvvft- 
 g -n l H ? ! 3 M % I g °H OTgreTI} [fifT] fqiTT^T^wftr^tFvfiT - 
 Hcfi l fy cin fj^wt «i#(sic!). The first of the two 
 final couplets begins ^ftr fHiWHHMWiR^^i ° 
 
 There are many small omissions in the last 
 quarter of this volume. 
 
 Date : ?hr^ IMS it 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1917. 
 
 1797. Foil. 271; size 12| in. by 4| in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Dldhititippanl , a second copy, incomplete, 
 but well written. 
 
 a) Foil. 203. The Purvakhanda, the same 
 
 as in no. 1915 (328). 
 6) The Avayavatippani, the sixth section of 
 the TJttarahhanda, incomplete. Foil. 33 
 (204-237, orig. 1-33). It begins: *cft- 
 
 The last words are : ^rrPiPP?Ti# ^H4«tm<r 
 m^raprnrfwri i ir«n ^r fa • • . (see vol. ii. 
 of the first copy, fol. 3956, 1. 10). 
 r) The Pakshatdtippani, the second section 
 of the TJttarahhanda. Foil. 35 (238-271, 
 orig. 2-35). The first leaf (with one 
 page text) is lost, the second leaf begins : 
 rnm^i ttw^ ^rafa^lfWfv?^ ° (see fol. 
 2556, 1. 2 of the first copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1918-1921. 
 
 1704, 1035, 1624, 1034a. Size 18i in. 
 by 3i in.; written in the Bengali character. 
 
 {Jdgadlsi), a large portion of a third copy 
 of Jagadlsa's commentary on the Anumdnadi- 
 dhiti. 
 
 1) Vol. I. Foil. 33, paged 1-33. Eight lines 
 in a page. The TJpddhivddagranthara- 
 hasya, ends fol. 33a. 
 
 2) Vol. II. Foil. 23, originally paged 34-56 
 (on the left side) . Nine lines in a page. 
 The Pakshatdtippani, ends fol. 566. 
 
 3) Vol. III. Foil. 27, originally paged 57-83. 
 Nine lines in a page. The Pardmar- 
 satippanl. 
 
 4) Vol. IV. Foil. 19, originally paged 84- 
 102. Seven or eight lines in a page. 
 The Kcvaldnvayitippani (ends fol. 16, 1. 3, 
 but without colophon), the Kevala- 
 vyatirekitippanl (ends fol. 196) and the 
 beginning of the Avayavatippani. The 
 writing on the first leaves is nearly 
 obliterated. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1922, 1923. 
 
 1951 & 2013. Foil. 64 and 155 resp.; size 
 9k in. by 4j in.; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Anumdnamaiijushd, a copious commentary 
 on the Jdgadlsi (in'Tt ^1° on the margin), 
 by Ardopdhva Krishna Bhatta. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 35, no. lviii. Both volumes together 
 contain only the commentary on a small part 
 of the Amimdna - section, the Vyadldkarana- 
 dharmdracclnnndbhdva, see foil. 1-51 of the 
 Jdgadlsi in no. 1917. 
 
 Vol. I. begins *R5 flf^frf {Bldhiti, Calc. ed., 
 p. 8, 1. 13) I ^HfHfiT^c*yj*UcirtfJrtl, see the first 
 cue from the Jdgadlsi ^RTTarfafw on 1. 5. The 
 last cue ^TOigii^fw occurs on fol. 116, 1. 8, of 
 no. 1917. After the colophon ^HFgHMijiTinit 
 iH<$B!*Lfi ?wreT there are the following couplets : 
 'STBJTn^lrilvfMi <*in>|ofil JTfaKfclfsicM | 
 
 ^*nfl*s>itfrn!it <*ifsr«*i »rf3i<* 1(31*1 n s 11 
 
 ?ft: fain ^ft»rbn ^fajfin ^ft: *f^ i 
 ?ft^i icirw'4 irrarer nrfir r 11 * 11
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 G27 
 
 Vol. II. begins famnnuT f^mfq^q^ sfinmfjs- 
 T^fw $m:. Tho last cue ^n-ar^rf^fff oocura on 
 fol. 51/-, 1. 2, of no. 1017. The colophon 
 
 There are some verses on the last page tho 
 beginning of which is ffTift HT^srenn ° 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1924. 
 
 1303c. Foil. 38; size 12f in. by 4f in.; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page. 
 
 " Nyayalirofld/iiitriil-hanfia 2 " (sic on the 
 first leaf), two different sets of notes on difficult 
 passages in the JdgadUl. They may be identical 
 with two of the Krodas in Hall's Index, p. 35, 
 nos. lix.-lxx., but as they are without any 
 special title, identification is impossible. That 
 they belong to the JagadiSi, is evident from 
 the numerous passages of the Jdgadihi which 
 they quote and explain. 
 
 1) Foil. 1-10. This Krpda begins : vfmv. 
 TisjVHrnnifjr??;* fa^nni: i ^ ^ Hr^jrinn;f*i 
 
 2) Foil. 11-19. A second copy of the same 
 Kroda, in the same handwriting. 
 
 3) Foil. 20-38. A second Krodapatrakhanda, 
 
 different from the first. It begins : ^ 
 
 FTWT(si'c!) "?trr«tTH(.s (c!) i rra^raTWT^raftrfsT- 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 192."). 
 
 2368a. Foil. 10; size lOf in. by 2| in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Slokavydkhyd Anumdnadidhitiparikshdydh , by 
 Vj Icaspati, son of Vidydnivdsa : it is a 
 
 commentary on a certain explanation of the 
 introductory couplets of tho Didhiti, this ex- 
 planation forming part of a commentary on 
 the whole Didhiti called Aimmunadldhitipa~ 
 rlkshd. Perhaps it is tho same work as no. hi. 
 iu Hall's Index, p. 34. For Nydyavdcaspati, 
 seo Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., p. 528 {Rudra Nyd~ 
 yavdeaspati Bhattdcdrya, son of Vidydnivdsa 
 Bhattdcdrya of Bengal, grandson of Bl 
 nanda). 
 
 It begins : ^rf w ^mf^Jt^^jwmm^irr^m^- 
 ^fHifffqrrm-m ^v^i i n^ ira h«i i ftsETefr fi=r^T?5- 
 
 It ends : 
 
 Date of the copy: H7W =ii9M ^R •^F^f? fjirHn 
 ^TO MTnt ^ II [Gaikawai;.] 
 
 1926. 
 
 1072. Poll. 173 (paged I and H _' 1 2 ; 
 size 13^ in. by 2; in.; six lines in a page ; 
 written in the Bengali character. 
 
 Anumdnamanididhiti Prasdrini, a commen- 
 tary on the Anumanakhanda of the Didhiti, by 
 Mahdmahopddhydya Krishy,addsa Sdrvdbhauma 
 Bhattdcdrya, defeel Lve. 
 
 Probably it is the same commentary as th< 
 Tattvacintdmanivydkhyd in Hall's [ndex, p. 30, 
 no. xxxix. 
 
 It begins : f*£«ifrT ^T ^ fap*H: jftftnfaim: * 
 ^r=RTJR *H ^TCTtfrT cRwfrfff 11^ Poll. 2-40 
 (orig. pag.) are lost. 
 
 Date of this excellenl copj : TjT"=Trr^rr: qiftg. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKK.] 
 
 4 N
 
 628 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 c. The Aloha, by Jayadeva. 
 
 1927. 
 
 687. Foil. 227; size 10f in. by U in.; 
 eight, sometimes nine lines in a page ; written 
 by two different hands, a new band setting in 
 on fob 203. 
 
 Anumdndloha, a commentary on tbe A)tu- 
 nuJna-section of tbo Tatteaciutdma-ni, by the 
 Mahdmahopddhydya Jayadeva Misra, who was 
 instructed by his uncle Sari Misra. Another 
 name of the author is Pahshadhara, in the 
 first copy of the Sabddloha (no. 1930). See 
 Hall's Index, p. 38, no. lxxvii. 
 
 In Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. 
 MSS., vol. iii., p. 164, no. 1190, the Aloha is 
 erroneously ascribed to Gadddhara. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ^TTf<WW(fNMllfTf%inT?*lQ J IS«T 
 
 fqrT^r?frf«i!ftTrf^ >rre: Tremjira II * II 
 TjTT^n^^;:*r^r^^ff^r^rH( ^5itiT the second 
 copy) ww^tit m -h *»"H h M <*> aj uf fgroir ^mr? i ^r^iftr I 
 This copy leaves a good deal of the Amur 
 mdnahhanda unexplained, ceasing with the 
 sentence WTVofiTTr^ fir ^jri«M* ° (see the Anu- 
 mdnahh. of the Cintdmani in no. 1870, fob 1566, 
 1. 3). The commentary ends : W ^ JTKNMHTCt 
 
 Colophon : \fft VrT^urfTtnurTTHTf •« <m hh$ i <* riT 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1928. 
 
 1213a. Foil. 118; size llf in. by 4| in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Anumdnahhanddloha, a second copy. It 
 
 * The fragment in no. 1944 (2S2) has ^wf'STsr'flT- 
 ^jquft and inirat *. 
 
 explains a few lines more of the Cintdmani 
 than the first copy. The last words are : 
 
 Date and name of the scribe : i(TH tt$9 
 
 TpT=fr T*lA II [H. T. Coi-EBROOKE.] 
 
 1929. 
 
 956b. Foil. 74 (paged 1-78); size 94-10 in. 
 by 3| in.; foil. 1-11 fourteen to sixteen lines, 
 foil. 12-74 ten to twelve lines in a page. 
 
 {Anwmdndloka) , a fragment. It has the 
 curious colophon: ^flf ^t»TlfttU«ini?fcci»rf%T- 
 fViWT'rRf'ra tthtto {sicl). But the text agrees 
 verbally with the Anumdndloha in no. 1927. 
 The last words are : ^nfRf^rf^lgfiT u ^IV)T T*T 
 ri^re^-^yflTf^TT H^nTf^lgm?rfv=iri7fnj%7rrf^- 
 H^ftTr^P^mT I See the preceding copy, fob 76a, 
 1. 3. Fob 9 and foil. 37, 38 (of the original 
 paging) are lost, for the fob 9, which is in 
 this copy, does not belong to this treatise, or 
 is at least in the wrong place. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1930. 
 
 592b. Foil. 115 (paged 85-199); size 11 in. 
 by 3^ in.; foil. 85-96 six lines, foil. 97-151 
 seven lines, foil. 152-199 eight lines in a page. 
 
 {Sdbddloha), Jayadeva Misra's commentary 
 on the Sabdakhanda of the Cintdmani, an 
 incomplete copy. The title, which was ap- 
 parently not written by one of the three 
 scribes of this copy, is: ^frT ^5TTiJ2IVTfT!rf%T:f%?n 
 ^l^Tfclftwpn^ *tTTJlT II See Rajendralala Mitra's 
 Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. iii., p. 170, no. 1196; 
 vol. v., p. 223, no. 1907; p. 299, no. 1975. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *nmi ^TreT^fwrftrj f^fflfinfq i 
 w^n «i if n Aw fa f^s f=PTi«rr , nrfjn[ 
 jpnfr inrfFRsn T^refg ?Km« ii i ii
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 (st'c! fwar^^Tfwnfi' in the second copy) ^"t>u^r«t- 
 
 The last words are : ^cfiTH^f^'Ttm^i'sST^^TircRT 
 
 wt^ f^?lmr^i<^vjnoniri1n«jmc»,ojri («<>!) JTrsrrf^fir n 
 
 They belong to the commentary on a passage 
 of the Gintdmani beginning with tfiosWtfiT (see 
 this word fol. 1986, 1. 6), which occurs fol. 320a, 
 1.4, of the first copy of the Gintdmani (no. 1869). 
 This fragment of the Sabddlolca is about 
 the first half of the whole. 
 
 [H. T. Coi-ebrooke.] 
 
 1931. 
 
 1675a. Foil. 95; size 9i in. by 4 in.; 
 foil. 1-37 twelve or thirteen lines, foil. 38-95 
 nine or ten lines in a page. 
 
 Sahddloka, a second, not complete copy. The 
 
 colophon is: ^ftr vf\n ? in ^mHrnral h <j^n f«r9f%T:- 
 
 After fol. 50 about forty leaves are wanting; 
 the last cue before the omission, TToRofrrcS^fan %fa, 
 occurs on fol. 1516 of the first copy (no. 1930), 
 and the first cue after the omission, ^^fw 
 (see the Gintdmani in no. 1869, fol. 3166), 
 occurs on fol. 1926 of the same copy. 
 
 A second omission was caused by the care- 
 lessness of the scribe, who on fol. 55a, 1. 3, 
 left out as much as the three last leaves of the 
 first copy, and probably a few pages more. 
 The last words before this omission occur on 
 fol. 1976, 1. 3, of no. 1930 ; the first cue after 
 the omission, Hlrflfq-lT^rfrr, is the »rnnftr^*rtT (sic!) 
 on fol. 320a, 1. 7, of the Gintdmani in no. 1869. 
 
 629 
 
 The 
 
 tin's is not tho real end of the dloka 
 1mm cues refer to Eol. 405a of do. 1869. 
 
 Date of foil. 40-95: tiT* liM **?* ■zf^vj 
 !^ii II. T. I 
 
 1932. 
 
 956c. Foil. 33; size 10J in. by i\ in.; 
 
 twelve linos in a page. 
 
 Sabddlokakan{akoddhdra 3 a commentary on 
 Jayadeva MiSra's Sabddloha, by Madhusud 
 a small fragment, being the end of the whole. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 39, no. lxxix. 
 
 It begins: Trgfn tb^HvUt . . ^T?r*t TOriHUT 
 ■HTrtqYgTTO^nfq inr^T^T^ ^rfafiTHQJI TTTrqPtKWffiT I 
 It ends : 
 
 "^T^R *JHI-nlHl«MNmT7Tfa) cluf: I 
 
 The author is called Thakkura Madhusudana 
 in the colophons of other MSS.j si e I; Ljendralala 
 Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. v., p. 83, 
 no. 1764 [Pratyaksha) ; p. 225, no. L909 (Anu- 
 mdna). II. T. I '..i.i;brooke.] 
 
 1933. 
 
 1330. Poll. 206; size Ll| in. by M in.; 
 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Sabdalchandamisragddddharl, Gadddhara's 
 
 commentary on Jayadeva Alisra's Sabddlolca, 
 incomplete. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 10, no. lxwiv. ; Ra- 
 jendralala Mitra's N'otices of Skr. MSS.. vol. v., 
 p. 177, no. 1864. 
 
 Tho commentary begins : 
 
 ffPTiy*?TfVs^iT UHMTrf-iTV?:: qJTklTK? WTT^T II 
 
 The last words of this copy are: ^wfq f^X*$ 
 HfiT WntlHTT TTrem^Wlf'TftT, but it may be that ^fff nf<TsrpTFWT77 rinfflrfq q5«tft ^WTTrqiTYftT 
 
 4 n 2
 
 630 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The last words are : 37tf>*TR ^fW^TTOmfiifi: 
 Fol. 22 does not belong to this copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1934. 
 
 737. Foil. 123; size 12f in. by 4^ in.; 
 twelve lines, sometimes thirteen lines in a page; 
 written in the Bengali character. 
 
 Pratyakshdlokarahasya, a commentary on 
 the Pratyakshakhanda of the Aloha, two 
 separate fragments. The name of the author 
 does not occur in the manuscript itself, but 
 according to an inscription on the first page 
 (TnT^JT^toFIT 1 ^^ ° ^TT°), its author is Mathurd- 
 ndtha. 
 
 The manuscript begins : faflji HTftfaiTTPT- 
 STrfsnmnrm (?° cRTtrut see no. 1937) *fti ^fw^%cs 
 fifTT (TTrshTT or ■qfiT?) ^q *CJ?$ f^-ntf^r^Tq ^iff 
 frpTWTfiT ^aiT^fiT ° The same beginning of Ma- 
 tliurdudtha's Pratyaksh-dlokarahasya in Rajen- 
 dralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. iii., 
 p. Ill, nos. 1159 and 1191. 
 
 Fol. 206 ends the Mail galavddarahasya ; this 
 is the only subscription in the first portion of 
 this volume, which ends fol. 36a (fq^TTfqq'J ^frf) . 
 The second portion has its own original pagi- 
 nation from s to bs. On the first leaf ends 
 Prathamavipratipattirahasya ; fol. 446, Dviti- 
 yavipratipattirahasya ; fol. 926, Pramdpurva- 
 ■paksharahasya; fol. 97a, Prdmdnyavddarahasye 
 pramdlakshanarahasyam ; fol. 113a., Pratya- 
 hsJidlakarahasye anyathdkhydtipurvapaksJiara- 
 hasyam; fol. 123a, Pratyakshdlokarahasye anija- 
 thdkhydtirahasyam. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1935, 1936. 
 
 3051, 3052. Foil. 73 and 155 resp.; size 
 11 h in. by 4 in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Anumdna-Palcshadhara-Mdthurdndthl, a com- 
 mentary on the Anumdndloka, by Mathv/rdndtha, 
 incomplete. The title is only given on the 
 second page of the first leaf (Pahshadharama- 
 thurdndthi) and in the marginal notes ^T° 1° 
 M° or ^r° tjo z°. See Weber's Catalogue 
 (Berlin, 1853), p. 201, no. 671. 
 
 Vol. I. The Upddhivdda, begins : '^f^rrf^flT 
 
 ^nmnfir5ir<inf H^snirr^nTfaw^ ° 
 
 Vol. II. The Pahshatd (ends fol. 7a), the 
 Pardmarsa (fol. 286), the Vyatirekinirupana 
 (fol. 52a), the Vi ruddhanirupana (fol. 966), the 
 Satpratipaksha (fol. 107a), the Hetvdbhdsa 
 (fol. 122a), the Asddhakatdnirup ana (fol. 128a), 
 fol. 1476 the Isvaravdda. The last words are: 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 1937. 
 
 451. Foil. 238; size 9| in. by 4i in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Sabddlokarahasya, a commentary on Jaya- 
 di va MUra's Sabddloka, by Mathurdndtha 
 TarkavdgUa. See Hall's Index, p.40,no.lxxxv.; 
 Weber's Catalogue (Berlin, 1853), p. 202, no. 670; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. ii., p. 379, no. 1013. 
 
 The copy is incomplete at the end. 
 
 The introductory couplets and the subdi- 
 visions in the commentary are nearly the same 
 as in Mathurdndtha' s Sahdamanirahasya. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 H^W^qT*?c5T^tT: ^Tg w> sfq tt^^t^^: II 
 
 fTf§HJnftf*«!nT^TOTfaojrTH^P!T ejfff HT^fffCi 
 * llaj. Mitra has o ^ftflfn: , which suits the metre.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 68] 
 
 Fol. 836 ends tlio Prdmaq.yavddarahasya, 
 fol. 856 the Akdnkshdpurvapakshdlokarahasya, 
 fol. 1016 the Akdnkshdgrantharahasya, fol. 1036 
 the Yogyatdpurvapaksharahasya, fol. L116 tlio 
 Yogyatdgrantharahasytt, fol. 120a the Adhyd- 
 luh-ajiiirriijialisli irahasya, fol. 123<; the Asatti- 
 graniharahasya, fol. 140a the Tdtparyagrantha- 
 rahasya, fol. 157a. the Sabddnityatdrahasya, 
 fol. 1676 the /'/.<</ n n<i/>riirli<( nna vddarahasya, 
 fol. 218a the Vidhivddardhasya, fol. 23S« tlio 
 Apurvavddapurvapaksharahasya (almost ille- 
 gible). 
 
 Date of the copy : *fai^ qto^Csie!). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1938. 
 
 292. Foil. 227; size 10| in. by 3i in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Anv/mdndlokadarpana, a commentary on the 
 Anumdndloka, by Thakkura Mahesa*, a son of 
 Candrnj'iiti ami DMrd, and younger brother 
 of Mahddeva, BhagJratha and Ddmodara, com- 
 plete. 
 
 This commentary, which is not mentioned 
 in Hall's Index, covers also the second meta- 
 physical part of the Cintdmani and of the 
 Anumdndloka. 
 
 The Awwmdndloleadarpaiia begins : "s^lTf^frT 
 (see uddesdt in the second copy of the Awu- 
 mdndloka) ^r4tfTlfiTcinm*T UWSTOT?R r Trfa?T'3r ° 
 
 Fol. 8a ends the Anumitilakshaiia, fol. 61a 
 the Upddhinirupana, fol. 666 the Pakshatdniru- 
 pana, fol. 108a the Vyatirekivdda, fol. 122a 
 the Avayartiiiiru/Hi na, fol. 1 67a the J/< tvdbhdsdh, 
 fol. 1726 the Asddhnkatd Hhupana, and the 
 Satpratipaksha, fol. 191a the ISvaravdda, fol. 
 2176 the Kdriiijiildniru/'niia. Fol. 2186 is the 
 
 * In the colophon of a copy of the Pratyakthu- 
 khanda, in Raj. Mitra's Notices, vol. iv., p. 128, 
 no. 1548, the author is called Sri Mahesa Tliakkura. 
 
 colophon: THJuTt mWTTTj: || %VHHHTr*"toRSmaTT TUmnil 
 
 A last part, which has the colophon "Moksha- 
 
 nenta on the t< si of the I wii 
 itself. 1 1 begins : 
 
 f^*7$ fpq wt favTO .... i 
 
 ^tr: it *)<s^iwjt n ij^nT'Si: iktipir: *rru?^ *fa 
 
 HfpSfRfiT I 
 
 Towards the end the author gives tl pinion 
 
 of the Veddntists mi Mokslia, concluding with 
 the remark : rKiTrFnijqJT Tj^f^^f f^jfi^i ^ ttti 
 
 C 
 
 wfffqTmmfrTfjrprafjr^TfefiT II 
 The final couplets are : 
 jHToRfEpnnp*rr rr^mwRir? 
 
 TTOfenr^o^m ^qui wfair^: ii 
 
 (^)^tRij fjffHfT^T^T^ttrt *?tert f%u7jutf »rir7i: ii 
 fr*ni ^fvrorevf s^m^Tc^cR^^uTR i 
 
 ^jftTT^ *?3H iTRJT=frTft *WqT!TH II 
 Date of the copy : tfiw ^ii^ TTCpTTR «^st^ 
 inwfl =irainrKJ <\ w^ i«h«n ^wn *j»TcRTXTr 
 nfffff i^f* f^fm ii 
 
 a*. Fasiw?( <■<' MiSra. 
 1939. 
 
 786a. Foil. 121; size 10 in. by 2J in.; 
 eighl lines in a page. 
 
 Ointdmanitikd, a commentary on the 4nit- 
 
 ikhanda of tho Ointdmani, by Vdsudeva 
 
 Misrn, Burnamed Nydyasiddhdntasdra, pupil of 
 
 (Jayadevai) Pakshadhara MUra, who was his 
 
 father's brother. 
 
 In the beginning and at the end of this 
 copy some words are nearly illegible. 
 
 j Bead ^(.m-tJMi^IWHH: I Prof. Aufrecht's cor- 
 rection).
 
 632 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The commentai'y begins : 
 
 *a> f^fvrf^'iTTaf'^nfHfiT^ . (?) i 
 
 jrrrtrra Tm w^rt ^f'jw'rt sf^tom ii ? ii 
 
 Trarf^^TT^TijT f<H<$i: ^prrs fast*: n 3 « 
 ^na^fw ii ^ ?~^w?th: i ^T^rrmi??^^ sfa 
 Trm ur»t^ wiprcwtf sfq anfsrf^fsreiw*'^^ s fa 
 w**rei: ii 
 
 The final colophon is : ^frT ^ft»»imfindM- 
 «TTTfHSirH , Jl=l^q^VTfT!iyiril4^'*)Nr«s!ltt«Klf>Tsr^m- 
 
 ^fim fiKfaif i ql f^nnfirret^rrirt ^ftTiten;- 
 
 ^jTf^mrn^ ^mfjmrTJr^ ii wim\ *rr*n^N(sic!)w:j 
 5*^<^q fcrftjnrfa^ g^f* rt^§ n 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 e. Eucidatta. 
 
 1940. 
 
 605. Foil. 275 (originally numbered 1-44 
 and 52-282); size 9| in. by 2 J in.; foil. 1-6 
 ten lines, foil. 7-11 eight to six lines, foil. 12-44 
 five lines, foil. 45-275 six lines in a page. 
 
 TattvacintdmaiiiprakdSa, a commentary on 
 the Tattvacintamani, by Eucidatta, son of 
 Dcvadatta and Eenuha, brother of Saktidatta 
 and Matidatta (see the final couplets of the 
 Sabdapariccheda in no. 1947), pupil of Jayadeva, 
 of Sodarapura. — Hall's Index, p. 30, no.xxxviii. 
 
 The Pfatyahshapariccheda. The subscrip- 
 tion is : ffn ^^^T^TrtuffH^IH^tmuim^f^wftrT- 
 
 f«ra iT^f^Jfrmftmcin^f JT*renft^: wm»: ii 
 
 See Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. 
 MSS., vol. iv., p. 126, no. 1545. 
 
 * The reading of this couplet, especially in the third 
 and fourth pada, is very doubtful. 
 
 The first fifty-one leaves of the beautiful 
 original copy are lost, they have been replaced 
 by forty-four leaves in a more recent handwriting. 
 
 The commentary begins f '• 
 3TFte^<n<rit * if I'd <id>\ 
 
 wt? ^m ^PRtftfg fsra fti^rnn: ii s ii 
 
 Date of the ancient part : ??Tff ^9*. ^rrfi- 
 cirsrf^ <\o ytfrrnVZ II [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1941. 
 
 889. Foil. 158; size lOf in. by 3 1 in.; 
 foil. 1-10 and 21-33 eight lines, foil. 11-20 
 and 34-158 ten or eleven lines in a page; 
 written on yellow coloured paper. 
 
 Tattuacintdmanipralcdsa, the Pratyahsha- 
 pariccheda, a second copy. 
 
 Evidently foil. 1-1 la., 1. 6, and foil. 21-33 
 were not written by the same writer who 
 wrote the main bulk of this volume. 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1942. 
 
 2535. Foil. 156; size lOf in. by 4f in.; 
 foil. 1-109 ten lines, foil. 110-156 eleven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Tattvaeintd'manipralidsa, the Pratyaksha- 
 paricchcda, a third copy. 
 
 Foil. 16-83 are much injured by insects. 
 
 Date of the copy : rtTff siSb ^tr m^rt^rm 
 igiiTrsj R^wrt fWt n^fi^ f$ft?nf ii 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 t The faults iu this copy have been corrected by the 
 help of the other copies.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 638 
 
 1943. 
 
 1244. Foil. 205; size 10 in. by 3 in.; 
 foil. 1-137 ami 11)3-205 eight lines, foil. 138-192 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Tattvacintamanipralid&a, the Pratydksha- 
 
 pariccheda, a fourth copy. 
 
 [n. T. I iOKE.] 
 
 1944. 
 
 282. Foil. 95; size 10i in. by 3 in.; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 (TattvacintdmaniprahdSa), about the first 
 half of the Anumana-section. The beginning 1 
 is wanting,* for the first four leaves contain 
 the beginning of the Anumdndlolca. The Pra- 
 lcdsa begins fol. 5, in quito the same writing 
 and on quite the same yellow coloured paper. 
 The first words are : ^ ■qTflT^Tft^srnr H r H^ l ff 
 
 tttw TjffR'^?fi<rr>'itTTmT'jf'ir: i That it is tho 
 
 PrakdSa and not any other commentary, follows 
 only from the inscription on tho title-page : 
 f^HTSfrr^ cfT^f^f^ ^JTR^Tq anfsrTPTri?TiT(si'c !) . 
 The first four leaves bear tho marginal note : 
 ^° n°, all the other leaves : fg° w° H°. The 
 last quotation from the Cintdmani is: ^ctTRtfcll 
 and the last words of the commentary are : 
 ^ ITO HT^TT^HirrfTTTt TTCT>rPTanr?TTi;TTfq -q ^ 
 . . . [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1945. 
 
 108. Poll. 232 (paged 115-346); size 9^ 
 in. by 3 in.; six lines in a page. 
 
 TattvaeintdmaniprahdSa, the Anumdna-paric- 
 cheda, incomplete. To all appearance a first 
 volume, paged 1—114 and containing tho first 
 half of tho Anumdna-pariccheda, is lost. The 
 
 * See the introductory couplets in Rajendralala 
 
 Mitni's Notices, vol. iv., p. 127, no. 15A0. 
 
 writing is the same as in the ancienl part of 
 tho preceding manuscript. 
 
 It begins : . . vnnfff ^tt i ^t ira n rTfsfnrrrj- 
 
 [n. T. COLEDROOKE.] 
 
 1946, 1947. 
 
 534 & 535. Poll. 318; size '.» : ; in. by 2| in.; 
 7 or 8 lines in a pa 
 TattvacmtdmanipraJcdSa, the Sabda-pariccl i \a 
 This section begins : ^qurHTH Trf^xrr?^^ 
 
 "^rsrfiT i 
 
 It ends : 
 
 tf>rre»mnnwr: =fi*rjtTm?Ttr: i 
 
 UHRJ7TT TpT "£3TT nfr^rtew ti <\ II 
 
 c 
 
 wr Stj ^^TT ^f^T^yiTt JTcKOm II 5 II 
 Date of the copy: w^TT sioots (sic !) *nzj 
 ^mirf^f? p^nTUT^ yairtrjlj wrNr*?i; j$ xproir f<$feni 
 
 The Tattvaprahdia in Rajendralala Bfitra's 
 Notices, vol. viii., p. 27, ao. 2575, which is 
 ascribed to Uncidatta in Anfrecht's Cat. C 
 p. 217, is a different work (perhaps the 
 Maipydloka or Ointdmaniprahdia of Jayadeva, 
 mentioned by Rajendralala Mitra, Nbti 
 vol. iv., p. 126, no. 1545). 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 /. Mathurdndtha T ia. 
 
 1948. 
 
 1340a. Poll. 218 ; size 12 in. bj \\ in.; 
 1()-12 Lines in a page.
 
 634 
 
 CATALOGUE OP SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Anitmdnatattvacintdmanitippan l, a commen- 
 tary on the Anumdnakhanda of Gangesa's 
 Cintdmaiti, by Mathwdndtha Tarlcavdglsa, and 
 hence called Mdthuri (see the second copy). 
 Some of the colophons give as the special 
 title : An>tmdno}>ariccheda-(oT lihanda)rahasya. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 29, no. xxxiii.; Au- 
 freeht's Oxford Catalogue, p. 241, nos. 590-592; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. i., p. 285, no. 495, vol. iii., p. 108, no. 1153. 
 The introduction is not quite the same in the 
 different copies. 
 
 The Up ddhi- section is wanting. in this copy. 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 mnfM H rtrftfqT?! V^T foTrSHWITCRmiT^KPT II 3 II 
 
 crreicir ^•?TTT^'fflNTfc5w*WHTCTq=B( n?Tfaciy?) ^nrr 
 f^T^H^srnt ffrewhwu: fsrarevHro Tifn^T^ff 
 
 The following subdivisions are marked in 
 this copy: Prdmdnyavdda/rahasya (ends fol. 116), 
 A n wmdnakhandarahasye Vydptivddarahasyam 
 (begins ^t'JUTHTrffl'nj'i f^^"l, ends fol. 63a), Vyd- 
 ptigrahopdyarahasya (begins ^nfsngigii f^^il 
 m;n?if^TTT'3BTJit , ends fol. 856), Bdmdnyalaksha- 
 ndrahasya (begins JHTgTfrlWT *n*TRl , ends fol. 
 102a) *, Pakshatdpurvapaksharahasya (begins 
 
 * Here is the omission of the Upudhirahasya, it 
 begins Jre^lfrimT T<nfti ; only a few words more are 
 written. 
 
 ^nfrif fa^H WiTT, ends fol. 1076), Pahshatd- 
 rahasya (begins fatnvfqwr fVf^TJffTT, ends fol. 
 1106), Anumdnaparicchedarahasye Pardmarsa- 
 grantJia/rahasyam (begins ^rHfflfff^tN<=RTq , ends 
 fol. 139a), Kevatenvayigranthe Purvapakshara- 
 hasya (begins MIHI^rf: *mfi.clU.*HHT?r, ends fol, 
 1446), Kevaldnvayigrantharaluisya (begins ^fs- 
 Rf^frT, ends fol. 1476) ,VyatireMsiddhdnta/rahasya 
 (begins ^nawiref ^fir, ends fol. 1516), Savyablii- 
 cdrapurvapalcsha (begins oir^^T^iinf<f?iT=R , ends 
 fol. 1946), SavyabJi icdrasiddhdnta (begins ^mnt , 
 ends fol. 195a), Sddhdrariapurvapaksharahasya 
 (begins tJ»j ^ini^l^THTVTTTr °, ends fol. 196a), 
 Sddhdranagranthatippani (begins f=nrejfiT, ends 
 fol. 1956), Asddhdranyapurvapaksharahasya (be- 
 gins TTnrhlHff, ends fol. 197a), Asihlhdranya- 
 tippani (begins ^rqrrl^fw^ , ends fol. 198a), 
 Viruddhapurvapaksha/rahasya (begins ^raf^fK, 
 ends fol. 205a), Viruddhagrantharahasya (begins 
 BTiq^U^fiT, ends fol. 208a), Satpratipaksha- 
 purvapaksharahasya (begins *jrt?Rc? , ends fol. 
 210a) , Sqtpratipakshagrcmtharahasya (begins 
 *isrfa htujo, ends fol. 2186), JELetvdbhdsarahCtsye 
 Asiddhigrantharahasyam (begins tt^tt ^r ^irfs , 
 ends fol. 232a), Vddhapurvapaksha (begins ^T«J 
 ^fiT ^Tf*lH;gf'W§: , ends fol. 210a), Hetvdbhdsa, 
 the last part (begins *ivfl:=M<4, ends fol. 2486). 
 Pol. 148 of the original paging is lost. 
 Date of the copy : ^srUhlfl qtMS fflfiT ^T {sic) * 
 <\$ TTK aiTTC ^TPlfrT'Slt II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1949. 
 
 1615. Foil. 126 (1-129); size 9i x 2 in. 
 by 4-4| in. (the leaves are folded together) ; 
 eight lines in a page ; written in the Bengali 
 character, on yellow coloured paper. 
 
 t The other copies have ^HTfV instead of ^rrfs, 
 but in this copy the [/yaoVti-section is wanting.
 
 philosophy. 
 
 635 
 
 An/umdnapariccJiedarahasya, a second, in- 
 complete copy of Mathurdndtha's commentary, 
 being only the first half of the whole. Put 
 it has the Upddhirddin-aliasyn (full. 806-1096, 
 the UpddhMakshanapurvapaksharahasya ends 
 fol. 91/», tho Upadhisdmanyalahshanarahasya 
 fol. 103?>). Tho last words of this volume are 
 ^clt ^nfturam^nUHnrt f^fijrv • ■ • , Hiey belong 
 to the Pa/rdmarSagrantharahasya, which begins 
 fol. 116a. After fol. 47 three leaves are lost 
 (48-50 of the paging). Marginal notes, as 
 ■^TTTqrt (i.e. Upddhi-jwrnipaksha-Mathwri) etc., 
 point out the single subdivisions. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1950-1952. 
 
 1034b, 1040, 969a. Foil. 61, 47, and 117 
 
 resp.; size 17— 17£ in. by 3—34 in- (the leaves 
 are folded); written in the Bengali character, 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 (Anvmdnakhandarahasya), a third copy, 
 nearly complete. The right order of the 
 single parts is entirely confused ; we give 
 them as they ought to be placed. 
 
 Foil. 9-27 of the first volume belong to a 
 copy of Jagadisa's commentary on the Didhiti. 
 
 Fol. 76a, 1. 6-875 of the third volume 
 belong to a copy of JagadUa's commentary 
 on the Cintdmani. 
 
 1) Vol. I., foil. 1-8 (orig. 1-9, fol. 7 is lost). 
 The Prdmdnyavddarahasya, the first section of 
 the Anumdnarahasya. 
 
 2) Vol. II., foil. 1-47 (orig. 10-50). The 
 VydptipwrvapaTt&ha/rahasya and nearly the whole 
 second part of the Vydptivdda. 
 
 3) Vol. I., foil. 41-46 (orig. 57-63). The 
 last five lines of tho Vyd/dirddnriiliaifi/a, the 
 whole Vy&ptigrahopdyap&rra/iuksha and three 
 lines of the Vydptigrahopdyasiddkdnta. 
 
 4) Vol. III., foil. I 9 (orig. 64-72). The 
 last part of the Vydptigrahopdyavdda, without 
 the beginning (see the preceding fragment) 
 and the end (see the following fragment). 
 
 5) Vol. I., foil. 17 57 (orig. 73-82). The 
 last lino of the I iliopdyavdda and the 
 two Sdmdnya parts. The S&° laksh purva- 
 I'aksha ends fol. •>'<u ("i-i •__•■. -\,i). 
 
 6) Vol. Ett., foil. 10-88 (orig. 84-112). Tho 
 
 Upddh /-sections. The purvapahsha onds fol. 
 20«, the UpddhisdmdnyalahshanaraJiasya, fol. 
 32a. 
 
 7) Vol. III., foil. 39-686 (orig. 113-142). 
 The two Pakshatd-B6ctiona (end fol. 45a, the 
 pu. pa. ends fol. 426) and tho two Parumarsa- 
 sections (tho pu. pa. ends fol. 54a). 
 
 Foil. 45 and 46 (orig. 119 and 120) are 
 misplaced. 
 
 8) Vol. III., foil. 686-76o (orig. 142-150). 
 The Kevaldnvayirahasya (the pu. pa. ends 
 fol. 736). 
 
 9) Vol. I., foil. 58-61 (orig. 150-153). The 
 Kccaltiri/itfirrJiimhasya. 
 
 10) Vol. III., foil. 88-1036 (orig. 156-181). 
 Tho two Savyabhicdra sections. The purva- 
 /mhshd (ends fol. 99a) is the same as in the 
 first copy, but tin ilihirdnigrantha com- 
 prises also the two Sddhdrana-, the two 
 Asadluiraiiya-scctions and tho Arvupaaamh 
 rahasya of the first copy. 
 
 11) Vol. III., foil. 108i-109a (orig. 181- 
 187). Tho Viruddkagrcmtha, the ^»/7° pa ends 
 fol. 1066. 
 
 12) Vol. HI., foil. 109a-117 (orig. 1-7 189, 
 i In last six leaves are complemental). The 
 Satpratipak8hagr<mtha/raha8ya,mcomTplete. The 
 p>urvapalcsha ends fol. 1106. 
 
 Fol. 1116, there is a note to the last but 
 one line: W^ faRTrf'tT TJTrfti Trfkrnfrf. The last 
 
 4 o
 
 636 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 word before the omission is ^fw^rRoR^fil (see 
 fol. 211&, 1. 2 in no. 1948), the first words after 
 the omission are ^TfjrtfTT ^mfsnrer*l*ii^ °, it is the 
 beginning of the Asiddhigrantharahasya (see 
 fol. 2186, 1. 9 in no. 1948). 
 
 Foil. 112 and 113 are mere fragments, but 
 foil. 114-117a bring in nearly the whole omis- 
 sion ; fol. 114 begins ?Tr!rf(TqBrf^^TT: , fol. 117a 
 ends Hf iT^I =R rTRTJ? =l -ej <J =ti rfTfesHh (see fol. 2166, 
 1. 8 in no. 1948). 
 
 13) Vol. I., foil. 28-39 (orig. 200-211). The 
 Hetvabhdsagrantharahasya, incomplete in the 
 beginning. Fol. 286 ends the Asiddhigrantha- 
 rahasya, to which only the first page of this 
 fragment belongs (begins VTfRcRrTni ^T§°, see 
 fol. 231 «, 1. 5 in no. 1948); one line of the 
 beginning of this section is at the end of the 
 preceding fragment. The Bddhapurvapaksha- 
 rahasya ends fol. 335. Colophon : ^fir JT^nft- 
 
 froTOT *WTST II 
 
 Date of the copy : ^Icirr^: it^3 u 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOEE.] 
 
 1953. 
 
 1813. Foil. 32; size 12| in. by 4-V in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Cintdmanitippiani Mdthurl (f3° z\° m° ■*t<> 
 on the margin), the Vydptirahasya, incomplete. 
 The Vydptipurvapahsharahasya ends fol. 25a. 
 The last words are ^jf"TPJ^inT I rfi<i3*iif?- 
 ?mfq . . [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1954. 
 
 417. Foil. 396; size 12 in. by 8£ in.; 
 7-10 lines in a page. 
 
 Sabdamanirahasya, a commentary on the 
 Sabdalchanda of the Tattvacintdmani, by Ma- 
 thurdndtha Tarhavdgisa. See Rajendralala 
 Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. i., p. 207, 
 no. 367. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 gf?I-^t JH^j§f^lf|£: (cp. no. 1937) I 
 
 tjttt or> sftt ^rr^^'gf^: 11 q 11 
 ajmiyfv^wg iff ^fkr»mftrcn}irih i 
 
 WTit faw^prhf ff^T^cBRHT^ ^ l ^rf l II * II 
 ^WnrwftfspJiI V^T f?t:3Tl;HUnT^Tff<TKT»T II 
 
 frcwhft sjt: fsum^rRTT TrfrrsrR^ 1 ^romf^HT i 
 
 Fol. 81a ends Sabdaparicchedaraliasye Prd- 
 mdnyavddarahasyam, fol. 895 the Akdnkshd- 
 purvapalisJiarahasya (the same title occurs 
 fol. 1166), fol. 1416 the Yogyatdpurvapalcsha- 
 rahasya, fol. 165a the Asattigrantharahasya, 
 fol. 186a the Tdtparyagrantharahasya, fol. 2036 
 the Sabdanityatvapurvapaksharahasya, fol. 21 la 
 the Sabddnityatdgrantharahasya (the same 
 title occurs fol. 213a), fol. 2336 the Ucchanna- 
 pracchannarahasya, fol. 3216 the Vidhivdda, 
 fol. 3386 the Apurva/vddapurvapaksharahdsya, 
 fol. 355a the Purvavddarahasya, fol. 361a the 
 Kdrydnvitasaldipurvapalcsharahasya, fol. 3776 
 the KdrydnvitaSaktivddarahasya, fol. 393a the 
 Karmadhdraya, fol. 3956 the Najasamdsa(r.Jp{ °). 
 
 Date of the copy : sfaff itMM . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1955. 
 
 1036. Foil. 55 (and one Krodapatra after 
 fol. 15) ; size 18 in. by 3 in. ; eight lines in a 
 page ; written in the Bengali character. The 
 leaves are folded together. 
 
 {Sabdamanirahasya), a second copy, incom- 
 plete. It contains the Akdnkshdgrantharahasya 
 (ends fol. 176, the purvapahsha fol. 7a), the
 
 I'liii.nsoriiY. 
 
 
 1 . ,jru iitlmnihusi/n (cuds fol. SOttj I lie 
 
 ■purvapaksha Eol. 22a), the dsattigrantharahasya 
 
 (in Js fol. 39a.) j the Tdtparyagrantha (ends 
 
 fol. 556). See foil. 81a— 18Ga in tlio first copy. 
 
 The volume begins: TWjJT^IoKT-Tt ffrexrftjTr 
 
 The title given to this volume on the first 
 leaf, vnTTT^n^ffrrTjirf^fV (in Dev. char.), refers 
 only to the last section. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1956. 
 
 1340b. Foil. 105 (249-353); size 12 in. 
 by 4i in.; foil. 1-26 eleven lines, foil. 27 17 
 (by another hand) ten to thirteen lines, 
 foil. 48-105 (by a third hand) ten lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Prdmanyavddarahasya, according to the 
 marginal notes f^° f?° (yfr°) HT° U° (UT° TTTC ) 
 and the inscription on the verso of the last 
 leaf fgHTflfasrcreYefiTirrcnnt^tTr, perhaps a part 
 of Mathurdndtha's commentary on the Cintd- 
 mani, from the first chapter. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Mji^'m *TOc?i# ^mm jJtar*nPrN?r(sic! hh 
 the second copy) TTr^FRfsrertfiTTrrt ^farcr^ftTT^T- 
 <n* (sic\ °?t^=f)h^ »ftsj*mr?rhwrrf?rs) i ^q5^t- 
 
 TT^sfT^T^^flTi Fllira^i^q (n)frl^T^fHK TTT-piirjH^ 
 
 Fol. 279fc ends Prdmdnyavddarahasye J£wp- 
 tivddapurvapaksharahasyam, fol. 308/; JUapti- 
 wdevrahasyam, fol. 334a Utpattivddarahasyam. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1957. 
 
 1517e. Foil. 26; size 10i in. by 4f in.; 
 14-17 lines in a page; written in the Bengali 
 character. 
 
 /'••■ eond copy, bul 
 
 only the two J Ja-parts. 
 
 1 11. T. Cou 1 1 oo 
 
 g. Some fragmi nts. 
 
 1958. 
 
 765c. FoU. 24 (numbered 27-50); size LO 
 in. by 3-i in.; ten linos in a page. 
 
 {Cintdmanit/hl) , a fragment of a commen- 
 tary on the .1 ihhanda of the Cintdma^i, 
 containing the Avayava/rahasya (see tlio Calc. 
 ed. of tho Cintdm., p. 54 sqq.). 
 
 The abbreviation of the title on the margin 
 is *H or *^n, once inn and twice i» or tj. 
 
 It begins : ^^M^Tf^H^i^TRf^nmr^iTt 
 *rprrf^f«1SW S?TH7T<Ti^n - gjTf?ITT?n'^ tfnfif TFTfr^H 
 
 It ends with the conplel : 
 
 >rra: n^wrar=nT tirt^ h^thm: u 
 Note of the possessor : f^Trntiif «TT^nT- 
 
 HJNI^r). [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1959. 
 
 868e. Foil. 3; size 111 in. by 41 in.; 
 15-17 lines in a page. 
 
 Pancalakshanikroda, notes on thi /'■ ala- 
 lesham, a chapter in tho In n\' the 
 
 Anumdnakha%da <>f the Cintdmani, perhaps 
 identical with no. xlv. in Hall's Index, ]>. 32. 
 
 It begins : TO1TO tJ^^ETTnit =Ttwm I WUfHT- 
 
 f$T7TO I ill- T. <'"! KBEOOKE.] 
 
 1960. 
 
 969b. Foil. 76a-876 (originally 150-1'. I . 
 
 4 o 2
 
 638 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 but corrected into 154-165); size 17i in. by 
 3j in.; eight lines in a page ; written in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 (Anumdna-Mayulcha) , the Avayavamulatip- 
 panl, a commentary on the Av ay av a- section 
 of the Cintdmani (pp. 54-59 in the printed 
 text) , by Jagadlsa Tarkalamkdra. The com- 
 mentary begins: Jmjfl^T? H^fff fff^P?wni«T>?nf . 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 38, no. lxxiv. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 5. Nydyasiddhantamanjari. 
 
 1961. 
 
 1038b. Foil. 46; size 9 in. by 4 in.; 
 foil. 1-3 and 10-46 ten lines, foil. 4-9 eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhantamanjari, an elementary trea- 
 tise on the pramdnas, in four piaricchedas, by 
 Jdnaklndtha Sarman, in the colophons always 
 called Bhattdedrya Guddmani. It begins : 
 
 famff ^fcH*lf*H^PTf*U!l'ri*<ytf II «l II 
 
 snwnfcr i ira WTrrr^hrfafiT vmw fa^nre i it? 
 u»rrar. ^srot utto^i urn ^ xi^rqfs^reiCread i*n*JT- 
 
 The second, or anumanapariccheda, begins 
 fol. 126: 
 
 ■*|V(l»JHIif fa^'mri I H-*l^fafrf<*UirH'J*<MH x t , 5PJ- 
 
 fafffrJ ^f^WtaHH^ftisfr srrffff^N: i 
 
 The third, or upamdnapariccheda, begins 
 fol. 20a: 
 
 The fourth, or sabdapariccheda, begins 
 fol. 216 : 
 
 ^■q ^i^t f^am i 7T* ^TT^rfsiftr'5!m!t $t^: i 
 
 This chapter has an appendix, which treats 
 of the principle of knowledge in general, 
 beginning with the question (fol. 43a) : ?PT 
 
 slfaif Timsrfttijt ^innH ^h: fas* I 
 
 Authorities, quoted in the Nydyasiddhanta- 
 manjari, are the Acdrydh, Sivddityamisrdh , 
 Ndstikdh, Bhattdh, Mlmdmsakdh, Vaiseshikdh , 
 Prdbhdkardli, Gur avah, Hurdrimisrdh , and the 
 Cintdmani. 
 
 Foil. 4, 5, 6-9 and 33 are in another hand- 
 writing, they fill up defects of the original. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 24, no. xviii.; Auf- 
 recht's Catalogue, p. 240a, no. 581; Weber's 
 Catalogue (Berlin, 1853), p. 207, no. 699; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. v., p. 175, no. 1862; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., 
 
 p. 119. [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1962. 
 
 1724a. Foil. 41; size 8i in. by 3f in.; 
 foil. 1-12 thirteen or fourteen lines, foil. 13-41 
 ten or eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhantamanjari, a second copy. 
 
 Date and name of the scribe : ?fa* is^o 
 ^lif <.MQ.M t^UsTgd % W^ft ^ftTCTipT fi?%ff II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1963. 
 
 787. Foil. 36; size 10 in. by 4| in.; 10-12 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhantamanjari, a third copy. 
 Date and name of the scribe: tf <*S<i,S ^3TR^5 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1964. 
 
 232e. Foil. 32; size 12i in. by 3i in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhantamanjari, a fourth copy. 
 Date : *Nw itSs . [H. T. Colebkooke.]
 
 PHILOSOPIIY. 
 
 639 
 
 19G5. 
 
 2108a. Foil. 02; size 9 J in. by 4| in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Nyayasiddhdntamafijari, a lifih copy. Foil. 
 12-26 are in a beautiful old handwriting ; 
 foil. 1-6 are in another old handwriting, the 
 rest is by a more modern hand. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1966. 
 
 1549b. Foil. 15; size 9| in. by 3if in.; 
 9-14 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntamar/jari, a sixth, incomplete 
 copy, breaking off in the beginning of the 
 Sabdapariceheda. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1967. 
 
 1894a. Foil. 9; size 12 in. by 8| in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyas iddhantama iija rJ, the Anumdnaparic- 
 cheda and the beginning of the Upamdnapurir- 
 cheda. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1968. 
 
 2798a. Foil. 15; size 10i in. by 6| in.; 
 twenty-three lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddiidntamaiijarl, the PratyaksKa- and 
 Anumdna-khanda. This copy is in the European 
 book-form. 
 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 
 1969. 
 
 2014. Foil. 26 (paged ?-?», the first leaf 
 being lost); size 8| in. by 3i in.; 8-11 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntama'ijurl , the Sabdakhanda. 
 
 It begins: . . vU^rfii^ n OTrtafa ^ ^ft-ST: ti 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 197H. 
 
 370. Poll. 261 ; size 1"', in. by 3§ in. 
 
 YydyasiddhdntamaAjartdipilcd, also called 
 Tcurkaprakdia, a commentary on tin \ 
 8iddh , bj D leshita Srikanfha Sar- 
 
 man, son of Dikshita Vihiandtha, of Ben 
 See Hall's Index, |). 2 I, »... xix.; Weber'- 
 Catalogue (Berlin, 1853), p. 207, nos. 700-7" l . 
 Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. II'.'. 
 
 The Upamdna-khanda is wanting in this 
 copy. The Anv/mdnaMiam4a precedes the Pra- 
 tyaksha-khanda in this volume. 
 
 h) Tho Pratyaksha-khanda. Foil. 57 (54- 
 110); nine linos in a page. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 *THrnrr: uTrrfirw^ fxrfrsRrr «^i WTrcfrfsKwl 
 
 -» t 
 
 5[w FfRin[rQ5'~rJnPnn'3"?: ftnr: m* ^: ii s n 
 
 ^■^icFT»TnwiTT3'mVf8riT?i'n » * rf >i - j y^mf?nrf;nT^i=K - 
 
 Between foil. 95 and 90 (i^ and ii in the 
 original paging), and 96 and 97 (ii and gq 
 tho original paging) some leaves are wanting. 
 
 Colophon : ^fiT ^ztf "fasT •«<* imfw^TOf^^trnrT- 
 
 ^rre fH dl H H ^rfcrtftrernrt mwi?j: *mw: Tsfbrgrfr- 
 
 Date : W^IK 1^9 II 
 
 a) The Anumdna-khanda. Foil. 53 (1~5:'>) ; 
 ten lines in a pag 
 
 It begins: JIWTfa*qWMMTWtrirhjfttw"|.icfHT^- 
 
 Date : *hpr it^s n fafiT xpr *prt ? Tix ^iHT^ ii
 
 640 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 c) The Sabda-khanda. Foil. 151 (111-261); 
 foil. 111-213 ten lines, foil. 214-261 nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 See Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. 
 MSS., vol. v., p. 176, no. 1863. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^Tpr^T3rta=fi*TretfnT^VTHfq:s'TUH .i-nt w^. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 WW ^tsiriBS^frfii^: grfffTTtTHirt w^l ii ? n 
 
 WW II V^\ <MM SIFPT ^ b ?TT ^TH^TC^f II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1971. 
 
 279. Foil. 98 (paged <*-<i<i, fol. 8M is lost); 
 size lOf in. by 4| in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntamanjaridipikd, the Pratya- 
 ksha- and the Anumdna-paricchedas, the former 
 ending fol. 496. Foil. 68-71 are in another 
 handwriting and fill up a defect of the original. 
 
 Date: fari' ^r$TTT?^frwT% Tfaft *mu *fc* <*bo? ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1972. 
 
 1825. Foil. 43; size 12f in. by 4f in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntamanjartdlpikd Tarkaprakasa- 
 bhidhd, the Anumdnapariccheda, a third copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1973. 
 
 3B. Foil. 236 (paged <tf?-4os); size 9J in. 
 by 4 j in.; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Tarkaprakdsdbhidhd Siddluintamatljarldlpikd, 
 the Sabdapariecheda, a second copy. 
 
 Date : t^\ <)fco^ fmft ^rrc ?f^ * *nrtaTC H 
 
 [A. C. BURNELL.] 
 
 1974. 
 
 1929. Foil. 171; size 10 J in. by 4f in. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdnlamanjarltlkd, surnamed Bhd- 
 vadlpikd (see the introduction) or Bhdvdrtha- 
 il/j>ikd (in the last subscription), a commentary 
 on the Nydyasiddhdntamafijarl, by Krishna 
 NydyavdgUa Bhattdcdrya, son of Govinda Nyd- 
 ydlamkdra Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 25, no. xx.; Weber's 
 Catalogue (Berlin, 1853), p. 207, no. 699; 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. vi., p. 284, no. 2220, also vol. iv., p. 31, 
 no. 1408. 
 
 This MS. was copied by one Bdlakrishna, 
 in four parts : 
 
 a) The Pratyakshakhanda. Foil. 50 ; 8-10 
 lines in a page. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [•^rsii ii <\ ii 
 
 JHD*T f^'lfc XCT^ ^TfaWT <*U!l3llirrT I 
 •fa^PfD^wrNlT^iTT ftSTlff HT^^WqcRT II * II 
 
 ^iff" frsfHTfrT II ITO^Wlf^ I 
 
 b) The Anumdnakhanda. Foil. 15 (51-65); 
 9-11 lines in a page. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■farrqwfcPTrsTTiT =)r«crJni irHTf^T i . 
 
 ^T^^sftTTT^TIT'q TTO^rm ^»ft ^7: II <1 II 
 
 fnrfcFT^f ^t^t ^?rr *ft4 ffH ft^ i
 
 imiii.osopiiy. 
 
 641 
 
 HTftmn^j^ra'^T^ ^T^sn^^qTrwrfif H^n^^Mf^rc- 
 
 c) The Upamdnakhantfa. Foil. 5 (66-70); 
 11-13 lines in a page. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f^rat n% TOT tUTrTT ^ft *T5ST7fto I 
 y<Hd^TjHHH^5i: fSTpT "<* tlM^lA^UT II <H II 
 
 d) The SaMakhanda. Foil. 101 (71-171); 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 This part of the commentary is called 
 Gudhdrthad'ipihl in the introduction. 
 It begins : 
 
 fawff 5r^.»ra^T ^nwr JT7rrfj^tf*i«RT » q u 
 
 C CO c 
 
 ^xmrauT^rre ^msi4vira*wifrr v^m (^r^frc- 
 T!f)*nfinji^ ii ^ 5P3?t fw*nr ^fir i 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 1975. 
 
 1242. Foil. 138; sizo 11 in. by 3| in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntamaujaritikd, a second copy. 
 
 The Pratyakshakhanda ends fol. 40b, the 
 Anumdnakhanda fol. 53a, the Upamdnaklianda 
 fol. 566. 
 
 The scribe adds : 
 
 wrf^R <+UUMBJ 7f H=(W|l jffn-S f^«T 
 
 f^rf^rr •tivRiwu fHdliniiUl*r«(»T ii 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1976. 
 
 1724b. Foil. 90; size 8£ in. by 3 J in.; 
 9-14 lines in a page. 
 
 * This word has been added from the second copy. 
 
 Nydy(uiddhdnta/manjari(ippani, with the 
 surnames Siddhdntamafijaribhus) • the 
 
 introduction) and Bdlabodhini (according to 
 the final colophon), a commentary on the 
 Nydyasiddhdni vrl, by Xrisimha I' 
 
 nana, son of Qovinda, a Ben the in- 
 
 troduction) . 
 
 This commentary is not mentioned in Hall's 
 Index. It begins : 
 
 tot jtk<1(?^5 f^RrfiTHT ftnf »r?: i 
 
 TT^rra crfrnr: ut *T<*frf«ft Tfif'-itiHiHifrrvr: i 
 
 cT7n^fB?(/-. 7TT°) Tru -XWfft »TR H q^HH> 
 TTc^^rt f^Tf °KT^TT wjnrfif ^TT^rfTrf«jj|fTjri 
 
 »lTniTT^i|m»iT?^WHTTt(?) far^TTf II 
 
 ^ o c c 
 
 *W$ fsr^iKjiq ^r^rpfr fi^rarfiT n ttoj^ht i xjtut- 
 
 WT^f nifWT ITT^^HIWSI^WT ^THlfHdlflH^vt ftRqw 
 The .1 (fol. 20a): 
 
 TTOErfa^flTTTOTH^^^TVfTTsil^l ('■) Wnfit H- 
 
 WTf^TT I 
 
 The Upamdnapariccht'da begins (fol. 35a): 
 
 The Sabda/pctA •< begins (fol. 38a): 
 
 ^^TR^i^ftreriiir^TToiiTnfhi^T^ri^^n^rt wnf<f tfttt- 
 
 Date : *ft7f 19^0 ws ^ a *jis *nm?r n> 
 
 [II. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1977. 
 
 1038c. Foil. 2 J ; size y. : | in. by 3i in.; 
 10 or 11 linos in a page. 
 
 Siddhdi <a, a commentary on 
 
 the Siddhdntamaftjari, by BhdsJcara, son of
 
 642 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Mudgala, of the Laugakshi-gotra, hence called 
 in the colophon Laugdkshibhdskara. This 
 copy contains only the Pratyakshaparicclieda 
 and three lines from the beginning of the 
 Anumdnapariccheda. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ^hrrw^TfpTr(>TTpi jgiftJ^T^t^i^^iT^p^ i 
 T*TvrR^trcffir£ -ihihj? oRTTr^»r?frfa: n i n 
 
 Tnf< fm h « -*i rvrftTrenTfiTcRTJT^nn ^njrhgt.i»i**Tc 
 
 ZP*RT* ^ f^THTftT II HUIR<^in? I 
 
 The Anumdnaparicdieda begins : 
 
 ^vjmhr f^^TtiTT i m*rEff'TC , TOT?T 7 in:»MtK«Jii<jrH- 
 HMrw^imf nfriiiMTTT ii 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 25, no. xxii. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 6. Nydyamald, 
 
 1978. 
 
 3074. Foil. 187; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 8-13 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyamald, a treatise on the four kinds of 
 proof according to the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th 
 aphorism of the Nydyasutra, by Jayardma. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 49, no. cxxxv. 
 
 The whole P ratyaksha-section and the end 
 of the iS«Ma-section are wanting. 
 
 The volume begins : 
 
 fHU<*ii sref fanf^rfa-eFTt fcs»rw 
 
 o 
 
 •qTTcfrtt TTVTfa3rf^HfT?Tt ^HTMfa I 
 
 *RtaTt *rri g*f*J^it >t*t *ra ii i ii 
 
 ''JljNJWMIdHf^ftlf ^ftmTTO II ^ II 
 
 jm^tnrta=K;gi rHitreifq^mriirwTJTTTf fn ^mj fri n 
 
 (Sd. I. 1, 5). 
 
 The ylm«M«H.a-section ends fol. 136: 
 
 ysrtnni *RTRirr tt^ wjft^TftrtT: n 
 
 The following part, the Upamdnapariccheda, 
 begins : 
 
 ^IT ^?: BR^Ttf"^ <J'No5f%cJTftR I 
 »T^Tf^f^H^RTftrarTftT$ g^lft^ II 
 ^HHIXHMRR cjaj^flT I Jjf*ru*TPlRrirWT«RI>R*R- 
 HR^ {Su. I. 1, 6). 
 It ends fol. 136 : 
 
 <*<WRqiri^: *r*mR? qffww: ii 
 
 The Sabdapariccheda begins : 
 
 wmi 51^ cT^^fir I isriHtq^r: 3P^: {Sd.l. 1, 7). 
 
 See Aufrecht's Oxford Catalogue, p. 240a, 
 no. 582. 
 
 It quotes the Didhiti. 
 
 The copy of this work registered in Rajen- 
 dralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. viii., 
 no. 2861, seems to be complete. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 7. Nydyakaustubha. 
 
 1979. 
 
 677a. Foil. 90; size 10 in. by 4£ in.; 
 foil. 1-8 eleven lines, foil. 9-90 ten lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Nydyakaustubha, a voluminous logical work, 
 by Pan (fit a Mahddeva Punatdmakara, son of 
 Pandita Mukunda, and pupil of Siti-kantha 
 (according to verse 3 of the introduction) or 
 Sri-kantha (see the final couplets and the 
 colophon of the Sabdapariccheda).
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 26, no. xxv.; Rajen- 
 dralala Mitra's Notices, vol. v., p. 8 !■, no. 1 765. 
 It is not a mere gloss on tho Cmtdmani, as 
 Rajendralala Mitra asserts. 
 
 The Pratyakshapariccheda, incomplete. 
 
 It bogins : 
 
 ■33rrf<?fa: ^^zfn ^^jjtt^t i 
 
 ^Whra TfHTt KfTHejrTTH^TTT 
 •^T^^fsT^TiTfVt^ Hmfa «^IT II S II 
 
 5f^ ftlflt ^frfa U^IT^lVpI^^W I 
 
 ^fynrqft^Tctrirr 51^3 Jifiw^m 11 * 11 
 
 f?TfiT3H!7TfWv*n?% ^mflf II $ II 
 ^^T^IWH wNm ^TRofiTWH ^tT^ II M II 
 
 The last words are : ^rsat TRfl^rrPs't TrfflT- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1980. 
 
 677b. Foil. 167 (91-259); size 10 in. by 
 4j in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 {Nydyakaustubha) ? A large portion of an 
 Anumdnakhanda, incomplete at the end. On 
 the last leaf it is called ^T>J>TT^i?TTr^r«J, on the 
 first leaf "A fragment, Anumdna vdddrtha" (in 
 Colebrooke's handwriting). As the style of 
 this treatise is very much the sumo as that of 
 the Pratyakshapariccheda of the Nydyaha/u- 
 
 stubha in the first part of this volume, and as 
 both parts of this volumo wero evidi 
 written by the same hand, it is highly probable 
 that this is tho An action of the Nydya- 
 
 haustu 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fa^^ foR^fq cfiTT^TrPfrfa 11 q n 
 
 [II. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 1981. 
 
 1866. Foil. 198; size L2J in. bj I in.; 
 
 nine lines (foil. 167-173 tin lines) in a page. 
 
 Nydyakaustubha, the Sabdapariccheda. 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. M 
 vol. v., p. 171, no. 1861. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *TCT«TOftPl^q ^tnjUt 3R UT^i 3TT II 1 II 
 
 HMfnwqTirT^r«Tt sreftT^ijftfTT ct?ti ^f^r (cf. the 
 beginning of tho Sabdahhanda in the • 
 siddhdntamafija vldip ikd) I 
 It ends : 
 
 ^T%HT*(v0^r?n*q?T7^fm^rt »?* I 
 
 wi ^fm ww ^5 ^rrs^ wtrmVt: h 1 u 
 
 *TOTO fcTmW Wim TTOJ^T rill"5io*il: II ' n 
 
 nwn?F^ f? *mv^ipT 11 5 n 
 
 4 p
 
 644 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 •gwf^t'nHt Tf^Trt fJrrsr. n 8 n 
 
 Authorities mentioned in the Nydyakau- 
 stubha are: the Cintdmani, Bhdshya, Didliiti- 
 hdrdnuydyino navydh (no. 1979, fol. 79&), Klian- 
 danakdra, Saundalopddhydydh (Saundaloj) ?), 
 Maiihildh, Prabhdkardh, Pakshadharamisrdh , 
 Alamkdrikadhurandhardh, Hari, Prdncah, Prd- 
 cJndh, Navydh, Navmdh, Bhdttdh, Mimdmsakdh 
 (aprdclnabhdttdnuydyino Mimdmsakdh , no. 1981 
 fol. 54a, prdcindnuydyino Naiydyikdh fol. 126a). 
 
 Pol. 166 is blank, but there is no omission 
 in the text. 
 
 Colophon : 
 ^fir ^tHfq^^n wm i O4Mfl3 l( ^rft!! e Raj. M.)- 
 ^H^«hr^qfij3 r fTr«TfMTTr7n'?oRTt'T?IT'l<**<^I^'Tfi!3lrf^T - 
 
 Date of the copy : 3T«ir HS&*. TPn^fbTR H^WT 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 1982. 
 
 693. Foil. 183; size 91 in. by 4 in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyakaustubha, the Sabdapariccheda,a second 
 complete copy. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 8. Nydyasamkshepa. 
 
 1983. 
 
 2608a. FolL 72; size 10 in. by 3£ in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasamkshepa, by Govinda Sarman, son 
 of Nydyavdcaspati Bhattdcdrya, a commentary 
 on the Kurikds, apparently a short compendium 
 of the Nydya philosophy, by the same author. 
 The contents are the same as in the first 
 
 adhyaya of the Nydyasutra. The single topics 
 are pointed out by marginal notes in Cole- 
 brooke's handwriting. It quotes the Cintd- 
 mani and the Kddambarl. 
 It begins: 
 
 Cv Cs Cv 
 
 ^rOTfa ^rf^=sr^ n^q «ajrjj *nmr: n 
 
 ^ _ 
 
 The blanks on foil. 50 sqq. are probably 
 due to the illegibility of the original manu- 
 script. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 9. Siddhdntarahasya. 
 
 1984. 
 
 660. Foil. 345 (orig. paged ^-^m); size 
 13| in. by 4^ in.; six lines in a page; well 
 written in the Bengali character. 
 
 Siddhdntarahasya, a large Nydya treatise, 
 incomplete at the beginning and at the end. 
 The name of the author does not occur. In 
 Anfrecht's Catalogus Catalogorum, p. 720, 
 there are registered several Nydya works 
 which have this title. This work is divided 
 into many small sections, more than sixty of 
 which are contained in this copy. The first 
 is called Sadyaccaya(?)vydvrittasamsayatva- 
 lakshana (ends fol. 7a), the second Niscaya- 
 sdmagrydh samsayapratibaddhakatvakhandana 
 (ends fol. 86), the last Vydpyaviseshyakapard- 
 marshasya kdranatvdkdranatvavicdra. 
 
 The title "Siddhdntarahasya" is inscribed 
 on every leaf.
 
 I'HILOSOniY. 
 
 
 Tho volume begins : ?pt fcjr^rn wrrmft nfs ^ 
 
 f?^T tf*5TTrr^ |ll. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 1985. 
 
 1633. Poll. 88; size 19 in. by 8J in.; 
 the leaves arc folded together; soven lim 
 a page; well written in the Bengali character. 
 Siddhdntarahasya, a second, incomplete 
 copy, containing only as much as foil. 1-131 a 
 of the first copy, but with one section more at 
 the beginning (Smritisamshdrarahasya fol. l-5t>). 
 The volume begins : sTRT^ft *rfatnr=fiig 
 
 imE|ftr~rihr [n. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1 0. PratyaTtshadushanoddhara. 
 1986. 
 
 786b. Foil. 71 (122-192); size 10 in. by 
 2| in.; eight lines in a page. 
 
 Pratyakshadushanoddhdra, by Mahdmahopd- 
 dhydya Narahari, son of Mahdmahopddhydya 
 Yajnapafi, incomplete. It seems to be a 
 refutation of the opinions advanced by somo 
 objector to the Prati/akxhatattvacintdmtuii. 
 According to the inscription on the first 
 page, "Pratyakshadushanoddhdra uttarakhanda- 
 samhhyd 3000," this copy would contain only 
 the second half of the whole. On the margin 
 it has the mark W ° ?*l °, but once (fol. 1296) 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Hr^M(wfi?TrtfH: *rri*i* s(?)kt<?-* 
 
 n-nwr. I Cp. no. 1987. 
 
 * Read ^rrfoif'rr'if' , as suggested by Prof. Aufrecht. 
 
 Pol, L54a the author of \ l mani is 
 
 menl i medj Eol. L8 14 the J i (gft^T- 
 
 ^rT^=BT3T ^f«?r^CTfi%f»?tt). Poll. L22-19] are 
 <\~9o in the original paging, the lasl leaf is<w9. 
 
 The date of tl is *hra <mt, but 
 
 this early dato is not probable for the main 
 bulk of i , which is not in tho same 
 
 handwrii i 
 
 See an .! handadushanoddhdra by 
 
 the same author in Aufrecht'is Cat. Cat., p. 17, 
 quoted from Burnell's Classified Index to the 
 Skr. MSS. in tho Palace p. 121. 
 
 [H. T. Coi.eeicooke.] 
 
 11. Siddhdntasamgraha. 
 
 1987. 
 
 362. Foil. Ill; size lOf in. by 5} in.; 
 generally eight or nine lines in a pag 
 
 Siddhdntasamgraha, a treatise on the Pra- 
 mdnas, according to the systems of Gautama 
 and Kandda, by Tddava Jl Vydsa, son of 
 Nrisimha and pupil of Rdmakrishna. 
 
 Pec Hall's Index, p. 27, no. xxviii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 THteTCmTWf (*T»fTTU;RT!jt) ^T JTJft ^ff 
 
 iTO^j TTTSFttli ^ *miTlTf»? facjftfSiTR II q II 
 
 ^TRirtfto ^^r TTH^xcirsmtjrf: i 
 ^TWsrf%g*ft s^pfmft ( r. ° ^fran) 
 
 cRT»ft Wl H^TOH^t(r.0cR» ^ II ^ II 
 
 V-, N 
 
 vHUKtrrqTryHHH:)!!^ 
 
 Wl IR^T sfri rfTl ?K?: I 
 
 4 r 2
 
 C46 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 oKwr?jf<7: *n^ fa^rt f%vr»i 
 
 f^m^j *wr5F u^^t ^tA 
 
 fir nw^K^ ^T ^ sfa ^: ii m it 
 
 •^ <JFt H7m^?> f^fUtf^d ff *: II i II 
 
 flflT fl - ^ sfq ^rf^rtJHlvW^hTTr^ I Cp. no. 1986 
 and 1989. 
 
 The Pratyaksha- section ends fol. 50a, the 
 Anumana- section fol. 78a, the Z7para<ma-section 
 fol. 79a. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 12. Nydyasiddhdntadlpa. 
 
 1988. 
 
 614a. Foil. 55; size 9| in. by 4 in.; 
 fifteen lines in a page ; written in the Jaina 
 character. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntadlpa, a series of philoso- 
 phical dissertations (vdda), by Mahopddhydya 
 Sasadhara. In the colophon this work is called 
 Nydyaratnaprakarana. See Hall's Index, p. 44, 
 no. cvi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 rrcTTrro H*: l 
 
 Tfi^T fVn*POtf$T 3TSW$I*«I HcFT^IllfTT II <\ II 
 
 arroftrgT^Thfr stj sum* fafipfNfH: i 
 vrwfri: Jrarmru *nHk^*rcw: ii ? ii 
 ^ m^HVcRffrrft f^Hwrrfsmfp''? ^^51: jnf - 
 
 The first vdda is the Mangalavdda (ends 
 fol. 3a), the second treats on the question 
 ^U«FT*r3 HT3^f% ^T ^T, the third is the Edrana- 
 vdda, the sixth treats on Sakti, the seventh 
 on the question *ftV* t^T^mr ^ ^T, the thir- 
 
 teenth begins ^nr. Wf^ ^m=li ireTH*IHI$m:, the 
 seventeenth is called Lifigapardmarsavdda, the 
 eighteenth answers the question »|«J cfni sjrffc: 
 (fol. 286), etc. The last vdda, which is marked, 
 is the twenty-second (fol. 44), and then begins 
 a discussion on Abhdva. 
 
 For a more complete list of the vddas, see 
 Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 119. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 13. Dissertations on special topics. 
 a. With names of authors. 
 
 1989. 
 
 47a. Foil. 5; size 9A in. by 4 in.; 12 or 
 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Mangalavdda, a treatise on the question 
 whether it is necessary to begin a literary 
 work with an invocation of some deity, by 
 Harirdma Tarkavdgtsa, a Bengal Brahman. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 41, no. lxxxvii. 
 
 It begins : ?pt irg^ ^ ^mftremnj* 1 TjFjj 
 *wfq ^rr^ttir^O'.cRT^TfT)* STwrra: w%$ f%- 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 1990. 
 
 1549a. Foil. 14; size 9f in. by 3f in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Vishayatdvicdra, a treatise on perceptible 
 objects and their objectiveness, by Harirdma. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 42, no. xcii. 
 
 It begins : f^l^cfT ^ f^^jnRKTnr'WKmf^A 
 
 HTTrf^fff wra: I [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1991. 
 
 2532c. Foil. 12; size 9| in. by 4 J in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page. 
 
 * See Aufrecbt's Florentine Skr. MSS., no. 4S6.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 645 
 
 Vishayatdviveha, a second copy of Harirdma's 
 (here called Nydydlatrikdra Tar Ttavdglia) treatise. 
 
 It is in the same handwriting as the Anvmiti- 
 pardmarSa in tho same voluino, which was 
 copied ?fafl <wdo . 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 1992. 
 
 1549c. Foil. 1G ; size lOf in. by 44 in.'; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Sdmagnvicdra, by Harirdma. 
 
 It begins with the same words as Raghu- 
 deva's Sdmagrlvdda, no. 2002 : 
 
 «TR fa*Pl ^TfcR <* H i*l ^J WTH^B^ ^PrfafirrWTfl^rfr- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 1993. 
 
 47d. Foil. 24 (33-56); size 94 in. by 4 in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 DharmitdvacheJakatdpratydsattivicdra, a 
 logical treatise, by Harirdma Tarkdlwmhdra. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 52, no. cxlix. ; Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 244, no. G10. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 w^rfatrnr I [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1994. 
 
 1517g. Foil. 29; size 104 in. by 4 in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Dharmitdvdddrtha, a second copy. This 
 title, as well as a second title, Anumitipard- 
 marsakdryakdranabhdvavicdra," has been added 
 by a more recent hand. 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1995. 
 
 2610c. Foil. 29; size 9 \ in. by 4{ m. ; 
 eleven Lines in a page. 
 
 ])liitriiu'fdrm-lti ihil-<<td i'1-iif ijd&attiy a third copy. 
 Date of the copy : httt sbM9. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 199G. 
 47h. Foil. 4G (103-148); size 94 in. by 
 4| in.; eight lines in a page. 
 
 Bddhabuddhivicdra, a dialectic treatise on 
 Contradiction, by Harirdma Tarkdlamkdra Vd- 
 g'tsa. The name of the author is not men- 
 tioned in this copy, but see the next one. 
 Hall's Index, p. 54, no. clix. 
 
 It begins : 7Tg5rT f 3 3 U } i*rarara? H 1 -1 A 7* 1 fcrfw- 
 
 II. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 1997. 
 
 956a. Foil. 27; sizo 10 s l in. by 1', in.; 
 generally thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Bddharahasya or Bddhabuddhivicdra, a second 
 copy. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 1998. 
 
 47e. Foil. 22 (57-78); size 94 in. by 4 in,; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Navyamatavicdra, a critical discussion on 
 some points about amundna, by Tarkdlaml 
 Harirdma. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 53, no. clii.; Aufrecl 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 2 15, no. 611; Raj. .Mi; 
 Notices, vol. vii., p. 140, ao. ii:J72. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 li T Coi ebrooke.]
 
 648 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 1999. 
 
 1517d. Foil. 29; size 11 f in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Navyamatavicdra, a second copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2000. 
 
 47i. Foil. 17 (149-164); size 9i in. by 
 4 in.; twelve lines in a page. 
 
 YishayatJvicdra, a treatise on the same 
 subject as no. 1990, by Gadddhara. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 41, no. xci. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Date of the copy : titfT{ <tt<^ HTJU^gf^ ft 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2001. 
 
 1548A. Foil. 23; size 11 in. by 3| in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Navadhm- ni itilrachedakatdrahasya, by Gadd- 
 dhara. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 52, no. cxlviii. 
 
 It begins : JT=FV*rT^fdtffV3HJIH I <* MUH^TiT^ifTT- 
 
 Date of the copy : tf^ff "H^e.8 «T5^T^ i 'J'S^TT 
 
 After this there has been added by another 
 hand: HTC^nSTSffaT^PT tfqTf^rfa^ i^TVttq *tf*- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2002. 
 
 47b. Foil. 15 (6-20); size 9| in. by 4 in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Sdmagrivdda, a treatise on the same subject 
 as no. 1992, by Tarlcdlamktira Raghudeva Bhat- 
 tdcdrya. See Hall's Index, p. 43, no. c. 
 
 It begins : *OTR f^n JTc&^T ^foRcRTIHIEHrra- 
 
 Date of the copy : tf ^tttSf fcjfaTrfi?^ ^nfr ^TO 
 W^(s«'c) II 
 
 Hgr^nhiTfaR ffuintu xrtwm 1 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2003. 
 
 3077. Foil. 17; size 9| in. by 4| in.; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page. 
 
 Sdmagrivicdra, a second copy of Raghudeva's 
 treatise. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2004. 
 
 1369g. Foil. 16; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Anumitipardmarsavdda, a short dissertation 
 by Nydyalamkara Raghudeva Bhattdcdrya. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 51, no. cxli. 
 
 It begins : TTCT»?ti f^Tjfafl^Tl^fHfrt ufff 
 
 tjTra^ff ^rrfcfk f«sritf: 1 hi vnvxm^v^ m\tfnn- 
 
 ^ITftttTft^^'SB^fjrfgvq *H fa frf ufiT ltTnf^fw«q- 
 <*^Tf^T^Hlf<«ohH<*frP3'ft ^ffftfiT cFTq^!TO!I»Tr^ 
 
 He quotes the Dldhiti. 
 Date of the copy : ifaiT <*to* . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.]
 
 rniLosoniY. 
 
 649 
 
 2005. 
 
 2532b. Foil. 15; sizo 9i in. by 4f in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 AnumitiparamarSa, a second copy of Raghu- 
 deva's treatise. 
 
 Date : tf^rT <w<io . [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2006. 
 
 47c. Foil. 12 (21-32); size 9i in. by 4 in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Armmitipardrnariaviedra, a third copy of 
 Raghudeva's treatise. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2007. 
 
 1517c. Foil. 13; size llj in. by 4^ in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Anumitipardmarka , a fourth copy of Raghu- 
 deva Nyaydlamlidra's treatise. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2008. 
 
 161f. Foil. 11 (205-215); size llf in. by 
 4| in.; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Sdvidnyalalcshandvicdra, by Twrhdlamlcdra. 
 It begins : 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2009. 
 
 695. Foil. 55; size 9? in. by 4 in.; twelvo 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Sannilcarshavdda, a treatise on the different 
 kinds of proximity or relation, by Jayardma 
 Nydyapaficdnana. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 5f*»frf*c»,H?T?K(Ti7»nc5T fV«Wf n 
 t 
 
 On fol. 41a a new Bection In '_ins : 
 TjfNin ^T^TT^T fa^Fq fTETTftTPT I 
 
 mn sunt: vzm\*i [^unrmd) imnrn: i 
 
 fTTOTfrT f^r^PT fniTlTyiHU^^q^ II 
 
 Colophon : ^fir ^mthCTH^farrVirriit wftpKM- 
 Foil. 24-31 of the original pagination are 
 
 lost. [II. T. C'OLKBKOOKE.] 
 
 2010. 
 
 1369L Foil. 9; size 9i in. by 3? in.; ten 
 lines in a pago. 
 
 LaghusanniharsliarJ<hi, a compendium of the 
 preceding treatise, by the same Jayardma, 
 
 It begins : 
 
 c 
 
 «f%^il(«fr|-t+uf?I^yMfrf'flHr^f^1 (/•.^mf-^if )ll 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooki:.] 
 
 2011. 
 
 47m. Foil. 43 (J7G-318); size 91 in. by 
 4 in.; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Pahshatdvicdra, a treatise on tho naturo of 
 deliberative discussion, by Ma Suri. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 53, no. cliv.
 
 650 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *rrtt f$r3 'TR^nt «nrr^: *rwt 5^ 1 
 
 ■fa^^rtRfaTTt W<TT?TnTt TO^ II «t II 
 
 inf%%: tt^TTT *tot=r ^jfepn isrfq wth i 
 rpirrnre ^RisnT: *mt 'araft(s/c !) * HfVnifw 11 * 11 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2012. 
 
 2100e. Foil. 35; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Pahshatdvdda, a shorter treatise on the 
 same subject, agreeing sometimes verbally with 
 the preceding one. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 53, no. civ. 
 
 It begins : RUtfxj UtTT^fTiff 1Ef HTU|f«T5N<^INl 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 2013. 
 
 1517f. Foil. 25; size 104 in. by 4 in.; 
 9 or 10 lines in a page. 
 
 Isvaravdda, a treatise on the existence of 
 God and the means of proving it, by Mahd- 
 deva Putiyastambha, son of Mulcunda Viduda 
 (Vibudha?). It begins : 
 
 mi f$ra ^hot n^n: Rut *£ 1 
 HTf%^iTf»THTf HTR»rtaT nfe rtwa: 11 1 11 
 
 R^fiT RSqTfacRT: 1 
 It ends : 
 
 TrqTTRiTrTlH^^tRmmHffin^ 11 1 11 
 
 H?TS^R TfarTRpfttT wfVqt W^T II * II 
 * Bead ^f^, as suggested by Prof. Aufrecht. 
 
 Colophon : ^f*H ^WrU-Tn+JUH UU^Nprewfa^TPT- 
 ^fa^^Ki I rHiR? T^TjftfTtTfaTfVrf §»dMI<j: RRTS! II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2014. 
 
 1436b. Foil. 141 ; size 12 in. by 4i in.; 
 fair writing ; twelve lines in a page. 
 
 (Nydya-)Siddhdntatattvaviveka, a dissertation 
 on the eternity of matter, by Gokulandtha, son 
 of Vidydnidhi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■jf^jpTirr: r trospreror 11 1 11 
 ^Tm^rEj: r i^wfcR^: 11 * 11 
 
 \» -J COY 
 
 RTHT54 R. ^rgrfqjgfNrrf *fh:^ 1 r«j irtxsm n^*g- 
 
 ftrflff T ■nfcT^^IK TT^WTSrftrfkfT fjKTJW 1 ° 
 
 It concludes with six partly defective and 
 corrupt slohas: 
 
 W%TOTRTrfiT?TRTH^>TRn^ftTOR: I 
 
 f^-m -sfm^s ^"tarr: ftt^trnmnq-nuRT n s 11 ° 
 ww nUtjHiw fnrt (>: fro) irftir v#fc 11 in 
 R^rw <\\H9 mjwm yantt^j firzfr starrer; 11 
 
 For another copy of this treatise see Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, v., p. 201, no. 1885. Gokula- 
 ndtha refutes the view of Siromani. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2015. 
 
 1191b. Foil. 18; size 12| in. by 4£ in.; 
 small modern Bengali handwriting ; seven 
 lines in a page.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 • ij.1 
 
 MukiAovoecanddi, essays on final emancipation, 
 the nature of the deity, etc. 
 
 It beirins : aj* ?3 *ftSj: 7*.*nrnnf ^ ?ftHJ^ 
 
 5frT HfeifW^f fol- 10 (cf. Muktivdda, Hall's 
 Index, p. 49); ^fir ^HTT^: fol. 13; ^fir ^phn^: I 
 ^rq diiHiwPM-MK: fol. 14. 
 
 It ends: ^f?r in5H!I^f^rTTT?wi II This, though 
 perhaps only the title of the last chapter, 
 is given several times, on the last page, in 
 Bengali and Devanagari, as the title of the 
 whole treatise. 
 
 A Brahman atvavicdra, by Gokulanatha, is 
 mentioned in Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., from Oudh 
 
 XV., 100. [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 b. Anonymous. 
 
 2016. 
 
 394b. Foil. 23 (33-55); size 12i in. by 
 
 4i in.; 12 or 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Prdmdnyavdda, a treatise on the nature of 
 proof (a topic from the first chapter of the 
 Cintdmani). There is no colophon at tho end, 
 the title being only given on the first page. 
 
 Perhaps this treatise is identical with no. 
 exxxvii. in Hall's Index, p. 50. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2017. 
 
 765a. Foil. 15; size 101 in- by 3A in.; 
 8-10 lines in a page. 
 
 Jndnadvayavdda, a logical treatise the object 
 of which is set forth in the beginning : 
 
 The colophon is wanting, 1 ho title having 
 been inferred from the marginal note iTF ?°. 
 
 [H. T. 1 1KB.] 
 
 2018. 
 
 1675c. Foil. 10 (107-212); sizo 9 in. by 
 4 in.; 12-15 linos in a page. 
 
 (Anvmitikhandcma?), probably a fragment 
 of some larger logical work. The title 
 been added by a later hand. The following 
 colophons givo an idea of tho contents : 
 ^finiT(?^fiaO^Tv^^^frfwf^rn:: (fol. 1996), 
 ^TT*r|hHffm>:'5inWTOHT$ nsjwturift: TnsrnHnjrrV 
 ^tt: (fol. 202a), ^nrpmnrcRrwT^wi tjTT^ftFPj- 
 ftftrarOTTTT^^^T^^^r^f^^Tr. (fol. 205/»), 
 '^*?fircpffr=ff ^Tfa^r^f^vurif (fol. 2116), ^*- 
 ^T^^^'TW^^^'^rf' 7 ^™ ( fo1 - 2126). 
 
 The manuscript begins : 
 
 ^rrfeO [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2019. 
 
 1044. Foil. 28 (folded together); size lGi 
 iu. by 3 in.; seven lines in a page; well 
 written, on brown paper, in the Bengali cha- 
 racter. 
 
 Pa/rdmarsdwumUyoh haryakdrapabhdvenricara- 
 rahasya (see tho colophon, fol. 276), a chapter 
 from some larger work. Fol. 266 has the colo- 
 phon : Anumitipardmarsaijoh kdryakdranabl 
 rahasyam sawj-uniaiii. The topic is very much 
 the same as in the preceding fragment. 
 
 The manuscript begins : ^1 -J fa Or mj* si 11: 
 
 4 Q
 
 652 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 At the end there are a few lines from a 
 second chapter; it begins: ^TO ^l I m fa Win fTC- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2020. 
 
 2608b. Foil. 41; size 10 in. by 3i in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page; written in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 Samsaydnumitivdddrtha, a logical treatise 
 on Doubt. The colophon is wanting at the 
 end; the title given to the treatise having been 
 taken from the reverse of the last leaf. It is the 
 same work as the RatnahoshahdriJcdvicdra in the 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 245, no. 613. 
 
 It begins : HTlHjsllH fa^nWcRH^ftT fti^lii: 
 
 *W\ sgttfK ° 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2021. 
 
 47f. Foil. 14 (79-92); size H in. by 4 in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Samsaydnumitirahasya, a logical treatise on 
 Doubt; the name of the author is not men- 
 tioned. See Hall's Index, p. 51, no. cxliv. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Date of the copy : *fa7T s qt^ HTO Tlfa f$I<T 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2022. 
 
 1369d. Foil. 6 ; size 9| in. by 4£ 
 
 in.; 
 
 fifteen lines in a page. 
 
 Vyaptyanugamavicara, probably a fragment 
 of one of the commentaries on the Cintdmani. 
 
 It begins : TTffT^«J«HMlfvcRTJlffiT I WJl OTTFT- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2023. 
 
 47g. Foil. 10; size 9£ in. by 4 in.; 12 or 
 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Smritisamshirasambandhivicdra, an anony- 
 mous treatise. 
 
 It begins : M^rNUHfrt HfiT TRTrfaTsTRPR ^ 
 
 ?jnn ti7fTifMoii<4jc*i<jfq wt^jt^^: ° 
 
 The same work in Raj. Mitra's Notices on 
 Skr. MSS., i., p. 77, no. 142. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2024. 
 
 161d. Foil. 23 (145-167); size llf in. by 
 4| in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Visishtavaisishtyabodhavicdra, 'a Nydyo, dis- 
 sertation on the relation of the attribute to 
 the subject." The author's name is not 
 mentioned. It has the same beginning as 
 the Visishtavaisishfyavicdra registered in Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., iii., p. 121, 
 no. 1166. 
 
 The beginning is: iT5^ftrft«k««J«*M'Ht rjf^fi?!- 
 
 %f5TPr^ra f m fy a h fa ^fn^i t fy w «rhft fMr^isH^lf'i- 
 
 oBtf5IW<hl^J I 
 
 Date of the copy : tf^ff Htm ■ 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2025. 
 
 3066. Foil. 7; size 9| in. by 4£ in.; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Edranatdvdda, a logical treatise. The au- 

 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 G53 
 
 thor's name is not mentioned. See Aufrecht's 
 Cat. Cat., p. 95. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^nr una: n ^npjnrrfti^pnrutsifliTnrhiFJ crt^?* i 
 
 [J. It. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2026. 
 
 1555a. Foil. 30; size 11 in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Lingopahitalawgikdbhdncmedra, the author's 
 name is not mentioned. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TfjS-MluwreT^ U^rl 3TTTf^ UTT#Tff ^f^airmv- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2027. 
 
 1369h. Foil. 8; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Laukikavishayatavicdra, an anonymous trea- 
 tise on the same topic as no. 1990. 
 
 See Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 245, no. 614; 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, i., p. 77, no. cxliii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 rTT«n ^fHftjsnn: ftrfefcfrr q n tnK i 
 
 Date : 5faiT It* (<*bo*). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2028. 
 
 765b. Foil. 11 (numbered 16-26); size 
 10f in. by 8.4 in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Vayupratyakshavilda, a tract on the per- 
 ceptibility of Air. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 It ends : ^TTCJUcir ^ uf^cKMnr^TTTTflT' pfjiira . 
 The same anonymous author wrote also a 
 
 Stinu iharnlmclciira. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2029. 
 
 13691. Poll. 5; size >>i in. by -1 in.; 
 eight lines in a pa 
 
 VegcmdSyah n-ahasya, a con- 
 
 troversial treatise on the origin and deer 
 of Velocity, confronting the tenets of the 
 Nydya and the Vaiieshika on this subject. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 «T«T f«S TTTTiT ^TPHUHTSU^PIKI ^T(7T=irfaf'rT ^\ II 
 ^Ht If^lfTcRT: II ^UUTiUHtft'l ^ HT^RTrcU ^TT3I=K: II 
 
 In the last line the Vegakhantfama of the 
 Dldhitikrit is quoted. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. G2, no. ccii. 
 
 [H. T. CoiiKBBOOKE.] 
 
 2030. 
 
 2100a. Foil. 17; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 written by several modern bands ; 8-14 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Fragments of different philosophical trea- 
 tises and commentaries. 
 
 The MS. begins : ^1 ^TTOTHH-^Tfei^qarT- 
 f « l < ^fa igu*nftptf I 
 
 Foil. 2 seqq. are numbered 6 seqq. 
 
 Foil. 7-15 (numbered 11-19) are marked 
 ^TT ° ^ ° ; fol. 30 «Kt °. 
 
 Foil. 32, 33 (numbered 1, 2) are marked N» 
 H°; beginning W^^ I ^lf»T^TWRf^t?«(?)^ 
 W^^TTfiH mrfH'JI^ojr I foil. 886 and the great* r 
 part of 34 and 35 are blank. 
 
 Pol. 36 is marked ^n° IT ; but 366 and 
 are left almost wholly blank ; and so is fol. 46«. 
 
 4 o. 2
 
 654 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Fol. la has the pencil mark : — ' Vishaya- 
 viveka. A metaphysical treatise according to 
 the Nydyasutra.' 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 14. Grammatical treatises. 
 
 2031. 
 
 161e. Foil. 37; size 1 If in. by 4£ in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Saktivicdra, a treatise on the names of 
 things and meanings of words, by Gadddhara 
 Bhattdcdrya. See Hall's Index, p. 56, no. clxvi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 »nff *fte*t jfn ^5m%irc*rr *|fa: i 
 
 This treatise is different from the " Sakti- 
 vdda alias' Saktivicdra," which Raj. Mitra, 
 Notices of Sansk. MSS., iv., p. 122, no. 1537, 
 attributes to Gadddhara. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2032. 
 
 1038e. Foil. 4 j size 9 in. by 4 in.; thirteen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Saktivdda, a short treatise on the same 
 subject. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2033. 
 
 972. Foil. 102; size 15Hn. by 54 in.; 
 fairly good, modern Bengali handwriting ; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Sabdasaktiprakdsikd, a treatise on the 
 same subject, by JagadUa Tarkdlaiikdra. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 •J O 
 
 Yin ■'fftsm^N ^srfaHobirgi'^T u 
 
 The work was published at Calcutta, in 
 1847. See Hall's Index, p. 55. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2034. 
 
 804. Foil. 178; size 15| in. by 5k in.; 
 fair, modern Bengali handwriting ; eight lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Sabdasaktiprakdsikdtippam, a commentary 
 on the above work, composed by Krishnakdnta 
 Vidydvdgisa Bhattdcdrya, in Saka 1723 (a.d. 
 1802). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *ft*r yiWfit fat ftprfrc *rw Y^^ ^p* 
 *ftTrr?i f«Njriifa^(sicO^*TO^Tnifir'twraffi 
 
 It ends : ^ftr ^ft^W«irRrf^aMIJfl!MHgl i «ll*ifaT- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2035. 
 
 161g. Foil. 113 (numbered 216-328); size 
 1 If in. by 4i in.; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Padavdkyaratndkara, a philosophico-gram- 
 matical treatise, by Gokulandtha Sarman ; a 
 very incorrect copy. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 56, no. clxx.; Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 246, no. 619.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 055 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fWt: ^Vr wh(?) ^TtTTWRTf^f^nm^ ^h*r 
 
 The subdivisions are not sufficiently marked: 
 fol. 234 ends the padavrittigraliavivarana, fob 
 243a the abh<ddnvtuj«cir<iraiiiii>r<il;urii}ni, fob 
 249a the pa/rihhashyapraka/ran,a, fol. 257/' the 
 sphotanirdsa, . . . fol. 293a the upapadadviUyd- 
 vivarana, fol. 295i tbe kdrakat rithjavivarana . . . . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2036. 
 
 1305. Foil. 205; size 12| in. by 4} in.; 
 six lines in a page ; written in the Bengali 
 character, on brown paper. 
 
 Vyutpattivdda, a logical treatise discussing 
 the meaning of words and their relations in a 
 sentence, by Gadddhara Bhattdcdrya, in two 
 parts. The name of the author is given in 
 the second copy. See Hall's Index, p. 55, 
 no. clxv. 
 
 The Prathamavyutpattivdda begins : 
 
 7i>7jr^f7rf^Ti?rf^trfqmTrf^: i ^«^: irrfiprf^rSf 
 
 ^c^ ?fh£ Trerr^wfr tizisT •fltfW'r. ('•. ° $r:) i 
 The Bvitlyavyutpattivdda begins (fol. 86): 
 m^rMiqvr ^EVTTnffri ftnhra f^vfar* ^n fgirtirH}: i 
 
 H^ ggnf^mSJcfcRfafirWt^I A fe^f'R'Wtiirrf^fTO- 
 *mfq mHIW^HH^ff ° 
 
 LH. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2037. 
 
 963c. Foil. 165 ( 1 L6-280); size 9i in. by 
 3£in.; foil 116-170 eleven lineB, foil. 17] 280 
 7e Lines in a page. 
 
 Vy Ida, a second copy. The Pra- 
 
 tkamakhatyda ends Eol, L81a. 
 
 II. T. COLEBBOI l 
 
 2038. 
 3268. Foil. 141 ; size 10i in. by I ,' in 
 
 11 or 12 lines in a paj 
 
 Vyutpattivdda, a third copy, incomplete at 
 the end. The Prathamahhantfa ends G I. 
 The second leaf is want Lng; fob 6 was originally 
 the eighth leaf of another copy, and is here 
 superfluous. [A. C. BuBNBLL. 1 
 
 2039. 
 
 1172A. Foil. 34; size 13} in. by 44 in.; 
 fairly good, modern Bengali writing; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Arthamulctdvali, a treatise on the syntax oi 
 cases, apparently the first chapter of a work 
 of that name. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fasTT^amfinf HsrfrStrt smnifjr tt?^ =irrt* *rerrfrui}: i 
 
 ^iHlfrnanfk I 7T3T fUWUIri cRR<*r»eHf>T ' ctiH.cfc^BJW 
 
 HMll fSTt^i: cFflHT W^TiT ^^T^T faW31rSrTfff?7r- 
 r^rf?f(T ^n4 I WRTO^EJ nX<UqT '4T*Ur<Wrf ^t^H ^ 
 
 «n fa s-fa if faniinTsPsq i ^nr ^? ^iTanffi#rfif^nni^- 
 fai'nnf'^HfflfiT i HTf*«Frer ftn^sT^m farrrRfqig 
 f ^r^refa fn i*t i ? mf *r^r ii **i ^wt i °
 
 636 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Athddhikaranam, fol. 4 ; l-aranam, fol. 6 ; 
 hetusddhane tritlyd, fol. 6b; sampraddnam, 
 fol. 7; apaddnam, fol. 8& ; af/ta niruktasahda- 
 iaktyd dsrayatayd sabdas tdvad vicdryate, fol. 136 j 
 sambodhanam, fol. 18; nirdhdranam, fol. 20&; 
 vipsdvicdrah, fol. 29 ; Jcarmakartd, fol. 306 ; 
 «//<«, phcdavathartd, fol. 33. 
 
 Apparently incomplete at tlie end. Tlie 
 MS. had ended ^PI fa-NHl-nt; but this has 
 been obliterated, and a different hand has 
 supplied the colophon : 
 
 ^frf ^fa^T^wrsjgifiTT^ri Turn: irfc^: n 
 
 After this a different hand again has added: 
 T5Ttasfi?T^fW * Q»J*T w)TT!lTqiTitS: ° ; while fol. la 
 has the title : ^T^nttf $1 1 «f liftf <* ri I §H *T^ft TIW. 
 ijft^: II [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2040. 
 
 1172C. Foil. 10; size 13i in. by 4£ in.; 
 modern Bengali handwriting ; eight lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Subvddasamgraha, a treatise on the syntax 
 of cases. 
 
 It begins : ^^ W^T^^tl WZT^: ii iTfft *T3fiT ^N 
 
 r*f%fijr?^r s^fir STT^rro: i inr ywu *TFR?T*n 
 f%wNJHi«?: tWfrn^rs}: tfiitn: ^fR^fJif ir»nf 
 fa^qsT^: «RWT?ni: ii ° 
 
 It ends: ^ d a^cfrTO ra l^rmt ^ ^wf«^T^ I 
 
 u=Fcf;|=F^ c^ wm fqrvnTTfi?fiT writ: rf<H3ii*Hir=<4j?r n 
 ^f> *prr^: *?m?i: n [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2041. 
 
 2428. Foil. 46; size 8f in. by 4 in.; 
 fairly good Devanagari writing of 1782 a.d. ; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 SidmrthatattvdloJca, or Kdrakacakra, a logical 
 treatise on the function of the cases, by Visva- 
 ndthq Faiicdnana, son of Yidydnicdsa. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 3TOF ^ravr> h cRK'SF'^'a * ^ror. ii 
 ^m w^ff ftr^Tff i tnr irwirrfaii jtr: «tr:(viz. 
 f^vrgm:) oirT^jrrfHVTfq^: 1 3nrrft?ift<T ttw: wrtmfh 
 
 It ends : ^*I IT oF^TiT <*jfr^M«l«i *?HWJV): 
 
 it<rcir ^ftuifajirrg: ii 
 *fir wrf^r^rofW'TO w^^*: ms: ii 
 
 For another MS. see Raj. Mitra, Notices, vii., 
 p. 150, no. 2385 ; the MS. there described 
 ends with a sldka giving the name of the 
 author's father. (_R- Johnson.] 
 
 2042. 
 
 1698b. Foil. 19 (foil. 106-124 of vol.); 
 size 9| in. by 4 in.; indifferent, modern De- 
 vanagari writing ; thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Alamkdraparishkdra, a logical dissertation 
 on the nature of the verb, and the meaning of 
 its tenses and modes, by Visvandiha Sid- 
 dhdntapancdncma Bhattdcdrya, son of Vidyd- 
 nivdsa. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 -J « 
 
 wrwtjnsrpt vro ymi nrTfav -th: ii 
 
 It ends: ^rftT^RTW^n^cjfr ('api' with the force 
 of ' tdtparya') ^T ^tprfaTc^ftW w£lii|<{fc| nfwT- 
 fiTi'IT^T^^ ^^*nfTO^ TRJTST TffWiT II ^f(T H^IHfT- 
 TTTyjmr^iriM^IW JW^TfV'^TT^jfHjrtTTiH I -HHJT^Ri- 
 f%Tf%fft s^=fiKlfraiTT: WTTS: II 
 
 The same author wrote the Paddrthatattvd- 
 lolca. [H. T. Colebkooke.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 2043. 
 
 3064. Foil, -i; size 10 in. by 4 in.j twelve 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Akhydtavdda, a short logical treatise on the 
 meaning of the Verb, by {RagJmndtha) Tdrkika 
 Svromani Bhattdcarya. See Hall's Index, p. 5N, 
 no. clxxx. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^cFttfinn HfTPTTiifTsrorrrff i ^w k i IV -hivok 
 
 (°^3Tvicfr the second copy) fw faTOrn^fq ajrci: I 
 
 Date of the copy : tf Tff HS^t *H§ -mf^s^-frs- 
 
 =*u!i«xwji ^-cfiwgHrris Refits %f^w> s^ncm,ni^:ii 
 
 [J. R. Ballantym:.] 
 
 2044. 
 
 2100f. Foil. 6; size 9f in. by 3 in.; 8-10 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Akhydtavdda, a second copy. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2045. 
 
 2368d. Foil. 9; (paged 4-12); size 11 in. 
 by 3 in.; seven lines in a page. 
 
 Akhydtavdda, a third copy. The author's 
 name is not mentioned. It is preceded by a 
 copy of the Nanarthavivriti, written by the 
 same hand (foil. 1-3). 
 
 Date : *fafl <\%%b ^f iRIWlOJrra ^f^HSf ^R^fi 
 fir$ c^ftff » [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2046. 
 
 2157b. Foil. 35; size 10| in. by 4i in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Akhydtavddatippani, a commentary on Bi/ro- 
 mani's Akhydtavdda, by Raghudeva Bhattdcarya. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 59, no. clxxxiv. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 OJ<HH fl^m II °[ II 
 
 WfacR: TJTJTtf fHTT^J^ •*** <HTrRJlTrqfrT <xr&n- 
 
 •J 
 
 It ends: 
 
 crtcTumrPitf (r. ° iflir^) vftrv. ^nr fafWi 
 
 I (f^HT ?) ^fq ii 
 
 Date of the copy : 
 
 tfTff «IS<li JTToir qitq || [Gaikaw 
 
 2047. 
 
 1369f. Foil. 15; size 9:J in. by Si in ; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page; written in the Bi d- 
 gall character. 
 
 Al-hyd 'turdd atippani, a commentary on Siro- 
 mani's Ahhydtavdda, by Rdmakrishna. 
 Rajendralala Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., 
 vol. vii., p. 151, no. 238G. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 gcj^-uni^HiMiq ^Trr^if i 
 
 ^rr^nirmfiT ^vTr^»?'narnr3r^iiT^t5^rf' : nT§: ii 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBKOOKK.] 
 
 2048. 
 
 2368b. Foil. 20; size 11 in. by 2J in.; 
 8 or 9 lines in a page. 
 
 AhhydtavddagrautliirimiiLti, a commentary 
 on Siromaiii's Akhydtacddo, \<\ Nydydlaml 
 Rdghava Bhatta. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 n(»i)an!^ ^7to(/-. vp&vi *)q^ ?t«* i 
 
 fjlftaftTSRirTWl I tH I <i 'i f-*l f 'A *j % H I 
 tHh^IVAH^ ?ftlT$ foRf-MH'Olrf II
 
 658 
 
 CATALOGUE OP SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 iTT^f^IlJ: I 
 
 The colophon is: ^fff 7l1'UIMI<^=RTTf^tf-Nril<fHI- 
 irrr^farP^rfjii: *wtjit ii [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2049. 
 
 2368c. Foil. 34; size 11 in. by 3 in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 NanartJicuvwriti, a dissertation on Negation, 
 in the second copy ascribed to Siromani. See 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., iii., p. 179, 
 no. 1211. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 tf*JTTHT^ saffcuTHnra ^ sir: i inr ^T^fmn- 
 
 ^wi(sicl)^ TJ7: TfT^ TJ?> 7T TJZ ^ITSPII^IU^ ^? 
 Date of the copy: *fa^ <tffit. [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2050. 
 
 2100c. Foil. 6; size 94 in. by 4| in.; 
 six lines in a page. 
 
 Xauvdda, a second copy, with the colophon: 
 
 wis: ii [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2051. 
 
 30a. Foil. 40; size 9f in. by 4 in.; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 NanvadatippanJ , a commentary on Siromani's 
 Nanvdda, by Gadddhara Bhattdcdrya. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 61, no. excv. 
 
 The first pdda of the introductory couplet 
 is very corrupt ; I give it in Prof. Aufrecht's 
 reading : 
 
 <IVI»U=ll=jW*J»TWflV37reft- 
 
 ynirfei) m^^ f^rc^T ttowt i 
 ^ht^ ^T^n^v^ft^^NrrVfTT u s ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2052. 
 
 2645b. Foil. 9; size 104 in. by 44 in.; 
 fairly written by several hands, about the 
 middle of last century; 10-13 lines in a page. 
 
 Fragments of some work (with a commen- 
 tary) on the philosophy of grammar ; or on 
 language in its relation to proof. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^oy f ng«ifq =ffv: ^rnr n vr ^rfiicf%f^Tqrf^ ^?- 
 
 wfWgniTwr K^r^n-q ^%Hxr^rr>^w7 ^tvc»ngffl?rr?rii 
 irsrereifff i *rznfq ^T»nf^=R: H^v: *^iri ^r^tf 
 f%W: *r«wresrhra «jnwf^ ouPm^ *nf ?t ii ttst: ii 
 5i^j^3T=twHxjTrr.ii^'wii , ^ir^^afW*wwnnmn:ii 
 im f? ii witt f? *r$t • ^Hisi^r inmw ^tbnR^r 
 ^ *h4k ii ?^tw ftpHt u4iTff fwt ^ ^uia tw^ 
 
 Fol. 4 : cj|+JMr;l^o(,iK<*iy^M^K Hcr!><*K: THIT 
 
 - Cs, 
 
 WtTTITf>T»rRIl'f>TO3'^( r . ° H) f =1 =1 W STjpj | o 
 
 Fol. 6b (where the Vdkyapadlya is again 
 quoted) ends : TTUT ^ Slfa'WTf =1 $T 1 1 NT^ ify $1*71 Hi 
 
 ^rrva(T)ufwftfrr ^ i 'snr ^Tn f^<* i <lHi wnfimWf 
 'H'^TiiiT ii ^rcmiTHHRH gr^ns: ii 
 
 Fol. 7a begins : SlfeWTTr^Tnr ^Tffltfr^t 
 
 ^if?R wrsjtiw ii 
 
 ^f^TOt ^faMMNHif^Tifnnrr *r*n i 
 ■^rfrrf^^: ^i^hI w^vff ^mnnn itot ii 
 
 Fol. 76 ends : si^Hnifc ^mrfT* 5^ *hfr»: i 
 
 inn ^ U^jRraiTITlTjH M na s7T=qHc^|Vf n 
 
 * For this author's Nyayasudhd, see Hall's Index, 
 p. 113.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 659 
 
 Fol. 8a begins : ■>y|Jm«H^4=*l'3r3IiT 
 IT TTTV'^R»rR^ PW^r^^iF^r: I 
 TnrjWjqTTWpT ^I^T^^l H=dl!)l=»iT: II ° 
 (Ydlujap. I. 151-154, in the last of which 
 this MS. has ^TW^T: instead of ?HT3T^;:) ^fiT I 
 
 Fol. 8/; ends (in the middle of the page): 
 
 ^ wwFRTJ!TT#rv: i 7ffltVrtrt(!) ^nw^T^ i Trwrr^- 
 inqR-R^n^ ii 
 
 Fol. 9a (smaller writing) contains a passage 
 from the Malulhlidshya, beginning : (?n)wift 
 ^TTRlt *T5^l ^ft ^ftt ^fffiT H s*m ?c5TfT ^c5"t 
 
 snr op^iT: ^Tqw^r: i ° 
 
 ending : ° V^ Trff I 
 
 «T S7fflJTT5iTfK >rt VVS WJTiTfa^ cClfrT ^TTTSI^: I 
 (ed. Kielhorn, i., p. 2, 1. 2 to last line but one). 
 
 [H. T. COEEBROOKE.] 
 
 15. Laukikanydya. 
 
 2053. 
 
 582. Foil. 429; size 10g in. by 6i in.; 
 in European fashion; good Devanagarl writing 
 of 1808 a.d.; twenty-five lines in a page. 
 From fol. 93, the leaves were wrongly numbered 
 89 seqq.; but the numbers have been altered 
 by another hand. 
 
 La/ukikanydyaratndkara, a collection and 
 explanation of proverbial phrases used as 
 illustrations in philosophical discussion, by 
 Ragkwndthava/rmcm, son of Ouldb-rdya of the 
 Binduruya family, pupil of Rdmadaydlu, of the 
 Uddslna sect of the Nanak ShdMs. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■JTFUTwnf ffrf%o*>pi«f rrraiff ^t >rnf 
 
 4 Hftf «5FT«Tt> Fvt=fif?r^TT 4 ^tTrnrrhfin 
 
 MUTT TWT ^1 KTfiT W^irfq HT kTTTJT^I TTSTW^ I 
 
 wtr xrnj T HTiTfR fam;? R: n^fiRTTTt nfin 
 
 ^TTTp* KR? TJWnjTRJr?* WW fjTC fl^q II > ll 
 
 *fr ^rr^T ^ f^nuh i ^ w^t >u;TtTTTrh*j7r 
 
 ^TrJTT xf| fV[fac5PT wtfag^t Tim S^DT^ ^T 
 pfTf^cfrsrr^TrRr^TRT'SBTWn'Tff »W II S» II 
 
 ^nTrrq f^Tti ^iTPTT<?nf ^ imuniT i 
 ^rf^TRT s^ ^tm5^rn?T"q ^f^ n S3 II 
 
 wrPTTn-rrnrt w ^niRt mr ftan i 
 ^HT5 ^«rra: Bf^T^^^fif ii <\% ii 
 
 wrr^pn;n ^m f«Vl<f-IWcrf%TniT 
 
 TTrT^naTTKJH fa^^HTftTjfTiT7n(:) 
 UtT PT^iT^itfigrq-RTfq TP^IITOT faiTC II 1M II ° St II 
 
 ^^r^fif ^ftxqm: ttth"t ^nTsrresm i 
 ^qtwr^Rni c&tfairT =irtf^^TTTqTi?aiT'r ii so. n 
 
 [° 1,0 II 
 
 ^R fH^fvq^ *»^? U^rnrrxR ■JpT fcRt>^ W^uT^TTf^- 
 
 xi^7nf?ra 7T5Tf^f^f^ , ErTi:^i 7r^qT^n?^fiftr ^^i 
 ^frr cvrfcBcii^N<HT'5f;^ ^nwf ; ' t t' ! ntlT^pq?RT:wt m- 
 
 TirnTTRt ^u^R Tn:«iff fol. L5a j first the S<^ 
 rundhattnydya (oth^vti^ ^ 7^?t> l), ends fol. 
 316 j then different examples; < .>j. 4z-4\h^^t:- 
 ^n?: i ^T^Yofi^T «q^f^7iq: * t> -^zmi sfq f^w?r: 
 a^nm ^ h^ht i wrutq^smlr^n snrr: w% bts 
 
 ^nr^Jr R W TOTTT 3TTTfirft^!I HKl UlfsirfiRT PTH- 
 Wf^fiT II * II i3ai(?(-''-^) ^V f^W f^HVJ U^rf 
 ■a^f^fK I ^a TrsRTO I ^% ?fiJ ITT S^T^R^T^: I 
 f^TT^^jnaTTRT^TtT II ^ II *TM4iair«UM <*m<irf^^^rTCT 
 ■ztWft \ft\ ^TT° Sll 1 H^TOcS^T^T^ ^T^iwnft f? ^OJIT 
 ^flT '^n H II ^=? f? ^1^: I 'TCI RTft VT^iT^Tl'ITTT^TT^- 
 
 ttPh^t' JiTjnfi^rw^p'n ^rr?r Tn?iKWTWTf>TsT: ^htt- 
 
 f^^TT5TfiT ^TTTf^'i^'nJri'rfiT TtftlS c5T^ II i II Hffi 
 
 4 K
 
 6G0 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^rrgr nejwH^ Tq: i ^hh f? ircstw ^f^ro fw|<jT- 
 
 ^Tc^R^ffT ftTTTf^illff II S II *TOT tjcjrf^iaT rTfacFT 
 
 ^nfhOTjnft n^ifi 4^ ^fhir s^ort^i wmm firef* 
 
 W^T wN* ^Tf^'SF 'BJ^'J s^toRT-cRTTT TOT firef* I 
 
 ^srw? k^t »ftw ^fir f^Jrw ^fn ^^wftra'P'nTT: 11 1 11 
 tt^cj^ttutt tjirijpjwTCR wHHTt^nn^^ Km *fr4 
 jtow 11 <i 11 t>spre^ vr^»r^ qw^nrtf h^hmt 
 
 «fT^Tgq?*nTTTrT ^W^H^TW^^ftr cRT^WtgT^^fri 
 TOI ^?(!) w fwfsfi4w 11 so 11 ° 
 
 Fol. 187a: 2f*7T ° BWOTIlt ^f T*m 11 ^r«r 
 
 TR1T 
 
 ^^N ^ utfjR 
 
 finur^l" inVbTiTTfiNraiPnfisrw HcRcyqTRWT^n^^ 
 ftir^ fasrw im fa^rotircfafir *mfa *5«^t§ttt- 
 *r*fte f jrut cKH»TT^rM n «*n: ^i^Tiv: ^rrfarcH 1 tt^t ^ 
 ^R^^lTTit ^Tfrr(?r.«^fii) i *rznf: i 'pn *pn?i: fw^: 
 
 fgTfRf^^flf^friraTcS^irat Ttf^Rt «TWJ ^fl«i I ° 
 
 It ends with nine slokas, the last of which 
 runs thus : 
 
 ttot Jn?rfH^rarTr^r=s^ nm: *^iT*Rre: n 
 
 CnnJ ^ ^J 
 
 Uti^TcRTT^lt U^STTlf *TOT* II ?hTTf SbiM itfirt ^n*rT3T?5fr 
 10 TTXnn?R Hf%$ *WH II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2054. 
 
 1031. Foil. 89 ; size large 8vo, lOi in. by 
 1*1 in.; fairly written in Devanagarl ; twenty- 
 six lines in a page. 
 
 Laulrikanyayasamgraha, an abridgment of 
 Raghunatha' s LauMkanydyaratndkara, by the 
 same author. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 wrfirii^nrr tptiw^Ht *mmi*rrt: unfa 
 TteT^fain mrtfrrr^T ah vrjin stW i 
 
 Tl^TH^TJT^ff ?t»^5> jfr^T^T «1TW^T II =) II 
 
 farca ^hiw-h ^if*c(i^riw7i?: u ? 11 
 
 cStfoFch^llRiWHTRToin; TTi^f^if I 
 im «^1 5^ ^TR>VTq ^^ff 11 3 11 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^T*ro^MT3K^1f*cFJir«nftRr: I 
 
 fsnnn: frtim sq ^tjT^ firitics w TfJ-fc^n ^ 11 ° ^ 11 
 
 K ^t 7TUtla ftl^fflTfl>t ^i^^^TTTpi^ II 8 II 
 
 t^t^h f^f^nh 35Tf5F<*^in*itf?: ?r»nH: ^«t?5 
 
 For other MSS. of this work see Biihler's 
 Report, p. cxlvi.; Raj. Mitra, Notices, ix., 
 nos. 3139, 3140. Both give the author's 
 family name as Binduriiya, whilst our MSS. 
 give it as Vindaraya wherever it occurs. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2055. 
 
 700. Foil. ISO; size 9i in. by 3f in.; 
 fair, modern Devanagarl writing ; eight lines 
 
 in a page. 
 
 The same work. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE ]
 
 philosophy. 
 
 
 D. Vaiseshika. 
 1. The Sutras and Commentaries. 
 
 2056. 
 
 3023. Foil. 7; size 14 in. by 5A in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Kanddasutra, the sutras of the VaiSeshika 
 Philosophy, ascribed to Kandda. It is divided 
 into ten adhydyas, and each adhydya into two 
 dhnikas. See Hall's Index, p. 64, no. 1. 
 
 Editions: in the Bibliothcca Indica together 
 with Sankara Misra's VaiSeshikasutropaskdra ; 
 the first dhnika in The Aphorisms of the 
 \'u isr, fth !ka, Sanskrit and English," by -I. K. !'•., 
 Mirzapore, 1851 ; The Vaiseshika DarSanam 
 with the commentaries of Mahdmahopddhydya 
 Chandrakant Tarkalankar, Calcutta, 1887 ; The 
 Aphorisms of the Vaiseshika Philosophy by 
 Kandda, in the Benares Sanskrit Series (Fasc.I. 
 contains the text of the sutras, see no. 2059). 
 
 A German translation by Dr. E. Roer, in 
 Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlandischen 
 Gesellschaft, xxi. p. 309-420, xxii. p. 383-4 12 ; 
 an English translation by A. E. Gough, Be- 
 nares and London, 1873 (from The Pandit, 
 nos. 32-69, published 1869-1872). 
 
 [J. R. Ballanttne.] 
 
 2057. 
 
 1698d. Foil. 79 (176-254); size 9f in. by 
 4 in.; 13 or 14 lines in a page; neat writing 
 of about a.d. 1750. 
 
 Vai&e&hikasutropaskdra, a commentary on 
 the Vaiseshikasutra, by Sankara Mikra, son of 
 Bhavandtha Mi&ra. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 68, no. xviii. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 20. Vs. 
 
 232b. Foil. 81 (92 172); bum l-i in. by 
 3J in. ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 1 aiseshikasutropashdra, a second copy, with 
 many marginal notes in Colebrooke's band- 
 writing. 
 
 Date : thnr <Mo n h^hI vnw'j t n 
 
 ill. T. I '■■! . 
 
 205!). 
 
 1303d. Foil. 7; size 13| in. bj L| in.; 
 eight lines in a page; large writing on yellow 
 paper, in the Mcngali character. 
 
 Draw/apaddrthasamgraha, the first pari 
 Pras'astapdda's Paddrthadharmasarngraha, or 
 Shatpaddrthasamgraha. The name <if tin- 
 author does not occur in this copy, but it is 
 evidently Pras'astapdda's work, since it is tin- 
 text commented on by Udayana in the first 
 part of the Kirandvali. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 64, no. ii.; Anfrecht '- 
 Oxford Cat., p. 240, no. 583; RajendralAla 
 Mitra's Notices, i., p. 283, no. 492; v., p. 283, 
 no. 1961; Biihler's Detailed Report, p. 76 and 
 p. cxlv. 
 
 The Paddrthadharmasarngraha is not a com- 
 mentary on each single sutra, but a Bhorl 
 exposition of the six Vaiseshika categories, 
 based on the sutras of this system. It i- 
 also called Praia ibhdshya, see the next 
 
 number, also nos. 2088, 2085. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■J^'lJlloliwifllHT-'lP-lSI'irWH'-tiqMt l^IVIHt «|VJh5[-.J- 
 \UHfT«tt H^WI^f fW: , !W'?7T: I H^'giOMlfuJJjtiljI'+fT- 
 
 ^=r i itiiii -j^n?*?: tt^t^t: i f* ^ nit wrvwf 
 
 4 b 2
 
 662 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Vais. su. I. 1, 4-6. 
 
 Srldhara wrote the Nydyakandcdi, a com- 
 mentary on Prasastapdda's work, in the Saka 
 year 913 (=991 a.d.), as was first pointed out 
 by Biikler, Report, p. 76 and p. cxliv.; see 
 also Bhandarkar, Rep. Bomb. MSS. 1883-84, 
 p. 313. 
 
 The Prasastapddalhdshya is now being 
 published in the Benares Sanskrit Series : 
 " The Aphorisms of the Vaiseshika Philosophy 
 by Kandda, with the commentary of Prasasta- 
 pdda, and the gloss of Udayandchdrya," ed. by 
 Pandit Vindhyesvarl Prasdda Dube, Fasc. I., 
 Benares, 1885. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2060. 
 
 760c. Foil. 32; size 9| in. by 4| in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; large and clear writing. 
 
 Shatpaddrthasamgraha, the five other sections 
 of Prasastapdda's exposition of the Vaiseshika 
 philosophy, on the margin styled TOUm^, =F§- 
 *rnj, wrm^wrni, f^PWTO, W^mHTO. On the 
 last leaf the whole work is called JTCfT^nn^sTPiI , 
 but all these notes are in a more modern 
 handwriting. 
 
 The Chinapaddrtha begins : 
 
 The Karmapaddrtha begins (fol. 23«): 
 •^riproTThtf ^^anrrcfq -ckh^t^^i: ^^5^^ 
 
 The Sdmcmyapaddrtha begins (fol. 29a): 
 m^ f^fqV H^HTt ^ ^f^t?1HfnTT[^]H^T?»r5B- 
 
 The Viseshapaddrtha begins (fol. 30a): 
 
 w(r.«* h^t wm: ^t ^(fjfttfirawfsin: 11 
 
 f^TT5ITT»fTf?H^ fTO^II5rT<*l5l*T^f^nTWr?|:^BfrI- 
 
 The Samavdyapaddrtha begins (fol. 31c): 
 
 S3 Cs *•* 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^fri 11 wrenmt*r«K:) *mrs»: 11 \fn ^usiwrn^f^Tf^H^- 
 ^nf^u^<m«y^: vnrst: 11 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2061. 
 
 1714a. Foil. 79; size 9 in. by 2| in.; 
 6-10 lines in a page ; indifferent handwriting. 
 
 Klrandvall, a commentary on Prasastapdda's 
 Paddrthasamgraha, by TJdayana Acdrya. The 
 first part, or Dravyapadarthaprakasa. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 65, no. v.; Burnell's 
 Tanjore MSS., ii., p. 121 ; Rajendralala Mitra's 
 Notices, v., p. 289, no. 1968. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TTfrr ^4 ^tot: «rh inn >nfw: qtnrtr i 
 f^m: wrmi tt mft'jwqiw? 11 ? 11 
 
 ^r*TRt nfMN^rni *T'irf , iH'riw?:.}TTTni 
 THnrrTwwiwtFni ?*rt ftsmnrt irlini 
 
 Cn 
 
 ^fwf%r«w*nt HRqrfrfq^'bf 
 
 It ends :
 
 nilLOSOPIIV. 
 
 GG3 
 
 ^iQn<*T3j: n 
 
 Foil, ^-qo are lost. 
 
 Date of the copy: *hrH =)$,<> o f^m-nrraiT 
 
 The KvrandvaU is now being published iii 
 tlie Benares Sanskrit Series, together with the 
 Praiastapddabhdshya, see no. 2059. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2062. 
 
 3103. Foil. 103; size 81 in. by 3^-31 in.; 
 8-11 lines in a page. 
 
 KirandvaU, a second copy of the Dravya- 
 paddrtha. 
 
 It has the colophon : ^ ^^ nTTVT ^snirN- 
 TTltW^'l^lMr'Tr f$5f%rf ii Foil. 3-10 are in a good 
 old handwriting, the rest is in a very irregular 
 handwriting. 
 
 2063. 
 
 161a. Foil. 74; size 11| in. by 4i in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page; writing clear but 
 
 ugly- 
 
 KirandvaU, a third copy of the Dravya- 
 
 paddrtha, dated Samvat 1857. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2064. 
 
 1646. Foil. 99; size 9i in. by 3| in.; 
 foil. 1-41 ton to twelve lines, foil. 42-99 (in 
 another handwriting) ten lines in a page : 
 writing indifferent. 
 
 OunahirandvaU, Udayana's commentary on 
 the second part (Gwnapaddrtha) of Praiasta- 
 pdda's Shatpaddrthascmgraha ; incompl 
 ending with the buddhinvrupana. Foil, c and 
 «io are lost. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 It ends : 
 
 *r>rr?m ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 206.1. 
 
 1190. Foil. Ilii ; size L2J in. by -1 J in.; 
 eight lines in a page; written on brown paper, 
 in (lie Bengali character. 
 
 DravyaMrandvaUprahdia, a commentary on 
 the first section of Udayana's Kirand\ 
 by Mahdmahopddhydya Vwrdhamdna, son id 
 Gange&vara,. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 65, no. vi.; Rajendra- 
 lala Mitra's Notices, v., p. 284, no. 1963 ; 
 Pandit Vindhy. Prasdda Dube's vijndpanam t<> 
 the Benares edition of the t likadar&anam, 
 
 p. *. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 fac* -m ti i f <* h 1-»?=rbTTflt flff Tjrfeq: i 
 f^HJ'jT'ii^rn^Tt %vrf irt »F(7t ~^n: n 
 
 ^s^arf%irr>TiT7Tcir Tf^nr^jfirt fHrwrfiT i frirfti i 
 
 It ends : 
 ^Ik ^fcT ^T^n II 
 
 TT*qTW?ft sfff7T?lTt fynrrRotf TTt 
 
 Hi«*i3i7ii^fim? ^pnifHr^: n 
 ^frT jrrr^TqTujm'-nT'ijfsgjirw^HfiiHtrmiwTq^- 
 
 II T, < lOL] BBOl
 
 664 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2066. 
 
 1697b. Foil. 80 (s-fcO; size 9| in. by 
 3| in.; 9-14 lines in a page. 
 
 (Dravj/ajl-iranarallpralidsn, a second copy 
 of the first part of Vardhamdna's commentary 
 on the Kiraiidvall. 
 
 Foil. <!§, and W are lost. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2067. 
 
 1041. Foil. 31 (folded together); size 16j 
 in. by 3| in.; eight lines in a page; written 
 on brown paper in the Bengali character. 
 
 Guna(prakdsa)vivriti, a polemical commen- 
 tary on the second section of Vardliamdna's 
 Kirandvallpralcdsa, by (Raghundtha) Siromani. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 66, no. ix.; Pandit 
 Vindhy. Prasdda Duhe's vijnapanam to the 
 Benares edition of the Vaiseshikadarsanam, 
 p. 8. 
 
 Another name of this work is Gunadldhiti 
 (see Jayardma's commentary, no. 2070). 
 
 It begins : f^rrftT Vwffl^tTO \n#fa^mTJ «^g 
 
 The end is : $TW gTOrricFn3nf%>Tr7T^Tc?rTT 
 
 jj^mrHirq . . inf^fsTCtafirra-irr nrrtf^frr: *mrsn n 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2068. 
 
 297. Foil. 98; size 10i in. by 4 in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Gunasiromaniprahdsa, a commentary on 
 Siromani's Gunavivriti, by Rdmakrishna Bhattd- 
 cdrya Cakravartin. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 66, no. x.; Pandit 
 Vindhy. Prasdda Dube's vijnapanam to the 
 Benares edition of the Vaiseshikadarsanam, 
 p. H. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 sTK f3TTtaf%*TT>fi;^ TIH*H!i: II * II 
 
 Cv ^ & 
 
 It ends: ^r^TK(^?)wTf^ (see no. 2069) 
 TTSTRVfal wfat "f^t f^HT^ 
 
 ^fcl fWsf . . ■5TR d^: ^fw JTcFTSTWrcRfT*^ c5^: I 
 
 Trf^wTf^ ^Tw^^VrfaT>ftrfH7rfwmini'5i> **rn^ 
 
 ■gi^T iftrw <* mi si^fW^rt jrafjiTtafrm^rnn: wtsiii 
 
 i ^ jj _ 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2069. 
 
 3062. Foil. 138; size lOi in. by 4 in.; 
 fairly written in Devanagarl ; eight lines in a 
 page ; modern. 
 
 The same commentary, here called Guna- 
 cintdmani/Jlcd. 
 
 It ends : ^HH I Mr ^TrT W? 5TW ^Tlf^ I ^fTT 
 XRf II Tfil TTH chUJI H7T^Tq^gi^fwf=J <f«< rf T »TClNirre- 
 ftr^Wr MUTSiT ii W3H *\$,%o I This was doubtless 
 the date of the original MS., from which the 
 present was copied. [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2070. 
 
 1698a. Foil. 105; size 9f in. by 4| in.; 
 11-13 lines in a page; fair recent writing, by 
 three different hands.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 6G5 
 
 DhlJiitirirriti, a commentary on Siromaiyi'a 
 Guijun'rrili, by Jayordma. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 67, no. xii.; Pandit 
 Vindhy. Prasdda Jhi!>< '.-■ vijiifipanam to the 
 Benares edition of the VaiSeshilcadarsanam, 
 
 P . v 
 
 It begins : 
 
 nrrr-rfrfVifimsTsn fawrnr *rc^iirfa ii 
 It ends : 
 
 ^^rrft fii^fir: awr^r tf^TO^Ptr^rnra: 11 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2071. 
 
 1077. Foil. 5S; size 13| in. by 2{ in.; 
 six lines in a page ; brownish paper ; small 
 old writing (of the 17th century?) in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 Another commentary on Siromani's Guna- 
 
 vivriti, incomplete at the end, without any title. 
 
 It begins : f^mtffir ^n sf^i^hr u»ni(mn tiTHa 1 
 
 inserted on the upper margin) ffT^fqnTfW Xfff\- 
 
 hth: wfa^ironrN etc. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2072. 
 
 109. Foil. 103; size 91 in. by 3 in.; 
 eight lines (foil. 2-6 seven lines) in a page. 
 
 Vardhamdnailha Pakshadharl, the Dravyar 
 paddrtha, a commentary on the first section 
 
 of Viirdlmnithni'x Kirandvull iinikdim , by (Jui/n- 
 deva) Pakshadhara- 
 
 * ° fipTT is doubtful, as there is a hole in the MS. 
 
 1 1 begins : 
 
 'P^f^fa^iinTf^cfrTfWfGiI^ (Kumar asambhava I., 
 
 29) I 
 
 It ends ! 
 
 ^Ifa \fn wm \f* ii 'fir zilqi^T^cBTTt xjCTvJn 
 
 There are many blanks in this copy, appa- 
 rently owing to the illegibility original. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKB.] 
 
 2073. 
 
 3058. Foil. 65; si/.,. 11 in. by 3 1 in.; 
 13-17 Hues in a page; good writing. 
 
 Vardhamdnendu, a commentary on Vardha- 
 mdna's Dravyakirandvatiprakd&a, by Padm 
 h/m, son of Balabhadra and Vijaya&rl, youi 
 brother of VUvandtha. 
 
 Hall mentions a work of the same title and 
 by the same anthor as a commentary on 
 Vardhamdna's Nydyanibandhaprakd&a (in the 
 Index, p. 21, no. vi.). This seems to be a 
 mistake. The Vardhamdm ndu begins : 
 ^>T5^Trp»ftvFv(ri>;id ^)*?Tf<nTO»?cT: I 
 ^S»?m^>pn n^qTH^T 7PTW II 1 ll 
 
 qR5H$<*rfT z\^\ nf^<*|H'l--H«|W I 
 tHrHITf^rfrirpi H?WT sq fwr^nrPT II 3 ll 
 
 fa^f?T> Trt fayfcrP*ntf es^t h*(:) ^m \ f<$ 
 
 TjrfgTft nfs fftnnf i 
 
 The writing on the las! page is partlj 
 obliterated ; jible pari of the final 
 
 verses is ; 
 
 •^ r^riRf'jfn:
 
 666 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The last verse is nearly illegible. 
 
 The last line, containing the date of the 
 copy, has been cut off' by the book-binder. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2074. 
 
 1697a. Foil. 103; size 9| in. by 3i in.; 
 ten lines in a page ; small writing, in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 Gunavivritiviveka or Tdtparyasamdarbha, a 
 commentary on Vardhamdna' s Gunakirandvall- 
 prakdsa and Siromani's G-unaprakdsavivriti, by 
 Gundnanda Vidydvdgisa Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 HW'ST'^^Tre WVfnTn:('nj)TfftnT n 
 
 Tf=Rr5T Trfwqf^frr ° (nativat is the first word of 
 Yardhamdna's Gunaprokdsa, see Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, iii., p. 50, no. 1080). See fol. 2«, 1. 7, 
 the beginning of Siromani's commentary (fqqfft 
 
 Colophon : ^fw ^Tfl^TJTWlTq'Srl'faOTqTTft^WJT- 
 The MS. was written in the Saka year 1534 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2. Pramdnamanjarl 
 
 njc 
 
 2075. 
 
 1953. Foil. 31 ; size 10 in. by 4i in. ; 
 
 thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Pramdnamaiijaritlkd, a commentary on 
 Sarvadeva Suri's exposition of the Yaiscshika 
 philosophy called Pramdnamanjarl, by Bala- 
 bhadra Misra, son of Yishnuddsa and Mddhvl. 
 Biihler registers a MS. of the Pramdnamaiijarl 
 dated " Saptarshi, 32," Report, p. xxvi. 
 
 See the beginning of the Pramdnamaiijarl 
 in Peterson's Report, Bomb. MSS., 1884-86, 
 p. 265. The Pramdnamaiijarl acknowledges 
 seven paddrthas. 
 
 The t/kd begins : 
 
 f^mifrf i unsrcnr i 
 
 Fol. 10& ends the Dravyapaddrtha, fol. 26a 
 the Gunapaddrtha, fol. 27a the Karmapaddrtha, 
 fol. 29a the Sdmdnyapaddrtha, fol. 29& the 
 Viieshapaddrtha, fol. 30a the Samavdyapa- 
 ddrtha, lastly the Abhdvapaddrtha. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 7i^tv4rT •sfw. mrwtxfa^wc. II 
 
 ^sfor^wr^Trr uhtow'^j^cft *m?n ii v w\ *wt ii 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 Lakshandvall. 
 
 2076. 
 
 1714b. Foil. 39; size 9 in. by 2f in.; fairly 
 good Devanagarl writing of about 1680 a.d.; 
 7-9 lines in a page. 
 
 NydyamuMdvaU, a commentary on TJdaya- 
 ndedrya's Lakshandvall, by Sesha Sdrngadhara. 
 The Lakshandvall acknowledges seven pa- 
 ddrthas.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 667 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f^T^rrRfflTT^i^^iTT'SB f^^fqrnrarjrr^fr.?rirrfsT- 
 ■jrfir Brrmrfir 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^tppRTT^rrRHT^rsi: frtr: 11 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 4. NyayaUldvati. 
 
 2077. 
 
 161b. Foil. 62 (75-136); size 1]J in. by 
 41 in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 NyayaUldvati, an exposition of the Vai&e- 
 shika philosophy, by Nydydcdrya Vallabha. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 71, no. xxxi.; Weber's 
 Berlin Catalogue, p. 205, no. 686; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, iii., p. 47, no. 1075 ; Burnell's Tanj. 
 MSS., ii., p. 122. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 iftWT HTT: BTRfR^fffRT^VTflT I 
 ?w hr: UjJ^thsqR^I- 
 ^ajfVH^TPnr u^^rth u <\ u 
 
 ■5^4 Hi<*QiHT^c4) 'jw^Rr: oSHTfvos wnm 
 
 infTrftsfawrffT ^ ^ x th: 'WTsqT tV3tr1W<t: 1 
 ■fci-?Q: *?>ft *niTTf%f»w ti^tct wcnWi 
 
 3BTHt«JIHB^n?H=irR*3lci! ^RTI^cJ^'nnT^II^II 
 
 Pol. ! ):> "' enda the dravyapaddrtha, fol. I 
 gunapaddrthopavarnana ,fol. I 196 harmapaddrtha, 
 fill. 121a sdmdnyapaddrtha, fol. L21i 
 
 !•</(</, fnl. I2"></ xamartiyuj'iulartha, and With 
 it the first, or w/m iriccheda, fol. 128a 
 
 the second, or vaidharmyapwriccheda, fol. L3la 
 the third, or sddharmyapariccheda, fol. 136a tin- 
 fourth, or prahriydparicch 
 Date of copy : ri^Tr^tMS fRnT*T<f> tjtt =)H jnnrrr ii 
 The NyayaUldvati le qui ti I in the Tattva- 
 rintjiwni,' (see Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., p. 554). 
 
 [H. T. COLBBEOOKl . 
 
 207 S. 
 1191a. Foil. 85; size 12| in. by 1-1 in.; 
 seven lines in a page; written on brown paper, 
 
 iu the Bengali character. 
 
 NyayaUldvati, a second copy. 
 
 [H. T. Coli i 
 
 2079, 2080. 
 394a & 1213c. Foil. 32 and 38 (159-196) 
 
 resp.; size of vol. i. 12' in. by 4| in., of vol. ii. 
 lid in. by t !• in.; 11 or 12 lines in a paj 
 
 Lildvatiprahdsa, a commentary on Vallabha'a 
 Lildvati, by Mahdmahopddhydya Va/rdhamdna, 
 son of Oangesvara. Si le Hall's Index, p. 72. 
 no. xxxii.; Weber's Berlin Catalogue, p. 205, 
 nos. 687, 688; Raj. Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 17:'.. 
 no. 1200; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 128. 
 
 The first fragment of this incomplete copy 
 contains the first part of the first chapter, the 
 i i aul fragment the three other chapters and 
 the end of the first (see fol. L60a, 1. 12, tin- 
 beginning of the second, fol. 171/', 1. 18, the 
 beginning of the third chapter). 
 
 The PrahdSa begins : 
 
 ?wi T55Rxrr? f^m^O' f^npTTpO 
 
 c 
 
 fa:f<reiR?>Tl^ifo w^ifa ii
 
 663 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Both fragments were written by the same 
 hand as the Eirandvall in no. 2063 (Samvat 
 1857). [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2081. 
 
 579. Foil. 129 j size 11 in. by 3 in.; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 LUdvatlviveka, a commentary on the Llld- 
 vatlprakdsa, by Pakshadhara, an old complete 
 copy. There is no subdivision throughout 
 the whole commentary. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TS*rfefiT Tnt: *Hf *re «W fVpfic^frT II 1 II 
 
 gf^w: (i) ^ sfi TTOTrcrffir i *rafq T^nfu ^V 
 
 Colophon : ^flT TSffa^Mr^lft g le-SHtr H^PT^: 
 
 ^•to: ii 
 
 [h. t. colebeooke.] 
 
 2082. 
 
 62b. Foil. 145 (45-189); size 10£ in. by 
 4 in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 LUdvatlviveka, a second copy. 
 
 Date : *faff <\tM^ . [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2083. 
 
 62a. Foil. 44; size 10i in. by 4 in.; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 LUdvatitippani, notes on the Llldvatl and 
 the Llldvatlprakdsa, by (Eaghundtha) Siromaiii. 
 The complete title is NydyaUldvatipralcdSa- 
 didhiti. See Hall's Index, p. 72, no. xxxiv.; 
 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 47, no. 1076, and 
 vi., p. 16, no. 1997. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^rt in: nf wwrfa fnm nftfrrew i 
 
 *WJSM»<TfVT*I ^§r»T ^t1TT*T^ II =1 II 
 
 *ri^ ^t$t ^TPnrrtrm mT^rfr^rnn^rEj'rnmKTT^ii 
 ^fir ii ^TTUTT^rTTrt s^vKT!rTt <i i ^H° i i : i f%*rm> f%«- 
 
 Colophon : ^fif fsrctojrf: ^rr crtcSTsrH^wfr 
 «irei ii 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2084. 
 
 1213b. Foil. 40 (119-158); size 11| in. 
 by 4| in.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Llldvatlvritti, a second copy of Siromani's 
 notes. 
 
 Colophon : ^fff »^l*^mHlTwte£6MlSf$rrfa- 
 
 ftrf^rcfwr ^^Pnrtefir: *mm ii 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2085. 
 
 1670a. Foil. 58; size 9i in. by 41 in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page; from the end of the 
 18 th century. 
 
 (LlluvatJsiromanitlkd), a bad copy of a com- 
 mentary on Siromani's notes. 
 
 The name of the author does not appear, 
 as the copy is without any colophon. The 
 margin is signed <j5^° f$r° zi° *t°. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 •H-Otftf^f^t ^OTWff f^ifcH!lt>TTc5 I 
 fTmrWread °nif^{)^tt ^T^fsf^ftt ^*wr: II 
 
 (r. °HT?)iTi^5i^in^T(*-. ° ^ttt) cprrfii tri^f* i m^n- 
 ^rf^Trf^q^T ^r^qfnr^: i ^VTmrirw etc. 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 669 
 
 5. SaptapaddrtM. 
 2086. 
 
 2662a. Foil. 7; size 9\ in. by 3j in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 SaptapadarthJ, an exposition of the seven 
 Vaiieshika categories, by Sivdditya (Sivddi in 
 tliis copy). 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 74, no. xlii.; Oxford 
 Catalogue, p. 353, no. 839; Raj. Mitra's Notices, 
 ii., p. 281, no. 875 (a copy dated Samvat 1485). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Date of the copy : tf^^Mii ^" TST^pTWTm^ 
 
 The writing on the first page does not 
 belong to the Sa/pta/paddrtM, though it forms 
 part of a'discussion on the dravyapaddrtha. 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2087. 
 
 1038d. Foil. 7; size 8| in. by 35 in.; 
 9-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Saptapaddrtte, a second copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2088. 
 
 2100d. Foil. 39 (2-40); size 9 i in. by 4 in.; 
 thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Mitabhashim, a commentary on the Sapta- 
 padarthJ, by Mddhava Sarasvatzmastaha ) <iti, 
 a native of Gorashtra. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 75, no. xliii.; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, viii., p. 15G, no. 2702; Bhan- 
 darkar's Report, Bomb. MSS., 1883-84, p. 
 and p. 312. 
 
 Tho first leaf is lost. The commentary 
 with the f"ll<i\\ a es : 
 
 ifHitf<3rt* sfj^TTFrSi: 
 
 c 
 
 f<HMri *TOfnrfrrJTTr?ftt 
 <Hlf*W =*}('• . m)<+ijTH^Hc53i: II <* II 
 
 ^cKTfa»?t ?nc5H«H--l-^( II * II 
 
 Date of the copy : tf^TlT <\9W ^«f Wre *jf? ^3 
 l^niS ^^R^lf^R (Nadol) ii 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2089. 
 
 2662b. Foil. 39; size 95 in. by 3| in.; 
 11-13 linos in a page. 
 
 Paddrthacandrilcd, a commentary on tin 
 Sapttti'<i'l'<rllil, by Seshdnanta, a pupil of 
 Sdrngadhara. See Hall's Index, p. 75, no. xlv. 
 
 There occurs several times the marginal 
 note *nr° 3j*ft. 
 
 The Paddrthacandrikd begins: 
 «iraff =jf« ri 3J U.3I UT5irr>r r tp5'g?TqtrH I'- 
 ^l^^^c^flVf'TsirfrT^lHl'iH *TTf^JT I 
 
 tofrt: ^"f^ ftcsfai ^fpt (fi^r: utw ^t: in ii 
 ^Trt^nSTt ^nrrarfasfiera: n * n 
 *?>?>*iSTt »i?T»n:^H?rfcT( K: ?) ii 5 11 
 
 * Bhandarkar's copy has jftrr? , Raj. Mitra's 
 copy has wtTXH. Bhandarkar, I.e. p. 6, calls tin- 
 author "a native of the country of Gorashtra in the 
 south, in which is situated Gokarna Mahabalesa. The 
 country referred to is thus a port inn of North Kanara." 
 Hall and Raj. Mitra call the author a native of Su- 
 rashtra. 
 
 t Bhandarkar gives Wlfnrbs , which seems to lx 
 wrong. 
 
 4 S 2
 
 670 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The commentary ends : 
 
 ^fapirr ^nmn 11 
 
 Date of the copy : ?faTT N ^Mfc Hl£q<{HI« '"giwg 
 WH^T^t TnrufiTzff TT^TT*T ^TUT^m TfT^f *W!rK}- 
 
 H^TWilfaSirtlTlIT fefisTHfa^ qtta°KT*rtlfa3 yiriM<5Hm'll 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2090. 
 
 2080a. Foil. 37(1-38); size 8| in. by 4 in.; 
 12-14 lines in a page. 
 
 Paddrthacandrikd, a second copy. 
 
 In this and the following copies the second 
 and third of the introductory verses are con- 
 tracted into one verse. Fol. $M is lost. 
 
 Colophon : ^frT ^ta^trf%?niK J M'lrf^?l*irpiT- 
 ■cfwn wron u [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2091. 
 
 1731a. Foil. 20; size 9 in. by 3i in.; 
 seventeen lines in a page. 
 
 Paddrthacandrikd, a third copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2092. 
 
 1635c. Foil. 42; size 9i in. by 3| in.; 
 
 indifferent Devanagari writing of the 17th 
 century; 11-13 lines in a page. 
 Paddrthacandrikd, a fourth copy. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 6. Paddrthakhandana. 
 
 2093. 
 
 2662c. Foil. 8; size 9i in. by 3$ in.; 
 7 or 8 lines in a page. 
 
 Paddrthakhandana, or Paddrthatattva, a 
 critique of the Vaiseshika categories, by Siro- 
 mani Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 80, no. lxiii.; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, iii., p. 10, no. 1023 ; p. 46, no. 1073. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^r*i tm^rTfsJ fa^"ra <nr f^Tcff ^gn^fufcatH 
 JTRTHTqrnr i 
 
 It ends : 
 WHIN*^ II 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 2094. 
 
 3105. Foil. 12; size 8 in. by 4\ in.; six 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Paddrthakhandana, a second, modern copy. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2095. 
 
 2108b. Foil. 40; size 9 1 in. by 4i in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Paddrthakhandanavydkhyd, a commentary 
 on the Paddrthakhandana, by Raghudeva 
 Nydydlamkdra Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 80, no. lxiv.; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, v., p. 264, no. 1941.
 
 rmLOSoriiY. 
 
 671 
 
 It begins : 
 
 •^^(^•^"^ the second copy)^?fS fr*TR 
 
 •cPTtnr wait f^f^^'-i: imnrw: 11 <\ n 
 
 V^J^lRVtWtTiTTTT #5 TnU'lrfWTJ^ II * II 
 
 q^rla^ qn^ ftifrjrftrr- 
 
 WTT? ° 
 
 Date of the copy : HTJf ^M n 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2096. 
 
 2080b. Foil. 26; size 8| in. by 4 in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page. 
 
 (Paddrthakhandanavydkhya), a second copy, 
 incomplete at the end. [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2097. 
 
 1698c. Foil. 51 (125-175); size 9| in. by 
 4 j in. ; generally fifteen lines in a page ; in- 
 different writing of about a.d. 1650. 
 
 Paddrthatattvdloka, a commentary on the 
 Paddrlhakhnndana, by ViSvandtha Siddhdnta- 
 paucdnana Bhattdcdrya, son of Vidydnivdsa. 
 
 See Raj. Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 272, no. 1265. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f^'rftr^rNrTreiw^r Htrnu? irm fwq*rrf»? n i ii 
 f^^TT^Tt^t ^itNt^ifv^T f?TTT^fTO^rftiwrfq c^rt- 
 
 It ends : 
 
 c C 
 
 fa?*n»rfiniW?nrqTHflWtTnnt *?? «ftHT II ' II 
 jgf^MITftilH ffiq<*H?THI«llf-l«<2lr«HI 
 
 ^tt^ t^Tfq^r HnqwNrnj ^mnr: ii 3 ii 
 
 ^frl ^f«dlMq43m^T^r^TT: TT^mrJ^rrA^r: 
 
 wrtjj: II 
 
 Name of the scribe : qf?HRTn?T^ f^fj^W II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBBOOl 
 
 7. Tarhasamgraha. 
 
 209S. 
 
 1928. Foil. 9; size 1U\ in. by 4 in.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhasamgraha, an elementary i a of 
 
 the VaUeshiha philosophy, by Annam Blui/ln. 
 For editions, see Hall's Index, p. 68, no. xx.; 
 Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 121; Haas' Cat. Brit. 
 Mus., p. 7. 
 
 Date of the copy : STcir Wg -t^ HT*? HTTJn; 
 
 [J. Tati 
 2099. 
 
 2122b. Foil. 11; size 9| in. by 1 1 in.; 
 7 or 8 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhasamgraha, a second copy, with marginal 
 notes in Colebrooke's handwriting. 
 
 [Gaikawak. 
 
 2100, 2101. 
 
 3035 & 3038. Poll. 35 and 45 resp.j sizo 
 1 12 V in. by 4f in.; the number of tho lines 
 varies between fivo and thirteen. 
 
 Tarhasamgraha ; Tarhasamgrahat in- 
 
 nam Bhaffa'a own commentary on the Tarka- 
 aamgraha ; Tarhasamgrahadypikdprakds'a, a
 
 672 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 commentary on the Dvpika, by Nllakantha, son 
 of Rama Bhatta, of the Kaundinya-gotra. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 69, no. xxi. and no. xxii. 
 
 The text of the Tarkasamgraha is in the 
 middle of the page, the commentaries are 
 above and beneath it. The whole is an in- 
 complete copy : the first volume ends with the 
 pratyakshakhanda, and the second begins with 
 the sabdakhanda, leaving out the anwmdna- 
 and the upamdna-section. 
 
 For the Blpikd see Aufrecht's Oxford Cata- 
 logue, p. 243, no. 605; Raj. Mitra's Notices, iv., 
 p. 259, no. 1683. Editions : Allahabad, 1849; 
 Bombay, 1863, 1876, 1883; by Kdslndth Ptin- 
 durang, third ed., Bombay, 1889 (all with an 
 English translation). 
 
 The Prakdsa begins : 
 
 g^ tt£ f5PT wra ^fsFfr-mfiffn^nm t 
 
 The explanation of the Tarkasamgraha ends 
 on fol. 30 of the second volume. Foil. 306-45 
 treats on subjects which were omitted in the 
 Tarkasamgraha. 
 
 This last part of Annam Ehatta's Blpikd 
 begins : ^TW^Tfaf^n^=rf^^:^f^miwHT^c?re:- 
 
 ^*ftlTT <^1T: ° This is the prameya-sutra of the 
 Nydyasdstra. Also other Nydya topics (drish- 
 tdnta, siddhdnta, etc.) are discussed here. The 
 Blpikd ends : 7f OT r<1<} I § $1 iTTRitsj: ^TO^spTfafiT 
 *^T T'Hrft'W II 
 
 The same part of the Blpikdprakdsa begins: 
 
 The Prakdsa ends : 
 
 SirfflHlf^flW ^?^R S^W II °l II 
 
 \fn ^Vftm^q^R^tf^i^5rqTi:tiTtT^T(T)i:T^iT - 
 
 Date of the copy : ^fttf^w °ib93 ^n^ryon * 
 Hti^rai; ii 
 
 A Madras edition (1870) of Nllakantha's 
 Prakdsa is mentioned in Haas' Cat. Brit. Mus., 
 p. 7. A previous edition 1867, and one of 
 1879. [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2102. 
 
 1065. Foil. 21; size 6 in. by 4| in.; 
 15-18 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarkasamgrahad'ipikd, a complete copy of 
 Annam Bhatta' s commentary. The last part 
 begins fol. 19&. 
 
 Date of the copy : $Tcir &$■$ ^Tm^WT nmsrHi- 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2103. 
 
 2799a. Foil. 37; size 9i in. by 8i-3f in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; irregular writing. 
 
 Tarkasamgrahad'ipikd, another complete copy. 
 The second part begins fol. 32 a. 
 
 [Coll. of Foet William.] 
 
 2104. 
 
 3026. Foil. 10; size 13f in. by 5| in.; 
 the number of the lines varies from 12-21. 
 
 Nydyabodhinl, a commentary on the Tarka- 
 samgraha, by Govardhana, with the text of 
 the Tarkasamgraha in the middle of the page, 
 and with marginal notes in Ballantyne's hand- 
 writing. Printed at Madras, 1867, and subse- 
 quently. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 71, no. xxix. 
 
 The Nydyabodhinl begins :
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 678 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyxk.1 
 
 8. Bhashdparicch da. 
 
 2105. 
 
 2663d. Foil. 10; size 8J in. by 4i in.; 
 nine lines in a p;ige. 
 
 Bhdshapariccheda, 166 Icdrihls on the VaiSe- 
 shiha tenets, by (Visvandtha) Pancdnana Bhatta- 
 cdnja. Edited and translated, together with 
 the commentary called Siddhdnta-MuMdvali, 
 by E. Roer, in the Bibl. Ind., Calcutta, 1850; 
 the text of the Bhdshapariccheda alone in 
 Benfey's Chrestomathie, Leipzig, 1853. For 
 other editions see Hall's Index, p. 73, no. xxxviii. 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2106. 
 
 1388c. Foil. 12; size 13 in. by 3| in.; 
 six lines in a page ; written in the Bengali 
 character. 
 
 Bhdshapariccheda, a second copy. In the 
 colophon the author is called Mahdmahopd- 
 ilh ydya - Sriyuta - Visvandtha - Siddhdnta - Pancd- 
 nana-Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2107. 
 
 1562a. Foil. 10; size Hi in. by 5 in.; 
 seven lines in a page ; written in the Bengali 
 character. 
 
 Bhdshapariccheda, a third copy. The first 
 three pages are full of interlinear and marginal 
 notes in Colebrooke's handwriting. 
 
 Date : STT«F S9<w. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2108. 
 
 2610a. Poll. 62 ; size 91 in. by \\ in.; 
 foil. I 3 I and 13-61 ten lines, Eoll. 35 12 
 or eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Siddhdntamuhtdvali, Visvandtha' s own com- 
 mentarj on the Bhdshapariccheda. Edited and 
 translated by E. Roer, in tlio Bibl. Ind., Cal- 
 culi:., L850. See Ball's Index, p. 73, no.xxxix. 
 This copy has many marginal notes in Sanskrit. 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2109. 
 
 1900. Foil. 44; size 111 in. by 6i in. 
 (fol. 13: 9| in. by 4 in.); seventeen lines 
 (fol. 13 nine lines) in a page. 
 
 Siddhdntamuhtdvali, a second copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2110. 
 
 550. Foil. 77; size 17 in. by 11 in.; 
 foil. 2-4 fifteen lines, foil. 5-77 twelve lines 
 in a page ; written in the Bengali charach r. 
 
 SiddhdntamuhtdvaU, a third copy. With 
 many notes in Colebrooke's handwriting. The 
 first leaf contains a list of Nydya treatises with 
 notes on them in English, also in Colebrooke's 
 handwriting. [II. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2111. 
 
 2779. Foil. 62; size 13 in. by 41 in. ; 
 ten lines in a page; written in the Bengali 
 character. 
 
 Siddhdntamuktdvaliraudri, a commentary 
 on the SiddhdntamruTctavali, by Rudra Bha(fd- 
 cdrya. See Hall's Index, p. 74, no. xl. 
 
 It begins :
 
 74 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^lO-.'jn^O^-jnr fHsii-rf^m^ fV^ra(r.f^- 
 
 asTfa mrtfk ° I**® " 
 
 [Coll. op Fort William.] 
 
 2112. 
 
 30b. Foil. 170 (41-210); size 9i in. by 4 in. ; 
 8-12 lines in a page. 
 
 Nydi/risiddhdntamuMdvalipralcdsa, a com- 
 mentary on the SiddhdntamuMdvaU, by Mahd- 
 dt-va {Bhatta Binahara), son of Bdlakrishna 
 Bhatta, of the gotra of Bharadvdja, in four 
 pcmcchedas. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 cS^ftm^Jii TPTTHT fqnt 1 S')«llc4<*U!llfWv 
 HUfT^^TWVT" f%*rfag ^m'TTr^tTlTJrnT * I 
 
 ■Uc!l*jlWHri TRmfiT J??ri»^: XJTTt cffff II «l II 
 
 C\ ^ ^ t 
 
 The first pariccheda comments on si. 1-33 
 
 (ends fol. 43a). The second pariccheda (see the 
 
 next number) is not marked. Fol. 86« ends 
 
 si. 65: ^fk unrBj^i »ptiT3c5'fa=irr3T: vmx:-, the third 
 
 iccheda ends with si. 84 (fol. 131a). 
 
 Last verse of the commentary : 
 
 ^faffe f%?T*miT ft^=irmT w^w u 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 74, no. xli.; Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Cat., p. 239, no. 580 ; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, ii., p. 273, no. 868; iii., p. 31, no. 1057; 
 v., p. 130, no. 1821. 
 
 The further particulars which Hall gives 
 regarding the joint authorship of this com- 
 mentary by father and son, seem to be taken 
 
 * The seventh copy (no. 2118) has ^fiTfjxT3frajrrff 
 as also no. 1057 in l\aj. Mitra's Notices. 
 
 from two verses which occur at the end of the 
 three MSS. catalogued by Aufrecht and Ra- 
 jendralala Mitra, and which appear also in the 
 fifth copy of this collection, see no. 2116 (1739). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2113. 
 
 3102. Foil. 194; size 9| in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 MuktdvaUprakds'a, a second copy, well written, 
 but not quite complete. It ceases in the 
 beginning of the commentary on si. 140. The 
 second pariccheda ends (fol. 83a) with the first 
 pdda of si. 50 (faw^srifyj^Nl^), the other 
 paricchedas are not marked. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2114. 
 
 1817. Foil. 155; size 11| in. by h\ in.; 
 9-16 lines in a page. 
 
 MuJctdvaliprakdsa, a third, incomplete copy, 
 having the full text of Yisvandtha? s Kdrikds 
 and commentary in the middle of the page, 
 and Mahddeva's commentary above and below 
 it. It begins with si. 23, and ends with si. 159. 
 The first pariccheda ends with si. 33 (fol. 7), 
 the second pariccheda ends with the first pdda 
 of si. 50 (fol. 42a), the third pariccheda is not 
 marked. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2115. 
 
 1947. Foil. 109; size 9f in. by 6 in.; 
 foil. 1-30 twenty to twenty-two lines, foil. 31-86 
 sixteen to eighteen lines, foil. 87-109 eighteen 
 to twenty-three lines in a page. 
 
 MuTttavalvprakasa, a fourth copy, not quite 
 complete, in four parts, but all in the same 
 handwriting. 
 
 6) SI. 1-65; Foil. 56 (31-86). Colophon: 
 ^fff H*NcVta«irT^? im^ WnfiwiHi^. The second
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 pariecheda ends (fol. 7Sa) with the first 
 
 of si. 50. The other paricchedas are not 
 
 marked. 
 
 c) SI. 66-77; foil. 12 (87-98). Colophon: 
 
 .7) SI. 78-84 j foil. 11 (99-109). Colophon: 
 ^fiT "jaw^r^^naf! II 
 
 a) 81. 78-157 j foil. 30 (1-30). It cea 
 in tho middle of the commentary on si. 157. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2116. 
 
 1739. Foil. 58; size 9 in. by 3f in.; 
 foil. 1-30 ten to twelve lines, foil. 31-58 thirteen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 MuktdvaUprakdSa, two fragments. 
 
 a) SI. 1-17; foil. 30. The commentary on 
 si. 17 is not quite complete. 
 
 b) S/.85-1 66; foil. 28(31-58). After fol. 34 
 three leaves are wanting, with the commentary 
 on si. 99-104. After fol. 35 one leaf is wanting, 
 with parts of the commentary on si. 106 and 107. 
 This copy contains at the end the two verses 
 mentioned above, in no. 2112: 
 
 o 
 
 •q^TT: THPHPreTt' TfrfVITf h£ sw II 1 II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 * The correct reading is frprnfi^P: , as in no. 580 
 of the Oxford Catalogue, and in no. 86S and no. 1821 
 of Raj. Mitra's Notices. 
 
 t The correct reading seems to be n: T^TsTPT °, -is 
 in no. SG8 of Raj. Mitra's Notices. No. 1821 of U. M . 
 gives s4 ^TTFR °, no. 580 of the Oxf. Cat. im^TR °. 
 
 X In no. 1821 of Raj. Mitra's Notices wrtfip?:. 
 Hence the " NUdkantlta, whose wife was named Sati " 
 (Hall). N'dakantha was also the teacher of Ganijurdma, 
 see no. 2123. 
 
 2117. 
 
 1735. Full. 71; Bize 9 in. by8j in.; nine 
 lines in a paj 
 
 MuktdvaUprakdSa, a fragmenl bi 
 the middle of tho commentary on .U. 83, and 
 ending in tho middle of the commentary on 
 «■ 149. [H. T. C too.] 
 
 2118. 
 
 3057. Foil. S6; size 11 in. by 4| in.; 
 
 I rn lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasiddhdntarrmhtdvalipralcdia, another, 
 incomplete copy. Foil. 67 breaks off in the 
 middle of the commentary on SI. 68, the fol- 
 lowing leaf (fol. 103 in tho original numbering) 
 begins in the middlo of the commentary on 
 si. 135. This copy represents another version 
 of the SiddhdntamuhtdvaliprahaSa ; the second 
 pariecheda ends with Si. 51 (fol. 56/;), and the 
 text is in many places different from that of 
 the other copies. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 9. Nydyasdra. 
 
 2119. 
 
 1687b. Foil. 56; size 9? in. by 3| in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Nydyasdra, a treatise on the VaiSesl 
 Philosophy, by Mddhava Dcva, son of Lahsh- 
 mana Dcva, grandson of Mihllmvu > 
 
 also tho Tarkabhdshdsdramafijarl, hi> commen- 
 tary on the Tarkabhdshd). Lakshmana Deva 
 lived at Dharasurapura, on the banks of 
 (Jodfi, MchlhavaJcru al Benares. See Ball's 
 liiiliw, ]i. 77, no. liv. This copy contains only 
 tho last portion of the whole, the section treating 
 on sabda. ■ 
 
 4 T
 
 G76 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Jfl^TTHftfiT II ill Prl 441 0^ offt «|l Pri Tm ^l^t I 
 
 It ends : 
 
 srfqvim^ *nN *ic! 1Q1: n ^fii vHifHfJrerfac$aHm^T- 
 Jni*T<rtTfa*roTf mvih^ii: vft 
 
 ttsi *mre^ trf<iTiT ^j* yi i r^ i <*Cl< i '*<M v ii ^ i' 
 TT^i fVrftsr^ f^^T§ f^ft Tjrhqurert wf\: irii 
 
 Date of this copy : tf^W ist9 >ftift HT^t TT^t <« . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2120. 
 
 1369k. Foil. 19; size 10 in. by 3| in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 (Nydyasdra), the Anumdn a- section. The 
 inscription on the first page WTTRTTfT'n'TSn ° 
 is "a misnomer " (Colebrooke). The likeness 
 of paper and writing in this manuscript and 
 the preceding one, the like marginal note T ° 
 *4T°, and the likeness of the style (compare the 
 definitions in the beginning), make it evident 
 that this is the copy of the Anumdna- section 
 which belongs to the copy of the iStaMa-section 
 of the Nydyasdra described in the preceding 
 number. 
 
 It begins : ^vjHRT^f fTC^ff ll ^Rfafrf <* 4.41H?- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 10. Tarhamrita. 
 
 2121. 
 
 3091. Foil. 20; size 9f-9I in. by 3i in.; 
 8-10 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhamrita, a short exposition of the Vaise- 
 shiha doctrine, by Jagadisa Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 76, no. xlvi.; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 103, no. 1510. 
 It begins : 
 d^iai frrfiacj i P5 h i f4ft< si «i{l^i: b^th^^t: 
 ^isimhsihui ir^ *w&\ ^jwI: *T»rc*rr ^v: i 
 
 f iq'H frfavrtf irf^mi rr#mf ra u <\ u 
 
 ^r*r ^fw: wra flirwi ttc £h°m: ^far^ Htt^l 
 fVrf^«nfHii^i ffn ii ^^Twr^: n gn^T ~wrm ^*r: 11 
 mt: sjirM^hf ^^mnrfafir ttr-^ 11 ^TfW^fr«n^: 
 
 cp ^WTf II ^ft7T^4" ^(Ttf^ II TT^HNwir S.M SZ'SfflWraft 
 HTfrT II srffcnjN *T?}fir I^PT TJ^irfalTf^^ll KVT ^ II 
 
 ir^n ^ht: *nr ^ nwr^i ^^fq^w ^^h: 11 wrranr: 
 ^r«n ffcfav: 11 Hrrt sht^3 11 hr: *iffv: 11 ■j^to- 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2122. 
 
 3092. Foil. 15 (orig. i-<\t); size 8| in. by 
 4 in.; eight lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhamrita, a second, quite modern copy, 
 incomplete, the first three leaves being lost. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2123. 
 
 3059. Foil. Ill ; size lOf in. by 4i in.; 
 9-17 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhdmritacashaha, a copious commentary 
 on the Tarhamrita, by Gangdrdma Jadin, son
 
 rillLOSOPHY. 
 
 677 
 
 of Ndrdyana, and pupil of Nilakantha. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 70, no. xlviii.; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, iv., p. 55, no. 1451. Qangdrdma used 
 the MuktdvaUprakdSa, the author of which 
 (Mahddeva Bhatta Dimakara) was also a pupil 
 of Nilakantha, see no. 2116. 
 The Cashaka begins: 
 
 ^TiTqTS3«RTfVl?ff$ ^^^TOT ^ft ^R: II °i II 
 
 JnwH'iTrnrm ^wrur mr?nroT(T?ni:(<\Ktf?T ?)i 
 cjrfqffl^ if cR^rf writ ^KTinjf ^ n ^ 11 
 
 nTrrtTmrr >rm tw»t w^r*nt wftrq: n 3 u 
 It ends : 
 
 j e. \ 
 
 W?l-^lri x II 
 jfil ^Jiij UHTH=*J| *Rr*rfWTf^nf W^TTtHMc*: TTW'T II 
 The text of the Tarkamrita occupies the 
 middle of each page. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2124. 
 
 1549d. Foil. 17; size 10i in. by 4f in.; 
 generally fifteen lines in a page. 
 
 Tarkdmritatarai/ghu, a very brief commen- 
 tary on the Tarkamrita, by Mukunda Bhatta 
 Suri Gddtnjiltt, son of the Memdmsaka Ananta 
 Bhatta. See Hall's Index, p. 76, no. xlix.; 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, i., p. 88, no. 16 1. 
 It begins : 
 
 c5^rnre 4 *£ f^ ti ■qnmvftT;' 1 !!^ i 
 ^mvHj jfintamrtn TrrrfHi'nii u <i u 
 3iwr=in*r f^gTyi^Trnt in*nT7rcR i 
 ^Tc5TTnH^m?T^ 7r#rflH7r*f3Trt u ? 11 
 
 raren ^fif ii 
 
 Colophon : ?fH , ntirrjf>T?5t'JHIHof»J<*'«iKplfTf7- 
 
 rfqwr ir*rflKin:f^irHTfn TrirTTT^rnan wuwt n 
 
 [II. T. COLBBBOOKB.] 
 
 212.5. 
 
 3031. Foil. 4; sizo L3| in. by 51 in.; 
 14—16 lines in a page. 
 
 TarMmritatarangini, the beginning of a 
 second copy. The ir\i of tho T<i rk vmrita is 
 written in tho middle of the page. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 11. Paddrthadipikd. 
 
 2126. 
 
 1470. Foil. 78; size 8 in. by 3A in.; seven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Paddrthadipikd, a treatise on the Vaiieshika 
 Categories, by Konda Bhatta, son of Rangoji 
 Bhatta. See Hall's Index, p. 78, no. Iv. 
 
 Marginal notes in Colobrooke's handwriting 
 point out the single topics. 
 
 Tho Paddrthadipikd begins: 
 7iWmfSn*t ^ref TmnRjniTnwcfw i 
 
 ^rrfa^i f^cjM^fffrnfHHWirTir u q n 
 
 m i fr rf ■& Thj5 q-tvT^fafn ^i^rf^H^f f7f¥nrw n in 
 
 It ends : 
 
 3T^*fjiU<*i3iiS)' ^i^ini vr^Tni^n i 
 r^TfiT»rf^^ esnR^pr f>if*nrT 11 s n 
 
 [U. T. CoI.KBROOKE.] 
 
 2127. 
 
 1687a. Foil. 34 (l-8o); size 91 in. by 
 31 in.; generally nino lines in 8 | 
 
 1 T 2
 
 G78 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Paddrthadlpikd, a second copy, dated ^Tff 
 °iS^, with occasional notes in Colebrooke's 
 handwriting. In this copy the author's name 
 is spelt Kunda Bhatta. 
 
 Foil. <w-?o are lost OjftirrfW ^Tfin ^). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 12. Tarkakdrikd. 
 
 2128. 
 
 3045. Foil. 15; size Hi in. by 5f in.; 
 12-15 lines in a page ; regular writing, of the 
 18th century. 
 
 Tarkakdrikd, an exposition of the Vaiseshika 
 doctrine in 52 couplets, and its vydkhyd, called 
 Tarkamaujarl, both by Jlvardja Dlkshita, son 
 of Vrajardja. See Hall, p. 77, nos. Hi. and Hii. 
 The text of the kdrikds in the middle of every 
 page, the commentary above and beneath it. 
 
 The kdrikds begin : 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 5*. ^Tf<5T<on"t ^farTtrt f^^fijhrt ii s ii 
 
 etc. 
 
 The end of the kdrikds is : 
 
 flmirww qrfiQi: WHiminRTffHif 11 m^ ii 
 
 d*HM^Ir+MH *TRrf-?4l^r<HI I 
 
 The commentary ends : 
 h ^ pfar: ^ ^ •i=*J!qm^3)f l J<*'iuii *»a Tj^r£Nif<jHi- 
 [Dr. J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 13. Kusumdfijali. 
 
 fafHTrr whm^r iT^TTW^Tfw: II 1 II 
 
 2129. 
 
 232c. Foil. 54 (173-226); size 12^ in. by 
 3 2 in.; eight lines in a page. 
 
 Kusumdnjalikdrikdvydkhyd, the text of Uda- 
 yana'sKusumanjalihxrikds and Ndrdyana Tirtha 
 Tati's commentary on them. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 84, no. lxxxii. The text of the Kdrikds 
 with Hariddsa's commentary was first printed 
 at Calcutta, Saka 1769. The second Calcutta 
 edition of the same commentary, with a trans- 
 lation and notes, was published (1864) by E. 
 B. Cowell, assisted by P audita Mahesa Chandra 
 Nydyaratna.* The prose parts of Udayana's 
 work are fully seen in the Nydya-Kusumdrljali- 
 Prakaranam published in the Bibliotheca In- 
 dica, vol. i., 1890. 
 
 Ndrdyana's commentary begins : 
 
 ^n^rn^iT *r?rt irfa ^Hf^uwi^ii: 11 
 
 irrftf^niT^rPT fafqjr'TftJwrjni ^n Hjfcj f$p*r- 
 f^r^ Txzaift f*FTH\ HWTM^rH-JriM inmpnf»nm- 
 «=)'4iy-4'iiHMi? 1 wrepwrc ^fw 1 
 
 The first stavaka ends fol. 188a, the second 
 fol. 1916, the third fol. 209a, the fourth fol. 215a. 
 
 * Cowell mentions also a Bengal reprint of the 
 first Calcutta edition, which he says appeared in the 
 Samvat year 1916.
 
 PIIILOSOl'IIY. 
 
 679 
 
 Colophon : ^ffl- ^frPTCHf :&qfcaT^oirr^mnill7rl- 
 ^TTT:nTT!JnH^'iTT ^^l^f^otilft-SfiTaTT^TT VKCffl It 
 
 [II. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2130. 
 
 1673. Foil. Ill; size 9 J- in. by 3| in.; 
 13-15 lines in a page ; written in the Bengali 
 character. 
 
 NydyaJcusumdnjalivivelca, a commentary on 
 the KusumanjaUkiirikds, by Gundnanda Vidyd- 
 vdgiia Illicit tdcdry a. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 84, no. lxxxiii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fHwrfsc^mn'T t^ f%0a ?)^mm it 
 
 JU!)M«<H f^TTT fwi«i HfrfMifsfcckM | 
 fVfVaFff JTHt^T ^HHI^n^rrft'SBT: II 
 
 nTftfarifTjrrq . . . s^fef vr^ fcrarfsiErni ^n- 
 jaj i h ^1 rf ill I H^T^Ttt t^^h^^i ^ firw^ jnftsm- 
 
 The first stavaka ends fol. 34?), the second 
 fol. 55&, the third fol. 756, the fourth fol. 826. 
 
 The last colophon is: iti Srl-Gundnanda- 
 VidydvdgUa -Bhattdedryaviraeitah Nydyalcusu - 
 mdnjalivivekah samdptak. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2131. 
 
 213b. Foil. 78 (50-127); size 10| in. by 
 4 in. ; twelve lines in a page. 
 
 KusumdnjalipraJedSamalcaranda, a commen- 
 tary on Vardliamdna's commentary on the 
 Kusumdrtjali, by Bucidatta, of Sodarapura, son 
 of Devadatta. See Hall's Index, p. 83, no.lxxvii. 
 
 Vardhamdna's work with extracts from 
 Rucidattas commentary is printed in the 
 Nydya-KuMimdi/jali-Pralcaranam of the Biblio- 
 theca Indica, vol. i., 1890. 
 
 The MakuroA -ins: 
 
 ^rjq H^cSHHSftstVT^ II S n 
 
 HT=»fa*itKTiTTsrtimrqnTt f^pfnrni ii = n 
 
 The first stavaka ends fob 87a, the 
 
 fol. 996, tho third fol. I I l/<, the fourth fol. 1176. 
 
 The colophon of the fourth stavaka is: TTif 
 
 'Ml«l<<u<««;T^*^IHsriMIHtriJ'i'-<' J . ^ iH «<'■«") H*! I HfflQT - 
 
 TfflTJT. II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 14. dhdsahha idana. 
 
 2132. 
 
 1369e. Foil. 4; size 9 1 in. by 3 : 1 in.; 
 
 ten lines in a p;ige. 
 
 Akd&akhandana, a critical treatise on the 
 nature of dkdia. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 %H i cM3i ?rm 'HTfrriT^ ^ irnmn^rrff i wn ^r^fi 
 j^ufzni) n*ramT «n^rr^TiwHH i h i?N yfaarri?mv- 
 HTffffc^T'^'njTftTfjrPrfiT ^?^ ngwiJ}rg*rrfq^: i Cp. 
 the VaMesh. DarL, Bibl. Ind., p. I 1 '2. 
 
 Date of the copy: ?hrff Sto^. 
 
 [II. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2133. 
 2126c. Foil. 3; size 9\ in. by 4S in.; 
 
 eleven lines in a page ; written early this 
 century. 
 
 Jkdsalchandana, a second copy. The second 
 page of the last leaf contains a fragment of 
 some other similar treatise. 
 
 Date: fijjftjif fafff = *T? ^ i 3> ^TT qo<*o(x<V!) 
 ^T«n wta H [Gaikawar.]
 
 G80 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 E. Karmamimamsa. 
 1. Sutra and Bhdshya. 
 
 2134. 
 
 1523. Foil. 33; size 10i in. by 4i in.; 
 12-15 lines in a page. 
 
 Karmamlnuhnsdsdstra, the text of Jaimini's 
 ilimdmsdsutras , also called Jaiminlyasutra- 
 pd/ha, in twelve adhydyas. 
 
 The third, sixth and tenth adhydyas have 
 eight pddas each, all the other adhydyas have 
 four pddas each. After fol. 25 two leaves are 
 wanting: ; fol- 25 ends with the fifth sutra of 
 the fourth pdda of the tenth adhydya, and 
 fol. 26 begins in the middle of the sixth pdda 
 of the same adhydya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 169, no. 1 ; Weber's 
 Catalogue (1853), p. 175, no. 600. 
 
 The Mlmdmsdsutras have been printed to- 
 gether with Sahara Svdmin's commentary in 
 the Bibliotheca Indica. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2135. 
 
 1. Foil. 41 ; size 14i in. by 7 A in.; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Mbmdmsdjaiminisutra, a second copy. 
 Date : *falT s Sfco^ . 
 
 2136-2138. 
 
 2, 3, 4. Hlmdmsdbhdshya, the text of the 
 sutras with Sahara Svdmin's commentary. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 169, no. 2 ; Aufrecht's Cat. 
 Cat., p. 456. Edited in the Bibl. Indica, by 
 Mahesacandra Nydyaratna, 1863-87 (not yet 
 finished). The single parts of this copy are 
 of different age. 
 
 2. Foil. 259. Adhydya I.-III. 
 a) Foil. 22 ; size 14£ in. by 6j in. ; nine 
 lines in a page : modern handwriting. 
 Adhy. I., pad. 1. 
 
 b) Foil. 10 ; size 9i in. by 3| in.; twelve 
 lines in a page ; very old handwriting. 
 
 Adhy. I., pad. 2. 
 
 c) Foil. 11 ; size 14? in. by 65 in.; nine 
 lines in a page ; modern handwriting. 
 
 Adhy. I., pad. 3. 
 
 d) Foil. 11 ; size lOf in. by 4^ in.; eleven 
 lines in a page ; old handwriting, different 
 from h). 
 
 Adhy. I., pad. 4. 
 
 e) Foil. 53; size 14? in. by 65 in.; nine 
 lines in a page ; modern handwriting. 
 
 Adhy. II., complete. 
 
 /) Foil. 24; size 10i in. by 4 in.; eight 
 lines in a page ; foil. 1-3 in a more recent, 
 foil. 4-21 in a third old handwriting. 
 Adhy. III., pad. 1. 
 
 g) Foil. 55; size 9| in. by 4 in.; nine 
 lines in a page ; a second very old handwriting. 
 Adhy. III., pad. 2, 3, and nearly the 
 whole fourth pdda. 
 
 h) Foil. 73; size 9| in. by 4i in.; seven 
 lines in a page ; modern handwriting. 
 
 Adhy. III., the rest of the fourth pdda, 
 and pad. 5-8. 
 
 3. Foil. 253. Adhydya IV.-IX. 
 
 a) Foil. 89; size 14j in. by 6j in.; nine 
 lines in a page ; modern handwriting. 
 
 Adhy. IV. and V., complete; adhy. VI., 
 pad. 1, 2, and nearly the whole third pdda. 
 
 h) Foil. 24; size Hi in. by 5 in.; 1G-22 
 lines in a page ; old handwriting. 
 
 Adhy. VI., the rest of the third pdda 
 
 and pad. 4-8. 
 
 c) Foil. 31; size 10i in. by 4j in.; nine 
 lines in a page ; old handwriting. 
 Adhy. VIL, complete.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 •;si 
 
 d) Foil. 109; sizo 14j in. by 6| in.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Adhy. VIII. and IX., complete. Date : 
 ?hnr <^<> . 
 
 4. Foil. 233 ; size 13| in. by 5j in. ; 9 or 10 
 lines in a page ; modem handwriting. 
 Adhy ay a X.— XII. 
 a) Foil. 136. 
 
 Adhy. X. Date : ?hm Wod tftfft ■Mg.ri ' g li 
 
 6) Foil. 58. 
 4<%. XL 
 c) Foil. 39. 
 4^2/. XII. Colophon: fijyffctf HH I 'JTH I cr L 
 
 2139, 2140. 
 
 1808, 1809. Foil. 408 and 429 resp.; 
 size 12 in. by 4 in.; European paper; excel- 
 lent Devanagari writing of 1829 a.d.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Mimdmsd-bhdshya, by Bha/ta Sabarasvdmin. 
 
 The leaves of different sections are numbered 
 
 separately. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2141. 
 
 1019. Foil. 164, of different size, and 
 written by different hands. 
 
 Parts of a third copy of the Mimdmsd- 
 bhdshya. 
 
 a) Fol. 1 ; size 1 1 in. by 4 in. ; nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 This leaf does not belong to Sahara Svdrnrim's 
 commentary. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 tt^ ^rifq fwta* "art wtpit^ ^r?n it Trff >j n ^fir- 
 
 crajTfroiynSf ArWWUl^Ttf^Adhy. V., pad. 1, su. I) ll 
 
 HTfrlWR^Tnr HTptfiT I It srems to boloi; 
 a commentary on Pdrthasdrathi'a adstra 
 the first word of the fifth adhydya being there 
 TRf^^TTO, sec no. 2169 (8047). 
 
 6) Poll. 8; size 10J in. by 41 in.; 10-12 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The fourth pdda of the first adhydya of 
 Sahara's Mimdmtdbh Ishya. The firsi two leaves 
 aro wanting. The first words sffxrjr. W*: ~^° 
 belong to the commentary on su. ■'>. 
 
 Colophon : ^JT^I^DI'^^^lffR: cfrHT H^«rt7n»TTWT 
 
 v 
 
 ■^mv^'^T^r: *nnw: *totti: jtjjut swro: » 
 
 c) Foil. 12; size 10 in. by 4£ in.; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda of the second 
 
 d) Foil. 23; size 11| in. by 4} in.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The third pdda (foil. 15) and tho fourth pdda 
 (foil. 8) of the second adhydya. 
 
 Colophon of the third pdda : H^HoRiriirfo'rr 
 HXTTf^if JFftfVrf ^ ^^T^TT^ II WTX SitS 'OTTTS^lsr- 
 
 iHwji ^itfvTf it ^rhra smtupift '?m: 
 
 Colophon of tho fourth pdda : ?TT?fOT7 KTrfTTt 
 
 Trfffvrf ^ ii w^r* qit9 m^rrfr xH*at n ^"hjioKT;- 
 «p*ft ?W ll See no. 2144 (870). 
 
 e) Foil. 68; size 111 in. by 4 in.; 12 or 13 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tho eight pddas or caranas of the third 
 adhydya. The first eight leaves are lost ; fol. q 
 begins ^cRrgr^rt^KT ^fTO^TTiT (iii. 1,13). Also 
 foil. 83 and gg are lost ; fol. to'' ends wq 
 
 xmnrDTf jpnumn . . . (iii. 4, 11), fol. m, t be- 
 gins . . . *TT<rRmmr*re sfa (iii. 4, 15). 
 
 Colophon : vfinf-g-gnr^Tzft ^T^H'jTHprtT- 
 ^TrmiT>TpT fcrftnf w=r h 
 
 /) Foil. 52; size 11 in. l>v 1', in.; generally 
 twelve lines in a page ; negligently written.
 
 682 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The seventh adhydya and the ninth adhydya, 
 both incomplete. There is a gap between 
 fol. ?M and fol. ^^ ; the former ends f^R^^f 
 ■fafSTCWTrcwTTT^T . . . (vii. 4, 20), the latter 
 begins . . . fV*TT 1ft ff^f5fm\fw (ix. 2, 25). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2142. 
 
 3072. Parts of a fourth copy of Sahara 
 Svdmin's Mlmdmsdbhdshya. 
 
 a) Foil. 18 ; size 9i in. by 4\ in.; 12 or 13 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda of the first adhydya. 
 
 Date : ^t^H^WrtK =RTffr5F ^tn^ nfiref^ 
 SR^^TTCIT f^^ITSRinS^T f^fkiTfiT? II 
 
 6) Foil. 13; size lOi in. by 3 in.; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The second pdda of the first adhydya. 
 
 c) Foil. 19; size 10 in. by 4? in.; twelve 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The fourth pdda of the first adhydya and 
 nearly the whole first pdda of the second 
 adhydya. The last words are : cffigTBTTRflTl 
 
 ^f^i^^mTJft tt ffrrfTr f? sraft 
 
 d) Foil. 37 ; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 10 or 11 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The first two leaves contain the beginning 
 of the first pdda of the eighth adhydya, fol. 2b 
 ending with the text of the eighth sutra : 
 
 The next seventeen leaves contain an in- 
 complete copy of the first pdda of the third 
 adhydya. Fol. 3a begins : JMUtitdiKj* ^T^ft: ^I^r# 
 qvT \Ttf (iii- 1, 6). 
 
 Fol. 5, with the beginning of the commen- 
 tary on su. 12, is wanting. 
 
 The last eighteen leaves (foil. 21-38) con- 
 tain a nearly complete copy of the second pdda 
 
 of the third adhydya, fol. 38& ceasing in the 
 middle of the commentary on the last sutra. 
 The last words are : ^ TXtq sftj v&\ i ^Tr^T 
 
 *reft mj . . . 
 
 e) Foil. 26; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 10 or 11 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The four pddas of the eighth adhydya. 
 
 f) Foil. 5; size 10i in. by 4i in.; 14-16 
 lines in a page. 
 
 A fragment of some other commentary on 
 the Mlmdmsdsutras, treating of su. 1-5 of the 
 fourth pdda of the first adhydya. 
 
 It begins -. ... Urrtih i ^nznrOTrwwrTre i 
 
 It ends : ^wf^WJ f? TP5TT I 3*nft fTTOT^i 
 i^RHHtjIi^MHT . . . Before the last leaf one leaf 
 is wanting. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2143. 
 
 868a. Foil. 11 (*-<*); size 10A in. by 4| in.; 
 ten lines in a page ; large old writing, the 
 same as in nos. 2161, 2162 (1030, 2195). 
 
 (Sdbarabhdshya), a fragment from the first 
 adhydya, containing su. 2-34 of the third pdda. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2144. 
 
 15211i. Foil. 7; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 11 
 or 12 lines in a page. 
 
 The fourth pdda of the second adhydya of 
 Sabara Svdmin's Mlmdmsdbhdshya. 
 
 2145. 
 
 870. Foil. 104; size lit in. by 3f in.; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 The eight pddas of the third adhydya of 
 Sabara Svdmin's Mlmdmsdbhdshya.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 Colophon of the first pdda : »rNt*ro?r?fT?fn'TT 
 
 Colopliou of the second padii : »ifatHoir ° 
 crr^ II icz\ <^bb %3Tn<nrf^ xN*qt ii ^ ° 
 
 Colophon of the third pdda : *nn^ <^bb fT3W- 
 ?Hfi*TT ^frtHcB^T?ft7TTT ° '5BT^ ^KTff cR <*U.I||«M< 1 | 
 
 Colophon of the eighth pdda : ^Tcnr <^b$ WJ 
 
 i«rn^-if^ thwrt ii ^TrFftHjnrt gw^fn^ i f$fm 
 vftfrnwryiim 11 *faw <^bo. »rl»rtw3RT?fn>TT ^?m- 
 zrfi 5Rtnf<rimfrf3^rcK i srVfaw ^ ^to^crt^ ctrrf^cR- 
 
 This copy was at one time the continuation 
 of no. 2141d (1019.7). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2146. 
 
 869. Foil. 83; size llf in. by 4 in.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The eight pddas of the sixth adhydya of 
 Acdrya Sahara Svdmin's Mimdmsdbhdshya. 
 
 Date : *faTT is=im ^fhrrf^ * <w . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2147. 
 
 1457a. Foil. 94; size 9f in. by 4| in.; 
 9 or 10 lines in a page. 
 
 The eight pddas of the sixth adhydya of 
 Bhatta Sahara Svdmin's M/mdiysi'/blidshya. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2148. 
 
 1456. Foil. 164; size 10i in. by 4 in.; 
 generally twelve lines in a page. 
 
 The eight pddas of the tenth adhydya of 
 Sahara Svdmin's Mimdmsdbhdshya. 
 
 Tlir scribe has added : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2. Vtirttika, by Kwmarila Bhatta. 
 
 2149-2160. 
 
 1449, 1450, 1451, 1452, 1453, & 1349 
 
 contain an incomplete copy of Bhatta Kim, 
 Svdmin's commentaries on the Sdbarabhdshya 
 and the Wimdmsdsutra. It ends with the fourth 
 pdda of the tenth adhydya. 
 
 2149. 
 
 1449b. Foil. 139; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 foil. 1-102 ten lines, foil. 103-140 eight to ten 
 lines in a page; written by different hands. 
 
 Mimdmsdsloka vdrttiha, Bhatta Ku n 
 Svdmin's versified commentary on the first 
 pdda of the first adhydya of the Sdbarabhdshya. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 171, no. vii.j Aufrecht's 
 Oxf. Cat., p. 219, no. 520; Raj. Mitra's Notices, 
 vol. vii., p. 73, no. 2296. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^qtTirfjrfafairrij «w wmifvrfcrr n s n 
 ^rfa^a n^n?T fsr^vfaif « nl i <^ i 
 
 TTW«T^T!T cRUtJ? *f ^HtWTOT^iTrf^'SfW II ? II 
 
 nfgs\^\ s'wyzi 7 * f^s^ft%: n«Tfrfa: i 
 jnfr: TurnrrPRrfVt ^y^T^ si^xni: n 3 11 
 
 ^tq'l ?jfagnpft sfa Tffa^T^t TlcRTSTlT II £ II 
 
 tjtUTT v. Tjtwt sfq ■$ ^tj n^ff 3l*m 11 M II 
 
 4 D
 
 684 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 STW^T 1W: qrfwt^fJTCfTJ TlfTT II S, II 
 
 i ff wnw^rr *raFT N ^fi^w^inftsra II .s II 
 
 TI'qTcR'sifgi^TTaJT ^faTTtTTOTlwf I 
 TP^fWt^I^TTTftl T!f?\lT^^T ^itaw II b II 
 
 »fNt « i $H wfrf ^fHff^^Jfft^^wa 1 i 
 innT%^ixm "3R%»ni ^: W$\ *1T II SO II 
 
 It ends : 
 ^*ft ^»ft H^xHtTHjfH? ^*ft ■^T'Tt f%^^tf¥? I •*$! 
 
 iw\ fvrf^K^iTQ5f«? H»fr vfjft f^Hc^fH? ii ° 
 
 The end of the following topics is marked : 
 fol. 6a iti prathamam sutram samdptam, fol. 29a 
 vrittikdragranthah, fol. 366 nirdlambanavi'idah , 
 fol. 47a. sunyavddah, fol. 546 anumdnavddah , 
 fol. 586 sabdavddah, fol. 61a upamdnam, fol. 64a 
 artlulpattih, fol. 666 abhdvavddah, fol. 67a 
 oitrakshepavadah, fol. 69a sambandhdkshepa- 
 vddah, fol. 74a sphotanavddah , fol. 77a dkriti- 
 vddah, fol. 84a apohavddah, fol. 88a vanavddah, 
 fol. 101a dtmavddah, fol. 124a sahdavddah. — 
 The whole treatise has about 3500 verses (the 
 first 1000 is marked fol. 406, the next 500 
 fol. 60a). 
 
 The 50th leaf is wanting. 
 
 The Slokavdrttika has been printed in voll. 
 iii. and iv.. New Series, of The Pandit. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2150. 
 
 1449c. Foil. 37; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 12-15 lines in a page. 
 
 Mimdmsdtantravdrttika, by Bhafta Kumdrila 
 Svdmin, the prose-continuation of the Ml- 
 mdmsdslokavdrttika. This part contains the 
 commentary on the second pdda of the first 
 adhydya of the Sdbarahhdshya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^T^TTHS fi*VT§rZK (Su. I. 2, 1) I 
 
 The third leaf belongs to the fourth pdda, 
 the missing third leaf of this pdda being bound 
 up with the fourth pdda, in no. 2152 (14506). 
 The text of the sutras is marked with red 
 colour. The handwriting is the same as in 
 no. 2151. 
 
 The Tantravdrttika is being published in the 
 Benares Sanskrit Series, by Pandit Gangddhara 
 Sdstri Mdnavalll ; the first part having appeared 
 in 1882. [H. T. Colebkooke.] 
 
 2151. 
 
 1450a. Foil. 126; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 9 or 10 lines in a page. 
 
 Mimdmsdvdrttika, Bhafta Kumdrila Svdmin' s 
 commentary. The third pdda of the first 
 adhydya. 
 
 It begins : 
 cn^jp?rcw«fret ^w vwf uajtrtftn: *nfvw: ^tt¥ 
 
 i^fVre^J^J ^T^TT^ f^tTT II For the beginning 
 of this and the following pddas, to the end of 
 the third adhydya, see also Burnell's Tanj. 
 MSS., p. 81.
 
 PHILOSOPITY. 
 
 685 
 
 Name of the scribe and date of tin- copy : 
 
 sqfspT 3 in qrnjfl TTsnn^fl' q?f3rjT: i 
 
 KqTJfiPgin nTCT^ f&fwii ~*ri II 
 *q"ftiqq <tf^8 WTO qTqqfgf <\i *fT*q ii . . ipiw 
 ?r: ii qqq^T ii ?<ioo ii 
 
 This pdda has the special name Smriticarana- 
 vdrttika* and is divided in the commentaries 
 into two parts, purvdrdha and uttardrdha, the 
 latter of which comprises sutras 24-35. For 
 a second copy of this uttardrdha, called Smriti- 
 earanavdrtUka, see no. 21G1 (2355), cp. also 
 nos. 2162, 2163. 
 
 2152. 
 
 1450b. Foil. 30; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page. 
 
 Mhndmsdvdrttika. The fourth pdda of the 
 first adhydya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■??r *mmnfc»m « t? wfiranVraq q<^ ttrto 
 fai sum qTqqrqarr^qTqrqq^ wnprftwrpiN irtw- 
 tP'Zfm Hm *nn«q •nqvqfqfrTqr: wrq: fq«qq i 
 
 It ends : 
 
 \fn qrirq?qTq q*tfqurqqTt: 
 
 wfqqftiqqTrt q^ngftqqsq i 
 
 The third leaf belonging to this chapter is 
 bound up with the second chapter in no. 2150 
 (1449c). 
 
 2153. 
 
 1451a. Foil. 62; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Mlmdmsdvarttika. The first pdda of the 
 second adhydya. 
 
 * The titles TarJcapaddbhdshya, Arthavodacarana- 
 bhdshya, Ndmaearanabhaehya in Aufrecht's Cat. Cat. 
 have a similar meaning; they are names of the 
 Bhdshya on the first, second and fourth pada of the 
 first adhydya of the Mimamsasutra resp. 
 
 1 1 begins : 
 
 HTqrqT: qfsrjrem 1 wr*i 7rNtfKi"i?qFq qrrmn 
 
 Trqq tfqq siirrq qqw^OTri qqf«ngq?R (•-•' .3TTqOT[<q)l 
 
 q^Tjqw i qnT: i 
 
 qq f? n^ surra srqq;TTW fqrqq i 
 
 c 
 
 c5«J»!J«T BTTOT^: ^^qqqqfiqTTq II 
 qqiqcSSntq/ajq I qq 7T^ *qfqftqi»q?qTq('r) Jqirq 
 
 *trpnq;Tt f-f^'uif) i q %q jrcT*rn>5rer*rg5JW ^q- 
 qTqT^n~q qrqqq rnqqifq i qwsqqfq vwi qTqfqfqqFq- 
 
 ^ftq^IW q ei*Mrt-inT ■'IIWIilH I q ^ 7T5ft sfq isng- 
 
 3*qqqTqwrft ^jfairf: i isfsR^Trfv^rTTT qjq ^qinr- 
 
 r*l\ I q<?fq ^fWcfiTTTrr qqPt cTOTT qqfjfrr q 7T?W»T- 
 
 qrqfqq>qtf?§ u^w i wqnqTqrqTqq*i?Trrq i w$ ^ 
 qq^^Tq^qfqfltq; rrrq qqiftrr Ttftqrq i ^fq ^ i 
 
 qfqqrnTrr q> sups: qi - : UfOwyqq;: i 
 
 ^tqtfsqqqT q"r sfq qq ^KJIO'M^: ii 
 
 ^qnrfqsTfq f? qTfq ^qrteqiqq>qqfq q q^m- 
 urrqfqqqFnttqri^TTqtfqc I qwqSTFqqq svtnq qq H7T- 
 ^h^ftgr^q qqq^ I qq I 
 
 JWUij<3KH!T HiqWT?qT^WiriT7jq»T I 
 
 fq^qif^H^qftnaTrfH: qiqniqqq 'q fwqr n 
 
 Wq«H f? qqq: qT5?^^Ic5aj<imqqfrqn:: I qq 
 
 v^q ^fa*i<$BH!M*j3w i ^jn sqqrf<rt iq^j au'isrem- 
 fqqRf i qiTO5i^: qqfaff ?wq *q*rqn v^fqqq eq 
 
 ^JT^qq*. I 
 
 2154. 
 
 1451b. Foil. 82; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Tantravdrttika. The second pdda of the 
 second adhydya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^ | «^H T qjftWij: <*rfH<r*fiqTW I 
 
 ■jqTirrffqnqi-Rqwq;T?T qq svqr i 
 
 gi^lvT T lfqfiTHTt ^mUiqT STHV^qjf II 
 
 qq 5T^rpqt mqf3«T?iqr!T qq*iH?TT>qq u 
 
 The handwriting is the same as in no. 2153 
 
 (1 r,u). 
 
 4 u 2
 
 686 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2155. 
 
 1451c. Foil. 46; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Mlmdmsdvdrttika. The third pdda of the 
 second adhyaya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■3 -J \3 \ ft ^ 
 
 The 25th and the 26th leaf are in the same 
 handwriting as no. 2151 (1450a) ; they fill 
 up an omission in this copy, which, therefore, 
 must have been written some time before 
 Samvat 1664. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2156. 
 
 1453b. Foil. 19; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Tantrat'tM. The fourth pdda of the second 
 adhyaya, in the same handwriting as no. 2155 
 
 (145 Id 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2157. 
 
 1449a. Foil. 36; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 foil. 1-14 eight lines, foil. 15-19 ten lines, 
 foil. 20-36 nine lines in a page. 
 
 (Mimdmsdtantravdrttika) , the first twelve 
 sutras of the first pdda of the third adhyaya; 
 the text of the twelfth sutra is on fol. 2%. 
 
 The copy begins : 
 
 c 
 
 g^ft tott** ^mf^ ^T^frsf^ »rbtf ftirrai TTwf sN- 
 
 2158. 
 
 1452. Foil. 181; size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 The third adhyaya of Bhatta Kumdrila 
 Svdmin's Vdrttika, in four separate parts, but 
 throughout in the same handwriting. 
 
 a) Foil. 25. Mlmdmsdvdrttika. The latter 
 half of the first pdda of the third adhyaya, the 
 continuation to no. 2157 (1449a), in the same 
 handwriting but with a new pagination. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 s* , HT3frT:firr«R5r?»rR^[fiT i 
 
 The fifth leaf is wanting. 
 
 b) Foil. 27. Mlmdmsdbhdshyavdrttika. The 
 second pdda of the third adhyaya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^runi *w *^t Wt^ ^ crqfaw Ticmin^rtfTT i 
 
 c) Foil. 57. Tantravdrttika. The third 
 carana of the third adhyaya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 WWTir. rim wjw i 
 
 The writing on the second page of the last 
 leaf does not belong to the Tantravdrttika. 
 
 d) Foil. 72. Tantratikd. The fourth pdda 
 of the third adhyaya. 
 
 In the colophon Kumdrila is called Bhatta- 
 pdda Misra.
 
 philosophy. 
 
 687 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fVpfliT HHHTKilTfar'r^ VW1 H^f=tT I 
 
 The writing on the first page of the first 
 leaf seems to contain a quotation from the 
 Siromani. Also the last page is covered with 
 
 writing, where the t>ir<uii<iiii again and the 
 Phakhika are quoted. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2159. 
 
 1453a. Foil. 91 j size 10 in. by 4 in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Mvmdmsdvdrttiha. The fifth, sixth, seventh 
 and eighth pdda of the third adhyaya, in the 
 same handwriting as no. 2158 (1452). 
 
 At the end of the sixth pdda the work of 
 Bhatta Rumania Svdmin is called VarttUcaljlid. 
 
 The fifth pdda begins : 
 
 *mq^rn»: famw i imn mr^f isj wrcTfti i inn ^ 
 
 The sixth pdda begins (fol. 20a) : 
 7nwtrq»nT=frti!iriT n ^TTfta^rcwmrbn^t Tr^fK%- 
 
 u^ftTff Wrphc^rt ^ftH^i: i 
 
 The seventh pdda begins (fol. 51a): 
 
 The eighth pdda begins (fol. G9a): 
 ^rrfac*§qfirsS''J: =*RirreT<r§(^rH ii ^twcttptf^ttt- 
 
 g^: cRiNl m ^nf«rJrftT I [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2160. 
 
 1349. Foil. 104; size Hi in. by 5 in.; 
 foil. 1-69 twelve lines, foil. 70-104 eleven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 \l hi ',//.-•. Ivdrttiha. An incomplete enp\ of the 
 lasl pari of Bha((a Kumdrila Svdmin' a com- 
 mentary, comprising the six odhydyaa from the 
 fourth to the ninth, and the first half of the 
 tenth. This last part of Ihe .1/ '/ nuimsd r.irttihi 
 has a special name; Kail, in the Index, p. 170, 
 no. iii., calls it "Tub-dushi, Tup-Hlcd." He 
 the 77tgt in the colophons of the last part 
 of this copy seems to be a corruption of iv.ml , 
 though the colophons in the first seventy 
 leaves have <i<put (fol. 51a), <jUjml (fol. 246) 
 and £CRTut (foil. 28a, 36a, 89a, 13a, 186). 
 
 See Raj. Mitra's Notices, vol. iv., p. I •". I . 
 no. 1577. 
 
 The fourth adhyaya ends fol. 16a (the first 
 pdda fol. 76, the second fol. 10/-, tho third 
 fol. II,-). 
 
 It begins : 
 ^r: '5^: ofr: ^^r§ \fn fr^irps^iiT triumvir 
 
 The fifth adhyaya ends fol. 28a (tho first 
 pdda fol. 226, the second fol. 246, the third 
 fol. 27a). 
 
 it begins : 
 
 ^fri^ai^iHRqdi driwwnT i Tnfnr orrn *Tr^ <* rf «i rt 
 
 The sixth adhyaya ends fol. 53a (the firs< 
 pdda fol. 36a, the second fol. 39a, the third 
 fol. 436, the fourth fol. 486, the fifth fol. 51a, 
 the sixth fol. 516, the seventh fol. 52a). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 k f^^TT'RqTfsr: Tf? ^tf cRTHTi^r: tfic^favftm sift 
 m^TsnnioKi^ f^ri fcR hhji^i: xsc**i-jf^i?r: in 
 -$v\>wvi\<\ \fn nil ^Rf^ffT nit sfrr^jr: i t^ws-tc ^ 
 zfn fr^TT: i
 
 688 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The seventh adhyaya ends fol. 576 (the first 
 pdda fol. 546; the second pdda is wanting, 
 for ^ fgvmfHVRJT fol. 55a is the first sutra 
 of the third pdda; the third pdda ends fol. 565). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 to n ^fmi'nwt^Ts^TOt h^t«^ wftraiTi *rnn ^rn^ii 
 
 ■q% ^f^nn f=K «=JidTltTfTfsF^rw^(r.Ogft^?) <^} 
 
 ■3-tr >r^frT Nf^nf r^fflr (s/c) ^nptfiWTsq' *mi\fa 
 
 The eighth adhyaya ends fol. 606 (the first 
 and second pdda fol. 60a, the third fol. 606, 
 
 It begins : 
 
 The ninth adhyaya ends fol. 86a (the first 
 pdda fol. 726, the second fol. 79a, the third 
 fol. 81a). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^ ^smT^tT^H^fg^rf^K Tpns:(r.*ns:?) i Tq^rrtrfff^i 
 w?: 5TT?aTfii?^T '$?T>Tr?: ^tt tra? TrnrT^mrRTf^- 
 
 c c 
 
 The tenth adhyaya begins : 
 
 ■fay: UcRWRK sfK^iTtT *f ^m ven\ ii wnbrrfir- 
 
 «mii ° 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 896, the second 
 fol. 94a, the third fol. 986, the fourth fol. 104a, 
 the fragment of the fifth pdda terminates in 
 the comment on the 29th sutra tftTf5T^ ^TTi3 
 7HT ^TfTST^Tff (fol. 1046, 1. 9). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2161. 
 
 2355. Foil. 73 (numbered 90-158, nos. 98, 
 
 107, 120, 121 occurring twice); size 104 in. 
 by 4| in.; fair Devanagarl writing; nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Smrticaranavdrttika, the third pdda of the 
 first adhyaya of Kumdrila's Mimdmsdvdrttilia, 
 but only the uttardrdha, which comprises sutras 
 24-35; see before, no. 2151 (1450a). The leaves 
 are marked qr° W° "J . The first leaf is partly 
 broken away at the corners. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 (u^WnqriiW^i^JT^^g t ^^wr wnni s^n*rt- 
 *i*TOT(^iiT<js3rfa=ti<^ miTRTrra nHm^HTTTrf^w 
 (?r.°sr?°) ^T?Tf^?T^HT*r§f^Ti: irffiPTf^?fr xnr° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ftrg ii irzraTmnrcq mrta: nn^: ii wfrr^TO^Tfit^rfafiT u 
 ^nm^iT t3tt^ wo ii tf^w smms ^W *BT*»jTOra 
 
 ^TOiHrej J?=RT<^Tjt TflPrfinft tf^^TTJ^ *hrKRTWl>fl?rt- 
 ^TRT fcSf^if H The same scribe copied also 
 the Nydyasudhd in nos. 2162, 2163. 
 
 At the end two odd leaves are appended, 
 the first of which contains the beginning of 
 the Sabarabhdshya on Mimdmsdsutral.,pdda3, 
 n%m yi #:H<$r4 \ i to Jesfinwfn HTRj (p. 64 of the 
 edition, 1. 6 from bottom), whilst the second 
 contains a fragment of Kumdrila's Vdrttiha 
 to I., 3, sutra 10, corresponding to foil. 556 
 and 56a of no. 2151 (1450a). [Gaikawar.] 
 
 3. Commentaries on the Vdrttiha. 
 
 2162, 2163. 
 
 1030, 2195. Foil. 196 and 158 resp.; size 
 10f in. by 5 in.; 9 or 10 lines in a page. The 
 first volume is much worm-eaten. 
 
 Nydyasudhd, also called Sarvopakdrinl and
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 .-,-:» 
 
 Kanaka, a commentary on Kumdrila'a Tontra- 
 
 vdrttika, by Bhatta Somehara, son of Bhatta 
 
 Madhava. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 170, no. iv. (Biinako), 
 These volumes contain only the third pdda 
 
 of the first adhydya, called Sntriticarana, and 
 
 divided into two. halves. 
 
 Vol. I. The Purvdrdha (t[° m° n° on the 
 
 margin), sit. 1-23. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 V*XU 3T^H^rn^(l(^*n!)TM XqTffCl. 3, 1) I *nr 
 
 Colophon : (^H0f^cRni3*fi»rtHT^TOfiTiraPfmt- 
 cKT^n ^^"fqoirrftTnrt ^n^WVT^TT'IT JrciTUmnTKTTH^TfH- 
 
 O 6 6 
 
 ^XTJUlfrlf wmm II 
 
 Foil. M and ^ are lost. Fol. 139 (i^fc 2 ) is 
 superfluous, being a repetition of foil. 137 and 
 138. Foil. 136, 137, 138 (^s, 3. *. s) ought 
 to be in the inverted succession. Foil, s^o is 
 misplaced after fol. 133. 
 
 Vol. II. The Uitardrdha (xt ° w° "? °), 
 su. 24-35. It begins : 
 
 ^X^XT^'R'SCXlTrTO^XJIHr: I 
 
 ^nrftr ^rn^?TR .... ««pr:(?) 11 q 11 
 
 The colophon is nearly the same as before. 
 Date : *Tff 144* W 'BrWlf? =IM trfS&HTCTt finfT 
 
 tttjTW^T^T %ft^7f 11 The same scribe copied 
 also no. 2161. The last leaf is very much 
 damaged. [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2164. 
 
 277. Foil. 138; size Hi in. by 4 in.; 
 12-14 lines in a page; good old writing. 
 
 Nydyasudhd, the second pdda of the second 
 adhydya. 
 It begins : 
 «W ^lum-TlTtl II vft PoKTlirq W. II 3PCT1TX 
 
 svrt 1 3i^wrrf-TfnH?t c5Kf*!ii«if sfauhjir h^ spe^i 
 
 Colophon : ^fiT TjfNf?r^iTCT3»rtat*TTmii H JlfiH Wif- 
 5iR^rrftTH^»n>JqTT*nTK^«Tit^r^7f> rfHVlfNiZ^cKCnjt 
 
 w)^TRT«n5Tfnnrt ^njwviwnrt fnrtjmnwmwi f?<rt- 
 
 U^OT: ll The epithel HurrihiiiriiJi/iikdriiil ap- 
 pears also in the Oxford copy, see Aufrecht's 
 Oxf. Cat., p. 219, no. 523. 
 
 This copy was written in Samvat 1568, as 
 appears from the following verses, which the 
 scribe has added at the end : 
 
 iw^tr3Tq«5Tn?«fjnfiTaTWTf^if»35^- 
 
 ifi^TsrT^Tq^Jn-^iiTflWjrmHirff'aj^ft: 1 
 ^(f^«n)»ifitrrPRT xni^i^t=ininT: infix 
 
 «T^T W^-q RXTfv^xritfT^Rn^fiT I 
 ^^TCTMfHUn W^Ir^f^vf T^iTTTTO: ^JJnTRjRII 
 
 ^TX XT?" *r*RX sf^fjpTT 
 
 n^nix: Tjq^^w w^ 11 5 11 ^ • . . 
 
 H>rai (^qWTff ) ^ofiXTJW T WSpfTff 
 wjftui sifrr^T s-g=T5 * ww i^m ^ «f*r*Tff I 
 
 ^r ?rfc»nr w^ fsFcS ■^t^h?: nirirrt T*r: 11 
 
 The words put in parenthesis are want! 
 the left side of the last leaf being somewhat 
 damaged; they have been added from the 
 manuscript no. 2169 (30 17, adstradipihd), where 
 the last verse occurs again. 
 
 11. T. CoLEBKOOKE.]
 
 690 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2165. 
 
 1223. Foil. 60; size 11 in. by 5 in.; ten 
 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Two fragments of a commentary on the 
 Nydyasudhai?.). 
 
 a. Foil. 1-52. A commentary referring to 
 the first four sutras of the fourth pdda of the 
 first adhydya, incomplete. The Tantravdrttika 
 is quoted on every page, the Sudhdkdra fol. 2a, 
 1. 7, fol. 10b, 1. 3, etc. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■33 «nreni?*TO Hwrsrlr a^f i?n* (I. 4, 1) *nj 
 
 The commentary on the fourth sutra begins 
 fol. 48a, 1. 1. 
 
 b. Foil. 53-60. RdnakaprdyaScittaprakarana 
 (thus the title in the colophon), incomplete in 
 the beginning. The first words are : oRmrf&T 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2166. 
 
 1569. Foil. 47 (and a leaf inserted after 
 fol. 38); size 10i in. by 3| in.; fairly written, 
 in Devanagarl, about 1600 a.d.; eight lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Tautdtitamatatilaka, a gloss on Rumania's 
 Tantravdrttika, by Bhatta Bhavadeva, surnamed 
 Bdlavalabluhhujaiiga. See Hall's Index, p. 170. 
 
 Adhydya ii. pdda 1. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 >fixm(!) n mw surra HHUliejUR i ^w I ° (Sabara- 
 bhdshya, Bibl. Ind., p. 108 to 1. 3 infra) s* 
 wfcx ^fff i ^ wrarayrcrrr tjvtr surra iwnn<j5«jJii 
 
 ^3fnfK WTJTi^JTfHVraT^Trt UVIfrniVT^Tf?! ^"tf^wJH I 
 
 ?hrat ^fiftw: i ° 
 
 It ends : 7f^# I 
 
 ^?T5ram?t ^IHMTqHMitil^ir iNfiTCWrat I 
 
 [fwfir: ii 
 ^fw i tri 5 ^mmf* ii ^frr T5fhrr^^V>rnraT- 
 
 ^TTCl HJ^H^^q WiCt TftTrrfrr(w)*HfiTc5cK f? TfV 
 M\ 1\H ■JRf^f^? flfVf^ri TPra 
 
 f^:WirfiT#lTfW Sp*qi7nt> »T^T7T II 
 
 The leaf inserted between foil. 38 and 39, 
 being itself marked 39, contains the end of 
 adhy. i. pdda 4 ; its colophon being : ^frf ^rt- 
 
 ^Tc5^c5^° ifbiTfinmtrffrcF* Trzuwrmnren ^w^^^rr: 
 
 *T»TTW: II 5TT ?{\il as above. 
 
 The leaves are marked >^ «T° 
 Fol. 1 has the title -fTYirTfimtTfH^R ° 
 Tautdtita is a name for the followers of 
 Kumdrila, see Aufrecht's Oxford Catalogue, 
 p. 247. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2167. 
 
 1547A. Foil. 20; size 10 in. by 4^ in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Tantravdrttikatikd, a commentary on the 
 fourth pdda of the second adhydya of Bhatta 
 Kumdrila Svdmin's Tantravdrttika, by Kamald- 
 kara Bhatta, son of Rdmakrishna Bhatta, who 
 was the son of Ndrdyana Bhatta Suri. 
 
 The pdda begins : 
 
 jnTsrtftnrr swim: ° (II. 4, 1) n «rnj ^^f^fwi- 
 h fprffi i ^ramif^ ^fsrf^fff i TT<fra«rr?ffu: i f^rr^re 
 
 Colophon : ^ftt ^r7*H5Tns^H')Hl«°MH.I^ti|>r£- 
 
 wfn^jTT*raran>f5' i« »w *. i h *1 m urprara^T =ft**5 *a\h\ 
 Tr*raTf#^N;rat tTfrtnw {sic\) ^1: mft surras 
 with: ii
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 691 
 
 |_11. T. CoLl BROOKE.] 
 
 4. Sdlikandtha's commentary on flu Mimdmsd- 
 bhdshya. 
 
 21GS. 
 
 422. Foil. 192; size 111 in. by -i\ in.; 
 foil. 1-79 and 154-192 twelve to fourteen Hues, 
 foil. 80-153 eleven or twelve lines in a page; 
 written, perhaps, by two different hands, but 
 both of the 16 th century. 
 
 Rijwoimald Pancikd, a commentary on Sa- 
 bara Svdmin's Mimdmsdbhdshya, by Sdlikandtha 
 Miira. The first adhydya, incomplete. 
 
 In binding this MS. the first pa/la has been 
 cut up into two halves, the first ending fol. 796 
 (b^ of the original numbering), and the second 
 beginning fol. 154c (ti of the original num- 
 bering); the last sutra of the first half is the 
 sixth, TW* THT <HNT(T n (fol. 75o., 1. 3), the first 
 sutra of the second half is the fourteenth, 
 uijViuj UTH (fol. l(33/», 1. 8). There have been 
 placed between these two parts the last half 
 of the second pdda, the whole third and nearly 
 the whole fourth pdda. This middle part 
 bears the numbers «. to fc^ ; the first sutra in 
 the second pdda is the nineteenth, frftHh WP?- 
 ut^TsTPrnH ^r^cfJT (fol. 80ft, 1. 14), the second 
 pdda ends fol. 86a, the third pdda ends fol. 
 127a, the last sutra in the fourth pdda is the 
 twenty-fourth, •strfji: (fol. 153o). The first leaf 
 of this copy is wanting, the second sutra of 
 the first pdda appears fol. 4a, 1. 6: ^tfTTc* b^wA 
 
 ijsih i 7R cBTiftfirvmmrT^fa ^r=nn?i TreS^n i The 
 commentary on the third pdda begins : fVfa- 
 ^nirwit f%^nr I The commentary on tho fourth 
 
 da begins : vr^T ^? Ji'nJTimiT'n'VR^rmTq T3T 
 
 Colophon of the Srsl pdda: 3f;r 3m%=F'Tnj- 
 
 Colophon of tho second and third pdda: jfff 
 
 Sdlikandtha's guru Prablidkara is quoted 
 Mankha who lived between L185 and III"'. 
 and by Sdyana, see A.ufrech1 's Cat. Cat., p, 353. 
 
 II T. I IKE.] 
 
 5. SJstraiJijtiki'i, l>i/ I'Jrthatarathi Misra. 
 
 2109. 
 
 3047. Eleven different manuscripts ("-/), 
 all well written and of considerable age. 
 
 Sdstradipikd, a commentary on the JL/'- 
 mdmsdsutras, by Pdrthasdrathi Mi&ra, si c 
 Yajndtman (see the second copy). 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 173, n<i. xiii.; Web 
 Cat. (Perl. 1853), p. 175, no. 601; Burncll's 
 Tanj. MSS., p. 82. 
 
 The Sdstradipikd has been published in 
 Voll. VH.-XIV., New Series, of The Pandit 
 (1885-1892). 
 
 a) Foil. 98; size 1 1 ', in. by 8| in.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda of the firsi adhydya. In fcbi 
 introductory couplets the author says th.it he 
 will be guided by Kwindrila', tj : 
 
 cSWT^oifTwiT^WR ^Tfrq sr^nlRofiT'fprsjft- 
 ?w q^^crraiTrra^R^ TrraTijf 3iTf^nm i 
 
 ^fawr3-»RTf?*ft3i*mTT T^ fn» ^fwm n <=\ li 
 ^rprwm hh» d^ si i kl rf^rfprfijT^fa I 
 ^nTfrc**itTr? crncui smsrrlr'Vcm n = ii 
 The copy described by Burnell gives the 
 second verse as it is in no. 2172 (106 
 
 •1 \
 
 692 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The commentary begins : ^ITpT WTO HTftfmHW 
 It ends : 
 
 'srir. tjt w Jrfan^ ^i ^hn Writ ^r^fir kth *fr s^:n 
 
 6) Foil. 55; size 10$ in. by M in.; 8-12 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The second, third and fourth pddas of the 
 first adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins : ^r^rrffT V^ftTsTTOFT^ 
 
 if^Tfwwwra Hunrj fH^«M I The second pdda 
 ends fol. 6a, the third fol. 326. The fourth 
 pdda ends : TlJhwufT? fUsiHri: it H^HchKfafVj- 
 ■^iTO^Tf^f^fTT: II 
 
 On foil. 25-44 the handwriting is very large 
 and thick. 
 
 e) Foil. 53; size 10f in. by 3f in.; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The second adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins : TT^TR smith v'trm 
 
 ir?RT«nnwfliHHurrra i 4i<W9iTOTqsqqta tffemrq- 
 f^N mihuwwjn^ i i*i ^rw^ttwppt VHH^nufnfeintiT- 
 r»iWS5fJrr(oF)> v^ ^nw^ft f^rrftff: i The first 
 pdda ends fol. 176, the second fol. 415, the 
 third fol. 526. The fourth pdda ends : «^: 
 
 fgwTOTfflftr *TfVtfr shhjt: trt wf^nitTTfwr i 
 
 d) Foil. 67; size 10f in. by 4 in.; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The third adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins: J*i ft^r H^ ^TtrJrfV 
 r^fa^'Prf f^TTff I The first pdda ends fol. 156, 
 the second fol. 25a, the third fol. 386, the 
 fourth fol. 496, the fifth fol. 556, the sixth 
 fol. 646, the seventh fol. 716. The eighth pdda 
 
 ends : ts: ^r^ft ^w*irerfff?nftn m^f ^ra^f^rrv 
 ht»tpw i tnr?nii*iirswT*Tf% firhft »rriniN sri^?- 
 
 e) Foil. 26; size 104 in. by 3f in.; 10 or 11 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The fourth adhydya. 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 STfdN ^ ^W Tl^faiftfff ^TTWT II 
 ^m^Tf^TRT'il'Slii^THT^ 13 Vj | fa ^fqirr *HT TTTTiT 3T1TT[rt 
 
 miW*: ^fn 5rq^^iirTJi pof*a^jrr Trfa ^rwfir inr: 
 tTC!HTT*h: I The first pdda ends fol. 86, the 
 second fol. 13a, the third fol. 216. The fourth 
 pdda ends : uffc^q *rfw *ftwJnr ^tsj^rfarrfijq 
 ilw tht i 7nr: « *Hr? ^T^nbr uvR*ra * tt^w >m: u 
 
 The manuscript ends with this verse : 
 
 $I=RN ^ Wl«I<*TfOT ^m fsTPI ^»TTft^TW?r n 
 
 /) Foil. 26; size lOi in. by 3f in.; 6 or 7 
 lines in a page ; yellow coloured paper. 
 The fifth adhydya. 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 inftumfar: hwwtt: tit fa^«w i 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 11a, the second 
 fol. 176, the third fol. 236. The fourth pdda 
 ends : J?i falsfiiTT "*&?% MJHMHUMi 'STferftr: II 
 
 g) Foil. 39 ; size lOi in. by 3i in.; 10 or 11 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The sixth adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 76, the second 
 fol. 13a, the third fol. 186, the fourth fol. 246, 
 the fifth fol. 31a, the sixth fol. 336, the seventh 
 fol. 366. The eighth pdda ends : ■^rfV'sf^^ 
 fiBsCT ^smu^^aTf^roHf^iuriii ^TfVnpni *rf%t?H 
 ^T^ft sTT^rt -m i Prior i fHyfinj wa wt iTHri^uH^-: n 
 
 The writer begs : -=Rt^>immTV ^jprffJiT *TmT: II
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 693 
 
 A) Foil. 34; size 10J in. by t ', in.; ben 
 lines in a page.. 
 
 The ninth adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins : fair snri^n s^pjTfir- 
 
 ^TTWT^TlWofi "3T?ft3T«Iff I The first pdda ends 
 
 fol. 16a, the second fol. 256. Foil. 30-30 (of 
 the original numbering, four leaves) comprising 
 the end of the third and the beginning of the 
 fourth jiada are wanting. The last sutra 
 before the gap is : ihnifHr4 ^ifa^tT . . . (fol. 
 29, last line), the first sutra after it is : TOwr- 
 *nfmrRT ii The fourth pdda ends : 
 
 TjT^wT^fflWTan&rttTn *Rrennfa'ni ^ tiTfft 
 
 (°ff ed.) I 
 jT^r?rNiVir^ f^rfcnrr m^f^tf^iT: <*fcnjrf ii 
 Foil. 68 ; size 11 in. by 4j in.; ten lines 
 in a page. 
 
 The tenth adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins : '5? fns sfUf^FRt 
 m'HT«"^rf^^r'm i ^ren ^jir s-^T^rt facirfTri^rfHvW i 
 The first pdda ends fol. 8a, the second fol. 17a, 
 the third fol. 24a, the fourth fol. 34a, the fifth 
 fol. 45a, the sixth fol. 51a, the seventh fol. 58i. 
 The eighth pdda ends : 
 
 ipA cJTirti xnrfq-^ fWfirs ftrarfirw 
 
 k) Foil. 22; size 11 in. by 5 in.; 11-16 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The eleventh adhydya. 
 
 The commentary begins : jj^pr siqrq =rr«rr«l- 
 
 wsnTftf^^n^iiw: wnr. i tfH7^3TTfir?3TJUVHi!'R 
 TuftnTfwro uforroiro^T^ * \ <i at m?rrTraf^fPrr 
 
 f^T^iT I The first pdda ends fol. 5/', the second 
 fol. 12a, the third fol. 166. The fourth pdda 
 ends : H«d I -) mfaTVmRVnifWTOf'TCJiff T?T: II Tira- 
 
 fjjes- ntrm Tjft'nirHrT: tpjwth: n 
 
 Date : 471T SS^t WH ^?gf^5l«jt WUW ^1 ° 
 HTT?7iTfir^T^intI f$5T>?if *3T*j un^hr ^nillW^ li 
 
 /) Poll. 17 i Bize I I ill. by 5 in.; 1 2 15 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The twelfth adhydya. 
 
 The commentary be<rins: JTcti-THfy rTHUjjF ^7^\ 
 
 imT^n*?<s:T3Toi;Tr5=fiff»'Tt ^^q^MWTnr^^wiifte- 
 HtPrN fcfio The fir I pdda ends fol. lb, the 
 second fol. 11/-, the third fol. 146. The fourth 
 pdda ends: »?wi H??j *inj qirt f%VT?T w^ tfr^T 
 *«3fP*ni^: (no. L226 r^it ) i ftrsrrwt TO§(«tc! 
 no. 1220 *ft M^) d^^jrf^i * num c?Ttm|mrra: ii 
 The scribe has added the following verse : 
 tfwn} F?q*nff ursKIT^W ^ TTSr^riT 
 
 *rcfti4 Tjfj5?rrjf^ni pfflfrvf t! w (^r) *n*r*Tff i 
 
 %^ sfi^fw to«r fofic? 'Jfrr^nf^'^irt t^: ii 
 The same verse occurs at the end of a copy 
 of the Nydyasudhd, see no. 2164 (277). 
 
 Date : *fcn^ w$% **ni ^fvcRsra <* u!i^Tn?3irt 
 
 [J. R. Ballaxttne.] 
 
 2170, 2171. 
 
 2315 & 1226. A second copy of Pdrtha- 
 sdrath i's Sdst radipikd. 
 
 2315. Foil. 226; size 11 in. by -1 ! in.; 
 foil. 1-64 (a) generally twelve lines, foil. 65—104 
 (6) eleven lines, foil. 105-116 ('•) ten lines, 
 foil. 147-226 00 ten lines in a page. Only 
 the last part is dated, but the other parts 
 belong to the same time, though not written 
 by the same hand. 
 
 a) The first jtada of the first adhydya. 
 Foil. 64. 
 
 b) The second, third and fourth pddas of the 
 first adhydya. Poll. 40. The second pdda 
 ends fol. 0a, 1. (the colophon and a few words 
 
 4x2
 
 694 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 from the end of this pdda and the beginning 
 of the third have been omitted), the third pdda 
 ends fol. 246. 
 
 c) The second adhydya. Foil. 42. The 
 first pdda ends fol. 136, the second fol. 326, the 
 third fol. 416. 
 
 d) The third adhydya. Foil. 80. The first 
 p>dda ends fol. 156, the second fol. 256, the third 
 fol. 396, the fourth fol. 51a, the fifth fol. 576, 
 the sixth fol. 67a, the seventh fol. 746. In 
 the last colophon Pdrthasdrathi is called 
 Yajt'idtmasunu: jfn ^ffatf si I * H^nrq«TTf«rfn , !rf%T- 
 
 f*nrrqt ■?rtar^*rtatwTiT'?fHJr=RmvriTT*jt sn^rflftpjmrt 
 Date : Tfcn^ It 1 ^ •tfftmtf^C^ ) <tt Wtti Vr* 
 
 ' 1226. Foil. 224; size 11 in. by 4i in. 
 
 The remaining nine adhydyas of Pdrtha- 
 sdrath i's Sdstradipikd. 
 
 The fourth adhydya ends fol. 24a (the first 
 pdda fol. 8a, the second fol. 126, the third 
 fol. 186); the fifth adhydya ends fol. 376 (the 
 first pdda fol. 29a, the second fol. 326, the 
 third fol. 356); the sixth adhydya ends fol. 71a 
 (the first pdda fol. 43a, the second fol. 486, the 
 third fol. 53a, the fourth fol. 586, the fifth fol. 
 64a, the sixth fol. 66a, the seventh fol. 69a) j 
 the seventh adhydya ends fol. 81a (the first 
 and second pdda fol. 74«, the third fol. 78a); 
 the eighth adhydya ends fol. 886 (the first pdda 
 fol. 86a, the second fol. 866, the third fol. SSa); 
 the ninth adhydya ends fol. 1196 (the first pdda 
 fol.l016,the second fol. 109a, the third fol. 1136); 
 the tenth adhydya ends fol. 1 85a (the first pdda 
 fol. 125a, the second fol. 134ft, the third fol. 
 1406, the fourth fol. 1496, the fifth fol. 1596, 
 the sixth fol. 1656, the seventh fol. 174a); the 
 eleventh adhydya ends fol. 2076 (the first pdda 
 fol. 1896, the second fol. 196a, the third fol. 
 
 201a); the twelfth adhydya ends fol. 2256 (the 
 first pdda fol. 2146, the second fol. 2196, the 
 third fol. 2226). 
 
 Fol. 84 is wanting. Fol. 1566, half the page 
 is blank, but without there being an omission. 
 At the end of the fourth pdda of the tenth 
 adhydya, Pdrthasdrathi is again called Yaj/ul- 
 tmasunu. 
 
 Date : 
 
 'gfSZfeisic ! Tte? 5 ^ i.e. Samvat 1812) W? 
 
 ■trim HTrrnrt^ft faiirerc ^'nifrr: i 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2172. 
 
 1089. Foil. 246; size 13i in. by 9i in.; 
 generally twenty-eight lines in a page; written 
 in the Bengali character. 
 
 Sdstradipilid, a third, complete copy of 
 Pdrthasdrathi Misra's commentary on the Mi- 
 mdmsdsutra. 
 
 The first adhydya ends p. 137 (the first pdda 
 p. 95, the second p. 101, the third p. 121); 
 the second adhydya ends p. 178 (the first pdda 
 p. 150, the second p. 168, the third p. 177); 
 the third adhydya ends p. 255 (the first pdda 
 p. 192, the second p. 202, the third p. 216, 
 the fourth p. 227, the fifth p. 233, the sixth 
 p. 242, the seventh p. 250); the fourth adhydya 
 ends p. 279 (the first pdda p. 262, the second 
 p. 267, the third p. 274); the fifth adhydya 
 ends p. 296 (the first pdda p. 286, the second 
 p. 290, the third p. 294); the sixth adhydya 
 ends p. 333 (the first pdda p. 303, the second 
 p. 308, the third p. 314, the fourth p. 319, 
 the fifth p. 325, the sixth p. 328, the seventh 
 p. 331); the seventh adhydya ends p. 344 (the 
 first pdda p. 337, the second p. 337, the third
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 095 
 
 p. 342); the eighth adhy&ya ends p. 351 (dip 
 first pdda p. 348, the sec.. ml ]>. 349, the third 
 p. 350); the ninth adhydya ends p. 38 I- (the 
 first pdda p. 36 l, the second p. 872, the third 
 p. 377); the tentli adhydya ends p. 449 (the 
 first pdda p. 391, the second p. 400, the third 
 p. 406, the fourth p. 416, the fifth p. 127, the 
 sixth p. 43 t, the seventh p. 440); the eleventh 
 adhydya ends p. 471 (the first pdda p. 45 t, 
 the second p. 460, the third p. 465); the 
 twelfth adhydya ends p. 489 (tho first pdda 
 p. 478, the second p. 483, the third p. 486). 
 
 The introductory couplets are not quite the 
 same as in no. 2169 (3047), the second being: 
 SH^lfarf Tfr^T «£T'«rrnm ^faf*f l 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2173-217:>. 
 
 1272 & 1273. Two large volumes of equal 
 size, in European book form ; size 9j in. by 
 13A in.; written in the Bengali character, on 
 yellow paper, in the beginning of the 19th 
 century. 
 
 1272a. Foil. 69 (paged s~^s); 27-30 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Yuktisnehaprapurani Siddhdntacandrikd, the 
 oldest commentary on the Sdstradipikd, by 
 Rdmahrishna Bhatta, son of Mddhava and 
 Prabhdvatl. They descended from Mdlava 
 brahmans who belonged to the gotra of Pard- 
 sara. Mddhava left his native country for 
 Benares. Rdmdkrishna became a famous 
 pandit of Benares; he received the title of 
 Bhatta from Rdjardja Gopindtha, and the sur- 
 name Panditasiromani Erom Balabhadra, who 
 was the guru of Pratdparudra Gajapati, in 
 consequence of his composing the Pratdpa- 
 mdrttanda. All this and other genealogical 
 
 dates appear in the inl roductory yi i 
 According to a statement in Sail's Index, 
 p. 173, no. \iv., tins work was composed " in 
 
 the \ in I mm (if \'il;rniiiiJrl;ii." 
 
 This MS. contains only the first pdda of 
 t he firsl adhydya. 1 1 begins : 
 
 'WT^rsnf^irT^^ K^j ttj^h ?uTJjgqt: i 
 jrfKTQymTTjrfinf *r^ fmcjnfrfa^ji h h ii 
 
 c 
 
 wf^rrT;mf?wfff'5frT(r. mr^°)frm^- 
 
 TT^T?lfV7'R'5FTTTmH^:(c.<'H : hai:) || a || 
 
 wrfe^c.'Sfn ) *ra ^Tn^(r.^sTn^ 'r)iiT(T'^rr: i 
 
 ^#f^hJF5W*rf#rrRt II M II 
 
 fsrfNifH?) H^r^prl ?^wt *t ^rfn- n i n 
 
 fji^TWTfmicr? ^31 utttjtt:^ i 
 ^:mww^?r: *?r«rrcud h$k(>-. sh-sht ) n s h 
 
 TH( ^faT3l^(r.TmVrV!ft f»nr )fffip?> 
 f»T3: wmrf snrjfTnrjr^: i 
 
 ^n^rrf3i^:('-.°f3TF:) tffthft sat yfa^nt ii tu 
 
 JiTn|^T4TT>tTfr(c. T<n) ^>p i 
 n?1iri : e^TrirriTT5ptf=r: u c n
 
 696 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^fw^T^n W: sri^T^O-. ° *nw x ) n <\o n 
 ^Rirt Hrn^uKinn Hall) f^fifi f^r ^(r.*?) 
 
 ^rm : ^f^irfcr?r|TV. n <r n 
 
 [^FTC ? II <»3 II 
 ■HWTTffTiT: HHTTiqt TT*=TTO!TTf»TO: TTVT: | 
 tV|Hf?RTTT: "SFiT^iTt ^i^iT^Hf^m^: II <tf II 
 
 inr TP5rftfvTHTir?'«n(?) H^tyiTT i 
 ■artffrg ^i f%Tc5T nfTirwr5*TT: 11 «im ii 
 
 TT5fTnTTf>fv[:] ^Wt^T^3^>WHTH (r.°m*) I 
 f^^WTl7T|^3 "HTW «£T<* fRIT II ^ || 
 
 TrftiTtTf^i^^ftfrftfw iiHTW#*!rfa»&TOTini w 11 
 
 fafawm^Ttm ^n^TTTn T^pr^: ii °,t u 
 tt sn^WjcRutcRT -mm wHrfq ^ftiin i 
 
 The end of this MS. is : ^tit: TjTf«n»l^H^T^ 
 
 ^? HiNittjamf SHTw ■# w m< Tf^TTRnpTTnf cnrr^^Ta' wtr 
 fair s ft» ^^TTnmjn frrw^ni^ijur t>iirlNT^»r*rr- 
 
 «f^sfi^f^7Tl "HT1 «Iff^Irf fc5%if HIT II 
 
 Colophon : ^fff ^HrRTCT^Tfr^HcRc^rra^f^TTT^- 
 gfsR^lTTOPrt ftTETRHrf^; <*I Wit irsraTUTT'TO TT*m- 
 
 ir^: i mhij ^ TT^^Trrr: 11 
 
 1272b & 1273. Mayuhhaindlikd, a commen- 
 tary on the Sdstradlpihd, by Somandtha, son 
 of Swra Bhatta, and younger brother of Venha- 
 tddri Yajvan, who was also his teacher, ' Andhra 
 Brdhmans of the Nittala family," see Hall's 
 Index, p. 176, no. xvii. This commentary 
 begins with the second pdda of the first adhydya. 
 
 1272b. Foil. 251 (71-321); foil. 188-219 
 and 264-321 (the best parts of the whole MS.) 
 twenty-eight lines,foll. 71-128 generally twenty- 
 eight or twenty-seven lines, foil. 130-158 thirty 
 to thirty-seven lines, foil. 158-187 and 220-263 
 twenty-nine to thirty-three lines in a page. 
 
 This part begins with the second pdda of 
 the first adhydya, and ends in the beginning 
 of the first pdda of the sixth adhydya. 
 
 The introductory verses are : 
 
 ^tt rr»rni ?r»?: 11 
 
 *if<*wiOrf fagvtfir^^rNt 
 
 m^* w crt sfq it ^w««rtm»T: 1 
 ^ffr sfu Ti7crfi:(iTrTrr)rnnt fanff 
 
 grgTcSiTt ft>y^'=T>f^m^fire : fa 11 q 11 
 
 ^STfwi cRQ5TJTf^5TT^«^ri^CTf^1if>T<!T: I 
 ^nT^Tfini^T^lT^l ^TT^^TftToRt t%3l<}H N II ? II 
 
 * Such is the reading of the second copy ; the 
 present MS. lias 'Srfatffanit qT^vrfat ^l-cfia . 
 
 f Only Trfx: . . KKTT is legible, but the second copy 
 
 has TfrrJT?ftpnGu> !).
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 697 
 
 ^hnn Y5T WWTt fT^H 1tH> sfa^rT TT II ^ II 
 Tlftf^*: f<sf^fq ^ffT^fiT TTOT? ^fff I 
 
 wfom ipirroirTfnvrnifH'^^'!! ^^imwrr ^to ii 8ii 
 wyniHj faroHj ° (I. 2, su. 1) i 7f^ **hki<: 
 
 HT^nfl tn^rfr<r**4 ^^ ofiT^tr^sT^w^t i y $i *£m i § 1 1) t^it: - 
 ^T3i^rfH4.ic(,<.*iii5Hj *"i i =Rw^rf7T ti^uiT?iaw* j»^r 
 
 The first adhyaya ends fol. 128a (the second 
 pdda fol. 82a, the third fol. 1015); the second 
 adhyaya ends fol. 1755 (the first pdda fol. 1435, 
 the second fol. 164a, the third fol. 1746); the 
 third adhyaya ends fol. 2626 (the first pdda 
 fol. 191a, the second fol. 203a, the third fol. 
 219a, the fourth fol. 2325, the fifth fol. 2395, 
 the sixth fol. 2505, the seventh fol. 2575); the 
 fourth adhyaya ends fol. 3005 (the first pdda 
 fol. 278a, the second fol. 285a, the third fol. 
 295a); the fifth adhyaya ends fol. 321a (the 
 first pdda fol. 309a, the second fol. 313a, the 
 third fol. 3185). 
 
 Colophon of the fourth pdda of the first 
 adhyaya : 
 
 Trf%TT5?*T^TTrnH'5Twr wtnvrr*rsHhftH<«niirjfH: «inft 
 sm^^f^R t^? i*=ii 1 1 1 j?TmTtfc$ohu^mi jr«T»irmnr«j 
 ^rl: xj-r^: *mrst: ii 
 
 1273. Foil. 220 (322-541); foil. 322-457 
 and 480-541 twenty-eight lines, foil. 458-479 
 thirty to thirty-six lines in a page. 
 
 The vi.-xii. adhydyas. 
 
 The sixth adhyaya ends fol. 358a (the first 
 pdda fol. 330a, the second fol. 336a, the third 
 fol. 3415, the fourth fol. 3455, the fifth fol. 
 352a, the sixth fol. 3535, the seventh fol. 3566); 
 
 the seventh adhyaya ends fol. 8756 (the lir-t 
 
 fol 16 16, I ! " i cond fol. o72'*, the third 
 fol. P ); ill- adhyaya ends fol. 
 
 (the firsl p Ida f 1, 88 16, the sec md fol. - ; 
 the third fol. 384a); the ninth adhyaya ends 
 fol. 425a (the first pdda fol. L02a, tie' second 
 fol. 4126, the third fol. I I Ba >; the t. nth adh 
 ends Eol. t96a (tin 1 firsl , la fol. I '. '•■<. the 
 
 1 fol. I t86, the third fol. 451a, the fourth 
 
 fol. It'. la, the fifth fol. 171./, the sixth fol. 177./, 
 the seventh fol. 4815); the eleventh adhyaya 
 ends fol. 521a (the first pdda fol. 501a, the 
 second fol. .Mis/,, the third fol. 515a); the 
 twelfth adhyaya ends fol. 5416 (the first pdda 
 fol. 529a, the second I I. 534a, the third fol. 
 538a). [H. T. Colebkookk.] 
 
 2176-2179. 
 
 1011, 1374, 1375, 1376. MayuMamdlikd, 
 
 a second copy, not quite complete. In the 
 colophons the father of Soman itha is very 
 often called Sunt instead of Sura. 
 
 1011. Foil. 203; size 11| in. by G in; 
 eight, sometimes nine lines in a page. 
 
 The three pddas of the first adhyaya, in a 
 modern hand. 
 
 The second pdda ends fol. 36a, the third 
 fol. 106a. 
 
 1374. Foil. 183; size 10A in. by \h in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Tin' second and third adhydyas (incomplete), 
 in two parts, but lmth in the same handwriting. 
 
 a) The second adhyaya. Foil. 69, The 
 first pdda ends fol. 22,/. the Becond fol. 
 the third fol. 676. 
 
 Date : *^ Sftt fairt ^T*R ^T> W «l*?cR f?TOT 
 
 5) The third adhyaya. Foil. 114. The 
 first pdda ends fol. 20a, the second fol.
 
 698 
 
 CATALOGUE OP SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 the third fol. 576, the fourth fol. 726, the fifth 
 fol. 826, the sixth fol. 976, the seventh fol. 1076. 
 The eighth pdda is not complete, breaking off 
 in the explanation of the thirty- third sutra 
 (^TtvpWT^3P?l fasnTRHTftnTiT). Towards the 
 end there are many omissions in this copy, 
 caused, as it seems, by the illegibility of the 
 original manuscript. 
 
 1375. Foil. 259 ; size 1(H in. by 4i in. 
 
 The fourth, fifth, sixth (incomplete), seventh 
 and ninth adhyayas, in four parts, but all in 
 nearly the same handwriting. 
 
 a) The fourth and fifth adhyayas. Foil. 95 ; 
 foil. 1-3G fourteen lines, foil. 37-95 nine to 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 The fourth adhydya ends fol. 536 (the first 
 pada fol. 19a, the second fol. 28a, the third 
 fol. 416); the fifth adhydya ends fol. 956 (the 
 first pada fol. 61a, the second fol. 706, the third 
 fol. 90a). 
 
 6) The sixth adhydya, incomplete. Foil. 49; 
 generally eleven lines in a page. 
 
 The first pada ends fol. 7a, the second fol. 
 176, the third fol. 24a, the fourth fol. 33a, the 
 fifth fol. 45a, the sixth fol. 486. The seventh 
 pdda breaks off in the explanation of the first 
 sTrfra. 
 
 c) The seventh and eighth adhyayas. Foil. 
 45 ; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 The seventh adhydya ends fol. 29a (the first 
 •pada fol. 96, the second fol. 106, the third 
 fol. 246); the eighth adhydya ends fol. 456 
 (the first pdda fol. 386, the second fol. 41a, 
 the third fol. 436). 
 
 In the last colophon Somandtha's father is 
 called Sun. 
 
 d) The ninth adhydya. Foil. 70; foil. 1-14 
 and 29-70 eleven lines, foil. 15-28 ten lines in 
 a page. 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 32a, the second 
 fol. 49a, the third fol. 59a. 
 Date : ri^ff qttto $zm$ g. 
 
 1376. Foil. 199; size 10i in. by U. in. 
 
 The tenth, eleventh and twelfth adhyayas, in 
 three parts. The handwriting is the same as 
 in no. 2178 (1375). 
 
 a) The tenth adhydya. Foil. 124; foil. 1-83 
 eleven lines, foil. 84-124 ten lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 126, the second 
 fol. 286, the third fol. 396, the fourth fol. 55a, 
 the fifth fol. 746, the sixth fol. 856, the seventh 
 fol. 1026. 
 
 Date : WTff <\tH<i. 
 
 6) The eleventh adhydya,. Foil. 42; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 96, the second fol. 
 216, the third fol. 326. 
 
 Date : *hriT lb=l<i • 
 
 c) The twelfth adhydya. Foil. 33; 11 or 12 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 14a, the second 
 fol. 22a, the third fol. 276. 
 
 Fol. 22a the colophon begins : TlfH*ftn?rr^l- 
 T5??T: . . . 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2180, 2181. 
 
 1218 & 1219. SdstradJp/ikdpralcdsa, Campa- 
 handtha's commentary on the Sdstradipikd, 
 beginning with the second pdda of the first 
 adhydya. See Hall's Index, p. 178, no. xx. 
 
 1218. Foil. 186; size 11 in. by 4i in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 The three last pddas of the first adhydya, 
 and the second and third adhyayas.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 GOO 
 
 It begins : 
 
 "3q=FTTTq iT7*ft S7J qTOrsf°irHc&T3m II 
 
 t 
 
 TiTHvqn^fq^TTw jn^Himt Trre^jtfaij ^it^t^t^jfi- 
 
 ^qTH^fm^rSf <^qfcT I 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 71a (the second 
 pdda fol. 12a, the third fol. 44a) ; tbo second 
 adhydya ends fol. 1216 (the first pdda fol. 87a, 
 the second fol. 110/), the third fol. 120c); the 
 third adhyaya ends fol. 186a (the first pdda 
 fol. 134a, the second fol. 1426, the third fol. 
 1526, the fourth fol. 161a, the fifth fol. 1656, 
 the sixth fol. 1746, the seventh fol. 181a). 
 
 The last colophon is : ^fiT ^N"^^^^ 
 5n?3^fq^T^T^IM HcfiT3TTWJT w<rtxn«JTq*9 wh: 
 
 tn?: n 
 
 1219. Foil. 172; size 10i in. by 4* in. 
 The last nine adhyayas, from the fourth to 
 the twelfth, in three different parts. 
 
 a) The fourth, fifth and sixth adhyaya. 
 Foil. 74; foil. 1-17 twelve or thirteen lines, 
 foil. 18-74 ten lines in a page. 
 
 The fourth adhyaya ends fol. 186 (the first 
 ■pdda fol. 86, the second fol. 126, the third 
 fol. 16a); the fifth adhyaya ends fol. 386 (the 
 first pdda fol. 266, the second fol. 31a, the third 
 fol. 36a); the sixth adhyaya ends fol. 74a (the 
 first pdda fol. 45a, the second fol. 406, the 
 third fol. 54a, the fourth fol. 60a, the fifth 
 fol. 676, the sixth fol. 60a, the seventh fol. 72a). 
 
 On fol. 18 another handwriting is setting 
 in. The date of this latter part is tfqw SSit, . 
 In the first part the text of the sutras has 
 been written with red ink. 
 
 6) The seventh, eighth, ninth and tenth 
 adhyaya. Foil. 82 ; 12-15 lines in a page. 
 
 The seventh adhydya ends fol. *;;/, (die first 
 and Becond pdda Eol. 78a, the third fol. 826); 
 the eighi li adhydya end i t 
 
 fol. 856, tho second fol. 866, the third fol. 88a); 
 the ninth adhyaya ends fol. 1 126 (the firsi i 
 fol. 99a, tho second fol. In;,/,, fche third fol. L076); 
 tho tenth adhydya ends fol. L56a (the firs! 
 fol. 117a, the second fol. 1226, the third fol. 1266, 
 the fourth fol. 1826, the fifth f.d. 1406, the sixth 
 Eol. 1446, the seventh fol. 150a). 
 
 c) The last two adhyayas. Foil. 16 (157- 
 172); 15-17 lines in a page. 
 
 The eleventh adhydya cuds fol. 165a (the 
 first pdda fol. 1586, the second fol. 161a, the 
 third fol. 163a); the twelfth adhydya ends 
 fol. 172a (the first pdda fol. L67a, the second 
 fol. 1606, the third fol. 1 71-'). 
 
 [H. T. COLKBKOOKE.] 
 
 6. Nydyaratmundld by rdrfhasdrathi. 
 
 2182. 
 
 2128. Foil. 182; size 10 in. by 4| in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; good old writing. Pari 
 
 of fol. 95 and nearly the whole of fol. In0 are 
 left blank, which seems to indicate small lacunas, 
 
 Nydyaratnam-dld, an exposition ol the .1/7- 
 mdmsd doctrine, in verse and prose, following 
 Kumdrila Srdmiii's Vdrttika, by Pdrthasdrathi 
 MiSra, son of Yajiidtmau. See Hall's Ind 
 p. 172, no. xi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 'sn^mTf s*h»M *mmT*rlTgt i 
 ■jna ^^r?tt wjti#? ?ft fa* it i it 
 
 ^rr^'^fP'nf'flT! qTtrarf^TTHK: u 5 n 
 
 IT* TTTTf?»? cRf^W tHR3J TnrZTTT I 
 
 N C 
 
 4 Y
 
 roo 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^T TT ^T^nqf^sTR flf^r TJ*3TTHHfaff II 4 II 
 
 •J 
 
 ^T wearer. $ma HMwq»r?f§oF h S, n 
 
 ^» \> S3 
 
 etc. Apparently these words are an explana- 
 tion of slokas 4-6. 
 
 In the first half of the work the single 
 sections are not numbered. A first section 
 ends (fol. 256): 
 
 The new section begins : 
 
 m ^h: *HPHmiMifa?iK*j ^h: mwrn UTiraT- 
 n»TTOF^ ^x^w^Hri etc. 
 
 It ends (fol. 346) : 
 
 The new section begins : 
 
 frfvij^r fw^z ^mt ^Tf^^ff *nr: i 
 «b: ^t4 frfV. i ^fg^T?: inrrotwTTTT>n:> f^rr- 
 
 ftnftSTHT?»rf^ VTCTrfsPlVft f-tfVftfrT etc. 
 It ends (fol. 49a) : 
 
 xjr^HKfqfjf^ ^flft yq f^fvfvTO^: II 
 
 The new section begins : 
 
 It ends (fol. 646) : 
 
 ^JTimtfiT f^ffHT ftp???: WURTO'SR %fx II 
 
 The new section begins : 
 
 tr ^TfieR'^rrT^^Tqm^: J^w ii 
 It ends (fol. 906): 
 
 zmm ^rrmg Trf?Hirfai: n^fsiir: n 
 
 The last section of the first half begins : 
 
 ^tot cBciil * ^ <^ ainr: nfrnnuff ii «i n 
 
 W5*c*inlHH^RTf^fiI H'HJrT I etc. 
 
 It ends (fol. 966): 
 
 tJTWTfw ^J=qf^r5Tir <*|«jfH.<|Tft: I 
 
 The copy described by Rajendralala Mitra, 
 Notices, v., p. 203, no. 1887, comprises only 
 this first half of the whole work. 
 
 The second half begins : 
 
 *ijpR ^rfjjcs w^Pff tfsjikrr=r ^*iff ii 
 It is divided into five paricchedas. The 
 first pariccheda ends (fol. 1036): ^frf ^ftarrotP?- 
 wTc5nrw*ifVraq ttto ^fvi^i n 
 
 The second pariccheda begins : 
 
 ^r^ k q^RTrnwwfaqf^if TJTT II 
 The third pariccheda begins (fol. 117a): V^W- 
 
 The fourth pariccheda begins (fol. 141a): T?i 
 
 ^^nr^»TTff^f5icdTTO#vfavT: tt^iwttiit -JWT^iTifiniraT 
 wfatffrjw I 
 
 The fifth pariccheda begins (fol. 164a): ^4^51 
 TT TPTtTTfWTlf if^l=imdl<ill etc.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 701 
 
 It ends: ^THHsTTiWrfoWh ^qTJjHlTfafa^RT 
 
 ^rift ^fTOviHTcsrartnf^TTnj: win: i 
 
 HK JTJ 7X# TTTO f^^fW: TJT^HRf«i: II <\ II 
 
 hMm (t) 3»r* 5J(t) ^fhrcfs- 
 ^nl(f)Nm?i(t) f^nra i 
 
 Date : *hnr <m<i gW tfNKra y^ 1 ^ ^ft-TUrt 
 
 jf-RV^ %ftnf I [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2183. 
 
 195. Foil. 116 (l-<m, Si being put twice); 
 size lOi in. by 4? in.; 9-12 lines in a page; 
 large old writing, of the 17th century. 
 
 Ndyakaratna, a commentary on Pdrtha- 
 sdrathi's Nydyaratnamdld (called Nayaratna- 
 mdld, ° null ikd in the introductory couplets), 
 by Rdmdnuja Acdrya. It begins : 
 
 ■a^\irt i g^tar»rfrf$ni ww ii =» ii 
 *rnra faf^q^rc^«5jif(*ff ?)sn^ixitfni : Tt 
 
 irfaTft ^nTPTff sfiroVww II ? II 
 "ifST 'TrqT^nTrTftrnmrH 
 
 WH^H^ TTfalT^lTUHMHI^l II a II 
 
 faWtfa flK^TTf <3 trt fRRHrqt *i<RMH I (><!><* 1 HM II 
 * In the line ^55, but supra scriptum •gfiT. 
 
 BTfVfCF7T*H Tfiewi irm?Tl3ltHtl *3>>^(°Pt?)^fflrfijIT:- 
 
 wufvrfarrt ^TF^^nrt ^*mifrr 11 ^sn^ftrfir 11 Noti 
 the Eorm Pdrtharathasdrathi in the fourth 
 couplet. 
 
 Fol. 416 ends a first section : ^fw ^rN'JT'n- 
 
 fff$«RaiT?JTTH sms 11 
 
 Fol. 51a a second section: ^fjf ^HUTRi?To?T- 
 Fol. 76a a third section : jfiT tJT«Wrn'«lf i TT;- 
 
 ^IT^TT'rf WHTS II 
 
 Fol. 98a a fourth section : ^frr tttRjTT^T^- 
 
 Fol. UGa the last section: 3fJT T|«HHI-«n tt - 
 f%Tf%7T ^rRTHJn^T^TT^niT ^HlsRTR fHiHokiHi^cK- 
 ^ITWPf *flTW II 
 
 This is exactly the first half of the whole 
 work, as will appear from a comparison with 
 the preceding complete copy of the Nydya- 
 ratnamdld. 
 
 The Oxford Ndyakaratna, in Aufrecht's Cat. 
 Bodl., no. 527, contains the second halt'; the 
 first word of the second half of the Nydya- 
 ratnamdld being 'fl'iy'^l; see also Rajendralals '. 
 Notices, iv., no. 1557. Perhaps the Oxford 
 volume and the present MS. aro diffcrein 
 parts of one old complete copy. 
 
 The erroneous title " Nydyakaranda" given 
 to Rdmdnuja Acdrya's commentary by Hall, 
 Index, p. 172, no. xii., was corrected by Auf- 
 rocht, Cat. Cat., p. 307. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 7. Other commentaries on the Mimdmsdsutras. 
 
 2184. 
 
 1320. Foil. 322; size 12| in. by Z\ in. 
 
 4 y 2
 
 702 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Mimdmsanayaviveka, Bhavandtha Misra's 
 commentary on the Jaiminisutra, an incomplete 
 copy, comprising only eight books out of 
 twelve. All the single parts are well written 
 and of considerable age. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 179, no. xxvi.; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 84. 
 
 According to the introductory verse Bhava- 
 ndtha Misra's work is an abridgment of the 
 more ample work of his guru. 
 
 a) The second to fourth pdda of the first 
 adhydya. Foil. 46 (3-48), foil. 3-13 nine lines, 
 foil. 14-48 eight lines in a page. Foil. 3-36 
 are in a very old handwriting, the last twelve 
 leaves are of a little later date. The right 
 half of the last leaf is torn off. Some leaves 
 are left blank on one side. 
 
 The second pdda ends fol. 12a, the third 
 fol. 365. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fstmatT^^i ■qw ^ nrt: ^nr: i 
 font wtit cfifj »ro tffep 3 ' ^fir ii 
 
 6) The second adhydya. Foil. 46 (49-94); 
 generally eight lines in a page. 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 70a, the second 
 fol. 86a, the third fol. 93a. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f^H^T feirftH ffrr^PT f^nrura i 
 
 Note of the scribe: f^ftinf ^n^rn?T«: <*w"Hifw n 
 
 c) The third adhydya. Foil. 80 (95-174); 
 foil. 95-157a eight lines, foil. 1576-1585 nine 
 lines, foil. 159a-1746 ten lines in a page. 
 
 After fol. 106 and fol. 116 two leaves are 
 wanting. Thus the end of the first pdda has 
 been lost (see su. 1, 23 on fol. 116a, and su. 2, 
 3 on fol. 1176); the second pdda ends fol. 125a, 
 
 the third pdda fol. 136a, the fourth pdda fol. 
 1456, the fifth pdda fol. 154a, the sixth pdda 
 fol. 1636, the seventh pdda fol. 1696. 
 It begins : 
 
 Trf%=FT?g tt^ri §*hfr?f¥fWf?nj i 
 
 Tf TfWt *nRtn ^rem 5T1^^^ II 
 
 d) Foil. 66 (175-240); eight lines in a page. 
 The fourth and the fifth adhydya. The first 
 
 pdda of the fourth adhydya, ends fol. 196a, the 
 second fol. 203a, the third fol. 213a, the fourth 
 fol. 2166. The first pdda of the fifth adhydya 
 ends fol. 2266, the second fol. 2306, the third 
 fol. 236a. 
 
 The fourth adhydya begins : 
 
 H? TTT^Wt ptf 3?Rr3T j« T q I fV^tTT^^: II 
 
 The fifth adhydya begins : 
 
 tT^TJTTTTnJT I 
 
 The next three parts are in the same hand- 
 writing. 
 
 e) Foil. 51 (241-291); ten lines in a page. 
 The sixth adhydya. The first pdda ends 
 
 fol. 2566, the second fol. 263a, the third fol. 
 2716, the fourth fol. 2756, the fifth fol. 2826, 
 the sixth fol. 2856, the seventh fol. 2896. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^^Trot cfTHnxftn nrrrF^nfainpw: u wi «t^ q^w 
 
 ^ TTtftii ITS n$Tfwm*T? ftr^t ^TTigTHRTf^fiT I 
 /) Foil. 18 (292-310a); ten lines in a page. 
 
 The seventh adhydya. The first pdda ends 
 fol. 3016, the second fol. 3026, the third fol. 3086. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 g) Foil. 13 (3106-322a); ten lines in a page. 
 
 The eighth adhydya. The first pdda ends 
 
 fol. 3 176, the second fol. 319a, the third fol. 321 a.
 
 rniLOSornY. 
 
 703 
 
 It Logins : 
 
 Name of the scribe : r^plT^T f^ferf: ^n^ 
 TJir?J ^ II 
 
 [H. T. COLKBEOOKE.] 
 
 2185. 
 
 1447. Foil. 54; size 11 in. by 3| in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Mvmdmsanayaviveka, a second old copy of 
 the third and fourth }>dda of the first adhydya. 
 It begins with fol. 13, the first twelve leaves 
 not belonging to MiSra Bhavcmdtha's commen- 
 tary. The beginning of the third pdda (about 
 one page) is wanting; the first words on fol. 13a. 
 are : ... gf%f?pftn ^fil ?TW{ I ^T^rfK'-JTfaiTT *PtTO 
 *Tfum (see in no. 2184 fol. 126, 1. 4). The third 
 pdda ends fol. 39a. 
 
 The first twelve leaves contain a small 
 fragment of a commentary on the Sdbarabhd- 
 shya. It begins : ^iWRlfq wrjppWFf^F rq 
 jfd^rMK 'qfiT WT JT^-JR iftTR^rWlftT HT^TH II This 
 quotation belongs to Sahara's explanation of 
 Ml. su. I. 1, 5 (see p. 10, 1. 16 of the edition 
 in the Bibl. Ind.). It then proceeds : Wftjni 
 
 •(TTrtram: i 3WT*fi ^ tirtspirtaite ^w^^^^rr^i- 
 
 fnw^^rfVfTiTFrnn wfa^ri? s^f s^t ^fsHri.^rfa' *nr- 
 Wld^^r^ften ^read °f3I?:) * ^ffT° The fragment 
 breaks off with : TT*ftiR1'tU*H? I jrfrTfiTfvftfiT i 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOK£.] 
 
 2186, 2187. 
 
 1458b & 1458c. Mlmdimdsutradldhiti or 
 NydydvaUdldhiti, a commentary on the Jai- 
 minisutra, by Bdrjliaudnanda Sarasvatl, disciple 
 of Advaya, who was the disciple of Visvesvara 
 
 Bhagamatjpdda. See Hall's Index, p. 182, no. 
 xxxvi.; Etajendralala M Ltra's Notices, vi., p. 11, 
 no. 1991. 
 
 1458b. Foil. 29; size 94 in. by 4 in. j ten 
 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Mlmdmsdsutradidhiti. The first adhydya. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^gjT JJ^tlt ^ TjfK^THTffl (Tlfin?T ° R.M.) 
 
 nmi!i«(r^Tiir?n^f^^HfrsraT: n 
 ^.fvrarrr sfwiji^ wtht^ fdifrnr: i 
 
 ^t ^T*l<3 K^ ^C THTg^ftpn: fRRTTT II 
 
 f!=Tur*}Tnn??ffRT»*vT} 
 
 TT^Tf^K: fawifiT ^ffl^H II 
 
 Cs < x 
 
 frs C\ O 
 
 Tw^flT ii h^t: v>$ tf^ftur^tfaTra: v* jprt^TO 
 
 si * c 
 
 HrT^H I fatpft f^winr (cp. no. 2209) Ti^tT^ref^W.i 
 
 s3 °* 
 
 wTrfa^rfw TTsfr^ sin^ sfvcRtni wwftftT (n) tt* fatnft 
 fsmg^trt'T ir?at ^fis iniTf^vT-iT^5. *m??t ^Tat(^T^nsi ?) 
 ■jj-tHf^PtT ^TTTmff: fwsptr: n ^fin i 3ire? svqrq nun 
 3rnt? i wrq ^rw ^ 4nfH: 3n^rinfii:(i) H^Twu-mrTrfrf:
 
 704 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ■ah* f^mt: i "3ift nrws ic^t ^ itKf ^fir i trr^wTifw: n 
 trr^ xn^ ^^ih i iTsrzrr i fw^^^irf[T»wrRt ttc- 
 wrnfrnpi: ir«RTuirii i ^ f§r?ftaTumnf^ ^nrfl^rrtrrn 
 ^ttot: w^Tftrr i Htit Ttz Hmm ^Tsjqf2T 5 rni?r^r?T;- 
 ^Tfrtnrm^'tcfrroTr^i^T inr tht wi nroft Tr^arr 
 
 S?3«f sHlPIRirT'rriT TTH«jm^flTTfV=BTi;f?r^5t: ^TMffiaft 
 
 ^iTf^r. ^rmnzrt su?h^ ^fa *q?7T^Jim*r€qf%fa'!re- 
 
 Trrf^upnT^ ^TiqT^ ^TTfsfT m^W ^TV^WTW ^Tfl; 
 
 fro^tm ^T^mflrttf ^msn;«iH ^f^nn f%trWTH- 
 ^Tja^nirpiralNiTTm ^»nf^w^ u^f h ^mqnft swum 
 
 . . ■qtmfer n rff T? ^T^ftJoF^ HAT II 1 II 
 
 TTtbtrpnimfr inr Tm^irrrTH w st n * 11 
 nr^rfaw tnt mi urafjprt *ht ii 3 n 
 
 ^fsTW f^WW *T* ^f^WRTfmcRT HWIIj II 
 
 raifH^fsreri p^t tfnfa^imf^fa: II M II 
 
 fspfrt TJwfiTftt^Tg'ftlTTf xntw II if II 
 
 The first pdda (ashtddhikarandtmaka) ends 
 fol. 86, the second (eaturadhikarana) fol. 176, 
 the third (dasddhikarana) fol. 25a. 
 
 Colophon : ^f?T ^f^^WnTtm-rfijron^TWre- 
 
 TTsmrun^f^^iKifv <* <.*li *g h 5 : it^: wm: *WT?pg pwr 
 surra: ii 
 
 1458c. Foil. 101; size 9| in. by 4 in.; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Hlmdmsdsutradldhiti. The second and third 
 adhydyas, both in the same handwriting as the 
 first. 
 
 The second adhydya begins : 
 
 H^rfrlTfa 'SliHTftr ^3 H^t fVpUTTff II 
 
 ^ f? ^TtqMHi^TT^ ^f^irafiwm^ (sic!) imr 
 
 The first pdda (ashtddasddhikarandtmaka) 
 ends fol. 10a, the second (trayodasddhikaranaka) 
 fol. 176, the third (caturdasddhikarana) fol. 24a, 
 the fourth fol. 29a. 
 
 The third adhydya begins : 
 
 mn?Tf TfjjfWqtft >T^W* fa^Tf II 
 
 rTTrrq ^rrwrifViirsTTO" nfstrraTT: i 
 wr: ^htmit mfct u^^Tifr cr«n ^tt: ii 
 k^x ^*r»rrojr*i sfinTRrff n wrnr: sr*isrer<nfaffr u 
 The first pdda (paiicadasddhikaranaka) ends 
 fol. 356, the second (ekonavimsddhikaranaka) 
 fol. 466, the third fol. 576, the fourth (eka- 
 vimsddhilcdraJia) fol. 67a, the fifth (vimsatya- 
 dhikaranaka) fol. 76a, the sixth (pancadasd- 
 dhiharanaha) fol. 836, the seventh (trayovim- 
 satyadhikaranaka) fol. 926, the eighth (trayo- 
 vimsatyadhikarandtmaka) fol. 101a. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2188, 2189. 
 
 766 & 767. Bhdttad/pikd, Ehandadeva's 
 commentary on the Mlmdmsdsutra. See HalFs 
 Index, no. xxiv., p. 179; Aufrecht's Oxford 
 Cat., p. 353, nos. 836, 837 ; Burnell's Tanj. 
 MSS., p. 83. Khandadeva died at Benares in 
 1665 (Aufrecht, Cat. Cat., p. 136). 
 
 766. Foil. 225; size 11 in. by 4| in.; 
 foil. 1-106, 135-167 eleven lines, foil. 107-134, 
 168-225 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 a) The second, third and fourth pdda of 
 the first adhydya. Foil. 17. 
 
 The second pdda begins : 
 
 ft^^rt 'wsw ^j3^^: *rrt 5$ i 
 
 TPTff TTiH*n^I tffl^jrt HI^/lftloMH II
 
 IMIII.OSOI'IIY. 
 
 T i ' r. 
 
 ^IBTI^T ° I ^T %" sjjf<njT ^WT ?im? 5PR HVTvi- 
 
 W»^ oFffWTrrTm^T^'fr^^R u%fV=mR fai rim* 
 
 See Raj. Mitni's Notices, vii.,p.27l,no.2'CI 
 (Adhy. I. 2 -III. 8). 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 45): 
 
 d e. 
 
 » <<i HI q f*<} WTtPHTfa^TO ^ tf^^ 1 ^ ufrnTT'H' 3TraT^t 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. 95): 
 
 b) The second adhydya. Foil. 23 (18-40), 
 in the same handwriting. 
 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 The second pdda begins (fol. 7c): 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 16«-): 
 
 ^mn* x w^ n^muf** ^tsttht ^^raif^fw ^ire ii 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. 22u): 
 
 r) The third adhydya, incomplete. Foil. 66 
 (41-100), in the same handwriting. Between 
 fol. 68 and 69, eight leaves (foil. ^b~^ of the 
 original numbering), with the end of the third 
 and the beginning of the fourth pdda, are lost. 
 Fol. 68 ceases in the commentary on the 
 thirty-second sutra of the third pdda (fl^TT^^ ). 
 
 and fol. 69 begins in the middle of the i 
 mentarj on the thirteenth sutra i tl Fourth 
 pdda (see su. 14 ^srlvrrrrj 3 "" fol. 7b<). The 
 last leaf ceases in the middle i £ the com 
 i.iry on the twenty-firsi sutra of the eighth 
 pdda (fWff^v o). 
 
 Tlif ii rsl | <dda begins : 
 
 iS^ttt: ° ii tt^t Swires sK^nk f«reftw ixvfx 
 
 The second pdda begins (fol. 50a): 
 ■q^ftfrrf%^TT: Tm^JH I 
 
 c 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 576): 
 
 *ftnt fairum i 
 
 The fifth pdda begins (fol. 786): 
 
 sft^n^fat fere^ fS*TPtff% Trtrarrtnftr cui^m^m ^fw 
 ferret ^WTTtrrw <* rH * <h H^sfrT *n*n ?f%«i: tmn- 
 
 The sixth pdda begins (fol. 86a): 
 ^^H(^)fTffsfiTp^f*iir?^jR fwfarum wht ynprm 
 
 e 
 
 The seventh pdda begins (fol. 94a): 
 
 The eighth pdda begins (fol. LOSfi) : 
 
 ^Tf»?=fiH ° ii ^rTJjr ^fenrrPTTif ^ T?«rr^rm ^j^mf?- 
 
 d) The fourth adhydya. Poll. 28 (107-131). 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 f^^f^tf u*n^r*r«T? f?r?rajfr i See Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, iv., p. 156, no. 1583 (Adhy. iv.-ix.).
 
 706 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The second pada begins (fol. 118a) : 
 
 W. ° II f^ W*" ^WI ^ cRrifif ^T^?!TT tr^i- 
 
 The third pada begins (fol. 1236): 
 •3PTTCWI Tl&i TTOH^ mrfofiT llini ^ftcR TTlft- 
 ttHtt ^TKT I 
 
 The fourth pada begins (fol. 1306): 
 
 ?W^WT«i:(read »^i:) *^f Tfi^rgn^T ^?fq Win ^ 
 
 e) The fifth adhydya. Foil. 33 (135-167). 
 The first pada begins : 
 
 jpfmTf'aH: wft f^r^nff i ^^^ f? ^r^T^ti nvi^^t 
 
 The second pada begins (fol. 1486) : 
 The third _p«da begins (fol. 206): 
 
 f^nrfg: ° ii f^fuTT^ cBT^immn^rJTfiT vsvrz. V^- 
 
 The fourth yac?a begins (fol. 1616): 
 
 ^Hcjrt *j: ° ii ci^ ftrsfuffT -aifliiflTO^ ■amr'terra 
 
 Date of this part: zfrl ?ooo n 'gHW ^fjTTiT: II 
 nHfT «U^o ii 
 
 c5Tc5Tf»W f^ferf W^ H^W ^rtailt II <* II 
 
 /) The sixth adhydya. Foil. 44 (168-211), 
 in the same handwriting as a-d. 
 The first pada begins : 
 
 Tpnim ° ii ^ srawss mitaren fsrefaff s\r?n 
 
 The second pada begins (fol. 176a): 
 The third pada begins (fol. 1796): 
 The fourth pada begins (fol. 187a): 
 
 The fifth pada begins (fol. 1926): 
 
 ^"S^ ° ii ^t'raJ'n«'ftfisj ^faf%^w ^«ra^n 
 
 The sixth pada begins (fol. 2026) : 
 
 The seventh pada begins (fol. 205a) : 
 ^r ° ii ft^gftiftr «%^ ^TTrtfir wim s i ti^ 
 
 The eighth pada begins (fol. 208) : 
 
 f[in ?siT&*fii.7\v?[\ t^m ^mg ftf^wi: I 
 
 <y) The seventh adhydya. Foil. 14, in the 
 same handwriting. 
 
 The first pad a begins : 
 
 ^fKn^TOS'nT II H.A WfV^KTT "3^51 STO syffr 
 
 The second pada begins (fol. 2166) : 
 
 wre: ° ii p^fffr 3?ftfffFtR ^KqrmTg"^ ^TiTt f%^r- 
 
 The third pada begins (fol. 217a): 
 
 ■^ifi ° ii t^rfCl -Timfa^: tiwjuh i RTWRfrqft^
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 707 
 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. 22:5k): 
 
 yfir -^w^rFTT ii w^r w vvff\ HTBrrf<i?3i"T fa^fqjr: i 
 
 767. Poll. 258 ; Bize IU in. by 5 in.j 
 
 full. 1-69 twelve or thirteen lines, foil. 70 1 17 
 eleven lims, foil. 148-227 twelve lines, foil. 
 228-258 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Bhdttadipikd, Khandadeva's commentary on 
 the eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh and twelfth 
 adhydyas. 
 
 a) The eighth adhyaya. Foil. 12. 
 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 W fdfPT !! 7T?tj fgfV^fr sffl^jft fTTSsfaH: | Tnrfq 
 
 n I*) hj ^ ->* n h TmfrH^xft: =HiwV fwr t^t i ^rtrfrr- 
 
 The second pdda begins (fol. 7a): 
 
 f-^rf II 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 9a): 
 
 ^HmTRI^^IUll^Hll^WTTTnFgrH f^BTqfRlf (T oh r°J i <;q- 
 
 f 3*rpf3TiT^wTw^j*i*-w i h a\ htttwt -mn^^trcrfr^R- 
 
 TJtnW%cFTTr# qTi«WKl '^Tn^fVcirrc^ || 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. 11a): 
 ^ff ?>*a ° II H?q ftti sfKiJ^l ^ft^HJ TTW,qcfi^ cjjj 
 
 ^ft^taSt^Plf fviTOIW II 
 
 ?») The ninth adhyaya, incomplete. Foil. 57 
 
 (13-69), in the same handwriting. The last 
 
 leaf ceases abruptly, but only four or five 
 
 lines are wanting. 
 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 tjsTcrj? ° n k^ ft»s sfn^si Tr3nfirTH7[§famj 
 •atffi^wff i f^f^^tf^ fa^>ra i »ren?: «>rt?: 
 fl^irf?^ ii 
 
 'I'll'' sec .ml i ,}J,i Iiegins (fol. :)7/'): 
 
 WTTrftr ° i TVffTT^jT-^Rt «T»nf>3Ts?rrHt ^ Tnfit- 
 
 Tfmv.jm wtstt ii 
 
 The i hinl pddi i begins (fol. 5 1") : 
 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. <'<-")■ 
 qfprfrf ll 7T=TT PH PfpTfrRK? ^^IWTC^j^Wt- 
 
 c) The first Eonr pddat of the tenth adhyaya. 
 
 Foil. 7S (70-117). 
 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 f%v: ° ii b^w? fas s\pnfafrFRt q?r«rR-RrRm- 
 
 The second junta begins (fol. 85a): 
 ^«!ic53 ° ii yan^^TT mw. ^■an ^f?r f-iiiiqiR i 
 
 ohmi^Mlfhl irf^TiPTt ^ ^^7iIHtii<ilTfq iliqeT«fc?n<TFT- 
 
 ssTvm i 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 1076): 
 
 frerTft ° n TRrt f%yffT wr^rnT^mj^iwm^r^^qrrf 
 
 The fourth julJa begins (fol. 120a): 
 
 TTyfiT ° II ^ttttj yfWeffT*?: qrt7T3T»TFrotnn^ ftrvq- 
 
 f^ftr ^ra-=rfg favrimi?>»n: rrtotttt: i 
 
 </) The hist four juhlus of the tenth 
 adhyaya. Foil. 51 (148-198), in the sami 
 handwriting as parts a and b of this volume . 
 the last three leaves, with the end of the 
 eighth pdda, are in a rude modern handwriting. 
 
 The fifth //(/./(/ begins : 
 ^if^fS^T?: II 
 
 The sixth pdda begins (fol. 1 65a): 
 T?ck^WJlf>T o ii m^W=KPqTrt^?q*nT> RTRTHT » 
 K^T^ =FH=irTc5 Jllllfff I 
 
 4 /.
 
 708 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The seventh pacta begins (fol. 1726): 
 The eighth pdda begins (fol. 182a) : 
 
 TifiT^v: ° ii Tr^^^^mrU^itiMi^ «rwt fVreftni: i 
 ufmihrrf^'TR^ f*re«ra i 
 
 On the first page (70a) there are these 
 verses : 
 
 *H*THt 4rW5TWT JHT «^«T ^IT^Tftl II 1 II 
 
 e) The eleventh adhydya. Foil. 29 (199- 
 227). The 207th leaf brings in a piece omitted 
 on fol. 206a, 1. 10 (^cfiTnrjf*:). 
 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 Tlie second pdda begins (fol. 205a): 
 troB^5i:° n ^? f « d m qVifaf^nr^tam ^ iTWtwfw- 
 
 fVfVH^ W «^ sfW J ^ffiJ^ ^l^!JTHTW f^fH^Ttn- 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 2136): 
 
 ^Tftqt ° II flftMl UVTWTflt ^cnnftTfTfvqftTT?^- 
 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. 2206) : 
 ^t^TfoFrWTW ° II *f W=d ^HIVWrHTflWoinit cJT*Nrt Vk$ 
 
 /) The twelfth adhydya. Foil. 31 (228-258). 
 
 The first pdda begins : 
 
 Hfo ° II TT^H^«Rtlt HVTWT7nW?l«»TOf-4 $TV W s^tt- 
 
 The second pdda begins (fol. 241a) : 
 f%?Tft ° II ^T?^hlT<rfrTT*TVTHWfarJrRt IwhRT- 
 
 The third pdda begins (fol. 2486) : 
 The fourth pdda begins (fol. 255a) : 
 
 It ends : 
 
 Trip! frcf«nft- ^T^faTOTlvHTW II 
 
 Date of this copy of the twelfth adhydya : 
 TjfViTT ^^f8fWTc5>q (?) ^IH<*^3IW>TJRt wfav 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2190, 2191. 
 
 1017 & 1018. Bhdttadlpikd, a second copy, 
 incomplete. 
 
 1017. Foil. 275, in eight parts; size 11- 
 lli in. by 4-4| in. 
 
 a) The second, third and fourth pddas of 
 the first adhydya. Foil. 21; 11-13 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 6) The first pdda and a part of the second 
 pdda of the second adhydya. Foil. 14 (22-35); 
 13-15 lines in a page. The last leaf termi- 
 nates in the middle of the commentary on 
 the twenty-seventh sutra of the second pdda 
 (*rmt»°). See no. 2194 (15626). 
 
 o 
 
 c) The first two pddas of the third adhydya. 
 Foil. 20 (36-55); twelve lines in a page. The 
 last leaf ceases in the beginning of the third 
 pdda. 
 
 (?) The last six pddas of the third adhydya. 
 Foil. 89 (56-154); foil. 56-66 nine to twelve 
 lines, foil. 67-154 nine lines in a page. On 
 fol. 67a another large handwriting sets in.
 
 rniLOSornv. 
 
 709 
 
 e) The fourth adhy&ya. Foil. 31 (155-185); 
 ten linos in a page. 
 
 /) The fifth adhyaya. Foil. 26 (186-211); 
 13-15 linos in a page. 
 
 g) The sixth adhyaya. Foil. 47 (212-258), 
 in tho same handwriting as part/; 11-13 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 h) The seventh adhyaya. Foil. 1G (260- 
 275); twelve lines in a page. 
 
 1018. Foil. 239 (276-514), in five parts ; 
 size 11 in. by 4}-4§ in. 
 
 a) The eighth adhyaya. Foil. 15 (276-290); 
 twelve lines in a page. For the date, see 
 part e. 
 
 b) The ninth adhyaya. Foil. 83 (291-373); 
 
 10 or 11 lines in a page. 
 
 c) The first four pad as of the tenth adhyaya. 
 Foil. 76 (374-449); foil. 374-387 twelve to 
 fourteen lines, foil. 388-449 (in a new hand- 
 writing) ten to twelve lines in a page. 
 
 d) The eleventh adhyaya. Foil. 37 (450- 
 486), in the same handwriting as part a; 
 
 11 or 12 lines in a page. For the date, see 
 part e. 
 
 c) The twelfth adhyaya. Foil. 28 (487-514), 
 in the same handwriting as parts a aud d ; 1 1 
 or 12 lines in a page. 
 
 Date: *hn^ SSb? 3lt(?) ^f^OTm ^JnntJEJ sHT 
 
 aunrsT («ie!). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2192, 2193. 
 
 1612 & 1370. Bhattadipika, the first three 
 adhydyas, incomplete. 
 
 1612. Foil. 156, in two parts; size 9| in. 
 by 3| in. 
 
 a) The first and tho Becond adhydyas. Poll. 
 116 j 6 or 7 lines in a page. 
 
 h) The first two pddan, and the beginning 
 of the third pdda of the third adhyaya. Foil. 40; 
 
 6-8 lines in a page. 
 
 1370. Poll. 169 (41-209); size 9i in. bj 
 
 • > 1 in. ; 6-8 lines in a paj 
 
 The remaining part of tho third adhya 
 incomplete at the end, ceasing in tho middle 
 of the eighth pdda. The Lasi Leaf contains 
 
 only this colophon : ^fn 'eftwH-f-.JotiifT HT^T^ftl- 
 
 Nearly all leaves of these two volumes ar. 
 coloured yellow. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2194. 
 
 1562b. Foil. 16; size 11} in. by 4 J in.; 
 13-15 linos in a page. 
 
 Bhattadipika, the second, third and fourth 
 pdda of tho first adhyaya. The handwriting 
 is the same as in no. 21906 (10176). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2195. 
 
 1562c. Foil. 17; size 11} in. by 4J in.; 
 foil. 1-6 eleven or twelve lines, foil. 7-17 ten 
 lines in a page. ■ 
 
 Bhattadipika, the seventh adhyaya. The 
 handwriting of the first six leaves is the same 
 as in nos. 2196 (1562d) and 21916 (10186). 
 
 [II. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2196. 
 1562d. Foil. 14; size 11} in. by 4} in.; 
 twelve linos in a page. 
 
 Bhattadipika, the eighth adhyaya, in the 
 
 same handwriting as no. 2191?) (10186) and 
 the first six leaves of no. 2195 (1562'-). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 4
 
 ■10 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 8. Other Miniums a works. 
 
 2197. 
 
 3039. Foil. 107; size 12j in. by 4£ in-; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Mimdnisdsdrasamgraha, a commentary on 
 Bhatta Saiikara's Edrikds, by Ahitdgnikesava, 
 son of Bhatta Visvandtha. An incomplete 
 copy, comprising only the first four adhydyas, 
 but without the first pdda of the first. 
 
 The commentary explains not only the 
 Kdrikds, but also the Jaiminisutras. 
 
 The text of the Edrikds is given at the end 
 of each adhydya. Those of the first adhydya 
 are (fol. 18b): vrnnv^ftrs^^^^: II 
 
 V»Tf S^^^^TTTwft( r . °«Tt) ^T TP^W^qO^ril mil 
 
 h Attic* hi uftf^TO ^THHTTnw^^H^ I 
 ^fi'^r^T^^f'TTicg^^MHH mr. II ? II 
 
 'MHHRqft-g^: ^n^HTHTU*IM<5"T« v II 3 II 
 
 HTHTTnraqm^Rinqqnra'!? ^uh« v i 
 
 Wmnftf^iTm^TlT Wfit^T^f^TTfgi^T II $ II 
 
 ^q ?wf%fv%Tfta' *n3TOt ^ imnrrrn i 
 
 WiCtt ^ TPTTCTrEf 1 TT^firfVrWiT: II b II 
 
 f^rncRiq uira;^ fjrFrqraiqrafTT u <£ n 
 
 fq=R^Tf^f^«ir!I cF=r(r. °^l)H^T«ri^ril I 
 
 w<rhim'!nT*n^H , *r^ : r^Tntarf«*rfi h is ii 
 
 imnznj ancjfiwfli ^frj csW^<ft: ii <w ii 
 
 wrirwrnrrt hihiuh Hamlin i 
 
 =rnTq^ y?i vrrR^T ^tim^t r^TT«nn u <& u 
 
 wf?TTjTrf^5TT(ii^ Trttyniif^ 3 vtfn^m^ i 
 f?r^7ai*ifq k?tt n wrrt^q ^ -Hinin ii <w n 
 
 ^TFr^Ttr^rnrig irfws 'vNtitt aif-»iHi i 
 
 >ttwt ^ lirfq jffarter sr^trre 3if*P*nrr n it, n 
 
 wumT(f(?) lifairq w^r *TWTf^jfNr7n i 
 
 c c 
 
 The second adhydya begins with the second 
 quarter of the eighteenth sloka, and ends with 
 the thirtieth (fol. 40b); the third adhydya ends 
 with the first quarter of the seventy-second 
 sloka (fol. 88a); and the fourth adhydya with 
 the third quarter of the eighty-ninth sloka 
 (fol. 107a). 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ■4H«ii^i farcr*i;gT3'T?r«h!?*nr^lTTTt riWi^fwatraiHii 
 
 J^# qif ^ft^Tnrir I ffr|ld<J*iHHHVJ<W*?iT<;vir«l<i 
 
 TifiTsfTK: i K-fiftw^wirti mrrcf f^^onr f¥ Jmnrrv* 
 
 ^frf I TT?T ^q ftRf^dHMHHllf5T^T?ITq=ri<H<^wrrT- 
 'JJ'ravqTf^ifNft HiwtR^q tfntm I ^T ^T? ^"kTTRT'njnT- 
 
 wrvm c5sjTTrrsff q^T wn^nrnnr: «mr fts «rf| v&n- 
 'mtrftr^'TO i wh ^umiwJirrfWNfr+idi i H^rtHJiffrrfq 
 
 Tfj-^qq r^H I Sl f^iP^ I *rfa<jy<*To5T ^7 ^rHTriHIW ^ 
 
 ^qTrai^ q^Tq^qiinn TTcpnnrRt ^^TPTurniql'- 
 ^q-mnir qrnw ^tifvw 'ff^q''r?;§^TqfwmHTR\NT^Tfe-
 
 rniLOSornv. 
 
 711 
 
 ?tre: i ^vj'-nfrf^TRwftT [il. 7) i 
 
 The commentary of the second adhydya 
 begins (fol. 206): 
 
 ■w*fm imvh trnnwr fflfs*mm i 
 
 f^tTjft' JWJTTTfa ^R^t fvPFW II 
 The commentary of tlio third adhydya 
 begins (fol. 416): 
 
 ^mw itwxiw: uT^rf fafewr*nr i 
 f%^rirt crh«^ 7Prjrr"iir<w*Mri h 
 The commentary of the fourth adhydya 
 begins (fol. 896): 
 
 ■w*m rmjuh tfv^m ftrfs^mrH i 
 fa^ 5iTjiftt3 TnftiHJrTifi'ajff ii 
 
 Date of the first adhydya, *hnr ^t&M ; date 
 of the other three adhydyas, *hnr x st^ . 
 
 Colophon : ;fff ^wgf^^mT7*r^Tf?HTf^crapr- 
 
 of wh i q5 i P^ y -*n *f^Rm^ finrltnm(u«j ^anph ut?: ii 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2198. 
 
 3099. Foil. 54; size 9i in. by 4 in. ; 10-12 
 lines in a page. 
 
 AT/ ou'i msd nyii yaprakdsasamj '/ akam Mrmamsd- 
 prakaranam, according to Burnell, Tanj. MSS., 
 p. 85, " the most popular introduction to the 
 Mlrnamsa," by Apadeva, son of Anantadeva. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 185, no. xlix. The 
 beginning has been printed in Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 2196, no. 524; and in 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, 1., p. 107, no. 299. 
 
 The end is : 
 
 ^fir *ft s^ vrt ^inn^r f^f?irw|f3i^ faptmnrsririT: i 
 'srfrfir^iikijai fammrrnrT fHt'-H^w^fj: i ^ ^ nr-,vw- 
 MaHm -ir uhtothtc: i ^srtfti tit^t™ ?iw?Tfq ;mfw 
 
 UTT | 7i=rqWTf;H cFPffU KTJ^t - 1 H^^irfuflT "T7T: II 
 
 OT? TSTRfH: art TrfawT tr^^mn i 
 ^s^r jfhnrt ^ nlfWt urarrw?;: n ' n 
 
 The handwriting is n<>t every wlicrc the same, 
 foil. 196-31« and t'dl. |ii In ing apparently not 
 as old as the main body of this manuscript. 
 
 [J. 1!. lUi.r.A.vn 
 
 2199. 
 
 3098. Foil. GO; size 9] in. by 4} in.; 
 generally 11 or 12 lines in a page. 
 
 NydyaprahdSa, a socond copy of Apadeva' s 
 
 work. Full. 21 25 and fol. :>.S are in a modern 
 handwriting, but the main body of this manu- 
 script may belong to the end of the 17th 
 century. There tire some lines in a small 
 handwriting on the outer side of th.' firsl hat', 
 which seem to belong to somo other Mlmdmsd 
 work. [J. R. Ballantynk.] 
 
 2200. 
 
 3033. Foil. 32; size I2 : ; in. by 6i in.; 
 15-21 lines in a page. 
 
 Mimdmsdnydyaprakdsa, a third copy, with 
 marginal notes in a small handwriting. The 
 following lines are on the first page : 
 
 u^ u^p^t H^qii:) u^ ng^wn: i 
 ?rcn»r: W^rt "fror *nr* f*T "l(:) v^m: ii 
 
 3qr=K: yrg^ mvr vrfft ^?nY sm(:) v^*: ii 
 [J. R. Ballanti • 
 
 2201. 
 
 1458a. Foil. 59; size 9J in. by 4 in.; ton 
 linos in a page. 
 
 MtmdmsdnydyaprakdSa, a Fourth copy. 
 
 II T Con
 
 712 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2202. 
 3272. Foil. 44; size 14f in. by 1\ in.; 
 12-14 lines in a page. 
 
 Mimdmsdnydyaprakdsa, a fifth copy. 
 
 The scribe has added: f^rf^Tt ixm *!iiV^nre*«i 
 
 sJTI3TrrWW*n(?) • • • t A " C - BURNELL.] 
 
 2203. 
 
 1321. Foil. 203 ; size 12i in. by 4i in.; 
 foil. 1-136 thirteen lines, foil. 137-203 twelve 
 or eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Jaiminiyanydyamdldvistara, the maxims of 
 Jaimini's philosophy, or religious institution, 
 in easy verses, with a commentary in prose " 
 (Colebrooke, on fol. la), by Mddhava Acdrya 
 (in the second half of the fourteenth century). 
 See Hall's Index, p. 168, no. li. 
 
 Copied, in ten parts, by one and the same 
 scribe, Samvat 1847 and 1848: 
 
 a) The first adhydya, foil. 20 ; 
 
 6) the second adhydya, foil. 16 ; 
 
 c) the third adhydya, foil. 32 ; 
 
 d) the fourth adhydya, foil. 12 ; 
 
 e) the fifth adhydya, foil. 1 1 ; 
 
 f) the sixth and seventh adhydyas, foil. 23; 
 
 g) the eighth and ninth adhydyas, foil. 22 ; 
 h) the tenth adhydya, foil. 46 ; 
 
 i) the eleventh adhydya, foil. 12; 
 
 h) the twelfth adhydya, foil. 9. 
 
 The numbers of the verses, and other mar- 
 ginal notes, are in Colebrooke's handwriting. 
 
 An edition of the Jaiminiyanydyarndldvistara 
 
 was begun by Th. Groldstiicker (Sanskrit Text 
 
 Society, London, 1865-1869), and finished by 
 
 E. B. Cowell (1878). Another edition in the 
 
 Ananddsrama Skr. Series. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2204. 
 
 1841. Foil. 345 (and four additional leaves, 
 after foil. 34, 93, 204 and before fol. 217, 
 
 which supply omissions); size 11 J in. by 
 h\ in.; eleven lines in a page; modern hand- 
 writing. 
 
 Jaimininydyamdldvistara, a second complete 
 
 copy. 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 37a, the second 
 fol. 646, the third fol. 120a, the fourth fol. 144a, 
 the fifth fol. 164a, the sixth fol. 195a, the 
 seventh fol. 2036, the eighth fol. 213a, the 
 ninth fol. 244a, the tenth fol. 3116, the eleventh 
 fol. 3306, the twelfth fol. 3456. 
 
 [J. Taylob.] 
 
 2205. 
 
 204. Foil. 332; size 9 f in. by 4i in.; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Jaiminiyanydyamdldvistara, a third, but in- 
 complete copy, in five parts, all in the same 
 handwriting, except the last twenty-two leaves. 
 
 a) The first adhydya, foil. 47 ; 
 
 6) the second adhydya, foil. 39 ; 
 
 c) the third adhydya, foil. 75 ; 
 
 d) the fourth (ends fol. 336), fifth (ends 
 fol. 61a) and sixth adhydya, foil. 101 ; 
 
 e) the seventh (ends fol. 126), eighth (ends 
 fol. 25a) and ninth adhydya, foil. 70. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2206. 
 
 285b. Foil. 65; size 10i in. by 3f in.; 
 legibly written, in Devanagari, in the early 
 part of the last century ; ten lines in a page ; 
 except the last eight leaves (originally paged 
 separately), which have been supplied by a 
 more recent hand, nine lines in a page. The 
 original pagination of the two portions (6-62, 
 1-8) has been obliterated, and changed to 
 89-153, so as to make them appear as the 
 continuation of MS. 285a (the Ndrdyanlya 
 vritti on the Jsvaldyana-Grihyasutra).
 
 PIIILOSOrilY. 
 
 '13 
 
 A fragment of a Mimamsd treatise, in tlie 
 iragdhard metre, with a commentary. 
 
 The first leaf (tho sixth of the original MS.) 
 begins in the middle of the comment nu the 
 first slolca : mfiwfl: ^pT.^W °£Ntq<*IT!S7>rm- 
 
 The second sloka runs as follows (fol. 926, 
 orig. 96): 
 
 c 
 
 [?twte: ii W ii 
 *ra^nfS nfc?W TmnHTTomTiT nn? ° 
 
 The third sluhi (fol. 936, orig. 106): 
 
 ^iftH^^sfq \pj ^TfqTJH7f( ?) 7T^ ofTT Ulf iTTrfT I 
 
 [*f%: ii 5 ii 
 
 f=ir=F: ° 
 
 The last Sloka (.fol. 145a, orig. 62a): 
 
 m =rferin(?) ^rtfi*: fisn* \fn »nf Tratrn?T(rm!it 
 
 [ii i$ II 
 inl fq<renjT ^^qfTq^^*rf%fvarr^f^c5T« sfq o 
 The Sutrabhdshya is referred to in the 
 comment on si. 4, the Mlmdmsalcamaryddci on 
 s/. 7; ^^JTOfafsTTOJ fol. 110a; ire fa n fiw u- 
 crtc5w 4n: fsKnw gfff h *r£m?T: i fol. 1476; ^r§- 
 ^rer&T yr:^fwfcfir ^ift *m^w: iprcrrcsn fol. 1526. 
 
 Tlie original colophon ran thus : ^fff *rtfiiw- 
 ^TMg Hie* oh<J I rH ^ 3J ofTT=?MTt H^HT^* jivihhjiutthhj 
 finrN: TR'. il This has been scored out, and 
 the following supplied by a different hand : 
 TfiT ^ta^Hl«<*Hptfc?o|i<JTrWjHl^riIT!IHgcM WWfw: 
 
 The older leaves of the MS. show the 
 
 marginal mark (now painted over) fa- T-; the 
 first ami last leaves of the modern porl 
 «r£m*Rt. [II. T. COLBBEOOKE.] 
 
 2207. 
 
 1366. Poll. 48 j size 8| in. by 31 in.; 
 15-19 lines in a page. 
 
 Bhdttabhdskara, a controversial i realise on 
 Mimdrnsd topics, by Jivadeva, son of Apadeva, 
 the Dharmapramdpariccheda, incomplete. The 
 same chapter in Rajendralala Mitra's Notices, 
 vii., p. 12G, no. 235G. See Hall's Index, p. 188, 
 no. Ii x. 
 
 The first two leaves are lost, fol. 3 begins: 
 . . . ^ ^T^nrTramrjT^itTf fannnimiaTTHig^ ^tprr 
 HTHf"*^ I There are somo more leaves lost 
 after fol. 27. The Ran aha is often quoted, 
 in opposition to the Misrdh. 
 
 Colophon : 3fiT "-On-i m-i --) I r*J H *rN??=»nfT >rr£- 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBEOOKK.] 
 
 2208. 
 
 1303b. Foil. 58; size 13| in. by 4g in.; 
 six lines in a page; written in the Bengali 
 character, on coloured paper. 
 
 Tattvasiddhdnta, a short treatise on tin 
 principles of the Mimdmsd, by VidyanidM?. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fsfa *ft4 wmrruj ^jfi*rpr faim>fv: *>rh i 
 x j 
 
 ire Jf^rtTrrm: wwi *r? -^1^ vrmr>smrfiT ^<rr 
 
 * c 
 
 Date of the copy. f^frnTw^fHdi'H: ^HmnT- 
 
 M^lll TT^iCTftl II 31*151.1: IS't II 
 
 [II. T. CoLEBKOOKE.]
 
 714 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2209. 
 
 1322. Foil. 74; size 12f in. by 4i in.; 
 yellow paper ; large regular writing in the 
 Bengali character ; seven lines in a page ; 
 written about Colebrooke's time. 
 
 Adhikaranakaumudl, by Rdmakrishn a. See 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, ii., p. 67, no. 634. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f?rsnnf sfy^Tui ttho&htr fwif ii 
 
 t ^ 
 
 ^srfinsw faro* s%f^rrd *m ir^fV-sRT^tr *rtat*r- 
 
 The single topics of tlie Mimdmsd are in- 
 troduced by special headings : (the first is 
 Tlft^fVcFTO, Raj. M.); *m TTf^^^fVoFTTlf fol. 26; 
 ^H f^fiT^f^nFW fol. 36; ! 3m «t^TfgJ7niTfkI=lfTT!i 
 fol. 4a ; *!r«l ^t^TcBTfv=irW fol. 46 ; ^m Tfi^m- 
 ^jTfiIcfiT5t and WH *tfq^rfvniiTi!T fol. 5a; ^rq 
 ^f^HTJRTfVoFTUi fol. 56 ; '^ n^cRr^TfWeK^j and 
 
 ^m mrfrsTPEsrfVcFw fol. 6a ; *m fvun^wrofv^iT^ 
 
 and ^m T-qonrrfyofiT^r fol. 7«; WI H^RIT^: fol. lb; 
 *m JWjprra: fol. 86 ; ^rmiyH? uvrRTTrtiinrriT^Jr*- 
 ■nmr. and 'sro tTmftisrfv=frTJff fol. 96 ; wa •Bf^mrc- 
 
 «Hlfv=»TW fol. 106; ^m ^i^fv=STI!i fol. 11a; ?r«I 
 ^■^mfVoRTTJ fol. 12a ; W«I oFr^TJTfam«*iriTTfv«K*tf 
 fol. 126; <3T*l Tr\r^j7V?ynifVcSTm fol. 13a; ^T*J 
 
 iT^T?T^fai^iTT: fol. 14a ; ^r«j qf<*^rr*r: fol. 146 ; 
 
 ^ wpTTfTrFi?nfy=B^!i fol. 15a; ^J cFWe^rni: and 
 wjq =KTJTc?Slftl=fi*J!T fol. 16a ; ^tvj|Q^T^Tfv=nnj fol 
 166; ^ f^vilfv=?rnj fol. 17a ; ^^ TlfiTftTWlfVcFtlff 
 fol. 176; 'SPS Hi (leg. iRqJ) WI fol. 19a; *niT*J 
 ^l=7fv=S^!T fol. 196; ^ ^irraTf?Tli fol. 20a 
 ^nj fairer: fol. 21a; ^^ JJT5jT5rfaTf*J<fiW fol. 23a; 
 
 ^ jiTHPnfv^iniT fol. 236 ; 'sm en**?*** f^TiT^Tn 
 
 f^crf'BUTfVoF-nir fol. 24a ; ^ tP^mcRR^rm: and 
 W!J (I5Tar*^m: fol. 25a ; ^T^T WTftn^^i^ITIi: 
 fol. 26a; ^Vl ^Tf^^^TJTf'HcRTTJ fol. 27a; ^T 
 
 WJTTTT'arra: , ^I^l 7113'Hr'rTPtT: and ^HJ aTTW'ni: 
 
 ^ c> e. 
 
 fol. 276 ; ^T«I =Kfq^55TfkJ«Fnj fol. 28a ; ^rq 7TET- 
 
 H^iftioR'niT and ^TjmwrfarRrrc: fol. 286; ^qrssti 
 
 UvrR=BTc!r^m5T^t fol. 29a; ^ wf TqT^WnCTfVfiT 
 fmn: and ^^7^oFT%ElTcir5tnn fol. 296 : ^T^ TltlWT- 
 
 fVcFntf and ^m xji!rN\jt mrrfVirRrHH^: fol. 30a ; 
 
 ^?*t Tlf^TgJTf^oRTTn' fol. 306 ; ^PtJ frf^nfUcRtTfr fol. 
 31a; ^m TjTgfvcBTTci fol. 32a; ^m tf?HTf?nriwcir: 
 fol. 326 ; ^q m$^i&temi: and *rq ufntmrfvcFTTj 
 fol. 33a ; ^^T?fa^fT3frmftIoFT*Tf fol. 336 ; *m 
 VraT»mTTfv=RT*!i and 'srifteTfMornrf fol. 34a ; HT3TT- 
 fVWOT fol. 35a; ^T*I ^TTcSsfT^f JcRITJ fol. 356; 
 ^^ ?W^rfgn<TTfv=FTT!t and ^Tn^jn'Rrra: fol. 36a ; 
 wy Wft^TfiT^ni: fol. 366; ^rzjTjfiTfMcRTiTr fol. 37a; 
 ^izrrfHBiTfv^TJjifol. 376; ^ujngf^fff^q: fol. 38a; 
 
 ^m ?fa^M<4 Kj UnfVoKnj fol. 386 ; *m m3ITfv^!U!T 
 fol. 39a; *&V fafaf^t(leg. ^fvoRT^r fol. 396; 
 ^ Wmfn^FW fol. 40a ; ^r*T ^ftfnTfvi=RW fol. 
 406 ; ^ |igT^T;TfvioRT?T fol. 41a ; ^rzj Tnrrf%cfr?i- 
 f^^xm fol. 416 ; ^r?j wr. fol. 42a; ^T^I ^fnfc5- 
 ^Tf^Ti: fol. 436; ^^ f^fvtf^<mf<$: fol. 48a; ^ 
 ^?T3I^TWTn: fol. 506; *ni f^iR^I^WT fol. 51a; 
 
 'srsi ffnmfirwt 1 !^ fol. 516; wq «Tqwf^f ; TtqsT^I«mj 
 fol. 52a ; ^rzr ^ft: ui!T^^srf*i^iT'!i fol. 526 ; ^r«i 
 
 TlfcmmfWorr fol. 546 ; ^-q «t7tTOT(fv)cFn!T fol. 
 556; ^rq f^Vq5<?TWr fol. 56a; '•ITO ^^^^T«<:(?) 
 fol. 61a; ^PpnrrTfv=Rt*!fr fol. 616; ^q JfT^fVlcirTtf 
 fol. 62a ; 5STSI ^i?«r^TfUoRnj fol. 64a ; W^ f^S^- 
 
 ^j^iTi^nq: fol. 646; wn Tj5ifnf?<xf<mr3zim\(\eg. 
 ^q^wiT?) fol. 65a; ^q wr^g^Tcs^ni: fol. 706. 
 
 The last words are : fawtfTl «lf Tm^ti ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2210. 
 
 1464a. Foil. 127; size 8f in. by 3| in.; 
 9-13 lines in a page. 
 
 Vidhirasdyana-Sukhopajlvini, a commentary 
 on the Vidhirasdyana, composed, as was the 
 Vidltirasdyana itself, by Apyayl D/kshita, son
 
 I'HII.OSOI'HY. 
 
 716 
 
 of Rangardja Adhvarivara, of ilio family of 
 Hlmradvdja. The Vidliirnndijana \s a metrical 
 treatise on the three kinds of vidhi. For the 
 correct form of the author's name see no. 2211. 
 It bog-ins : 
 
 vrarngrp^fq wr^f^ r^Hm: i 
 
 vcn: ti * f^siw srraffTcif 3^: 11 1 11 
 
 HTS sI3f TFT^H^TfttcP TT3^qTTT-|5IT II * II 
 
 xr?r ^nftc5HHT^TfnrrT faffo f%f\iT*rnR nm 1 
 q^rcwsrfHWiTnjrt hit ^T^irT^ fVfa^jff 11 3 11 
 
 fqfqififq*nmFTT'3 ^^TSjTfqWT: II fcP W^T% fa^mi»?T4- 
 
 »?ftfw nm fircmfst^r. ° t^°) ^t^tst^rt at: uptst- 
 ?7rnjuf^n(l., 2, 19) f^nwT^T ^t ^fin^iffClV., 2, 
 
 24) qftriiar^?mf?3 (I., 2, 42) 1^ fafaHeRm: 
 ufa^r: 11 ^qqfafvf^'rafqfvi: TiforMTf^fv^fcf h ^ 
 
 fqurnfNt ^r^rensi^ fan=sWft?TqqfViqTf?5reRr- 
 
 wrrhnff Tra*Trrfj^»u*«nT ^r«h 11 
 
 The apurvavidhilalishaiiakshcpa ends fol. 64a, 
 the niyamavidhilaJcshandhshepa fol. 68a, the 
 parisat'ihhydlalsliandlishepa fol. 7o/i. Then fol- 
 lows the trividhavidhilaJcshandJcshi "paparaspa/rd- 
 tidesa, after that (fol. 766) the udaharandhshepa, 
 ending fol. 100ft with the colophon : ^fiT . . . 
 ^qfjfVrqHfT«I?T?TT!rraq'j|Ti3T: *hth: II The next 
 and last part of this copy begins (fol. 1016): 
 
 qnt^rm^Tflin?T?.rq ^r?a«nfq ^tt^h? qTwm-7*r=rT5j- 
 
 pjsrg-nr? wn?5^3?n^rsirq^ TRnifatmn fflu nnn»T^VH u 
 
 Colophon on fol. 766: ^fjf 7rfa<ri3TTfaoT^nit- 
 
 iftwrs 1 j * ^^T^y^m^^r •■T^frTjiTfiT^rjFTriTTjg - 
 
 It lii-oaks off with : w?m7 ^f>HarmwRlHiin 
 =ifTT:^n«n fVrtm;q*r3R it v^Mi ffniHMfVHwjujuoi 
 ^fcf *?q ~%vt§: wtt" sfq fafvwifqfvfcfJT *rt sfi 
 
 See Flail's Index, p. 194, no. lxxxi. ; Burnell's 
 Tanj. MSS., p. 86. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2211. 
 
 1642. Foil. 48; size 9§ in. by 3 in.; 
 fairly good, small Devanagarl writing ; 9-1 L 
 lines in a page. 
 
 TJpakrama-pardlirama, a treatise on " the 
 relative importance attaching to right initia- 
 tion and the proper completion of ceremonies " 
 (Hall's Index, p. 192, no. lxxv.), by Appayya 
 D/hshita, son of Rat\gardja. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 qqt<ra?TTn?nfvHT w: 1 
 
 u<Tim<jih: TTf(T^rc5>if?nro : ^ n 
 H^j?t«c?rrerfq?^< I 'iq'i?TtqTfTOv jmjq^iRm m?^ 
 mtmq»rr|: 1 ^^Rjrfq ■sj-^rn ^i§&tth fTfni: grrntt 1 
 ft ^ Tjfff-mfnf^ ^ sn^iT 1 ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^qnj( '• .^npq)?'* rein ^fir nfgne w: ( r . h^ht:) m 
 ^ * Cm, << qf^?qT7ff^fgf7 , °]irq 1 
 •?qwg(T7^nmq"3i'?tiTT'3w 11 
 
 5 A
 
 716 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 cn j e c- 
 
 *faff St?3 '^HcJ^lHMtHrHT ° f^f^Kf*T<f ^T^^BJt^ 
 
 TlftqoMllVJ || 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2212. 
 
 1222. Foil. 63; size 11| in. by 3A in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 Pratyakshaparishtisutra, a commentary on 
 the third sutra of the Mlmdrnsdsdstra, by JJpd- 
 dhydya Sucarita Misra. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Tim firfjrjTTrtffVftfir ww u i<mjm»r«h i h*s v^^r 
 
 Foil. ^ and 81-$$ are wanting. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2213. 
 
 2100b. Foil. 17; size 9f in. by 4| in.; 
 foil. 1-6 sixteen lines, foil. 7-17 thirteen lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Vidhivdda, incomplete at the end. The 
 name of the author does not appear. The 
 subject of this treatise may be seen from the 
 opening sentence : 
 
 <Jc{<<*IH: ^rf Wn<*l»ft ^ffTTTf^ fafv^TPR m<*qi- 
 
 t 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2214. 
 
 256a. Foil. 30; size Hi in. by 3 in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; written in the 16th 
 century. 
 
 Adhyayanavidhicarcd, a treatise on the utility 
 and necessity of studying the Mimdmsd, by 
 Lakshmidhara Acdrya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 B^rrftr k^thkj? itk! hakjH'jk^ ii 
 cjrramsrnrrt inirafqftFt ii^ ^^ Tjvnr ^Fn^cRTO»ft- 
 gfnrran^»ri?rr*i^3n^ r ff»if'a7n: $?t: w ni fa 
 
 najrsrprtaT^sr: ^tsn^sTOTfirt jtfutafiT c^rg^?™ 
 Tn:»?"5frrFfir^t ^fafHsrt irrirftrfrni 'srwr ^fiisUflrt-* 
 
 It ends : 
 
 wwrff Tt%5 tjsjtj ^nunrt tf^f sm^ i t^ w^?m- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2215. 
 
 1597g. Foil. 20 (originally <*-??); size 
 9| in. by 3i in.; 7-11 lines in a page; old 
 fair writing, but written by two different 
 hands, the first part perhaps in the beginning 
 nt' the 16th century. 
 
 Bhdvandviveka, a Mlmdmsd tract on the 
 nature of bhdvand, by Mandana Misra. Foil. 3 
 and st are lost ; some leaves are full of small 
 holes. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *nr*t»flf?nfv-ift fVfai* wfHUiT i 
 
 HN I i*(M' 7J T^TJfrT TJ W«?(:) S filP^-Jjrf II <» II 
 
 ?r*n ?mr: 11 
 
 wR-RTfVrsR <. m 1 s^^TfHVTvrr. 1 
 
 •i HT^nTfTRT . . Wirt fsifsruranr:* 11 ? 11 
 
 * Read WiTTf^i^rafTi: ; cf . 
 fol. 2a, 1. 1.' 
 
 Tf^JTfa*:
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 71; 
 
 ^? ^(r.^) nTR(°^wH?)3mf^TOmTf^ifmjiT- 
 
 ^r*rrr ttstt «^ng:(stc !) cR^tur^ =fifr vvmsf; ^fnotc. 
 
 The colophon is : ^tnw^?qf^fJnrf%7ft s4 
 
 HN^ifM=i=ii: wnw: ii [II. T. Colebkooki:.] 
 
 'J 'JIG. 
 
 3046. Foil. 90; size 1 1 1 in. by 5 in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; very large writing, of 
 the 17th century. 
 
 Mtmdmsdratna, a treatise on pmnuJna and 
 prameya (Pramdnapraineyavidhiratn<ltmal:a), by 
 Raghundtha Bhattdcdrya. Tho MS. contains 
 only the second paricrliclu called Ml utthitt.lpni- 
 meyaratna. Though the paddrthas are similar 
 to those of the Vaiseshika, yet the work seems 
 to belong to the Mvmdmsd. Jaimini receives 
 the epithet Bhatjavdn, fol. 836 (wTmn HJTTHT 
 llfinf:). Pdrthasarathi is quoted fol. 16, Yal- 
 labhdcdrya fol. 29a, KdSikdkritah fol. 40a, Vd- 
 caspatimisrdh fol. 63a, etc. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^fafTpfftm ^t ?trrf^frT n^ rr^fq fa^re i w^r 
 wsj^Tft fVfav H-Nt srn^w i Transit ^aprirTcfifonHT- 
 
 (r. o^k ) wrpf ^!^F ^tiTTi»TOT^ I 
 
 Single sections end : fol. 16a ^ffT Tp'iq^T'ft: ; 
 fol. 43a ^ffl ipif^^mii ; fol. 496 ^fa fsinf^^iro. 
 The other sections are not distinctly marked, 
 but the next paddrtha after fair is TTTTRf. 
 Fol. 646, ^THTC seems to follow on f^nm (wwtt^ 
 
 It ends : 
 
 7?t^ Tm^HwnTf H^f^^nf^^^^^rT(•••■M■ !) i 
 fq?nc5^fiT'^f' T 'T : ^fir^n ojr=anrt ?N n 
 
 f cS ^ I 
 
 ^Pi ii [De. .). R. P,m i i m i 
 
 2217. 
 
 1950. Foil. Ill; size 9| m. bj 31 in.; 
 9-12 lines in a page; fair old writing, of the 
 1 7th century. 
 (Tarkaeintdmani?). This title does no! appear 
 
 in the MS. itself, but is taken from the notes 
 of John Taylor, on the first and on the hist 
 page. There is no introduction at the be 
 ning, no colophon at the end, the last leaf 
 breaking off abruptly. 
 The MS. begins : 
 
 Frrf^fff rra i vziiT fa«ff«rsp^r* f^Rfq^rm;^ qr 
 
 It is a critical discussion of topics belonging 
 to the Purvwmvmanta. It very often quotes 
 from three works which arc shortly called 
 Paddhati, Main' and Sudhd. Other authorities 
 are: the Nyayamrita, Eol. 11"; the Pramdna- 
 lahshayatjlia, ibid.; the Vndumniijiiri, fol. 1306; 
 the Kiirntiiiii niiiija, fol. 1346; the Jlhn/fn, fol. 
 476; the Bhdtta, fol. 77a; the Prdbhdha 
 ibid.; the Naiyydyika, Eol. 486 j the Sdnkhya, 
 fol. 766; JJdayana, fol. 906. The latter occurs 
 in the sentence ii ^nwnrTq T7iq t* * Wq^rwn: n 
 
 c 
 
 There are many such phrases in this work, 
 which look like sutras. In the second half 
 the work turns on grammatical subjects, sec f.i. 
 fol. 80a : *nr?nrr? i fciS-iavifsg^wruHrfiwfiT I ; 
 fol. 1246: ii F^rrf^fWTapq ^R^f'TOi: n On 
 bahwonhi, p. 1336, foil. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 a 2
 
 718 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 F. Vedanta. 
 1. Sutra. 
 
 2218. 
 
 3070. Foil. 13; size 10£ in. by 4J in.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Veddntasutra, the aphorisms of the Vedanta 
 philosophy, ascribed to Bddardyana, in four 
 adhydyas with four pddas each. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 86, no. i.; Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Cat., p. 220, etc. 
 
 Printed together with the commentaries of 
 Sankara, Rdmdnuja and Madhva. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2219. 
 
 1725a. Foil. 9; size 8| in. by 3§ in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Veddntasutra, a second copy, dated : *faff 
 <V9^ Jimsj ^ fc5 ° c5T^TiaN II 
 
 It has the inscription : ^ ^ST^ ^KimirHJ- 
 
 xfN^ V^C* II [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2220. 
 
 1052d. Foil. 11 (folded together); size 
 16 j in. by 3j in.; six lines in a page; fairly 
 written in the Bengali character, on coloured 
 paper. 
 
 Sdrirakasutra, a third copy. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2221. 
 
 1922a. Foil. 9; size 10i in. by 4f in.; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Vydsasutra, a fourth copy of the Vedanta 
 aphorisms. [J- Taylor.] 
 
 2222. 
 
 2833b. Foil. 7; size 7 in. by 8f in.; 14 
 or 15 lines in a page; large modern writing. 
 
 Sdrirakasutra, a fifth copy, incomplete, 
 ending with the tenth sutra of the second 
 pdda of the second adhydya. 
 
 [Sir Charles Wilkins.] 
 
 2. Sankara' s Bhdshya, and commentaries on it. 
 
 2223. 
 
 3086. Foil. 424; size lOf in. by 3| in.; 
 good Devanagari writing of 1502-5 a.d.; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 r i 
 
 Sdrlrakamlmdmsdbhdshya, by Satikardcdrya, 
 son of Sivaguru, pupil of Govindacarya, who 
 was a pupil of Gaudapdda (Aufrecht, Cat. Cat., 
 p. 626). Sankara was a native of Kerala 
 (Malabar), and wrote the Sdrirakabhdshya 
 about a.d. 804 (see K. B. Pathak's article, 
 "The date of Samkardcdrya, Ind. Antiqu. XI., 
 p. 174). Other dates in Sankara' s life were 
 pointed out by Aufrecht, Oxford Catalogue, 
 pp. 247-252. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 86, no. ii.; Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Cat., p. 221; Weber's Berlin Cat. 
 (1853), p. 176, etc. The Bhdshya is printed, 
 with Govinddnanda'sBhdshyaratnaprabhd, in the 
 Bibliotheca Indica (1863). For other editions, 
 see Haas' Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 10 ; a complete 
 German translation by Dr. Paul Deussen, 
 Leipzig, 1887 ; Part I. of Ballantyne' s Apho- 
 risms of the Vedanta Philosophy (Mirzapore 
 1851) contains the first pdda only. Banerjea's 
 Eno-lish translation in the Bibliotheca Indica 
 
 o 
 
 (fasc. L, 1870) has not been continued. 
 
 Adhy. I., foil. 136 (dated: tf^W SM^I ^* 
 
 ^TPfl!r*Tf^ t ^avwt ^ "); Adhy. II., foil. 130; 
 
 Adhy. III., foil. 113 (tf^ff WR ^f «m\f?n^ *$ 
 
 "^t^ft X$ fi^reR^Hl ll); Adhy. IV., foil. 45. 
 
 [Sir Charles Wilkins.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 90,01-900,7 
 
 2447, 2448, 2449, 2450. Foil. 110, 104, 
 98, 39 resp.; size 12-12$ in. by 4f-5i in.; 
 
 ten lines in a page ; writing fair. Many hi \ >> 
 have a painted margin. 
 
 Sdrlraka ml md msdbhdshya, a second copy of 
 Sai/kara's commentary on the Veddntasutras. 
 
 Each volume contains ono adhydya. Poll. 
 If^-^d in vol. ii. arc misplaced after fol. it. 
 
 [R. Johnson. ] 
 
 2228. 
 
 1922b. Foil. 500(10-499); size 10-10J in. 
 by 4f in.; 10-13 lines in a page; very good 
 writing. 
 
 Sdrlrakamlmdmsdbhdshya, a third copy of 
 Sankara's commentary, in five parts : 
 
 Foil. 10-49. The first pdda of the first 
 adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 50-144. The remaining three pddas 
 of the first adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 145-261. The second adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 262-351. The third adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 352-500. Another complete copy of 
 the third adhydya (ends fol. 457a) and the 
 fourth adhydya. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2229, 2230. 
 
 928, 853. Foil. 149 and 90 resp.; size 
 12? in. by 4| and 4| in. resp.; generally twelve 
 lines, but in vol. ii., foil. 63-90, ten lines in a 
 page ; fair, modern writing. 
 
 Sdrlrakamhndmsdbhdshya,, a fourth copy. 
 
 Vol. I. Foil. 1-32, the first pdda of the 
 first adhydya (ends fol. 32a), and tho begin- 
 ning of the second pdda. 
 
 Foil. 33-84, the second, third and fourth 
 pddas of the first adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 85-149, the second adhydya. 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. I 62, the third adhy 
 Foil. 62 '.hi, the fourth adhy 
 
 | II. T. COLKBBOOK) 
 
 2231. 
 
 2570. Foil. 117; si/.,', folio L54 in. by 
 9\ in.; European paper (watermark 1804); 
 Telagu character; 42—48 lines in a p 
 bound in hairy deerskin. 
 
 SdnniL nsdbhdshya, by Sankaracdrya. 
 
 Adhy. L ends fol. 185; II., fol. 726; III.. 
 fol. 1026; IV., fol. 1176. 
 
 [Mack. Coll. 
 
 2232. 
 
 2799b. Foil. Ill (38-151); size 9| in. by 
 
 3| in.; foil. 38-60 eight to thirteen lines, foil. 
 61-151 ten lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Sdr/rukamlmdmsdbhdshya, the first pdda of 
 the first adhydya (ends fol. 606), and the three 
 last pddas of the second adhydya. 
 
 [Coll. ov Fort William.] 
 
 2233, 2234. 
 
 1188, 1100. Foil. 137 and 207 resp.; size 
 
 13 in. by 3 in.; vol. i. 8 or 9 lines, vol. ii. 7 
 or 8 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 BhdmatJ, or Sankarabha dddbhdshya- 
 
 vibhdga, a commentary on Sankara's Bhdshya, 
 by Vdcaspati MUra, pupil of Mdrttandatilaka 
 Svdmin. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 87, no. iii.; Weber's 
 Berlin Catalogue, p. 177, no. 608; Burnell's 
 Tanj. MSS., p. 86. Vdcaspati Misra lived under 
 a king Nriga, and composed this commentarj 
 after the Nydyakanikd, the Tattvasamikshd, tin 
 Tattvabindu, and other philosophical works 
 (see the verses at tho end of the edition). The 
 Bkdmati was published in the Bibliotheca In- 
 dica, Benares 18S0, by Bala Sdstri,
 
 720 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 This is a defective old copy, the deficiencies 
 of which were made up by a later scribe. 
 
 Vol. I. The first adhydya, throughout in 
 the old handwriting. 
 It begins : 
 
 W?5Tf 3nPftfHfTWSsTT^^Tm II 1 II 
 
 ftr(:)*gftnnrci? i^T TtfBnrarro i^ mtf* i 
 
 ftRHHTTWJ ^TO^TH**? ^ *S ^erTH^'q: II ? II 
 
 sTRSTSq^HTTTtJ 1*t *m^nft ?^: II M II 
 
 TWt^=frfa3 irg : TimT?tiT 1 !J:('JT(i: the other 
 
 [copies) xrfV^rrfir II 9 II 
 
 trv *i5#f^npnpft>PT ^ ^ ffWBiT^rafcffqwTTft^rr: 
 
 ^nn pt im ^i ^ifiT amraifa^TSsfw i 
 
 The second pdda begins fol. 726, the third 
 fol. 826, the fourth fol. 119a. 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 1-91, -the second adhydya, in 
 a more recent handwriting. 
 It begins : 
 
 The second pdda begins fol. 236, the third 
 fol. 66a, the fourth fol. 83a. 
 
 Foil. 92-175, the third adhydya, in the old 
 handwriting, except the first three leaves. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 inprorfinm ° (sw. 1) i f^H^K^qroTnijflfWfW- 
 sumr jfft i 
 
 The second pdda begins fol. 1016, the third 
 fol. 1186, the fourth fol. 165a. Fol. 176, which 
 is nearly illegible, is the first leaf of this 
 adhydya in the old handwriting. 
 
 Foil. 177-207 the fourth adhydya, in the 
 old handwriting. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ■^tT: ?iT5HP:fwH^ cir5wwinR«i^ffT i 
 xr^r^«TfTTfj?^fqf^ fffHTrai i jpn i ^ure^s 
 ^T^T^nr^f%H>rn: ^Jf sni^ fa(:)w?T: n 
 ^TjTiTTTm wr^mrenp^nw (.■>«. l) i wtv^t^t- 
 
 ■guwt? Tnrt*i surra ^fn i [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 2235. 
 
 442. Foil. 418; size 7 in. by 10| in.; 
 22 or 23 lines in a page ; beautiful writing, 
 with painted margin. 
 
 Bhdmatl, a second copy, in two parts : foil. 
 1-275 the first (ends fol. 175a) and the second 
 adhydyasj foil. 277-418 the third (ends fol. 
 380) and the fourth adhydya. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2236. 
 
 1338b. Foil. 267; size 11* in. by 4|-4J in.; 
 10-15 lines in a page ; fair writing ; with 
 many coloured leaves. 
 
 Bhdmatl, a third copy. 
 
 Foil. 20-202 (<T<\Vd the first and the second 
 adhydyas, dated : ^ ^cT=ff f^ft^Tf *T^T*n>rpl 
 
 * g 5m«i ^wt wn^rrcn; ii
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 72] 
 
 Fol. 203a contains quotations from various 
 Upanishads, beginning: 5f Wt f»r^: n s n *r? 
 
 Foil. 204-261 (without original numbers). 
 Tko third adhyaya. 
 
 Foil. 262-286 (<\-*h). The fourth adhyaya. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2237. 
 
 289. Foil. 198 ; size 10J in. by 4| in. ; ten 
 lines in a page ; writing large and beautiful. 
 
 Bhdmati, the first adhyaya (the first pdda 
 ends fol. 1036, the second fol. 121a, tho third 
 
 fol. 171/j). [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2238. 
 
 2084. Foil. 173; size 9f in. by 4? in.; 
 seven lines in a page; writing large and clear. 
 
 Bhdmati, the third adhyaya (the first pdda 
 ends fol. 20a, the second fol. 54a, the third 
 fol. 146a). 
 
 The colophon is : 
 
 ^fw^ta(f)w^i?fii^TVt*ra : faf^T3JT :n ^t twrca - 
 nft<nrrcTH tVfa?ni '5?Trm'fm?tf ^srrq %frnr 11 
 
 ^nsmi ^^qfmrt^wt ^t^^ftwirgF^^ri^Rd) 
 f^fisnf 11 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2239, 2240. 
 
 1002, 1003. Foil. 189 and 159 resp.; size 
 12J in. by 4i in. Vol. i. and vol. ii., foil. 123- 
 159, ten lines, vol. ii., foil. 1-122, nine lines in 
 a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Veddntdkalpata.ru, a commentary on the 
 Bhdmati, by Amaldnanda Vydsd&rama, pupil 
 of Anubhavdnanda and Ananddtman Yati, 
 living under the reign of a king Krishna, son 
 of Jaitradeva. 
 
 See Ball's [ndex, p. 87, no. iv. 
 Ii begins: 
 
 faqsr^ 4 irtRT55»rf?T^7nim'i <*f<-; rf« 1 
 
 ^jthiti: nw* ^ftnTrrf3TT"tf^: inirtYfR 11 1 11 
 
 ^"^(/•.^srffT^nvfufnt JnJtan ^TT^r 
 Hsn^TftfVm^fff ^ *T»roa mn: wfmfir m 1 
 
 7t HirrT^?aTfTmirf^7r3i3n^ ?m*TT- 
 *fir f^f^fnf -m iti ^ ' m wnt hit tt^tt in ii 
 
 sftTrrH=FH«rnyiiTT^: TfNrrsirTra'Tr*: 1 
 H^i'Tishf'TT: niTTT!T7rfwr('') f^T^nr. wnm 
 fWcT: iraztor a ffr^wY* «nn*rfnr;r: 11 3 11 
 
 asifcH^nii: w^^b^' wt H*r«nn: u a 11 
 
 ■J 
 
 <fmt T?nnrrji wrfa a=s^p *m? znm 11 m m 
 
 i?T^TT%rT?T>TT?rW ; tr?I : trf%^fcr^T I 
 
 ^»nt> >n^Tnt m^avtvt* 11 * 11 
 
 ■nvntQ R trenretreTfhi n^ «t*: 11 t n 
 f^aiu'qMriuHi: ^iHPi^T *rrRHfuwjMH: 
 
 i«t flWIril H^ftT *T?WT cKTFTTfiKINJI'nT I 
 
 c53J Tjtq?Tni'jrR»r ; ni ^WtH^fttll II ft II 
 
 jj^ny.'iyftrm: mzftft *^Wl 1W'!? «' iir ^i 
 ^rrcjf^infq IT? jft?fiTfaf c?T=RWl tfjlimfir I 
 
 7ftf»r^BT TmH^frnjnrfjR k sftft f*«iMifcH nqou 
 %f^^wr*t ^T^wrnrifq roj^> wmrrf ^ 1
 
 722 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 
 ■^ft^rr 
 
 IHUftT ^fN^TUT* 
 
 Vol. I. Foil. 1-75, the first pdda of the 
 first adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 76-130, the three other pddas of the 
 first adhydya, dated : ^fofaiT StS^ 3IT5T HS^.9 II 
 
 Foil. 131-189, the second adhydya. 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 1-121, the third adhydya, 
 dated: ^rhfalT <*b$<? ^STTO Y a!,T '^ 3T^«IT 
 
 WT^T^ xfaft TTCT51 II 
 to 
 
 Foil. 122-159 the fourth adhydya. 
 Colophon : ^fir ^Hm*ra?*lfrm H <* I ■<< 1 5 ^ifN^JH- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2241. 
 
 1879. Foil. 306; size llf in. by 5 in.; 
 16-25 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 BhdmatJ, Vdcaspati Nisra's commentary 
 (standing in the middle of every page), and 
 Veddntahalpataru, Amaldnanda's commentary 
 on the Bhdmatl, an old, but incomplete copy. 
 
 Foil. 1-152, the first adhydya. Fol. <R* is 
 lost. 
 
 Foil. 153-224, the second adhydya, with 
 many defects ; some of them are made up by 
 leaves in a modern handwriting. 
 
 Foil. 225-290, the third adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 291-306, the two first pddas of the 
 fourth adhydya and the beginning of the third 
 pdda, this whole portion in the modern hand- 
 writing. [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2242. 
 
 740. Foil. 249; size 13i in. by 5 in.; 
 6-16 lines in a page ; middling writing. 
 
 Bhdmatl (in the middle of every page) and 
 Veddntahalpataru, the first adhydya, a modern 
 copy. 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 1376, the second 
 fol. 1576, the third fol. 2146. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2243. 
 
 2665. Foil. 83; size 10£ in. by 4 in.; 
 10-12 lines in a page; indifferent writing. 
 Veddntahalpataru, the second adhydya. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2244. 
 
 210. Foil. 494; size 6| in. by lOf in.; 
 twenty-five lines in a page ; good writing. 
 
 Veddntahalpataruparimala, a commentary 
 on the Veddntahalpataru, by Appayya Dlhshita, 
 son of Visva.jidydjin Raugardja Adhvarivara, 
 from the gotra of Bharadvdja. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 88, no. v.; Rajendralala 
 Mitra's Notices, iv., no. 1766. 
 
 The author's name is spelt Appaya or Ap- 
 yaya in the majority of the colophons; Appayya 
 occurs only twice, but see no. 2211. 
 
 The Parimala begins : 
 
 TTOTHfiT ^SjraTtfa «*^rf'^H v II <\ II 
 
 cR^nra»*nj(T)^£iT fcii»if\i3F*insiff divert i
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 723 
 
 FOTftr Hrfr T>TUT: =sfinim h q ^ if^njfVi v: n a 11 
 *»fi*ftT 
 
 Tlie first adhydya ends fol. 255a (the first 
 pdda fol. 148a, the second fol. 16m, the third 
 fol. 22Gb). 
 
 The second adhydya ends fol. 330/) (the first 
 pdda fol. 2756, the second fol. 3076, the third 
 fol. 3226). 
 
 The third adhydya ends fol. 4616 (the first 
 j>dda fol. 345a, the second fol. 3566, the third 
 fol. 4236). 
 
 The fourth adhydya ends fol. 4956 (the first 
 pdila fol. 477a, the second fol. 4866, the third 
 fol. 4916). 
 
 Colophon : ^fff VlHsTTTnns^iI^rfVoFWH^- 
 
 ftffSTTTOT oSTTT ^T ! tf«li<^Jrf*>'qfO)3r -<*dV||VH|lim ^jp): 
 th7: ii [H. T. Culebkooke.] 
 
 2245, 2240. 
 
 265, 266. Foil. 239 and 212 resp. ; size 
 12' in. by 4i in.; 10-12 lines in a page; 
 middling writing. 
 
 Kalpataruparimala, a second copy of Appayya 
 Diksh ita's commentary. 
 
 Vol. I. Foil. 1-135 the first pdda. 
 
 Foil. 136-154 the second pdda, dated : *faff 
 <1ti». 
 
 Poll. 155-214 the third pdda. 
 
 foil. 215-239 the fourth pdda of the first 
 adhydya. 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 1-61 the second adhydya. 
 Foil. 62-181 the third adhydya. 
 Foil. 182-212 the fourth adhydya, dated: 
 (Samvat) Sfct^ [H. T. Colkhkookk.] 
 
 2247, 2248. 
 
 1594, 863. Foil. 252 and 258 resp.; size 
 
 II in. by I,' in.; ton linos in a page; Ifl 
 
 writing. 
 
 Veddntakalpataruparimala, a third copy, 
 incomplete. 
 
 Vol. 1. The lirst pdda (ends fol. 194a), the 
 second pdda (ends fol. 221«), and part of the 
 third pdda of the firs) adhydya. 
 
 Vol. II. Poll. 160 (253 II 1) the resl of the 
 first adhydya (ends fol. 326a) and the second 
 adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 98 (413 510, fol. 127 is a " trufipatra") 
 the first, second and third pddas of the third 
 adhydya, the latter incomplete (the second 
 pdda ends fol. 443a). II. T. Colebrooke. 
 
 2249. 
 
 373. Foil. 1 13 ; si/.e 10 in. bj 43 in.; 
 fourteen lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Veddntakalpatarumanjari, a commentary on 
 tlie Veddntakalpataru, being an abridgment of 
 Appayya Dikshita's Veddntakalpataruparimala, 
 by Bh at fa Valdyandihu. son of Bdmacandra 
 Tatsat. 
 
 Vaidyandtha composed liis Sa&tradipikd- 
 prabhd in Samvat 1767 (Hall- Index, p. 17 1. 
 no. xv.). 
 
 The Kalpatarumanjarl begins : 
 
 t3rfVnTcRfl?5T*i'?m^T<TVflT'f'c» wfrHrfffwii i 
 ^fj^iri 'Mhw: *m?n: wmr httt tt^hb ^:iisii 
 tott wuH^ft wwfirqrt Hirt t>tt«ktt»i i 
 
 Hft^WTWpjt sS^T^T^T^' K^TH: II ' II 
 
 3TT^trf^xnTToT jtsYh^ m"sra^f>*^ **-%&m*rrfn 
 
 TftfH 
 
 The firsi adhydya ends fol. 67a (the firsl 
 carana fol. 13a, the second fol. 166, the third 
 fol. 506), the second adhydya fol. 84a (the firsl 
 pdda fol. 716, the second fol. 796, the third 
 
 5 b
 
 724 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 fol. 826), the third adhyaya fol. 122a (the first 
 pdda fol. 876, the second fol. 906, the third 
 fol. 1106), the fourth adhyaya fol. 1436 (the 
 first pdda fol. 1316, the second fol. 1366, the 
 third fol. 140a). 
 
 Colophon: ^TK T5rtawrTPfTOT(V.Jl °)*T!l!rrf'TsT- 
 Date of the copy : tf^W %9S>t wn* im ^*»T- 
 
 <nT?^ .... [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2250. 
 
 143. Foil. 517; size 13| in. by 5 in.; 
 7-14 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Sdrirakamvmdmsabhdshya, Sankara's com- 
 mentary on the Veddntasutra (standing in the 
 middle of every page) and Bhdshyaratnaprabhd, 
 a commentary on Sankara s Bhashya, by 
 Govinddnanda,, disciple of Gopdla Sarasvatl. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 89, no. xiii.; Oxford 
 Cat., p. 221, nos. 534 and 535 ; Berlin Cat. 
 (1853), p. 177, no. 010. 
 
 Govinddnanda' s pupil Ndrdyana Sarasvatl 
 composed his Sdnrakabhdshyavdrttika a.d. 1592 
 (Hall's Index, p. 202). 
 
 Govinddnanda's commentary was printed in 
 the Bibl. Ind., together with the Bhashya. 
 
 This copy was written Sam vat 1853 and 1854. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2251. 
 
 1070. Foil. 124; size 13f in. by 4| in.; 
 12-14 lines in a page ; very good writing. 
 
 Bhdshyaratnaprabhd, a fragment of a second 
 copy, in three parts : 
 
 Foil. 1-44 the first pdda. 
 
 Foil. 45-92 the three other pddas of the 
 first adhyaya, dated Samvat <taVi. 
 
 Foil. 93-124 the first two pddas of the 
 second adhyaya. 
 
 The first part has the marginal note TTH° 
 ■sf<ft (tp^T, vt° etc.), the third part TV* , the 
 second part TW!J<rt. But these notes are not 
 in the same handwriting as the MS. itself. 
 The first leaf bears the inscription : jtjtvTTORI 
 
 The same marginal note, TTHH^, appears also 
 in the Berlin copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2252, 2253. 
 
 1117, 1119. Foil. 248 and 212 resp.; 12 
 or 13 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Brahmavidydbharana, a commentary on 
 Sankara's Bhashya, by Advaitdnanda. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 89, no. xi. 
 
 The MS. described by Rajentlralala Mitru, 
 Notices, iii., p. 89, no. 1135, agrees with the 
 third copy, no. 2256. 
 
 In this commentary Advaitdnanda made 
 use of the oral instruction which he received 
 from Rdmdnanda Tirtha, but his first guru 
 seems to have been Bhinndnanda Sarasvatl, 
 from whom he obtained the epithet Sdrasvata ; 
 see the colophon and the introduction, also 
 the additional verse in no. 2256 (882). 
 
 Vol. I. The first adhyaya. 
 
 Foil. 1-136 the first pdda. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 tt^t ^rinirrm: *TO^j?Tfn jwh-ih n <\ u 
 
 ceo \ 
 
 f^ : ?ffafl'«n;n ,s Trt *raf%srt fwni u ? « 
 ^rafa^^ * AT^rq^irrO-.'iTTfqifcOn^TfsnT: i 
 
 * No. 2250 has fir^inr, no. 2254 ft^T^urt.
 
 PHILOSOPHY 
 
 c»rr?nniT^^3nfTrsTi;>Jtw j*an fart jrfaim 
 
 \\Sarasvatt) 
 
 fair tf cfc5*rrfa ^frrT^s-rwr^sfrurjiij u a » 
 
 Foil. 137—158 the second juuhi. 
 Foil. 159-216 the third ,<„",/«. 
 Foil. 217-248 the fourth paaa. 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 1—43 the first and second 
 pddas of the second adhydya. The first /<</</<i 
 ends fol. 1 5a. 
 
 Foil. 44-57 the third pdda. 
 
 Foil. 58-66 the fourth pada of the second 
 adhi/dya, dated ?hrff Stotf. 
 
 Foil. 67-154 the three first pddas of the 
 third adhydya, the first ends fol. 81/), the 
 second fol. 99a. 
 
 Foil. 155-176 the fourth paa'a of the third 
 adhydya. 
 
 Foil. 177-212 the fourth adhydya, the first 
 7>(7d<x ends fol. 191a, the second fol. 201a, the 
 third fol. 208a. 
 
 The commentary ends : 
 
 mq *J3T3rf%f<PT*»unwVvf wtfmrrO. *?Vm) i 
 
 c 
 
 jr5HTTiTr^sw^ii?n?rfH»?T?f^Hf?fTOn|inTp«rKi c*rfr 
 ir«T wtt: nr^: u [H. T. Colebbooke.] 
 
 2254, 2255. 
 
 1118, 1437. Foil. 338 and 302 reap.; size 
 12 in. by 4i in.; thirteen lines in a page; 
 large writing. 
 
 Brahmavidydbha/rana, a second copy, with 
 blinks here 'and there. 
 
 Vol. I. The tii'si adhydya (the first jnhlii 
 ends fol. 1686, the second fol. 200i, the third 
 fol. 286fc). 
 
 Vol. II. Foil. 1 III the s^ I adhydya. 
 
 Foil. I 12 260 the third adhydya. 
 Foil. 261 302 the fourth adhydya. 
 Date of the copy: tf^ff <*t33 TST»»j^<*un <»* 
 srfinnn; i [H. T. Colebbooke. 
 
 2256. 
 
 882. Foil. 154 ; size 10J in. by 4f in.; 
 twelve lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Brahmavidydbharaitia, the firsl pdda of the 
 first adhydya. 
 
 The first of the introductory couplets is 
 wanting here, Imt another is added al the end: 
 ttv mi^mm v: cRFimjT tnrfafiniKfirr- 
 
 [H. T. ( \.U BB 
 
 2257. 
 
 2780. Foil. 97 ; size 121 in. by 5| in.; 
 9 or 10 lines in a pa LT< • ". lai'uv uld writinjf ; 
 foil. 19-22 in a later hand. 
 
 Vaiydsika-Nydyamdld, or Adh ikaranamdld, 
 or Vaiydsika-Nydyaratnamdld, or Vaiydsiha- 
 Nydyamdldvistara, or !'• ddntddhikaraiiamdld, 
 by Tihdratlth'tha Muni. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 vvjrq TjruTFwr^f 'srh'wTTrNt^fqinf i 
 ^mmorsiTunTcST ^Hfc wT^ir wr ii <i ii 
 Tjifn^ffsrHT tfimTfan;?r etc. 
 
 Tin 1 name of the author occurs in some of 
 the colophons : 
 
 jfn 7tf^ f ni:fl?Hqfri?ni^T^Tq7rt«TrirtrTH*fanTTrr- 
 7rrnT»nvcKT*imF*mt n^»iFtnMTTj«i 7T<rN: tjt?: ii fol. 
 
 c 
 
 20?> ; ^f<r ^^TjTfi^H ° tfinf??=F-anTUj*mT^T7Tt mw> 
 
 5 B J
 
 726 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 surnr(:) wnw: ii fol. 33cr ; jfn ^vjfm&mfm&i- 
 fasrr fsifhmijnrcq TnrHr: m<?. u fol. 506 ; sfir ^ft- 
 ^r?trrTfvcR*T!mTf?nit wirhnwini w^(:)tit?:ii fol. 856; 
 \fn *rr?rftrtfJnTirlrfrtit tuiffl'sii^TTqTj^'H^'Prt ^5^1- 
 urnreq uw. TTO*: 11 fol. 90?). 
 
 Dated : (Samvat) <\S$o »rtffi qiT5»p ^3 q^nsn 
 'JMI9.K II 
 
 This work was printed, under the title 
 Yydsddhikaranamdld, in the Bibl. Indica, in 
 vol. ii. of the Veddntadarsana. 
 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 
 2258-2259. 
 
 1023, 1024. Foil. 228 and 1 06 resp.; size 
 Hi in. by 4| in.; legibly written, in Devana- 
 gari, c. 1780 a.d.; 15-19 lines in a page. 
 
 Pancapddikd -vivarana, a gloss on Pdda- 
 padmdcdrya's Pancapddikd (or commentary 
 on Adhy. I. 1—4 and Adhy. II. 1 of Saukara's 
 Sdrlrakamlmd inndbli d xhya) , by Prakdsdtman, 
 pupil of Ananydnubhava ; with a commentary 
 thereon, entitled (Vivarana-) Tattvadlpana, by 
 dkhdnddnanda Muni, pupil of Akhanddnubhuti. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 88, no. vii. 
 
 On the first sixteen leaves the text of the 
 Vivarana is not given separately from the 
 commentary, but from fol. 17 it is given in 
 the middle of each page. The work consists 
 of nine sections (varnaka), of which vol. i. 
 contains 1-3, vol. ii. 4-9. 
 
 According to a MS. in Raj. Mitra's Notices, 
 ii., p. 211, no. 809, the PaHcapddikdvivarana 
 begins : 
 
 7n»mrq nmr. u<*i?i<*^sirMic3'=iM ) i ^n»: *iir inn 
 qwr. TTCTT?{»r^c5S»T « Cp. Burnell, Tanj. MSS., 
 p. 87. 
 
 The Tattvadlpana begins : 
 
 fhrlST: •ivt m nf-rsnr fsprrfaf'HHTq: 11 * n ° K, 11 
 
 ^rqrf?vf^\ ) 1 4 U *H TTtHT?TTT^ I 
 
 fashrov tfn?j fan* iiwftU » 9 » 
 
 J c 
 
 fasmn ^iwrf 1 farnro ^'vjcdwiTftjokKi^ TR^-^in- 
 irr§^f^ff 1 ^rtmwr«iYsPTT 1 ^ fa ^H^ft a-Hjipf 
 ^?nt ^r 1 ^msfTH5sr*»iTT TOffj^n feirHi sfq vt 
 
 foS Hlf^+^rilrlTf^cS I ^STTST sfir^frr: i ^ ^ w&sz: 
 
 ^flisi-w cfrrnrri^raitff fra TH**itifai»rT? 11 ^TcJ^ ?fjr 11 
 >rmT ^wff rqi* itc?h>j«H(?i: ifawr vt^fj ^j^i wft- 
 7<r%: 1 ° 1 11 im^ff^cSJtfair: *pt v ^rf=rert tf*rsw 
 
 The Vivarana ends : sflcMMHI rrTTTUHT? nt^S- 
 fj^ffT •#cf ^rr^? WW \fn ?r^ ■jfJ^mTfrfrr fsa^hr- 
 
 ^rr^? 1 ^fjHWJTTfrrsnJT^^iiwjckrfi ^ ^f$ w^t- 
 qft^ s^m?nn^UHMtt»if<«jT»irfr «^*f ^^?nft f^iHrt) 
 
 H*l3llrWHJNrt: Wirt VRWf^wrfk'nTm «HH*)fl-3 
 ^TTTTrfRfrT II 
 
 The Tattvadlpana ends : UHIrir4lf^<r TrrpR- 
 firrst^ cnrqtr»n?Tf&?i : i^ffr flcBtjnn^^^wrftralt m- 
 qrfucB f^nTfy^ ^ ^q»^f^rff»rffr -$v*m s 11 ;f?r 
 
 ^qT^«Tlfteirif*Wl5TaTR>Tfif«J-iqq!(5fgjTq?rrTHTt - 
 
 •HhP-hi fWrftfl f=)M«.<iMw^q^ ^g^r? vat* a 
 
 For other MSS. of the Tattvadlpana, see 
 Burnell, Tanjore MSS., p. 876. 
 
 [H. T. COLBBROOKE.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY 
 
 2260. 
 
 2632. Foil. 50; size 9| in. by 5] in.; 
 clear modern Devanagari writing; twelve lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Tattvadipana. 
 
 A fragment, extending to fol. 27a of the 
 preceding MS., and to about one fourth of the 
 first varnaka. 
 
 On the outside of fol. 1, the work is called 
 Tattvadipikd. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2201. 
 
 53. Foil. 152; size 9| in. by 34 in.; 
 Bengali handwriting of c. 1600 a.d.; nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Pancapddihd-tlhd, another commentary on 
 the P an cap Hd ilui, by Anandapurna Mun/ndra, 
 suruamed Vidydsdgara, pupil of Abhaydnanda. 
 The writing, which is difficult to read through- 
 out, is much worn in the first few pages. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^iKNlUft ?*$ HTSliTJTreifrr II S II 
 H?rrn >f^R*THHHf%J4f?l^f w. II 3 II 
 
 ■sfiCtitHiaH^fiT (ef. Raj. Mitra, Notices, v., 
 p. 131, no. 1823). 
 
 The following sections are marked in the 
 margin : 
 
 \fit fq?niTnrh» iramriN with h fol. 75// ; ^fn 
 
 ffirW ^N fol. 886; jfx inrW ^N fol. 108?;; 
 Tlipi ?wi-$ fol. 1196; VVA W^f fol. 1276; T^TO- 
 *,j*T w*m ?rohf(!) fol. 1326. 
 
 It ends : ^cETftFoRTrWJrqnfiiq^: HTTOfa* JHTB- 
 
 *Tri srnTT?fqfs: w5nrr>i^T«Hi«<!PV(;riHTfl«nn'Tar«r: ii 
 
 O C 
 
 «mff ^ginf^oiiT^cST nmjn ii 
 
 c 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOM [ 
 
 3. Other commentaries on tlu Sutras. 
 
 1679. Foil. 170; size 9| in. by H in.; 
 
 eleven lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Veddntasutramuktdvall, a commentary on 
 the Veddntasutra, by Brahmdnanda Sarasvatl, 
 pupil of Paramahamsa Parivrdjaha Paramd- 
 nanda Sa/rasvati. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 93, no. xxviii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 »rrniT*if ffftmifa n: 'sfiTwaiTmw. utiht 
 j -. \ 
 
 if ^t tpj* n^Trof irfc w ^ i -^ -ifmfHT 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 546, the second 
 fol. 97a, the third fol. 1506. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKK.] 
 
 2203. 
 
 433a. Foil. 128; size 121 in. bj 4A in.; 
 twelve lines iii a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Veddntasutramuktdvall, & second copy, dated 
 nTeTfatsr tf^wx: ^rrm tree? fsfrNr wn^rar wrrfji 
 nnCO wj? qtite ii »rt: ?[Z *j?^ ^ n JWh: ii 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2264. 
 
 1336. Poll. 167; size 11 J in. by 4| in. 
 
 (foil. 1-19 4| in.); foil. 1-19 sixteen to eigh" i i
 
 728 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 lines, foil. 20-167 eleven lines in a page. The 
 first portion is a fragment of a fine old manu- 
 script. 
 
 Brahmdmritavarshinl, a commentary on the 
 Veddntasutra, by Rdmdnanda Sarasvati, or 
 Srlrdmakimkaravarya, pupil of Mukundagovinda 
 Acdrya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 93, no. xxix.; Rajen- 
 dralala Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 81, no. 14S4. 
 
 I ! begins : 
 
 TRTfR Trjjitatnwiiniff sfq wri hit: h t n 
 wnfff: tfsni: nf vrvm tutt: **^t i 
 nronsn: TQrw: «§t: H^nnj^nrsnitT: ii » h 
 
 ^narm^ ?«JiT^TtT3iW<ft sfq ^fsnr I 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 57a, the second 
 fol. 95a, the third fol. 150a. 
 
 In the colophon of the first adhydya the 
 author is called Snrdmakimlcara.varya (cp. Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 48, no. 1437): %fn vft- 
 TjrR?«TjfrmW5FT^T5^fl^^Tnf^ra' : NtTrif3lfgriT - 
 
 ^nnf^-sBTTJicimT wsw^^sr srerRHTftiTrTt u<atmn- 
 
 t, c c c 
 
 I) ite of the copy : ihnr <&%& ^J7f W?T °i$ I 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2265. 
 
 1352. Foil. 71 ; size 111- in. by 4| in.; 
 Ii» or 11 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Brahmdmritavarshini, the first adhydya. 
 Foil. ^t-M' are lost (su. 12-33 of the second 
 
 j,,],!a). [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2266. 
 
 600. Foil. 240; size 1».\ in. by 4 in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 8 irlrakasutrasdrdrthacandrikd, or Subodhini, 
 m commentary on tlic Veddntasutra, by Gangd- 
 
 dhara Bhagavadbhaletaleimhara, son of Sadd.v'va 
 Bhatta, son of Vlresvara Maliddakara, from 
 the hula of the Rishi Vatsa. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 94, no. xxx. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^J?J^nq f3ra TUT cjTSFFTNiT'ff H J lij<j« I 
 HTRT - ^ftrSTTif ^ <T*TTtCTfJTJ ^ ht^* II S II 
 
 ftfiTTT HKflT JT^t cfTTSTT ^T-fR^WTiTT* It * II 
 
 twit ^frfv^' Tprt anj^t^JTTfsnrN i 
 2Tcjrt ^Tcrf?nt ^%" w^wtrq^V^w ii a it 
 
 *ttt: ^^tot ht?tw *r5»rrrw vrsn: h m ii 
 
 -JH'rfHrfJHTWTsf WT* flTtf »PTrJlWT I 
 
 fw*nt fV'g^'i *^r ^^^^^iHT ii i n 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 76a, the second 
 fol. 1396, the third fol. 211a. 
 
 Colophon : ^fw ^^?T^Ttqm*^fr&TTfhr- 
 
 ^w^f: xinr: wtth: n 
 
 See the same author's Dhydnavallarl. 
 
 Ditto of the copy: tf ° St^ 3T-i' * l *b-jrtJ T %*: 
 RflT: ITfw^ *TTTW?T 3 ^TT HTT^S c^T ^JTTTTJT^ 
 
 ^Tn-JmirtoT?^ nrnrtsr?^ ktrt^^jt?t^ htouV 
 
 1*?1^ ^^T-RTjTT5I?^ I [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2267. 
 
 296. Foil. 119; size 10i in. by 4h in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Vydsasutravritti, or VidnajjanamanohurJ, a 
 commentary on the Veddntasutra, by Ranga- 
 ndtha, pupil of Ananddirama. He quotes 
 Vidydtlrthai?) and NrisiiithJsrama. 
 
 See Colebrooke's Misc. Ess. I., p. 334. 
 
 It begins :
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 C t t 
 
 H^tgT(°3lT?) ^nHH^TOt ^rfwm«lT^flTfn!I^IRII 
 
 * h i{ T'EWTrr?T 1 5nTTmnrrt ^tn^^nr i 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. '29a, the second 
 Fol. til", the third fol. 103/), the fourth adhydya 
 ends : 
 
 niTTrrt ^T7FrW>>r5i;nUT fiTf*m »H?T I 
 
 C C VJ J 
 
 w^" swrrc: ii [H. T. Colebuooke.] 
 
 3104. Foil. 188; size 8| in. by 4 in.; 
 fair, modern Devanagari writing ; 8 or 9 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Brahmasutrapadayojand, or BraJimdmrita- 
 v/irxhini, a concise commentary on the Brahma- 
 sutraSy by Baddkivdnanda Sarasvati, pupil of 
 ,S 'vn i/amp rii kdkdnand " Suruscati. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 HTTftr 'JTflrwTjf n^fti nfnzracO.nrlim:) i 
 
 C\ ^ C c o 
 
 c 
 
 tpt: ii fol. 43a. 
 tjtt. ii fol. 71a. 
 
 mrnTH ^npj: trr?: n fol. 90k. 
 
 III. ^ffr tt\o Tjftnurumreu ^t<p5j: m?: n fol. 1576. 
 
 IV. ends Eol. 18 16 ?Rr7T>: ti^t?-^^: ttstr i 
 tj sfgnfJrmiT'nT •Era^iaR HTjnKTqTHTnf^n i Hirt h 
 ^fn"r7f3UWTf?'3iW3>if»rvrraoir7i^Tfrrw^: i irwir? nfircl 
 
 wTrefV. 3iT^wnifH?friT^rqt ii 
 
 sfiT ^J??£n:»?#jnjfrarTicRT^Tq^ : l5irH'Jn^;T3n^flT- 
 
 Then follow several pages of ilohas, appa- 
 rently intended as an appendix to tin- « 
 beginning nam i 
 
 ^nw^T^jfTrnR-^an Tftiiii iis^r *I?t it ° ii 
 
 ^fUcfiTTTTK^tftll *ff3F: ^'nwff II 
 
 ^T^?tiT5T5TT^T3IT *7f F3 WIT ?wfq II ° 
 
 [Dr. J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2269. 
 
 1147. Foil. 277 ; size 9 in. by 4| in.; 
 eleven lines in a page; large writing, on B 
 leaves blotted. 
 
 Nirmalakrishnabhdshya, a commentary oi 
 the Veddntasutra, by Nirmalakrishna. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^F5T H^WVTIJ W^HT^i HHTT>T II S II 
 
 is-nrn: wlfsrw^f f-^^R'^'i jPittjt: ii ? u 
 
 ■asj=R^ra=F: unsTT itk^Vt it^t: ii 3 11 
 
 fVm: fl^Tnrt: wtktI nrcpt ^f^ni=s: 11 j n 
 
 era^^rr^ftv^i ^rs^(r.^o'f) brthtt: ii m ii 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 105t. th(
 
 730 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 fol. 175a, the third fol. 2486; the fourth 
 
 adhydya ends : 
 
 HSR TT^fWr^f a»PT^t STHIT nf? I 
 1€railT[ ffTT^ ^ftwurff *tfViT II 9 II 
 
 rigf? ^«?»t wm: cGW&tf'WiHW- ii fc ii 
 
 c c c 
 
 ^?fc: «tnt fran: flirenn s?th«: n t ii 
 
 'sfiHj: m»r: ^fff ii [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2270. 
 
 1428. Foil. 132 (s-«TO)j size 124 in. by 
 :!' in.; seven lines in a page; writing of the 
 18th century. 
 
 VeddntasHtravydkhydcandrikd, a new blidshya 
 on the Veddntasutras, by the Mahdmahopd- 
 dhydya San-miSra Srl-Bhavadeva, son of San- 
 iit Lira Srl-Krishnadeva of Mithila, and pupil 
 of the Mahdmahopddhydya Satthahhura Sri- 
 Bhavadeva, According to the final verses, 
 the author lived under the reign of Shah Jahdn, 
 and composed his commentary at Patana, in 
 the Saka year 1571. 
 
 It begins : JjvnHJi^mm^fnt *JWT , l<«5f»re'n!f ■ 
 WrHTJVflT=ST • TJT • * fcff 4n$ f«j ^i ypj TJ^fflTHTf^^'n 
 fiTsTTWT HWReif TJ^THci TTH ^»^1^ Ti^% ^q^TTT?- 
 fafrT jTR • 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. ^fcfc, the second 
 fol. Sin, the third fol. wty. 
 
 The colophons vary, the fullest is at the 
 end of the first pdda of the second adhydya, 
 
 fol. mo6: j^fir ^R?TH?hqTmrmiiarw^H^finrf3i- 
 «mT^TWT ii 
 
 * This MS. uses a dot in the middle of the line for 
 some kind of punctuation. 
 
 The end is : \?H U^TH^HTWimss SCW^r^^- 
 •MtJVjqi-i^lW II *mTHT %4 ^W^PflWaiTCT II ^RT- 
 
 *g«qnan -kfn fwk u ^rfC?) tt«i m?: ii 
 
 3TT«K cr^H^(^?)TTCr^l!rff(r.Jlf<rrff ?)t HHrtH 
 
 yftr: 'gftw^^q f j a * P^ ^T^nf^Ht fJn£«r h 
 , srl»nwT?TRrT^5TTf% ^nnmfi^ T?Tf srrefir 
 ^rnrr<sjf%fa tT7H(r.n£7f)u>fTpn^ffa^T5T fwK i 
 
 UWW f^'?VIHHrt< J ,r*<c4H (r. ° fcH*^) ^l^W- 
 
 m^nftiT ^raft >nifir ^nrfa *nr- LT^nwn: u 
 ^jT?aTr:T^ri^>(3i)Tnffr ^r n^tfit i 
 
 *ir«H^iT3T^«Rt afro: ^sprg II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2271. 
 
 284. Foil. 139 ; size 10f in. by 4 in. ; 
 12-16 lines in a page ; excellent writing, in 
 the Bengali character ; perhaps as old as the 
 16th century. 
 
 Veddntavydsoktasutravritti, a short commen- 
 tary on the Veddntasutras, the author of which 
 is not mentioned. It is a good copy. The 
 corrections show that it was used for study. 
 Towards the end there are maiginal notes in 
 Colebrooke's hand. I am not quite sure about 
 the reading of some passages in the introduc- 
 tory couplets, which follow here : 
 
 iw wit^t f^tfW >rpnmf*r$ *rrfw ■»n*n?*T3T^ 
 
 wsrren 'srfij'TPfrr ^w* ?^ f%>diNq mm "mm i 
 v^tv^i f^ qisif^'nrfiT w«ft v^ i^t<*nf»r^: 
 
 t It ought to be °?TP1^ , hut this would not suit. 
 
 the metre. For °nfl!T(f and »Tf<!T?f, see I.O. no. 447 
 (Tattvaviveka).
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 731 
 
 ujttj^ ^THH^r^TH fair y$f r wrmq n 
 
 3*ft ^f^ ^(TTHnSt oFT3fft>7 f^tf^TOfif || 
 ^SRTtJ^RT^JTT ^-TTiimT Tit ni II 
 
 ^-=TiainaTT7n?reM s=r Trqrsrrcsr vnm* i 
 
 'Snft fatHTrmTRt t>RRTITt TJ^WW II 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 446: ^fcT Tsrhre- 
 
 hr^itwv: h^trt siqm: n The second adhydya 
 (^fWRTRT) ends fol. 81, the third (wPHTraHl) 
 fol. 1236. The end of the whole is : 
 ^ ^tVfinrT ffc* ^ w - * "STR^itf 
 
 HTJraTR^TJlW ^ ^ - * gtqRTft: II 
 
 ^ra^TO: ii Hflm^frt ^Trgf swim: ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 4. Works of Sankardcdrya, and 
 commentaries on them. 
 
 2272. 
 
 2222b. Foil. 87 (369-455); size 9 in. by 
 4 in.; seven lines in a page; large, good 
 writing. 
 
 Sakalavt dopanishatsdropad< Sasahasri, in two 
 parts, one in prose, the other in verse, by 
 Sankardcdrya. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 99, no. Ii. 
 
 The prose part begins : 
 
 RTWf«ir^rw«hn wf<$ r'tsirtvr frc^f ° 
 
 It has three prakaranas: iishyapratibodha- 
 
 * The right margin of the last leaves is injured. 
 
 navidhi (cud- Fol. 3816), avagati (ends fol. 3 
 
 lasambandha (ends Eol. 397a). Cp. Bur- 
 aell's Tanj. .MSS., p. 90, do. 
 
 The second prakarana lias the form of a 
 dialogue, it begins : 
 
 wtjrtr^r -arsm trerfRi? csfsg^i^irt TpRRrrrrc?- 
 
 ■SIITITTRTITrrfwf^Wt HRElftfvra'T'Hrw: VW3 HRfa)R 
 
 ^tmi RRm^rrurxq i 
 
 The metrical part begins : 
 
 ^Trsr r^r r?t RfR;m?rcmH i 
 
 RrR^fsTHZITirbf nw R^fa? RR: ll q || 
 
 »jiTxrni fam: r§t ^TtPT^nvTRtif^cFT: i 
 
 ^Tfiir 5?-qrm^ ^?mn ftrmfmi i 
 
 v$ wiTTff Hjft xini sr^r tth: hsri: II 3 II 
 
 The names (if the nineteen chapters arc: 
 upodghdtaprakarana (26 verses), dtmajndnot- 
 I attividhi(pra)ka/rana (4 v.), Isvardtmaprak. 
 (8 v.), ahampratyayaprak. ('< v.), buddhya\ 
 dhaprak. (5 v.), viseshdpohaprak. (i> v.), 
 dhydrudhaprak. (6 v.), citiprak. (ti v.), suksh- 
 matdprak. (9 v.), drisisvarupaprak. (1 I- v.), 
 Ikshitriprak. (1G v.), / < '/■'• (19 v.), 
 
 acakshushfvaprak. (27 v.), svapnasmriiiprak. 
 (50 v.), ndnyadanyatpralc.(,5 I v.), pdrthi{va)prak. 
 (74 v.), siinii/ii/iiiiiilijirnL-. (89 v.), tattvaprak. 
 (about 230 v.), jvarandSaprak. (28 v.). 
 
 Cp. Weber's Cat. (1853), p. 178, ..... 61 I. 
 
 Colophon: ^^FnrNrfafi ^wrt^ cjf(3rtr(.s/V!)ii 
 Tn^TTfafTi R r ^tr: ^;thwtr(.^V !)tov ■siRR^'fR rr: ii 
 *hnr 1S33, ^if cKtficfi ^ ^ t^t" crfi^ff h 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2273. 
 
 256b. Foil. 49; size 11—111 in. by :J in.: 
 9-11 lines in a page; writing middling. 
 
 Salcalo • ishatsdra-Upadcsiixtllittsit, a second 
 copy, beginning with the metrical part, and 
 ending with the three prose chapti 
 
 5 c
 
 732 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2274. 
 
 101a. Foil. 39; size 9| in. by 4| in.; 10 
 or 11 lines in a page; writing middling. 
 
 UpadeSasahasri, a third copy, but only the 
 metrical part. [H. T. Colebkooee.] 
 
 2275, 2276. 
 
 2221, 2222a. Foil. 230 and 138 (231-368); 
 size 9 in. by 3| in.; seven lines in a page: 
 large good writing. 
 
 Upadesasahasrt and Tfuhujojunihl, a com- 
 mentary on the UpadeSasahasri by Rdmatirtha, 
 pupil of Krishnatwtha : the metrical part. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 99, no. lii.; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, iv., p. 74, no. 1475 (no. 1474 contains 
 It'll iiHitirtha's commentary on the prose part). 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 TiffRjiTfiT n ^iprfafk ii ^it^ «^n *M ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^^smRmwi^it x^^mrfwr "^(Ti ii <\ ii 
 
 =f^j tt m^nrfMsr. srr^nfq *u5n?fR?Tfw 
 
 [te?: ii ? ii 
 
 ^-qTcBTEff^f^K^ faagt^H JpJligffc^T'friTWTII 3 II 
 
 ^fTwsrHm f^nqraO-. ^?)*'^ I 
 
 to cirTftitni fast rf -^Jrrfa u 
 ijrnr. wkwt a^hn ^ wwt 
 
 ^•ij H^f srnrfaw hkt^t- 
 
 sjffiJSI if ^TfsiTT^t ^llfH II 
 Hrnrarft^ifBnnn^I^Cmetre!) n ? II 
 
 csfari sftafft ni^T^^wTHRnKs/V!) n 
 
 The third couplet gives as date of the original 
 of this copy, Sam-vat 1736. [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2277. 
 
 666. Foil. 136; size 11| in. by 4^ in.; 
 9-16 lines in a page ; middling writing. 
 
 UpadeSasahasri, the metrical part (in the 
 middle of every page) and Prayojanihd, another 
 copy of the second part. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2-278. 
 
 151. Foil. 161; size 13i in. by 5 in.; 7-13 
 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 UpadeSasahasri, the metrical part (in the 
 middle of every page) and Padayojanikd, a 
 third copy, dated tf^ IbSo inmfi* II 
 
 This copy has only the first two of the 
 final couplets of the first copy, omitting the 
 couplet containing the date (**ITTR ). 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2279. 
 
 2554. Foil. 74; size 13i in. by 5 in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page; large fair writing.
 
 philosophy. 
 
 78 ; 
 
 Upadeiasahasrivivriti, a commentary on S 
 kara's Upadesasahasri, by Inandagiri. This 
 name is given to the author cm the firsl page 
 ("jq^sWinsrtaiiT^^iT ^n«T<jfnffc iii ihf same hand- 
 writing as bhe copy itself); in the colophon al 
 the end of tho second copy the author is called 
 Anandajndna, pupil of Suddh&nanda. See 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, viii., p. 288, no. 2848. 
 
 This copy comprises the metrical and the 
 prose part (begins fol. 526) of the Upadesa- 
 sahasri. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 wnnj( -mm THrnrrfi^rfajT 
 
 oTHTftl H^tTo&fTTirfaini II 'I II 
 Trfrumfsir^C ^t R. M.)TT»^TWjt fsm^qKlftuTo*- 
 
 It ends : 
 
 srr=FTn ^Tyrrroam^T^T^fa'sii n 
 
 ^fiTTTt=R'iTf^irRT*nf?reilt(r. llTf l Jf!n)^Tft"^»m x ll 
 Date of the copy : riqw S^ (i.e. 1735). 
 
 2280. 
 
 101b. Foil. 106; size 91 in. by 4| in.; 
 9-11 lines in a page; writing middling. 
 
 Upadesasahasri/ Ikd. a second copy, hut with- 
 out the three prose chapters; also the linal 
 couplets are wanting. 
 
 The colophon is: jffl ^7qtH?irqfrsn'JPfi'rqTq- 
 ^>TIT^q^UT?ftfTqWq?T^sn^fqTfqTTT ^ftarFfft- 
 
 ■qsrmnT^T Hmsr n [H. T. Colebrookk.] 
 
 2281. 
 
 1245b. Poll. 15 (the sixth of which is 
 
 wanting); size 101 in. by I -i in.; indifferent, 
 
 in Devanagari writing; 11-13 lines in a 
 
 Tattvacandrikd, a con mentary, by an un- 
 known author (pupil of 8rlkrishjf,atirtha and 
 Jaganndthdsrama), on Inandagiri's exposition 
 (vivarana) of San / lcarai}.a. See 
 
 Hill's [ndex, p. 139, no. ccxxv. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^T»nruT|JH5j-.i«irfrnn- 
 
 TTRTfkVTquvTff wfq 7T=JJnfa II S II 
 
 JR1TT *TT qqT!TH»nftq T*q 
 ^•FOn-iT'Hn^T?'^ TW\\H II » II 
 
 sptotopsrtsit t? jr^t *{ 4qi(*w: i 
 
 o e s 
 
 BT7T? f^fvj^g^T cK^t HW^fjofrt II 3 II 
 
 flfiTHfaiTIHTToFT'^liTI?rii^THfrTf^H?;H-y(T: HcR^facfrlj- 
 TT^fn^T^rtt: ^rf^olftfqiiwi fqimftnUTTIi? fqftjr?- 
 
 qTf<?ffT I ° 
 It enils : 
 
 T}^rNrfff-JqTi!T»T\)w: ncR^^nf i 
 iwis WTqfu kit cT^RTqfw: n i n 
 
 v3 O *J O 
 
 c5^rfSuflHurcqTf$5rTtfHC?loli 
 
 G 
 
 tTTfw "smfir cjr=q7r^ vrrrfa n ^ n 
 
 ^RTm ii 
 
 The MS. was copied, for Ins privati use, 
 by Udma Brahma Foil, pupil of Saddsivdnanrbi 
 ha., [H. T. Cole] 0( 
 
 5 i 2
 
 734 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2282. 
 
 788. Foil. 39; size 10 in. by 2| in.; five 
 lines in a page ; beautifully written in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 Siddhantabindu, a commentary on Sankara's 
 Dasaslohi, by Madhusudana Sarasvati, disciple 
 of Visvesvara Sarasvati. The fuller title of 
 the ten couplets is Ciddnandadasaslolil or 
 Ciddnandastavardja. See Hall's Index, p. 108, 
 nos. xc. and xci., and p. 133, no. cxcvi. 
 
 The text of each sloka is given before it is 
 explained. 
 
 The first $loka of the DasaslohJ is : 
 
 ^ ^ Hf5?4 m ^ w^t *re?: i 
 
 See Raj. Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 120, no. 1535. 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 fw^pgt f^^r^ inn"? i 
 
 ^*rnr vqm sfrvfqg ^srat^rr' irfiiprni i 
 It ends : 
 
 ftRTfq w: wrrfiiiinf^^Tii 
 
 IT 3Tft TTTfa WT^rt ^ II H II 
 JTVJ3J?^T RtVTT f%f?rft Jjf<!Rt f>W^ni II 
 
 Cp. Raj. Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 80, no. 1483; 
 Weber's Cat. (1853), p. 182, no. 626. 
 
 This copy was written in the Saka year 1539, 
 on the banks of the Surasindhu (Ganga), as 
 will ajjpear from the following colophon : 
 
 ^nrrfnr^TO^wrr sierra 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2283. 
 
 2532a. Foil. 24; size 10 in. by 4i in.; 
 eleven lines in a page ; well written. 
 Siddhantabindu, a second copy. 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2284. 
 
 603a. Foil. 22; size 91 in. by 4| in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Siddhantabindu, a third copy, dated tfTJT ^Sfcc 
 **<+U!l 13 3Ht 7F*fr si qrrf srirf 11 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2285. 
 
 2782a. Foil. 20; size 10| in. by 4f in.; 
 11-13 lines in a page; indifferent writing. 
 Siddhantabindu, a fourth copy, dated ^Icjr lisd 
 
 O -J ^ 
 
 ni fu »A \ -1 rH WT^Tfqw^^gTTHgF^Tr ^f rftq^T*raH TTR- 
 
 ni^r nif^>^Tri} ftr^tnf*i<jf#fi<nj: Tmm wifvn: 11 
 [Coll. op Foet William.] 
 
 2286. 
 
 1521a. Foil. 29 ; size 10i in. by 4i in. ; 
 
 eight lines in a page ; large fair writing. 
 
 Siddhantabindu, a fifth copy. 
 
 It has the wrong title fH^twf^(f«3^=B on the 
 first page. [H. T. Colebeooke.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 735 
 
 2287. 
 
 1746a. Foil. 51 j size 8) in. by 4| in.; 
 
 nine lines in a page; large fair writing. 
 Siddhdntdbindu, a sixth copy. 
 
 |_H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2288. 
 
 327a. Poll. 30 j size 12 in. by 4^ in.; 
 
 eleven lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Vi'ilJiitiixi'fiJInhilahiiiihi, a seventh copy, dated 
 HTff StHM 3W 3TTqR wf^ <> II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2289. 
 
 3037. Foil. 32; size 12A in. by ih in.; 
 
 8-11 lines in a page; large writing. 
 
 Siddhantabindu, an eighth copy. Dated 
 
 tf^rn; °>ts>°i fafff Jnnsrtffaf^ 5 =rwt f$im »ftmc5- 
 
 [J. R. Ballanttne.] 
 2290. 
 
 327b. Foil. M-7; size 12 in. by -lh in.; 
 eleven lines in a page ; writing fair. 
 
 NydyaratndvaU, a commentary 011 the Sid- 
 dhdntdbindu, by Brahmdnanda Sarasvati, pupil 
 of Ndrdyana Tlrtha and of Paramdnanda 
 Sarasvati, based on Madhusudana's Advaita- 
 siddhi and Brahmdnanda' s own commentary 
 
 on it. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 109, no. xov.; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, vi., p. 275, no. 2209. 
 
 The NydyaratndvaM begins: 
 
 ^|Hfwirs^TTn?tT:rNTiiT?j *7r?rff 1 
 f%f^r^T ■grrfafsn^^ v^lf 11 * 11 
 
 SfT^ftfaflVTJHTVJtinTTTfltl^TTTT: I 
 
 ^^nt wnzfxit ~xmrcnmr&tfk% 11 5 n 
 
 Fol. i, is missing. 
 
 The copy is dated : ri^nr <Me. itmw tiftitts 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2291. 
 
 1348a. Foil. 21 ; size 10; in. by 4§ in.; 
 eleven lines in a page; good writing, of about 
 a.d. 1700. 
 
 DvddaSamahdvdkyavivaraij,a, a treatise on 
 the single words of certain holy passages from 
 different Upanishads, in twelve chapters 
 (siddhdnta), by Sanleardcdrya. It is difii 
 from the Vdhyavivarana in Weber's Cat.(1853), 
 p. 181 ; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 91, no. xxiv.; 
 also from the Mahdvdkyasiddhdnta in Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, viii., p. 299, no. 2863. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 qnTRT^TTmTltffT 7W sTTHTTHvf ^TH: II <\ II 
 
 WTOfsmjRTJRTf^fjgi: * ^^j firft^ptCcp. the 
 
 second Copy) sTO 'trRfRra^ fcTCHr « TJTHf h: ^ 
 3prNf?r?ffT f* "^TTYfrT I cfi^j ^TTTT^'^Tm^rnT^TT 
 cfrTlfiT I TPH^nTT^ W\jm I THI ?TTqfqTrnf?f ^T^TTf^ I 
 
 ^^«r 1 H^Htftfrr ^n*T^<?«r 1 ^ttihttwt -aim* *ret- 
 
 VJ-tHTQ I ^ff pTSJTfflR qwt sTtSfrT ^ff: I ^TTfr^TTSJ- 
 
 ^FPn^asifVsm:: i u^vft ^j^w u$rTH3T^n*TTCaTTFf 
 
 Pol. 2« : ^f?r ^<*kt jraT^rcrarfajfo: J^nff^tir: 
 ♦t^tti: 11 q 11 , 3tk: «rt ^T^jT^ffr^q: urnm 1 
 
 1 1 ends : 
 
 ^Tqf^Tf^ft ^T^JIf??Tm^ «HTH II 
 
 [H. T. < ' ke.]
 
 736 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2292. 
 
 2113. Foil. 57; size 9| in. by 4i in.; 
 seven lines in a page ; large good writing. 
 Dvddasamahdvdkyavivarana, a second copy. 
 It begins without the Sloka : 
 
 Date of the copy : tf*nr 1939 3^ WF *rft S3 
 >jnf^9r f^f^ff ii [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2293. 
 
 1368d. Foil. 26; size 9| in. by 4i in.; 
 twelve lines in a page ; well written. 
 
 DvddaSa/inahdvdkyavivarana, a third copy. 
 It begins : WHfa^mwmf^TJhK: K ^H^«: ° 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2294. 
 
 1597b. Foil. 13; size 9| in. by 31 in.; 
 generally 12 or 13 lines in a page; clear 
 writing, of about a.d. 1700. 
 
 Atmabodhaprakarana, a compendium of the 
 Veddnta in 66 slokas, by Sankardcdrya, with 
 an anonymous lllcd. The text occupies the 
 middle of each page, the commentary being 
 written above and beneath it. 
 
 The tlkd begins : 
 
 3iwwqfinTqT;j gnnrspnnft smiiWi-grrt i 
 fq=fiftifr5Tc5^H B^iiT'SfTin«sHm^ x\A u 
 
 rTTfrmfrfiT i 
 
 The end is: 5fiT 7fam*?mifTiaT»raiTO<m"lf^- 
 
 Woftut zfa\ ^ ^mfjiwTa ii 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 105, no. lxxviii. and 
 p. 100, no. lxxx.; Weber's Berlin Cat. (1853), 
 p. 179; Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 224. In 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 252, no. 1677, the 
 same ilka is ascribed to Madhusudana Sara- 
 svaU, but see the next number. 
 
 The Atmabodha, with this tlkd, was published 
 by F. E. Hall, Mirzapore 1852, and in Hae- 
 berlin's Sanskrit Anthology ; the text also in 
 the Brihatstotraratndkara, p. 309. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2295. 
 
 603c. Foil. 20 ; size 9f in. by 4\ in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; large writing. 
 
 Atmabodha, with the same commentary 
 (bhdshya), which is here ascribed to Saitkara 
 himself. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2296. 
 
 2011a. Foil. 16; size 8i in. by 4| in.; 
 11-13 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Atmabodhaprakaranam satlkam, a third copy 
 of the text, with the same commentary. 
 
 None of the manuscripts quite agrees with 
 the printed texts. [J. Taylob.] 
 
 2297. 
 
 lOOa. Foil. 12 ; size 9| in. by 4f in.; ten 
 lines in a page ; large good handwriting. 
 
 Adhydtmavidyopadi savidhi, or Ajndndbodbim, 
 a short exposition of the Ycddntn, iu form of a 
 dialogue between iinhya and guru, by Sankard- 
 cdrya. 
 
 Hall calls it a commentary on the Atma- 
 bodha, see his Index, p. 105, no. lxxix. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^SsTRTf?? HTfrr Trarprrfefi^irff i 
 
 7T HMW f^cTR^m TOTTrHVT II S II
 
 I'lill.iiS.ilMI Y. 
 
 37 
 
 ?ht: uftttttu i ^twcu^str fjpij: ^rrn^ u^fa i 
 
 Colophon : \fa y^mm^^^siiw^T^^^ vft- 
 
 »?srnpftfiwft(sw;!) ^iqTrflfaatq^nfanj: vmnn Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, ii., p. U7, no. 678, gives : 
 ^n^i rmnt nf^^f^cTC^Tm^m^^'^ ; but see 
 no. 23CM), fol. \<i. 
 
 All leaves have the marginal note n ° itt °. 
 
 Note of the scribe: c^ftttf ^PCTTf* u 
 
 [H. T. OOLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2298. 
 
 1348d. Foil. 30 j size 11 in. by 4f in.; 
 large, modern Devanagari writing; nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Atmashatlearbhash/ya, by Sanhardcdryn. 
 
 It begins : WT ufcHHTST cfiHTr^TUtRsrafattirfa- 
 sTT^m oRHlfr snHHf^TfqTT TflTF^^ftsfT^S'R'jft'Tn^trii 
 
 ff^T fWHT. I l?tT*tl UTTI^qTW«T^ H^^TH ^rh^ II 
 Bt Sjj JTctHTarUcSW. TTTgF^T^ UH HtW. I ° 
 
 It ends : ^vu ^7KTif*ra«rmt sunw^^^f 
 
 -3 
 
 ■^nw^THT^ BITS II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 229!). 
 
 2401c. Full. S; size 7| in. by 3| in.; 
 generally nine lines in a page; nearly the 
 same writing as in no. 24016, which is dated 
 Sam vat 1730. 
 
 Aparokshdnubliuti, a treatise mi the Veddnta 
 doctrine in verse (by Sankara). See Hall's 
 Index, p. 104, no. lxxiv.; Aufrecht's Oxford 
 Cat., ].. _'_'■'., nos. 'II and 515. It begi 
 
 'I'll.' La i hif, with the six 
 (139 I II), is wanting. The Lasl iWka is : 
 =KTTw«rfitTcp5iT umTrnfr fapn°rnnT i 
 
 'Srsj-ij^ ^TreTT'VoRTq fq?j TmqffT II \* (i.e. 1 
 
 The nine sections of this i real ise are no< 
 marked in tin's copy. 
 
 For editions of the Iparolcshdnubhuti, see 
 II n,' Brit. .Ma,. Cat., p. 128 ; Burnell's Tanj. 
 MSS., p. 91. 
 
 2300. 
 
 2116c. Fell. 16 (of which 13 I •"> are want- 
 ing); size 9 in. by I in.; indifferenl Devam 
 writing ; SI 3 lines in a pagi 
 
 Tracts, bj cardcdi a, on Veddnta sub- 
 
 jects. A similar colled ion in W i terlin 
 
 Cat. (1853), p. L80, no. 618. 
 
 I. Bdlahodhinl, begins : 
 unjq tpwmrj: *Tjrtyfnf«rcnf l 
 Trirer^sIN f^m ^Tcrfrfa^rr ii i ii 
 
 *Tfq- TRTWmW TTt47f K^rPi: I [|| 3 || 
 
 Tt w^TfHnj mfa yxm wmtfT&i (,-.°vv\ ^sj':) 
 
 ^PJTTUHIUTT cfTT^: I *T£q | nfftTOTT^q I t>^q I 
 *T^=jtU^q I 'mvfij^q I 5p?IWT^q I ° 
 
 Fol. 4a: sfiT ^f?g^rTf:TJw('-.°g*nTT:n°, see 
 no. 2297)?rr55«ftfV'it tpw*^t: ii 
 
 Fol. (3/- : ^fa ^t=FTT^Tqf^rf^ifT ^To5Tlfu^ WHIST II 
 See Weber, p. 180, no. 2 ; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, i., p. 93, no. 1 75. 
 
 II. Tripuri, in three sections (jmra), begins 
 l ol. 66: ji^wrji^uTwitVT^T f^mux: i ° 
 
 It ends fol. '- 1 /, : %fn faurt wtrrar ii 
 See Weber, p. I t. 
 
 III. Dyuvdlmjavritti, in "' : '> couplets, con- 
 taining a dialogue between a guru and his pupil 
 on jlva, paramdtman, taitvamasi. It begins: 
 
 f^ii^st f^t>Trnr^HHrRfff i 
 
 . ^sn^w* fa^^TUV^ ^HTfa II s II
 
 738 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It ends fol. lib : sfiT V^vmfn: **ttst n 
 This small work is commonly called Vakya- 
 vritti (no. 2302), see HalFs Index, p. 106, 
 no. lxxxi.; Weber, p. 180, no. 1. It has been 
 printed in the Brihatstotraratnakara, p. 321. 
 IV. Svarupanirupanam, begins fol. 11Z>: 
 
 mfaSTT rTr^lrrr ^V^T^T^fl *t^ ^^ II <i II 
 
 It breaks off in the second half of sloka 17, 
 at the bottom of fol. 126. See Weber, p. 180, 
 
 no. o. 
 
 V. AtmajndnopadesavidM, only the concluding 
 portion on fol. 16. See Weber, p. 180, no. 3. 
 
 Colophon •. ^fff ^*nrn??sirferR-aFT^^iTjfr- 
 iw: ii ° tf?w ^sdc n^ m^Ti^TH^ spit i cstffrf 
 
 On fol. la somebody wrote the title Auga- 
 kdrakdrikd under which the MS. appeared in 
 the old list. [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2301. 
 
 1597e. Foil. 10; size 9 in. by 4| in.; 9 
 or 10 lines in a page ; fair writing, of the 
 17th century. 
 
 Vakyavritti, the same 53 couplets of Sankara, 
 with a commentary, also called Vakyavritti, by 
 Anandagiri, pupil of Suddhdnanda. See Ra- 
 jendralala Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 331, no. 1324. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 jj^wrr $<ntn Jrg^fff tit t& i 
 
 K3? *TO fHHif SfHTf^cSfSpT II °l II 
 
 jm^j7n^rf>itisT'm ^FRTfwtffsnnfinrf irrtHJmrrr 
 
 *PpHVc5SH!f tffajtq UfffHT^frf «t"oh5l5( oR^Ttfff \\ 
 *T|fwfH ° 
 The end of the MS. is: 
 
 TPR^ifni ^%^Nttt tffcnn urn i 
 
 TJHT* ^(n ZJT7TT WAT* ^^SF ll(?) 
 
 ^fw ^TqT*?Wqfrm^T^Tq^S^cm'RT^Tf^rin 
 ^T^T^f^: wmTTII ^H r^THf TTqfrm »T <=h "^d I ^P^t TT^- 
 f^*TOT^f*rnartT fW^TTI ^TW|f3: *»n*T II 
 
 ^ir»u^*T tfanjft rrsirz ^t bti^: ii 
 A later scribe has added : 
 
 ftTTTcTTsrqtrnrRt ^i^ srriw *ffr: i 
 
 *?^TH^'qfc^TTrn%(r.ofg)-gnjtf»?? ^T^ff II 55 II 
 
 sra *?nj »PTfwT^n(i-.ftTOT) wteft srfre ?tttjt: i 
 ^n f*p?pi rre(:)<sftirfr ^'^nBTWH: n 3 ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2302. 
 
 1113a. Foil. 38; size 12f in. by 4f in.; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagari writing; 5-14 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Vakyavritti, 53 couplets by Sankardcdrya, 
 the same as Dyuvdkyavritti in no. 2300 (2116c), 
 with a commentary entitled Vdkyavrittiprakd- 
 Hkd, by Visve&vara, pupil of Mddha/va Trojan. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 106, no. lxxxii. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 H^nftnrci mnwTsftR fro u :> n 
 
 f%^Ntt faftTTfe^EWHrUniT ( 
 
 c. 
 
 sjrfaww fai^frev^f -qj?[fq ii h ii 
 
 C( ilophon : \fx ^^?TO>jfi»mHIlTsNJSn«T^Tfe- 
 ■nsfiTf5I=fTT *WflT II
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 For another MS., beginning with a differenl 
 in t rcnluctiM-v sloku (^fiTWfHgTTITT^t °), see Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, viii., p. 287, no. 2847. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 23015. 
 
 1256d. Poll. 22 ; si/.,' s : ; i„. bj I in.; Eair 
 Devanagari writing, of A.D. 1788 j nine linos 
 in a page. 
 
 Ydkyasvdhd-(,prakarana), a treatise, in I 1 
 couplets, by Sankardcdrya, on the Veddnta 
 doctrine (h^r); with a commentary. 
 
 The commentary begins : ^irt tlRTl <^TT 
 «f%^Tfi^RrR I ° 
 
 Edited by Windischmann, in 1833 ; see also 
 Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 225, no. 551 ; Ra- 
 jendralala Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 22(i, no. 1247. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2304. 
 
 1250c. Foil. 13; size 8| in. by 3| in.; 
 nine lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Harimtdebhdshya, an anonymous commentary 
 on Sankara's Harim-ide-stotra. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 135, no. ccvii. 
 
 In this MS. the hymn has not quite 50 
 couplets. It is printed in the Brihatstotraratnd- 
 leara, p. 1 73. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ^ft f%xnnr i ?forteT(>\ °ir)*iftewT Huar(r.°Tj|)- 
 
 sraf%?n «uTf?fw r^jrrt ht^fwtotcktt: wlHpTFrre^ 
 wfK^arr^'Jr ft^rnf^: nfirsTT^TfiT n 
 
 i c 
 
 In the title this commentary is ascribed to 
 Sanleara. [H. T. Colebrooke. 
 
 230.K 
 
 968a. Poll. 21 ; sizi in. bj I i in.; fail 
 I >evanagari writ ing ; ben lines in a pa 
 
 [fdnasolldsa, a paraphrase, in 354 vei 
 by SureSvardcdrya (ViSvarupdcdrya) — of 
 Dakshindtnurtistotra, ascribed to Sailka/rdcdi 
 
 and intended to snpplj I ! of the 
 
 nta doctrine. 
 
 It is divided into ten chapters (ulldsa), 
 according to the ten verses of the original 
 text, which is printed in the B 
 kara, p. 64 (beg. f^yj ^w^w^r^Rrhr^j ftnn- 
 cT^tt °.) See Weber's Cat. (1853), do. 616. 
 
 The present MS. dnes not mention the 
 author of the paraphrase. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 R^cJ feST* R R?Tgft RTT^ f^rg r * ^ a O ii <oi° 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, v., p. B2, no. L763. 
 
 [H. T. C t< "-..I . 
 
 2300. 
 1998. Foil. 27; size si in. by I in.; Eair 
 Devanagari writing; nine lines in a pan.'. 
 Mdnasolldsa. The author's name is mi 
 fcioned in the colophon of the Eourth chapter. 
 
 Dr.. .1. Taylor.] 
 
 2307. 
 
 443. Foil. 72 (and a sucipatra after 22); 
 size lOr in. by 31 in.; Devanagari character; 
 9 or 10 lines in a pa 
 
 Mdnasolldsa-vrittdntavUdsa (Dakshindmurii- 
 stotravydkhydprabandha), a commentary on 
 Surefoara's paraphrase, by Rdmatlrtha. 
 
 Beg. msHsrraRirm^RrTi: ° cf. Weber, Cai 
 (1853), ii". 616 ; Raj. Mitra, Notices, v., p. 81, 
 no. 1763, and p. L02, no. 1783. 
 
 [H. T. i 
 
 5 i)
 
 rio 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2308. 
 
 2532d. Foil. 7; size 9f in. by 4i in.; 
 thirteen lines in a page ; well written. 
 
 Sastdmalalcatiled, a commentary on Hastd- 
 malaka's twelve couplets, ascribed to Sankara 
 ( 'efol^JTT^ q mirbn , in the colophon). 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 107, no. lxxxviii.; 
 Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 91 ; the Calcutta 
 edition (published in the Saka year 1771, in 
 one small volume with Veddntasdra and its 
 comm.) differs very much from this copy. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 cRfig'?rirasn?rKe.°^?) ^rMrrw???: . . . ^1 
 TTcRiirTT ^f?: ^nr: fii^T irefinm nra^ifk: ^*^fafw 
 
 This whole passage, with a few lines more, 
 is wanting in the Calc. edition ; the beginning 
 of the latter (=&*?? fijTSTt 3P3 f W^ n*rr °) has 
 been added on the margin, partly by an old, 
 partly by a more modern hand. 
 
 The first couplet of Hastdmalaka is : 
 
 fsnOTfk^nfVirrarranirar: i 
 * f^FTtxi?rfaj^^Tf7s?m7m n i ii 
 
 The copy is dated : ^f% tf^TT IMt^ ^T 
 ^TW^T^f ii [Gaikawai:. j 
 
 2309. 
 
 476b. Foil. 6; size 12| in. by M in.; 
 t wclve lines in a page ; fair modern writing. 
 
 Mastdmalakastotrdhhdshya, a second copy of 
 Sankara's commentary, but differing very 
 much from the Calcutta edition as well as 
 from the preceding manuscript. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 See p. 2 of the Calc. edition. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2310. 
 
 368. Foil. 52; size 9 A in. by 4| in.; in- 
 different, modern Devanagari writing; ten lines 
 in a page. 
 
 TrlsiitJitihiiihiliaprahlsikJ, or simply Nd- 
 mdrthaprakdsikti, an explanation of the three 
 hundred names of Devi (JDevlstotra), by 8au- 
 Jcardcdrya. It begins: 
 
 ^ fqjhsrt ki ^^ftrf^TrnfiPt i 
 
 ^THt^RT €rf ■A I H I Srt cJTTq^ qf 3Trf II <H II 
 TJTSjTT^STW^tfjTHiHjnwi 
 TT7'?r5rrfc5^(''-' t ')*Tfa7Tm^g'T : I 
 
 ur5rfrm=HT?faq?t ^Tfft i^t 
 Tj^Ttrinf%rrn^t iramfa i&1 n * ii 
 
 «??cfiTc5 WHfjfiTf?ST TJ^T^T^^^I fHJimi ^*rq"*fa»J- 
 
 ■^ i fsi^qf (i^r iT'qraji (T^^ftsT qf nr( /-°Tfr) uttctH "^re i 
 =Foint€qffr ii ^nsm:: oR^rr: tt.j suq'sufqinnif *JfHT: «t 
 
 cfiTfefqa I f 1 >X film: I ° the next few nanus 
 
 are eR^qnifi i cRWJTnt!T3n%^ i oKcqun^^f^irr i 
 
 *TT*m l the last wnar^T ii 
 
 Colophon : ^fir ^fTrqt»T??iqfr3TH=FT^rq^»^- 
 
 ft^wnTrqi^qT^ftrni^jrs^THTRfqT^ffrqt fasnrtHi- 
 
 J?T%l=Btf3I=irnu" 7T7T^q^3^fT^'^§fllHI^H^iT^nt q^rsra 
 WHTTT ii '^TTrqn'SFTfincKT SmTST II 
 
 Fol. la has the title ^rfff%unrtWTq I 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2311. 
 
 441. Foil. 167; size 10£ in. by 5£ in.; 
 clear, modern Devanagari writing ; nine lines 
 in a page.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 711 
 
 Samlcishcpa-Sai'iL-arajiu/ii (also called Safi- 
 karadigvijaya), a ]iootical life of Sankardcdrya, 
 by Mddhavdc&rya. 
 
 Complete in sixteen sargas. For an ana- 
 lysis cf the work, see A nfreelit 's Oxf. Cat., 
 p. 252. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2312. 
 
 1960a. Poll. 150; size 9 in. by 31 in.; 
 fair Devanagari character of the lasl century ; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. [Dr. .1. Taylor.] 
 
 2313. 
 
 724. Foil. 61 ; size 12J in. by 4| in.: 
 indifferent Devanagari writing. 
 
 Sargas i.-vii. of the same work. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2314. 
 
 734. Foil. 2G2; size 13 in. by 6 in.; legibly 
 written in Devanagari; 8-16 lines in a page. 
 
 Samkshepa-Sdnkarajaya, with a, commentary, 
 entitled Sankardcdryadindima, by Dhanapaii, 
 son of Rdmakumdra. Text and commentary 
 wire printed at Bombay in 1864. 
 
 Cf. Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 2li0. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2315. 
 
 1398b. Foil. 36; size 12i in. by Gin.; 
 Devanagari character; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Sarga viii. of the same work, with Dhana- 
 pati's commentary. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2316. 
 
 1960b. Foil. Ki2 : size 9 in. by 3f in.; 
 fairly good Devanagari writing; nine lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Saiikaravijaya, a fanciful life of Satikara, 
 iu the form of a dialogue between hi- disciples 
 Oidvildsa Tatlndra and Vijndnakanda Tapodha- 
 
 iii ,,,/ru ; in thirl \ llti/iii/iis. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 •J c -» ^ 
 
 ^T*T ^7 Slt^f Tf: HJ^PflTTiqWH^il II <H II 
 
 W\t ^r^fa* f=fi^ iTVTrt ?*TtT>T ^f5P 
 fS»TTSIT'Wtf H^Tjft^ TT fart? oRT fWifl I 
 
 «T suTWtfTCT'fr'Er^^PlT ^T'fl'art WW II » II 
 ^?£7TT?»3THt TlTT^t ?V7Tf >T* I 
 
 ofiTq=fitf(ifiTTTt TnwY ^rrfira tWt: *T*t n 3 no 
 nsTT^oF?: ii ^nWrt ^fin^r? nfratFTr>?jTnH i 
 
 sJsSW I «! l(?)^3g mftrf^SHHT^! II i H ° 
 
 Colophon : SifrT ^t»TrqT-^H^fCtTnT^r?iq^JT^- 
 ^THrr^fqi^^Tf^JT^^f3^raTW^'^sIT^=F?HtfTO^7- 
 
 ti^t^ ^iHrcrtsujm: 
 
 [Dr. .). Tayi 
 
 5. Advaita school, general I eddnta. 
 
 2317. 
 
 1103c. Foil. 16 (foil, to 60 of the volume); 
 
 size 13 in. by 5 in. j foil. I 6 nineteen fco 
 twenty-two lines in a page, the writing like 
 no. 2?>97(110o/0: foil. 7 IG fifteen to seventeen 
 lines in a page, then lit in g I ike UO. 2 159 ( I L03a). 
 
 Naishkarmyasiddhi, called Sambandhokti, by 
 Suresvara ledrya, pupil of Sankara, in four 
 adhydyas, prose and verse. See Ball's Index, 
 p. 159. 
 
 It was published in the Bombay Sanskrit 
 Series, no. wxviii.: ''The Naishkarmyasiddhi 
 of Sure&vardchdrya with the Chandrikd of 
 J Hdnottama." E lited . . . by Colonel <i. A. 
 Jacob, Bombay 1891. Both MSS. of the India 
 Office were used by him. 
 
 5 d 2
 
 742 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 "As its title shows, it consists of an argu- 
 ment in opposition to ritual, and in favour of 
 knowledge, as a means to muliti," I.e. p. 2. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 »f^^T^^fw: 1 w^^j faf?ff jrftTfq3^w^T^fir|fvr: 1 
 
 ^ftv(si'c! leg.°WT^^^hi) Jn^m^R^T^^T^: 1 
 
 The first sloka is : 
 
 End of the whole work : 
 
 ?HVTf=fifrt m&Ct pfiTzft^JJ^Tf 7TT I 
 
 ^■EsnjfaifiTFisri ^T^rnu^T h^3 n -si n 
 
 5fiT TrtavqTHf ^qfcmiTcFT^Ttrai *a=t;T;iT5*TiTr^f;)rni- 
 
 ^w^TT^qf^tf^ %-ccfiFqfWt hwvMt ^^n sunn: 
 
 *HT?TT ^4 ^-E^f^fHfg: II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2318. 
 
 777b. Foil. 40; size 10i in. by 41 in.; 
 written by different hands, the oldest parts; 
 in the first half of the 17th century; 9-13 
 lines in a page, the margin worm-eaten. 
 
 Naishkarmydsiddhi, a second copy, with 
 marginal notes. 
 
 The last words are *T^T: TK ^iTOPT; the 
 three other verses (73-76) which follow in 
 no. 2317, are not found in this copy. The last 
 two lines are in a different handwriting. 
 
 Colophon: ^frT ^Vr^TT^qfatf^ff(s/c!)^T«fi-Ki- 
 fBlft «ni«Bt tf^I *WTtf W«TO*ni apparently corrupt. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2319, 2320. 
 
 661. Foil. 2S9 (s-nb); size 13 in. by 4f in.; 
 6-11 lines in a page. 
 
 646. Foil. 225 (in three parts foil. 87, 
 129, 19); size 13i in. by 4| in.; 6-11 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 The writing is the same in both volumes, 
 large and clear, of the end of the 18th 
 century ; some pages were written by a diffe- 
 rent hand. 
 
 Samkshepasdrvraka, an exposition of the 
 Veddnta in §lokas following the Veddnta Sutra 
 and Sankara's Bhdshya, in four adhydyas, by 
 Sri-Sarvajndtman Mahdmuni, pupil of Srl- 
 Devesvara, with a Ilka, called Anvaydrthapra- 
 Tidsikd, by Rdmatirtha, pupil of Paramahamsa- 
 parivrdjakdedrya Krishnatlrtha. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 90, no. xvi. and p. 91, no. xix. 
 Sarvajndtman wrote his work under the reign 
 of a king Srimat, see the final couplets and 
 the tlkd (infra). Hall and Aufrecht (Cat. Cat.) 
 give " Manukuldditya " as the king's name, 
 but according to Rdmatirtha' s tlkd this would 
 be only an epithet. Rajendralala Mitra 
 wrongly makes Madhusudana a contemporary 
 of this king "Manukuldditya," see Notices of 
 Skr. MSS., vol. iii., p. 90, where he describes 
 a copy of Madhusudana' 's commentary on the 
 SmiiL-slf.-jitix ~>r~t raka. 
 
 Rdmatirtha made use of the Siddhdntadipa, 
 another commentary on the Samkshepasdriraha, 
 by Visvaveda, pupil of Anandaveda. 
 
 The first volume contains the first adhydya 
 (W^infw.), with 563 couplets. 
 
 The mula begins : 
 
 c 
 
 VlMVi TTOTOT^faF^tfa II I II 
 
 The first ten slukas were printed by Rajen- 
 dralala Mitra, I.e.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 743 
 
 The tll;<~t begins : 
 
 wtxm ^Hflt h^Tt ih ^?<?t i'rt'jnr ?5Rqw n =) ii 
 
 After twelve introductory couplets the 
 author of the tilea says: ?ff ^^T^TTTmoBT: ^? f? 
 
 c c £ 
 
 ^n=F;rfa?iTm'*nTiifiTJT>rkKj TTsmtrerTrqqT'ttfiTfrriTHq- 
 w^TfaTiqftsmfsu^n^fjreT^Rqfiw^qi^ ftfjT- 
 
 Colophon of the first adhydya, mulct : ffsr 
 ^H , sgT:tT : 3iiT5f5i'ar^Htsnr»T»i?m^: snft sttt^tt?- 
 ctrnrmsjusnriTcp Trqsftsuni: 11 tiled : jfff ^^ttn- 
 
 cFifsioFT^t ^q^^if«v: u*pft surra:: wis: 
 
 The second volume contains adhydyas 2-4. 
 
 The tiled of the second adhydya begins : 
 ti^ ^R^u^^iTmirf fV$tq ^rraift fvr^fmi Tirjra 
 ^srfg ^fiTnfnqqT^^Tirt *W ^tin ^ftrtiRrair 
 sj3rrrRf?i xrsTurrfjTffT ^rmtfi fafTftw TT^rrfq immf^Ji- 
 nTCTtcTTf^"hi nfffWT?r*rR ^ w^^frr nm^ *m^?q 
 
 «f^qmf«7qfrr ^ *ms^ ^fiT I 
 
 Tlie first verse of the mula is : 
 
 •J 
 
 TTTnTtwriTT ufcqlfjTT VI ITTrfr 
 *T?n^T3T7r°K7TT S3Tfa=ju^ II 1 II 
 
 The second adhydya of the mwZa (^rfTOVTfw:) 
 contains 248 couplets. 
 
 The filed of the third adhydya begins: 7T<^ 
 
 ^HRfq^TTT^T fDHqH*J*RrTKqf?r II TTr^fqmfJifrT II 
 
 The li rs< a in plel of tl a is : 
 
 ^T^T sfqfivraqq^wpqxffro- 
 tT5JTrR7TT»jfinTJ TpjTTiprrq I 
 
 ^TrR-fTTqicSfjTTTqWcf UTTFT 
 
 c 
 
 TFHniH TT^facJ nfiTfqTJTUPT: II q II 
 The third adhydya of the mula (wvmfw.) 
 conta ins 36 I couplets. 
 
 The tiled of the fourth adhydya begins: "7%i: 
 *wr: Tmnr: «fti3-^m»rrc«i Jr?TqTqqYr'qsrR*a; cr^jt} 
 ^csfi^rfirftfir fimq: q-3fH tswivj^ht ii 
 
 The first verse of the mula is: 
 
 The fourth adhydya of the maZa (4icj5cjnn!r) 
 contains 63 couplets. 
 
 The last couplets are : 
 
 ^fsTinfJTTTfoFirr Jrfaqt: «^jxr3in:^tcp i 
 
 ^ HW^Rf^V^lf'tf TTJT^3q ?Tq 
 
 wifnniTnnTfn^ fq-fc7i»rinjufa'?r i 
 
 5T8j*rf o (sic !) ^ff^ffsvura: *»rr?m u 
 
 The second half of the 62nd couplet is thus 
 
 explained in the tiled : cF?T ^sfi ^JtremiTUT? I 
 
 i:m^^3^ sfw i 'Eifi^ 3w§f: i ^ Tm^iffr -m^?t sni 
 
 Hm ffTefsifiT ^^fiT ^^rftrT(«/c ! read: ^rfa^T- 
 
 j^-q: r^«ff 'qtT^ifg Hq «^f srmfK «nr nqsnwfnTt- 
 fopnft ^f^qr: Tt^q7iTT ; lT=F w% sn^-n: ii 
 The ///,-J ends : 
 
 fa3T?I^q ■q^tTt f^VTq ^?f7Tn'itft?Tlf^S I
 
 744 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ■^pfjST^ WOT ITHTC ^aHTUfffrl^ *TrT I 
 mrtswfwfflt S^^T ^T^T 5cjtn' T^fT^ li 
 
 H^f suni: Bins: n 
 
 The Samkshepasdrlraka with Madhusudana's 
 commentary was printed in The Pandit, New 
 Series, voll. iv.-x. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2321. 
 
 2594. Full. 110; size Hi in. by 4| in.; 
 eleven lines in a page ; fair writing, of the 
 18th century. 
 
 Laghunydyasudhd, a tikd on a work called 
 SataSloki and Laghwodrttika, by Uttamasloka- 
 tlrtha, " kimkara" of Svddhdnanda, See Hall's 
 Index, p. 97, no. xli. The mula is an epitome 
 of Bddaraydna's Veddntasutras, treating sepa- 
 rately on each single adhikarana. Each pdda 
 is divided into a certain number of sections 
 according to the number of adhikaranas which 
 it contains in the Veda ntadargana. Of the 
 sutras, always the first of each adhikarana is 
 quoted in this MS. In the final couplets the 
 author says that his work was founded on 
 both tantras, on the tantra of Jaimini and on 
 the tantra of Bddardyana. The present volume 
 is pure Veddnta. Hence we may conclude thai 
 it represents only the second part of a larger 
 work, the first part of which will be an epitome 
 of J hi mini' s Purvamlmdmsd. This explains 
 also the designation uttaratantre " in some 
 of the colophons, see the end of the first 
 adhydya (it occurs also at the end of the third 
 
 pdda of the third adhydya, and at the end of 
 the third pdda of the fourth adhydya). 
 This volume begins : 
 
 iraf=ji*ri wrrtw ^jtr^TJnTH um\ t 
 
 rfVnri at jnrataf ^niarn*i ftmi^ u * ii 
 
 S3 
 
 W^TT^t sTaftTstTFT II 3,<t 7nrcftcfr3r3»rlflTOT3TT?£f 
 Colophon of the first adhydya, fol. 51a: ^ffl" 
 ■nm 'Enrii: ttt^: ii 
 
 The second adhydya has 27 leaves, begins 
 with the text of the first sutra : TR*R^cj?m ° 
 . . . ° ireJTTfT i jrasrswrrc *§g frtsrfsfa sr^f^- 
 f^fTrrPT^t^ sraftrr ^trrntf wjt^j: pfn-qTf^K: i * 
 ^? rfsi^rri I 
 
 The third adhydya has ;30 leaves, begins : 
 Hiwti . ■ . T&rt^wmwj (Ved. Su. iii. 1, 1) I 
 
 f"rfa3raTf<!m >rta'Ri nwiTfaf^^Twi fa^ir ^rrrnrm i 
 The fourth adhydya has 11 leaves, begin- ; 
 ^n3f=rT**<ji|H5IIW {Ved. Su. iv. 1, 1) | *t^ mv- 
 ^rf^^TTTTfrrt ^fr^nr. faTOn" I The last sutra 
 quoted is STnuTPnTTrf etc., the first of the 
 seventh adhikarana of the fourth pdda (Ved, 
 Su. iv. 4, 17). 
 The whole work ends: ^crai c5wficMW(''-°t) 
 
 3nr^grKr.° , ¥)*JVTPR ^n*^r wt^T ftTTPj fa^irfirii 
 
 3r«HdrH 'PjiiT*ri - *rt*n?TV*lTJTTTTT I 
 
 1 >■» -J 
 
 ^SH s ^» ^f<T aVrTfaiT II 
 
 c ^ c 
 
 ^Hfa-Tg^fMSTT^^qiiTHT 1 *!^ JW WTT II <) II
 
 niiLosoi'iiv. 
 
 745 
 
 rhr?HTf??iTT ^tafsT <ERrJT *sfctHT II '. II 
 WHW *rm^R(/\>f»T )ffrift «?TfloK^mif»|iTt I 
 
 T3*rtft=FTiH> irsftw jjf^m wsj n 3 11 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2322. 
 
 2516. Foil. 275; size Hi in. by 5k in.; 
 8-12 lines in a page; large good handwriting. 
 
 Paf/cadasJ, an exposition of the Veddnta 
 philosophy in fifteen prakaranas, divided into 
 three adhydyas, by Bhdratitirtha Vidydranya ; 
 and Padadipikd, a commentary on the Paiica- 
 da$i, by Rdmakrishna. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 98, nos. xlv. and xlvi.; 
 Oxford Catalogue, p. 222, no. 541, p. 223, nos. 
 5 tl and 542; Berlin Catalogue, p. 182, no. 625, 
 pp. 183 and 181, nos. 629, 630, 031. 
 
 The text and commentary were published 
 at Bombay in the Saka year 1785. There is 
 also a Calcutta and a Poona edition. An 
 English translation with the text of the Pan- 
 cadasl appeared in The Pandit, New Series, 
 voll. v.-viii., not complete (on the authorship 
 of this work, lb. vol. viii., p. 603). 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2323. 
 
 2310. Foil. 203; si/,e 13| iu. by 6| in.; 
 9—14 lines in a page; large good handwriting; 
 (irnamented margin. On the last page there 
 is a picture representing Rdma, Sitd, Hanumat, 
 and five other figures. 
 
 Fancadasi and Padadipikd, a second copy. 
 Foil. 1, $<\, 9*., <t$, sst( are missing. 
 
 [Sik Joseph Banks.] 
 
 2324. 
 
 1791. Foil. 239; size I I'. In. bj 5i in.; 
 
 9 1:; hues in ;i page; largi 1 h 1 acta 1 
 
 Pancadasi ami Padadipikd, a third copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2325. 
 
 3034. Foil. 230; si/.,. 12$ in. by 4| in.; 
 9-13 lines iu a page ; indifferenl u rii 
 
 PaiicadaM ami Padadipikd, a Eourth copy. 
 
 [J. R. Ballanti 
 
 2326. 
 
 242. Foil. 209 ; size I2i in. by \\ in.; 
 7-12 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 PoMcadaii ami Padadipikd, a fifth copy. 
 
 Colebrooke's remark on fol. 80, that the 
 sections were bound up in wrong order, does 
 not refer to the preseni condition of the copy. 
 
 Two leaves are missing, one after fol. 22 
 (=1=1 of the second prak.), ami one after fol. I I ii 
 (33 of the seventh prak.). [If. T. Colebroo 
 
 1113b. Foil. 192 (39 2:10); size 12, in. by 
 4| in.; 10-16 lines in a page; lair writing. 
 
 PancadaSi and Padadipikd, a sixth copy. 
 
 It begins with the second chapter, the ti'-st 
 having been placed at the end. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2328. 
 
 872. Foil. 133; size lOf in. by 4| in.; 
 
 8-16 lines in a page J Fair writing. 
 
 PaiicadaM and Padadipikd, a seventh copy, 
 dated Jhr?r "Wft WHq%3TT*P?f? 13 htw^ figrfaii 
 Wrf^nns? 1 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2329. 
 
 3041. Foil. 131 ; si/.e 12) iii. bj :. in.; 
 12-21 lines in a page; lair writing. 
 
 Paacadaii and Padadipikd, an eighth copy. 
 
 [J. R. Ballanti
 
 746 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2330. 
 
 2082b. Foil. 42 : size 9^ in. by 4 in. ; 
 11 oi" 12 lines in a page; middling writing. 
 
 PailcadasJ, a fragment. The first two 
 leaves contain the first twenty-six couplets of 
 the first prakarana, foil. 3-42 nearly the whole 
 second pancaka (the first thirty- seven couplets 
 are missing). [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2331. 
 
 2670b. Foil. 39; size 1 Oi in. by 3f in.; 
 10-13 lines in a page; good writing. 
 
 SiddhdntamuktdvaU, a commentary on a 
 small metrical Veddnta treatise, by PrakdSd- 
 nanda, pupil of Jndndnanda. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 99, no. xlix. The work was edited and 
 translated into English by Arthur Venis, 
 Benares 1890 (reprint from The Pandit). It 
 is referred to by Appayya Dikshita in his 
 Siddlulntalesa, and lias been assigned to the 
 last quarter of the 16th century. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2332. 
 
 2226. Foil. 38; size 9i in. by 4 J in.; 
 10-15 lines in a page; fair modern writing. 
 Siddhdntanwhtdvali, a second copy of Pra- 
 dnanda's work. [R. Johnson.] 
 
 2333. 
 
 2773b. Foil. 101; size 12 in. by 5 in.; 
 12-16 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Siddhdntamuktdvalltikd, the text of Pra- 
 MSdnanda's work, here called Siddhdntamaukti- 
 
 kaSreni, and a commentary on it, by Ndnd- 
 dlkshita, pupil of Prakdsdnanda. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 99, no. 1.; A. Venis' 
 edition of the Siddhuntamuktdvuli, p. iii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^n^ ^n^T^q f%«^refaf^if sift m*»i=5TC^ i 
 f^nff qfJWT^E^T^rj^m^ft^ n 3 11 
 
 It ends : 
 
 cTT?TT<^f^iraiR f^-q f>f?rf§iTT I 
 ftTsrRTmf^icinHir^f^^iTWIl^TfSToFT II «l II 
 
 TsflfcTf^m^HTq ^j^tf-w *cri: n * 11 
 
 ■gsi ftrr fl-rt fart famaf%n«3T3i»T 11 3 11 
 Colophon •. ^fff ^nrtn:H??mfcwTintrr^T§^ : lTi- 
 
 ITTtT^T^cSWoRT TTJTHIT II 
 
 Date of the copy : ^tf^w Sb33 cjrTf#-cR ^Tp M 
 
 [Coll. of Fokt William.] 
 
 >ttt^t«t; 11 
 
 CO 
 
 2334. 
 
 860. Foil. 79; size 11 in. by 5j in.; 
 8-16 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 SiddkdntamuktdvaUtikd, text and commen- 
 tary, a second copy, incomplete, containing 
 only as much as foil. 1-00 in the first copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.]
 
 PIIILOSOPIIY. 
 
 747 
 
 2335. 
 
 1348c. Foil. 28 fo-*d); size lli in. by 
 5£ in.: 18-21 lines in a page; good writing, 
 on brown paper. 
 
 Siddhdntamuktdvali/Jkd, text and commen- 
 tary, incomplete, but beginning at the very 
 point where the second copy breaks oft". 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2336. 
 
 2317. Foil. G7; size 13 in. by 5£ in.; 
 1-1-18 lines in a page; large modern writing. 
 
 VeddntasiddhdntamuktdvaUtikd, the commen- 
 tary without the text, an incomplete copy. 
 From fol. 40 to the end the original numbering' 
 is wrong and all leaves are misplaced. The 
 right order would be : foil. 40 (orig. 8o), 42 
 (8=0, 44 to), 40 to,), 49 (88), 64 to), 51 (8S,), 
 54-50 to -80, 4-1 (*o), 43 to), 45 to), 47, 48 
 (8?, 88), 50 (8m), 52 (8S,), 53 (to), 06 (8t), 57- 
 63 to -mm), 05 (m*,), 07. 
 
 The continuous text of this copy ends fol. 
 65a, 1. 8 ( toWn f5«rt ^rn^sic), see fol. 746, 1. 
 of the first copy). The next nine lines con- 
 tinue the text, but they are full of omissions ; 
 with the fourth line of the verso of the same 
 leaf begins the end of the whole commentary 
 (TPri ^H° see fol. 1006, 1. 5 of the first copy). 
 
 [R. Johnson.] 
 
 2337. 
 
 1763. Foil. 04 ; size 7| in. by 4| in. ; 
 indifferent Devanagari writing of c. 1750 a.d. ; 
 12-14 lines in a page. 
 
 Vivekasind.hu, a treatise on the Veddnta 
 tenets (by Mulcunda Muni, or Mukundardja?). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^m-jj *f%^T^ fl^rRT Vr* ^*ra I 
 
 niT J??fjR: sif^PTnwr wfaiw h ii '. n 
 
 ^lf»T^^j tjnrr^fft Tjf^TWHT Hf»1i!pt ^imfTO 
 
 ■J 
 
 fsnq^fai •Aw-jHifn^cirw Hrfr *p i I 11 3 » ° b n 
 
 fr^RfiiH TT^r^j -H^wnr?^ ^rr: hq.ii ° <n n 
 
 ^? *rafn f^rrfvf^Tfirn^TO^TTTnjT('')'^7'HTf?trT- 
 
 fol. 11/-; o wfp-giR nninsTJii fol. 206: wfVaw 
 
 e. c 
 
 **r^frfqwrrqfcK nTd^fq^mrf fol. 27a ; wfpa;j? 
 
 ^^c55fT^|*Jl^f«1^TITt Eol. 81&J fl?TT^iJT tfHIHinnKITi 
 
 fol. 39«; tf?rt3w t^ttv ^^n^^f^^TiTj fol. 486; 
 ■j^rtM rifTtaw nFfji«j«^i< i<j^rR=irTT!i fol. 57a. 
 It ends : 
 
 ll" sTTrSTT *P*wfa*f(?) iftii ttW\ft>i II M II 
 
 cms: ii 
 
 The author's name is not given in this MS.; 
 cf. Weber's Cat., p. 375, no. 1365, and Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 343, no. 1846 (apparently 
 a larger work); Hall's Index, p. 100, no. liii. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKK.] 
 
 2338. 
 
 3067. Foil. 39; size 9| in. by 3? in.; 
 ten lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Veddntaparibhdshd, an exposition of the 
 Veddnta philosophy, in eight ■paricchedas, by 
 I)h arm ardja Dilcsh ita. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 100, no. liv. 
 
 Tho Veddntaparibhdshd was printed at Cal- 
 cutta in tho Saka years 1769 and 1777 I 
 Haas' Cat., p. 31). There are also Kdii edi- 
 tions. 
 
 The pratyakshapariccheda ends fol. 116, the 
 anumdnqparicclieda fol. 136, the vpamdnaparic' 
 
 5 E
 
 748 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 cheda fol. 14a, the dgamapariccheda fol. 196, 
 the arthdpattipariccheda fol. 21a, the anupa- 
 la.bdhipariccheda fol. 25a, the vishayapariccheda 
 fol. 346, the prayojanapariccheda, fol. 396. 
 
 Dharmardja lived about the middle of the 
 17th century, in Tanjore, see Burnell's Tanj. 
 MSS., p. 90. The same was also the author 
 of the Tarkacuddmani, see no. 2343 (568). 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2339. 
 
 2726. Foil. 94; size 7| in. by 4f in.; 
 seven lines in a page ; well written. 
 
 Veddntaparibhdshd, a second copy. See 
 Wilson's Catalogue of the Mackenzie Collec- 
 tion. [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2340. 
 
 2225. Foil. 44; size 9k in. by 4i in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page ; fair modern writing. 
 Veddntaparibhdshd, a third copy. 
 
 [R. Johnson.] 
 
 2341. 
 
 884b. Foil. 31; size 10i in. by 4 in.; 
 ten lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Veddntaparibhdshd, a fourth copy, dated 
 W^W^bSb HT^ratpm fftfSJPrhn: I With marginal 
 notes in Colebrooke's handwriting. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2342. 
 
 1608b. Foil. 23 (folded together); size 
 18| in. by 3? in.; eight lines in a page; fair 
 writing in the Bengali character. 
 
 Veddntaparibhdshd, a fifth copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2343. 
 
 568. Foil. 88; size 12| in. by 5 in.; 
 fourteen lines in a page ; well written. 
 
 Veddntasikhdmani, a commentary on the 
 Veddntaparibhdshd, by Rdmakrishna Adhvarin, 
 son of Dharmardja Adhvarlndra, the author of 
 the Veddntaparibhdshd and the Tarkacuddmani. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 100, no. lv.; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 98, no. 1141 ; Burnell's 
 Tanj. MSS., p. 90. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ire^r «p^nm: ujwtfnifa tutt^r^ u q n 
 
 [TO ?) TPrarunT^R || 3 || 
 
 ^rrarrfa y^ ^^WfTr^^iTf^igrw ii s ii 
 «^ciM i -»ifc t f^rntfsrsrni y^jrf) f^raTfir ^f%gfH h 
 
 Colophon : ^fir 7ftv§TT3TTS90 ^ 1 rH il^TTJnpinT- 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2344. 
 
 444a. Foil. 13; size 10 in. by 4| in.; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Veddntasdra, a well-known Veddnta tract, 
 by Saddnanda Yoglndra, pupil of Advaydnanda. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 101, no. lvii. 
 
 For editions and translations see Haas' 
 Cat., p. 124; Burnell's Tanj. MSS., p. 90, etc. 
 An English translation also in Major G. A. 
 Jacob's Manual of Hindu Pantheism, London, 
 
 1881. [H. T. COLEBROOKE.]
 
 IMIILOSOPIIY. 
 
 749 
 
 2345. 
 
 2018. Foil. 18; size 93 in. by 4| in.; 
 ten lines in a page ; well written. 
 Vedantasara, a second copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2346. 
 
 2371. Foil. 16; size Hi in. by 4J in.; 
 9 or 10 lines in a page; large good writing. 
 Vedantasara, a third copy. [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2347. 
 
 2773a. Foil. 15; size 12 in. by 4| in.; 
 nine lines in a page ; well written. 
 
 Vedantasara, a fourth copy, dated ?faw StMfc 
 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 
 2348. 
 
 2833a. Foil. 23; size 7 in. by 9 in.; 
 13-15 lines in a page; large modern writing. 
 
 Vedantasara, a fifth copy, with pencil notes 
 on the margin. [Sir Charles Wilkins.] 
 
 2349. 
 
 1338a. Foil. 19; size Hi in. by 4f in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; large modern writing. 
 Vedantasara, a sixth copy. 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2350. 
 
 2459. Foil. 86; size Hi in. by 5| in.; 
 8-10 lines in a page ; large beautiful writing. 
 
 Vedantasara, the text, and Subodhini, a 
 commentary on it, by Nrisimha Sarasvati, 
 pupil of Krishinlnanda. In the final couplets 
 the author is called Narasimha and Narahari. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 101, no. lviii. 
 
 The Subodhini was published at Calcutta 
 in the Saka year 1771, by dnandacandra- 
 veddntavdgUa, in Beng. char., also in the Saka 
 year 178-2 (sec Haas' Cat., p. 125). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^ ^RTWTtm ?W ^TtfT WTfWfa H H I! 
 That the Subodhini was composed at Be- 
 nares in the Saka year 1510, appears Erom the 
 following final couplets: 
 
 ntaiHurirmT fqr*f=REJ=i uf^ ^rfjrrm'fl i 
 
 [UTWlil II 
 
 [Gaikawak. 
 
 2351. 
 
 2082a. Foil. 41 ; size 8 J in. bj 3| in.; 
 11-15 lines in a page; small fair writing, on 
 some pages nearly obliterated. 
 
 Veddntasdratika, a second copy of Nrisimi 
 commentary, dated H^TT 1953 tfiTrmtTTfe 9 *llf 
 
 k£jSuj(?) tunrnt^r ^*wrref tt *r?qt f$5iwr "i 
 *rrlefi^tH*rrc: m >r^ ii [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2352. 
 
 1645. Foil. 71; size 9| in. by 3| in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; large good handwriting. 
 Veddntasdratika, a third copy. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2353. 
 
 884c. Foil. 56; size 10| in. by 1 in.; 
 nine lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Veddntasdratika, a fourth copy of Xrisimlci's 
 commentary, dated B^Tff ^tS<i. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooki . 
 5 e 2
 
 750 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2354. 
 1128b. Foil. 22; size Hi in. by 3| in. ; 
 
 16-18 lines in a page; small fair writing. 
 
 Yidvanmanoraiijinl, a commentary on the 
 Veddntasdra, by Rdmatlrtha Yati, pupil of 
 Krishnatirtha. 
 
 This commentary was published at Calcutta 
 in 1829 (in one volume with the text of the 
 Veddntasdra), and again at Calcutta in the 
 Saka year 1771 (together with the text of the 
 Veddntasdra, Subodhinl and the Hastdmalaka- 
 bhdshya). 
 
 This copy is dated : *sf tiTR I <^b3 I ^ 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOEE.] 
 
 2355. 
 
 991. Foil. 239; size 13| in. by 51 in.; 
 between nine and sixteen lines in a page ; well 
 written. 
 
 Pratyaktattvacintdmani (or Pratyakcint.), a 
 large metrical Yeddnta treatise in twelve pra- 
 karanas with 1277 couplets, by Saddnanda, 
 and Svaprahhd, a commentary on this work, 
 by the same author. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 «^lci<4 facSfHTT ^f*Hfaf!«pHi 
 
 ckust 'zm ^fJ3fl»fr5nttT5y=mw u <\ n 
 *Ht<<*<»wHTTR»rtfsnrTt 
 
 tftarofrf ^HriTf'ntun^ sw u * ii 
 
 ^r?T *ra fjl^ ^mrrTTfcJR^^rqT^TTf^ 
 mt*l? HTftT^*!3 n^fwwf^ ^TTT^t tff^fylW I 
 
 The mula begins : 
 
 «3»n fast ^mfq ok^ ^jf ^ fwinffl^ii i ii 
 
 **£\?i ratfir «^q5 isfwti *nr wji i 
 
 rf ^srfarFff ^n^*f?r^ vim wmiftypi^ n * ii 
 
 The treatise itself begins with the eighth 
 couplet : 
 
 iiwfg^THftrafira^T ^rfajfinftfireirT*: n t u 
 *iT^ra> ^f?mf?T>rmmTiT*rn:«it 
 
 jTHTTO^ ^PWcI ^H XPST»tfsjiT W^JT II <J. II 
 
 The first prakarana or pratyaktattvavicdra- 
 mwyukha ends fol. 476, the second or sravana- 
 vidhamayukha fol. 56b, the third or prcdyaksva- 
 prakdsatvasddhakamayuklia fol. 656, the fourth 
 or praUcisamsritinirdkaranamayukha fol. 856, 
 the fifth or pratikarmavyavasthdmayukha fol. 
 1086, the sixth or tattvapaddrthavicdramayukha 
 fol. 1276, the seventh or kartritvddidharmanird- 
 karanapurvasvarupabodhamayukha fol. 1396, the 
 eighth or adhikdramayukha fol. 1496, the ninth 
 or tatpaddrlhasydbhinnanimiftopdddnatvaniru- 
 panamayukha fol. 1746, the tenth or advaita- 
 tattvamayukha fol. 1876, the eleventh or veda- 
 sydpaurusheyahuldinirTipanapi(,rahsaram akhan- 
 ddrthaparatvamnyuklia fol. 2136. 
 
 Colophon : ^fH ^RW*^qi^Kfa^'^KT^rfac?T- 
 
 fHvmTH«nsi§wv5i«<d3nw^Rwrfav 3T^t h*u<s 
 
 WnfHR^HiT II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.]
 
 rniLOSoniY. 
 
 751 
 
 2356. 
 
 476a. Foil. 220; size 12i in. by 4$ in.; 
 between eight and fifteen lines in a page ; fair 
 modern writing. 
 
 Pratyaktattvacintdmani and Svaprabhd, a 
 second copy of text and commentary. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2357. 
 
 1395c. Foil. 35; size 13i in. by 4| in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; on yellow paper, written 
 in the Bengali character, in the 18th century. 
 
 Advaitamakaranda, 28 sloltas on Brahma 
 which is advaita, by Laksltmldhara Ravi, with 
 a ttkti by the same. See Hall's Index, p. 102, 
 no. lxiii.; for the mulct, compare Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, ii., p. 105, no. 689. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 '-SHtCR^ohUJIR jTTiT^cjiH^H (first §loka 
 [of the mula) u 
 
 It ends : "3=RJrtf *njTftn?f f^HirfH 
 
 TSUI fssrg*RT3Pff TifjtuJrffl^ H? (27th sloka 
 [of the mula) ii 
 
 ?fJT II ^TSJ trfcHHTO? IRQ ^-niHJjrajJTTSIT^ II 
 
 'sinw^ra^t s4 ftg^f^qliiwiftfir (28th 
 \_sloka of tho mula) n 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2358. 
 
 1268b. Foil. 51; size 7 in. by 3? in.; 
 9-11 lines in a page; large good writing. 
 
 Advaitamakaranda, the 28 blokas of Laksh- 
 
 midhara Karhidra, with a t'/kd called Rasdbhi- 
 vyanjikd, bj SvayamprakdSa Yati, who was a 
 pvi pi 1 of Suddhdnanda, and who Bays in the 
 final couplets that, lie wrote his (ikd at tin- 
 bidding of Puru8hottama. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 102, no. lxiv. ; Raj. .Mitra's Notices, ii., 
 p. 105, no. 689. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ><r«T ^frmcfnnT: ii wf^?nr? , T^ : ^niTcK^nn w. » 
 
 ^WT 7r#T^T»rfiT»qT»??«T?BI?4 «?T II 1 II 
 
 fRfraTwrr^nsi <£?t: fijiunfcS'te'i: ii a n 
 
 wf^T^lVfif^T jTW >jf% -^^r I 
 UrpTcS^nfwWf »"" wsu^Tfrfy: II H II 
 
 ■fllrHprfaff^flKT tf|t|3iQJl^<r*J*fR JJ^«m<uftxjflqiTT- 
 
 T^TsqfnrnnT: ^figw^TUTT'qrHq^'^ w»nri 4 u^iwtrt 
 wfg 5EHT<TPrT'3 fma. ^h\wsA ^f<^Trnrr'RTpr?c»JT- 
 
 ^flnTOT^wic* ^?qjpmn fijpnf arena vvm f^ruifiT u 
 In the remarks on the last Sloka (see no. 
 
 2357) the Brahmagitd and Bhdratltirtha are 
 
 quoted. 
 
 End of the \lka : 
 
 ^u=KT3rnnT7n ^mw^jmnrnr ii 
 
 VSCV^Zl «(r. °fl) ^TTf«r3fkft(*)vhTO: I 
 
 TsnfWajiinRT <?pn nfrjrtw «;n?TTrT ii
 
 752 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 *rfif i srSf ^t urn tf ^bo^ ts n ^ f^ <n(?) tfr 
 xrftturf linnl w. n 
 
 In the colophon of the copy described by 
 Raj. Mitra the guru of the author is called 
 7 '<i ra mahainsaparivrdjahdcdrya Kaivalydnanda 
 Yoglndra. Kaivalydnanda will be the same 
 as Suddhdnanda. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2359. 
 
 1975. Foil. 16; size 8i in. by 4| in.; 
 fair, modern Devanagari writing; 13 or 14 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Prabodhasudhdhara, a metrical summary of 
 Veddnta doctrines, by Siirya P audita. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ?i"fr^rt) Hf^TTT ii * ii 
 
 wwi ftrf?ff Kvrrfii ifcmfqrrt *ri^ i 
 
 : 3rum*T3TT^srR ?ftf^H7f(r.°7r) cn^ff^rmT^r: n 3 n° 
 
 Iti dehaninddpraharanam fol. 2ft; vishaya- 
 
 ninddpr. fol. 3ft; momoninddpr. fol. Id; brah- 
 
 mendriyanigrahapr. fol. 4ft; manonigrahapr. fol. 
 
 "xi ; vairdgyapr. fol. 6a; dtmasiddhipr. fol. 6ft; 
 
 nidydsiddhipr. fol. 7ft; Ungadehddipr. il>.; ao"- 
 
 vaitapr. fol. 8ft ; kartritvabholctritvddinirupanavi 
 
 ib.; svaprakd&anirupanam fol. 9« ; nddapr. fol. 
 
 9ft; manolayapr. ib.; bodhapr. fol. 10a; pra- 
 
 ftoc/Ae dvedhdbhakHpr. fol. 116; dhydnavidhipr. 
 
 fol. 12a; sagunanirgunayor aikyawirupanam 
 
 fol. 13ft; anugrahapr. fol. 14a. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ?^T3ITHfcqT-^ *TT*fts5Jm Wt?«?i(/-. OjfftSTJ ?) 
 
 [n 5=) ii 
 
 In Hall's Index, p. 103, no. lxvi., and in a 
 MS. in Raj. Mitra's Notices, viii., p. 286, the 
 treatise is ascribed to Saiikardcdrya ; whilst 
 in Biihler, Cat. of MSS. in Gujarat, etc., iv., 
 70, the author is called Dinahara (i.e. Surya). 
 The final sloha of Raj. Mitra's MS. occurs at 
 the end of the 19th, or last but one, chapter 
 of the present MS. [Dr. J. Taylor.] 
 
 2360. 
 
 1689. Foil. 286; size 9| in. by 3| in.; 
 indifferent, modern Devanagari writing ; 9 or 
 10 lines in a page. 
 
 Svdrdjya-siddhi, a versified summary of the 
 Veddnta doctrine, by Gangddhara Sarasi-at/, 
 pupil of Bdmacandra Sarasvati, with a com- 
 mentary, called Kaivalyakalpadruma, by the 
 same author, composed in 1692 a.d. 
 
 The treatise begins : 
 
 JTnTTTOr^nTjTTre5T*frrf5»rhrR 
 'snfcj'tirt^cSiJ^it wfwrf q^KjuTiii: i 
 
 »rt?£rirf ?rr<T TitHTn^ft: ftrrt m u i n 
 
 vm ■am qitrnmRT-afrtTmiifHW i 
 Tint nrt mrf? vxm^nwti 
 
 c 
 
 *nfr mft fqirn^q7t»i^iijTij Tpufa ii * n ° 
 
 Cx C\ "J ^ . o 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 *$r* ^f^fffatf ^fff^gfi Hft h: II 1 II 
 
 3T3ltcR<*cl*ftTW^ STfarlMUdUmi I 
 "snitif fohHfq WiT?iTnraTiaT7rf5?"?T 
 'UTTVniinWjftl'^fjnT HFt 4^TqJ ii ? m
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 763 
 
 ■>PlfiT *?*PTTgR»?;RTi:*r?mrr:(r. °^tt^:) I 
 
 ^rre^Trnnrawrt ^cKwrfr n 5 11 ° m h 
 
 ^rfs n\fif «^t *»rcf*wniO. °*nni|) W h=f- 
 
 «ft?jgtflf^m=RTTmiiTiT: ^1*3^ *^niii sn 
 *^UT|f^J!PiTf :(r. ° f":) *n^t *n oir?TT5j: 
 
 HcfiftrfJUjilff srafw tito 11 t 11 
 
 WtTR- ITCRrfa TTrR^Iir-m TTfaff sfFR jfr?nH II 
 
 [o. II ° 1? II 
 
 ftpR 11 
 
 According to Hull, Index, p. 103, no. lxix., 
 the treatise consists of 183 verses. In the 
 present MS. Chap. I. (adhyaropaprako,ranam, 
 ending fol. 129a) consists of 54 verses; II. 
 (apavadapr altar anam, fol. 240a) 58 verses ; III. 
 Qcaivalyapraka/ranam) 45 verses. The last 
 verses with their comment run thus : 
 3rtWTf^ai»rfiCT>ftn!!Rf?7rRi 
 ^tHTrftf\l*pJrcWc5Tc5Wrf[t I 
 
 s* O ^ O 
 
 Comm. : ° ^TTT J*^ ^nj^Toir?! 7f Tt»ff 8? <* ^1 -■) ^T*l 
 JWWfiT ^T^fiT II 
 
 M ^TTT^RTTflfs: II 
 
 ^TTrftirhsTr tnsr ^totstoO') mnO-. *) sfq ^t i 
 f^TW f?3l *«■* fcrqT»u»T7tfwr«mT 
 
 -J c 
 
 f^Txirfflvw%^frtiT?rnc5:(/-. AfrnT ) i 
 
 ^ c 
 
 ^PTRT RT'qf^H^JT'smfH'J^MiWl I 
 
 H^nfumO-. fvin) T?^;f?rrw Tint frrern u 
 
 c 
 
 S3 
 
 The above Saka date is correcl for Vikrama 
 1748 (expired), the date, according to Pro! 
 Kielhorn, corresponding t<> Thursday, 11th 
 January, l()i'2 a.d. [II. T. Colebroo 
 
 23G1. 
 
 1099. Foil. 77; size L3 in. by 41 in.; 
 legibly written, in Devanagarl, in 17^2 A.D., 
 by two or three different hands; 7-13 1 i ru- 
 in a page; foil. 50-77 are numbered separately . 
 
 The same treatise, here called Ai/masdmrd- 
 jyasiddhi, or simply Sdmrdjy asiddhi (in margin), 
 with the commentary. 
 
 Section I. (54 verses). 
 
 Colophon : ^fff ^iHrMTH^UftsIMcMtfiirjrfrrc- 
 
 Tur^HT^gTT^mqqr^fji^ir nnTVTWT^rerr?arf>m*TtT 
 
 <5 
 
 [II. T. C'ol.KBROOKK.] 
 
 23<;-2. 
 
 924. Foil. 302; size 12} in. by 6 in.; 
 fair modern Devanagarl writing; 13-15 lines 
 in a page.
 
 751 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Atmapurdna or Upanishadratna, a versified 
 summary of the contents of the Upanishads, 
 in eighteen chapters, by Sankardnan&a, disciple 
 of Anandatvian, See Hall's Index, p. 116, 
 no. cxxii.; Raj. Mitra's Not., i., p. 98, no. 182. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fWrtei Tn\f^m\ ^fg-T^rTrsmmfrrEj*: n <\ n 
 7TiuTH'fa3iT7?m»rfH'5KWT ?Rrg»?r^ II d II 
 
 srRflfTHPngTTC failff «TV^t frUfif II M II ° 
 
 I. AitareyasdrdrthaprakdSa, fol. 216; II. Kau- 
 shitakisdrdrthaprahdSe indrata/rdandhhydnam, 
 fol. 84a; III. KavshUakisdrdrthapralcdse gdrgyd- 
 jdtasatrusamvdda , fol. 42a; IV. Brihaddranyaha- 
 madhukdndasdrdrthaprakdsakarishyasvisamvdda, 
 fol. 66«; V. Bfihaddranyakeydjna/oalkyakdndasd- 
 rdrthapralcdsa rishiydj)lavalkj/asamvdda,io\. 836; 
 
 VI. Brihaddranyakc ydjnavalkyakdnd-asdrdrtha- 
 prakdSa-ydjnavalkyajanakasamvdda, fol. 1326 ; 
 
 VII. Brihaddranyaka-ydjn a vallcya m a it reyisam- 
 vdda, fol. 1476; VIII. Svctdsvataropanishat- 
 sdrdrthaprakdse svetdsvatarasamdsasamvdda, fol. 
 173a; IX. Kdthakopanishatsdrdrthaprakdse ya- 
 manacihetasamvdda, fol. 1946; X. Twittiriya- 
 gdrdrthaprakdsa, fol. 2166; XL Garbhddyupani- 
 sliatsdrdrthaprakdsa, fol. 247a ; XII. Chdndo- 
 gyasdrdrthaprakd&a, fol. 2566; XIII. Ohdndo- 
 gyasdrdrthaprakdse sanatkumdrandradasamvdda, 
 fol. 162a ; XIV. Chdndogyas. prajdpatmdravi- 
 rocana, fol. 2716 ; XV. Talavakdropanishatsd- 
 rdrthaprakdsa, fol. 2766; XVI. Afutiditkasdrdr- 
 thaprakdse 'iigirahsamiakasamvdda, fol. 2826 ; 
 
 XVII. Prasnasdrdrthaprakdse pippalddisukesa- 
 samvdda, fol. 2866 ; XVIII. (? atharvasirasi 
 proktam brahmd vabodhanam) ends : 
 
 •*\WF{ ^f N fy^T^ waft ^WcfiTTif II 
 SVJTH: II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2363. 
 
 3069. Foil. 14; size 10^ in. by 6 in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page; large good hand- 
 writing. 
 
 Avadhutanubhuti, a metrical exposition of 
 the Veddnta doctrine, in twenty-one prakaranas 
 (containing 301 slokas, cp. p. 755, 1. 1). In 
 the Adhydtmapradipikd (see no. 2365) this 
 treatise is ascribed to Muni Ashidvakra, and 
 hence called Ashtdvakra-prakarana or -sukta. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 125, no. clx.; Oxford 
 Catalogue, p. 227, no. 558 ; Burnell's Tanj. 
 MSS., p. 96. For editions (Calcutta, 1855; 
 Bombay, 1864; Firenze, 1868) see Haas' Cat., 
 pp. 8 and 9. 
 
 This copy begins : 
 
 ^Hi^--i<^nftw4 TNtresiT ii 
 
 The last chapter is a metrical index of 
 contents : 
 
 H^=K rmT5«^r ^•svnft"^ ^npj^w (r. ?Tm)ii ?n 
 TTOUm was ^ W 5 ^ *QT=3 WB^^(r.°FTR ) 
 
 it^w^ ftsra 1 ^m ^ yw£ H^hr II x II 
 i^^ifai'rf'wrH zr^^if^nf: *w x ii h ii
 
 philosophy. 
 
 
 ^VHraw^ ^ftoFT: *iarrawT ^*ft 11 i n 
 
 The different copies vary very much, espe- 
 cially in the beginning. 
 
 Date <>f the copy : riTff Sttfc 11 ^U HTjqf^- 
 
 ^TTjfi ii [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2364. 
 
 1617b. Poll. 24; size 7| in. by 5| in.; 
 
 8-13 lines in a page. 
 
 Avadhutdnubhuti, a second copy. 
 It begins : 
 
 oFrft S^JT^TU cstt: uuttt: 
 
 srr^r ■JiMTfn ii^!Trctrr(r.°jn*n)- 
 
 The copy is dated : 3T=* <\^ fVai»RTs» ^37^ 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2365. 
 
 2202. Foil. 88; size 11 in. by 5 in.; 
 6-10 lines in a page ; beautifully written. 
 
 Adhydtmapradipikd, a commentary on the 
 Avadhutdnubhuti (in this copy called Ashtdvakra 
 or Ashtdvakraprakarana), by Vi&veSvara. See 
 Hall's Index, p. 125, no. clxi.; Baj. Mitra's 
 Notices, vii., p. 240, no. 2493. 
 
 The mula, which occupies the middle of 
 every page, begins Jjfafa^afiH ° 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ?? TTT^?TT*n^^TH«^TTTT^(:)trfi:TI^Tff5FKT^=!rfTJI^- 
 
 Date of the copy : ri^w isoq nv mnftlT^;-?!? 
 
 3TTTJTfc5(!)^VT: TUTiqT^: II GrAIKAV 
 
 2366. 
 
 1250a. full. 85; si/.e 8 J in. bj 8 | in.; 
 nine Lines in a page; Eair writing. 
 
 Ad\ piled, fcexl of the Ashtdvakra- 
 
 prakarana and Viivesvara's commentary, a 
 second copy. 
 
 The beginning is diffen m Erom thai of the 
 firs! copy: 
 
 1^strfnTiPlT5TT(i ufesn^Tf^faH I 
 
 rf tjrt «f%^r^ w% siqirMUdWr^nr II <t II 
 
 TOUT ^ cfPzt TTTOTH^ tjf? * SHI II ' II 
 
 c 
 
 ^ irr^ [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2367. 
 
 2629. Poll. 52 ; size LO in. by 5.1 in.; 
 twelve lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Ashtdvakrasuktadlpikd, text of the Ashtd- 
 valcraprakarana and a tikd, which is apparentlj 
 different from Visvesvara's Pradipikd. From 
 the second copy it would appear thai the 
 author's name was G 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^FErreTTSfiWJFiTll ^fq^T W^TTT *UT II 1 II 
 gfefa^fa ° (first sloka) T? T7^ sTT^fVsTRHqg: 
 
 f=*fa«3?rtfrr II 
 
 Date of the copy : sn* iit>9 ^rtr^nR tf^n; 
 5qrTfe ^"jt tf^Tfl*; nff^ ^mfqw: II 
 
 For this copy see Wilson's Cat the 
 
 Mackei zie Collectii n. i.. p. 1 !, no. ii. 
 
 [Mai i I 
 5 i'
 
 756 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2368. 
 
 100b. Foil. 50 (13-62); size 9| in. by 
 ■ I' in.; 6-11 lines in a page; well written. 
 
 Ashtdvakrasulctadipikd, text and commen- 
 tary, another copy. 
 
 The text begins : 
 
 *Tf?Rfar3;fa ° 
 Tlie commentary begins : 
 
 -rrarei^RTpfisi ^f^cRT jr^rn tjtt ii s ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2369. 
 
 884a. Foil. 110; size 10| in. by 4 in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Jivanmuhti-prakaranaipT viveka), a treatise 
 on liberation in life, in five prakaranas, by 
 Vidydranya Svdmin (Sayana). The name of 
 author is not mentioned in this copy. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 133, no. exevii., and 
 p. 205; Weber's Catalogue (1853), p. 195, 
 no. 645; Raj. Mitra's Notices, iv., p. 82, no. 
 1 I- i, also i., p. 32, no. 573. 
 
 it 1 icgins : 
 
 *rer f*T(:)Taf'GrTf $^r »ttt*it *fr sf^j spt^ i 
 f^HH Tffl? ^ •fasTrfrNm^TTT n q n 
 
 ?w f^ggro *rhpwi?ra n't ■gs*rrr^ u ? ii 
 
 UsT^fk ^frSH^^'H ^tRTlT: II 3 II 
 
 * The whole remark is meant as an explanation of 
 the preceding' sluLn. 
 
 faTT%f# f%VT ifteiT TfTsTT TT^WlTTfiT ^ I 
 SHTR^J H K^^TTT ^msftlft cFTT^ II $ II 
 
 3TJKT ^7^ TrTsnTTRT ?Ftfffrw I 
 
 virzr. tfm ?h ^TEjTf^sn'TfliirH ii m ii 
 
 2flT UT *fPTO ^rflf: ST %XWqm TrTpTTTT II 5 II 
 \Hf Tf'T^KTc^ ^IP*^ ^n*ft 7f "3FT sftl t> || t n 
 
 ¥3 WTsTTn: 'WSr^T'SF'itKjf^H'^'ii: I 
 
 7I#off TT^fasiJT cft<* sftRajr^Scff: || qo II 
 
 ^HfiJITTt MlWR the second copy) SrHifHT- 
 
 fwmf T^tW HT?m fVVT «TrT: I 
 TJT?§T^T*T f>1sll«T^TH ^TiTtf^faiT: II 1^ || 
 
 mmvi w trr ^^r n^t>3¥*i n °i3 ii 
 cfrrt t> fef%v: ° 
 
 The first or jivawmuktiprcumdnaprakarana 
 
 ends fol. 227;, the second or vdsa/ndleshayaniru- 
 
 Pol. 53a, the third or jwanmuMisddhana- 
 
 manondsaprdkarana fol. 81fr; the fourth 
 
 chapter begins : ofni irNwjfVi: f«s ^rr 7r^ Btmit 
 
 f=S mWw?l W#ITOFfmi;f5T?T^ : T»rf»TVT'Tff, it 
 ends iVil. 94a : 5TW ^^wf^Ucjr^r ^^qURTO^I- 
 tr^ff^-spf^f^^ftrKI If5RTT!t(!); the hist chapter 
 begins : ^T«I iT^lcKTfoii fV^W^TTH f^^TTT'?: I 
 
 This treatise leans strongly to the Yoga. 
 Amongst the numerous quotations from the 
 upanishads, smritis and the philosophical sutras 
 (especially from the Pdtcmjala), there are also 
 some from the Bhagavadgltd (f.i. fol. 87a).
 
 PHILOSOPHY 
 
 737 
 
 The Jivanmukii Viveka has been printed in 
 
 the .iiiantlilsrtiriiitsGiit.tlriitiijrantlhlvali, Saka I SI 1 
 (Poona, 1890). [H. T. Colebbooke.] 
 
 2370. 
 
 1905. Foil. 115 j size 11 in. by 5 in.; 
 nine lines in a page; large Eair writing. 
 
 JivanmuktiviveTca, a second copy. 
 
 It begins: *n*T f^O^fHK ^(!) *ft i^wft sfjj^j 
 im^ I [J. TaYLOE. 
 
 2371. 
 
 1103e. Foil. 10 (foil. 74-83 of the volume); 
 size 12| in. by 4f in.; eleven lines in a page; 
 large writing, end of the 18th century. 
 
 Nydyadlpdvali, a logical treatise, by Anan- 
 dabodha. See Hall, Index, p. 20(5. In the 
 final couplet this treatise is called Sarasvati' 
 candrikd, which shows that the expression 
 nydya iu Nydya-dipdvali has -a more general 
 sense and does not point to the philosophical 
 system of that name. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 n%?Tf*^H?ni ^m: stIitr f%un$ n «i ii 
 
 It ends : 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2372. 
 1931. Foil. 120; size 101 in. by 31 in.; 
 
 good, modern Devanagari writing; seven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 arandafo i ), or \ . 
 
 • I, ia mah ' i ) ati. 
 
 Hall's Index, p. 155, no. cclxxx. Hal] 
 
 iell (Tanj. M SS., p. '.'I. ima- 
 
 harandah) call (his r i efutation ol the 
 
 a, bul the chief objeci seems to be srfa- 
 sf^TrftT^^nftniT^H (Raj. Mitra, Not. iv., p 
 
 L682). 
 The firsl leaf lia 
 rent hand. It begins : 
 
 *13T*tt faft^ faniffr f^nuft xfr * *?4nfrf;ret 
 *n?iTiriHR( ts^mfrr^Tri-rtosiHTn^Tni: i 
 
 to *r3*r(>iT)fVTrh?7g4 sraspft f^mi 11 s n 
 fvHMyiT^T?5rfa wctqsi^t Tn?H7T: i 
 « ^nitRoRt7Rt tfre: fgitiff *iTrr ii ? h 
 
 ^? *=fcg cRtVcufffBH £i^*<n?T^BrnnT5R ^nrsn- 
 ^r?rqnr# hjjtoit^ejh i ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^TfefFT^cRfvTtf ^irrfa n q ii ° 
 •?RT«rnnf&»i 5 lTrafiRriTJT??Tt n: snumfl?^ 
 ttf itniwH^simsWTtnrr^ sricjitfq: mY.tji i 
 
 tfts^rnft nnrsf: H»nrffT *Pnrr? foj<f>g ?g: 11311 
 
 wnw: ii Ie. John T 
 
 237::. ' 
 
 1241. Foil. L02 (s-lo8, foil. MM and Mi 
 lost); size ! 1 i in. by 31 in.; 9-11 lines in a 
 ; a; e; >od old writing. 
 
 Nydyamdkar ', a commentary on 
 
 dnandabodha Bha 
 by Citsulcha Muni, pupil "l ./ 
 Hall's Index, p. 155, no. cclxxxi. ; Kajendralala 
 Mitra's Notices of Skr. MSS., vol. iv., p. 2 
 no. 16 
 
 5 r -2
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The tlha begins : 
 
 UTftf'^iWT ifaOTfajR ufcHHTfsJT^tmi^cfiTJT: 
 fjTPT^T^fCTn-sriTqT ^wfiR^rn^H^iTTHT^TTfsi^T^ 
 
 TJSTHHirf^T W\ifa I 
 
 The two leaves lost between foil. 54 and 55 
 cover fol. 75Z>, 1. 5 to fol. 78a, 1. 7 in the second 
 copy (no. 1938). The verso of fol. 42 is 
 partly left free, but nothing of the text is 
 wanting ; compare fol. 59a, 1. 1 of the second 
 copy. 
 
 It ends : ^JK WT ^iff <f?T ''HcficJoK'fW tf?- 
 
 Colophon: sfn ^Vr^Hf^qfTpTm^T^Tfl^T^T^- 
 
 •5jq ^TH:trof^vnr ^i^ i 
 ^mf'gwmq^Tfcs^ ii 
 
 This MS. is not older than the 16th century, 
 the date 6aka 1368 etc. probably belonging 
 to the original MS. from which it was copied. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEEEOOKE.] 
 
 2374. 
 
 1938. Foil. 147; size 10i in. by 4 in.; 
 7 or 8 lines in a page; large, clear writing, 
 of the 18th century. 
 
 Nyayamakarandatihd, a second copy. 
 
 [J. Taylor.] 
 
 2375. 
 
 1710. Foil. 131, the first of which is partly 
 torn away; size 94 in. by 3^ in.; good, small 
 Devanagarl writing of about 1650 a.d.; 11 or 
 12 Hues in a page. 
 
 TattvapradJpihd , properly Praiyahtattvapra- 
 dlpih't, an exposition of the Vcddnta, being a 
 refutation of the Nyaya doctrine, in four 
 chapters, by Citsukha Muni, pupil of Gaudes- 
 va/racdrya, also called Jiidnottama. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 154, no.cclxxix.; Raj. Mitra's Notices, 
 iii., p. 86, no. 1134. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 (Ti^T^if^)f?irrarn^f'nf'RQ5|?Tin'rai -?fv. 
 *ft s^nir: ^rcf^jnj^TPT: ftf^TfijfTwfti: ii 
 jqVfif^f^^THi 3ra(^icST^if^7n^ i 
 
 sTT^HT^t ct^ *ntrT^H^tf?K*T v ) II * II 
 
 ?T»rcn3 i 
 
 ^■51 err s4 ^wnjnreT^: i ° 
 
 It ends : ^ Tflff STlft *WWZ sT3l *HTOH ?ffT 
 
 w& fawntf n*nrt? *rrn: i 
 
 ^TOf«rftrer^TH7TT(r. ° n)w?T^(r. ° -%)mv. II =1 II 
 ^i^im'ffirriirTirt? WRTrt i 
 ^r^KH^ffrf n *rt^»nf?R: ii ? u 
 
 7T^U^tfqc|iTH(TT>tfc5I3i^m1^faTT N II 3 II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2376. 
 
 1506. Foil. 302 (numbered 2-133, 9-178); 
 size 11| in. by 21 in. ; good Devanagari writing 
 of 14S9 a.d.; eight lines in a page.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 7:.'.' 
 
 Wayanamodim, or Tattvapradipikd-tlkd, a 
 commentary on the preceding work, by Pra- 
 tyaJcsvariipa, disciple of Tiuiti/iikjo-iiL-.lsti. See 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 86, no. 1134, and 
 Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 245, no. 61 5, where 
 this commentary is called Mdnasanayanapra- 
 sddim-tihd. 
 
 The first leaf being lost, a line added at 
 the commencement of £ol. 2 supplies the fol- 
 lowing beginning: (Tjrftftmsn ttzjrt H^n^fqoirT- 
 prn^mrrHT f^HrTqqfr»mTfHqfT.qfaTftFqtTOf>Rn;- 
 
 At the foot of fol. 1336 a different hand 
 has supplied the colophon ^ftr ° H*W ufcgij: II 
 
 Ch. ii. is incomplete at the beginning; it 
 ends fol. 139i> of the second section ; ch. iii. 
 ends fol. 150&. Between this and fol. 151 
 ten leaves (marked 13-19, 22, 32, 33), appa- 
 rently belonging to some other work, have 
 been inserted. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 fqnc5*fc^<rc(r.°t)»n'?m ^f* ^ " 
 ^fir ^^rTirfl^«qfr3riT^rqT§Ti?i^n^;T3iq^qT^- 
 
 *fcrn w$i< *wq *?TTjqf? $ xnt i ^rgr^rcTW ° 
 
 fqfqvfq^^qf^T>HTlTflT^m^^Kfl?TTT^TfVT;'R^I^TT- 
 
 wt^t qf3innii?Hic$fa ii [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2377. 
 
 106. Foil. 204(55, 21, 51, 77); size 10 in. 
 by 4j in.; 13-16 lines in a page ; clear writing, 
 of the 18th century. 
 
 Advaitadlpikd, a work on the non-dualistic 
 : ita docl i hi' . \>\ \ I i iml Israma, pupil of 
 ndthd&rama, also of G n nendra Saras- 
 vail, in four paricchedas, a complete copy. 
 The volume ends with the third pariccheda, 
 bhe fourth pariccheda being wrongly placed 
 after the first pariccheda. See Hall's In 
 p. 157, ii". cczci. ; Rajendralala Mitra's Noti 
 vol. v., p. 292, nos. 1970 1972, where he gi 
 extracts from the second, third and fourth 
 paricchedas. The first pariccheda begins : 
 
 fq^ urtf^RFTrfrrTf j?ttt: i 
 qFETTsrTq^(/-.^)Trt^ft5^T>qH zisrrnT^VcFTfum 
 
 ■St^ TjftaTftifrJTO?qirt ?.t TJrnmKcK II ' II 
 
 c 
 
 fqi?im?f7Hq nKHRKtsfw ii 3 ii 
 
 Tl'TlTO^T^mT^fTTrf 3TTJJ >T^ II 8 II 
 ^f K^TsfmiH^fq^t H^m?^' II 4 U 
 
 ^r^q'hqd)^^^^^: i 
 
 TTTRTrTir HTff!tfqqoFHT?T 
 
 H^mr? so^wrhqw^fa it? rjq?rlf ^fj^HHi^fa- 
 ^t *^m int ??q^rqHTT*rnt ^fiP'rrin«rm?*ppT ; PTN- 
 
 TJHT'PS TTrmftl'iTqT n^TR: etc.
 
 760 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The first pariccheda ends fol. 55& : TTFTT^?- 
 
 ?in<!W&*fo™ fat ii ^fff ^rm^^roftsn^nn^- 
 
 ^TTfslw^ "^tr nfrire: ii 
 
 The second pariccheda fWTJTnfshi|Hs*J, foil. 
 77-127 (<*-M<0, begins: TTT^ft^T *ft ^TTXPT 
 -^rek: Hcp?^f?r TPref s^pnfairfai: I See Ra- 
 jendralala Mitra's extracts, 1. c. Fol. 3S is 
 misplaced. 
 
 The third pariccheda ^Tlfaq^fq^T^T, foil. 
 128-204 fa-St, the number SS has been 
 omitted), begins : 
 
 •HT^ft^qt^t VW ^>TH irosr II 
 
 ^T?f»rf!I ^PTTTTfv: *hrcT(j*n)w*fN' 
 sR^RfHf^QSTHiff^WHWTn II 
 
 cRTiq'Rqr^srRTqtnT^ etc. 
 
 It ends : TrOTT^sn^^TTfrflWcj? f^^rm^ra^ 
 
 3ra i^m ^fff fz£ ii 
 
 $?frt =Kf¥fTO4 ?ftfT^nf^f3lf^TT I 
 
 Kg^n fa«3 <»t H^rergft ?^?t ?t:(?\ ft:) n 
 The fourth pariccheda THT^^ftjcjn^T, foil. 
 56-76 fa-^), begins : 
 
 qfw^5f?m«?flt'?Tf?R^nT?'t<J^r^- 
 
 * Raj. M. has o HcK^tfcSUHt: ^fT^. 
 
 ^raj ^m^^Trfrrarrrff 11 
 
 Colophon : %fn ^?rrqT:J?f?TTjfrcrR^rT^Tl»rTqr- 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.J 
 
 2378. 
 
 2940. Foil. 326 ; size 13 in. by 5 in. ; 
 good, modern Devanagari writing'; twelve 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Advaitadipika-vivarana, a commentary on 
 Warasimhasrama's work, by his pupil X 
 yarj.dsrama. See Hall's Index, p. 158, no.ecxcii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TlfnTsTTBT WTTTtf^f^: ^T? 
 
 7T WR HT^!J(r. q) ^TrU^ II 1 II 
 
 q>1T^RqTf<? (RTffT TJTq 
 TO ft^f^^^iH^F I 
 
 si ^ c 
 
 ■yrfanfxi n^flnrrflsfw h 5 11 ° i n 
 
 ^trT^tJtT7T^?I1tTTJnfrV- 
 
 TJtm HrlfigftT WIWHfrT to: 11 
 JJTUf^rcT^ TT^TTirt^rnrjItra;?fHTffni^JIJT»mT«lt °
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 7-; i 
 
 The work is incomplete, the coloph d of 
 the third chapter occurring on Eol. 312& : 
 
 [Dk. Jon\ I ! i LOR.] 
 
 2379, 2380. 
 
 447 a &b. Poll. 120 ; size 10 in. by I': in.; 
 1 12 — 1 S lines in a page; small writing, of the 
 L8th century; both parts of this volume wore 
 written by the same scribe Krishnadeva, al 
 Kasl. 
 
 a) Foil. 28. 
 
 Tattvaviveka, a disquisition on the adva- 
 ijiHnLii.ii, in two paricchedas, by Nrisimhdsrama, 
 pupil of Paramahatnsa Parivrdjakdcdrya Jagan- 
 ndthdsrama. See Hall's Index, p. 155, no. 
 cclxxxiii.; Rajendralala Mi tra's Notices, vol. viii., 
 no. 2862. The author wrote this work in 
 Samvat 1604, at Purushottamapura. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f%Tg?U jflftf f%^31 fWRT^f%S? I 
 
 HffaTHH^ ^ TR^TH TRfuflt II ^ II 
 
 JTFTTT ciiFinTq^HqTl??T^UT?H^: I 
 
 ^ H^ReB ft tIsITTI RT^WT II 3 II 
 
 T7fV7nTTUWT?H^5W?qwffffa*55HTfTW: ^UH^r^ 
 
 TiT^m^: i etc. 
 
 The first pariccheda ends fol. I 1 .!". The 
 second begins: *!Tq TTrT^T^f sRl fq^OJiT • *i;jT«}T- 
 
 q*ra*a ^rptr^ufimfwig^ni ;• TraT^foRcfifafrT ($mrn- 
 ujrrcn«ri fq^nre • rf^KHir ^ HTTP* wgcRTT "XT? 
 jp^TSTRJ Tff ^frT ■ etc. 
 
 1 1 end 
 
 usttrw ^f?»rr?prJr'i'rlf«T i 
 ^m s*t 7ft 7^TW7TT=frfH»in?TTf3r: u 
 
 J c c 
 
 ^fq ^W^O^T ^TCTW ^75 ht^st: II 
 ^JTTrHTT ?fir ^u^friirr^m: n 'arc ^fernTrrr^nfiTTF 
 
 (r.TTfttJff) TftmftTil ^TT>7J ^"faTHfa TjKlft=Rtrc; TJ 1 ?!- 
 H^T^cFTrT II II ^fw ^fJTmiJTtHqfrgT'iToST^T^^I^- 
 
 ■5^: I *5?Tf5I»T(nr0Tq VW. II II ^n^RqiH ^fiTTM 
 TTTJR^ W, || f^fl^rftsij ^"i?: yor^^ II 
 
 fc) Foil. 55 and 36. 
 
 Tattvavivekadipana, a commentary on the 
 Tattvaviveka, written by the same author in 
 Samvat 1605, ono year after the mula, al 
 Isvarapura. See Ball's Index, p. 156, no. 
 cclxxxiv.; Weber's Catalogue (1853), p. I 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Tji>4 TT^nTt^ rf 3? H?tfc 1^ II =1 II 
 
 U^7^^Tqn"*rfWwfc fl^qiH f?rP4ii*»nnr=RTJr?f-iiT 
 ^tf *VT$ fsjvrfwZiVi ffRMTfiT II fTOPTfrT II 
 
 The second /mrirrh/ilii begins: V^j Trf^frt- 
 JrmT^TPZJrJt|?T^f sftlofrTfc^^tUTT-m Tfsm fUsTTmrft 
 ffTTsfttir: I ^TTf Kiq^T%T^T , 5rfVr€Ut[rm ufdj^frlT- 
 
 The final couplets of the mula are explained 
 
 in this way : fugrfarf^fflfrr • ^HTTTT RW^tf^R- 
 
 oRf ajaT fT*rnr=Rni?iHTr^T^f ^fsirr: i UstrTrarv fTrwfwg 
 4hrai- ^^T ^^uo!«nii- 7ji*if?^T T3^m<yflv *m-
 
 762 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ttcrt^: i ^ sffa: i ^n- sfsrow ?nn=!rfi;fiT *m: 
 
 TlTmrm- TeicRfcT ll IWnf'^^nrfloff WfrrftT^ToRTTfa- 
 
 Tin ^rffsnf: i *n*fW xrerorcni ffR^fjr wuirrtfTT- 
 
 fafir i 
 
 jRfhpjbr «^#fr.^°) *TTrrfT3ftfYff ^jt?t i 
 
 U=fi?7prc^rft TWt Tt Aft ^ITTf I 
 
 ^(WsTlfium^rt cftT^3^rHijf(T II Cf . no. 2383. 
 Colophon : ^fw 'stf J^tflfastfl^nfasretf^ffi^T- 
 
 isprofinrcftff cr^rfasnFTtar flrrte: xiftifc: i ^sfTtiz- 
 
 fw^l" $fftrt$lY ^^TH^N^T: Tf^H^T^'NmT II 
 
 Date of the MS. : nhjW <\toS f%HW?nfs ^WT 
 W$Vs$ =PW M Wit oRT^Tfa^ 'gW^ ^fa YOTI^qfTT II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2381, 2382. 
 
 32 a & b. Foil. 206 ; size 9^ in. by 4i in.; 
 generally ten lines in a page ; fine old writing, 
 of the 17th century ; the whole volume written 
 by the same hand. 
 
 a) Foil. 53. 
 
 Tattvaviveka, a second copy. It is older 
 than the first copy, but has many blunders. 
 
 Colophon : ^fir isfftnsfaicR feirta: Tjfci^: n 
 
 h) Foil. 153 fa-lin, *b and at, being put- 
 twice). 
 
 Tattvavivekadigana, a second copy. 
 
 Colophon : ^fk 7ft*i^rrf^"ff*rTTT(f)*isP5ft'n?- 
 
 fifcrsmfawft w^^'^ir fi'trhroft'ifc: swh: n 
 
 The date of the work etc. is not given here. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2383. 
 
 1311a. Foil. 15; size 12* in. by 4i in.; 
 fair Devanagarl writing of 1818 a.d. ; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Bhedadhihkdra, a defence of the non-dualistic 
 Veddnta doctrine against the dualistic view of 
 the Nydya, by Nrisimlulsrama, pupil of Jagan- 
 ndthdsrama. See Hall's Index, p. 158, no. 
 ccxciii.; Raj. Mitra's Notices, iii., p. 94, no. 
 1138. It begins : 
 
 ^flfclf^TITff S?wm*rR(T)TOsnTT!J II <l II ° * II 
 
 ^H(:)^itinTfHfr^> sffufH UtrfcHpft srfa: TJOTT3 
 
 It ends : 
 
 nF^TJiraoFTW ^ $(r. °^TTfl3if ?) fan?? K^ 
 
 ^num^firjwcst ^it^tcrt^t^iw nCf.no. 2380. 
 
 ^5iir: *nro: ii [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2384. 
 
 1311b. Foil. 65; size and writing as last MS. 
 
 BhedadhikTcdrasathriyd, a commentary on 
 NrisimhdSrama's work, by his pupil Ndrd- 
 yatydsrama. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TTrRTwmr ! pif?'rfW *raf% TK 
 
 ftft^^l : i^I3lf : 5^5I'HTfH^T7T?rfH^T
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 768 
 
 HJKW^EJ tffftf ft it ^f¥? H^ >T^ II =? II 
 
 JwfawrenTW <ht?t *fh^rt ^fw: i 
 irsnftj ^finr^frgrJit ^Jircw ii 3 n 
 
 It ends : 
 
 TrtafT^TrjJ^HTR WSJ <*H 
 
 ^ft^TTnfJTTW^TTTmjTT^mfgtf^iTT ^fVlTTFf.sfim tf- 
 *TTWT II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2385. 
 
 1521e. Foil. 24; size 104 in. by 4£ in.; 
 
 fairly good, modern Devanagaii writing; 16-19 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Bhedadhikkdrasathriyd, incomplete. It ex- 
 tends to fol. 40a of no. 2384. 
 
 [H. T. CYlLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2386. 
 
 1548c. Foil. 27 (without original num- 
 bering); size 10j in. by 5 in.; fairly good, 
 modern Devanagaii writing ; twelve lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Bhedadhikkdrasathriyd, incomplete at the 
 beinnnincr. It commences at fol. 48« of no. 2384. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2387. 
 
 595. Foil. 116; size 01 in. by 4£ in.; 
 clear Devanagaii writing ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Vddanakshatramdlikd, also called Nakshatra- 
 vdddvall (fol. Ik), a vindication of the Veddnta 
 against Mimdmsd theories, by Appayya Vlk- 
 shita, son of Rangardja. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 159, no. ccxcviii. 
 
 The firs! two Leaves have been supplied by 
 :> differenl hand, and do not commence :>t the 
 beginning. According bo Burnell, Tanjore 
 MSS.j p. 9 I , the work begins : 
 *^TTTrt7^wf?rr»r*r»nrr 
 
 o 
 
 Tin' present MS. begins: thtt i?^ wprm^rn- 
 It ends: fl^f %tfrorpfe^3TC qTTnapfrrqfrt ftttll 
 
 ^fii 'a?iTvi<j|TrFR'oBTTi?>T?HJrq^rTT?: u 
 fT^ftT?iTfii^ : lfnTT^TKffi:^rH^Tfq? : lra-(r3(ifiTTr'T'HT!i , 3- 
 
 1* *jifi ■fe'faffT II i II. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 ^:;ss. 
 
 519b. Foil. 37; size 9J in. by 4 in.; 9-12 
 lines in a page; indifferent writing. 
 
 Tattvdnusandhdna, a disquisition on exis- 
 tence and liberation from it, introduced by an 
 elucidation of the ddivdkya "tut tvam <<-'." I». 
 Mahddeva (or Mahddevdnanda) Sarasvatl, pupil 
 of SvayamprahdSdnanda (or Svayamprakdia) 
 Sarasvatl. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 139, no. ccxxii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 srsrr? Trercn?^ *fq f^ u=irf%nPT i 
 7rt»Trurqncirr3iTiai TroTf* inert >p^ n <* n 
 
 <ft in? 7Tt^^TTTf?=irrf5T 
 
 Iff? W3JT^?^qf^?TTH7 
 
 *mnwrsrt ^un ^cn?Hfw n s n 
 
 t 
 
 tfnigTrT H?M KF^T^j fV[*"UHTH: I TTrP^T'KfKl c^^rl 
 
 fffVw I ffiwitfKUti ^^n^wjrr ^> i *ftfpqfii3Tj- 
 cSTTW^ TfJ^QTHIlt Hrft ^TT *fttfi\ WHtfa UTTR *R
 
 764 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 irmfa *rt?fa TWFmfwvrsifta sfit W*: inn* 
 
 ^ s> O 
 
 wrf? ^w: ii 
 
 The first pariccheda ends fol. <\Ha, the second 
 fol. **.b, the third fol. ?t&. 
 
 Colophon : ^fif 1 !t' : N?TT^«lft'aTlT«FT' ! Tr^ , !l : Nl- 
 
 Mahddeva wrote his t'tkd on the Vishnusa- 
 hasrandma in the Sam vat year 1750; see A. 
 Venis, Veddnta SiddhdntarnuMdvali, p. vi. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2389. 
 
 796a. Foil. 45; size 10| in. by 4| in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; large writing. 
 Tattvdnusandha ad , a second copy. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2390. 
 
 1448a. Foil. 89; size 12 in. by 6 in.; 
 eighteen lines in a page ; indifferent writing. 
 
 Advaitacintdkaustubha, a commentary on the 
 Tattvdnusandhdna, by the same Mahddevdnanda 
 Sarasvatl, pupil of SvayamprakdSdnanda 8a- 
 rasvatl. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 v. T*rnm JTnrwfT ufV^si *nr. ^pj» i 
 
 7T oRXIIT IW II rHH ^ vftq^HWI^W II °i II 
 
 ^VWHTJi JT^TRlft sf*R II ^ II 
 
 HWlT^nft slwf^SfTTcR^JHin^W II 3 n 
 The second pariccheda begins (fol. 286): 
 
 tH ^iTtfirg *re?rrfiT 7^ inj -5f4 ^f%: f^ tt tt^ 
 
 The third pariccheda begins (fol. 57a): 
 iMIflfiH^m (° ^f^virm: the second copy) B*mn 
 
 The fourth pariccheda begins (fol. 76a): 
 Colophon : ^fw ^ftiTrWf WlftanisRT^Tii^rN- 
 
 ^rraHjw ^nHh nfris^: ii [H. T. Colebrooke ] 
 2391. 
 
 523. Foil. 171; size 9 A in. by 4| in.; 
 twelve lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Advaitacintdkaustubha, a second copy. For 
 the missing second chapter, see the next 
 number. 
 
 Foil. 1-74 the first paricch da ; foil. 70-124 
 faHte.) the third pariccheda; foil. 125-171 the 
 fourth pariccheda. 
 
 Date: *fcm <m8 m^tf3T^m(!) ipjnreij s^rr^fsr 
 
 tfWTTT I H^ ?T'hw(!)VTftrrvn^?^t^iT : tq : SmT^f5I'0l- 
 
 ^VfrTf3'<5raTiT*T<nrijlT'iiif»T' ; T i 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2392. 
 
 796b. Foil. 56; size lOf in. by 4f in.; 
 ten lines in a page ; indifferent writing. 
 
 Advaitacintdkaustubha, the second paric- 
 cheda. 
 
 It begins : TmTTTR TR^oSTfa ^ *V T>H7TiTt 
 fHWTt
 
 ruiLOSoriiY. 
 
 765 
 
 Date : Tfftni^ vTfcrvrR'TW^irhTWRTw %: ^w- 
 
 *>H*mi«i(J«K'*!<ifl ^T^TtT w3f ^T tf^T <\S> (.sir] see 
 the preceding manuscript). 
 
 [H. T. Coi.kiii; <!■:. ! 
 
 2393. 
 
 1189. Foil. 214 ; size 13 in. by 1A in.; 
 twelve lines in a page ; large writing, from 
 the end of the 18th century. The original 
 ful. tl is misplaced, see after fol. «.<£. 
 
 Advaitasiddhi, a very ample Veddnta treatise, 
 by Madhusudanu Stn-<tsr<rfi, pupil of Yisvcsvara 
 Sarasvatl (see no. 2365), wherein the author 
 refutes the Dvaita doctrine and establishes the 
 truth of the Advaita doctrine, in four paric- 
 chedas of unequal length. See Hall's Index, 
 p. 157, no. eclxxxix. The copy described by 
 Rajendralala Mitra, Notices, vol. iv., p. 98, 
 no. 1503, contains only the first pariccheda. 
 According to the last iloika of the final couplets 
 the author wrote this work as the fourth Siddhi 
 after the study of the Ishta-, Naishlcarmya- 
 and Brahma- Siddhi (the last two works were 
 composed by Suresvara). 
 
 The Advaitasiddhi begins: 
 
 toe 
 f»TOT^f5JV?RH tHHTTf^cRTrmTWcF 
 
 *ftsj vrst ^ ^4 fainff f^f^cir^nf>«fi.ii: hiii 
 
 ^?THf%t?7n fv: TUTq 
 
 frsniff fanfasnn f>nhn: i 
 
 c 
 
 Hfnrt «T^foTt «f%tinfi? ii a it 
 
 tfnsj 3n?p(fq^rq TfaKTfinrwTK i 
 Hiflfafsftquw TO ?TO II i II 
 
 ^mmrpr^ifai -jhht^ ^ yinm*NVHi<.MH|P'Ri*<.<UTwrt 
 
 ?tt I 
 
 The first section of the firsl pariccheda ends 
 fol. 6a: ^ri-iaiWr f<miw^f%: , the sen. ml 
 section cuds fol. 66: Tfff ffrajTi^fj^ijTf^tqif^: , 
 the third section ends fol. 8a '• ^J'HrtJJ'ffllf^: ; 
 etc. The last but one section ends fol. 117c: 
 >mm ^rfwurtmifW: n m^ ii The firsl pariccheda 
 ends fol. 118/*, the last number of sections in 
 this MS. is 54: «^tfq«fttmfW: i The end . t 
 the first pariccheda is: 
 
 c 
 
 ^tow fmti faf*^fan*unu ?tt4 ii s ii 
 
 mi ^fitTiinf^itT •fT^?Rf< J i "^"nff ?fc: II ? II 
 ^fff ^fl?q*H?tfqfcm^^T^TO^fq7!T8T*ra;^ftf ! !rl- 
 
 The second jpariccheda begins: 
 ^TtsTR H^ST^TTCfiWU^t^lil li 1 ll 
 
 wtf^ HrtnrmfHs xfrs-q f?nrRjrq: uto^ ^awiqfffl: uk^ 
 %?mf% t^T^mf^ etc. 
 
 The first section of the second pariccheda 
 
 ends fol. 12<»// : ?Tnf irfH^T^T^TKnnTUqf^: ll Tin- 
 last section cuds fol. 199k : ^fiT ^TrRjfTs^rSr- 
 4n: n 3$ n 
 
 5 i; 2
 
 766 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 xit i^fiwrftiT ^Hwfatf qfa*Tf*nn 
 
 ^Ffat TT3ft7TTHcF% ^W^T ^ famr. II 
 
 rimrf: ii 
 
 The third pariccheda begins : H^q%wriPT ^*- 
 
 *mi2]fa?7Tini hsjr fq^w wmAfn xwun^t tm*n3n4 
 
 Ufqgj^VMTrl etc. The last section ends fol. 208a : 
 
 jfn jfp^ieTirtBftqTiffr: n «. h 
 
 ftTWTHH^tfSTTTT f^Ttqu-q^TfTi: tjtt I 
 
 ??7t: w*?inft tj*ih«wtp5«j 5^wt 
 
 ■qft-g^: ii 
 
 The fourth pariccheda begins : ^ ^f^^ni^- 
 
 ■^t i ?nsi: ^Turami: i fm^sftj faF *nfi f^an qi i 
 
 etc. It ends fol. 214a, with the sixth section: 
 
 Sfli JT=fi> 7TTT:iT3^4n: II 
 
 The final couplets of the whole work : 
 
 c 
 
 ^jftarvnurT^rmt *rtfrr ^fs^rt wtt: i 
 
 qrt Tilt TOT^T TTT^T^f qfcfafVrrT: II * II 
 crqjrfq Sift TT5TT *??TW*IT faTfrfariTT 
 
 j?jt eifftTftii f?^T <fftrR vr^^fsasTTrrr n a ii 
 TT^TTrt m ^ i w i r^n PTT?vfqgTqfrgtiT7r 
 
 TT^wf'FR^''q firfa^firtnH^ faf?nf » a n 
 
 * The second copy lias ^Wiorfii: . 
 
 f This cff^fT is also in the second copy. 
 
 ^ f? ^tra^trfrr zrRfri^tr fw?: n 4 n 
 
 ^1^ JCSSW t (^ fq^^^T TT^S»TTfr 
 Tit W^TKJlfqii H<Tf«^wji; Vftvtft II % II 
 
 tfiijKnTW tj: cfifT wttht qr w fttsrrrt i 
 
 G 
 
 ^arr?reioirT:^Tmqiim?T^ 
 
 fwi^nfTO%"T*ji*g3?nTTTf»?Tj fq^TTrff i 
 ^i-Trfnfsrtvqi ^nTft imurmi n o. h 
 
 ^f(T^flrm»??BqfC'3nTcIiT'qTq 1 !J : rfq^I^T«t^H^q : ST- 
 
 ^w ^T»f w^:(sk!) Tjfcg?: «»rrs: wrtwt ^tj- 
 
 *Tf7rfflf5ftftT II [H. T. CoLEBROOKK.] 
 
 2394. 
 
 560. Foil. 465 fa-^MM and «|-^o); size 
 12| in. by 4s in.; nine lines in a page; the 
 main bulk a MS. of the 17th century, the first 
 11 leaves were written about the end of the 
 18th century. 
 
 Advaitasiddhi, a second copy of Madhusu- 
 iIkiiii Siirnsnifi's work. The first pariccheda 
 ends fol. 255a, the second fol. 432", the third 
 fol. 451«. This copy has more blunders than 
 the first. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2395. 
 
 883. Foil. 314 (1-3*3); size 11 tV in. by 
 4| in.; twelve lines in a page; a MS. written 
 about the end of the 18th century, by different 
 hands (see 1-75, 76-116, etc.). 
 
 Laghucandrika, a tiled on Madh/usudana 
 Sarasvatl's Advaitasiddhi, by Brahmananda
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 Sarasvatl, pupil ot Sri Paraminanda Sarasvatl 
 and Sri Kdrdyanatirtha. See Hall's [ndex, 
 ]>. 157, no. cexe; Rajendralala Miim, Notices, 
 vol. iv., p. 94, no. 1500. This MS. contains 
 only the first pariccheda. It begins: 
 •^»r> 7nr«r^Tim^iT?(/-.R?)oRTf»?K^f?H i 
 
 cR»?^T=RTR?ft^m(y)oF7Tr=BT5'5Fnf?^ II 
 
 o 
 
 BfgTR^PjcKrqH faWW ^HfjcRT II 
 
 wt$sf\ fgTPTflfgj hts ^rw^r? ^fe^rbfr^t ^fff etc. 
 
 The last but one section of the first paric- 
 cheda ends fol. 312//: *Rrcj TfolTTRfatrftT: u 
 
 The first pariccheda ends : 
 
 n: 'mi^K^l^mmrn^v\ ^ra^htf f>vj*ft 
 
 W , srfan»?ra:(:' r^si^^r:*) trsjoFoirrniiTT- 
 
 W^T ^qTTcifTin *T^rT «sf,ffrt JUfeoRT . Hf4- 
 
 [grror. ii 
 
 '3SrTTt?«t??!T>f5rrf^lT?5'q^f5=liT^Il|Hf«f|f?^'3irTqt'H'SIH 
 
 (changed into ^irk !)ifr3<j: w?ttj: ii 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2396. 
 
 797. Poll. 136 j size 10| in. by 4i in.; 
 from fol. 4a down to the end written by the 
 same hand, twelve lines in a page; the first 
 six pages by a different hand, ten lines in a 
 page; fair writing, from the earlier part of 
 the 18th century. 
 
 Advaitacandrikd, by Advaitdnanda, pupil of 
 Srl-Ndrdya^atirtha. Advaitdnanda is the same 
 as Brahmdnanda, and Advaitacandrikd is 
 another name for Laghucandrikd. This .MS. 
 
 * A conjecture of Dr. Bohtlingk. 
 
 c tains the commentary on the Becond paric- 
 cheda of Madhusudana Sarasvatl's Adv* 
 siddhi. The volume has the same green covei 
 as no. 883, but the writing is different. 
 It begins : 
 
 m itimmffstifon n4 <; sr>?t i 
 
 e 
 
 mfWn^T?riri ^ismwTT q^xrn^m: ii 
 ^q^t^m^VvWqT>f»i;qsfq ^ ?>q: H^m-wivj^ftvt- 
 
 tJ^r^T^^T^n-qCtUlT^ VfT^fR? etc. 
 
 The last (imitations from the inula are 
 jm^rawrefiT fol. 136a, 1. I, Tnn^frr 1. 3, ^BSHirfiT 
 fol. 130//, 1. 2; see the text of the Advaita- 
 siddhi in the MS. uo. 2393, fol. 1986,1. 7, !. -. 
 and fol. 199a, 1. 1. 
 
 End of the volume : 
 
 ttii (.•>•/(.-! r. ztit) tEritWTnr ^tttrthtwhi »7j^ M 
 Hw^^wsiun^^f &TSR wfar .ft ?fc: u 
 ■soft ^m ^ra%" wrc^nrwr^nrh n 
 
 ?ffT ^«?rqTH?Hqft:frTTr^T(^T)^^-^TTTTniT7T : |i|tir^- 
 
 c 
 
 qifiR nin?r!jT'i xr"^: u [H. T. I 
 
 2397. 
 
 1103b. Foil. 27 (foil. l8-44of thevolumi 
 size I2| in. by 4| in.; 20-23 lines in a [kilt : 
 written, in a small hand, aboul the end oi 
 the 1 S r 1 1 century , 
 
 . [dvaitaratnarakshana, by Hadh usudana 
 Sarasniti, pupil of I isr. srnrii Sarasvatl. Ii 
 begins : -frrrmf^t fa^fawH^rrrr^TrhV. , 
 see A-ufrecht's Cat. Modi., p. 22tj, no. 555. 
 
 11. T. COLEBROOKE.]
 
 768 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2398. 
 
 1364a. Foil. 38; size 10 h in. by 4f in.; 
 twenty lines in a page ; small Bengali 
 character, from the second half of the 18th 
 century. 
 
 Advaitaratnarakshana, a second copy. 
 
 [H. T. G'OLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2399. 
 
 539a. Foil. 40 (numbered q-fc, ^-83); 
 size 0\ in. by of in.; nine lines in a page; 
 fair writing, of the 17th century. 
 
 Veddntakalpalatikd, a treatise on moksha, 
 by Madhusudana Sarasvati, wherein the author 
 refutes the views of Jaimini, Kapila, Kandda, 
 Akshapdda, and others, and follows those of 
 Vydsa, Sankara and Suresvara. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 132,no.cxcii. This MS. contains only 
 the first stabaka, just as the MSS. described by 
 Weber, Berl. Cat. (1853), p. 182, no. 627, and 
 by Rajendralala Mitra, Notices, vol. iv., p. 3-1, 
 no. 1414. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 iTCR <{Ht ^iTWHSgH^i^rPDI II S II 
 
 f\ MWti 3T*ft lTfcR«frRT *l?lfq HUT I 
 
 TWrfm ftnfiKs??) 1 w*t*ft ft^tsfs *rfar7T 
 jnr^gurfaciif;: Tumm^n- [11 * 11 
 
 fvreTtfi^ ^fCt TJTHt fq*f(f I 
 
 ^tTT^^^fHrag'JT*PrhTT n 3 11 
 
 =KTl!n^=fiTfq^fwf^WTfa ^t • 
 
 ^Tifsjj- fr^ faffHTfaa^ 11 a 11 
 
 HT^ WW* ^f*H TTT^fcTTTOiT: II M II 
 
 ^W^ft^T^TTfirryiT^<STHmfbnT R^lrrrf^fafST?- 
 
 *^BJll(<)l?ll I 
 
 It ends : HfrW^lw^lfaaTf^^qtfTVnt Jftsj: 
 
 jsg\T 5^ ziwreri'frinifirtv: «f?rfrT «t writ* 11 
 
 sn^tn 5FTf*ir ^f^W^^Tf<^T^ 
 ^n^TTrrWfr ^frrf*nWTH^TT«T# TTTT? I 
 
 ^<rt?rwim4 Tjr»nn?»n} sTRHsn^pr^i 
 
 ^ ©* 
 
 c 
 
 After this the line, which seems to contain 
 the date, has been blackened; I can only read: 
 
 5im(?) 
 
 mf^t ^fonrr^rrfmsi *nj sf«n fw*ft 11 
 
 Somebody has added in Bengali characters : 
 
 W^T *T?^7r^ II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2400. 
 
 1435b. Foil. 26; size 12 in. by 4f in.; 
 fair, modern Bengali handwriting; 10-12 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Atmaprakasaka, on the nature of the supreme 
 spirit, by Nandardma Tarkavdglsa ; with a 
 commentary, by Kdslrdma, son of Nydydlan- 
 kdra. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 jmmj iPT^TcRTt n^ncfrpc^igt 1 
 
 ^TTi: ^U&<livff r^l tH I rHM<* \3fm II
 
 HIILOSOrilY. 
 
 769 
 
 ^ ^TrRfrt ^TT^ToFT ^f^TTniTli; ^ K II 
 K SH[ TTTOWift S^ Jf »PT ^nwfrT mfipT: I 
 
 It ends : 
 
 fmrt Mvn n^grq m^rjRT *rttpt: i 
 
 SflTW II 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 •^TTft ftl^HT ^Htf^H^HHSTI II 
 ^nrHH<*r3JoR=J4UoqT =FT3I^TTHTr iT^ItT II 
 
 It ends : 
 
 Tsrhsrbn^ ^^tur* ^Trir 5 5r?R0\ «?^) hst i 
 ^^Nrr^i^TTJrofifiRr cFfnTm wfoirr 11 
 ^frr ^irHU=(ii5ichajno4T wmrr u 
 In the SucJpustaka of the Calc. Collection, 
 p. 54, this treatise is called Atmatattvapralcd- 
 sakam. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2401. 
 
 2401a. Foil. 49 (numbered «|-$S ; foil. 33, 
 3$, 3^~MM are wanting); size 7| in. by 4 in.; 
 8-10 lines in a page; fair writing. Some 
 leaves are very much damaged. 
 
 Bralimuvabodlui(?), a vedantic treatise, by 
 Sri Mukunda Muni, who was a disciple of Si' 7. 
 luliiiiinJtha, disciple of Hari(niltlia), disciple 
 .if ddindtha. The title of this work occurs 
 only in the corrupt form Brahmabodha in one 
 of the final couplets, where the metre shows 
 that one short syllable has been left out. 
 This title does not occur in Aufreeht's Cat. 
 
 * Perhaps TJf^^T^^nJT^ ? 
 
 Cat., )>. 458, where he gives a list of the 
 
 works ascribed to Mukii uilu M 
 
 The subjeel of tliis treatise is indicated in 
 tlic second verse. It begins : 
 
 ^itth *mT3TTn Fr^JTR^s-fmr 1 
 
 ff*u(!) i?f$ "srsm: Mftt^ri wv vzku^ud) 
 izinypsi *ra >mH: cRTTTnfafrT ^ ^fw 1 *jO.*t)to- 
 Hiasn 7rkT^«prter:(!) srsrrrf?^: 11 8 n(!) Trff fc* ^r: 
 ^STTTti htitsrc? ^ra etc. 
 It ends : 
 
 ^t?nrfiTtjraTn^l?*i( T?tf': ; ) sTfRnf>Hl*Jidfr: 
 nf3^r?ifvofiTfrjTn ^?<rnH 4rtm ^ nf 1 
 
 tiraTi^sf»Tfxrq^ 'TtTvf^rt *J£Tfanf Tfrfrmt n 
 5tTH cKHnfv=STrr vr^fw ^i?7fT^^ f^i^ nui 
 
 [* nrtar:0 -.°3T) 1 
 
 wfwnitqfr? TTflTfiT ^nrn: f^ w^ra ^ 11 
 
 hot <*ffcfifl»j?»?f?rjn ^jfturw^ilft ir>: 1 
 
 3r«i v'k'nftFf xffrfJ?rt-3Ml f^csm: tit: 11 
 fijjTErcpirq FfT?nr?Jifv es^rmm^jn^RT w * tTtttt 
 
 inf f^rsnfqTi: Tt^7^riTfjiT:»n snn^PT v^tt't 
 ^ra: '^f5Tf?Hr«t('')H'5FFifi^'q: ^i^^n g- 
 
 [Tfy n 
 
 11 Tirhrte^TPj w. 11 
 
 1i?T!TTt^>JF T^^JTH^rAct I [ II ^ftT*T II 
 
 WWf WRHT ?T> TIT?^ t|T»?T5^(/-. ft) II 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 * A superfluous akshara.
 
 770 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2402. 
 
 559c. Foil. 26 (foil. 108-133 of the volume); 
 size 12xtt in. by 4| in.; fourteen lines in a 
 page ; writing the same as in no. 559a, which 
 is dated Samvat 1852, see no. 226 of this 
 
 Catalogue. 
 
 Veddntalcatalca, a critical exposition of the 
 Veddnta doctrines, by Nllakantha. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 154, no. cclxxvii. Some of the dates 
 given there do not appear in this copy, which 
 is apparently incomplete (extent of the work 
 in Hall's Index " Sloleas 3200," in this MS. 
 tf-qmaTT <hhoo). The introductory couplet says 
 that the Nilakanthahataha produces clearness 
 in the amrita taught by Vydso, Samltara, 
 Svresvara, Padmapdda, Ydcaspati, and others, 
 which has been defiled by the pouring in of 
 dirty water. The beginning is : 
 
 ^T^wrfinj«fiTmmfrT*T^Ti i 
 
 ^^c^^oiniofr: *jfViri ^^rf^ ii q n 
 
 ^? ^ wWW Tj^rSfc »?>bj i?^t htm: ^ito: i *t 
 ^ TJ^RfftfiT TPSmJsTrHTff I On the first pages 
 a review of the notions which the various 
 schools entertain on the nature of soul : ^r^T- 
 ^usjt:, Trfacn:, *mirf*TofrT: , 'srrtirr:, Isifi^rT:, m- 
 fsHfi:, inHTcfrTT:, htjt:, *twr:, nren;:, ^rfraf^T- 
 ^rct, ^ureoST:, cRrfntjr:, turner:, etc. 
 
 As there are no divisions in this MS., it 
 is difficult to give a more detailed description 
 of its contents. 
 
 The last words are : HHtTfl'tf T*mnr: TTfrnTRfaif 
 
 ■srafiTsTrafK n 
 
 The colophon is incomplete and, as it seems, 
 corrupt: ^fiT ^tflc?f71c|j ^55cF7T^T^^IT(r.°^Tl)- 
 <mni(sic!), somebody has added : ojrinB: *r«nw: n 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2403. 
 
 1670b. Foil. 52 (59-110); size 9J in. by 
 44 in.; 10 or 11 lines in a page, thick letters; 
 written in the 17 th century. 
 
 Nydyapramdnamavjiirinhi'i Xdrdi/ci7ii(?) ; this 
 title appears on the outside of the first and 
 of the last leaf, but does not occur in the MS. 
 itself. It is a commentary on a Veddnta 
 treatise which has three pariechedas, cf. the 
 note on the first leaf rj^oR^ftfilff^T (s/'c !) ^«r=B 
 qfciiT^PT. The MS. contains only the first 
 two pariechedas ; in the first of them the leaves 
 have the marginal note II ?TT z\, in the second 
 fsT ?n z\ . The author was a pupil of one 
 Rdghavendra, perhaps the Ndrdyana, pupil of 
 Rdmefidra Sarasvatt, in Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., 
 p. 289«. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *ns^f^rf TTWHSJMIlJsit fra I 
 
 ^T^TOmfte0\°£) iiwi ^H* sfarf n 
 
 s» C* ~ \ ~ ~ ^ s»\ 
 
 tT>nn «TJoFT3ITPRT ^IWITWf^mvrfafv: I 
 
 c ^ 
 
 nVfax^Ti^T fgi^m^T ^srt(TfkH?»ff 11 
 
 *> sqfHTTT .... ii 
 
 c&T^?m*ff fV=pi h^ n^ II 
 OTrcfarH7STf^^Tw*Tf5iir^TR»r^T«rt fjreT^TTTj- 
 f^m^-nT ^sfrnni fa'g'm^ hit^t*i ^Ttfir i ^r?
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 771 
 
 The first section, called 3T^f*3^:, ends 
 fol. 876 (^ft of the original numbering). 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2404. 
 
 2637. Foil. 307 (two of which, 20 and 289 
 were wanting when the vol. was bound); fairly 
 written, in Devanagarl, about 1750 a.d., by two 
 different hands; 11 and 12 lines in a page; 
 the first five leaves are slightly injured in the 
 middle. 
 
 The second section of a commentary on 
 some Yedunta work, marked Atmabodhuni 
 (? i.e. Atmabodhinl) on the outer page of the 
 first leaf. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 isftcT JTummfvgrrfavjt *r£ it mat 
 
 fffOTsTpFR W*T faTOTVWr VTSI^lW H5* 
 
 ^tiNfa*iHwi«i*ifisH«*ii*i'*<flv iftr ii 
 ^w«j5ifaT)^firfrr i^ffTff^r^t -prtHTf^p^snr i 
 
 - ^JT^fK 1T17T I T?T*nqTt|HTrt[q»TT^ I WtuafafiT I 
 
 It ends : sn^ f?fPJ«tltfi:WT7r^rr? oRHfrT I W- 
 
 ^WiniTfVlffr I ^nTtq^TPiTlfu WiTinf^fHF'aiH ff TT^T? 
 
 k% ^fn i ^^^Tf^^^^n jr^rmiTOt ^^tw^t^t 
 
 rrrfafrf ^ROTH^MMi^HI^TyiPpi ^ftf I 7f1 ^P?- 
 jrcflT?M *^nrfH fgrirfflfK ii ?fn ~ here a leaf, 
 apparently containing the colophon, has been 
 lost. 
 
 Most of the leaves written by the first hand 
 (except foil. 1-36), viz. 37-205, 233-279, are 
 marked ^it in the margin. 
 
 [? Genl. no. 103.] 
 
 2405. 
 
 516. Foil. 188 (Si is omitted, <\oh is pul 
 twice); size 9\ in. by 3£ in.: foil. 1-12 nine 
 lines, foil. 13-183 eight lines in a page; fol. L3 
 a second hand sets in, the writing of both parts 
 indicates the 17th century. 
 
 Advaitdmritn, a Veddnta treatise by 8rl 
 Brahmendra Sarasvati or Vanigir, pupil of S 
 Devendra. This MS. contains only the first 
 paricchcda called brah mulakxhananirupana. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 sTRT^<JTt?^q ^f(r^f*?F5fV5»TTfa 17tH13PT I 
 
 ■asiT^trtrsrNaRT: wu?Tinre§«»rR l '■" s " 
 q'i* isr^qV.arra 3i«Frr^T§mi?rnT ii ? n 
 
 t t o \ 
 
 «TVi ^tTf>TTqt«l9llM TTfaRPI I Tf^TTVcrrft H^rrtiq 
 
 tjtuj Tn^^fv=FTfc fqmn»Tijn«^hrFinTH^vwFi w*- 
 xjT^iii 5iT?3Tt« wfrnra i ^mrr wsrfjTsrrafw u 
 ^s^rrii: ii etc. 
 It ends : 
 
 ^|TrRiTHT»OJTq(r. °VV,) Jpi^TT ^SP^TUirlfJTTT '- 
 
 *anfl^T?rf*?<t »m^fafiT ^rrurernq^C/-. ^) iiffT i 
 ^Tsn^nfuNfiTf nfn -^sfr f4^nq wf%7WI*T- 
 irir<5fta?t*rin jT^^Tni-rrmw ^f§rn ii s ii 
 
 sfn ^<^R'i^^TyMKfjT^iTH??mfcrriTcBr^ra- 
 ^i^if^TTafT^raRtTrnjff sra^EPirfa^w rtt ttoh: 
 ifti^: rttw: ii [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2406. 
 
 1521c. Foil. 4 (numbered 2-5); size 10 in. 
 by4jiu.; modern Bengali handwriting; nine 
 lines in a page.
 
 772 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 A fragment of some elementary Veddnta 
 treatise in ilokas. The MS. contains the 
 following sections : 
 
 1. Atmdnubhavopadesa (19 slokas), in the 
 10th sloka of which the MS. begins; 2. si- 
 shyokta/m dtmdnubhavolldsa (25); 3. dkshepa- 
 ilvih-opadesa(l-i); 4. sishydnubhavolldsa (6) ; 5. 
 guruktalaya (4); 6. sishyaproktam uttaram (4); 
 7. anubhavapaucakavivarana (5); 8. gurukta- 
 bandhamoksha (4). 
 
 The MS. breaks off in the fourth sloka of 
 the next section. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2407-2414. 
 
 302-309. Size 16 in. by 6 in.; 6-16 lines 
 in a page ; fair modern writing. 
 
 Yogavdsislitha and Vdsishthatdtparyaprakdsa, 
 the latter by Anandabodhendra Sarasvatl 
 Bhikshu, disciple of Gangddharendra Sarasvatl 
 Bhikshu, who was the disciple of Rdmacandra 
 SarasvatJ, who was the disciple of Sarvajna 
 Sarasvatl. 
 
 The Yogavdsislitha has the form of a dialogue 
 between Vasishtha and Rama; it is ascribed 
 to Valmiki. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 121, nos. cxlii. and 
 cxliii.; Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., pp. 353-355 
 (no. 840); Weber's Berlin Cat., p. 187, no. 642. 
 The beginning is printed in Raj. Mitra's Notices, 
 vi., p. 112, no. 2049. A complete edition of 
 the whole, with the commentary, appeared at 
 Bombay. 
 
 The whole work is divided into six praka- 
 ranas. There is also a division into dhnikas. 
 each of them concluding with the couplet : 
 
 3*rwrer*i TfWT'sr *?nrnT*r u 
 
 See the end of the following sargas : Mu- 
 mukshuprak. 5 (no. 302, fol. 1256); Utpattiprak. 
 14, 22, 41, 70, 102 (no. 303, foil. 546, 80a, 
 1426, 227a, 2926); Sthitiprak. 13, 45 (no. 304, 
 foil. 236, 118a); Upasamaprak. 16, 46, 71 (no. 
 305, foil. 46a, 1296, 1986); Nirvdnaprak. 79 
 (no. 306, fol. 206, divasa 18). 
 
 In the last three volumes (nos. 307, 308, 
 309), which contain the uttardrdha of the 
 Nirvdnaprakarana, this division into dhnikas 
 does not appear. 
 
 The text of the Yogavdsislitha agrees in 
 some passages with the Bombay edition of 
 the Rdmdyana, though not literally. Compare 
 f.i. Vairdgyaprak. sargg. 6-9 with Ram. 1. 19-22. 
 
 The Yogavdsislitha is variously styled in the 
 colophons : ^fn TSTfaST-jfifci, ft* fail Ti'&XTHrnis 
 
 no. 302, fol. 107; ^rm" ttNjto ^" ^t° w° 
 ^rftre vx*ft° *ft° tmsrere gKHcfi TTJro no. 302. fol. 
 
 173; ^jtfTT 7*1° £T° TR° qrfWsTSR>V ^T~trt° 
 
 fwf?rncjrTTrr^no. 304; ^fk ^^ttt si tf° wtq*- 
 oFTjjjj ^rf%° *V -jqgiHUcR^o no. 305; ^urrcftrefaw 
 tt° ^° ~SJ° tf° snc^RTCrs j?>° f^traircFW mfjT° 
 ■asnrsHr no. 306 ; ^fk ^»t?rt f^fiwTicRTin 
 
 TTV° no. 309. At the end of the single sargas 
 often simply jftjjhra or jftsfftmig. 
 
 302a. Foil. 107. 
 
 Yairdgyaprakarana, in 33 sargas with about 
 1130 couplets. 
 
 This first chapter of the Yogavdsislitha has 
 been printed with the commentary, and with 
 a Bengali translation, by Venimddhava Be 
 Ddsah, Calcutta, 1869. 
 
 List of the sargas : 1. sutrapdtanikah ends 
 fol. 106; 2. sutrapdtanikah, fol. 15a; 3. tirtha- 
 ydtrdkaranam, fol. 19a; 4. divasavyavahdra 
 nirupanam, fol. 20a; 5. kdrSyanivedanam, fol.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 778 
 
 216 • 6. Sri-Vis'vdmitrdbhydgatam, fol, 256; 7. 
 Visvdmitracdkyam, fol. 28a ; 8. Daiarathavd- 
 kyam, fol. 81a j 9. Vasishfhasamdsvdsanam, 
 fol. 33a ; 10. Rdghavavishddah, fol. 87a j II. 
 RdghavasamdSvdsanamj 12. prathamaparitdpah , 
 fol. 44a ; 13. Lakshmlnirdkaranam, Eol. 456; 
 14. jivitagarhd, fol. 47a; 15. ahamkdrajugupsd, 
 fol. 89a; 16. cittadaurdtmyam, fol. 516; 17. 
 trishndbhangah , fol. 556; 18. kdyajugupsd, fol. 
 i'n),f; 19. bdlyajugupsd, fol. 026; 20. yauvana- 
 garhd, fol. 66a; 21. strljugupsd, fol. 696; 22. 
 jardjugupsd, fol. 726; 23. kdldpavddah, fol. 776; 
 24. kdlavildsah, fol. 79a; 25. kritdntavilasitam, 
 fol. 82a; 26. daivadurvildsavarnanam, fol. 86a; 
 27. anityatdpraWpddanam, fol. 92a; 28. avira- 
 taviparydsapratipddanam, fol. 95a ; 29. sakala- 
 paddrthdndsthdpratipddanam, fol. 97a ; 30. 
 prayojauasargah , fol. 996; 31. RdghavapraSnah, 
 fol. 1016 ; 32. nabhascarasddhuvddah , fol. 1036; 
 33. nabhascaramaJilcarasammelanam, fol. 107a. 
 
 302b. Foil. 66 (108-173). 
 
 Mumukshuvyavahdraprakaranam, in 20 sargas 
 with about 800 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas : 1. Sukanirydnam ends 
 fol. 66 ; 2. Visvdmitravdkyam, fol. 10a ; 3. 
 bhuyobhuyah sargdnucarnanam, fol. 136; 4. 
 paurushaprakaranam, fol. 16a; 5. paurusha- 
 sthdpanam, fol. 186; 6. daivanirdkaranam, fol. 
 226; 7. {paurushapratipddanam), fol. 25a; 8. 
 daivani(rd)karanam, fol. 27a ; 9. karma vied rah, 
 fol. 306; 10. jndndvataranam ; 11. vaktripri- 
 cluikalakshaiiam, fol. 37a; 12. tattvajnamdhdt- 
 myavarnanam, fol. 406; 13. samnnirr/paijam, 
 fol. 456 ; 14. mumukshuvica 'ra n i rupanam, fol. 
 50a; 15. samtoshanirupanam, fol. 516; 16. 
 saddcdranirupanam, fol. 53a; 17. (nirvacanam), 
 fol. 566; 18. drishldntanirUpanam, fol. 61k; 
 19. pramdiianirupanam, fol. 6 16 ; 20. saddcdra- 
 nirupanam, fol. 66a. 
 
 303. Poll. 336. 
 
 Utpattiprakaranam, in 122 sargas with nearly 
 6000 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas : I. bandhahetuvarnanam 
 ends fol. 96; 2. ddyasrishtikartrivanjauam, 
 Eol. 186; 3. bandhahetuvarnanam, fol. L6a; 4. 
 prakarandrthakalpanam, Eol. 21/' ; 5. mulakd- 
 ranadevasvarupavarnanam, fol. 24a ; 6. m«- 
 mukshuprayatnopadeiah, fol. 256 ; 7. jagadddi- 
 (Irisydsnttdjiriifij/id, fol. 296; 8. sarehdstraniru- 
 panam, fol. 306; 9. paramakdranavarna na m , 
 t'ul. 35a; 10. mahdkalpdntdvaSishtaparamabhd- 
 vavarnanam, fol. 396; 11. paramdrthantriianam, 
 fol. 42c; 12. jagadutpattivarnanam, fol. 45a; 
 13. svayamhliul putliro ma mi in, fol. 49a; 14. 
 brahmapratipddanam, fol. 546; 15. Mantfapo- 
 pdkhydne rdjavarnanam, fol. 576; hi. Handa- 
 pdkhydne rdjnvparivedanam, fol. 606; 17. 7w7<;- 
 pdkhydne samdehardshtravarnanam, fol. 616; 
 18. Lllopdkhydne sakalajagadbhrdntipratipdda- 
 nam, fol. 676; 19. Lilopdkhydne brdhmanama- 
 ranam, fol. 696 ; 20. Lllopdkhydne paramdrtha- 
 pratipddanam, fol. 72« ; 21. viirdntyupadeSah, 
 fol. 776; 22. vijndndbhydsavariiaiunit, fol. 80a; 
 23. Lllopdkhydne Lildprajnddevyor jndnad 
 kdsagamanarn, fol. 81a; 24. Lilopdkhydne 
 gaganavanjanam, fol. 856 ; 25. Lilopdkhydw 
 bhutalokavarnanam, fol. 876; 26. Lilopdkhydne 
 siddhadarsanahetukathanam, Eol. 916; 27. jan- 
 itiihtlaravanjaiiaiu, i'ol. 956; 28. girigrdmavar- 
 nanam, fol. 100a; 29. paramdkd6avarnanam, 
 fol. 1046; 30., fol. 108a; 31. gaganavarayud- 
 dhaprekshikdstitdvaravarnanam, fol. 1 !<•/■; 32. 
 dhavdrambhanam, fol. 1116; 83. senayoh pra- 
 thamapdtavarnanam, fol. 1 15a; 84. ranaprek- 
 shakajanoktivarnanam, fol. 1186; 35. raijacar- 
 nanam, fol. 1206; 86. jomapadavarnanam, fol. 
 1236 ; 37. Lllopdkhydne janapadavarnanam, 
 fol. 127a; 38. Lllopdkhydne dhavavarnanam, 
 fol. 130;. 39. ni&dcarakulardtrirandnganavar- 
 
 5 ii 2
 
 774 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 nanam, fol. 1326; 40. Lilopdkkydne samarasa- 
 iniinam (no. 2442a has samarasamanantasmri- 
 tyanubhavah) , fol. 1376; 41. Lllopdkhyane 
 bhrdntivicdravar nanam, fol. 1416; 42. Lllopd- 
 khyane svapnapurushasatyatvanirupanam, fol. 
 1446; 43. Lilopdlehydne agniddhavarnanam, 
 fol. 149a; 44. Lilopdlehydne agniddhardtriyuddhe 
 uigadbrahmavarnanam, fol. 153a ; 45. Lllopd- 
 khyane satyakdntasatyasamkalpdstitd, fol. 1546; 
 
 46. Lllopdkhyane Vidurathanirydna(m), fol. 156a; 
 
 47. Lllopdkhyane Vidurathasindhusamdgamah, 
 fol. 1586 ; 48. Lllopdkhyane dyudhavar nanam, 
 fol. 163a; 49. Lilopdkhydne tritlydstrayuddham, 
 fol. 165a ; 50. Lllopdkhyane Vidurathamarana- 
 rarnanam, fol. 168a; 51. Sindhurdshlravar- 
 nanam,£ol. 1696; 52. maranasamanantaradeha- 
 pratibhdvar nanam, fol. 173a; 53. samsritavi- 
 ditavedyd, fol. 1756; 54. Idlopdhhydne marana- 
 vicdrah, fol. 181a; 55. samsdramarandvasthd- 
 varnanam, fol. 187a; 56. maranasayandnanta- 
 ram, fol. 190a; 57. Lllopdkhyane svapndrthasya 
 vicdrah, fol. 1936; 58. (P ad ma jlvanam), fol. 
 196a; 59. Padmanirvdnam, Lilopdkhydnam 
 samdptam, fol. 197a; 60. prayojanavarnanam, 
 fol. 2016; 61. jagatsvarupavarnanam, fol. 2n Ob; 
 62. daivasabddrthavicdrah , fol. 207a ; 63. cittd- 
 vilcdrah, fol. 2076 ; 64. bJjd i/kuranirnayah , fol. 
 210a; 65. jivavicdrah, fol. 2106; 66. samsriti- 
 paramayogah, fol. 212a; 67. satyopadesah, fol. 
 218a; 68. rdkshaswarnanam, fol. 219a; 69. 
 S&cyupdkhydne vishudhdmantrahathanam, fol. 
 2206; 70. Suclvyavahdravarnanam, fol. 226a; 
 71. Sucikdparidevanam, fol. 228a; 72. SucJta- 
 jui.l)prabhdva(varnanam), fol. 2296 ; 73. Sucita- 
 povarnanam, fol. 2326 ; 74. Sucitapahparipdka- 
 varnanam, fol. 231a ; 75. Sucyupdkliydne SucJ- 
 toriraldbhah , fol. 235a; 76. vddhikdnydyahX?), 
 fol. 236a; 77. rdkshasivicdrah, fol. 2376; 78. 
 rdkshaswarnanam, fol. 2396; 79. rdkshaslpra- 
 snah, fol. 2416; 80. fra&iaMea'anaTO, fol. 2456; 
 
 81. paramarthapindlkaranam, fol. 2516; 82. 
 rdkshasJsauhdrdam, fol. 254a ; 83. Suajupd- 
 khydne Kandardpujanam, Sucyupdkhydnam 
 sampurnam, fol. 2546 ; 84. mano'nkurotpattlka- 
 thanam, fol. 257 'a; 85. brahmddityasamdgamah, 
 fol. 259a; 86. aindavasamddhdnam, fol. 261a; 
 87. jagaddasavarnanam, fol. 2616 ; 88. ainda- 
 vanirupanam, fol. 2626; 89. Kritrimendravdkyam, 
 fol. 2646; 90. Kritrimendrdhalydnurdgah, fol. 
 265a; 91. jlvdvataranakramopadesah , fol. 268a; 
 92. manomdhdtmyavarnanam, fol. 270a; 93. 
 (utpattidarsanah , MS. no. 2442a, fol. 1716), 
 fol. 271a; 94. brahmanah sarvam samutpadyata 
 iti kathanam, fol. 273a; 95. karmapuruxhayor 
 aikdtmyapratipddaham, fol. 276a; 96. manah- 
 samjndvicdrah, fol. 2806; 97. viddsamdhdtmyam, 
 fol. 282a; 98. cittopdkhydnam, fol. 2836; 99. 
 cittopdkhydnam sampurnam, fol. 2856 ; 100. 
 cittacikU nd purvakam cittotpattivarn a n a in, fol. 
 288a; 101. Bdlakdkhydyikd, fol. 2896 ; 102. 
 upadesakaranam, fol. 2916; 103. cittamdlultmyam, 
 fol. 293a; 104. aindrajdlopdkhydne nripavyd- 
 mohah, fol. 295a; 105. mdrajdlopdhhydne rdjd- 
 vabodhah, fol. 296a; 106. indrajdlopdkhydne 
 cdnddlivivdhah , fol. 299a; 107. mrfr. dpadvar- 
 nanam, fol. 301a; 108. mar. akdndavar nanam, 
 fol. 3026; 109. canddlopdkhydne eanddlatvavya- 
 pagama/i, fol. 3036; 110. cittavarnanam, fol. 
 3066; 111. cittacikitsd, fol. 809a; 112. mukha- 
 ravenopadeSdmlsakathanam, fol. 310a; 113. 
 avidydvar nanam, fol. 313a; 114. yathdkathita- 
 doshaparihilropadesah,io\. 3166; 115. sukhaduh- 
 khablioktritvopadcmh, fol. 318a; 116. sddhaka- 
 j annul raid rah, fol. 3206; 117. ajiidnabhumikd- 
 varnanam, fol. 322a; 118. j?idnabhumikopadesah , 
 fol. 324a; 119. hemormyupadesah, fol. 326a; 
 120. caiiddllsoi'anain, fol. 3286; 121. cittdbhdva- 
 pratipddanam, fol. 3316; 122. svarupanirupanam, 
 fol. 335a. 
 
 Compare Weber's Cat., p. 187, no. 642.
 
 ririLosoriiY. 
 
 304. Poll. 1G0. 
 
 Sthitiprakaranam, in (32 sargas with aboul 
 2400 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas: 1. janyanirdkaranam 
 ends fol. 4a; 2. bijopanydsah, fol. 66; 3. 
 jagadanantavarnanam, fol. 8a; 4. sthityahkura- 
 kalanam, fol. 86; 5. Bhdrgavopdkhydne Blidrga- 
 vasa(m)valanam, fol. 9/) ; 6. Bhdrgavamanord- 
 jyam, fol. 10& ; 7., fol. 116; 8. Bhdrgavopd- 
 khydne (,vi)vidhajanmdnubhavah } fol. 126; 9. 
 Bhdrgarahah ■raramirijanatn, fol. 136; 10. Bhdr- 
 gavopdkhydne Kdlavacanam, fol. 176; 11. 
 Bhdrg. samsdrapravrittidarsanam, fol. 216; 12. 
 Bhdrg. samsdrotpattivistdravarnanam, fol. 226 ; 
 13. Bhrigusamdsvdsanam, fol. 236; 14. Bhdrga- 
 vajanmdntarasmaranam, fol. 256 ; 15. Bhdrga- 
 riqiaridcvanaprasai'igopademin-akaranam, fol. 
 286; 16. Suktasya punaijivanam, fol. 30a ; 17. 
 manordjijasammelanam, fol. 326; 18. jivana- 
 hhanddvatdrah, fol. 376; 19. jjdgratsvapnasitr 
 ptaturyasvarupavicdrah, fol. 40a; 20. manoru- 
 pavarnanam, fol. 406; 21. vijndnavddah, fol. 
 446 ; 22. anuttamapadavisrdntivarnanam, fol. 
 466 ; 23. Sariranagaravibhutiyogah, fol. 50a ; 
 24. manasyasattdpraUpddanam, fol. 51a; 25. 
 Ddmavydlakatotpattih, fol. 54a; 26. Ddmavyd- 
 lakata, fol. 57a; 27. pitdmahavdhyam, fol. 586; 
 28. Ddmavydlakatapun aryuddh avarnanam, fol. 
 616; 29. Ddmavydlakatopdhhydne asurapari- 
 hhramsah, fol. 636; 30. Ddmavydlakatdntara- 
 eitr avarnanam, fol. 646; 31. sadasannirdkara- 
 nam, fol. 68a; 32. Ddmavydlakatopdhhydne 
 saddcdranirupan am, fol. 72a ; 33. Ddmavydla- 
 katopdhhydne 'hamkdravicdrah, fol. 79a ; '■) I . 
 Ddmauydlalcatopdlchydnam samdptam, fol. 816; 
 35. upasamavarnanam, fol. 876; 36. eiddditya- 
 svarupavarnanam, fol. 90a ; 37. upasamasvaru- 
 pavarnanam, fol. 92a ; 38. upasamavarnanam, 
 fol. 96a; 39. sarvaihatvapratipddunam, fol. 
 10 la; 40. brahmaivedam sarvam jagad iti 
 
 pratipddanam, fol. I'M-/; II. avidydhatha 
 fol. 1066 ; 42. jlvdvataranam, Eol. 1096; I :. 
 j va nicayasthd nopadi salt, fol. 1116; 41. sam- 
 sdrdvataranapratipddanopades'ah, fol. 1116; IV 
 yathdbhutdrthayogopadeSah, fol. L18a; 46., fol. 
 I 196 ; 47. jagadvdsananirnayayogopadeiah, fol. 
 12 1-6; 48. Dd&uropdhhydin DdSuravarapradd- 
 navarnanam, fol. 127^; 19. Ddiurakadamba- 
 varnanam, fol. 1296; 50. Ddsuradigavalokanam, 
 fol. 130a; 5L. Ddiurasutdnubodhanam, fol. 1316; 
 52. vililiiiniriiriiaiiiim, fol. L33a ; 53. «am*ara- 
 nagaravikalpayogavicdrah, fol. L36aj 54. D«*S- 
 ropdkhydne samkalpacildtsd, fol. 138a; 55. /' - 
 sunt in- la a a in t fol. 141a; 56. (hartritva)vicdra- 
 yogopadeSaharanam, fol. 1446; 57. purnaiaya- 
 svarupavarnanam, fol. 149a; 58. kacagdthd, 
 fol. 150a; 59. Srikamalajavyavahdravarnanam, 
 fol. 154a; 60. vicdrapurushanirnayaprasango- 
 padeiajivdvatdrah, fol. 156a; 61. jananamara- 
 nasaimthitih, fol. 158a; 62., fol. 159. 
 The scribe has added : 
 
 tjfi? <^ifaTTtm=m:0 atfiwrer«T 
 
 cprsSrTJiqTTV SJ^TRf tT *TtT: II S II 
 
 Trrpf 
 
 305. Foil. 261. 
 
 UpaSamaprakaranam, in 93 sargas with 
 about 4270 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas: 1. prathamam dhnika- 
 varna nam ends fol. 36; 2. upad, ■sdituriiriiiiunm, 
 fol. 6a; 3. sabhdsamsthdnam, fol. 8a; 4. 
 Rdghavaprainah , fol. LOa ; 5. praiamopadeiah, 
 fol. 136; 6. prathama upadeiah, fol. l-">" ; 7. 
 dkdSaphala ajjndnasamprdptihramasuca 
 
 nam* fol. 156; 8. siddhagltd, Eol. I'. 1 " ; '■•. 
 
 * No. 220o has aka&apl taoanujnur.
 
 776 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 janakavitarkah, fol. 24a.; 10. niscayah, fol. 
 256 ; 11. cittdnusdsanam, fol. 266; 12. prajiid- 
 ludhdfinyam, fol. 29a; 13. manonivdranam, 
 fol. 376 ; 14. svacittanirupanam, fol. 426 ; 15. 
 trishndvarnanam, fol. 446 ; 16. trishndcikitsd, 
 fol. 46a; 17. trishndvicchedopadesah, fol. 486; 
 18. jJvanmuktavarnanam, fol. 53a; 19. pdvana- 
 bodhanam, fol. 55a; 20. pdvanavijndnaprdptih , 
 fol. 576; 21. trishndcikitsdyogotpattih, fol. 60a; 
 22. Virocanasmaranam, fol. 636; 23. Firocawa- 
 vacanwm, fol. 65a; 24. cittavicikitsdyogopadesah, 
 fol. 70a; 25. Balicintdsiddlidntayogah, fol. 716; 
 26. Balyupadesayogah , fol. 726; 27. Balivi- 
 srdntih, fol. 75a ; 28. Balisamddhdnavarnanam, 
 fol. 766; 29. Baler vijndnaprdptih , fol. 80a; 30. 
 TYa// rdihipiirivisrdntau Hiranyakasipuvadh ah, 
 fol. 82a; 31. Prahrddanirvdne Ndrdyanakara- 
 ikiiii, fol. 856; 32. Vibudhavdkyam, fol. 87a; 
 33. Ndrdya.nagamanam, fol. 89a; 34. Prahrd- 
 ddtmayogah , fol. 96a; 35. bra{h)matdtmaldbha- 
 rintd, fol. 102a; 36. prdtma(r. dtma)stavanam, 
 fol. 1076 ; 37. asuramandalavydkulabhavah , fol. 
 1086; 38. paramesvaravitarkah, fol. 1106; 39. 
 S<lrdyanavacanopanydsah,io\. 1136; 40. Prahld- 
 dabodhcmam, fol. 116a; 41. PrahldddbMshekah, 
 fol. 118a; 42. Prahrddasya vyavasthd, fol. 120a; 
 43. Prahrddavi&rdntik, fol. 1226; 44. Gddhivi- 
 nd&anam, fol. 1246; 45. Gddhivrittdnte svapa- 
 cardjyaldbhah , fol. 127a; 46. Gddhivrittdnte 
 fdjt/iihhnniixtili, fol. 1296; 47. Gddhivrittdnte 
 pratyakshdvalokanam, fol. 133« ; 48. Gddhi- 
 vrittdnte mdydmahatJcathanam, fol. 1366; 49. 
 Gddhivrittdntah , fol. 1396; 50. RdghavdSaya- 
 vmiyogah, fol. 1466; 51. Udddlakamanorathah , 
 fol. 1486; 52. ZTef ddlaleavicdrah-, fol. 1536; 53. 
 Udddl'akavildsah, fol. 1596; 54. Udddlakavi- 
 irdntih, fol. 1656; 55. Udddlakanirvdnam, fol. 
 ItiSn ; 56. dhydndcdrah, fol. 172a; 57. bheda- 
 nvrdsak, fol. 1735 ; 58. Su(raghu)vrittdnte Mdn- 
 davyopadesah , fol. 1766; 59. Swraghuviirdntih, 
 
 fol. 178a; 60. Suraghvvrittdnte Suraghunirvd- 
 nam, fol. 1786; 61. Suraglniparighasamdgamah, 
 fol. 180a; 62. samddliiniscayah, fol. 181a; 63. 
 Suraglmparighaniscayah, fol. 182a; 64. upadesah, 
 fol. 184a; 65. Bhdsavildsavrittdnte Sahyagiri- 
 varnanam, fol. 185a; 66. anityapratipddanam, 
 fol. 1866; 67. antahsamsargavicdrah, fol. 1886; 
 68. sangavicdrayogopadesah, fol. 191a; 69. 
 sdntasamdydtayogopadesa/i, fol. 192a ; 70. asam- 
 sangavikalpopadesah, fol. 194a; 71. satnsdro- 
 ■pade$ah(?), fol. 1986; 72. mokshasvarupopadesah, 
 fol. 2006 ; 73. svdtmavicdrah, fol. 2026 ; 74. 
 vairdgyopadesah, fol. 207a; 75. muktdmukta- 
 vicdrah, fol. 2096 ; 76. samsdrasdgarasdmyapra- 
 tipddanam, fol. 2106; 77. jlvanmuktasva/rupa- 
 varnanam., fol. 213a; 78. yog a/oar nanam, fol. 
 2166; 79. samyakjridnalakshananirupanain, fol. 
 2176; SO. d risyadarsanasambandhah , fol. 220a; 
 81. cittdsattdpratipddanam, fol. 221a; 82. 
 indriydnusdsanayogopadesah, fol. 2256 ; 83. 
 cittasattdvicdrayogopadesah, fol. 228a ; 84. 
 Vitahavyamanojagadvarnanam, fol. 2306; 85. 
 Vitahavyasarnddliiyogopadesuh, fol. 232a; 86. 
 indriyavarganirdkaranopadesah, fol. 2346; 87. 
 Yitahavyau ir L-d nopudesah , fol. 236a ; 88. F*fa- 
 havyavisrdntih , fol. 2376 ; 89. sadvildsavicdra- 
 yogopadeSah, fol. 2406 ; 90. cittopadesavicdra- 
 yogalt, fol. 242a; 91. samsritilijaviedrayogopa- 
 desah, fol. 250a; 92. samsritinirdkaranakrama- 
 yogopadesah, fol. 254a; 93. samadar&anam, 
 fol. 261a, 
 
 Date of this volume : *fan ^tM^ . 
 
 306. Foil. 298. 
 
 Nirvdnaprakaranasya purvdrdham, in 129 
 sargas with about 5460 couplets. As the 
 11 lth sargra has no number, the MS. seems 
 to have only 128 sargas. 
 
 List of the sargas: 1. divasavyavahdravar- 
 nanam ends fol. 4a; 2. vUrdutisudridhikarava m ,
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 fol. la; 3. brahmaikyapratipddanam, fol. 86; 
 4. cittdbhdvapratipddanam, fol. 9a; 5. Rdghava- 
 visrdntivarnanam, io\. LOa; 6. mohamdhdtmyam, 
 fol. 14(7,; 7. ajndnamdhdtmyapra&amsanam, Eol. 
 18?;; 8. avidydlatdvildsopadeSah, fol. 20a; 9. 
 avidydnirdkaranam, fol. 226 ; Id. avidydcikitsd, 
 fol. 25a; 11. jivanmuktaniScayayogopa(de£ah) > 
 fol. 306; 12. jlvanrrmktasamsayaniruparfam, 
 fol. 32a; 13. jndnayogopadesah, fol. 83a; It. 
 Bhiihindopdklbydn e Merusikhara varn a nam, fol. 
 346; 15. Bhusundadarsanam, fol. 306; 10. 
 Bhusundasamdyogah, fol. 376; 17. BhuSunda- 
 svarupavarnanam, fol. 38a; 18. mdtrivyavahd- 
 ravarnanam, fol. 406; 19. dlayaldbhah, fol. 426; 
 20. Bhusunijnsvnrupanam{\), fol. 446; 21. cirajJ- 
 vitavrittdntakathanam, fol. 476; 22. cirajwita- 
 1'iriianam, fol. 50a; 23. Bhusundopdkhydne 
 samddltdnasainhdpanirdkaraiiam, fol. 52a; 24. 
 prdnavicdranam, fol. 546; 25. samddhivarnanam, 
 fol. 58a; 26. Bhuhuidopdkhydne cirajJvitahctu- 
 kathanam, fol. 596; 27. Bhusundopdkhydnam, 
 fol. 606; 28. paramdrthayogopadeSah , fol. 646; 
 29. jagatah paramdtmamayatvavarnanam, fol. 
 716; 30. mokshopdkhydne ee(r.cai)tyonmukha- 
 rittavicdrah, fol. 77a ; 31. manahprdnaikyaprati- 
 pddanam,io\. 806; 32. dehapdtavicdrah, fol. 836; 
 33. dvaitaikyapratipddanam, fol. 87a; 34. .st7- 
 parameivaropadeSah, fol. 896; 35. decaldmayah, 
 fol. 916; 36. paramefoaravarnanam, fol. 926; 
 37. niyatinrityam, fol. 95a; 38. bdhyapujanam, 
 fol. 97a; 39. devdrnniavldhih, fol. 1006; 40. 
 devatdtattvavicdrah, fol. 101a; 41. jaganmi- 
 thydtvapratipddanavi, fol. 105a; 42. paramdt- 
 mdbhidhdnam, fol. 107a; 43. vtbhrdntivarijanam, 
 fol. 109a; 44. cittasattdsucanam, fol. Ill"; 
 15. mahdcitivikalpopdkhydnam, fol. 113a; 16. 
 Sildkoinimdrsith, fol. 115a; 47. rldghanopadusah, 
 fol. 1176; 48. brahmaikdtmapratipddanam, fol. 
 1186; 49. samsritivicdrayogah, fol. 1206; 50. 
 aksharasarnvedavicdrayogopades'ah, fol. 1246 ; 
 
 51. indriydrthopcdambliiri-.hiili, fol. I3i»6 ; 52. 
 Ndrdyandvatarah , fol. 1326; 53. Arjimeydkhydne 
 Arjunopadeiah, fol. 1371; 54. Arjunopdkhydne 
 dtmajndnopadeSah, fol. L40a ; 55. Arjunopd- 
 khydne jlvatattvaniryayah, fol. 1 12a ; 56., fol. 
 1456; 57. . \rjinnirisr,i:'lir, i,-„, ,,,, , m , fol. L46& ; 
 58. Arjjimopdkhydnam samdptam, fol. 1476; 59. 
 pratyagdtmdvabodhah, Eol. 1506; 60. vibhutiyo- 
 gopadesah, fol. 1516; 61. jagatsvapnakathan 
 fol. 1536; 62. svapnasatarudriyi bhikshusamsd- 
 roddharanam, fol. 1556; 63. svapnaiatarudriyo- 
 pdkhydnam, fol. 1596; 64. ganatvaprdptih, 
 svapnarudriyam samdptam, fol. 1616; 65. 
 vidyottaravismayavarnanam, fol. L626; 66. 
 bhikshusamsritikathanam, fol. 164a; 67., fol. 
 100a; 68. mahdmaunayatnopadeSah, fol. 1676; 
 
 69. prdnamanahsamyogavivaranam, fol. 171a; 
 
 70. Vetdlaprasnah, fol. 172a; 71. mantfapavar- 
 nanam, fol. 1726; 72. Vetdlaprasnabhedah , 
 fol. 1736; 73. Vetdlopdkhydne, fol. 171a; 71. 
 BhagJrathopadcsidi , fol. 176a; 75. IViagh-nthn- 
 virrdijam, fol. 1766; 76. Gargdvataranam, fol. 
 1776; 77. Sikhidhvajavildsakathanam, fol. 1796; 
 78. Ouddldprdbodhd, fol. 1816; 79. Gu4dldtma- 
 Idbhah, fol. 1826; 80. pancakavildsah, fol. 1876; 
 81. agnishomavidhdranam, fol. L94a; 82. a«t- 
 mddildbhayogopade§ah, fol. 1956; 83., fol. 1966; 
 84. Sikhidhvajapravrajyd, fol. 1986; 85. sukha- 
 vicdrayogopadesah , fol. 2046; 86. I\n inhhii'uni- 
 makathanam, fol. 206a; 87. Sikhidhvajdvabo- 
 dhanam, fol. 1086; 88. Sikhidhvajopdkh 
 cintdmanyupakhydninii, fol. 2<>96; 89. gajcndrn- 
 pdkhydnam, fol. 211a; 90. cintdmanisddhaka- 
 vrittdntavivaranam, fol. 213a; 91. vdranavrit- 
 tdntanirupanam, fol. 214a; 92. sarvatydgah, 
 fol. 2166; 93. Sikhidhvajdvabodhanam, fol. 220a; 
 94. Sikhidhvajdvabodhiniam, fol. 225a; '.'5. 
 Sikhidhvajavisrdntih, fol. 227a; 96. Sikhidi 
 jdvabodhanam, fol. 2:106; 97. Sikhidhvajapra- 
 bodhanam, fol. 2326; 98. Sikhidhvajdvabodhai
 
 778 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 fol. 2346 j 99., fol. 236a; 100. Sikhidhvaja- 
 paramavibodlianam, fol. 2376; 101. Sikhidhva- 
 jabodhanam, fol. 241<x ; 102. Sikhidhvajasamd- 
 dhdna(m), fol. 242a ; 103. Kumbhapunardgama- 
 yogopadesah, fol. 2446; 104. jivanmuktivyava- 
 hdrapratipddanam, fol. 247a; 105. Siklddhva- 
 jopdkhydne strJtvaldbhah , fol. 2496; 106. Llld- 
 vivdhah, fol. 252a; 107. Sakragamanam, fol. 
 2536; 108., fol. 2556; 109. Cuddldprakatlka- 
 ranam, fol. 258/) ; 110., fol. 2596; 111., fol. 
 2606; 112. Eacaprabodhah , fol. 2626; 113. 
 mithydpurushopakhydne dkdsarakslianam, fol. 
 2636; 114. mithydpurusliopdkhydnam, fol. 265a; 
 115. yogopadesah , fol. 2666; 116. vratatraya- 
 nifupanam, fol. 268a; 117., fol. 269a; 118., 
 fol. 2696; 119., fol. 2706; 120., fol. 2716 ; 
 121., fol. 273«; 122., fol. 274a; 123. Ikshvd- 
 kuprabodhanam, fol. 275a; 124., fol. 2756; 125. 
 mrigavyddhiyam, fol. 2776; 126., fol. 278a; 
 
 127. jmramdrthasvarupavarnanam, fol. 285a; 
 
 128. Bharadvdjdnusdsanam, fol. 290a; 129. 
 Rdmamjutthdnam, fol. 298a. 
 
 307. Foil. 230. 
 
 Nirvdnaprakaranasya uttardrddham, sargas 
 1-76, si. 9, with about 2870 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas : 1. icchdciJdtsdyogopa- 
 de&ah, fol. 4a; 2. karmabijaddhayogopadesah , 
 fol. 8a; 3. drisyopasamayogopademh , fol. 106; 
 4. ahantdnirdsali, fol. 146; 5. vidyddhara/pra- 
 isnah, fol. 156; 6. vairdgyavarnanam, fol. 20a; 
 7. jagadvdksha(r. jagajjdla?)b7javarnanam, fol. 
 22a; 8. mdydmandapavarnanam, fol. 24a; 9. 
 citkacana(?)yogopadeiah , fol. 256; 10. sargdpa- 
 ua/rgapratipattiyogopadeSah, fol. 276; 11. yathd- 
 bhutdrthavedanam, fol. 29a; 12. samkalpasar- 
 gayor aikyapratipattih, fol. 33a; 13. Indropd- 
 khydne trasarenvantarasai/ghavarnanam, fol. 
 35a; 14. sargasatnkalpayor aikyap>ratipddanam t 
 fol. 37a ; 15. vidyddharanirvdnam, fol. 386 ; 
 
 16. v i< J yd dli aropdkhydne vidyddharanirvdn am, 
 fol. 396; 17. ahamtvdsattdyogopadesah , fol. 41a; 
 
 18. jagajjdlakosasddharmyayogopadesah, fol. 456 ; 
 
 19. virdddtmavarnanani, fol. 496 ; 20. jlvanir- 
 nayayogopadesah, fol. 51a; 21. jfidnarijiidnavi- 
 rdrah, fol. 53a; 22. sukhayogopadesah , fol. 586; 
 23. Mankinirvdnam, fol. 62a ; 24. Mankivaird- 
 gyavarnanam, fol. 64a ; 25. Afailkibodhanam, 
 fol. 666; 26. Mahklnirvdnasamdptih, fol. 696; 
 27., fol. 71a; 28. taltvasiddhantapratipddanam, 
 fol. 736 ; 29. bhdvandpratipddanam, fol. 80a ; 
 30. paramdrthopanydsayogah, fol. 826 ; 31. 
 nircdiiayuktyupadesavarnanam, fol. 85; 32. 
 satydvabodhanopadesah, fol. 88a; 33. satydrtho- 
 panydsayogah , fol. 91a; 34., fol. 94a; 35. 
 parabrahmasvarupavarnanam, fol. 97a; 36. 
 samsdrabijakathanam, fol. 100a; 37. drisyd- 
 drisyopayogah, fol. 1066; 38. nirvdnavarnanam, 
 fol. 110a; 39. VasishtltagJtdsu svabhdvavisrdrdi- 
 yogopadesah, fol. 113; 40. VasishthagUdsu 
 dtmavisrd)it!kiitli(u)(ii)i, fol. 1146; 41. svarupa- 
 visrdntyartham upadesakaranam, fol. 115a; 42. 
 nirvdnopadesah , fol. 120a; 43. brahmaikatdnato- 
 padesah{!), fol. 1246; 44. manovipadvarnanam, 
 fol. 1286; 45. Harinakopdkhydne, fol. 1336; 
 46. sdmydvabodhana(m) , fol. 135a ; 47. mumu- 
 Lxliuprathamopakramah , fol. 139a; 48. viveka- 
 mdhdtmyam, fol. 142a; 49. sarvdpasdntih, fol. 
 1466; 50. jivasatyakaprakdravaruanam, fol. 
 1486; 51. visrdntiyogopadesah, fol. 152a; 52. 
 brahmasvarupavarnanam, fol. 1566; 53. nirvd- 
 navarnanam, fol. 158a; 54. advaitaikyaprati- 
 pddanam, fol. 161a; 55. jagatah paramdrtha- 
 mayavarnanam, fol. 1626 ; 56. dkdsamandira- 
 vasishthasamddhdnavarnanam, fol. 165a; 57. 
 viditavedydhamkdravicdrah, fol. 167« ; 58. 
 sargabrahmatvapratipddanam, fol. 169a; 59. 
 jagajjdlavarnanam, fol. 1736; 60. jagajjdlavar- 
 nanam, fol. 179a ; 61. jagaddkdsaikabodltalt, 
 fol. 183a; 62. cidaikyavdkyam, fol. 1866; 63.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 77'.' 
 
 jagattattvaikyapraUpddana/m, fol. 190a j 64. 
 pdshdnopdkhydne vidyddharlvyasanavarnanam , 
 fol. 194Z) ; 65. vidyddharijanincivi/uviilnirarnr- 
 tianam, fol. 197a; 66. Sildntaravarnanam, fol. 
 199a; 67. abhydsaprasamvdndmar , fol. 2l>2</ ; 
 68. pramdnapratisiddhyddrtiya nupapattiv , Eol. 
 2056 ; 69. sargaprdptih, fol. 207/* ; 70. sUdntar- 
 fagatpitdmahavdkydni, 210a ; 71. kalpakshobhah, 
 fol. 2116; 72. niryawaire, fol. 217a; 73. inra- 
 ddtmavarnanam, fol. 221a; 74. virdddtmav , 
 fol. 2246; 75. mahdkalpdntdgniv*, fol. 230a.; 
 76. sZ. 1-9, fol. 2306. 
 
 308. Foil. 231 (231-461). 
 
 Nirvdnaprakaranasya uttardrddham, sa rga 
 76, s/. 10 to sarga 138, sZ. 9, with about 2760 
 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas : 76. pushkardvarttadam- 
 barah ends fol. 2326; 77. pushkardvaritavrish- 
 tivisamshtulajagadvarnanam, fol. 2356; 78. 
 rkilrnavavarnanam, fol. 237a; 79. vdsandbhdva- 
 pratipddcmam, fol. 2426 ; 80. bhrimtvmdtraiva- 
 pratipdJanam, fol. 248a; 81. pdshdnopdkhydne 
 kdlardtrivarnanam, fol. 2566 ; 82. pdshdno- 
 pdkhydne Siva{sva)rupavarnanam, fol. 2596 ; 
 83. Yisvarupadarsanam, fol. 2616 ; 84. Siva- 
 iaktivarnanam, fol. 2666; 85. pdshdnopdkhydne 
 /•rnkritijiunishalirarnavarnanam, fol. 268a; 86. 
 jagadanyavarnanam, fol. 272a ; 87. pdrthi- 
 vajagaddnantyapratipddanam, fol. 277a ; 88. 
 /•It //iiiandaldsayavurijinni in, fol. 279a; 89. 
 drisyaprnkdsajirafijicidanam, fol. 2806 ; 90. 
 jaliijiigadvarnanam, fol. 283a; 91. (taijasa)- 
 jagaUrt(fiic)vartianinn, fol. 2886; 92. jmni- 
 mdrthasargaypr aikyaprcubipddcmam, fol. 2936; 
 93. dkdiamandcvpasiddhasarndgamagdthdvarna- 
 tuim, fol. 300a ; 94. pisdcavarnanaprasa?igena 
 jagadbrahmanor aikyapratipddcmam, fol. 3066; 
 95. pdshdnopdkhydne Vasishfhaiariravoyrnanam, 
 
 fol. 3086; 96. amarntra/iratipddariam, fol. 3116; 
 97. vivekiviralatvapratipddanam, fol. 316a ; 
 8ajjamasamdgamapraiam8avarnanam } fol. 3176 ; 
 '.»'.». paramdrthanirupanahi , fol. 3216; 100. 
 nustikycmirdkaranam, Eol. :127a; 101. i>tirran.>- 
 padeSah, fol. 3296; 102. maranddyabhdx 
 desah, fol. 3336; 103. sakalabhdvdbhdvopade- 
 simi paramdrthaikatdpratipadanam, fol. 3426; 
 
 104. jiigadasaiOtdprtitijiddanam, fol. 3436; 
 
 105. jdgratsvapnai(kyam), fol. 3476; 106. 
 kdryalMraiiaiiirdsitrnriKiniim, fol. 352k; 107. 
 avidydbhdvapratipddanam, fol. 353a ; 108. 
 avidyopdkhydne avidydkshepanepdrthivasamram- 
 bhava/rncmam, fol. 3566 ; 109. agnipravesdd de- 
 haldbhah, fol. 3586; 110. samgrdmavarnanam, 
 fol. 3616; 111. caturdiggatabaladravanam, fol. 
 3646; 112. 6 alaparibhramsah, fol. 367a; 113. 
 samudravarnanam,io\. 3696; 114. digdarSanam, 
 fill. 3726; 115 . vipascidan ur nni(k r if apmi 'drfli n) r° , 
 fol. 379a; 116. Svakdkakokilavarnanam, fol. 
 391a ; 117. }iii<hnahltnimartili<tiiis(!ntriitiihi,,i, fol. 
 397a ; 118. harinamayurabakamugdhddivarna- 
 n am, fol. 4006; 119. pathikavirahavarnanam, 
 fol. 405a; 120. digantardkhydnam, fol. 4076; 
 121. vipaScmnirnayah, fol. 409a; 122. arnu- 
 oapa/rikramava/rnanam, fol. 411a; 123. <•/, 
 dwpdkhydne digviharanam, fol. 4126; 124. 
 <//-7 /<</ iiliininirnanam, fol. 4146; 125. jivan- 
 muktakalanam, fol. 4206; 126. vipaScijjanmdn- 
 tardcararunii, fol. -125a; 127. hhUgnlakanirnaye 
 'vidyopdkhydne bhugolah, Eol. 4276; 128. 6raft- 
 magitdsu brahmdkdiavipoyScijjagaccandra(.da)r- 
 sanam, fol. 431a; 129. (vipaScinmrigaldbhah), 
 fol. 435a; 130. tnrigavahnipraveSah, fol. 4376; 
 131. Bhdsasamsdrav , Eol. 4436; 132. (BhdSa- 
 varnitasvajanmaparampard), fol. 445a; 133. 
 ■in<ili<~is<ir<irtiniO, fol. 448a; 134. iavopdkhydm 
 devapa/ridevanav , Eol. 4526; 135. Soyvopasamah, 
 
 fol. 453//; I 36. iiutmikii vyddhabo dim mi m , fol. 4506 ; 
 
 137. jdgratsvapnasushuptaturiyav 3 fol. 461a. 
 
 5 i
 
 780 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 309. Foil. 236 (462-697). 
 
 Nirvdnaprakaranasya uttardrddham, sarga 
 138, si. 10 to sarga 216, with about 3250 
 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas : 138. (citta) sarvdtmakatd- 
 
 pratipddanam ends fol. 4636 ; 139. jaganndsav , 
 
 fol. 469a; 140. hridayahalpandv , fol. 473a; 141. 
 
 (Icalpdntarav ), fol. 4736 ; 142. Icarmanirnayah, 
 
 fol. 476a ; 143. vipascidupdkhydne nirvdnabo- 
 
 dhopadesah, fol. 4816; 144. paddrthavicdrah, 
 
 fol. 4856; 145. jdgratsushuptavarnanam, fol. 
 
 490a; 146. savopdJchydne svshuptaricdrah, fol. 
 
 492a; 147. svapnopahdilianam, fol. 494a ; 148. 
 
 svapnanirnayah, fol. 4976 ; 149. hdranavicdrah, 
 
 fjl. 501a; 150. paramopadesah, fol. 5046; 
 
 151. abhdvadarsanam, fol. 5056; 152. munird- 
 
 trisamliathdvarnanam, fol. 507a; 153. sarvai- 
 
 l-dtmyapratipddanam, fol. 5086 ; 154. yathdbhu- 
 
 tdrthavarnanam, fol. 510a; 155. bhdvisampatti- 
 
 varnanam, fol. 514a; 156. Sindhusambodhanam, 
 
 fol. 5156; 157. Sindhu{nirrdnam), fol. 5186; 
 
 158. savanirnayah, fol. 5196; 159. vipascitsam- 
 
 xdrabhramavarnanam, fol. 524a ; 160. svarga- 
 
 narakopalambhavarnanam, fol. 5276; 161. nir- 
 
 vdnavarnanam, fol. 531a; 162. avidydnirasanah, 
 
 fol. 5336; 163. indriyasdstravarnanam, fol. 538a; 
 
 1 6 t. jagatparamdtmanor ailcyayogopadesah, fol. 
 
 5396; 165. jdgratsvapnaihyopadesah, fol. 541a ; 
 
 166. iUopt~il;hydnam,£o\. 544a; 167. jdgratsvap- 
 
 nasushuptyabhdvapratipddanam, fol. 547a; 168. 
 
 sdlabhanjikopadesah, fol. 5526; 169. visrdntacitta- 
 
 varnanam, fol. 5556; 170. tattvajnavyavahdra- 
 
 varnanam, fol. 558a; 171. dvaitaihye nirdma- 
 
 yayogopadeiah, fol. 5616; 172. jagato brah- 
 
 matvapratipddanam, fol. 566a; 173. brahma- 
 
 gltdsu ^>arawiaW/i.o/jaa'esa7i, fol. 569a ; 174. 
 
 brahmagitdsu nirvdnopadesah, fol. 5716; 175. 
 
 paramdrthagitdsv advaitayuktih, fol. 577 a ; 176. 
 
 brahmagitdsu bralimdndopdhliydnam, fol. 579a ; 
 
 177. brahmagitdsu satyavarnanam, fol. 583a 
 
 178. brahmagltdsv aindavopdlihydnam, fol. 5876 
 
 179. brahmamayatvapratipddanam, fol. 589a 
 
 180. brahmagitdsu tdpasopdlchydnam, fol. 5916 
 
 181. brahmagitdsu Gaurydsramavarnanam, fol. 
 594a ; 182. brahmagitdsu saptadvlpesvaropd- 
 hhydnam, fol. 5966; 183. dvlpasaptakdshtaka- 
 varnanam, fol. 601a; 184. Kundadantopadesah, 
 fol. 604a; 185. Kundadajitaprabodhah, fol. 6056; 
 186. brahmagitdsu sarvam Tthalv idam brahmeti 
 pratipddanam, fol. 612a; 187. jivatvasamsriti- 
 pratipddanam, fol. 617a; 188. jivarupavarna- 
 nam, fol. 619a; 189. brahmaiJcatdpratipddanam, 
 fol. 6206; 190. Rdmavisrdntih, fol. 6286; 191. 
 mahdvddabodhanam, fol. 630a; 192. visrdntyu- 
 pagamavarnanam, fol. 6316; 193. visrantiha- 
 thanam, fol. 633a; 194. Rdmavisrdntyupagamah, 
 fol. 6366; 195. bodhaprakdsiJtaranayogopadesah, 
 fol. 6416 ; 196. vaivadhikopdkhydne cintdmani- 
 Idbhah, fol. 643a ; 197. sdstramdhdtmyam, fol. 
 6456 ; 198. samadrishtiprasamsd, fol. 6486 ; 
 
 199. muldapurushasthdnavarnanam, fol. 6516; 
 
 200. sddhuvdda(sa)paryddivarnanam, fol. 6556 : 
 
 201. visrdntiprahatlTcaranayogopadesah, fol. 6576; 
 
 202. dtmavisrdmdiigtlxaranam, fol. 6586; 203. 
 nirvdnavarnanam, fol. 661a; 204. ciddkdsai- 
 Ttatdpratipddanam, fol. 663a; 205. sarvahdra- 
 nanirdsah, fol. 6656 ; 206. mahdprasnah, fol. 6686; 
 207.(wia7i(7)/>rasra(o^aram),fol. 671a; 208. mahd- 
 prasnamokshanam, fol. 6736; 209. sarvdstit- 
 vdnubhutidarsanam, fol. 6766; 210. dvaitaihjo- 
 palambhanirdsah, fol. 6796; 211. paramdrtho- 
 padesah, fol. 6816; 212. paramdrthanirupanam ; 
 213. prdManardmasishyatvopdichydnam, fol. 6876; 
 214. mahotsavavarnanam, fol. 692a; 215. Fa- 
 sishthabrahmadarsanam, fol. 694; 216., fol. 6966. 
 
 Date : *Hn^ ibMS I f^ftTrf mzm *K<JH '*RT- 
 
 [H. T. Combrooke.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 781 
 
 2415, 
 
 2941. Foil. 873; size 131 in. by 5i in.j 
 good, modern Devanagari writing; 8-1 1 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Yogavdsishtha, with Anandabodhendra's Tdt- 
 
 pnri/<t/>rtik<jyti, incomplete. 
 
 I. Mumukshuvyavahdraprakarana, foil. 92. 
 
 II. Upasamaprakarana, foil. 302. 
 
 III. Nirvdnaprakarana, purvdrdha, foil. 401. 
 
 IV. Nirvdnaprakarana, uttardrdha, full. 78; 
 incomplete, the MS. extending to sarga 29, 
 SI, 75. [Dr. John Taylor.] 
 
 2416-2420. 
 
 2352, 2156, 2442a, 2174, 2205. Size 
 11 in. by 6| in.; 10-12 lines in a page; good 
 old writing. 
 
 Yogavdsishtha, a third copy, without the 
 commentary. The Nirvdnapraharana is want- 
 ing. The colophons are nearly the same as 
 in the first copy, but they all have satasd- 
 hasrydm samhitdydm. 
 
 Many leaves are very much injured on the 
 left side. 
 
 2352. Foil. 49. 
 Vairdgy aprakarana. 
 
 2156. Foil. 35. 
 
 Mumukshuvyavahdraprakarana. This part 
 was dated, but the figures marking the century 
 have been torn off: . . ?? (1622?) ^ifjmi if? 
 
 fgj • • n • • . . ftwH "3^Trra;<.!ji*(t!i tw: u 
 
 2442a. Foil. 221. 
 Utpattiprakarana, with 122 sargas, 
 
 2174. Foil. 114. 
 Sthitiprakarana. 
 
 2205. Foil. 182. 
 
 Upasamaprakarana, The last leaf is want- 
 ing (with the last couplet of 1 1 1 * - 98rd surga). 
 Full. L76 and 177 are misplaced, 
 
 [G.UKAWAK.] 
 
 2121. 
 
 3168. Foil. 82; size 18 in. by 8h in.; 
 11-17 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Nirvdnaprakaranasya Purvdrdham, the same 
 part of the Yogavdsishtha as no. 2111 (30i>), 
 but incomplete and without the commentary. 
 
 The last leaf but one ends with the 31st 
 verse of the 108th sarga; the last leaf con- 
 tains the first twenty-one verses of the Mok- 
 shopdyasdra, see no. 2424. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2422. 
 
 2766. Foil. 144; size 12| in. by 81 in.j 
 
 26-40 lines in a page; fairly written in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 Nirvdnaprakaranasya uttardrddham, a frag- 
 ment, which contains the same part of this 
 chapter of the Yogavdsishthardmdyana as no. 
 2413 (308) : both copies begin and end with the 
 same words and have the same blunders. 
 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 
 242:!. 
 
 2442b. Foil. 30; size II in. by 6f in.; 
 10 or 11 lines in a page; good old writing. 
 
 Ndndprabidtmakdh Khild Mokshopdydh, a 
 supplement to the Nirvdnapraharana, in I I 
 sargas of about 550 couplets. 
 
 List of the sargas s I. mahdpralayavicdrah 
 ends fol. 46; 2. ativdhikdtibha/utikaikydvabo- 
 dhanapurvakam bandhdbhdvapratipddanam, fol. 
 7a; 3. bvahmatdpratipddanam, fol. 9k ; 4. prd- 
 
 5 i 2
 
 782 
 
 CATALOGUE OP SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 hritamaranavicdrah, fol. 12a; 5. maranajivi- 
 
 taiki/abodhanam, fol. 13a ; 6. jlvasvabhdveshu 
 paramdrthavacanam, fol. 16a; 7. jlvasvabhd- 
 veshu paramapaddvabodhanam, fol. 18a ; 8. 
 jiva nmuktasvabhdvavarnanain, fol. 206; 9. sa- 
 dehddchamuktavarnanam, fol. 226 ; 10. loka- 
 dvai/dmtbhavayuktyupadesah, fol. 24a; 11. sar- 
 gdddv iijiihlJtiiikdrananirdkaranam, fol. 25a; 
 12. prdlcritajanmapitrikdryavarnanam, fol. 26a; 
 13., fol. 286; 14., fol. 296.. 
 The MS. begins : 
 
 fqfTTTIT^T^Trr^T^fRTHlcFTTjrTFlt I 
 
 irta^Hm: WTFrt *j>HffqT^n: fa^T ^* ii <ni 
 
 i!?*m »??TTt ^rr ^rfn?: jftjfi^TfW^ ii ? n 
 Colophon (fol. 296): ^fjf TSfa~«rtf*if%Tr>ff 
 
 The last two pages contain a list of the 
 updhhydnas of the whole work. At the end 
 this part is called «lMlH^jlrH<*i: f%c?T >fts|tann:. 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2424. 
 
 2120. Foil. 237; size 9| in. by 5A in.; 
 generally 9 or 10 lines in a page ; large 
 writing. 
 
 Mokshopdyasdra, or Laghuyogavdsishtha, an 
 abridgment of the voluminous Yogavdsishtha, 
 by Pandit Abhinanda, a native of Bengal. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 121, no. cxliv. (Yoga- 
 vdsishthasdra) ; Berlin Catalogue, p. 191, no. 
 (i to. It has forty-eight sargas, the first 
 twenty-eight of which were printed at Calcutta 
 in 1851 (the Yoga- Vdsishtha-Bdmdy ana with a 
 Bengali translation executed by Srvpati Bhattd- 
 rarya, under the patronage of Baboo Satya 
 Chum Ghoshal Bahadoor). A complete 
 
 edition of the Laghuyogavdsishtha was printed 
 in the Nirnayasdgara Press, Bombay, Samvat 
 1944, the first three prakaranas with Atma- 
 sukha's Vdsishthacandrikd, the last three with 
 Mummadideva's Samsdratarani. It begins : 
 
 f?f% >r*ft rmrarrer ^f^ro * fw i 
 ift fww^Hrewr jw *tnw^ -rh: ii <\ it 
 
 ^?? w^t f%*rs: wftrfir *n*rrfta ftrgn: i 
 
 ^TWnTHsft ?ft (Tsi:('-.'iTTg:) *ft sftHr$||?3 sfti- 
 
 [*HWH II ? II 
 
 The same verses occur at the beglnninsr of 
 the second chapter in the Vairdgyaprakarana 
 of the Yogavdsishtha, see also the beginning 
 of the Yogavdsishlhasdra, verse 2. 
 
 Colophon of the last chapter : ^fif ^JThr'SR'- 
 
 cKni3»frEiiY:iTwn: fV^TCmcRTtf mnw n 
 
 The leaves of this copy belong to three 
 different ages, the last leaf with the date 
 belongs to the second age : tf^ff n w^ u grf 
 
 3n<* ii <w«i ii ire§m?T ^frW^ u * n njft f^-fatf i 
 ts° ntfasvn Tsfte^Frfami! ^5i^ftT?n ^tw(/-.°th)- 
 TTT^ni f^fent ii [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2425. 
 
 1342. Foil. 198; size 12 in. by 5 in.; 
 generally 9 or 10 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 Mokshopdyasdra, a second copy. 
 Colophon of the Nlrvdnaprakarana : \fn ^rt- 
 
 ^!H!r flHIW*^ II 
 
 Date of the copy. *hnr <&%& W*k i*W*p^5[tft 
 •om-^MX VfXIbfM, ftf*ti WhKtPg jff ^l(!)xiTH^TfflqTII 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2426. 
 
 2532f. Foil. 19; size 10 in. by 6 in.; 
 
 ei 
 
 ght lines in a page ; large good writing.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 783 
 
 Yogavdsishthasdra, a short compendium of 
 the Yogavdsishthardmdyana, in ten prakara'Qas 
 with about 220 couplets. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 122, no. cxlvi.; Auf- 
 recht's Oxford Cat., p. 232, no. 503 ; Weber's 
 Berlin Cat., p. 180, no. 040; Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, i., p. 193 ; ix., p. 283 (Nirvdnasthiti). 
 
 It begins : f^&l^ i a^ f^fnT^f^mwq I 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2427. 
 
 1521f. Foil. 22; size 10| in. by 4| in.; 
 9-14 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Yogavdsishthasdravivriti, the same work, 
 with a commentary composed by Mahidhara, 
 at Benares, in Samvat 1054. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 122; Aufrecht's Ox- 
 ford Cat., p. 233, no. 504 ; Weber's Berlin 
 Cat., p. 180, no. 040 ; Aufrecht's Florentine 
 MSS., p. 81, no. 254. Printed at Calcutta. 
 
 The MS. ends : 
 
 ^tnfrT$T faff *wi 5 *j-?s 
 «TH (s) faff ito(tj)^I?JT ^WT (r. °^r) I * 
 
 ^rftrewTTfa^fif Bfmi5 ^ai ii i ii 
 
 nm tra^^ft s^fir irfafft ^rccFjrtf n * n 
 ^Tsp^m^n 5i7nnTfv^iN3ifa^ft=fw^HT i 
 sfk: *n^K frzft *nn fafafawr ^nr^r *h(t)- 
 
 fa^n a °i ii 
 
 UHT^^WT H^\ S^fQ-fc I [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2428. 
 
 1364c. Foil. 45 (*-«,); size 10| in. by 
 5f in.; generally seven lines in a page; large 
 good writing. 
 
 * According to Prof. Kielliorn tins date corre- 
 sponds to Monday, 25th April (Old Style), a.d. 1597. 
 
 V lavdsishfhasdravivarana, text and com- 
 mentary, a Second copy. Niilr of llie mm 
 
 fasfart wr^ftrrlfa^iTM^MoRjrrrjrPTm* v j«w n 
 The first loaf is wanting. 
 
 [H. T. Colebroom | 
 
 2429. 
 
 2636. Foil. 30; size lOi in. by 4| in.; 
 generally nine linos in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Yogavdsishfhasdravivarana, a third copy, 
 dated ^Trre-nf? tftinrn: ^nfajT??wi fefaii Irrm^- 
 TJTTJ^T I The verses containing the date of 
 this commentary are wanting here. 
 
 See Mackenzie Cat., vol. i., p. 11, no. iii. 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2430. 
 
 2609b. Foil. 33; size 10i in. by in.; 
 8-13 lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Yogavdsishthasdravivdrana, a fourth copy, 
 but differing in the introductory verses : 
 
 UIUJgiMR wf^d^r^OTH^I^^Ii^ II 
 W^T^ ^TTfa?HTTT?lf ° 
 The verses containing the date of the com- 
 mentary are wanting. 
 
 Colophon : graff" "ffntf ^Ht^t^TTfa^T^ n 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2431. 
 
 433b. Foil. 24; size 12i in. by 44 in.; 
 generally eleven lines in a page; middling 
 writing. 
 
 Yogavdsishthasdravivarana, a fifth copy. 
 The first of tho final verses is wanting. In the 
 introduction it agrees with no. 2430 (26096). 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.]
 
 784 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2432. 
 
 2609a. Foil. 30; size 10i in. by 5| in.; 
 eight lines in a page ; good writing. 
 
 Vdsishthayogakdnda, a dialogue between 
 Vasishtha and his son Sakti, see Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, i., p. 256, no. 453. It is identical 
 witli the Vasishthasamhitd of the Oxford Cat., 
 p. 233, no. 565. But this copy has eight 
 adhydyas, whilst the Oxford copy has only 
 four ; the introduction being also more com- 
 plete in this copy. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 s%T*am<r?ra i*^ *iftfHffrtm h i n 
 fjTKf^ ftnrafW sra? ^Tsroftnm i 
 
 Wf «7T*m ^ITni *THm-*l TWSi'ffl; II 3. II 
 flfmcB^Trf fvpi} ^HxfHhfj?"3if3i'W II Z II 
 
 inra ftirrt si'fa: Tn^fcs: ^hi^ht: u m n 
 
 3lf=fi^T^ II 
 
 .TrnfaVW^fttlrfl-nf^^j^lfHrilri I 
 «^«IMHVI<OTRn& S^ *tft H^T Wt II S II 
 
 The contents of this work, as given in the 
 Oxford Catalogue, refer only to the first four 
 adhydyas. 
 
 The fifth chapter is introduced by new 
 questions of Sakti (fol. 17a): 
 
 tffffiT*3TlT cKFT WTW TSJ^HT^T W^ fWff: II 
 ?TTST«KTc? ctrtf HTtT sfFIif HJl-lP-Mrf: I 
 
 The answer and the expositions of Vasishtha 
 take the fifth, sixth and seventh adhydyas 
 (end fol. 26b). Then again at the beginning 
 of the eighth chapter Sakti asks : 
 
 «K^>T|riH Him ^TcSfw^flT^* I 
 K^i ^Wfo"&rfii TTOTCff? * H>ft || 
 
 Date of the copy : *faH Wo** <4U=mi^j! 13 *fbr 
 f^fawfa^ g*T^B II 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2433. 
 
 1464b. Foil. 68; size 8f in. by 3£ in.; 
 fair Devanagari writing of about 1650 a.d.; 
 8-13 lines in a page. 
 
 Hokshalakshmlvildsa, an exposition of Ve- 
 ddnta doctrines in the form of a commentary 
 on the Jdbdlopanishad ; by Vallabhendra Sara- 
 svatl, pupil of Vdsudevendra Sarasvatl. 
 
 It begins : TjtffBJuf=HI<J*N "W. I ^fWfiT^T^r 
 [see above, no. 491, 4; Atharvana Upanishads 
 (Bibl. Ind.), p. 437] qi sH~»i ^ W$wi i^mj\ 
 
 ^rct ^jjh-t "Wilt HHrnt *ra«^f nmia-* wm 
 
 sp=*j II ° II 
 
 ^"I'wrsini ?r: ii "4i1«l=ir?Nm i*»: ii ^rfrpr«rt 
 ^ni: ii 
 
 f^HIHslMMfH^lC'' ^!) rHH-MNI<«1<**n I 
 
 frorm: w»t ijniTH f%gnnf»nTftnr: n s n 
 
 ■zrqt HFift fj vfa^ f^WS*! II ? II 
 
 *Trm^i?iwu<!iiT$iH'^'N!)i*(l f?rfv: I 
 
 vrd H^fH KT^? ^THd^d^r^cfcR || 3 It 
 
 swjoir^ni-^sif^j ^hikPmjiwj ^ ii 8 ii
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 785 
 
 ^wifK^rT^r^ ttt^ uh^misH-t+4 i m? i m-hm- 
 
 ftnj ^p>ET3 <jfr«rf TTirtfiT =»T^: TJT'i °R»> K^T HjmUT- 
 
 ssm<+K<iir<<i«j-i ° 
 
 It ends : ^tsrt *3n*mMfq <^TfqH^wj»«nfaTrfc#- 
 
 ^riqf^ifTfiT i wt ^ ?pt p^httYh <u \m-AM ?rfaT>«: II 
 
 [H. T. COLKBKOOKE.] 
 
 2434. 
 
 790b. Foil. 27; size 9| in. by 4 in.; 
 legibly written in Devanagarl, in the latter 
 part of last century ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Ydjnavalkyagitd, a (Paurdnik) treatise on 
 Yoga, in the form of a dialogue between 
 Yajfiaoallcya and Gdrgl Maitreyl. In twelve 
 adkydyas. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 4lsM<r+wfai!re *f 5f ?Rf^c5 « 
 1%ifIW^ ?T»T Wn^TTXHJ II I II 
 
 ■i^^tmr^g mmr Tjftfrrfrii i 
 
 flT?ff^4 ftriT^M fjTrTT?Tt fsnrwi II * II 
 iflfcpTmf Wtrq WVfl>qT«^Hrqt II 3 II ° M II 
 
 nwt ^ t^thptt mm" ^ *T3rf^3TT 11 S, 11 
 
 *WIHl<4'lrfl i^TlluiMyriHttl I 
 t ^ 
 
 H<1I«J <};!<* jj*ft JTFifHs! WH d^ffa II 9 II 
 
 m'nh ^srrcrsf *r^>Tirf?ff tit i 
 mmr^ m? wf? wtmqM famrnr: 11 t 11 
 
 ^vMldft-N ^T*rt m^THlTiTHTlir II % II 
 
 Tftnftfe? >*<j; ~n mf*} d«ifV<jl ^ I 
 
 ^wfa m^r*^ prarrrr ■antf^it grr 11 10 11 ° 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 5 : ^fir tttsTT=sj- 
 
 iron swi: 1 
 
 Tho MS. ends : jfn vfrwti i -+J'it rn*nif?r«rw 
 ^T^jTt surra: 11 [H. T. Colebrookl.] 
 
 2435. 
 
 818. Foil. 48 ; size 16 in. by 5 in.; written 
 in a clear, modern Bengali hand; seven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Yogi-Ydjnavalkiya, a treatise in twelve 
 adhydyas, after tho manner of the Purdnas or 
 Mdhdtmyas, on various subjects connected with 
 devotion. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Hmj*?f *iTsnn=R TfaftT?: sromf 11 <\ 11 
 >TR=irT?raTn:: fijm'ST^'mfW: 1 
 
 ^WJTTJflS^Tt ysickr«l T?r«rfit 11 3 II 
 
 ff TJ^fjfT R^TTOTTpj^ra: 4f3ITT3?TT: i 
 
 tfm*KU*rnm*i ma cia inir^ 11 g 11 
 n: mt: *^rm ^^r^nrt rm^ ^ n m u 
 
 f«dlflTRt ^ «W<Tt WTT^Hrt ^ H?T»?ff 1 
 
 ^rrwsrr^t ^rt *T3 mr ^^minratT 1 
 
 rf^Mfrl T?THTIT «fWir^<l ?T II S II 
 
 wftrrxtCr. °t) ^t^^ *mnrrO-. °^f) ^ fsi- 
 
 [wjii 
 nnrniT'T ?rm mT^f wwft5n^nr»nT ^ 11 t 11 
 
 nriri>ii7fa Tr?T(Bi jTimsrfamcTm 11 1 n ° ^0 11 
 
 ^rTW ^3T K T^f R^lm «lt>?TT?fnTt I 
 
 itot i.M^iR'hTrt ^ ?Tf^jiniTTiit irqsr ^ 11 si h 
 
 ■aunTTm f?irmra Tfmnf^l ?r: 1 
 wfax3HJ»nn: ttw f^frrnr »r?rTifii: 11 *^ 11
 
 786 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^nrt tfirewrfq •qwrt strjr't ii *3 n 
 ^fw ifm%r. °fh)wrew jrwtsmrc (45 £ slolias) 
 fol. 4. 
 
 (161 0.) fol. 126. 
 
 jfit ntfrmmn«& ^5f*f*raj*reTirhit «zjr: (31 SI.) 
 fol. 14. 
 
 2T> *f>f>TWr^t »TTiR'Tt>^NT FTH ^TTiJlf SVqR: 
 (93 si.) fol. 19. 
 
 ^fir ^itfiTOTsR^i^ w^rimRR^N: xp^rt s\qr: 
 (30 sZ.) fol. 21. 
 
 jfn ^TT^iTsr^r^r trer shir: (on ^r 131 si.) 
 fol. 276. 
 
 ^fw ^JViTwres *-.«wn*RR<!N:(!) *wrt sunn: 
 (69 si.) fol. 306. 
 
 3fiT TftfJRIsNHW in^T^RJIWT^TTRrrvt ?TRT?»iT 
 supr: (53 si.) fol. 336. 
 
 ^fiT *ftjfRTsR??« ^TlrHf-HlhTt "FTTH ?RHT siqra: 
 (180i SI.) fol. 43. 
 
 ?frf ^nt^sR^ ^tTWT^rftlf^ihft FR ^r*t 
 sum: (17 si.) fol. 436. 
 
 ^fcT ^WfaTsR^SR rsRT^ft surni: (omJVr 91 sZ.) 
 fol. 486. 
 
 ^nsR^i^ farmnt ^trrO) wtfftn: n i n 
 *r n^fiw f^rtfl: *w«rT sreurfr sf^cs i 
 ^sw^r mum *i»r f^ ?! faun it ^ ii 
 
 ■^I'tlMi 7T F^fat TIT t>?T FJ^TfTTT I 
 1RRT *n^TT f ^ gf^RT FH^f^TTTT II 3 II 
 
 'antoTT^n 5 jthrit 3»TfK: ftitnwn i 
 ^rj*t 4r trwutt: TrraRRW ^ f? ii 8 ii 
 
 ■^ttFTRW sTRWT 'STRfRRJ*! ^ft Mi: II M II 
 
 f^TRsnfr'nt ^ %rstr f^irnf i 
 
 TRR - gfjRT TJTTfilO-. 0^) fVuTOt T>rR!TWRT II i II 
 
 n ^<j WTTrfTn: ^nftff(!) *r*Tiira n: i 
 3m« *nni(i^4 ?) jft?s ft sipfSR cm?™ n s ii 
 ^f?T *itirKr. fn)nT$R«ST'j Tr^jiT sutr: fur: ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2436. 
 
 1725d. Foil. 14; size 8 in. by 3i in.; 
 fairly written in Devanagari, about 1750 a.d.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Svayambodha, on the knowledge of one's 
 own self as a means of emancipation ; by an 
 unknown author. 
 It begins : 
 
 iiTrmr f?KFT ?H ^tr^t: yrTt>r%: i 
 ^terwfjsq^tqr4 'WTOfil TOR II =1 II 
 
 %t%X ■^rrg II it sTR*? ^f^F *R K^ TRiHfR 1 
 *R Rt%STff FfRr5rrqT5ITf^^*R II * II 
 
 "SiviHifrni ^im wtRrf^Ti Trrfsu i 
 
 UnnTt^n «»rtT;tl xtf *=$ F fiCBftf II 3 II ° t4 II 
 
 ^fir T;rt : *F?Rfi «F5roir tri"ift ftt uwt sutr: n 
 
 fol. 66. 
 
 m*^ "?TT^ II HTR^I ?$^I TJTTR^T I 
 
 f^RT^RRT &x: n^vin: *fsmv. \\<\n° w* u 
 
 ^Rrf^ftsn^R Tjrnrf ft s^ tjt -era ^ttwhw 
 
 [ii ^i^ II 
 
 ^fn Tsrr^roifai: w4^iv: »r$: ii f^rf^tt f^^n^R 
 
 I^^t^T^J ^Wcp I ^l'tTT»ni ! riR "3i?f TT»Tt TZpf *lt «?T II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2437. 
 
 1245a. Foil. 86 (the first of which is 
 wanting); size 10 J in. by 4i in.; well written, 
 in Devanagari, about 1650 a.d.; eight lines in 
 
 a page. 
 
 Vishmi-na i a J y<7 in rita, a Veddnta treatise in 
 paurdnik form, in two chapters (prakarana), by 
 Santoshdnanda, disciple of Hari_pdddnanda(?). 
 
 The MS. begins in the sixth sloka: ^Hrfwffl 
 ^Tt IRTJpTcJ^T F: II «, II 
 
 Ch. I. consists of 372, II. of 403 verses.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 787 
 
 Ch. II. (paged separately) begins: 
 
 ITT* fa^TTgT^fj^Tfi flJTW sfq ^ | 
 W^fTT ^cffflftrEf ^F iTTHTfH off^T^ II 3 II 
 
 c *J 
 
 IT#cRq5^^^ UToKTTt s4 f^ITTiTff II S II 
 
 ^V^^T^ II 
 
 w^^rcrtat *T3I f^TT«TF TC ^ II M II 
 Colophon : \fx ^^T^nSfEron^simflfwH 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2438. 
 
 2667b. Foil. 26; size 11 in. by 5| in.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page; large writing, from 
 the end of the 17th century. 
 
 Advaitdmrita, a metrical treatise on asceticism 
 and the knowledge of dtman according to the 
 Veddnta, in five sections called havala, by 
 Jaganndtha Sarasvati, pupil of Harihara Sara- 
 svatl. This tract represents the views of the 
 Karmandin, a certain sect of bhikshus {Pdnini, 
 iv.j 3, iii.). It has a legendary introduction, 
 the teaching is put into the mouth of a hhihshu 
 who has the significant name Vivekdirama. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 141, no. cexxxi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 « spreTTn^ircTrr^WtoreTi^ra: * n <\ ii 
 cpj?f?g?3TcJ=?rrt «rt ^Tmfcv: i 
 r^nwRcJ ^rIhthk 'sn* 11 ? 11 
 
 * This MS. has OjFI^q^sat: which spoils the metre. 
 
 *nrmT^r q?7t ^f^^ingmnTn: 11 3 n 
 
 « Tqtf^Tt »*5 c5>i gfcnrrfci PpTOI^ I 
 HTCm Tf «??n ^ ■UTrCT^I JHThnVr II S II 
 
 H3tcfrt-sFf3R^?f=m»TrijarT t f^pftfoRm: i 
 *7T*r^ »rnmfwRT^ <?« fRrfrf ^ w. n m ii 
 vl fnfc^TrTTnmfcwrTnr^TfqcST: i 
 ■q^xfTTT foR55 irvrm tjt^^r^iTWVT nz: n fe 11 
 
 C\ c 
 
 ^f-M ri I ■<< ITfa^f^rt"!^ § <J<i \W. 1 II S II 
 
 c T 
 
 ^fw^fVrfew favT TJfTiTni TTJTeTfH 11 c 11 
 
 ftnrnnriTjft HTafrsfw to: w^iifmt wrt 11 <\o u 
 « fwsRT^m fWigft^ ^^iTTTTfifH: i 
 ^rrf%H if to ifa inr f^TK^Tmr: n w 11 
 ^ith f^cFrm^Tfg tt? -mftTsx cS^ru? ^fcra i 
 ^r^JiTirq ^i^rrsn^ ^wMiflnfa^rRHfa: 11=1=11 
 
 After long deliberation the bhikshu asks 
 the female her name; she answers: 
 
 TTTSfT^m^rrt' Ht f^T% KKITf^cTt II SM II 
 
 H^TTRrnrcs h^ti oFHTq^^nfn sft*nf 11 ^i 11 
 ^^f h^t^t «^: ^?Hf??<PTmf 5 !ra(:') 11 $9 11 
 f>mi «m§T pfw'T?T>ii c (^ w?^t *i?Tf 11 it 11 
 
 t The number meant by this curious compound is 
 t3Q-Wi<i, as is indicated in a marginal note. 
 
 t The reading of the second copy; this MS. lias 
 ^"TfVTirUTtW^fs . 
 
 § The second copj has a«it:. 
 
 || The second copy has ^ ts?5°. 
 
 ^f The second copy has Trq'sfiT .
 
 788 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The bhikshu repudiates her recommendation 
 of a life given to sensual pleasure, and instructs 
 her in the doctrine of at man. The end is the 
 conversion of Cittavritti : 
 
 ^ffT HWtfViTT f*nref%*^TT? tftfJHT I 
 
 fa*w f%trci*q: w s?3iTt*i+wiCT^ * ii 1^4, ii 
 
 [^f%: ii *%9 ii 
 
 ^wtw mrtrTm f%=nrr *?frRnnfr: n <=\so n 
 
 (viz. slolcas). 
 
 In this copy the first Icavala has 100 slolcas, 
 the second 157, the third 48, the fourth 105, 
 the fifth 170. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2439. 
 
 2401b. Foil. 46 (s-8<i, fol. *s> of the 
 original numbering is lost) ; size 8 in. by3f in. ; 
 8 or 9 lines in a page ; good old writing. 
 
 Advaitdmrita, a second copy. 
 
 Colophon -. ^fff ^xrw?* q^m: gr^s: *nmi: 
 
 II ?fH ^tHTHTTIPRTtf tfw II 
 
 ^ t c- 
 
 ^mm^r i 
 
 * The second copy has °^<ft. 
 t The second copy has fl^Tq. 
 X The reading of the second copy; the present copy 
 has otf^ft ^tSh°. 
 
 *Wm (sic !) ^Tfia xi^4h hi tftf^i-.^'ns'srrff u 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2440. 
 
 2610b. Foil. 32; size 10i in. by 4| in.; 
 eleven lines in a page ; fair writing. 
 
 Vrittidljnlcd, a philosophical dissertation on 
 the meaning and use of words, by SrJ.hr ishn a 
 Bhatta, son of Raghunatha Bhatta, who was 
 the son of Govardhana, from the Maunin hula. 
 In Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., p. 198, the author is 
 called Jayahrishna Maunin. For a fuller ac- 
 count of the contents of this work, see Raj. 
 Mitra's Not., vi., p. 53, no. 2027. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^? TTss cnr^Tf>T^fqiT»r>^^^rqT rn h ■& st reet ir&- 
 
 fWfffJigT^f^f^^lJff m ^ f*fV*n ^Tfjfi^^T ^T^TT 
 
 ^ I 
 
 Colophon : jfn ^ff^tf^s^f *$ * | n H M ' ffa#H- 
 RTfJT ii [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2441. 
 
 578. Foil. 86; size 10| in. by 4 in. ; 
 fair Devanagari writing of 1793 a.d., by three 
 different hands ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 SarvadarSanasamgraha, by Mddhavdcdrya. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 161, no. ccciv. It was 
 published in the Bibl. Indica, 1859, and trans- 
 lated into English by Cowell and Gough in 
 the Pandit. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 T*^ STTff sJSnf^ fl^t «^r|cs(r.H=RrfcK) II 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooke.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 789 
 
 244 2. 
 
 2678a. Foil. 14; 8vo. size, S in. by G in. ; 
 good small, modern Telugu writing ; 26-32 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Sa rvasiddhdntasamgraha, an elements ry 
 
 review of the philosophical systems (wrongly) 
 ascribed to Sankardcdrya. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^•ra^a * ^THcK^wmwi n s ii 
 wtflm£iq3<i: w^^^tt^tt^tt: i 
 
 faF/^ izftfm •*?**$ ^V^f^rrftKifn ii ^ ii 
 »rbTtm ^rPT3TT*ft ^ titto wfrrftwfq i 
 
 ^^TOn^'JT^Tf^ ^f?*FffW 7fTT> I II g II 
 
 trjI^ ^w^nr^T^TffifvT: n m n 
 
 fjrsirr fijiHj^fif «j# ^"^TTTrcjsjTJ i 
 ^tfgi(r.'gfai) ^HIoKOli nrn tfTVimT^c^pj n ^ II 
 
 wrnrisiT^ s^wz wr^s ^cR=*wJirt ii s » 
 
 IS*} ^KHTPlTTTOt di^JW^ H^8Jri(!) I 
 
 JT^TBTTTOt tfisJJlrW ^rf?rf%ftrf««nn II t II ° 
 
 25 slokas of introduction. Then follows 
 the account of the several systems, viz. — 
 
 1. Lokdyatikapaksha : 
 
 ^r|?Trf>fa' ! 3Tm wt^h f?3^lH ii ° 1 5 Slohas. 
 
 2. Arhatapaksha : 
 
 ^m^iTfsjTjw 1 ? ttftzj spro"T s-^rr ii 
 
 [16 slokas. 
 
 3. Mddhyamikapaksha, L7 ilokas ; I. 1 
 cdryapaksha, 9 ilokas ; Sautrdntikamatam, 7 
 ilokas ; 5. i /<«, 37 ilokas; 6. 
 
 Vaiieshikapaksha, 40 ilokas ; 7. Nayydyika- 
 palcsha (r. Vfaiydy ), 44 ilokas; 8. Prdbhdkara- 
 paksha, L8 ilokas ; 9. Bhdttapaksha, 40 ilokas ; 
 10. Kapilavdsudevapaksha, 40 ilokas; II. 
 Pata&jaUpaksha, 58 slokas ; 12. Vedavydsokta- 
 bhdratapaksha, 6 t slokas ; 13. Veddntapaksha, 
 104 slokas. It ends : 
 
 t=st srtfimfpa cjTTiTi H^ i j-j ttht i 
 ^rm^irast w Tjirtrf -^^ f> w: n 
 fl^sTHfnsrraT^ ^"pfrr^TfTrRT^wni i 
 
 ^nr ^T^Tr^TTrfTTtVH- TtfwditiH J J? ^raTEr 
 ^tr ^fOT^iHrr: Tjf7rf??rT: i stfnspfrw?: w*mr: ii 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2443. 
 
 1341. Foil. 114; size 12 in. by 14 in. ; 
 foil. 1-84 eleven lines, foil. 85-114 twelve 
 lines in a page ; fair modern writing. 
 
 Khandanakhandahhddya, a critical treatise 
 on the different philosophical systems, in 
 four paricchedas, by Sriharsha. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 160, no. ccciii. ; 
 Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 246, no. 620. Ii 
 begins : wfacfiwftrmi T?ofi: ° 
 
 The first chapter, or pramdnataddbhdsa- 
 hlmiii/inium, ends f"l. 7:!''-. tin- .- 
 nigrahdni/nikti, fol. 80a; the third, nr sarvand- 
 mdrthdnirukti, Eol. 81&. 
 
 Colophon at the end : Tfk ^?5cnnfnf^H^- 
 7ra%*g- wji^wra (•-■'''■!) jfafts&Trfrra?: with: ii 
 
 The Khandanakhandakhddya bas been printed 
 at Calcutta in Sanivat 1905, with Sankara 
 Miira's vydkhyd, and an upavritti by .1/ 
 /...A/ at K si in Samval 1944, = 1888 a.i>. 
 (from the Pandit, X.S., vol. vi.-xiii.). 
 
 [II. T. Cot.KIiEOOKE.] 
 5 K 2
 
 790 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2444, 2445. 
 
 60. Foil. 301 ; size 10i in. by 4£ in. ; 
 eight lines in a page. Large fair writing. 
 
 61. Foil. 299 (paged ^o^-^m); size lOf in. 
 by 4i in. Foil. 1-250 eight lines (in the 
 same writing as vol. i.), foil. 251-299 ten 
 lines in a page. This last portion is in a 
 modern handwriting. 
 
 EJianda/nakhandakhddyatikd, a commentary 
 on the Khandanakhandakhddya, incomplete 
 and without any title. All leaves bear the 
 marginal mark 3° r\°, in the last modern 
 portion *3° Z^o. It is neither Sankara Mlsra's 
 nor Vardhamd na's commentary. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *rt fwt ^rTT^raKO-.-faTErarn; ) ^nucsfawj^ 
 
 OrfitTTn^mrrTwrt 
 ^r: Tft3;re»THmf3T;f?inre ^ *\ » $ rp rer: 
 
 [(r. ° ^ftnrrar. ?) i 
 
 TTTsft sTT^^RS: WT^TtTWc5Tr[^«fTT!fT^(?) 
 
 [WRT II =1 II 
 After seven more couplets in this style the 
 commentary begins : 
 
 There are several leaves wanting after fol. 
 G2 in vol. ii. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2446. 
 
 957c. Foil. 28 ; size 10^ in. by 4 in. ; 
 good clear Devanagari writing of 1750 A.D., 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Vidvanmodatarangini, a metrical review of 
 philosophical and religious systems, in eight 
 tarangas, by Edmadi va Qiramjiva, son of 
 lli'njhavendra, and grandson of Kd&ndtha. 
 
 Beg. w'fpmfT^Tf^^ wcjr^cirr^JT^fiPrt o 
 
 Printed at Calcutta in 1872. 
 Cf. Weber's Berl. Cat., no. 543; Aufrecht's 
 Cat. Bodl., no. G29. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2447. 
 
 56c. Foil. 31 ; size 10i in. by 51 in. ; 
 legibly written, in Devanagari, about 1700 A.D., 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 The same work, tarai/gas i.-vii. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2448. 
 
 2374. Foil. 97; size 10^ in. by 4| in. 
 good clear Devanagari writing ; ten lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Sdstrasiddhdntalesasamgraha, a dissertation, 
 in four chapters, on the tenets of the different 
 schools of the Vcddnta, by Appayya Dlkshita, 
 son of Raf/garuja Dlkshita. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 153, no. cclxxiii. ; 
 Weber's Berlin Cat., p. 184, no. 632; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, vol. iv., p. 91, no. 149G, and 
 p. 147, no. 1573. 
 
 It begins: 
 
 'SrfUTTTTfa^njtl •Milled tf?HVT 
 
 •srrfiT HWftrr^ , ?rtawT?i^fVmTrT 
 
 *ppT?1wf wf^tsfT^oKTrrr'TOT II 1 II 
 
 ^frtjqT?ir^1 %^THTHfirfwt II 3 II 
 It ends :
 
 rniLosoriiY. 
 
 791 
 
 ^nJ3n^=RtTJIc5oRcyTfT3l^=FTTTf5T I 
 fBgtiT^T(R. M.fa^ a>T?g3)?ftrerf>KqcyTq1fiT || 
 
 The title of the work also appears in the 
 iiS. as Sdstrasiddhdntalavasamgraha. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2449. 
 
 1438. Foil. 134; size 12 in. by Gin.; 
 fairly good modern Devanagari writing ; 19-2(1 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The same work, with a commentary called 
 Krish^dlamhara, by Acyutakrishndnanda T'irtha, 
 disciple of Svayamprahdsdnanda Sarasuat?, 
 disciple of Advaitdnanda Sarasvatl (or Van J). 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 153, no. eclxxiv. ; Raj. 
 Mitra's Notices, vol. i., p. 35; v., p. 145. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 *?»Wim ^jqrfirlTOfasft tfiTTfa ff II g II 
 
 irsrTfsrraraiH^ TT^mrnjnfcjTf i 
 
 W^^ftq^Tt JPrfflT*nfR3T ^ II M li ° 
 
 * ^TTiT/ni also in the Berlin copy, but ^?nrni Raj. 
 Mitra, no. 1573 ; see also nos. 2211 and 2179 of this 
 Catalogue. 
 
 wq fjrmrfjr^Ta^THJ} *?tn?f i?t i 
 
 W%*q nfrRfq ^jttt't *mq WTT II 9 II 
 ^^Tn^^n^iiajst q? ji^nfrfv n t ii ° 
 
 ^IT^f 3TTIn|f«^lrirt3l« J -l! ! 'ifrfif II °io II 
 
 Tt WrW ^H ^mrt Trr?J?^ Tl^fW: II W II 
 
 Col. iphon •. ^nr ^mmfrfH^fnTnicfir^T^^jri^- 
 
 K^ttriT7rerrH«i ^frfr 3TT^f«3l rt^siri^r^iT^irrat 7ft- 
 
 ^TTwHfa tf*frgT*!T (the other MSS. omil fi i 
 
 ^T^Tf^^ ) ^^: Tjfc«5<r: 5H«TOi: II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2450. 
 
 1181. Foil. Ill; size 121 in- by 6| in.; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagari writing; 10-16 
 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Chapter i. of the same works ; incomplete 
 at the end. [II. T. Coi.kduooki:.] 
 
 24:» 1. 
 
 1165b. Foil. 7 (numbered 66-72) j size 
 12 1 in. by 6A in. ; fairly good, modern Deva- 
 nagari writing ; 19-21 Lines in a page. 
 
 A fragment of the same works, comprising 
 the concluding portion of the firsl chapter. 
 It begins slightly befon tin point where the 
 preceding MS. Leaves off, and thus practically 
 completes that part of the works. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2452. 
 
 403. Foil. 122 ; size 121 in. by 6 in. ; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagari writing (the 
 same hand as i he two p Qg M SS.) I 
 
 Lines in a page. 
 
 Chapters ii- iv. of the same works. 
 
 II. T. CoLEBROO
 
 792 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2453. 
 
 1103d. Foil. 13 (foil. 61-73 of the vol.) ; 
 size 12J in. by 4J in. ; fair, but small writing ; 
 19-23 lines in a page. 
 
 Veddnta&iddhdntasuMimanja/ri, a versification 
 of the contents of the Siddlidntalesa, by 
 Gat/gddharendra Sarasvatl Bhikshu; pupil of 
 Rdmacandra Sarasvatl, with the same author's 
 commentary called Veddntasiddhdntasuktimaii- 
 jarlprakdsa ; the text in the middle of every 
 page, the commentary above and beneath it. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 153, nos. cclxxv. and 
 cclxxvi.; Raj. Mitra's Notices, ii., p. 3, no. 524. 
 
 The text begins : 
 
 ^f$7T=fiiTtQ5^T«^T?TTfHtTJ? I 
 
 fnf^rfirftiriTT*tt ^>if$i f?wtw 
 
 ftt g lri^qt ftldlitr^ 'SFTftcSTfaf^^R II 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 TTTTTvn*raic5TH*firf*l 'I rf i ^T^l?3^f^r?: 
 
 ^7fltoSfW7r|^iTt^rTHfFff famfa'i 3STc5XR 
 
 f3rrrlT(fVifiTirc the second copy)^t^n^^tir- 
 
 Tn*raTraTc5*rRTJ^rRnN *tf«irfrrcf;csrRcST^rRt 
 
 Tnu^^HijRTTO "Win arsrfflgwf ^iijprr cr^(o oj^4 
 the second copy)^twT^?V^ HTfirr^Tir^l^f^fsifw etc. 
 
 The first paricheda ends fol. 6a, the second 
 fol. 96, the third fol. 12a. 
 
 The text ends : 
 
 TI2H TT^iTO«TrgTT tsTHPrfa^T^pir^ II 34 || 
 
 f*^tiT*f=K5nirt smsT ii 
 
 The commentary ends : 
 
 "mil 1ST II ?M II ^frT ^HrRT^W^^T^T^mpsft- 
 
 f%iT ^^t Wftc^t (T « IWi ii Tt JTcRT^r ^nr«f: nfoi^: Tmrsr. II 
 Date of the MS.: fwfefaf^t * *fN ^9 
 
 31^ ftrf^i TjTrNntt f%tf«? tjz ^ttmwWt fsrsrnnnT- 
 
 «»JSM ^flH 1 4)Hc?fifc5^TT II [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2454. 
 
 1597a. Foil. 35 ; size 9i in. by 3f in. ; 
 8-11 lines in a page ; small, clear writing, of 
 the middle of the 18th century. 
 
 Veddntasiddhdntasuktimanjari, with its ex- 
 planation, both by Gai'tgddharendra Sarasvatl 
 Bhikshu ; a second copy, incomplete. The 
 first paricheda ends fol. 24, which is fol. 33 
 of the original numbering. The next leaf 
 contains slokas 8-11 of the second paricheda, 
 the beginning and the end of this chapter are 
 wanting. The leaves which contain the third 
 and the fourth parichedas were numbered q-^H, 
 but foil, q, ^, fc, t, «l<J are lost. 
 
 The explanation of the last sloka and the 
 colophon of the Prakdsa are wanting. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2455. 
 
 2098b. Foil. 13 ; size 10 in. by 3| in. ; 
 good Devanagari writing of 1G52 a.d. ; 7-9 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Prasthdnabhcda, a classificatory sketch of 
 orthodox Brahmanical writings, from a Yeddnta 
 point of view. 
 
 * Siddhi does not appear in the list of significant 
 words given by Burnell, South-Indian Palaeography, 
 p. 58. It is, however, given by L. Rice, Mysore 
 Inscr., p. sxi., as meaning ' eight ' (cp. SdmkhyaJcdr. 
 v. 51, 'siddhayo' shtdu). This gives the (Samvat) 
 year 1819.
 
 pniLosopuv. 
 
 793 
 
 It begins : ^q *iit 3.H*rfK!it htitii wmi 
 wraTtTRTjnrr ^fir sim^r Hit iwrR*cft s^tfg3;i?r i ° 
 
 See A. Weber, Ind. Stud., i., pp. 1 scqq., 
 where the text has been edited from this and 
 the next MSS. It was also printed, with a 
 Bengali translation, at Calcutta, in 1856. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2456. 
 
 1568a. Foil. 13; size 10 in. by 4i in.; 
 good, modern Devanagarl writing ; seven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 The same work. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2457. 
 
 1435a. Foil. 32; size 12 in. by 4f in.; 
 11 or 12 lines in a page; written in the 
 Bengali character. 
 
 SanlchydprakdSalcavydkhyd, the text of Nan- 
 dardma's SaiiTchydprakdsa1ta,-mth a commentary 
 by Kds'irdma, son of Bhattdcdrya Sir or atria 
 Nyayalamlcdra. The Sankhydprakdsaka is an 
 encyclopaedic catalogue of philosophical and 
 mythological objects, arranged according to 
 their number. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *T?irt>i it wfw TssnirTimT i 
 Sctf era ii ^Tiwnff ^rhrarf u srnRT^t jrerfir- 
 
 1K1T II i Wirt 1TT1T II 3^ TJ^lt -BfTT-BfTT II ° 
 Fol. Ab : -=(TJ ^iilT mrRcSi^nRi: ii Fol. 7 a : 
 liim trTSTOrejf^jrfciisjjji: ii Fol. 9« : trg 51*t 
 Tfii^srf-^fsrreftT: u Fol. 96 : ig Tj^irfrr: 
 v^riin*mrajiW7Si: n Fob 11a: »rg fisn *t- 
 W!mT§rj7iiTiW3;i: ii Fob 116: n -^r5 31 1 ^( 1 1% 
 ^ftrsrrc^renrnR? firercm? wuchusiif^ ^c*i3ii+^--^ u 
 
 Fob 12a: 1? 7t#T: ^NV3lf*M*»rbriWT1lr1^c3«iWJ- 
 
 i^TnTTwr: ii Fob 20a : tti ^rsgrfrr ifiaiifrirr- 
 
 IT^Iim^T^ITWJRtfB II ~H1 IIITO $c$ I '-H * «J <* - 
 
 f?ti'H^^?rfr^f^^>TTO'^5»n55>r5rr5TTr'?Tf^ii etc. 
 
 It ends : 1^fiT?Tf>(TrffT $7TTt> fiirz^nf* II 
 trawf?in^IlTTftl SoUfgjra^rffT || ^imifq fl*3TT ii^t II 
 
 S iiirdma's commentary begins: 
 
 fWnriif fTJrvfcwfPT in in *7iRiTt> v^ i 
 lifi ^nmririimnTpg witw v ?it mnt fi- 
 
 s^rni^rrsTcR^nMT cRTSTtcwr h^ttt ii 
 
 ^rr«r: irnrunnvT i^r^^hr lirqfew^TRTKTfiiinT- 
 •^TszrrumTrrwr^TfiicJm n-inTFfrriniiT ^un^wni- 
 
 7fTJ?U?rsr TJfKTIWK Wit fVHT^f TfnTIR I "mj FIT 
 
 sfq Kit ^rrfrmiit i»i ^nr) i^mfw kstt^tt^ «jrra«: i 
 
 7T? 7TT1K TT3gyf^HmftroffT1^^«rrflTm>TrTK1T 
 7r^T3JT1 ^HI^^TlTH^iTT fSTtlfST^ryRT^t f^rr^VK^- 
 flTtPCWr^^fllVIKTlfwifiT^rftOlM ^TRltflcRTPST- 
 ?TR?T*T lim^RTHVISTI^ II 
 
 [11. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2458, 2459. 
 343, 344. Foil. 1-414 and 415-832 resp.; 
 
 size 4to., Hi in. by 9 in.; large modern 
 Devanagarl writing; 12-18 lines in a page. 
 
 Vidydratndlcara, a cyclopaedia of Sanskrit 
 Literature and Science, in • ighteen chapters ; 
 
 compiled for Colebrooke, by Dim v7n, 
 
 son of Rama, Kumura Dattn. 
 It begins : 
 
 traTfa?iKTi?i?riT?*?rrF? ' 
 HT?fsH*rR;?=iuf i?i wiran n s n 
 
 «tr: ^^hn^mncnrt^R ^nwnrR wjfa i 
 fureiN iwnrto ifV?rt*? fiimrpT ii ? n 
 wrofwif^cSThiTftrr wf tfitifa^i i 
 
 flJRTff I^TTsfTH fa?ITTi»TTelift hit II ^ II 
 KjTf^n^WWT1(Trf?=fri1TTVTTTfVcRTT17: I 
 W^T^TT^^flT: cKTTt iqifrnhi fH^ >T5TT II * II 
 
 ^Rrrft ^i ij^tt -3-1171: i linf^r 1F3T ^itntfVi
 
 794 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 s ^ jfcrsrrercrTrireR: i ^pr»j:«T»rrof tffr: Tji^fffsrenn- 
 
 ^^T^TfTTt qir: tfsTO ^T»R 5HTC fVajranB^qftT^TO 
 
 Chapter i., which concludes with an account 
 of the divisions and recensions of the Ric, ends 
 fol. 4; ii. treating of the Yajus,f ol. 6; iii. of 
 the Sdman, fol. 7 ; iv. of the Atharvan, fol. 
 8 ; v.-vii. Ayurveda, Kdmasdstram, Dhanurveda, 
 Gdndharvam, Kdvyam, AlaAkdra, Ndtyam, 
 Prdkritavydkaranam, Svardh, fol. 154 ; viii. 
 Arthasdstram, fol. 1806; ix. Sikshd, fol. 1886; 
 x. Kalpa, fol. 189; xi. Yydkaranam, fol. 238; 
 xii. NiruMam, fol. 1526; xiii. Ch andah, fol. 
 3006; xiv. Jyotisham, fol. 3186; xv. Pu- 
 rdndni, fol. 4386 ; Bhdratam, 4556 ; Rdmd- 
 yanam, 458 ; Yoga-Vdsishtham, fol. 4026 ; 
 xvi. Nydya, fol. 505; Vaisesltika, fol. 5206; 
 xvii. Purva-, 5706; Uttara-Mlmdmsd, Sankard- 
 cdryamatam, fol. 644; Rdmdnujamatam, 6556 ; 
 Madhvdcdrya, fol. 6626; Vallabhdcdrya, 671; 
 Bauddhamatam, Bigambara, Cdrvdka, fol. 
 688; xviii. Bharma&dstram, 7286; Tantra- 
 matam, fol. 740 ; Sdktamatam, Mahesvara- 
 matam, Pdhtpatamatam, fol. 752 ; Vaishnava, 
 Scvura, Gdnesa, etc., Bevdrcanavidhi, fol. 758 ; 
 Vaisvadevam, 764; PdtraSuddhi, 768; Bhah- 
 shydbhakshyavidhi, 7706; Sayanavidhi, etc., 
 dhnikavidhi, 7716; Tithinirnaya, fol. 7856; 
 Kapilamatam, Nirlsvarasdnhhyam, fol. 8016; 
 fife&ua >•«- Yogasdstram. 
 
 The work is of little use. 
 
 It ends (fol. 8306): ^fff ^WrqTH?wqfTsrHPsrT- 
 
 Then follows an anuhramanikd. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 6. Rdmdnuja's Yisishtdduaita. 
 
 2460. 
 
 567. Foil. 248; size 12f in. by 4 A in.; 
 eleven lines in a page ; writing middling. 
 
 Sdrlralcanwmdmsdbhdshya or Srlbhdshya, a 
 commentary on the Veddntasutra, by Rdmd- 
 nuja, who followed the Brahmasutravritti of 
 Bodlidyana. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 92, no. xxiii. It was 
 printed, together with Sudarsana Acdrya's 
 commentary, at Madras in 1 868 (4°. Telugu char.) ; 
 and is being published again in the Bibl. Ind. 
 Another edition, by Rama Misra Sdstrl, was 
 begun in vol. vii., New Series, of the Pandit ; 
 a reprint from the Pandit, containing the 
 first pdda of the first adhydya, appeared in 
 1889 (vol. i.). For a legendary Rdmdnuja- 
 caritra see Raj. Mitra, Notices, v., p. 9, no. 
 1731. The chief date of his life is the 
 erection of an image of Ndrdyana on the 
 Yddava Hill in the Saka year 1012. For an 
 account of his system see Bhandarkar, Report, 
 1883-84, pp. 68-74; Viennal.O.C, Ar. S., p. 100. 
 
 Rdmdnuja's Bhdshya begins: 
 
 f^rflfTf'T««fl'3nTTij=fi'f^ i 
 
 'srPrhrt h TVTrrrejtw»^*it «tm(:) ftR^sr?* n 
 
 £ Cv t c 
 
 N» ^* C\ 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 126b, the 
 second fol. 186a, the third fol. 232b.
 
 rillLOSOPHY. 
 
 
 Fol. 219 is a loaf from another copy. 
 The copy was transcribed in tfTff Sb^ft. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2461, 2462. 
 
 3262, 3263. Foil. 215 and 183; size 11 J 
 in. by 5^ in. ; good modern Devanagari 
 writing ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Sil ri rahamlmdrnsdbhdshya, or Sribhdshya, by 
 Rdmdnujdcdrya. 
 
 Vol. i. contains pdda 1 ; vol. ii. pddas 2-4 
 (of foil. 82, 70 and 31 reap.)- 
 
 2463. 
 
 7. Foil. 396 ; size 13J in. by 4£ in. ; 
 seven lines in a page ; beautifully written. 
 
 Mlmdmsdbhdshya, an incomplete copy of 
 Rdmdnuja's commentary, the fourth adhydya 
 being wanting. 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 225b, the 
 second fol. 317a, the third fol. 3966. 
 
 [J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2464. 
 
 3274. Foil. 81; size 10£ in. by hi in.; 
 19 or 20 lines in a page ; good modern 
 writing. 
 
 Sdrirakamimdmsdbhdshya, an incomplete 
 copy of Rdmdnuja's commentary, containing 
 the second (ends fol. 35), third (ends fol. 67) 
 and fourth adhyuyas. 
 
 [A. C. Burnell.] 
 
 2465. 
 
 2797. Foil. 16 (the leaves are put in 
 the wrong way ; one page of each leaf is left 
 blank, every two leaves, as the original num- 
 bering shows, being intended to be pasted 
 together ; there is a double numbering in 
 
 Sanskrit figures, one running from 5 to *$, 
 the other, probably the original one, from as 
 to 8b); sizo 11 in. by I', in.; 11-14 lines 
 in a page; good old writing, of the sixteenth 
 century. 
 
 Sribhdshyavivritij a fragment of a short 
 commentary on the Sribhdshya. The begin- 
 ning is lost. The second page, being 27a of 
 the original numbering, contains culm 2 I 
 d*ftfiT3T ) of the first pdda of the first 
 adhydya. This first pdda ends fol. 31a of 
 the original numbering : ?fiT ^mijf^RTfT trw. 
 Vtf;: ii The second pdda begins : *?^N H<ra^ I 
 ^rewn srfl'^nu ^T <fta: (*nN is the beginning 
 of the first sutra of the second pdda). The 
 last page contains the end of the third pdda 
 of the first adhydya. 
 
 [Coll. op Foet William.] 
 
 2466. 
 
 332a. Foil. 89; sizo 12J in. by A\ in.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Veddntadipa, an exposition of the Vol 
 according to the Brahmasutras, by Rdmdnuja. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 95, no. xxxvi., Aufrecht's 
 Oxford Cat., p. 2216, no. 586, Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, ix., p. 221, no. 3141. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 fvrm =»rt'ifts'^ift ^TTrTrnuTroMMj^TjT 
 
 *HwmT^m ufrjTOrnnji «^ ^ ii s ii 
 
 mnwj fijRui^rttr^ w-rrf^jbr v&rm i 
 »raw^q?trT(:)wr^tirrr§: "^^ h * h 
 
 The first pdda ends fol. 28a, the second 
 486, the third fol. 776. 
 
 5 L
 
 796 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Colophon : ^fiT ^fan^JWT^STT^Tfjftnfsrff ^tK- 
 
 ^ ^nr^TmnTO w^: it?: *ht*> swrra: n 
 
 Date : ^fcl* ifcMo hh^T«? cRTfirai I ^ ^ 3TT- 
 tort. etc. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKK.] 
 
 2467. 
 
 1779. Foil. 28; size 12| in. by 4 in. ; 
 excellent, modern Devanagari writing ; Euro- 
 pean paper (water-mark 1859) ; five lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Veddntatattvasdra, by Rdmdnuja. 
 
 It begins : TlW rwpprni W*: II *^T ■xtrifam 
 
 spirr^NffTC •sfrg mpm sttstimk: i rn'm^NinTJifir 
 
 JTT^TTfiT ^H Wsnr^T <*VWjj-"Unfcf I ^Tp(7 ^ Jjfrfi- 
 
 It ends : 
 
 *pnjft f^nirt f^nnf rjprHrt ?rcft *Jtt: i 
 
 S> O Nj t 
 
 h^ ^ttthto: ht ^Tnfifafrn wfff: «iki«u'jh*r tw^ 
 
 The first few pages contain interlineary 
 renderings by Ballantyne's hand. 
 
 This work is different from the Veddntasdra 
 described by Raj. Mitra, Notices, ix., p. 222, 
 no. 3142. [J- R- Ballantyne.] 
 
 2468. 
 
 3264. Foil. 16; size llf in. by 5f in.; 
 good modern Devanagari writing ; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Veddntatattvasdra, by Rdmdnujdcdrya ; a 
 second copy. 
 
 2469. 
 
 2011b. Foil. 10; size 8£ in. by 4f in.; 
 12-14 lines in a page ; indifferent writing. 
 
 TattvamuMdvali itdydvddasatadushanl, a 
 refutation of the advaita theory, in a hundred 
 and twenty verses, by Gauda Purndnanda 
 Kavicalcravartin. 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 160, no. ccci. The 
 TattvamuMdvali is quoted in the Rdmdnuja- 
 darsana of the SarvadarSanasamgraha, p. 51 
 (Bibl. Ind.), cp. Aufrecht's Oxford Cat., p. 
 247a. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^(n)ffimjitf: 5RT*njTcnncr?T 
 
 sr^fcswfVsTTcs: frt^rf^iHic*: 
 * surf* vttht^: g^jf-sffterfHrncs: n i h 
 
 Trnf: gtrer vzfa h^ih*^ i 
 TuTtfrr *rai: irfirprpnV 
 
 C Cs 
 
 ^^l^ffTrq^f-Hr^F^in: II * II 
 
 srHirHHlt^^ri f%?m *1$ 
 <*3RhiH *t?vt w^frfff n 3 ii 
 
 ^Tf^^fUT 3^ 'JMHRTJ ?tr: ii 8 II 
 The copy is dated : ^HS 1S^^ WTI^ j^afHrfT- 
 
 VTCfi VfT^t g H l fHHJ IffiT I [J. TAYLOR.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 7. Madhva r dry a' s Dvaitavidyd. 
 
 2470. 
 
 539b. Foil. 18; size 9£ in. by 3i in.; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 Krishndmritamaharnava } a poem of 235 
 si okas in praise of Krishna, by Anandatlrtha, 
 disciple of Suddhdnanda. 
 
 Anandatlrtha is also called Anandaijiri, 
 Anandajndna (for other variations of this 
 name see Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., p. 40), and 
 Madhva. His name before initiation was 
 Yiisudevdcdrya. He died in the Saka year 
 1119. Other particulars, a sketch of his 
 system, and the Succession list of the High- 
 priests of the Madhva Sect, will be found in 
 Bhandarkar's Report, 1882-83, pp. 16-19, and 
 202-208. Commentaries by Anandagiri, on 
 works of Safikara, have been already noticed 
 in nos. 2279, 2301. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 , sf%iT: Ttwift wrnr: cififHct: cnftiH(:) wh: i 
 
 ^Wlfa 5lt?R KRJ ^?TI!TnTTm?TW^ II ^ II 
 
 ^t c^an ?r^fm RTf%> ^t ^puf^: ii 3 11 
 
 The end is (cp. no. 2478) : 
 
 ttm ^jmf^Tnfrr ^^^r ^tnfirr f^i-ucji 
 
 Hsrt tiw FHtim7T?^-m v^: t*k: ifci? 11 *33 11 
 WW ff (? r. iffrnfi) *<nf ir^n irHmirt ( ? ° ifrt) 
 
 [faf^T HTff II *3g II 
 
 if^ii) csr;Hq(r. ° ai?) jtrCt)?^ tt q?r* i 
 5^^ w^irt ^pn«r 11 ^fTayrsrrcr 11 
 
 [H. T. CoLEIiEOi 
 
 2-171. 
 
 1935. Foil. 167; size L(H in. by 4 in. ; 
 11—14 lines in a page; clear old writing, 
 of the 17th century. 
 
 Tattvaprakd&kd, a commentary on Ananda- 
 tirtha's Brahmasutrabhdshya, by Jayatirtha 
 Bhihshu, disciple of ATtshobhyatirtha, the firs! 
 and the second adhydyas. Jayatirtha was the 
 sixth iu the list of the high-priests of the 
 Madhva sect; ho died in the Saka year 1190, 
 see Bhandarkar's Report, 1882-83, p. 203. 
 
 The commentary begins : ^jsjiim RR: ii 
 ^H?T!T^H : i'q*TTl^r^I?T^Tlf«n hh: II faff ji**g II 
 
 fMiiTRrr^n'Tg^fim^tmR^T'tnfiT^T: 1 
 
 nxq ik R*TTf»ivRR55^ sra^tnisi 11 <\ 11 
 
 In the nest verses some words arc illegible, 
 the writing being partly obliterated on the 
 right side of the page. Tho 4th \ 
 
 begins 
 
 ^'fa^mT'TORfsrft'JT^Kjt) 
 ^rm*nr1vi»t'H.HH? HHrfa 11 m ii 
 
 c c 
 
 ■ztv*k~ ^^T^WHrnprnfa:** 11 i 11 
 
 ■j ^ ^ >» e 
 
 5 L ! 
 
 11 a 11
 
 J98 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 qr*rt fT^fir^snj tfiwrw . . . . n $ u 
 urroF^qftsroniHTsr*} ^ Tum<M«*«Mt zr^nrfir h 
 
 VTVTtx ^ HfHjTT^^ I ^mTwfHfiJ II 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 71a. 
 Colophon : fftf ^fa^SwYtrH*raiflT5Wiqf<uN- 
 
 TT^inoRTf^^iTxtt fgtrhrrurPWJ w^: qr^: n 
 
 [De. J. Tatloe.] 
 
 2472. 
 
 1662. Foil. 69 ; size 8i in. by 3| in. ; 
 8-10 lines in a page; fair writing, of the 
 first half of the 17th centnry. 
 
 Tattvoddyotavivarana, a commentary on 
 Anandatlrtha's (i.e. Madhva's) Tattvoddyota, 
 by Jayatlrtha Bhikshu. The Tattvoddyota is 
 a treatise on Brahman, soul and world, against 
 the maya-vadiiis and sunya-vddins. 
 
 The vivarana begins : 
 
 ^fvniir irTRhi uisftsfft f^pr? n i n 
 fPTCTrcjTijraTfTTcRT* ?ftK«rRT^rfa »r:bht^ 
 
 WUSlft f^HTfiT II 
 
 fwTrrrpif^ 1*1 4flFt 'ft wrfir: n <* u 
 
 This slolca is the introductory verse of the 
 mula. The final sloka of the mula, written 
 by the author himself, is : 
 
 jfrlcj II 
 
 But Anandatlrtha allowed some slokas 
 composed by his pupils to be added to his 
 work. See the story, fol. 676, 1. 6 : ^iTC it 
 
 irnct wrt ««?a>nqf(rTrrf?r^5 »rtf3ffg ^n^i q < jt «<- 
 
 Tin: *m*tif*-fir%\ii(*n)w\sA f^fHw: i H-^^TniiT- 
 tf'*$n?^ftarreqc r ra7T ' W ^ T wni5f5n«rr: gfrrrrf^- 
 
 n*z: i w ^ ^"farr ^frfg^n^q f^T-nnfifaTT vmr^j 
 w<*OTtw fVnrfsrrrr: i^i^? ^rr^rtecS'FpiiPiTTnft^- 
 
 ^TTq^TT^gftt^t HHINlf^f^ngiTR* I 
 
 f^rq gfi*7p^i3Tirtiftsftr»rr*ra n 
 
 wtfTirftmTfiT W^TnJ^TTfcVfr f » 
 
 w^TfnirtqTr?PT: w^fi^g>rrait: t » 
 
 T?fc: i=RcJHihcf: ( ! ) vnvfn fz *nf*i^Rqr^ i 
 ■jmcrpmr^ in^A f^mr n [sic ! ) q^rfw^r^ ^ t » 
 
 fq'nftriisiiHrf'ii'JtimJi^^rirt « 
 jTTwfTH^Fq: *?H«irisf-<irfTHfi[r: i 
 
 'i|ji3IH«qf^fft J J+il'l*llT^q: ^Tfri: II 
 
 ^srftnft jpifrr "srtsft THTqT?^fn^R: n 
 
 * The commentator says : HiqNTf^f^ff:Hrflf«lfiT 
 1WT miK\7! (Pd. vi. 3, 21) ^W^S I 
 
 ■)• No explanation of this passage is given iu the 
 commentary.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 799 
 
 ckHtfivytitfacfr: ifftiirt h: g*: tjtr n 
 ^nrNrw^ntn f^rf^f *»mi ii 
 
 ftlfUlll g^oFfi?^ f^rfmft TTTH?^ II 1 II 
 
 II ftpftv^TTR^W* II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2473. 
 
 1725b. Foil. 19; size 8 in. by 3* in.; 
 fair Devanagari writing of c. 1750 a.d. ; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Prapancamithydtvdnumdnalihandana-vivarana, 
 a commentary, by Jayatlrtha Bhikshu, on 
 Anandatirtha's Prapancamithydtvdnumdnakhan- 
 dana, the text of which is also given. It begins : 
 
 Hr*T fwt^»W»I^»^ ^f<f fWJ: I 
 
 =jh: B^fR^ra«T^T^^^(?r.qtfacKt) ii 
 
 *l^l W3R!r> '<5EfJTIHf«Tf?if I H ^ H'lrHiHinHTTT^I 
 
 H?renr wnqfir i wrfa ^ ^^frrnitjTfiTsziTfgTJHTO- 
 
 WTHT«ril^rMldHT fVjfm'ran ^f«T TT^faif TFSfiT.T!J- 
 
 *uot H^Nni^rrq: i ^ -sfrs} ^prertmnhr f%^r 
 fVpfo: i *rm i ff-srrfq srr^TO^^jHfvsTTirsRtTm ^ 
 
 sfq ^^itf ri faisr^T^mt'TOfViiTw OTfTf«aiTqfnroTTsn- 
 
 f?mjto»f fofiflfq H'lc4l^tT!T TfcRTOTfT <*WI<I^Rf 
 
 •^iHf«fT=nfVrfw ^w i cR^TT^^mff i -iH'HUQimfeiTi 
 
 ^Wl HI *TTr*T%=!«BT ^VHttJc53rJr3r*WTrT I TX^ 
 fq^TTHTHT^ WNrti^ ^T ^fir ^ I fsFTiT: i *» f? tf*i 
 fH^m (T7HFTH I HTfq H3TTS I WTC^TRrfaWT- 
 
 Tnfl^qf muffin tf^wrfa^^nn^ fin^n ^Tirf«n»ifrn 
 Trf??"? h^it vm tfirffl^ i «f fusing =ii ■sraftr hht- 
 
 It ends : 
 
 'JrUwi'irariiW^ vsami » 
 f^ aihiT^nff s^ wf;ranTT*n^it ifinTTTfiT i 
 
 *ft Tprrk WifnfTT>W3|f^if^^TPRHT I 
 
 fVrffaTfwc? <* -v M'i '\m & Tmofrf n 
 
 ■£3TTT ?WVpT tp 7 ** T ^irWTfTHfit TTaqfiT I HH 
 
 i^HTwrff sfq "pir^Tfrnr TrewfijH ^ K^frr i° — i 
 
 TrqfwfarfiWt frt TWrrHISrH TJFmfT I 
 
 ^fff ^H?Tvf?^«rnrr^T7T^rTTf^?riiir^mitn^T- 
 
 HTPT*TTHfTTO!T iTJffWKT^f=fT:f%7f WHTW II 
 
 For the text of tho original treatise seo 
 Burn«ll, Tanjore MSS., p. 105a. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKK.] 
 
 2474. 
 
 1932. Foil. 44; size Oh in. by 4 in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagari writing ; 9 or 10 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Dvaitasiddhi, or Dvaitavidyd, :i on 
 
 the dualistic doctrine of the Veddnta, by 
 Nirmaldcdrya, pnpil of Srlnivdsa. 
 It begins : 
 
 fa^Hri^t tt§ srfisifmrrrcKt i 
 
 ■Can iraH^fat Tft^ij ^fc >r^ n q ii 
 
 %in§ nwk Mryn sn^T Hf^T to: i& i 
 ttcrh^h %Hni?n s§-iffHsrtiTcB7nrt u ? n 
 
 ^Hi?5# I fgfqM f? ^Ttff^T^ I ?^f TT^T^fTO I 
 
 ffffcmTf^ h^ i?rqm»?qt «i+<vmi+ii^r>v n ww 
 n^mwhUTf? i ^T»rm^T^r>ff i srafV?mtnr tjtt>- 
 
 H'RfiTsnFRl wmn?m^ni^'iftf3iFpq^ H7»ninnfvrqT- 
 ^fj ° 
 It ends : 
 
 Nwirt ^"hiff: TCT?q*i?5 in»r?rtqiTt ii
 
 800 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ftrfe: *htwt 11 [Dr. John Taylor.] 
 
 2475. 
 
 1669. Foil. 81 ; size 9 in. by 31 in. ; 
 indifferent modern Devanagari writing; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Paratattva-prakdsikd, an exposition of the 
 Vedanta system according to the views of 
 Jnandatlrtha, by Vijaylndra, pupil of Surendra. 
 See Hall's Index, p. 113, no. cxiii. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^nfte^ratfrra: fsifsrfcSrffW'iQJ^K^i^K^iO 
 
 [vrrt ii s ii 
 
 ^ft g t ypQ wgi Vjft ^TFH fit HI II % II 
 ePW HWfa^tolT UTTT^H <* I PsicRT II S II 
 
 It ends : *TO*OT*PInn§<Tf8nT Sfrt if HHSTfafcT 
 
 fwitira^p 3fir ii 
 
 ifi^jfftni soTtft; TrcH^nrarrfsrarr u 
 tj ^Ti^r^Ti ^fdf5iiwifM5>jf«?: it 
 
 *afts4 U sft i i saq fl N- fo T^: (r. ° tfi: ?) w- 
 *fir ^iRKwrarfw w*t ii C ^ lf?m " * " 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE. 
 
 2476. 
 
 2022. Foil. 93 ; size 9i in. by 3f in. ; 
 indifferent, modern Devanagari writing ; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tarhatdndava, a treatise on the dnalistic 
 Vedanta theory, by Vydsayati, pupil of Brah- 
 manyatirtha, the Anumdnapariecheda. Vydsa- 
 yati died in 1339, see Aufrecht, Cat. Cat., p. 619. 
 
 It begins : THt H'5*p«i slM$l=<*ftft:ffT ^5HTO^ 
 5<<fcH: 51^: JWIJ(lfa^*riMc!'Hyi?!°hHHHM*J^lri II 
 
 f^pfrqifwr^prr i ^qqFs=tinq i f^nffa^R fisiwr- 
 ^rftrgT^RfiT^nfti: i ^is f? mrwt i Tmrfef^ji ^tph- 
 fjrfK qqNl ?ftT I ° 
 
 if^anf JTq5 ai<Il«JT: fol. 11a; ^S^fNi^nfTifJna- 
 <JMqq(%>TJi: fol. 16a ; •nH1STrfWvtlr?1T^Tf?rtI^ 133 - 
 
 i^irwmnmn: fol. 186; irt^qKi^Biuiwi: fol. 
 
 21a; TdJJHia^ftnfVoiajUl*^: fol. 26a; «tw^]q|- 
 fvc5^7>rn: fol. 306; HTf<l^>=s^wRfl'iH>pr. 
 fol. 34a ; TUH I dk C\-*$ M s! *4ijTr34*T: fol. 376 ; htfj- 
 i*<HIHfrnf*1TH7T: fol. 386; ail 1 <* WITT*^ WTHfafff- 
 ^TT^Tn: fol. 39a ; cK^arfcttf^Tn: fol. 536 ; W 
 Hn f--IUJJd%*r«l4lhlz'lcfiml ° fol. 56a; q-M N H 4 1 f^fl- 
 
 iwn: fol. 606 ; wftrsfV$Tmrr;^ti ^*w>Tn: fol. 
 73a ; ^TfVoFT^TTftl^ ^ttrann: fol. 75a ; if)rf*fl*£- 
 inmjnN^T: fol. 79a ; nTfpiiRTHTw «<*<*jrr: fol. 
 866; *rftrrcp<ft^^iHi««<*T>rn: fol. 906; ^I^t^w- 
 
 ^fT^THTWWffuMn: fol. 92a; HTwfstbjrirprtHTS- 
 
 *trjifTOi>j7T: fol. 926. 
 
 It ends : Sri<=JlfVnj3ft^ !WT*llc4«J^ I ^faf^T- 
 
 ^rrffrftfrT ?gf%rfti jfk ii qi nra re itrairnwrwfi- 
 
 HWi: II || ^fir ^r^T(M<H^M4fl.dM<liMI^I4Ul ^ft- 
 
 H#iTisi siRRlft^: ii [Dk. J. Taylor.] 
 
 2477. 
 
 539c. Foil. 30 ; size 9f in. by 3| in. ; 
 10-14 lines in a page ; clumsy writing of the 
 beginning of the 19th century.
 
 niiLosornY. 
 
 801 
 
 Tattvasclra, a paurdnik poem on sfishti 
 and mukti of beings, in 12 adhydyas, by a 
 follower of Madhva. Foil. ib f 256, and iu 
 the last colophon, it has tho epithet, " Suta- 
 Saunaka-samvdda." 
 
 It begins : 
 
 tfbmTSTC? ^ TR ^s>»lK<?m+ II 1 II 
 
 vffiRTf fwfawi ^r>nr. 3rbr=FT?i: i 
 
 JTK WiR?T>rPT ^ ^"t ^?Wt ^Tt I 
 an*HHI<T(«r) wf t> r* ^ ITTWTfH tT^K: II 
 
 wrawt 'ftnfpr^rt ^rft^r: *n;: grr^ i 
 
 5rfdK*l XTI'JTIWIsjaT wf£ TUTPTTW 11 3 II 
 c \ ^ 
 
 WRTf^vrnn rit^fi inrm% ^^ w: 11 8 11 
 fVi£iu<*i< «irsrq Rm«m^Tt 3 *Hhn: 11 m n 
 
 kwW ^w ^ w: WW ^Wl^t ^4 II Sj II 
 
 ^5^: ofrsTTRTw ^nwfsrnft f% wfffir 1 
 
 WW: tmsrsffafaffr frcmfR^fiT °irfrflfin(!) 11 * 11 
 
 FTXiUfreniTfrirn^ it ^ im iratfim 11 t 11 
 
 ^ f^^ M UlH - H ^fCT*rrfeT^T II «. II 
 
 ^fiowinqR g^f^r irrlfiirr 1 
 iniTirNTT wnr«i m Jtwrsr hthtr 11 so 11 
 
 ^fWitflwu fwtsn^ TTfrT =* 1 c* =1 ^ 1 : wttt: i 
 ^trt ^rfsN «tr 5 w^^mj'i 11 w 11 
 
 It ends : 
 
 UIHUdiK: «Rp!nT: H-firHArfrilUti: 1 
 
 ^rwff cKfqiif wf Hams' H^fk^T n Mo 11 
 
 ^ cr^Paj it WTUt PTtfr HTfwwt #if<rf I 
 
 W WTft^cR'R ■^(TT)'a WTH^i-R UT<mJ ^ II MS II 
 
 ^aj Mf*ii^m farsrnr^Ptfw 11 m* n 
 
 7nfi^RnnH?^iT=»rrfnTi p"ini ?ft 1 
 
 ? ri*rir<n TT »nnrt ?i(fW^TTRWT: II M3. II 
 ^T3T^WPJTit"?;ct TR xTtTTfcioKTWi II MS II 
 
 wmw wnt «h«<: *RY-n<*«r«H: *w 11 mm 11 
 
 "3TWsTWn?^WIHTT7T : bT(l ; TT'I7T: I 
 
 [II. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 247S. 
 
 603b. Poll. 30 ; size 9J in. by <U in. ; 
 careless Devanagari handwriting of about tin- 
 beginning of the 17th century; 11 or 12 1 
 in a pago. 
 
 Vdyustutistotra, a hymn in praise of 
 Anandatlrtha treated as an incarnation 
 Ydi/u (Vishnu), by Trivikramdcdrya ; with a 
 commentary by Veddngatlrthaihikshu. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 finfNHrerfWT^(?) «3 H^Rfararr ?ft: 1 
 fwjft fwTjsrfrtnTrrt «rv(«H^i=FTgcF: n s 11 
 
 4?T^(?) ^ W3TV!\ ^T ftTnTTTrni 11 ^ 11 g I, 
 ^m^Mrcl^HI H*q«H!l W sT^fEhf wt I 
 
 oRrt^Tc5T'3T p^tt ^marnf ^f^r^n 11 m 11 
 
 [(?=iN=(irmi) 11 i n 
 
 fqofiT=litT WcFQ5cRf^^f5ITTHftrr: w^crt^r§^m" «TnT^T 
 f^ fct ^HMI^: TlVTW(<-.«it)^T^^(ITT^rq TT3RliiHsliq- 
 ^TTfRO) WST^^TH^^fqj ^T^fif f , ?cR^gf^=fi'rf'§tT- 
 
 ^■qtjfcwJirtimfiTnii)wH«ivcF iirnji^HffraiPT g^jf^fl 
 
 rtffl l Tl'l^f^TR^fH II
 
 802 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The text begins : 
 
 ^fWr>T5ftR'K , !i : hi^%"iT'5ii^n ot«k thrush 
 
 There are forty-one stanza s, the commentary 
 
 on which ends fol. 27a: jfn v0nr*U*^>fi{^'^!- 
 
 Then follow thirteen more couplets on 
 Vishnu, with a commentary ; the first couplet 
 being (cp. p. 797a): 
 
 tru ^rhntf^Trrfsr $^pt mi i flu f^Mci 
 
 ^TTr^f^TItl^SIJ^C?) f%f?W ^W HJTf T?TT I 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2479. 
 
 1103a. Foil. 17; size 12| in. by 4| in.; 
 sixteen lines in a page ; writing indifferent, 
 about the end of the 18th century. 
 
 Madhvavidhvamsana, a commentary on the 
 Madhvamulchabhanga,, by Appayya Dikshita, 
 son of Baiigardja Adhvarivara, who also wrote 
 the text. See Hall's Index, p. 114, no. cxv. 
 Appayya Blkshita's work is a refutation of 
 Madhva's wrong interpretation of the Veddnta. 
 It seems to be divided into five sections, the 
 first of which is wanting here. The MS. 
 begins with a discussion of the second sutra of 
 the Veddnta system (ip'naw *nr ^fir) ; the first 
 words beins: : spmfr'H'i Tn:«!ifafa?»?fwti!f T^# 
 
 The words of the text are marked with red 
 colour : the first piece of this kind, on the 
 first page, begins ira; sHaw^I ^3fT, but it bears 
 
 some number between 30 and 40. Fol. 4b 
 ends the second adhilcarana (see the marginal 
 note in Colebrooke's handwriting), and begins 
 the discussion of the third sutra of the 
 Veddnta system ( S(| I <d iftf^TRTf^fw) . Fol. 86 ends 
 the third adhilcarana. Here Appayya Dlk- 
 shita calls his work ^TH<|ri')§<*f);)IUs(^* i IM*l<. 
 Fol. lOt ends the fourth section; on fol. 15a 
 the annihilation of Madhva is complete, in the 
 sixtieth sloka of the text. The last piece of 
 the text has the number 62, fol. 17 a. 
 
 The end is: mn ^RTO tfvHW ^ ^tn^ 
 
 f%^j?frftfrirfe 'J (M < mxm 
 | *i'U'Ki»wfe^: f<siiHj!jfir»rc 
 
 fT*af^aifa w -tfOiu^i^fr^a^rfiM<;lfsr(Wi ^rfc *?jg- 
 n^4i*itiJ°mtf ^£^f%jqint n*rrri ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 8. Nimbuditya. 
 
 2480. 
 
 164. Foil. 106 (and one trutipatra, 12*) ; 
 size 12| in. by 41 in; twelve lines in a page ; 
 fair writing. 
 
 Sdnrakamlmdmsdbhdshya, a commentary on 
 the Veddntasutra, by Bhdshara Acdrya. This 
 was the original name of Nimbdditya, see 
 Wilson, Relig. Sects, vol. i., p. 1; Hall, Index, 
 p. 115. In the colophons of chapters the 
 author is called bhagavad-Bhdskara, with the 
 exception of Adhy. iv., p. 3 (fol. 1026), where 
 he is called Nimbabhdshara.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 803 
 
 Nimbddityet (Nimbdrka, Niyamananda) was a 
 disciple of Ndrada; and his followers are called 
 Sanakddisampraddyins, or (popularly) \ 
 
 rtil* ; see also Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., p. 184. 
 It begins : 
 
 THcFTf^f$rninT HTT<fTO H?TrH^ I 
 
 VTr?Tf HT^irr^T^: Tr=T>TTO « faflH II =1 II 
 
 C Cs ^J 
 
 ^T^TT?f raxi yrtm ^n^5i nf^^ ll 3 II 
 
 The first adhydya ends fol. 38a, tlie second 
 fol. 666, the third fol. 93ft. 
 
 Date of the copy : HTtl s <*fc*«. ^'ar^li^Rt 
 
 ^^ ^TBT I [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2481. 
 
 3273. Foil. 112; size 13 in. by 6h in. ; 
 fourteen lines in a page ; good modern 
 writing. 
 
 SdrZraka/mimdmsdbhdshya, a second copy of 
 Bhdshara's commentary. 
 
 It begins jf-Hq'^i , omitting the preceding 
 couplet. 
 
 The colophon is : zrfafinr^'ai^THftin ^ft ^sft 
 
 fij^R^THut f^f^wfi ^mmwm ^ ^rag-re: TjKtftuH- 
 
 [A. 0. BuENELL.] 
 
 2482. 
 
 1638a. Foil. 27 ; size 1<H in. by 4i in. ; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagari writing ; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Nimbddity abhdshyasya vydkhydnam, glosses 
 on Nimbddity a' s commentary on the V<d<htt<i- 
 sutra. 
 
 h begins: z? JScS H^STRTmrH: tprtn^t n^rrtfn 
 
 ■'gfrrTRfTTJTTJlTTfJrftrS I THT 7T|ci itfmn^FT ^frT fl^T??- 
 ri?^^ TTwTRJ^qi cTSlfrT UTRTWfcT HrRTfnfiT 31^JiT 
 
 Fol. 46 : ■^r^Tfft •safsTsnwT u ^ wtt£* h 7 ^ 
 
 The second cm Is fol. 126, I 
 
 *////•<(. commented upon cor j pondi i i. 2, 
 
 29, ^fnaiiifcJiT^ifJ: I; whilst the first . 
 of the third carann corre ponds to i. 3, 19, 
 ■r?rr.rg;rTf%5(TFi7sqTFr i 
 
 Adhy. iii. ends fol. 2 
 
 The MS. ends : ^fn ^parfafiT m^i ^ff^ mt- 
 ^tj^SFi ii 
 
 ^ftT ^ftfTrft WHT^IT ( ! ) TIT^t cFMT^TRjn 7H V|7i 
 
 ^TCajnr ii ^H^»r#=RTi^r5HT«iiiTT»?TnT ii mt *s> 
 
 TJ'TH- CMO ffiT tfcRlN II H. T. C OKE.] 
 
 2483. 
 
 3043. Foil. 57; size 1 1 i in. by ">1 in.; 
 thirteen lines in a page : written in the 
 middle of the 18th century. 
 
 Veddntaratnamanjushd, a commentary on 
 Niyamdnanda' s DaSailoM, by Purushott 
 Aadrya. See Hall's Index, p. Ill, nos. cxvi. 
 and cxvii. Some of the dates given bj 
 Hall, and by Bhandarkar, Report, 1882-83, 
 p. 20, appear in the introduction of the 
 mentary. Niyamananda (or Nimbdrlca, V 
 ditya) was a Tailinga Brahman. He wrote 
 also a work called Veddnta 
 He was the guru of Srinivdsa, who again 
 the guru of Purushottama. Niyamananda is 
 represented as an at of Vishnu's 1 
 
 and Srinivdsa as an avatara of Fi'sftnw's S 
 
 The work begins : 
 
 ofij n^q ^*|fH cRTWHRfj'T^'Vl if rf %* I rH «A 
 
 5 u
 
 804 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 "^PITf fTfiTBJTSRTf c|T «H I <ll JJ*ll TOTR jfl-nf-HTfl^rrpTT *#- 
 
 \3 C ~J . 
 
 ththitthtftt rrfwiii ^f fawnf^Tfinir wii^fhr! 
 
 *TTiPn' «Rc5^ ^T?t ^?tWH7(frf TJlffquR 3TTTTTcii1T- 
 
 stsT^mre€ii^Hmfr^H*lT>rr^Tf^'m^^T^i 
 sl^TrrsM^^rr h^&itttj-i i thi ^ faf>mntirw^i- 
 
 *T?mtira^lflHl1ii^T ^HTRgTTrqf^^^THtSJTnft- 
 
 3r^^3^f#TmqTTrfim^7Tfw3iTi^jn-5Fcr«i ^ntn-^t 
 ^"Tirtafq fan* i wit ^ TnhfN! igi*i wirvTHif <r- 
 
 ^^ 1W1i^r^qqc&tt)qi«lT] r <j|H^HcMMI+f5T'*WI1lflSH 
 7T(T J»1 f3TsnfHinj^»?t«Tfqf^fIcFHiIi-''S?5f^'niqSsrRT(n 
 offHW^sTT^Tfi^jTT: fltrT^Tlftfr^HlffniT^igftTTffnfl^^f^tj- 
 
 icfiarcmnnirfci^f HiirTjm^mrrrO) w^th^Tcjis- 
 
 ^^qi^wfrf^rff ?rt it rm^FtTT: iFi>?ro*T ^st- 
 3i^rrfrtvireTf?^n'5RT fiTsfTST wiTit tfiT<^rfrrfiT it^pr 
 hit ^ tits? ^T«rrn>s\flffsi: (i) *?ij^Trfv7ripwfar«n'fa: 
 ^nf^-q trsfnv (i) ii? e^furt ^"rir: Ei/tiff ^n^m 
 gwfinfr ^rtoR: tfNw (i) nfrOT cSTirR ckhNttpt 
 Ttmft fH^mvit^ ^tot^tt: irTfJT (i) >p i^t i?im- 
 ^irbt (0 i?t 151: i$iff ^sti§ cfiiuiftsi i^i 
 
 33njTHT' (l) 1^1 i*1 in Hf^lT ^f TfIT ntT^ WWII 
 
 ■afiftiiTT ^■InC:) tthtct* j??tt*t«t: (i) rprmi:) i3it> 
 Ttwsn=F: VTg(:)TjnT^Twrf?m?T»rn*nT:(i) ijtii itjh tW 
 c5«j: (i) *?i i-j-t iP^TRitfiT (i) if ;gf'rfvT l i<t i^i 
 i?rra: (i) ^ttttr wiTfuj imf^ifir ww^f^J^TTf if^ 
 nlft?^ ira: (i) f^t5m(:) iw «TwpjtiftT rnnffflT- 
 
 ^fnfiT TtrT$ft=Ji: 1?1T ?T^HtlHT ITfT JTSTIRTTiTT: IT 
 
 wf^wt irfHTn n srngti'Tunf? mfinf ^ to 
 iw s^nn^H N 1*1 si f3>: i 
 
 7f TSTTfiTITH TTtTli iia II 
 2frT Tf^lT^ ftrnsjt: cRT?^rr?1T7*nBT 1?t7f*.rHtiirmiW<l 
 fj?TT3tT^TT IIIRfiT fn^lTf 7T1 TTTO 1?T1 tSTHXT?: 
 
 w?: ^tw t\icB: ii 
 
 The first section ends fol. 29a : ^fff '?T'T«n- 
 irj^'itwmTirfirfitrrit i^iffTrTJi'TqTit ftrairiiH- 
 f^iiff i?r^H5?TVTTt -qm tout gTiftin II 
 
 THe second section ends fol. 36a : "iTOT^t- 
 fl'^Trvru Hm f^H'rm i?ifir«KT wnti ii 
 
 The third section ends fol. 506 : ° *mPnTZT?T- 
 ittt ■?rm hhtit inf^cin u 
 
 The end is : 
 
 HifPTmioFTTn 7f?1 Hl^f^^t » 
 
 ^rrirwTrrTfis^ ^ grrfi i^t?nni?: n ^ n 
 
 TTO^?7J THT=Bt7rr jftt(TlTiT»'^T?t: I 
 
 moTf iriTft ^it »iJicJiH7nft ?fc: u ^ ii 
 i: i^Tf^irat sfa^^fhiT 
 ■?r ir^^i i r i7t(f)7f tt#t: i 
 
 5ft UJTH1T15T fl^lfJS^t 
 
 ?ft: ssrf TfTwft-fiT ^rg^iTWHT^ifaifiriTTrt i?tK- 
 
 TTflRiTinrt ftl^tTfTTflfllTfl' Hc4ir<J<HH5CI?: «BT¥*Trti: 
 
 WTTHTSi zfi: || 
 
 [Dr. J. R. Ballantyne.] 
 
 2484. 
 
 3100. Foil. 31 ; size 9i in. by 5 in. ; 
 modern Devanagari writing ; thirteen lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Laghu-Yeddntaratnamafijusha, an abridgment 
 of the preceding commentary.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 805 
 
 It begins : 
 
 «7T ^ixm ^tum^^npro^f 11 q 11 
 
 Colophon : jfn 'Z()^ I VH'-Tm\^\ MicHMHUfiTVTTt 
 
 [J. R. Ballanttne.] 
 
 2485. 
 
 3056. Foil. 22; size Hi in. by 4 in.; 
 
 9 to 11 lines in a page; fair writing. 
 
 Dasaslolubhashya, called Siddhdntapushpdfi- 
 jali, a commentary on Nimhdrlca's Dasailnl;!, 
 by Harivydsa Deva. Nimbarlca's parents were 
 Ja.ganndtha and Sarasvati. He composed the 
 Dasaslokt for his pupil Srmivdsa. See Hall's 
 Index, p. 114, no. cxvi. and p. 115, no. cxix. 
 
 Also the text of the ten slokas is given. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 ^ira: utm f%wj: 
 tffmrafiiTrfo'fa: 11 ^ 11 
 
 ^ O N» 
 
 ftra t ftT ^jn<«msM ri^mirmTf^^^: (r. ^*nr ?) h or-t- 
 fqv^faw^ fjr^rrr TT^Tf^r nfcp: w^ irsrfa: 
 
 The first sloka of the DaSasfolei treats >>n 
 
 jiva (ful. '2b) : 
 
 The commentary ends : 
 
 37ST *?j »T'lr«W fl?t >*;T*rfq cJTH I 
 
 firoraY HJRTfisrfg: *mTrf?f?r n^fl (? /•. °7T?^ 
 
 WTff Fftan^m^RTHlTH I 
 
 ■jqTw^xrr ^^rnr^m: 11 
 
 [J. R. Ballaktynb.] 
 
 2486. 
 
 556a. Foil. 78; size 12-i in. by 5i in.; 
 fair Devanagarl writing of a.d. 1770; twelve 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Svadharmddhvabodha, an exposition of the 
 tenets and religious practices of the Vaishnava 
 sect of Nlmdvats. Incomplete. The work 
 seems to consist of two parts (pancaka), the 
 first of which was composed by the founder of 
 the sect, Nimbdditya or Nvmbdrhaj and tin- 
 second by Rdmacandra. 
 
 The MS. contains only the. fourth chapter 
 of the first, and the fourth, fifth and sixth 
 chapters of the second, pancaha. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 •sts ^'tafsNTfcw: TrNtrq^Tcs ?*:(!) 1 
 ^sftfiHTO ^wtH fsnf f.^ t*i> s«nftrr 11 » 11 
 
 cfratTtrrcr TrfrfoSH ir^WTfrwf^ 11 s 11 ° 
 
 swnw: 11 fol. 76. 
 
 5 m 2
 
 -or. 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The next chapter (? II. 4) begins : 
 ■wii u*n ^fVirT^nn:(? 3ffT:) i 
 if m?wn tjtw uia u ° 
 
 Chapter II. 5 begins fol. 15a : 
 
 This chapter, which might be expected to 
 have concluded the work, ends with three slokas : 
 vH^fa: * II IHf f? f^T^ ^nf^iw ° II 
 
 fq^Tf^nfr ° ii 
 
 s^qiTi: II 
 
 Lb. II. 6 begins fol. 36a : 
 
 T3 : teTfv^Tya!tq^TTf4?'gT«^4 fwr? una i 
 ■zrt'nTtft **m*t nvi? imm vvftfx vxr^m ii 
 
 It ends : 
 
 For a complete MS. of the first pancaka, 
 Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., p. 183. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 * Neither the three slokas that follow, nor the pre- 
 ceding one, are found in the MS. of the Audumhari 
 Samhita. 
 
 2487. 
 
 556b. Foil. 89 ; same size ; fair Devana- 
 gari writing of the earlier part of last century ; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Audumhari Samhita (Vratapaiicakaniriiaya), 
 another Vaishnava treatise, of the same sect, 
 by Audumhara Rishi, disciple of Nimhdrlia. 
 
 It begins : ^TT ^TClH^T^ *ff?in f^^TTT II 
 
 ftnn^iw fw$i«<idi ^fafwcK w^rr^ » 
 
 fViil|<*rHqWjft S?f^f?HTTT<i^«ii I 
 c ** 
 
 nsnf^§qSjif q faf^ cj! ^ n*rt ii 
 ssrHuffsift frlf fifmf^m ^rr^ if i 
 
 wtrr?fnwffl# w ire^r 'airt^cs i 
 ■^M^=b cswhi T^sHnrnro: ii 
 
 ?5KT^7ltoRWT?t^rTsnf ^gfil^nf^iTTfVfVaif irm I 
 WST^^T^irJratm^K: ^TTfVcRT^UIIU'll^Hdrf II 
 
 WmtTT^nfTJTfaff «T3if Wt ^fk ^Wq^=S frR I 
 
 j^T^h*w , '^ rw ^''' ^^""l^ ^m^nrenf II o 
 
 This treatise, like the preceding one, has 
 chiefly been compiled from Purdnas. 
 
 Tnt^tfqTrrT cmr *» oRT^rf* un a «*ft wwirfVutN: n fol. 79. 
 It ends : 
 
 ^ITT^TJJ 5JTOOT3^ TJVWWM II 
 
 nfr.ir*reriTf?iT=fiu»?TfM}^^ 
 
 5 ^Trf%^qBwm fqrvOTTf<r?ia: 
 pianTr^jr^ if ^^4 una h
 
 pniLosopuv. 
 
 807 
 
 ^? ^ tKJr^sT: tfsnn ^^ht^tt: i 
 TiTTj^tw^i ?s^q vm^ it 
 
 ^Tfi^TMIRSTW fft^Tf^WT^ vW II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 9. Doctrine of Faith (Bhakfi). 
 
 2488. 
 
 8. Foil. G7 ; size 13i in. by 4 in.; Euro- 
 pean paper; good Devanagarl writing; five 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Sdndilya-sutra, a century of aphorisms 
 inculcating the doctrine of faith as the sole 
 means of attaining final emancipation ; with 
 Svapnesvara's commentary, entitled Satasutnya 
 Bkdshya. 
 
 The authorship of the sFitras is wrongly 
 ascribed to Sdndilya, probably on the ground 
 that his tenet as to the efficacy of devotional 
 meditation on the Brahman is (apparently 
 approvingly) referred to by the author. 
 
 Text and commentary have been edited by 
 J. R. Ballantyne (1861), and translated by 
 Prof. E. B. Oowell (1878), for the Bibliotheca 
 [ndica. 
 
 Tli is seems to have been Ballantyne's hand- 
 copy from which the edition was prepared] 
 there being numerous interlineary notes and 
 readings, apparently added by himself. 
 
 [J. R. Bali.' •■ 
 
 2489. 
 
 2937. Fol. 1; size LOJ in. by ->\ in.; Ea 
 modern Devanagarl writing; seventeen I 
 in a page. 
 
 dilya-sutra, without the commentary. 
 
 [J. 11. Hallantynk.] 
 
 2490. 
 
 2116b. Fol. 1 ; size 9j in. by 4 in.; in- 
 different Devanagarl writing of about a.d. 1650 . 
 21 lines in all. 
 
 Piishtivravdhamarydddgrantha (or -bheda), a 
 treatise, in twenty-five couplets, on the three- 
 fold path to faith (bhahti), indicated in the 
 title; by Vallabha D.lhshita, the founder el' 
 the Vaishnava sect of the GoMastha-Gosvamins 
 (GosJins) or Rydra-sampraddyins. 
 It begins : 
 
 Yf?T^T? j n)T?TfV?R' I T VTT* TFZZF I 
 *rt^?fjTOW?: n^T^liT Tfi^r <g ii q n 
 Tretrrfa *# a';*?T ^T «fq*ifrT q-^TT: I 
 «f=KRT^KI =S*Hlr<3f?nsfifiT f^q: II 3 II 
 sft H(TH*TTfTi»p: VIKh sfq snffcnr: I 
 n^RT fasmr^T^qT^T sfq ^t^fRTffT II 3 II 
 It ends : 
 
 tiTr? sfq fm\Tm TrfFwra^r ^^m ii ^4 ii 
 *ft sfq toc^ >mT: °f^itt »rtqw hit: ii 
 
 [GaIKAW '1,
 
 808 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2491. 
 
 2126b. Foil. 27; size 9i in. by 4i in.; 
 indifferent Devanagari handwriting; 8-11 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Pushtipravdhamarydddvivarana, a commen- 
 tary on the preceding treatise, by Pttdmbara, 
 son of Sri Yadupati, and pupil of VallabJia's 
 son. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^f?iR[?»^T^'rerT7Tfii *r sfrfwrn: ii <=i ii 
 
 fWc[> SH*. ^ifHH Stun *Tt* <?re sfrTT>VT I 
 
 im^: ; a ; hnrenT^wnni'5K f%>rt n ? u 
 *>tfr?rojnfs: ^trtf^^T^i =K*ttfa<^rm^: ^KitfstftmH- 
 
 sit^t^ f^f^ ffi^pT Tn^i^f^T^'nTf irftniT^ff it 
 *rfaTf<Twft: trfttrtqrnn ^srfa^ii^ tj^ ^ ^w ^^ 
 
 f*F% faw *TCT WT1T!IT ^^nT^iT^: II ° 
 It ends : 
 
 ^I^wftct f^v^H^ ii ? ii 
 ^ffaern ^ h -^ <<ij uw^inTT^tiT^nrirflTTH^frt^rf^T: - 
 
 Cf. F. Hall, Index, p. 147, where a Pushti- 
 pravdhamari/dddbhedavivarana is ascribed to 
 VaUablulcdrya himself. [Gaikawau.] 
 
 2492. 
 
 2366c. Foil. 3; size 7i in. by 4i in.; 
 indifferent Devanagari writing of the early 
 part of last century ; thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Pattrdvalambana, a short treatise on the 
 conduct of life, by Valldbha Dllshita. 
 
 It begins : ^faftitf »M 1 =1 HT5 ^R: ii 
 
 ^tf%crr If^^N *n^rf> fsvr hw: i 
 ^oRftrg TJTOW IfifcFT ^tmw ir«n ii 1 ii 
 
 i f^TP^r^ ■sfTTsiY cfroiitf^f=*rsn H ^ n * n 
 w^mff ^rtr^: ^^ft wi^i gif%H ii s n ° 
 
 It ends : [partly in prose. 
 
 ■q h4 w^ rnm »TT?i^'RTffi4 nfjr: ii r^^j^ f ? ( 
 f?fV^g(?fTf?° comm.)^rf5Tri> ^rft f^^im 
 f^rs^: ^fm 'Hrai k f? wsnnT^^T: ii 
 
 See Hall's Index, p. 160. 
 Vattribhacdrya was born in 1478, and died 
 in 1530; see Aufrecht's Cat. Cat., p. 555. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2493. 
 
 2080c. Foil. 13; size 8| in. by 4 in.; eight 
 lines in a page ; large Devanagari writing. 
 
 Brahmavdddrtha, a commentary on Krishna- 
 vallabha's [i.e.YaUabhdcdrya's) Pattrdvalambana, 
 by Tdplsa, his pupil. It begins : 
 
 TT?T^c5«H^lT^Tt HT^I^ff F^JW II S ll
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 
 ^m^mnTrt^N trtt fmrzft >^t ii ? ii 
 
 It ends : 
 
 fnfi fe*m Tf^tr: w: ffajprt ftra: i 
 ?nrol: n*ff#T Hf^K^ji •q h wftt: u 
 
 For some devotional tracts by Vallabha and 
 his son Vit (hales vara, see nos. 2515-19. 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2494. 
 
 2543d. Foil. 7 ; size 9i in. by 4 in. ; 
 legibly written, in Devanagarl, c. 1750 a.d. ; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Yitlhalesasvatantroparilekha, annotations, by 
 Gopesvara, on a treatise by Vitthalesa (son of 
 Vallabha), in which Krishna is identified with 
 the Brahman of the Vedantists. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *?izt ^ffarH^OTr: *fic*TJ=FWN ^FT^T^TIR 
 
 rim^jr: UcirarTuiTir^ fcirerfifH: ^fccrrfaffspprfir n 
 
 It ends : ifa Tl^TlWHTTrf^f^qurHI ^TT^fwunT' 
 
 ^q^*TW>l(^)7fifg^3rrfjriTPRT I 
 Tftq^giTS foTf^lTHTHTHHW? TH(lt II «) II 
 
 C'f. Hall's Index, p. 151 (Svatantralehhana). 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2495. 
 
 2366b. Foil. 12; size 9 in. by 4j in.; 
 fairly written, in Devanagarl; fol. 1 by a dif- 
 ferent hand from the rest (apparently the same 
 as that of the last MS.); nine lines in a page. 
 
 Vddalcathd, a treatise advocating Vallabha's 
 doctrines, by Coju^i-in-ii , son of KalydQardya. 
 It begins : 
 
 C 
 
 TTT^TftJTHtftfflwrqT trTfaf^Tfr*: n 
 
 Hf'^MI'ff WHTT cjf^H c^^T^fTToFTWinmilH 
 
 mfrrnr^ifv^R fnfpKF5?Tf<rsT if* ii 
 
 WT^'qilFHTfTrr iJTn?c!T=S W?\mi jffl II 
 
 The Padma/pur&na is quoted fol. 4a. 
 It ends : 
 
 ^rarrtrTioBXTTiT: Tlrft »rf»?to7rt ni^?: n * n 
 
 ^frT ^iTrIT : #Tqrq^HR^it^I#T^nT'lH3?T : leSTTcKr3T- 
 
 ^T^3TW^-^fawm^Tq^nrR?Vrra*v37rrq»n7Tmq- 
 
 ntq^Tw frcfcnn m?c»rm vufV'PT'nT ii ° *hm ^sio 
 ^n^tr" m^q^Tm ^q^ wt TTt ii ° ii 
 
 Sec II. ill, Index, p. 128. [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2496. 
 
 2366a. Fol. 1; size 9.1 in. by 4 in.; in- 
 different I >< : ■< nagari writing of about A.D. 1700; 
 I welve lines in a page. 
 
 Nijdcdrya-cintanaprakdra, a tract; in twenty- 
 two SlohaSj inculcating reverential medital 
 on Krishna and on Valldbhacarya, by D 
 nuddsa.
 
 810 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 <?tq TsrtqfTHrqrquirqqq fq^ra i 
 
 fqqrq ^t^^tWr^^ ^qTq^TW II 1 II 
 
 srsnerTfTq qjqnfqqVwwfqtf i 
 tnr%q> sfq fq^mqqTfqq-.^rsi'qT n ^ u 
 
 ■RinnirnfrT ^wrhqifsTT 'srfq ^q f? i 
 ^fwT^i fqfqwq °tm qq fqmqqi^ u 3 n 
 
 MRTWTH IT? TTTqm^flTHT fqfqqqq I 
 «TcEK q?t ff of^q^Tq^i qranqfrtqw II 8 II 
 
 *qw: qifaqT^ftTfafa Jrfrnq^q^rq i 
 jjHcqrqqqT^t f? *qqt qrw^qm II M II ° °i$ II 
 
 qqT HqqTii qiqq fqqrtntq qq: i 
 
 H^T 7I5TTOqTqT«n^TqTirrt q^ sijlf II <tf II 
 
 HfRr^^qw^^qq^q f? fqwwt i 
 
 ^q^cJT^fir: fiq^cST^qT^q: *^T II <N II ° 
 It ends : 
 
 ^Rgrjqfqfqqq fqirq^qi'ftqqi: i 
 : 5TqKqr^Jmfflq ) %>^fiTq^iq!jr: 11 *i u 
 
 *fq;mnqq?7q: ^frra?j?;f[?qr: i 
 
 ^fH ^q^T?TR^T^fqtfqKf5T^T , qTqfqiTr| H <* I V. ^qT*: II 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2497. 
 
 1368a. Foil. 26; size 9| in. by 4f in.; 
 fair Devanagari writing of the latter part of 
 last century ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Avatdravdadvali, a series of polemical essays 
 in defence of incarnation, and the doctrine of 
 non-duality, by Purushottavia Ddsa, son of 
 1'iliimbara, and disciple of Yiljhalesa (son of 
 Vallahhdcdrya). Chapters viii., x. and si. 
 
 VIII. Pratibimbavdda, begins : 
 
 ^qifWHT^ft^ q^qmjfi^ q^T sfrfq I 
 ?rfa imt fqqftq q-rrfirfqq ^rqrlqiqt n 
 
 ^viiT^q=fi I qfirfqqq^T'q^qTmqTW I o 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^^q^SIKjqqT TT^I ^qqqiTTn r; I 
 qfrrfqq fqftjuqtCTfra: q^qTWn : ll 
 
 X. Brdhmanatvajdtilchandanavdda, begins 
 fol. 8a: 
 
 q*3T*Rrq*rnkr err?r>!r;qTf^qqT: i 
 
 ^ fKFfff ^tqiTq ft ^ft qq<?rqq II 
 
 ^ft^qqjfi i qTqqiT>nq^T ^qt infBr^qqqriT i o 
 
 It ends : 
 
 q^ftwqsrcnT Tsft qTiTtqw rqT I 
 ^fij^I^itf *jq (TratTrq fq^lftrt II 
 
 XL Jwavydpakatvakhandanavdda, begins 
 fol. 13a: 
 
 q^Tqrq;: ^i^rsq q qf% i 
 m iftwT ?qTsnqq^q fq 
 ti ^ffaqti Hf^B^;: qqa ii 
 
 ■q^T ^q-qf sqqTTqt: I ^TWqiqqTmqTtT ° 
 It ends : 
 
 l?q Ws"Vfq^^iT5l^Tl?lTrRqTfq? I 
 
 tfqifOTt ^nqqirq qfq;fV: siq^yrf ii 
 
 qTaH^q^qt^Tffnq qmTqT^iq^iH cM^^rT ^q^rqq>- 
 iq^qqpr. tfw: II 
 
 For a MS. of chapter i. (Prahastavdda, beg. 
 ^wq^frnrrcj fol. 325) see Raj. Mitra, Notices, 
 ix. p. 120, no. 3019 ; for ch. xiii. {Sribhdgavata- 
 svariipavishayalcaSanhdnirdsavdda), Aufrecht, 
 Cat. Bodl.j no. 94. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2498. 
 
 1459c. Foil. 11 ; size Si in. by 44 in. ; 
 Devanagari writing of 1722 a.d. ; 11-16 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Chapter xi. of the same work. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke] 
 
 2499. 
 
 1395a. Foil. 25 ; size 13i in. by 4| in. ; 
 S lines in a page ; on yellow paper, written 
 in the Bengali character, in the 18th century.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 Ml 
 
 Tattvasamgraha, an exposition of the Ye- 
 ddnta theory, by Rddhdmohana Gosvdmin 
 Bhattdcarya, of the family of Advaitdcdrya 
 
 (Advaittinanda), the coadjutor of Caitumja. 
 Apparently only the first part of the work, 
 without subdivisions. 
 
 For a complete copy, see Raj. Mitra's 
 Notices, ii. p. 104, no. 688. It begins : 
 TSflH^gW^JR TTVTjftTJrspiftrn I 
 
 rosin TrfvcfTofTRf f^Trfr thejktt?: II 
 
 "aitfir m;jrrwfTT H'nifnffi stsuh ii 
 
 ^n^(r.^^q) *nrirW5T?H?rarPinftfh i srnf *jni- 
 <st5t^t h^ej Trr«ir«N?ST i TrTTirTfiT^t -5?ftfH5rKT mm 
 
 It ends : 
 hht wtit * s^q f%55rpr^ TrrrnT tut?! -rfsjbrfafH 4eji: u 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2500. 
 
 2177C. Foil. 35 ; size lOf in. by 5 in. ; 
 
 indifferent Devaniigari writing; 13-17 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Srutisdrasamuccaya, another exposition of 
 the Veddnta doctrine, from a Vaishnava point 
 of view ; in eighteen chapters (pariTcarana !) ; 
 by Jiianasdtjara. Rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected) : 
 
 HWT3TT Tjt \Tffl TT*RT?? ^WJ*T?(!) II <\ II 
 
 * On Suddhadvaita, see Bhandarkar, Report 1883- 
 1884, p. 75. 
 
 f The author seems to have a certain predilection 
 "or the hypercatalectic anushtubh iloka. 
 
 wjHT^nwf^rW k grains (!) ?K7 nnt i 
 jfiroirmi k^ « vi xjui tj? n » ii 
 f^Tiatfrf ^ «t t"8(\) fafigw «K?) fRrwi: i 
 y^raTg^sr: uir: wrt ^(r.mxvn) *m?: ii 3 ii 
 
 K^uft? nfri ^rfff Tijmminwi (r. sjm simnm) 
 
 [eiwm ii a ii 
 
 ■^ofiH f^JTrT =fi§ ^T<?W?fq r^TPni I 
 
 ^mw >raw qm^ ^finn^ni wxr?: h m ii 
 Tft ^rt^TfainrHrTPj»hici? u i ii 
 
 vf -prat H?tf^ttiT: iTr^fT^r^ft h mr 11 * 11 
 
 Trrmrfi^mq: ^ ^rpfff^Tfirr ^ 1 
 Sirtt: n m n Am k qf^(/-. ^ft) 3? imq f? ii b ii 
 
 h^i TTf fir: ifcsi ri^ftrfs: ^*%fc5: 1 
 mff^sr qt 3T5I fsraretrfiqnf^F 11 <i n 
 
 1. Tattvdbodhani, fol. 2; 2. dtmdndtmaviveka, 
 fol. 2ft; 3. sdJcshdthdra irisva/rupadarsana, fol. 3 : 
 
 4. bruhtiiiiirii-kii r)n.iirijnnth,h-(is,':il)i:( mi in, fol. 1 : 
 
 5. mahdvdl;yoi>adcsa, fol. 4ft ; 6. prdbodhavdhya, 
 fol. 5ft; 7. paramdrthanirnal/a (?) ; 8. jivan- 
 muMalahshana, fol. 7ft; 9. n.iApcM?w(?)-aiftya- 
 n>ru)>a>ju, fol. 9; 10. yaj&dgnihotram, fol. 10; 
 11. prdnahamsasabda, fol. 11; 12. brahmasutni, 
 fol. 12ft; 13. kaivalya, fol. 13ft; 14. yogdshtdnga- 
 siddhi, fol. 15ft; 15. iraAmaixirnawi/efta, fol. 21 ; 
 16. diramatrayaviveha, fol. 25 ; 17. use-' 
 sarnnydsa, fol. 28ft. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 J?fil ^ ^4 'mffT TTf^JT^iJR^qt II S II 
 
 jrf?7n m«?ar^t ■mfr^t wf^oTRnJ n m ii 
 
 ^re ^fHflTTJTO^q «m?j n w^riT is^i ^m" HTwnxtfjrr 1 
 A i>rnli'si 1 rusamuccaya, by Purndnanda, is 
 given in Aufrccht's Cat. Cat. [Gaikaw 
 
 5 N
 
 812 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2501. 
 
 820. Foil. 117; size 15| in. by 5 in.; 
 fair, modern Bengali writing, by two different 
 hands ; eight lines in a page. 
 
 Bhaktirasdmritasindhu, or BhagavadbhaMi- 
 rasdmritasindhu, an elaborate treatise on the 
 nature of Krishna- Caitanya, and devotional 
 belief in his all-pervading power; composed in 
 1541 A.D. 
 
 Having thus been composed only some 
 fifteen years after Caitanya's death, it must 
 have been the work of one of the immediate 
 followers of the Vaisltnava reformer. The 
 introductory verses seem, indeed, to ascribe 
 its composition to Sandtana ; though some 
 scholars (perhaps finding an allusion to the 
 author's name in the second introductory, and 
 the final verses) rather make it the work of 
 Tiupa Gosvdmin* 
 
 The work consists of four sections (vibhdga) 
 denominated after the four points of the com- 
 pass, each section consisting again of a number 
 of subdivisions (laharl). It begins : 
 
 ^ nm Ttwm ■n^flift s^ <Ri<+fe«A sfa i 
 
 7(m ^v. v^sm^ ^ ^TT^I^Fl II * II 
 
 WiTH *RTir^ flf^t TT^ *ff;HWIHdl'+frfv: II M II 
 
 ^Hifi Trrer fare* w^t tjr^tu ii «, ii 
 
 * Raj. Mitra, Notices, ii., no. 579, on the other 
 hand, assigns the work to Jlva Gosvdmin. 
 
 t On the technical meaning of bhaktirasa, see Wilson, 
 Select Works, i., p. 163. 
 
 ^p?k: *?^ tw£ mix: qf t<^i: wnw n * u 
 ^npRJkr q^aj ^^rfcrt ^^4 ii b ii 
 
 MMlfain WTT^tjr? WqT iwfa^fTSRT II c II 
 
 ^^nf^r^Tf^rm^ $rrqcRHT3iHTyif i 
 
 TTT ^Tt^q^rR I ° one sloka ; vftvrPXm&H 
 WITR ^TO ^t I ° three slokas. 
 
 fw n *n qui i ^rcai ^wq Tntai ^f?r nf|MT n 
 
 I. Rasopayogisthdyibhdvopapddano noma pur- 
 vavibhdgah : — 1. bhaktisdmdnyalahari, fol. 3a; 
 2. sddhanabhalctilahari, fol. 156 ; 3. ratibhakti- 
 lahari, fol. 18a. ; 4. premabhaktilaharl, fol. 19a. 
 
 II. Bhaktirasasdmdnyanirupano ndma dak- 
 shiiio vibhdgah, begins : 
 
 irec^iR^iroftTOT f?pifV?r: «^*>mu i 
 
 '^HH^-ft H'qnit *^T ?HliHrt»J»NfH II 
 
 1. vibhdvalahari, fol. 356; 2. anuhhavalahari, 
 fol. 37a; 3. sdttvikalaharl, fol. 416; 4. vya- 
 bhicdralahari, fol. 556 ; 5. sthdyibhdvalahari, 
 fol. 616. 
 
 III. Mukhyabhaktirasapaiicakanirupano ndma 
 pascimavibhdgah, begins : 
 
 VHWnnSIim^ HTlT^7TTfqiTq«ra»n I 
 
 CO CO 
 
 Cn O o - o 
 
 1. sdntaihaktirasalaharl, fol. 64a; 2. prlta- 
 bhaktirasalahari, fol. 746 ; 3. preyobhaktirasa- 
 lahari, fol. 82a; 4. vatsalabhaktirasalaharl, fol. 
 87a ; 5. madhurdkhyabhaktirasalahari, fol. 89a.
 
 rniLOSOPHY. 
 
 81; 
 
 IV. Gawnabhaktirasddinirupano ndmottaravi- 
 bhdgah, begins : 
 
 H^TFt BHIrHlrHI >T»Tqr*Tfq «f ?T flf? II 
 
 1. hdsyabhaktirasalaharJ, fol. 90/;; 2. adbhuta- 
 bhaktirasalahart, fol. 916; 3. virabhaktirasala- 
 hari, fol. 946; 4. harurf.dbJiahtirasalahwn, fol. 
 956; 5. raudra(bhakti)rasalahar7, fol. 97a; 6. 
 bhaydnakabhaktirasahtharj, fol. 92a; 7. luhlmt- 
 sabhaktirasalaharJ, fol. 986; 8. rasdndm mai- 
 tnvairasthitilahari, fol. 103a; 9. rasdbhdsala- 
 hari, ends fol. 105a : 
 
 *itqr^^wt>rt ^v^fn iwnwfwit'l i 
 ^irqY f^mJT. ii wrurt s4 Hfewmwfa^rftf .t h 
 
 TTJll^ST^i'iSi^Tiftrff 3IT3F ifT^^fvf^HTJJ I 
 
 Regarding the date (? rdmdn gasakra), see 
 Bhandarkar, Report 1883-4, p. 76. 
 
 Poll. 106-116 contain a copious list of con- 
 tents in five parallel columns; while fol. 11 7a 
 gives an (incomplete) list of the titles of works 
 quoted by the author. Of the authorities 
 actually met with in twice going over the 
 work, the following may be mentioned (omit- 
 ting a number of Purdnas, etc.): 
 
 Agastyasanilutd, foil. 9b, 11a; Aparddha- 
 bhanjana, fol. 656 ( + m!<1wl oirfff ^T cjrfiTVT TTrfcSTTT 
 jrf^JTT HT7TT Wilt 1 »?fq cF^nTH^qntl3ITfnT: I 
 
 »rt ffR^TW^TW II not in Haeberlin's text, and 
 different metre); Uddhavasandesa, fol. 90a 
 
 w^rt fWf^r mfsr^ i ^Trum ?arfg rujHfVrgrq urst 
 
 Bupa-gosvdmin'i Uddhavasandesa, MS. 570, v. T ' "» , 
 
 but quite different in nvoml hull'); Kunidmrita, 
 fol. 17a ( , >^R^T»?fHiT«^^r>KT»?'KI^q^TU<Mlrft- 
 
 H7^c5Tnan43i^H^i3im mh &\*n\ enrcwf*' 
 TW-MttV^ u), I 76, 346, 7<>a, 716; Kdtydyana- 
 samhitd, fol. 7/- (qt ?rf'^Tn$lM^MMarTmrfiT: i 
 ^ Wtfcf^f) i fa*u*R^??rr*nj7ra u); Gitagoviitda, 
 foil. 276, 876, 886; Govindavildsa, fol. 57a 
 (fsmm.fw^Trr ^nrRTlfwt: oRlsfi i fa>mqrfw- 
 TI'5T"5*TT Ufli^CRW^t ^nrfH ii) ; Ddnahelikaum 
 fol. 556 (iw^suiTjT^ ?Tf»m»nTfT sfq f?nm>T?TJ)t 
 
 T^T-ft ^V^fq ?TTTWT?Hf<T I WTTt STt*: OTT^^fw WTO 
 
 jspTfaw fsrerTt H **firt ^rf^fvfr^^r HH^fiT ii), 876 
 (^r^qtrrirfcrt ); Ndrada-Pa&cardtra, foil. 16,26; 
 Paiicardtra, foil. 36, 116, 1 8a ; T'tuh/dralJ, foil. 
 366, 44a, 656 (urRttrftf ° given in 7'."'' 
 MS. 823, fol. 9a, as by Yddavendrajauri), fol. 
 876 (^T*f *Pj: g^ftinf ° ib., fol. 18a), 886 (*«*- 
 WT^oFfic^Tf 1 !! ° ib., fol. 166, by Kaviccmdra) ; 
 Prahlddasanih itd yd in srl- 1 'ddlmvavdkyam, fol. 
 
 886 (HTRT^rftt 'Hfa^: 'SF^p^nr^fjTf: i ^ «^ ^ 
 ^fqfiT ^ f^fT^T x ^ ?l?f#3i ii); Bilvamangala, 
 fol. 356 (*?fq T5jiT^»fffc5Tr^ KcJ^srafr fspfV 
 
 »rt ii), 44a (?w^f r CTnj tjtkT sfw ^Tifnn foRJj^Tf i 
 <4 < m i srf^ fFpJTfa xf>^-Ti JuiNifj? h ii), 46a (rrvr ^rn 
 
 JTT^ajil^^f^^l H^rpicS faJTVrrt ?fufr3njT% I "); 
 Bilvamafigalastava, fol. 64a (^^n^WhrfV^- 
 
 ^TCrtefTOT W^i^vf^T^i ii): Brahmaydmala (?refe- 
 rence not found); Brahmasamhitdydrn ddi 
 
 nisluiriiliasyn, foil. 27a, 30a (see no. 2511); 
 Bhaktiviveka, fol. 1 \a (fsRTt cirqi^ t^nq frai^H? 
 vht q^rt: i rrsrnN^ ^ ^? fqr^??n rHj^Twn) : 
 
 Bharata, fol. 606 {vtt ^«Tr^ n 3rferr% f^vn^T.: 
 
 cffTfq wvriTa^ csrft i TnrnrT Tf^^^r w tut Trfwtraa n) ; 
 
 5 k 2
 
 S14 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Bhavarthadipihl, fol. 3a (r*r=WTcnTT*fftlt' (V^itft 
 njyz?,'- I ^ff-W cfrfir^: ^frggf ff Whrt li); Brah- 
 maydmala{?) ; Mdghakdvya, foil. 236, 246 ; 
 Muhmdamdld, fol. 57a (frffe ^T wfa ^T HTPg 
 ^T«> ° ^wf ff ?mrr sfq f^nnfj? II Hfeberlin, 
 p. 516); Muhundashtaka, fol. 336 (cFH«frffCWsrs>tV 
 HTfV^jfiiT fan?! TH^ft ^T^T^ ^f»Tr«i ^JT^: I 
 
 ftrefa^ fc&ij ^' tpto* firmm: iron* w ^T*rte- 
 xtfn Rcir^: u); Ydmunacaryastotra, fol. 11a C^tj- 
 TTf?TI *ft sfq ofTf sfq ^t JTCTtrft ssrfa *TOT TTqTPTV: I 
 
 ri^jj fr^t tmftj?rftT?»?a^ *nu wri^n: n), 236 (r*m 
 
 *J?W*p* (TT-pft ^nmw TTWTT ^fw ^^T^^ ^?TCJ yO»t I 
 
 •^^rniT: 11), 27a (q^ mKM lTfNt ^r°); Rasa- 
 sudhdhara, fol. 43a (^k^^w^t rrRnrRrr =fw?t 
 TTFtTT^^'dfTin *t i m$m <cm? ?ct wm wtm 
 ofTiTT ^r^Tf^frro n) ; Lalitamddhava, foil. 25a 
 
 f=Sc5 *ft**Tftfft I °), 256, 266, 286, 846, 866, 87a; 
 Vidagdhamddhava, foil. 28a (^yw*pfiP3 ! Tn|f(T'rt 
 cufw^^ mr^rR' 7 »mPT +h^h*h«ir fawr'^T 
 TkRt I °), 486, 676, 846, 866, 956, 966, 102a; 
 Vishnuydmalai?)} Yisluiwahasya, foil. 76 (^TT- 
 
 ^THT^cjrflfT^t ii), 86 (ijrtfcraiftrthf ^ * n^ff5?r 
 ^rrr wnr i £ ^far srran fawfrR^ ^t;r ^ m); 
 Vaishnavatcmtra, fol. 296 (tSUH^ih^T^I xf^m 
 *?jt^^: I *nitepj!T»rt ^mfWRT^^fqilft n) ; Ham- 
 saduta, fol. 466 («R^rNra^rfHf Hasberlin, p. 374, 
 si. 3), 72a (tpsFn^TnW ° I * ir^rt ° ib., p. 383, 
 il. 506, 516), 95a (faTnpff ib., a'/. 54); Hari- 
 bhaktivildsa, fol. 116 (iPrTFfifiT ^T ^T^T K*N 
 
 HcvribhaMisudhodaya, fol. 26 (rir«lKJIi<**»irTgrn*- 
 f^mTTfarfanW *J I JTOTfa »ft u i<?I«J"'iT rti«i<wfl *P\- 
 
 srtt u), 86 (uf^njT^T^^ fW^N™ *Hfonr^ i °), 
 
 126, 17a, 656, 706; Harisudhodaya, fol. 936 
 
 (pqT?TTf w<* I H fr m r« fWrft s^ o |)- 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2502. 
 
 1547E. Foil. 49; size 10 in. by 4* in.; 
 modern Devanagarl writing; 10 or 11 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 A fragment of the Bhaldirasdmritasindhu, 
 extending as far as fol. 336 of the preceding 
 MS. 
 
 An additional leaf, marked H- ^- Mo, merely 
 gives the following colophon, written in a 
 different hand : ^nr ^ -K^TWf^Tfwt *rf%iT3rm- 
 
 TrfRw^nTSirr -tin: *j?ts: n ° 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2503. 
 
 806b. Foil. 110; size 15£ in. by 5 in.; 
 clear, modern Bengali handwriting ; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Durgamasamgamani, a commentary on the 
 Bhaktirasdmritasindhu, annotating the text 
 and enlarging upon the doctrines propounded 
 therein. Apparently by Biipa (? or Jiva) 
 Gosvdmin ; though in the colophon ascribed 
 to Sundtana. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *RirH«»ft *wi itjmM N ^rtaPT v w^unr: I 
 
 [B, orig. A.) ii 
 
 JIl^H'PR^^fil I 1HI ?lt ^^ ^Vift St} ^cS^l ^frT ^ 
 
 ftstT^qfa ii ^rf^^ftT ii fiv: ^i^wt iTTfa *ii&im 
 ^Sw I o n ? II
 
 l'lULosolMIV. 
 
 M". 
 
 TrnrRfq TTrkw^Tr^ H^ftn wtw m*r*n ^qq^: irii 
 
 fHnrwhr f%"5fTT f?r rf H M I^T^TH^ qT JHIrH'UT 7PW- 
 
 tjjt fq^T'nrf'^Trnn K^iTf^T^T =* i iv\ m §: i ^-^wji 
 ■sfq ^TWFmvmin: wn ^tnwq w^tith irn^v. 
 
 ftpwff ITWrf^t ^TirtfrT ii 3 II ° 8 II 
 
 tt^ttst nr^'Tff »rfatTj=Rf?T i « m n 
 
 It ends : sfrT ?JT**frr*'^ffrni?rt nf3iTWTJrrTfH-*J?V 
 
 T^^rt wfawnTfa'wz'h'nqt ^imf fq>rR: tihts: ii 
 
 TTHT^jfiT 5ITf^T?^ftT *HWIW^n fTsfimf^WWTfq 
 
 2*r§: n frawTf^wHi ^M^rraf^q ^aisi TrfrrfatT 
 ■$?<< ira ii f^Tfftr ■Jjff ?r: ws^qm Trf3ifn4 i Tntt 
 ?>^MRj(TTJ?itn? sfq T^nfirgm *n:?nfi ^j<* 7^5??^ 
 
 ^q ^^q 'qrirfiT Tm^tT«T^ WfitTwt TRTffH^ II 
 
 <sfUnn: *f q*rf: w ^tfw fqq?s ni=ir^ ^ x ^ 
 
 wfOT5T x ^^ THT3nqfH»t(THf?JTr[-]T;wTrq^TT:: 11 
 ^fq ^ ^rrffrfq^^T Tr^fti ^ *rfk: cRrrnJTrfcfrrcT 1 
 anfmn^q 5^^ wqTTWT*>ft*rr: 11 
 sfjr ^HnTHifl^rfacirTTT ^faron*^ Hfs^wr^cT- 
 f«=wrh?rT wtiTm n 
 
 Two additional leaves contain an index of 
 chapters, and a list of 26 works quoted in the 
 commentary. Of the latter may be mentioned: 
 Kuruksluiraydtrd, Gopdlastava, Dhrruvacarita, 
 Sdhityadarpana. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2504. 
 
 1489b. Foil. 85 (numbered 67-151); size 
 15J in. by 4i in.; Bengali handwriting of 
 1806 a.d.; seven lines in a page. 
 
 Durgamasaiiijaiiui hi. This (rather carel 
 copy omits the lasi colophon and the Last Ian 
 one of tlie linal sluhits of the preceding MS.; 
 and it also differs considerably as t" the rest ; 
 viz. : 
 
 ^H*ff f^«m: II mt^lfrT (!) 3TTfeqr?^T^rHT'|l'I^qi 
 
 f^^HTf^sTTq *nfq m st7it 1 ^rgwi (!) Tm'rcfiniftrgr °-- 
 
 ^Hf fl^im^qTT sfq ^pjt vm 75f"q (?) ^q RVq 
 
 ■q^fn *K*?rlHqT?: 11 TFrfq ^ '^rfirfq'TTr ° tthjt- 
 »rwr*>fw: n ^j?r»q ^l-an Trmirq irtoq w [>?1^tt 
 
 The MS. is preceded by six leaves, marked 
 ■afts" (l^), and numbered 1-6 in the lt-f t . and 
 61-66 in the right margin. This passage, 
 which apparently belongs to the present work, 
 begins : ^re jtfTifT^TfaHTTT^JNlftTl: ( fHKlfH£IW 
 
 n>q: ^^tqT m ht^ <rwm: i ° 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2505. 
 
 1489a. Foil. 60; size 154 in. by U in. ; 
 indifferent Bengali handwriting, apparently bj 
 the same hand as the preceding MS.; seven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 KrishnabhaMirasodaya, another treatise on 
 the same subject, apparently consisting chiefly 
 of passages from the Bhaktirasdmritaeindliu, 
 with comments thereon; by Rddhdmohana 
 
 Sarman. 1 1 begins : 
 
 ^q^^q^^^WsTf^wwt^TTmjrfflHT^^fq: i 
 c&Wl TT^H'^fl srk^ffi^ fatrsrqfa II 
 
 fgsjjff qTmffl?: ^ran»rf^Tw>7xi: n 
 
 ^fl'jTHTJTTTIJWfynflEqTfflfH^^T^TT: I 
 HTRT^q -qfi#f^?3iiT^ ftiqgif I 
 VJJ'H^ W ^iqrq iTsTvfttmH^: I 
 
 %un^: =?mn«T^( n»u»n^qfni^: n 
 
 K^ HfSc5T!r<!i II 
 
 ^T^cSi?)7i^nTieH3i : l^t nf^^^^T ii (see ] -. ? 1 2t)
 
 816 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 a lengthy discussion ; ?R nik fss mft>Prfrii?T^ I 
 lfl$nrt n^T° p. 8126 n ^fff ^51: tf »T^Tt} o in the 
 comment on this the author remarks : W3 
 
 The Burgamasamgamanl is quoted at fol. 86. 
 
 The work consists of ten chapters (ulldsa), 
 viz.: 1. fol. 106; 2. addhyabhaMinirupanam, 
 fol. 156 ; 3. bhaktirasanirupanam, fol. 25a; 4. 
 vibhdvddinir., fol. 39a ; 5. sdntabhakttrasanir., 
 fol. 44a; 6. prltabhaktlrasavivaranam, fol. 486; 
 7. sakhyabhaktirasanir., fol. 506 ; 8. vatsala- 
 bhaldirasanir., fol. 51a; 9. ujjvalabhaktirasa,7iir., 
 fol. 546 ; 10. (maitrivairavivecanam) ends fol. 
 606 : ^Timf^TTaiTJi I T^THTOT ^RTf^WTl^fHin ^flT I 
 
 *g»ranp!j ^fw ■spf^gnti-nRT^nnT;: u ^srta^fiPJsi^- 
 
 wmft sjj tj^j; H Cp. Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., 
 no. 1192. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2506. 
 
 2486. Foil. 249 (five of which, 124-128, 
 are wanting), and two huddhapattras (after 62 
 and 82 resp.); size 11^ in. by A\ in.; fairly 
 written, in Devanagarl, about 1550 a.d. (fol. 
 61 supplied by a later hand); 8-11 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Vishnubhakticandrodaya, another work on 
 the same subject, in sixteen chapters (Judo), 
 by Nrisimhdranya Muni. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Tsrftm^tTit (!) ^f^nn^rrft ("wi-Oft^u 
 
 1W(fTO R. M.) ^ffTcRcS^TW^W 
 
 I^rrafesiT^ R. Mj^ojrraiTH: into i 
 
 STftr^mTTtTj H-A I d WlWT (^ITtJTT R. M.) 
 
 w^t ttokt ^t *p£ ^f^qr^fjir^sTi u 
 n^WTir: f^nu: fiSTv: *# fire^rc i 
 
 f$TWEPTTf?T 1° 
 
 No authorities, except Purdnas, Bhagavad- 
 gltd, Vishnurahasya, Vaishnavatantra (fol. 936), 
 and such-like works have been met with. 
 
 For the contents of the work, cp. Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, viii., p. 279. 
 
 The MS. is not quite complete, the 16th 
 kald beginning on fol. 1466 ; and the last leaf 
 breaking off at n '9PT iRTrTVf Jrtftl ^ITfemft: ~ 
 
 [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2507. 
 
 735. Foil. 158; size 13 in. by 4£ in.; 
 clear, modern Bengali handwriting ; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Vishnubhahtidarpana, or Vishnud arpana, 
 another compendium of devotional worship, 
 in fifteen chapters, by TJpendrdcdrya. 
 
 I. Tmipnf^oirr Hiff^rR it* ^ i 
 
 hr otowj ^rfrf%xnr xm^f m.*ir*H: i 
 
 nnw fwwivfa ^ttwh Jrnirtf*ro: t 
 um^rrt vtottt ^ «ii^ *wfvr^ ^ ii 
 
 ^rf^wTsn urn: vm: stNtsit fnvn ittt: ii
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 817 
 
 ?ff tr»rr: flf;m*rr 7H^tT5?i win: i 
 
 ^Wt fim vya f? %w^f^ ii fol. 106. 
 
 III. H^rrrsTO iwrfu vrm^\^ &ws i 
 H*^£i musifg ^r firowira ffmat 11 206. 
 
 IV. ; sr«j ^TTVH^T^q m?iw f&&jir sv?rr i 
 
 ^TT ?# TTOTH 'T^T jT^RTW* II 306. 
 
 V. *ro bthw? fiT^rsr ftrvnf *n# nfer4 i 
 
 VI. tffa^m* firVT*H TH* f^lj WTrUW I 
 
 ^TfvsnwTgTPTti^r jTjrrTTcWTn n 566. 
 
 VII. VCH fasTR^T^ *!SI ^TRT 1?igt I 
 
 TjiTPit k^i *Rrrot ncjnsTra^ o^ir u 
 u^rt httti^ ^ *f : «^faTt f%«: i 
 >ri5TTt ^rwftrsrti 'snrqfii^rhrff ii 68a. 
 
 VIII. *rw frr^T^it TrspTTa^i nft >?^ff i 
 rf firarrH^rt Tift mrrwr Tr^^^t 11 
 
 ^mTrofinig'p*'' "•'HF 7 * '?h:(!) " 786. 
 
 IX. "ZTH OTD**T f^t HS^IJR^Jif I 
 
 firvrH to tnrrar ^H fc^ra *v^t ii 896. 
 
 X. ^T*! H^M'f^HM WSJ ^T H?THt I 
 
 XI. Tnff * ^i ^rwtntf^> »n?rreft *i-ptt?v: i 
 
 »H » l <3 1T3?Ti *TV3t *T3TRt *ITP^l: II 1066. 
 
 * The guttural nasal here may possibly be intended 
 for the nasal sound which occurs in many of the 
 formulas in this and several other chapters, e.ij. % 
 
 XII. *?TJ wfRIH^^Tt finrnr m^»rfV?Tctr I 
 
 TZJfHfrT f(^flTBJ[f<I niTtVnft TJlfV-Slrt n H4„. 
 
 XIII. 'srq TttTTfrriii^Fq-M i t.C-4 fi t wS i 
 *?Ttpnf¥uT7pr n??Prf?fit ttzjui L28a. 
 
 XIV. ^h: xrt fefWrfa TPrcTrwfrcir firfi) i 
 'HfterHTTt tpt ^ron^rrfa mnfa ^ 11 141o. 
 
 XV. ^ ^mrRTfr^TTTfrawTRrfaf^arff i tt? t?rr*j- 
 
 ?3T^icK^} op^ro f l. 157,,. 
 
 It ends : mft »W1H W^T^Tf?*q> TSTTJlf^i 
 
 TR^rnrfir ^TairrR «sw5t Wra^Tf Hbrirri i ^rqirnf^i 
 
 ^fg^n^^iif vwia ii 
 
 The other colophons run : sfa frwf^f^vm 
 (tt«IH:) qft^: (corrected everywhere for ori- 
 ginal vz&:). [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2508. 
 
 823e. Foil. 38; size 12| in. by 4,\ in.; 
 fair, modern Bengali handwriting; six lines 
 in a page. 
 
 KaribhaMikalpalatihd, a treatise, by Kfiahna 
 SarasvatI, on the nature of ' bhakti' and the 
 various grades of it through which the votaries 
 of Krishna have to pass before attaining per- 
 fection of faith. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^tTrHHHJII^tofrfijirf: tf^fat 3TTW 
 
 <*ii5*t ^3it7^xrfiT*r?rsf^?rfiTjH: i 
 
 •HHPP^ ^ H^if^inQfT^^f?!*? II ^ li
 
 818 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^mWjrfq tfTTTT TSflK TtWiTt ^TOH I 
 
 innn*>rtfa>*Tr <ffl>fVqfY^ ww^^m 
 
 . c^ 
 
 The work is divided into fourteen stavakas, 
 viz. : I. (verses 46) on the nature of the god ; 
 II. (vv. 78) on the kinds of worshippers ; III. 
 (vv. 17) on the nine grades of bhakti, to each 
 of which is devoted one of the succeeding 
 chapters; IV. (vv. 21) on sravana, the recital 
 of Uari's actions and sayings ; V. (vv. 60) on 
 klrtana, invocation of his names and eulogizing 
 of his qualities; VI. (vv. 34) on smarana, or 
 conception of Krishna as the aggregate of all 
 that delights the human heart ; VII. (vv. 27) 
 on pddasevana, or paying tribute of admiration 
 by meditating on his acts and offering magni- 
 ficent presents ; VIII. (vv. 48) on arcana, or 
 worshipping him by sixteen different kinds of 
 offerings, such as tulasi, etc.; IX. (vv. 12) on 
 vandana, or prostration before the deity; X. 
 (vv. 19) on dasya, or complete absorption of 
 soul and mind in the divine being; XI. (vv. 5) 
 on sakhya, or love for the deity ; XII. (vv. 10) 
 on dtmanivedana, or annihilation of one's in- 
 dividuality and becoming one with Krishna ; 
 
 XIII. (vv. 13) on knowledge of the divine ; 
 
 XIV. (vv. 19) on the atonement for trans- 
 gressions and relapses of the soul. 
 
 Occasionally explanatory remarks are in- 
 serted between the verses, in which the author 
 speaks of himself in the third person, as to 
 what the succeeding verses are intended to 
 show. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^ m ww fq^wftr >rrRg^ fn^wTT: i 
 
 c t 
 
 OT^rsT^'RHfi H^TK fV^fcT f*wr: 1^ II VS. II 
 ^fff ^?ft >Tf=fi =ti *M tffrTSFPrt "IH^IW^: II *\Z II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2509. 
 
 827b. Foil. 18; size 121 in- by 5 in.; 
 good, modern Bengali handwriting ; seven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Bhaktilahari, apparently a work of a similar 
 nature, by Manirdma. This MS. contains only 
 the fourth chapter (visvasamuddesa-tara/iga), 
 explaining the evolution of the universe, with 
 the heaven of Vishnu as the crowning of the 
 edifice. It begins : 
 
 jjfurewir f^m *m|bn" n^rmTa n <\ u 
 ^*Twri »if5Hton ^nq f^rt f^jft 751 1 
 
 f%T^ *^€1*!T fn^lZ AT falSnr 11 3 11 
 ^pqTfWTsnj°FfrITTSn ^ftfVVTftptf II M II 
 
 ftr^TTWtratTTWT n^T:(?i-.yrrT^) b^ t^fth: i 
 
 tl^WK'R^f^qTfJ!! WWfi'RTW>T^?: II ^ II 
 
 ^^sn^rfararfW sremrf tto;tt ^ht: (!) ii s ii 
 
 It ends : 
 
 Sifa^'raraj nti£vx) n^mvnfw. 1*: ii ?33 11 
 n^Nr: **f%v: *nq$fcs: HcrlftH: 1 
 
 ^cftoKTsT^^TSfiTiti xj^T^Tf^tfrifriTTt 11 *3d 11 
 
 %fn f^agi^r: TrejqTrafwt wn 1 
 fq^rirr *?htwt ^ H^r ^pft n^nr 11 ^m ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.]
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 819 
 
 2510. 
 
 939b. Foil. 10; size 125 in. by 4J in.; 
 fair, modern Bengali handwriting; eight lines 
 in a page. 
 
 G 'auraganoddcsad/pil-d , or Qaur&ngaganod- 
 desadipika, an account of the chief disciples of 
 Caitanya (Gaura, Gaurdiiga), and the reformer's 
 own mythic succession; composed, in 1544 A.D., 
 by Paramihiandaddsa, usually called Kavikar- 
 napura, son of Sivdnanda Sena; and pupil of 
 Srindtha. 
 
 It begins : ^^rt^^Tjiq W*J: II 
 
 V. ^i - T^?T>Tf% TJTT wflPTrq^rtfT^ 
 
 nTTTW- ** inifiT « 'TTrhw^'n^: n i ii 
 ^HTSTT ^ Sltf wT^wTrenTfa w*: II * II 
 
 cfPJn^Tij ^3TC TiTTfH w jT^t: liTfH T»nr II f II 
 ^ St VTM1 HW UTR^TTg »??TTm>: II 8 II 
 
 ftrirT^^ttiT^^ w^rofq urtawt ii 
 
 OT*: TJcBZTTt iT^ifrT: U^iTTfaTlTW II 
 
 wfk# TW^TO Tnrfag f-7m*qfT( wt Tub.) i 
 *nr: wr3i;$r3Tnn(*]*raTn 31^7 T.) t*xm*rr;j- 
 
 Tinfw^rrq^nt K^rar? jrotHr 11 
 
 H^iTTint WXJ&i Hmfa *T^57lf^oB II 
 ^*q faSrlit^Hi: W TtfEpil f^f^aifir I 
 
 >T3i^?njfq7n^<T: (!) fzmwz jpr<*: 1 
 
 H^T^flTT ^TT^T*JT3 , ift T. ^ftwnfjpl: II 
 
 w^twt: ^flf^TrirrtiT ifiw *TsirfqTri: 1 
 H^srf^ffjmrTni: TrtnTPrnpani;: 11 
 
 ^r* iv: wt^m f^vjr: n>r^ w ii 
 TT=ift n?m»j5f£t: sfHbraft ;?jn*=rfu: 1 
 u* ft vftvnr fW*n^n§-rfT nzm4T 11 
 
 TJ^WWrH^T Pff ^f^TT*^ iftrT*: II 
 J»=F> *??TU«5lVl ?T TIK W»TrTT Writ I 
 
 v?ft ^rq?^T ^ ^?nr: Trft=FtffTKT: 1 
 ffWT^mcTT: wl" iftmcn-^tcFiiicRT: 11 
 
 f^cynfnT w w srrr iftorrr f? »r?w»n: 1 
 h^t^ ^ tt wthtw f? ?Tr »t?^tt: II 
 <TfaiTrrTf?f?5it in-H *w w^t *r?nim: 1 
 ^ w ^i^l M^*rr. ^ 3^n: ^nfi''HfT: 11 
 
 Twin: ^fipTPRfafiT ^wr?t?f?rft 
 
 ^U^^tq P17: TJTHfq tit; sqfa -iTn^T 
 W^5^R: ^fT sq ^nrflT HTT?T?3^»»r?KT II 
 
 5 o
 
 820 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 TTf«?sTra>rrhrarc: ^prfrftTg^m^q <pi\ 
 
 ffg^T^TiT: Kuwr^Trt ^T*ft sfcj THTWqW I 
 %. HTcK *?irt ^*T?T »TTrrniiTrrfn cTfaT»mT 
 
 Tnnjrt-snirt Tft sfq Trc*rpr^rn ^ nn: n 
 
 ■HI HW (sjffla^Nr^jfi - ^^^rCRT^rT 
 
 *r. 5^mt <^i<*T*nnif oF»m sit* jn giq* 
 
 ^rfargr U>&*H«i' T *tm: *irw vm wn: 11 
 wtr: gr^ft nfq^ftr ^^tt: tfusTf'R: i 
 
 k^ srrsrttfu^m: Hsn^rrcftf^^Tff i 
 ^r^i^m^Em«f«a«ft tTsn sprrifn: 11 
 iriq fjfmft -HK?t **;*_ ^ra^rwrn f$*nrt i 
 
 wm fspm: Trfsum^ «r?=ft ww^ fknn: i 
 ttrrHTW3T=Rw?tBj> nsn^rraY Ttrrmfn: u 
 
 wrar f^i-sfr 3r?if*r^T^i f^ixift jr^rfafv: 11 
 faarfafawsq f^m\ rm^TRj i?q^f: i 
 wwmff TfirerHi fji^ft sn? TTTTRwnf; » 
 
 K=q f?m> »mi$^ft iipii" s4 irrfffri: i 
 ■5ir^^^Hngriirt sjinrRfa msw: 11 
 
 k«? fsraft sn^faprtarnarqrl *rfir: n 
 
 
 ?TfaT?T Tj^rtfff *n7fW5q TrW»nfeJH: I 
 
 immqrf *fh: Ttrtarq TfN$ ii 
 
 ^rfafiq TTfUcRT KT^oFT^ xrf *?!<?£ II 
 "^HTsfr *q?T sfq #jTajRfV$rc TrK TO II 
 ^HoffTfqt sfq HiRT-qfq^r^^S^gW (!) II 
 TTTT 5^lT»fT sfsr^TFfiUjt vtm^X 1JTT ^4 II 
 
 ■ff^nfq BTf^i^r iffr sf^nti^Bna^Bfn: 11 
 
 ^^rwr: vrs ■q ht^t ^ flreT^vir xftjT^f<Tfw 11 
 T^Ttf uf^^nfq ^j^t f?refw >TT^q: I 
 
 ^ ^vnT^^Tfw?^ S^^ VT*fH II ° 
 It ends : 
 
 ^"hqwt Tn;Trq^^(f^H^^»?fFr n 
 
 3TTc* tHTt^fiTff »h^ ^ 
 ^H^I^r^fCrTT^TTHTTrfgi: 
 
 jfftut: ^moF%wifi"<'mincii ?»q: h 
 ^fn ^t=fifr3iJTfqT;fa*:fg7TT ^'hfnTT'nTi^T^tfq^iT ^httth 
 
 '^^W?:^^??^!^ fc5fl3frq II 
 
 For another MS. see Roth, Tubingen MSS., 
 p. 9. [H. T. Coi.ebrooke.] 
 
 2511. 
 
 199. Foil. 29; size 11 in. by 5 in.; in- 
 different Devanagari writing of about 1750 a.d.; 
 10-14 lines in a page. 
 
 Brahmasamlnta (or Bhagavatsiddhdntasam- 
 graha), Adhydya Y., consisting of a (Paurdnik) 
 account of the origin and divinity of Krishna, 
 followed by a hymn to the same deity ; with 
 a commentary, entitled Digdarsani, by Rfi]<«, 
 younger brother of Sanatana, and elder bro- 
 ther of Vallabha.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 821 
 
 The entire work is stated to consist of a 
 hundred adhydyas. 
 
 A. The text contained in tbe present MS. 
 runs as follows : 
 
 %vzv, vjm: yon: *f%?PT*riw?: i 
 
 ^MlfyutylTDl^: *5^rtir!oFTTT[f II S II 
 TTi^ifiiNiK ITgm fl^^ptTtjIKH^ II ? II 
 
 tJTf ^iTtwR u<*mT g^tkr ^ ii 3 ii 
 
 »*fttfi^H!I *R^TT ofiW^SPT TfriTT II 9 II 
 (Tfk'g^ TTOIMl TT?tI=tTftrr faqTAfiU I 
 ^ITTff BrUftw: ^[iT^IT^fHSit II M II 
 
 wTfafHfVfag^iJmfa: fHfsrfWwn i 
 Tg^trtg ^ifwflcfqT^: vfittft ^tf n s n 
 
 sftfaiT ^fafaeTfaT^HT'fa: WPtTr?: II t II 
 ^TTTRTTIfl^I HWTfw H^OT ^T JWTH: II <i II 
 ^TTl*mT TH*IT tK (T^i'cRTqj* faWSJTTT II SO II 
 
 ffrefir: ht ttt ^rt nfmiiT rasH^r i 
 m trtf^r: *t m:i 3ifi$: oRT»ft ^rhi Ttr=£: i 
 
 for^^^TfrRoRT ITTflT 3*1 HTfTSPtfTPTT: f II <tt II 
 
 rrftR^rfTi;«fw# i?TfTon^n?qfTT: n 13 u 
 w?^n?ft TgimT ^m^i: *?hw: $ 11 ia n 
 
 * HTfT^UT UTS: *?*$ TlfflT: cRTcft ^PRT-JHTinH 
 
 t ti? 1 ^ m?^: i 
 1 *t^h ww ^»rf(T i 
 
 TTTTTirii: * K7T^rRTqMW!rH.lIf^TTW $ I 
 ^TifaTTTR =fiTTOTTTn~ff^ftrfl^WnWoF: II <N II 
 
 *fPifVpjt ns^farH w^jjtur: *?tj j??th i 
 
 7T5fT^f^Q51TT^q iflsf tfcRiflTTWI ^ II qi II 
 
 IflTSniTlf^ »rrfTTfFI »?trt*mwrf^ K I 
 c e o 
 
 WnTJU^HcJft:^ <*l3|Tf3"7Tfff *nj II IS II 
 
 *?h*St fq^Twr *??TfTn>T: wTTir?r: i 
 ^mr^T^H^fsrnn ?fKnrrr^nr Trfrmffl n st n 
 ^nfirfl^jni tt*h oK^TTrr^rnrrnr I i 
 ^?c&mwcF fa^g iTWT?r?snrraft b ie 11 
 
 ^ t%fqvtirc!T'c5TggTrT: fcKc* I 
 
 ^VrfVrjT vmnft shi vftx? wm n »o 11 
 
 TIWTc? ^'?'Hfc5't trawr cTToJw^it II 'S ll 
 H^gTf^ Tjlvqrfirr oRTTunf^T Trfqt I 
 
 *P*m*TrT H^m^ f^f*?^Tf?T J T^fi T^I^ || »? || 
 N c t 
 
 c 
 ^■JTlp^HIin SfTt ^TTfH^TH'5F=lIxnT II ?^ II 
 
 ^Wq^rsi wtk^ ufTsrffr ^4 n?t i 
 
 *r?t nf^p nfwM jI^ttfrt unmwm u ?* n 
 
 O \* s3 
 
 ^ *Hf(rH«=p*i ?|T»qt n?i ?t?:»T7T II ^M II 
 
 V »nn> Hn^^^qT TTrBTcJ f=Sc5 ^Tf?TT: II ?4, II 
 
 fJTirETTTjt Tfif ^ qf #Pfirni*3riTt i 
 
 c c e 
 
 ^T$i ~ssn& tai^i '^T^fiifflfq ^fir: 11 *$ 11 
 
 rTT R rTq I»^ wq fRfo&fVorfff II ?<» II 
 
 ^pq wq ^t wf^t n^rr^nf^v iH ^ 'i 1 
 TgffTfqqfff yun m^^w iTTrtrt n 30 11 
 
 JTsmm 7TJTT7rfTjimT irfqiurT trtTjrfflH I 
 WFff^HT^ oRifjfo»rg^itf?rT II ^^ II 
 
 § iHi^t ^ ^■nr^q: 1 
 
 c. 
 
 II amflwnw 1 
 
 5 o 2
 
 822 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 c 
 
 vntfbf f^Rv< W^ft^ WHTfPT II 3* II 
 
 f^^TftT^nniYrt ^: ^tsrTfHgrT ii 33 II 
 
 [;Mwq: ii 3$ ii 
 irniTf TiTTiHSTWT^ftiTm *^i»pt: i 
 w^flTgrf^n^TiiT fiiTrn»?nR^^T u 34 ii 
 ^art jc^£\ sq fafaff^nHH^aTirc: i 
 wm ^<^«TO!i sn^wrirsr c&sHt ii 3*< ii 
 
 Tftf^^Trf^^^ 7W? HUTfa II ^ II 
 
 jftfT^mf^VWi TTJTf HITrfa II * II 
 Jf^TH N>Tf Q5f(?Tt ffRTTB^TT^i 
 
 jfJfsp^mf^g^'i mi mrrfa ii 3 11 
 
 TTJ^fiW mf^ =F^qfTf fat »inOjT I 
 ^r?Kf^*TqHHT5f55f^^?Tq 
 
 jftrr^TTf^gF 1 * ff^i uTTfa 11 8 11 
 
 ifrfV^mf^q^J «TR-^ >T^Tfa II 4 II 
 
 t The text makes this last sloka consist of three 
 hemistichs, the number of the verses, 7-35, being 
 removed back to the end of the preceding hemistich. 
 In the commentary this is different, though there too 
 the numbering is irregular, several slokas being some- 
 times treated together under the same number, and 
 the two sections being numbered consecutively. 
 
 qnftt*rrfq TJT^ft Jjffpjf TRt I 
 Tfr f^H l f^ q^t Unf >T3TTfR II % II 
 
 ifrfV^»rrf^5^J imi vhttTh ii $ ii 
 iftfa^rfi^ii imi mnfa 11 t » 
 
 jftefta *& f5Tq«wftfcETW»JTft 
 lftfq^*tTf?g^TT iTH? *?»nfa II <l II 
 
 ^ntr: *t^ (??*» sfq f^oMfit i 
 
 Tprrf^JTfflq =Pc5TfqilH'?t fire^r 
 
 jftf^mf^g^ti n*i vtwif* n °i^ u 
 
 TOT HHFTIMqift lTT^=fi>f?- 
 
 cfi>fif^((-.'E^)^Tqcr7TVTf^fq>TfrTfHt I 
 Tftt fHMiQi*Hff*mWfT 
 
 jftf^»TTf<rg^q w«?? H*rrfa II <K II 
 RHJT ff U«l iTn<<!33lriir^ Iff 
 f J]innif?qqi;^f5f(lTilHT^T t 
 
 ntftr^mf^q^si WJT5 HiTTft II 13 ll 
 
 i: UTfttr^t TrfKtB55'ST wrtirrRqur i 
 ififq^*rrf^q^4 wn? *nrrf>r u <\t u 
 
 J Thus corr.m., o ii|TjfY text.
 
 PHILOSOPIIY. 
 
 yi:\ 
 
 ?^fl^5T?ftvm^ nq h*j 1 
 
 *itt>^nfirg^ti wi? *JiTfa 11 «*m u 
 
 •gnt^ vm wq^rfa fqntw <ptt 1 
 s^erra^crcfiT to ^ 'ire* wt 
 
 mf=I^«nf^q^q TTH? HlTlfa II "^ II 
 
 jftfr^»nf^q^q tth^ *nnfa 11 =is 11 
 Wrfq^mf^j^q wh^ HiTTfR 11 ib 11 
 ntfq^»rrfi?g^q ci»r? vnnfa 11 <r 11 
 ntfw^ffif^^A imi wwrfa n ?o 11 
 
 6T3TT *l *R jm^J^f^lTHcliflT 
 Tftfq^«nf^q^q 7\W? HUlfa II ?<H II 
 
 q"rqT?Twqq7i fqfJTvro ^w- 
 jftfr^Trf^q^ 7TT? *nw~j? 11 ** h 
 
 Trwr^ftr fq*3 f^mf^r ^ ^ 
 *ntV^»rrfcq^q TiHf >rmfa n ?3 11 
 
 s> c 
 
 Wif^mfaq^q hh? «infa 11 =<$ 11 
 y«injoR^TnT»Tnj>roT5[ -h^: 1 
 
 itTf^«rcf<rj^4 KH? >TlTTfR II 3M II 
 
 3ft;g^viq»r!Tq'?r , '?T(?) *q^- 
 
 JTTfq^mfVq^q 7TH? WTTTf»T II =>L II 
 
 •q urrv°frR*rrit nrrr-qf^r HTfir- 
 
 ftni:t ^rptn: 'srra: xn??^^: cK-qHrsft 
 
 •jTHT wf*?f!!3r»rTRf.nTiTTim^ Htim?r 1 
 w*n mj -HTjij n*RHfa trft fu^m^ 
 
 f^M^ WTFrT: TjrHf^ W?T^T?IRfq ^ 11 ^t 11 
 
 fq^ffw TRr: fRjnrfqr^^Trr: <rf(TTni 11 ^<i 11 
 wft^r^ HimTT »rqq^f «F»i5»ftft| 11 
 
 ij^aVcfftffl'rt fqat to Tr^t f^^frv w 11 50 n 
 ■R^ir sTT^«fis*n'?Tw^^f*P*nft 1 
 d<i*in^m >Tf^&n^iwic5^nrrT n 3s 11 
 
 ^rlv^mTm^rrwTTt ^f^^wit ^ n 3' it 
 nmv. irwFfit RTm tn?T f^f^Tr^qiir 1 
 *n OTininr *-m? *<f% ?n^q «r>m 11 ^5 » 
 v«T?prp^rfnq-ST ^wq kit ft^w^ 1 

 
 824 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^ f? faTg^r ^tt^tw 
 »nn f^tf wtI 3^ f%nftr 
 
 T>V f%vf? W*?l jTTrfJtT II ^M II 
 
 Iu tlie Bhaldirasdmritasindhii the verses ii. 
 12 Owt H^WT ) and ii. 20 (*l^N?f?r.Tgftra °) 
 are quoted as occurring ' Brahmasamhitdydm 
 Adipurusharahasye." 
 
 B. Bupa's commentary, which, for the most 
 part, is illustrative rather than explanatory, 
 begins : "hW f^r^TH HTRff tth: ii ^!fr- 
 
 e 
 
 jpnspnf'i g^TOT *fT^ro^^fff:(?wf , 5rTT- 
 
 [ffTOT^fir: R - M ) i 
 
 .- * [nfn:) 
 
 ^rurro: H^'wn^n: ^ttrnrt mr. 11 
 
 •fl^rnr itTHi? infi <?£ *^fr ah ii 
 
 ^ TTftRTTTOO'.T^) ^tT^Tnt TSTHT »PTT II 
 
 -3 C C -at 
 
 ^re ^rNsrn^ff ir^ww vlsr<*<?i: 4«*u!iw **HnT 
 
 The commentator quotes freely from the 
 Bhngavatapurdna, esp. the tenth book (srlda- 
 sama), with its Tlkd, and the Bhagavadgitd. 
 Other authorities quoted are : Uddhava (m t 
 ftpnftTTFJTHnft ^^Tsf^^T^PTTiT ), fol. 19?); Krishna- 
 sandarbha, foil. 16, 24a, ; Gopdlatdpani, foil. 
 36, 86; Gosuktam (m*ft *J3T: W^ffff nt«ft I»^t: 
 wrfisnrT: i Wtfa?^T ^msj^T: tf Trfrrq^jn: n), fol. 
 
 6a; Gairtamhjattnitra, foil. 26, 3a (Vrihad- 
 Gautamiya, foil. 96, 23a; Gautamlyatantra- 
 dvaya, fol. 28a); Ndmakaumudi-kara, fol. 3a; 
 Ndradapancardtra, foil. 86, 176; Prabhdsha- 
 
 purdna (Ndradahusadhvajasamvd.de ; prob. the 
 PrabhdsakJianda of the Skandapurdna), fol. 
 2a ; Bhatta, fol. 36 ; Mrityumjayatantra, fol. 
 14a; Brahmastuti, fol. 46; Bhaktisandarlha, 
 fol. 29a; Ydmundcdrya, fol. 22a; FrtSMflVro- 
 panishad, fol. 3a; Swfca (fTHTPFri" <?3iT*rwr*T t^faj- 
 ^faWT^T TJrfapfTTPOTi^), fol. 196; Sridharasvdmin 
 (comm. on Vishnup.), fol. 216; Srutistava 
 
 (w^^r^nf^^f^jyifTv^Tm ° i ^fir ^Tfif faf^rar 
 
 cjp^ft fspw^R ° Ii), fol. 286; (Trailokya-)Sam- 
 mohanatantra (ashtddasdksharaprasanga), fol. 
 24a ; Sahasrandmavydkhyd, fol. 136 ; Haya- 
 s7rshapa/"irardtra, foil. 86, 28a. 
 
 It ends : ?f?t , 3Uflf?nTTrrfafcr i 7nr#i nw^re i 
 
 oiraifnf^i^t Tnt: itf^cn srauflfrHfrr n 
 
 vfifv Hnn wt^^i ^t§t^t wtf> ?tht w i 
 w^fa ^ **r«T ^sjcn ^rwrfWwrt nfam: 11 
 
 ?PTTiPT'¥t»ft iwr ^mT^ ^HM tt?tttr: I 
 VN^vft shit: *rt sflt ^f^qt *rt3*n?f?T: n 
 
 sfir ^amffirnit hc**huph^i q^irr«rpir*j f^Tfr^rr 
 
 [HT^r BUppl.] TtsfiT HHTTIT II ^W ftfm^TI HTT^W 
 
 h't: ii 
 
 For another MS. of both text and commen- 
 tary (not metrical, as is there stated errone- 
 ously), see Raj. Mitra, Notices, ii., p. 106. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2512. 
 
 2461. Foil. 203, one of which (fol. 93) 
 is wanting; whilst 118-125 are misplaced after 
 193; size 11 in. by 4| in.; fairly written, in 
 Devanagari, about the beginning of the 17th 
 century ; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Yishiiudharmamimdmsd, a dissertation on 
 the worship of Vishnu, by Nrisimha Bhatta, 
 son of Soma Bhatta. The MS. has suffered 
 to some extent from damp.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 825 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *t ^frl HfiT ^fofilf 'Scnft ^fa I 
 WW ^rt S^T ?t*l f51^T!JTrR II <\ II 
 
 «rtai«T franvHTJrt fgw* m»m^HT n 3 11 
 f nrr^=R7T>iTJj crt vni «f nrofafs: 1 
 
 t*wrou»RT>n:ft?=R: ifNi T ^s^ff 
 sn^wf? f^w jrarfa ^tt: *h»re HSTjaRT: 11 m 11 
 
 mnrm q^rr^m u^h wj<^xiw 11 t, 11 
 ?TTig7rTmTnHvijq^T;TTt^iq>iTwfw^»n5iu:Tf^'?rT nrrtif 
 
 WfrfMWHWnT I ° 
 c \ 
 
 There are no divisions, and a rapid perusal 
 has only yielded quotations from Purdnas, the 
 epics, the Ndradajmncardtra, Brahmayamala 
 (fol. 1046), Ratnasdgara (fol. 102a Tumrqrfa^T 
 Hum sirfa? fira 1 *^ =fJBT»pj ^f ?in^f bi ti w^aranr u 
 ^^T»n R^qfTf^ cirfvTsrf^'gwrr g 1 ri^uiOnft ?f% 
 
 HUTR^PWraoK II °); Pardsara, Scu'tkardcdrya. 
 It ends : 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 HfatfaHT franvHT: "srlni^TJPTwrn 1 
 Vtt w? H^m *l£7TS IH^l hti 11 ° 11 
 
 vrmjw^r fvmuFra^rwmcST 1 
 
 fnnnifofattn *rtht 11 [Gaikawab.] 
 
 2513. 
 
 2635b. Foil. 20 (the firs< live of which 
 are wanting); size 10« in. by 4 in.; legibly 
 written in Devanagari; It or 15 lines in ;i 
 page. 
 
 SivddvaitapraJedsikd, a treatise, in tl 
 chapters {ulldna), on the unity of the deity it- 
 represented by Siva, and on the practici 
 devotion due to that deity, by Kasindtha Bhada, 
 son of Jayardma Bhatla and Vdrdnasl. 
 
 The treatise is composed in Sloltaa (chiefly 
 compiled from Purdiius) interspersed with ex- 
 planatory remarks. 
 
 Oh. II. beg. (fol. 8a) : 
 
 *5P!fwf;j TPTOTTfa ThsTTfST^TTTrr: I 
 faTTrrr. WTprrtgfiT ftlft SW HHTWq: II 
 
 fVjnTn: «=*rk-y: wnnr: *cRc7: w?t: i 
 trf^nt^H^w'^TfTjTJraTnT 11 
 
 ^TWf'JTnnfr ^^ q^^wf^TTrarfq II 
 
 *nftein: T3f^?n H?^r: w?nji^ ?ffT 1 
 
 ^firm: 11 *TTTrT?ff fmv. fsiTt fnqw. wnirT-ig inr. 1 
 fqnJ!lS^qnr? I 
 
 iT-^f^^H: *5r3Tt f«^ 1 
 
 firm: h^htt: ttct: w^TH'ft f^TT*?^: 1 
 f^oRTTi:f?cr: mstnftjnrt gn: *nrtrrH ^fir 11 
 
 Ch. III. beg. (fol. Ion): li^rrw I 
 
 It ends (from the citrokhanda) : 
 «^T^?mt KWlrWl^t TTWm^T^ ll
 
 826 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 \fn ^sfta^ftaw^thus in all three colophons) 
 *TiT =tbMt sHf ^5*3 ^fff-HTim^w^ I^it^^ji ^mnrtH) 
 
 SO 6 
 
 ?^nrr oFTsTit e^iT9*nrfwiTT^TTt=BTT^nrft>i: ^r^ftq^n- 
 
 fWTw^i *rw»teftwipT t^jmrf^T tjiptot* ° ^ 
 w^ ^tiTnqm^T ^hi f^f^H i ami ^foprwft- 
 
 Of non-purdnic authorities may be men- 
 tioned : Purushdrthaprabodha, foil. 12b, 16a, b; 
 Paippaladopanishad, fol. 126; Vidyesvarasam- 
 hitd (?of some purdna), fol. 17a; Sdradd, fol. 
 15a. [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2514. 
 
 1547C. Foil. 20; size 10 in. by 44 in.; 
 clear, modern Devanagarl writing ; five lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Catushtayasampraddyikd-paddhati(?) and Sitd- 
 rdmapaddhati, two short manuals of prayers, 
 with directions for their use (?by Rdmdnuja 
 or one of his followers). Partly in bhdshd. 
 
 I. (in four sections) begins : ^affaw TRT^JiTnT 
 
 nfti ?gruT wr cfcm ^fa r f^tm^T wr i 
 ^ffl ^n*PT»hr. II 
 
 ^rf usi wfi ^Rt *jrrafff<T3iTf^^rr 1 
 
 Sp( n&A^i: 11 
 
 Follow pdtraSuddhvmantra, mrittikamantra, 
 
 danladhdvanamantra, sikhdbandhanamantra, 
 
 sikhdmuktimantra, dcamanamantra, sndnaman* 
 
 tra, aghaviarshana, karanydsa, hridaydyanydsa, 
 anganydsa, hridayanydsa, dhydnam, shadakshara- 
 mantra. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 thtt(!) hh^h n 
 
 II. beg. (fol. 9a): *mfm T^T^I II ^f WH^r^VH 
 
 sfr'^ni <pn Tq5»H frsTt nfs^n i 
 
 Follow tilakamantra, prdnaprat ishthd , deva- 
 nydsa, shadanganydsa, simhdsanamantra, dsana- 
 mantra, pddyamantra, sndnamantra, dcamana- 
 mantra (different from above), candanamantra, 
 vastramantra, pushpamantra, dhupamantra, 
 dlpamantra, naivedy am antra, tdmbulamantra, 
 atydrtimantra, p> ra >d a kshindmantra, apardddha- 
 kshamdmantra, namaskdramantra, dhydnaman- 
 tra, caranasevanamantra, jalagdyatrl, kara- 
 nydsa, prayogasamkalpa. 
 
 It ends : ^TTcF'qq ^TJJolfHUT ^m=Ftl^j ••!{«<+ prfvft 
 
 ^H^iTTrnnT^fH II t\Z$ ~**WX\ II 
 
 The leaves are marked VZ<$ or 557. 
 
 For a Srlrdmapaddhati, by Rdmdnuja, see 
 
 Aufreclit, Cat. Bodl., no. 733 ; for a Rdma- 
 
 patala by the same Author, Burnell, Tanjore 
 
 MSS., p. 2026. [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2515. 
 
 1068. Foil. 149 ; size, oblong, 6$ in. by 
 5 in.; large, clear Devanagarl writing of 
 about 1750 a.d.; 10 or 11 lines in a page. 
 
 A collection of hymns, and theological or 
 devotional tracts, by Vallabhdcdrya (A), his 
 son Vitthalesvara (B) and others ; with extracts 
 from Purdrtas, etc.
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 827 
 
 1. VallabhdshtaJca (B), ^n^fannrrnwm; ° 
 
 ending with eight stanzas, ^fJH?T^=jTlcFfj7n:- 
 ftnfif ends fol. 86; 2. Siddhdntarahasya (A), 
 9 VV., 'm^WHn^ qsr ?cFT?3*lt fl?Tf?if3i I o fol, |/,. 
 
 3. SaptaMoki (P>), TOTi^TirrTjHTJnTTfWTTiT ° Eol. 56; 
 
 4. SiddhdntamuktdvaM (A), 21 re, t^t ?fr H^- 
 
 ''ITT TTTT tl fol, 76 ; 8. A iiln/i 1,'ti ra iia/inihodha (A), 
 II /v., ^iTioifTTrr *TfT^° fol. 86; 9. Sevdphalam 
 (A), 8 re, *rrprt ^^t tit^t fol. 9a; 10. Yi- 
 vekadhairydSraya (A), 17 vv., fa^ivxf winf t.et- 
 iirrq Tf^^n?: I ° fol. 106; 11. Nirodhalakshanam 
 (A), 20 vv., ire ?:r* *ttft ?rUT° fol. 126; 12. 
 Extracts from the tenth book of the lllioijavnta 
 (and from the Brakmdnda) Purdna, Eol. 33a ; 
 13. Sevdnantaram prdrthand (B), 12 re, 7j5?t 
 «f>iTnt?r^n^T^ fol. 33a; 14. Madhurdshtakam 
 (A), S up., met Mvt ^<^T ivt H*R ° fol. 34a ; 
 15. Mangalastotram (A), 3 vv., tin^ HHr$ ° fol. 
 346; 1(3. Prdtahstavak (A), 10 to., 7fr?r3Tt ° fol. 
 35/< ; 17. Krishnastavardja (by?), 8 vv., ^I'HTf- 
 oS^5° fol. 36fr; 18. Shodasastotram (by?), uwl}- 
 ^cp?rTT° fol. 376; 19. Vrinddshfakam (A), csf^j- 
 ftSfTTlT: ° fol. 39a; 20. Gopijanavallabha-cara- 
 naikatdnam (PS), T?rq ^frnrnfcrcSfrRH fol. 40a ; 
 21. Svdminydh stotram (B), 12 vv., *l1pl ^ttv 
 T?fa fflcSfiT f^t ° fol, 42a; 22. Yamwndshtakam 
 (B), ^»rrfa TT«nTm^ ° fol. 136; 23. Yamundshta- 
 padJ (B), rdmakalirdgena glyate, ~^\ <rfa *W^T ° 
 fol. 446; 2-1. Oangdshtakam (by Vdlmiki), *?nr: 
 3Tc5*nTT ° fol. 46a; 25. Antahkaranaprabodha 
 (A), 11 re, ^rTT:=FTJTf ir^T^T SHVT^iniT ^w I fol. 
 47a (=8); 2G. Siddhdntarahasyam (A), 9 re, 
 ^TWT^tjt^ ° fol. 476; 27. Navaratnam (A), 9 vv., 
 f#WT =STfq ^ "SFTqT ° fol. 486 ; 28. Bhaktivardhini 
 (A), 11 re, ^ror Hfui: trpn wr* TrsfturiT fatnimi 
 fol. 496; 29. Vallabhdshtakam (B), 8 vv., vft- 
 »nrTT^PT? ° (=1); 30. Agnikumdrwproktam Sar- 
 votta ma stotram, fol. 536; 31. Krishnapremd- 
 mritam (B), 8 wv., KjTrTOnimT (partly =3); 32. I 
 
 Hariddsoditam SrlvalldbhaSarandshlakam, 9 
 fa:*TO^m^T^TiTTTjc!;?'teiwT: i« Eol. 556; 83. 
 
 c 
 
 Harirdyaji's Vavan tapriydshtakam, ^JM<*i<frf- 
 Wf^otr ° fol. 56a; 84. Eaghundthaji's A 
 ikhyastotram, 32 w. } JpffTTTcRfTTT ° fol. 
 35. Raghundt ■mnuiiu, lo it., *i: ofrarm- 
 
 mwrnnmi jPTT? fol. 596; 86. Mahddevalcri- 
 tiuii Sri - Vitthaleivarasydshfottaraiatandmaato- 
 tram, Eol. 62a ; 37. OatuMokl (A), w^r wt- 
 wm° fol. 626; 38. P (by?), 85 /v., 
 
 ^T'?wn»rlzTn : rTq7T ° fol. 676; 89. Bhujangapra- 
 ydtdshtakam (P.), *plTVT«H^r*irT ° fol. 086; 40. 
 Pancapadi (A), ttt^utith ° fol. 69a; 41. Ex- 
 tracts (Rigv., Purdnas), fol. 118; 12. 4ry<7- 
 "'''".'/' (B), 3iTTnTn7T« : rnT^fa'qt ° fol. 120a; 43. 
 Icdryajikrita-Sikshd, f^irrarfHsMTTT fol. I 
 1 I. Giradharajikrita Vijnaptih, ^rqrrwfTwr^i- 
 f^^TT ° (twice), foil. 121/-, 125a; 45. ZVai 
 kumdrdshtakamXA-)} WTrWrtfTPS ° (twice), foil. 
 121", L426; 46. N. M and Yajurvedokta- 
 
 trikdlasandhyopdsanavidhi, fol. 1366; 47. Ex- 
 tracts from Bhdg. P.; 48. Hariddsoktam & 
 VaUabhapancdksharastotram, 8 re, 7? : N'g>T : H^- 
 HRlfTmnT fol. 143a; 49. Extracts from /'»- 
 rdnas. 11. T. I ike.] 
 
 •J.") 1(5. 
 
 2611a. Poll. 45 (foil. 15-19 of which are 
 wanting); size 9h in. by 4j in.; legibly written 
 in Oevanagarl, about 1750 a.d.j eleven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Sarvottamastotra-vivriti, a commentary on 
 the Sarvottamastotra, in praise of Krishna, by 
 Vall-abhdca 
 
 It begins : 
 
 hrt fqTTq?t^Rf?c5TT»rpJT'sirr^t i 
 TTtrft^T^T^^T'nffT f^^rff^ ^!!rnrfiT n i n 
 
 i?rannni p^t? 7rmnf^ift ^Tf: i 
 
 5 i'
 
 828 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^Tifm £3 3TC3J W «5lQfadq II 3 II 
 fqWHT'qTqnilT ^q rirUl^daf^ g ^ q^m^Wnr^fTTT- 
 
 jfn^i crrfk i •qTcSTni^RraqfirfiT i 
 
 The stntra here consists of 36 stanzas 
 (whilst Hall, Index, p. 151, makes it 25). 
 The commentary ends : 
 
 *jqflT^rrW>*Tfa fqqurfW q^^ts i 
 
 t 
 
 fTrTqMl^ioKXmT ^q^TVHift W II I II 
 
 c c 
 
 q?R qfsTrqii fq^rfN^cm wH i 
 
 f^rfiT(!) cSJ«fq *T=fi-tnU iTqTq II 
 
 fqqfir: n [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2517. 
 
 2611b. Foil. 22; size 10£ in. by 4f in.; 
 good Devaniigarl writing of about 1750 a.d. ; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Tracts connected with the sects of Valla- 
 bhdcdrya and Rdmdnuja. 
 
 I. Vivekadhmrydsrayaniritpana, by Valla- 
 bhdcdrya ; 17 ilokas, beg.: 
 
 fq^cRw ?fw!nr^«aTK: ^rft^rfir ii 
 This is followed . by a commentary (tikd) 
 thereon, beg.: 
 
 ^TsAqTW^TTn^Hf^n^qr^m^q ii °i ii 
 
 II. [Ananya-]Bhaktiviveka (?by Laksmand- 
 ffirya). It begins, fol. 4« : 
 
 Tram-iT'sfi.JTq.rHJ^Tt' TTS'pp^ST'nrPJwnT^ I 
 ^Tqrr>«qT?qif H^T^H^T fq^=FH^ || <\ || 
 
 "» Cs Cs 
 
 ^tTinqrgTq^r'qT^r^TqC:) I 
 
 ^? *?<? $?Twa^iTr -q^HiJTTO^ qi^fa iMm**4 *rrfq 
 It ends : 
 
 fq^oR> S7TSM3.W ^TSTifiT *rqTU^T II 
 
 ^Tn*T^pnrff(?^)^Tc^wr^q>Tfe'f>qcF: ottw: n 
 
 III. Siihlhihititrivriti, or rather a gloss 
 thereon; by Vallabha. It begins, fol. 76: 
 
 ^■epN *rrerftn(:) gw '■s^rrtenrT: i 
 
 W offr sfq fqHqr^T^Tq(i-.^)WH^ TT^r'^H II 
 
 ^ ^qHTOfrfTT i ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 TfhiWT fUdiriMafq^frT: ^HT II 
 
 IV. Yamuiidshtapadlvivarana, by Raghundtha 
 (? pupil, or son, of Vit/hala). It begins, fol. 10a: 
 
 *ri fnrf^qywi fenft H^ftTsj-qT i 
 
 BTlTFH^HW'j 7f q^ qW«TWif || <\ II 
 
 tit csfc5?rq^ 'qTF ^ffni tfrnn wfq i 
 
 ^TWff*=KHT^T'q ofTTf^'T* TTOUnffl TTT II ? II 
 *I?q«fljflffH ^jqt TTTmqj «Ttff TT?T TR^qffT I 
 7rn"r ?fq ^flpr ^ftT ° II , 
 
 Colophon : %fn zft'VgWH At H^WI =R^?!TT^Tq- 
 
 ofttt *PrHT?q<TTfqq**!i wq^f h 
 
 e _a 2 cs. 
 
 V. A commentary on the Siddhdntam/uMd- 
 vall (see p. 627a, no. 4). It begins, fol. 14a : 
 
 jut!**! fqrrqT^TqnqH'UNiri: i 
 
 opq'qT fq3T^l^ST?T^I.51TIi^Tqc5T' II °l II 
 
 VI. Yamundshtalcavivriti, by Vi/thala. It 
 begins, fol. 19a : 
 
 fq^irrtrqRqTfqHiTqv'Tq^f irt (:) i 
 cfrqqw -H7T ina^^irT Hfq fqTO II ° II
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 829 
 
 Colophon a jfn ^n>^^WH^^wr5r?rH^?- 
 
 [Gaikaw \l\ 
 
 2518. 
 
 2611c. Foil. 20 (and a suddhapattra to 10); 
 
 size 8i in. by 3| in.; indifferent, modern 
 Devanagari writing ; eiglit linos in a page. 
 
 Vallabhashtakavivritiprdkdia, a gloss on a 
 commentary on Vitthale§vara's Vallabhdshtalca, 
 by Pwrushottama, son of Pitdmbara. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 It ends : 
 
 [Gaikawak.] 
 2519. 
 
 2611d. Foil. 5 ; size 8i in. by 4 in.; fairly 
 written, in Devanagari, about 1700 a.d.; 10 
 or 11 lines in a page. 
 
 Bhaktivardhimvwarana, a versified exposi- 
 tion of Vallabhdcdrya's Bhaktivardhinl ; by 
 H arid els a. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 f^irTqff HfefaTznn^fa^wtf , «rf;i : TCf*jrfT s^timi 
 
 c 
 
 ■iTH: ^Rq^T^T^^tfV^sniTC?) II 3 II 
 It ends : 
 
 ^HrHHTq HT^W TftlUfJT TRR7T: II t$( II 
 
 ^mTHftT f^in^T^^TTnT'nmilRfq II tS II 
 
 n*?^ «?i ?m jrft^rjr *3*jm u tfc n 
 
 zYsfiT nf^iTR^rH') TzrteftTWsrh^rg ii 
 
 [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2520. 
 
 2663b. Foil. 8 ; size 9 in. by 4 in.; fair, 
 modern Devanagari writing; nine lines in a 
 page. 
 
 A fragment, consisting of thirteen verses 
 in praise of Vishnu. Rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected): 
 
 TPTT TTSTH TT5Tf»WTqTftT(?) I 
 
 C 
 
 =Frt^ «t nt: «?rt ?ti h ii <\ n 
 C5H3' xj? w fa>ft 3ltffl1I;R I 
 
 ttot ^rrft^rfN <rfaff f f? u 3 ii 
 
 The first leaf is marked ^i=STt° in one margin, 
 and tti: iu the other. [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2521. 
 
 1635e. Foil. 10 j Bize 8| in. by 4 in.; 
 
 legibly written, in Devanagari, about 1700 A.i>. ; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Bhalctteata, consisting of 101 verses in praisi 
 of Krishna, by Anantadt va. 
 
 It begi ns : 
 
 ^rqTTT^TTTi?nT:f^F!TTTT| TPpT ^: II °t II 
 
 5 p 2
 
 830 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 fTjflt ^T3qwrf ^ WT«*fff I 
 
 -SRfaHnra^ff f^tHTftl wfT || <\o<\ II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2522. 
 
 823b. Foil. 24; size 12f in. by 4i in.; 
 good, modern Bengali handwriting; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 SusiddhdntwpushpdvaU, a eulogium of bhakti 
 as the highest form of Vishnu worship, by 
 Bhdgavatdnanda Gosvdmin. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TTrc^cR^^TlT ^ft^qi^itf fTB^^TTRflll^T 
 
 W[ ^mVffVfo. TW^ftT qfrTTn^t ^ Tint TTOT^nT I 
 c 
 
 It ends : 
 Wn*T it 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2523. 
 
 2599. Foil. 11; size 12 in. by 5 in.; 
 clear, modern Devanagari writing ; nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Kdslmrltimohsliavinirnaya, or Kdshnolsha- 
 nirnaya, a treatise on the efficacy of dying at 
 KasI as insuring final emancipation to a devout 
 Hindu ; by Suresvardedrya. 
 
 It begins : ^rtfaTSRTTra W. (see Aufr., Cat. 
 Cat., cFT^fa"tejfVp!hi:) II 
 
 Amvt m^w^^s^rsv^xm^ n h ii 
 ^n^V hrcf us ^5*ki ^*nfafV: ii * u 
 
 H^ST^ W^t HT^TiPT "qi TTWftft^(?) I 
 
 gn^lrt'O^ ^rotf fiTrer fcp^r u 8 ii 
 THc5i^t f^rafs: wr^fRfrargffl'niH i 
 
 ■3TJTCT: xjtCiR^ marg.)^xi3T^n:flHl^f^rff: II Mil 
 
 ^rc*?t ^ famt H^w^i^i iCt^m ii i ii 
 
 TTfTt f^^^^cii H^ififfT ^f^f^fK II S II 
 
 : 5ra^^i^ fa^trt %f^7T3ft fq^sj^r: n fe u 
 
 fcRir? trtiit i ^^w ff i Ksnn tftrcFT^R^" iftTf 
 u?tiff <NiHgim *§* qran: irNw ^ftr i ° irft ^m- 
 ciwnm iiwv vw* 1 Tnnj=jjH*rrTfafirT ^wt? i s?sit- 
 
 f^^T^^TTnt TJT q^mTO^^Tf^T^f^TfafT-JTTfV 
 
 sjqrrqrftWTfq ofifltr: utosft eift#«f 5^ 11 tttt ^t 
 HTnsrftTTW ^T^ff I ° further on the opening para- 
 graphs of the Jdbdlapanishad are cited. 
 
 It ends : f=s ^?iiH u 
 
 ^t cbnfq q: cfrnjfgfjiwTr qfrwiTH i 
 
 *W*rR^ ipr^t um§: ufw^Tf^ii: 11
 
 PIIILOSOrilY. 
 
 831 
 
 On fol. 1ft the treatise is called KashnuLli- 
 prakdslhJ, of. Wilson, Mack. Coll. (second ed.), 
 p. 125. 
 
 This work, as well as the succeeding one, 
 should perhaps rather have been given under 
 Sacred Law than under Bhakti. 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2524. 
 
 1991. Foil. 55; size 8\ in. by 4 in.; 
 clear, correct, modern Devanagari writing 
 (European paper); nine lines in a page. 
 
 Prapaucasdraviveka, or Ehavasaraviveka, a 
 course of moral and religious instruction for 
 pious Vaishnavas, in eight chapters; by Gan- 
 gddhara, son of Saddsiva-suri Mahddakara, 
 and pupil of Advaitananda. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^sraW fsreRN oSWtfo&trf jjn^^ I 
 *mvrf ^f^Tlf ^ ^TTTftJ ^ HT^ II =1 II 
 
 ?pi!?njT5 v% ^T^rtfcfi ^th^t^ ii ? ii 
 
 ^tiTR^T^T 3 ^ flirt «T?Tt n^ I 
 
 jpinjtrto fqw^ v>i wrf ^ <?f^ Hfircr: ii 3 n 
 
 1FTTVTT sfrTf^Jamft «n^fififsR=KT: II S II 
 
 vn^rsTT^Tfir ^TcJt^i ^n^T^t f^?T=tii«mT t 
 
 Mq*TCfa^ ^ W^" *l?fVqT3Ts|? II M II 
 
 irrq UsTRW^rcT rm? f?Tr=FTfwl I 
 srfsffl^Srff ^t nmrcTfijwt ^v: ii i ii 
 
 TTmftnf ftrf^r ^ ^ft 'ft iTTTTffT nm: i 
 
 faarrrhu ^ jfTHTr fYrrvr: fcpvjcRT $n ii b n 
 
 e 
 
 « wnpflft ^ft?: xjf^a: cr^ri >??t^(!) n io n 
 
 *f 3ftW* sfn f^sri^: to '^"ff: h? ii =11 ii 
 fain *njP3;rt jjsrt ^^:"ifrtj?Tni^ i 
 
 ^ffqiTTTmirn ftaT *>S^T ^frT H wfff: II «R || 
 
 ^wnr^rtfqwT *jt ^ntf vfsrcR: our?: ii 13 u 
 
 ^twt ^nft *v^ «^m^ firafffcq: i 
 
 5H *nj ^ fflsfff w=? cstort: oFTn^n: n °ii u 
 
 f=* irq: foR- F7? ?r?t cjft y§: o^tit ri^: i 
 
 ^>: *tt: ^sj fairf^ c?f> qJt^: awht i?rw ii «m h 
 
 ^rt ^n ^j u^ra vrt: =ft ^iv^ ^ i 
 
 ?r^: ^: f^ ^ ft^ ^ f =F Tfi^ ii^rr^ h ii ii ii 
 
 H^ f=S ^i^ VVITS *&. cR> TI7T IT^tT: II 19 II 
 
 I. (si. 17) wpodghdta; II. («/. GO) gudhdrtha- 
 pra§nottaranirupana ; III. (,s7. 146) nitimdrga- 
 nirupana; IV. (.>•■/. 55) karmavipdhcunirupana, 
 on sins and punishments; V. (.s7. 73) (feva- 
 svarujiiniir/ljiiujii, on God (Visluni); VI. (>7. 1 15) 
 vdsudevap&jdnirupana, on the modes of wor- 
 shipping 17.s7//^; VII. (,s7. 105) bhdgavata- 
 illi'irmtinirupana, on the duties of a Vaishnava, 
 and the reward accruing therefrom ; \'I1J. 
 (SI. Ji)7) ahor,'iliiil;riiijanirupana, on reliyi 
 rites generally. 
 
 The verses seem to be partly the author's 
 own, and partly culled from various sources. 
 
 The }ilitil{li-v\v\\w\\\ , though not too ob- 
 tru-ive, is by no means absent. While a 
 devout adherent of Viskiyu, the author is qoI 
 bigoted, and allows to Siva a certain share
 
 832 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS 
 
 We extract a few 
 
 of religious sentiment, 
 passages : 
 
 CcA ^ s^n: to) ^rrwhft tMtsnr: i 
 s^ren:: *S*TBfr t?tt «fnw*ra: n 
 *f ^n^ f?rain ^ Htn^rt ^^f^rt i 
 mniTt fa^tir: ns: crwt uTrTtcrsirT n^: h 
 
 c 
 
 •STTOt HTftRt 5ITWT HTKnTTOmraTCt I 
 
 s«mffrtt'3 ^to nvf t: fmre'r ^tt: ii fol. 20&. 
 
 T^W^TSTOrJ ^T r^>» *TTTt *iT II 
 
 ^v ^ ?t *?fr^fff Tifj^TqfK vwr&i i 
 
 ^ft •qf? Wft^fK wftljfrT HTTlH II 
 *T^T IT JTTIfT vW ^mWl^ HTFT II 
 
 *ra?rt>w: ttiik vtrnisf^ ?ft *rt n ° fol. 22b. 
 
 5TTc57ITflriirc5TfW ^fr?*[TT>'^T5T«f I 
 tfWff Tjfsnt miff cirrfffH ^ ^P^Stf II 
 
 e cs c 
 
 iT? ^njT*rer>pPTTfVl ^H%5T II 
 
 f^re^n* -$fa ntaf^q ssfafig ?^h: ii 
 ^rai^jrq ^H f^t fiji^nj ws i 
 
 ^ncS^Tflf^i^i^rt f? n^sfCT^ ii fol. 26b. 
 
 3TTc57n>rf5T<5TTra J t J TT1T ^T1I^§^T I 
 
 jcypira ft 5i mii ^ w»rtr: TnnqfiT: u 
 jTc$wfw»p»Trfa ?i^t pi <* 51 =) fw m i 
 
 c&3reT*i f%f>^Tfa(? nTrfq) ^T^ 577*^ >T^ II 
 
 JH? «UT^ Wcntf JT^TTJTirt fftfTI^t I 
 
 TT^flr^T Wofitrf iTT^ufr H^: II fol. 296. 
 c^ t e 
 
 •SJT-sf tit iT^m ^tlT^t ^riI-!T TT^T I 
 
 ^TstfiT rJ^TStfiT cp^- ^cr'tw ^i^ ii fol. 34a. 
 It ends : 
 
 Hg^T tl7rm^ra"T « f^rr5*Tf^WTTr^T7f II ?3M II 
 
 ^TT^TfaH mH lTrilffl Vf<tfl s4 ^Tft^TiTcR: I 
 ^VT^T =RTH(T"t «Tn^T2T7tt ^jTimrfq II ?i,4, II 
 
 ^ft ^?rfti it«n: ^T?m: *fa «ir^ i 
 Trqrnrii fmrn ^fonwg: 'in: ii ^5,* u 
 
 ^rrH ^r^Jitgr^: 5bhth: ii 
 
 For another MS. of this work, see Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices of Sanskrit MSS., x., p. 162. 
 
 [De. John Taylor.] 
 
 G. KaSmir Saivism. 
 (Sjianda and Pratyabhijnd.) 
 
 2525. 
 
 66a. Foil. 48; size 11 in. by 6 in.; good, 
 thick (Kasmlr) Devanagari writing of about 
 1750 A.D.; thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Spandavivriti (or Spandakarikavivarana), a 
 commentary, by Rdjdnaka Rama, on Bhatta 
 Kallala's Spandakariha (or Spanddrthasutrd- 
 vall), or metrical paraphrase of Vasugupta's 
 Sjoandasutra (or Sivasutra).
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 833 
 
 TIio commentary also includes the text of 
 the hdrikds as well as that of Kallata's own 
 brief explanation (vritti) of liis verses, and is 
 thus an exposition of the whole of the Spanda- 
 sarvasva, as Kallata's Kdrikds and Vritti are 
 also called. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 UT ^T^i H^ ipifiT imfrT «T? ^f?T TTT^ II 
 
 (Ti§*3f5frrf^3t: ^nmf^njTTr: 
 grf%f^Bnir?it faq** hj{w i 
 
 ^ToFT^-qfa *TWJJ T?TJ«R> SIR || 
 ^T^T^Tfa^>UTiT^HT^flT^^4^qkY 
 
 »JtfiTMFrn»?msr^f^wTflf(T5TTiTw : hiT *re#: ii 
 
 f«s i^ff m f^nrfoirH: ^rfrnjq h^ it? wffmn 
 jr*rta;q ttjitit4 f>T;f%irt r^mirurrcr^ i 
 
 [^trN ii 
 wf to fti^Ti sfsrm ii ^t 
 
 [Karifca] uwnwrqf;Rtn«rt wru: v^h^nf I 
 
 [Vritti] W^ ^^TRW fjI^TrRBirTq tfctitUHI^JTT 
 UrtfqfsirrTFq TOSSTC^TTDT UfiWaH II 
 
 [Vivriti] if 3i=Rt iwm cRrtrt *ro mjiwrj?: i if 
 cb i xjKiVwrirf^irm^t 3TfenHT;n?5-qT«rt jTHift fr^Ri 
 n<$"qty*ff fr^rjrTiTjm^T i ^nr u^Jfrapq ^T faifanrfafiT 
 
 jrRTTqrjrqTTrit ■^'a *m?: i w p^ fq>rq i^q urn v^t. i ° 
 
 t 
 
 (fol. 1/.) ^fWH«*U DUM^M «T^ 7f> *»*: WT?TT51- 
 f^rfV^i^ SUrTCTfaiN ^l^?TT: I KFTJPPT^rq SJ*j»mu- 
 
 5RtHn*nr: 3i^niTTf>ruMWT tht*?t3tht vrht fctrf^g?5- 
 
 ^T'537^'TCi^ KFTJT^rHTf>vrllTK | fqirq^THj fq^ijrjT- 
 *fatf^n^f^(!)uT*^TTir^femWTfr^^*T^^*T - 
 
 ^T??Y^frrc»^T?cRr4*^?ivorrrpjTiTrrj: OT^q-^arhnT- 
 
 STWJ^tlTJTnr^ TTT^rrqfrTT?^rWTfriqfavRT>TrqrTn*- 
 
 nw: ii =i ii 
 
 We subjoin the text of the remaining 
 hdrikds, slightly emended with the help of the 
 commentaries and a careful collation kindly 
 
 supplied by Professor Bhandarkar (I!): 
 
 WPqT^TYW^q^rsr f^TTVT sfsr ^f^lT II * II 5 c(. 
 
 >rni?Tf^fq«? snq K<rfa^ mxtfrj i 
 
 fn^} ffT^rg^ ;<WrTr?q??aj7r: u ^ u fol. 6a. 
 
 i^Ta^wn^nrff ^js^ s^q^ ht: w?^t ii j ii Su. 
 
 ^ ^trer j^>ttt> sfq irrmf TTTJn^ir: u h ii 86. 
 
 w?T^TTni ^-giHT n^fsfwrfiTJT^: n S, n 9a. 
 
 ^nr: ^TT^in imi flHq<r=irf^»n u s ii fol. 96. 
 
 c 
 
 ^Hfq f^TrH^mslrr'J^tlRrFR'n H7H II t II fol. 106. 
 
 f-i^i v ]^n«^«i ■5Ffl'^t7f»r?rTfqTT: i 
 
 ^q^T Wtn: TI^^rqiT 1T?T WTrfqT»i U^JT II C II 116. 
 
 TT?T TtlTr$fWT Vlf sWofTff^^WTT: I 
 HHTrfrM-^ti H^f itTHTfiT ^ cKTlfcT ^ll So ll L2o. 
 
 wram^ ^tw ^HFqTJ ^jffl: ^t: « i^ u 126.
 
 834 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 *nrt sfK^riniwT^T^T^f^fiT Uw. h «k ii 13a. 
 
 t ^ 
 
 ■q ppj TRWTfrpj nm^i sfirqsrH n «$ n fol. 136. 
 oFT^m "SjfqTrr't 7P* cfiHPf Tpt^JUH 11 18 11 146. 
 
 nfwi^s fq^st swrftq^rv: ufrPispr 11 «im 11 15a. 
 
 tt rT Tfr s^rawr mq: sit swnmTwpj • 
 
 ■B^t ^tq: =inrif^wr^^n?n^^*HHTiT 11 <\% 11 156. 
 
 ^frt° ^fTT^wfwf^^ST: U^fTt fan?^: 11 fol. 16a. 
 
 TOfrq^for: *<t?f faxi;rraifW'siTfT*!rr 1 
 
 f^q ^STTTWTlpr^ TJ^TSPff TR*q W II SS II IGc. 
 H^Tf f^T&TfiT 7H?ZH W f*PRTj; II It II fol. 17/'. 
 c5an?H^THT: ■wait wt^HTqftqf^J^: II <=l<!. II 
 
 ^i?rqftr ?^tc "*f£ tftrreqwfa 11 ^0 n 
 
 ^TTTpf f^f HTqTf^TTtTfvn^fH II ^ II fol. 186. 
 
 •uPT^n tTrq-t Ti'&iti «r^: wfrrfew: 11 ?^ 11 206. 
 
 ■qW^VHi WHT55W ^M *?H qwffl 1 I 
 iRpq-q ^ft^ sirftfii Wcfi^ni firefk 11 *3, 11 
 
 Hmfswrswriifcr ^frTmfremqfq 1 
 ^q^rrssEpq^faift ffPiT srsrtOTNw 11 ?« 11 22a. 
 
 sfNTrq^^: wpr: wr^rpp: » *m » fol. 23a. 
 
 jppfjff sfveRPJPl ^TtfT^rN ^f^T^ II ^ II 
 
 tt^pt riHctftra 5iit)^m farg^rr: 1 
 w?rnv^f^^ fff w fsrevfifar: 11 *>s 11 fol. 23?;. 
 \fn° ^fafr^^mft^fsffiiWi fipip^:ii fol .25a. 
 
 ttw^tcto m^TiPrJifijTiffnT: 11 ?t 11 fol. 256. 
 
 wh si^m fq^rnr ^ fTH^i 1 1: f$ra: t 
 vrt#;^ vftuiHRR ^t BfN tftwii: n ?<t 11 
 
 w trsq^Hit Tpst sil^w^ ^t ^m:* 11 50 11 256. 
 jfn ° fq^w ^^HR5if^«?r3pft^Rfw: H-rftft f?r- 
 np^: 11 fol. 276. 
 
 ^TOfT^W*! ^ [1^51 vqTftm'iTftl B.] I 
 
 TT^TTsniTHJnqfwft^K: ?nv^iwi ^T 11 3s 11 276. 
 ^q f^trirr^^T ^ fsu^^aTq^Tfii^ n 5? 11 28a. 
 
 ^(HJT-qPT'q Wrtf Tim^'qfiT ^f?^ II ^^ II 
 
 k^t ^w siq>T : r?T^T^irniTqnifH'3i»Tnf x 1 
 
 f?nq WKrTt H^ fpqTns^yq TPTT^I^'iT II 3 $ II 29a. 
 
 'spi^t k ^?p?fT «pmfi?^n^«RPPT: i 
 
 flHTT ^tfcB«K^ jINJW«q^q II ^M II fol. 306. 
 
 ?m w^f st^tt -^r: wppirir sfq ^Kft? i 
 
 >Tq: WJTKTT «TfcT ^^cfTa^nHTf^w: II ^1, II 
 
 Tpj(r./.ir«n B.) ^rq^m^i TpfO-.^r) *nr tti 
 
 [fwirf« x I 
 KW5T ^^TfliTq ^TNtTWU^W II ?S II fol. 31a. 
 
 <rt?c5> sfq H^T'giWT ^if: 'Jrrtf uq^w i 
 
 ^T«3TtT^«^Tt ^ (TO -q> sfir^«fgJ7T:il3bll 32a. 
 
 TPqr ^TrR^qfv^T^mwq^q Hfqrqfii u ^<» u 33a. 
 HTffrfqcJfTHTO-.OcFTt) ^? tn^T^TsfT^pT: ^fiT: I 
 
 TPT^qfq^?i ^ifn: w"iT^() , .'m ^p()?jcst ii do u 
 
 - -i_ [fol. 336. 
 
 ^oFf^tnTjWjfiwi iff: wt^to<t^: i 
 
 ■?^q: ?t k fq^T: ^rt imtr^^^ u g<^ u 34a. 
 
 * Here, as in other instances where several Ho/cas 
 are taken together for comment, the vritti for the 
 whole is given after the karikas, but at the end of 
 the commentary the commentator remarks that the 
 vrittikrit has taken them separately, as in the case 
 of these three verses : ^PPTTTPPT^t ^«W WqpJToF 
 
 jj^nRTiwinfipTT h^ nwqij^nf^^T *q ^>nq^- 
 mf^ tf'SR ii 
 t ^^^ ft^f7^«T vprro^Tn^T^fai -&^ ^T i
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 83J 
 
 irea^ sf^N ^t«cKi^ ^ff^r: n 8* u 846. 
 
 1H*T fcR ^?^liiiH ^^T^«>SIH( liniffr./. P.) 
 
 [n $3 n fol. 356. 
 
 ■5Fc5Tfg^f^H^ft *iin «^ tjsi: fKTw:(c.TRH:) u 
 
 [Sm ii fol. 3Gk. 
 
 K7[Tsin?nTTHfit h 'g K*?r3jffaT: II $% II P.*] 
 
 ^^xrr^T^r •srrc'i sj^ra: «7Tiftfr^nn: i 
 
 *m: st^tr^vh ^T fa^T nwifte^: n as n 40a. 
 
 sj-^vrfinrt ^Rinwr wni ffrsnraf^oFnidti^la. 
 «p*n^nj£ikr *r?ft s^rfiriftrsrKr.^tfNT) i 
 
 nir?cff^ tf^T5T<T3i HfllfljMH II 8<l II 
 
 »H* uTwr >im fT3T^nwHT?r^T(r. °<*tt:) i 
 
 wwftrnc^WlTRJ otTT^f ri^SR? II Ho II fob 44a. 
 TPP: ^T3 «^£*3^T HWl c57Jtgf>(°^lT.?. P.) I 
 
 f^q^ft-jpRfrT WH'^'giTgrt *r^nr n <^ ii 456. 
 f^FT^: ii fol. 47a. 
 
 [Vritti .-] '*mrvt srofast sqfi: n 
 
 ^TJ-^TThsf^igtlfttHIWWcRrfT II 
 
 [Vivriti .-] 
 
 * Prof. Bhandarkar's MS. of the Vivarana likewise 
 omits the text of this verse, supplied by him from a 
 copy of the Spandakarika in the Huradd character 
 (Rep. of 1875-76, no. 508). 
 
 7TT R 5 w h i* -<rofHTrr?-?Tt ffij ^tnT n^TTrff ^ i 
 rrrt^njiTf^VT^wT wTKnfwr^^jtiiitKHHKTTrRfnjr>- 
 qsjmr^H?gT^<TT>Tii^i mxirf ^mt sttth ii gft-^srt i 
 ^imvrqTsru^ fasmuu^i ° ending with four bene- 
 dictory stanzas, the last of which runs thus: 
 3lf3T?mfiniT'njmawr3T^T 3T«rnnj 
 
 oinmn: *hsH fair?TT fifrrcT tH<J3i: ii 
 
 tfnirfl? TJrH^HTfWt wfafsTTfrT: II wfasnWift T?T- 
 
 iT?'5gn^Tqf jrdfl'frn mm iireft»i5W55^rR»rH^»fl TT>TT- 
 Tr^roTTTHxtrfa firm n ° 
 
 Quotations aro met witli in the commentary 
 from Jihlnttijiirbliiisttifni, fol. 416; Tattvagar- 
 hha(sfotru), foil. 37«, 38a Oi^t sTnnrPHr fain 
 mnsTFT wt i tt?! mut T3*qfa ^tTTH l^rai: II ) ; 
 the Pdramcsvara, fol. 'Mi (nf^a STfefflf'^ tnrrll- 
 ^uh^h I 3T^nt st^i uttf*^ STf^Rt^g vi'QX ?firi); 
 PratyabMjna, foil. 38a, 40?/ (an. sink, is); Bhar- 
 trihari, fol. 306 (nf^H^TTTH^TWTH p£ t m^T^rq- 
 fr^vnr i fl^t: ?tf urfs: ^ >ft^T u^aK u) ; Md- 
 limvijaya, fol. 42?* (hvjt ^ ^HTT55^fT>rn : t n m 
 *TT STf^TgTTj: cfiNin «H^rfiT^ I ^^T R HFq WT 
 ^fq ftnmt: Tlfirqua ll)j whilst other schools of 
 Yoga philosophy are referred to at fol. 13a : 
 
 On the tenets and principal works of the 
 Kasmlr Saivas, see esp. Hall, Index, pp. 19G 
 seq.; Biihler, Detailed Report, pp. 77 seq.; 
 Bhandarkar, Report 1883-4, pp. 76 seq. 
 
 Bhafta Kallata, the disciple of Vasugupta, 
 lived nnder king Avamtivwrman, who reigned 
 about 854 a.d.j wliilst Rdjdnaka Rama calls 
 himself a dependent (or pupil) of Rdjdnaka 
 Utpaladeva, who, if identical with the author 
 of the Pruft/nhliij/ld, is assigned by Prof, lluhh r 
 to the first half of the tenth century. At the 
 end of his commentary on the Bhagavad 
 Rdjdnaka Rama (also called Rdmakanfha) 
 
 5 cj
 
 836 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 speaks of himself as a younger brother of 
 MvMdJcana (?the same as the poet of that 
 name in the time of Avantivarman), and a 
 descendant of Ndrdyana of Kanyakubja*; 
 whilst in the colophon of a MS. of his Nares- 
 varapanhshdprakdsa (Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., 
 no. 1140) the author is called Ndrayaqakantha- 
 sunu-Rdmahantha. 
 
 Rdmakantha is referred to in the Sarva- 
 darsanasamgralia (Cowell and Gough, transl., 
 p. 125) in the chapter on the Saivadarsana, 
 in connection with the interpretation of the 
 term pwryashtaka in the 49th hirihi (or rather 
 the corresponding spcmdasutra) , where the 
 present commentary gives the following in- 
 terpretation (fol. 44?>): trtrt *?^T3jrtt TPTRthnir 
 
 Nd rdyandkanfha is likewise referred to in the 
 same work (ib. p. 129), apparently as the author 
 of the Mrigendravritti. 
 
 Fol. la contains the following note, in 
 Colebrooke's hand, ' Syanda : a demonstration 
 of the Identity of Siva and his active power 
 or Saldi-' [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2526. 
 
 1573a. Foil. 78; size 10 in. by 4J in.; 
 fair Devanagari writing of about 1750 a.d.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Trim&ikdtattvavivarana (or PardtrimHkdtat- 
 tvavivarana), an exposition, by RdjdnaJca Abhi- 
 navagupta (son of Gukhala, and disciple of 
 JJtpala), of the Trimsihl (or Pardtrim&iltd), a 
 versified treatise of Kaimlr Saiva philosophy. 
 Very correct. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^TWIrKIHrf*^ RH [wJTq^tTTtT II 1 II 
 
 ^raTHrwmrTmTf t>wft" i 
 
 Tft ^ ^T ^TTTOTfqfimoRf II * II 
 
 ■TOTfrfifijreTmcS finF ff*it TIT t>f«TVni UTTPTrN 
 Tm»nfa tTOH^Tl ffTTTHTHt TjfiTHr^RrgfiT II 3 II 
 
 flTTTf^H^TWTr ^ STJ fstrff JPTT3T II M II 
 
 ^rr[?]^W^ ii 
 
 tlTH^T;: Tigt>tr5K?THT: *T7TrmTT7J?JTSn tn^qUT 
 5T3»TT ^TTTfitlTT ^WHt SfCT?Tr»Tq I ?T f? srt>fi: f^l^ 
 JmTfff I 5FTT ^ Slflfi^fsn^^fwSTJnrT U^JHlf: TITTH3I- 
 
 nqTt34m R^fti^»ni!iT7rtt3jf3i5iinfqfHwr -mmi qt*r- 
 
 ^7Jr?JrsTTfl^7raTcSoFf?5rtTqt tffqf^ f^TSST" Tn^T^TJi^s- 
 fqTTjf^TTSjfwfqHTJT^q qffH §q ^f *t«Fc5JlHTflJrfa^3'- 
 
 R^qWoBTTTrrfTpi'nmTfVti srftm^JtfiTTW fqJTTrffT II ° 
 
 The succeeding verses are as follows : 
 *jrnn$ T^mai imn^ w nrnf n fol. 14a. 
 
 <£<JTJT$TT TT IfT sifs: ^fT%^ ^Trfq^T I 
 
 Tit h ^nni i*i3j vn ^ts 55«TJ5i? n fol. 16a. 
 
 Comm. : ° H^ ofi^Wq q3f(T I ^'TaTHnf?tjT^T 
 
 qj$ xjTJrrir'qfR|fiisnT3iT:RT H^^fii w*w: u stjtt- 
 *TTTtlfq qre: n ° 
 
 t At fol. 2ob tins hsUf-iloka and the first slolca are 
 referred to as '3Rir;:faOTf^TV l aT5fi*j7!^.
 
 rniLosopiiY. 
 
 387 
 
 grqjjTfa wtrnfa wa: wtf$?sf*rf3% n fol. 17a. 
 Comm. fol. 236: jf^Tlfftsranft ^Jrhtoi^qTrr: i 
 
 !T^w:^iTc5^n^ rira^xif n=irtff iff n 
 
 h?s!j snf^ f^^TTff gi^n^ etsf^ss n 
 
 *?qm jNtoI fount ^ ^ifaf?r ii 
 
 ?4 »ftfin WHiWrfi *HN^q h^^t ii ful. 26rt. 
 
 After a general discussion, the explanation 
 of these 4i shims begins fol. 44Z* : 
 
 ^=Ft«N3HHr+r^^^I!IT I tJTT HTTTrft fmq Wins' 
 
 ht^ ^ni ii wmv, mmm ift*ft *i: *ft f^ir: ^Tf^K: i 
 ^rfsmm fffq^c^irwwrftfVr: ii nmnH: ^^mt: 
 ^ni «WH3rT%fH: i vtwf 4fq?T=m: ?ra$e^wrc=?r: ii 
 ^?*<rehj?7f vtth Twnrif«f7r nma i =rTc?frrq=raff%t*t 
 ttwt^h^ mm ii ^f^^Tfti f?^q ^ f^jn trt^:'3iJ?: i 
 
 7iTEjf^^mf<T^T»innr sarfasnTT i aqrafu fn^t f? *t 
 *n flfrfirsFTjfiff n i^wm ^«t^^t ^n*qTn^?rrffw=f;T i 
 
 f^HWH^ I im^ T*KiNj f? ^ tTT7T Wrfff 3^ II 
 
 ^xnoi^Tm^(njw?T?: ^ fairs: i ^ir: 4^irrf?<f 
 
 *I^ilgqf?I*riH II ^^^TSTCTTlT^R'qrsflliqtet I 
 
 Trirtro ^m: *r?f *qicffn; r--i c snjj!i u *iTHTfV=R»r?ro- 
 
 f^rWrB^Kodyauij | ^fqgTFRoP ^qj??ftng>TOT5W=I< II [ 
 H?q HTtloRT^q VTTiffat f^it W. I WflTTJilfxfcfiTcfiTt 
 
 iwvt»?(?) ri->^rfii ^Tj*TtrrnrrwT * m *nrrt f=rni: i 
 
 ^WT^T FWqfal^tflTTfavfqaT II *?T*ITSTr?^ fiflfa 
 
 ^T<rq wfpiiEurt i tj^TjT^^fH^iwmrHTrfrJroin n 
 tfvjnn *i»rnm 5TOIT ^TTrnfiwoK't i ^Wtp'ihtmtwt: 
 
 W^vi f^qqTfWcRT: II H^Tff WTTfrf f^5t ofiJlRHrrJ^TTHIlf I 
 ■*tTQ\ Tmq TmHT^H 'J'SHT^rTTKq II iftqfi Tn^7 ^^F^ 
 
 ^^ tjunTf^cF i fK^nn ^mws^g w?mw t^: qt n 
 
 ?51TJTff(?) I (T?fffr*?5 f^TTTlTrt Tr^nT5m4 HHTar II PTTt 
 
 mnt3iw Ti?f7trT: ii ^H^fff ^qrasni^' «f^t f? 
 ^: i ?5nTrjjif*TTnfT stihrttw nfMfmr: ii iRTfv=si- 
 
 c t 
 
 sfq ^tt ii H^m»Tr?T>Tnnn kss: nwnrm srinr: i q: w§- 
 
 ^^g nl^st: i ^h^ «Q^t 7n^ finm ^ nr«»Tfw: n 
 
 ■J c t 
 
 ^?;TrHf^ fraffrr: ii f^^Tar?^mri w^itwjk Tmh 
 twtw ii Then Eollows a prdhrit passage : tjt*?^- 
 
 ?TTIT «raS^i^!r ftn: , 5TTW|! r fl> ^^H^i?Tfr^ HT*T^H ° 
 
 fol. 566. 
 
 ^qqfw ii ^fj^i^K «^ ftT^rtjTtfnrflf^rf i Hw'fq vm 
 
 ^ I ^n ^^W S?ft TTtTTfqflTWrj II ^Wrt^TTT cJTrf 
 
 r^^jri ii »??rf wits qw .^■sff?nf*jJif?K: i w ^anT> h?t 
 fltj (Nq^pntf ttt: ii '5??T^iTRTnHT^ , qi^Trt sat cpiq- 
 
 niHTcFV F'JTlf^f^: I TT?r5-qn-RW ^?TRWlt -Hum fRT^T II 
 
 ffl^T ^J7r»7nf5s^rm: ii ^rrnw w»?-q ?t!3T «wi 
 
 JiwiTnTPfTvqfrf ii ^^rm^cjf s^H i: osf^im a^nr: i 
 nfnftrwu«^f?rit ?i mTl' w ^ ^"rtw: ii fol. 59a. 
 °q?# ^^Tiq^rt f%^fflfiT H^TJrg^i?? flfsprq- 
 
 5 q 2
 
 838 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 w??h3q5> stiH v. g>fWf% h^h: i 
 
 [fol. 686. 
 ^rJfcr srrH*?nrtrr sfrnw wfsrfWwr: i fol. 69a. 
 
 $rrf=R7rfac5WT»n*ft «^sft>T f%?nfq f? i 
 'srfVfwt fwRsft *mi7r ^nr^t wra n 
 
 cRTc5TfrfnTTf<TtT: ^TF^T TTTTtrf ^3f^*T | 
 foprt f^^^ntir^ nr^ifgr?^ JTrf II fol. 696. 
 
 H^f ft Tf^BN«5^»iTn ^refwnf i 
 ^rurf'-i w]«!M P^Tit^ 5TR*raff ii 
 
 ^ ttt ^fw iT^R WW fatTOmfavft I 
 
 -rtejT H^TW«f^nn fH55T5»TT7f (fTf^HT II fol. 70a. 
 
 C O Cn 
 
 wra ^P*T fjfmt ^JfT *Hf43lffwfarrt II 
 
 ?n^rt gtT ^t *qr^ f^nrertTni ii 
 fsrara^nfinTKT frt'ft niwrawir: i 
 
 inr: *fi? n^rk: n^rcnf inr: n 
 wfH^wTT^t *rf raoirwfqrrt n 
 
 ktt: wiifvjRW *r*rn?T3*lT w^'Tirji 
 
 tRTrqrm 511m ^nwnt ^ f%^*nr 1 
 
 tt^ ^RiT^niTflfx^oirR sunj f%fv: 11 fol. 716. 
 
 «Fim»nf%fv: iwrn wtsrhf TrfauifiT 11 736. 
 ^rq^itKfnr urnirmHtsi fWmfWjn^ 11 fol. 75a. 
 
 !TWlfHi*)^iTT*tf5f *f sW f\ H^ni: II 
 
 ^«it*?t: faff: *Hr?rWTOH 11 
 
 Whether any other verses occurring in the 
 MS. belong to the original treatise, it is 
 difficult to make out. 
 
 Abhinavagiquta's exposition concludes with 
 the following genealogical account : 
 
 ^i TiqtfiiHirnrTTrnnp*- 
 
 ^f¥ *uvnr fa=rr?wf%'r5T I T>H 
 
 crrj^^ra^^-sRT^fViTT^* sp* 11 <\ 11 
 
 KiTt tfift s-^ *f\pft ■* vxr^wr. ct: ii * 11 
 
 W^Tf^^ - TT^^ff ^fft^^'H II 3 II 
 
 *nnwsr«}T3ra=R^'?rrfvw- 
 
 WtPT7W^"cJ i^ht^^w^: 11 8 11 
 TirtaT^g* ^?5^T^!nT^: m^ >t^t f3»r: t 
 TsfhriTfr: f^pp'5rf3^T^r«rR=RTS?TcBT: 11 m ii 
 
 Tftf^stirrTf^icRrgc^ iwt «r> ^k?t 11 4, 11 
 vq'Prrlitiftf^iT^ofi^ftTcR: croTftruivft fsm 1 
 
 1> ^T^ STqq 7^^ sfq f^t^THflR f^?TH 
 * Prof. Buhler's Report has cffT3»ftfrj*Tfsr^^-
 
 PUILOSOniY. 
 
 
 HTiTT RRR f3T73TI«H<6G!-«*rlT: 
 
 h*r: RiTiRfR rr^rrrtrt I 
 r: sm^H^ufWcJ nf^^^cfim: 
 ptr Rt f?TRR^ rrr<*rtr n b n 
 
 fan 311*3 RiifRRr: TTTTr^mTnnf^nr i 
 TTn^mfHVT^^ RfRHraRrr'RR?: n <> n 
 
 ^nr^mfaRRTfRVTR: * 
 
 WTBftwfiS RTfR3TrRTHM«m I 
 
 sft RrreRfat*j^sTRRKfR : - 
 r^tHr: RTfaretRtwRTRTR x n w n 
 
 rtrtshitr R?f<r RRRT^TT^RwrriifrT^arJPRT i 
 «mz^^tHM<.i^jHl r: fare «sf ^ -a *sj« tfTfavrR: 
 
 ^otatfq ??r^t¥ rirstrrI i 
 otrtrrY sfW7pjn*q;frf»rnT?r: 
 ttptstrr fRcRRR^fR-t f^TR^ " ^ » 
 
 •^ supq nfqfq^w r ^ rrt: titt fviRHrg^TRj 
 
 ^IjRft sfq r oKftj^r ?nfic5^^ffrt 1st rr 
 
 [11 <*8t ii 
 
 ^Trwnr RfRR^R^RRt r fRafir rtrrtIrJ 
 
 rTTJRTRTrRcfi^RRT?r RtRI fRrfRrRicJ ^flMlff I 
 fRTgrqrJR M^q fpzrcfvR> R ROJff TJRR 
 
 RTR'R'qfRg rrr ref?7ft rSt Tuaurr^T: 11 <m n 
 «Twnfr >jHqfH R^fRR^m jfrrRis *ii 
 
 ^ITR^ RTrRRirrTfRRTRRTTrft RfT ^j RRR: I 
 •^r4 R^HTCRT^fRRR RTRTRRTrIT^r' , T- 
 
 WTRriRRfRRiffRTR Rf?<f sTRf^'TciJ rot II St( II 
 
 * Prof. Buhler's MS. reads ^TRresit RfRRRTfRRTR: 
 
 f The MS. again makes this verse 13 ; the suc- 
 ceeding verses then heing likewise numbered wrongly. 
 See Prof. Buhler's Report, where a similar mistake is 
 made by the two S'alini verses 11 and 12 being num- 
 bered as a single stanza. 
 
 WjrfRTfq r> s?rr afRHW^TOToirR-sf. i 
 
 K^frfiT RJTT3uO\RR,)flfq TRRT RRt R RHTJl II <I9 II 
 
 rtr'st: nq^nteTJ'To*rmn'<p; T rK'7r?q: i 
 
 7rNTR*R: 3TWRTfRRf> fRRRiRtJR?* || it II 
 H^^^R^fwrfrTfqHTfrr^q *?R RfapfRR I 
 
 ^mRTR>»ni unro^R Rm fRRsrfR? u sc n 
 
 ??T fTg^TTlrf^T^ReSRf^TJRVtrJTrT- 
 
 c 
 
 ?*RT: R?qTJI5Rtf2TlfqTJTRR7aTRTR77>£^VTn: I 
 ^^WRRHr>RcTRRHRnRfR R"<Rm W*RR? 
 Wtrf R^R RJR ZrHTf fcR?5 ifPT ^"TRRRT* RR21 
 
 ^nanfr oFRmTTm?'!? fRWt 
 
 R^RTfRTffR R^RTRRRRfVjR I 
 Rlf£RRTR55fR^ RR RR ^srrR 
 H^RiRT^'RRTfPiriTR: RTRJR II *S II 
 
 RRTRfR? f^fsTcjnF^cffrqT'ii II R^WTR^RRR^RrrifR- 
 
 RRcjanifRS: ^RT^rRTRoMfRR^RTmi n 
 
 ^R^RJtRfR3TiRT Nfsr-^R fwf^rn I 
 rrr, f^ctnjTT^R irq^f^cJfR^ftT u 
 
 TRRRT RRRRRt RrffTRfRTRT HRR RffR7TT: I 
 
 ?trt: RRtjj ^rtfij rr^ Rrrt r^w ^T^fr: n 
 
 From the way in which Somdncmda is re- 
 ferred to iu the above extracts, it seems clear 
 that he must have been the author of the 
 Trimiikil (sec Hall, Index, p. 198, where the 
 author is called SomeSvara), and that lie also 
 wrote a commentary on his own verses, re- 
 ferred to as nijavritti (once nijavivriti, fol. 55a). 
 His Hirmlrisli/i is likewise quoted at foil. 2'Mi, 
 33<i (whore Somdncmda is expressly mentioned 
 as the author), 75k; whilst a slokit by him is 
 quoted at fol. 1 lb [r^R R~TRTR?RRTRnKuTr I RT 
 
 jfjRrgR: rw R^rf^R^fwnf i ?tr ^"Yurr ;wi fti^m 
 R?ii R^fil]. And further, fol. 25a: Trzn f? 
 ■^qfR^SRRT^^^ 'ST^KtrR ^Rff I ^tf ^T RjrrsTTR 
 f^^RTiat RtR!gr_ I TWt ^ R 1 ^ 5TTR ?ROTRT?TRVTfnT- 
 fRfil II Tf?fR^f H^R^RTgfRirfqflsrr^rRRmrR i?tr: 
 RRTT^^^T^ R^W ^fitVff f^ I °
 
 840 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Ahhinavagupta quotes his own Sivadrishtyd- 
 locana at fol. 306 ; his commentary Kramakeli 
 on (?his own) Kramastotra, fol. 646; and four 
 verses from a stotra (or stotras) of his (*rcte 
 ^ft^ I ? the Kramastotra), each in a different 
 metre, foil. 156, 446, 53a, 60a. We also read, 
 fol. la : A^A^-PurvapaHcihdydm idm fWTTTt 
 f^Trrfa^tnftmswTT^re ^ faiTWT?fi i; fol. 44a: 
 fmrm ^r fa^Tftff ^RUTT Paddrtha/pravesanirnaya- 
 tlkdydm \fn f=fif»T? W^IT ^FWT^r ; and further 
 fol. 46 (an aryaj without any introduction : 
 
 ^IT^nif fl^lr^f II and fol. 166 : a^? TO*^ II 
 
 Other authorities referred to are : (srlmad-) 
 Ucchushmasdstra ; TJtpaladeva, fol. 76 [slT^f fawr 
 ^ MHT^t *rte<rt »rNiT *?K n] ; fol. 9a [*? tt*t ^r 
 
 Cs 
 
 ^TfoR^ir: fgrann: ^TcJsifvfi'ir: I vzfa 5 ^imwr: 
 jjth^ct: TJjTrUHtrfa 11] ; fol. 526 (Isvarwpratyabhi- 
 
 jF/d/lkdydm); Kail at a, fol. 276 [^Tsp ^^iwj- 
 xiT^T: I Kf7<nff *tfWwf cKW^T* ^fffll]; Kdlottara, 
 fol. 42a ; Kirand (one sloka), fol. 696 ; Sit6- 
 jikd(tantra), fol. 496 [inn ^ftaflsrcRm ^sf^^R 
 jrirrrti TniT^iTxiTfinfiimf?^ 1 HT^ftTft *?unm f^crt^T- 
 ^fa^fiTOfanf^ 11]; Guhyaijoijiiutantra, fol. 5 la 
 (two slokas); Tantrasamuccaya, fol. 21a (one 
 sloka: Tn^rfWsniT^ftT °); Tantrasdra, fol. 56 
 
 IWsmT^reT jmr. wvcrttWto;::], fol. 306 («7.), 
 fol. 466 [f^jft^Jrt^^T^TrlWfj]; Tilakasdstra 
 (? Sdraddtilaka), fol. 64a; Trikatantrasdra, fol. 
 496 [f^mififgranTtmT fijI^f^i^RTrRw: I °], fol. 606 
 |>T?ftJW*:: inn Kt f^jfurr irer^WM °]j Trika- 
 hridaya,MAa[ftt fzMTWTx: ^rerat^ft f^j:i°], 
 fol. 416; Triratnakula, fol. 516 [^?re=Rfw^T 
 
 uTtrsRrm fa^fqrf 1 h^ ^^ 3 fa ^nsfsrf ipt- 
 
 f^fiT II *nW=RTsTRH^ fgSTTlft f?Hrf«TlfflinT ll] ; Ndrd- 
 yana Bhatta or Bh. N., fol. 18a [f^fm sunr xrr 
 
 *n^rerrfa: ^f^ftsiw 1 * f¥ <pftu if ^ ^m^mnt 11] , 
 
 fol. 546 [lTO^tJtlV»n^T«ff STmu^ ^fiT 1] ; Nisdcara, 
 
 fol. 24a [^TTOTittfHftnst srq ^fsi"s»f: ^Hi*f%w i tf- 
 
 ^firiff *di *ft sfq f ^ cFT^ f^ sfq W. ll] ; Panea- 
 srotah-prabhritini sdstrdni, fol. 46; (bhagavat) 
 Puskpadanta, fol. 47a [t^fHFTll-nl^JTfiHlrfflffT T^r 
 
 ^fff l] ; Purvasdstra, fol. 40a [qviH'MicJHfHir »fa- 
 iNpnrfNt 1 0], fol. 58a (cp. p. 8396, 1. 34), fol. 656 
 [*t*!R f^w4 ajrs fa*T^T ^nrSjcK 1 °] ; Bhargati- 
 khd, fol. 64a [Tlrsrif ^TfH^g'qT'ft'T irgTwm^ l] ; 
 Bhartrihari (si.) fol. 336, (vdkyavicdre) fol. 656 ; 
 Mali nit antra, fol. 21a [x»3 ??f TJBXiTif ° ^Z.], fol. 
 316 (ntdUni-vijayottara-sidclhdtantrasvacchandd- 
 disdstreshu); Mukutasamhitd, fol. 646 [jTHrfat 
 
 f^inTiT 11] ; Vddyatantra, fol. 96 [tf^m Tft'*^ ^ 
 ^^■RHU^WR I cRTcftH^^fcfe^ Tn*n^T TO^ HTiT ll] ; 
 Vdmana, fol. 53a (after quoting a verse from 
 his own stotra, he adds ^?n* 7^ ^rl^TTHfVrf^rf 
 3TimiTf?PnflHK ^-xi^fiTTxrt ^a»:); Vdyasaniyatan- 
 traQ), fol. 416 [injT ^muB^i? ^rsrjftf^ri 
 
 ^T?Tr?IWlcftI^ft: mTirfWcTinT^fil ll] ; YlrdvalJsdstra, 
 fol. 64a; Vaishnavavdmasdstrdni, fol. 42a; 
 SarvdcdraQ), fol. 24a [ffsioir: TlTjr^Vfr ] ; Sar- 
 vdcdra, fol. 64a [ '« stl H I -ad «4i rt ^3^TrT: TrfaQ TT^fiT: I ° 
 4s/.]; Saivavdmasdstrdni, fol. 42a; [bhattdraka-) 
 Snkai)tha(-pdda), fol. 526 [ngnFM^flrrm^r+j/t- 
 
 W^ra jT^rfiT I Nn^rq-tl^TMi TT^THt^fiTcR^ ft^frf: ll] ; 
 
 Siddhisantdna, fol. 24a [■jtoftsth'RT ht§^ vgfn- 
 5Twt^ f? l] ; Spandasdstra, fol. 56 [^fw ^T nm 
 
 Bftf?r: ^i^t s^w ^ra, 1 °], fol. 24a Osftar 
 
 tjmr^rT: l] ; Svacchandatantra, fol. 4a [^f^I^i^ 
 
 ttnr n] . 
 
 Prose Prakrit passages occur on foil, ha, 
 56, 17a, 246, 29a, 58a, 746, without any indi- 
 cation as to their source. 
 
 The etymology of ' trimsikd ' is discussed at 
 
 fol. 5a : ^rf*WHi Frtfiji-iRfiT i fawn! srarbnfa^rr-
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 841 
 
 fa^wr?: i fire: 31^: cRtqirtfrT fttf^rar i ^ a f^yi- 
 ^T^rrnnrf^f?r=iiT i Pirnnft sfq NfjT°&r«frqrrT u H'qr 
 t? srhhran: ° (p. 840a, 1. 28). 
 
 The leaves are marked ^° nn (fol. 1 VJlfi ). 
 
 Regarding the author (c. 1000 A.D.), see 
 
 Buhler, Detailed Rep. on Kasmir MSS., p. 80. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKK.] 
 
 2527. 
 
 2235. Foil. 61 1 size 7 in. by 5J in.; in 
 European manner ; fairly good, modern Deva- 
 nagari writing ; twenty-two lines in a page. 
 
 Paramdrtlntsdrttsamgrnha, a summary of the 
 Saiva doctrine, by Abhinavagupta ; with a 
 commentary (vivriti) by Edjdnalca Yogardja, 
 of Vitastapuri. 
 
 The commentary begins : 
 
 fqjjjft sfq Jfn^nqT ?*tT?ft *K * jT-qTmi: I 
 
 xt> s-q awTfi n^nrT irmT wivisrcitsr'i: i 
 
 f^fftl =iPctfa ^^Rfwfsq^irRTtwr nVr. ii 
 
 X? fsrqrs'Tjrrcrfr ^?Tf^nHrwTmJT^^3fr-?rreH^rji=fiT- 
 
 snrra'n^srsnfc^ff **rafr3tT?^r5}H?jqTwt Trq*nrerrqrqT- 
 •crc utw n^n^nfi^ fafq? q^*n n^re i 
 
 The last sloka of the text runs thus : 
 'smrrsrff^ wfe* wfsrsi sTTjgwunfrprgJT i 
 
 The commentary ends : 
 
 ^"fan: ^ m.wfl (ifrnTTiTWT Oxf.) wijlrrainiT- 
 
 *TSJTiqwTH?37Tq HFqtflTtffRT Tm II [fqTfl: I 
 
 ^V-qir^T0\ fqiren^rhrrer fqr?^ nqfRnn i 
 
 faqfiTOURTtfq TJJrfTS'qR^ ^TflT II 
 
 ^fw ^Tq5Cfln?TTrsrrn>nflc)rqTnTnTfq ^fa: irrer«i- 
 
 ^TTRXT?fTqfwft4 tfqjrfT II 
 t c^ 
 
 The author would seem to have been a 
 pupil of Ahh pta, as well as of the 
 
 latter's pupil Kshema/rdja. For the same 
 works, see Aufrecht, Cat. Bodl., no. 575, where 
 a list of the works quoted by the commentator 
 is given. [R. Johnson.] 
 
 2528. 
 
 1256c. Foil. 23 ; size 8$ in. by 4 in. ; 
 fairly written, in Devanagari, towards the end 
 of last century ; nine lines in a page. 
 
 tharapratyabhijiidhridaya, a string of twen 
 aphorisms, embod\ big the essence of the 
 doctrine of ' n <■- "_ n 1 1 ion ' ; with a commentary, 
 by (Rdjdnaka) Kshemardja (pupil of Abhinava- 
 gupta). 
 
 It begins : 
 
 •W fjlTPJ WfTTT «H<*wfqVTfqiT | 
 
 f^re^R^TmqTHT^«Tt>nT ii 
 ^c?;mf^qpfnT'qiqT'Wstre?t?v: i 
 ■satire use mi TreTTfqtrcTtfrT;re n 
 
 ^? q WcKRTTJt7lTiT SYmr^tTtTf^^n^qK^tiT: 3Tf=R- 
 ^TWq^tf^TfqiTqtfl^ITflHTqTITfH^TfqJn: cRfirf^^fSHrJI- 
 
 ^niH'T^THTqf«raTqT3nT^ »reNj^T-qri i tt? *rrffi- 
 ?q<nqr ir cRTTttrq Tji^tqnnrnqrq ^ TfTOoSHft- 
 
 fsrfir. *?ihrT fq^sfafeirw: u M u fa^m ^rrtfin- 
 qre: «wrm ftrsr f^qwir w^rmH *qwrwfa iTq»nw 
 
 c. 
 
 fq^t7qTfHT> fl?K I TO Slfs^HT fqfffTq I HTTTH^t 
 •T3Cfq»nrt f3I^«JTTcjnfH?TT ?TT: "SfrrTTrf ii *?fqt f? 
 
 Treq'iqt jprrfomfl ^qfireff ^ fFtTrtrerrct ^ f^rfn- 
 
 ^(t'Tffl Tq'RKTTnr flral ll >TaTTq a flTqTW5TiqT^f^flT'5fa- 
 
 3rf»m«irncRTJir^jTfl?n^f i q ^t gf^iw^ i m*rrjr*?rer* 
 k TTSFrji^TiHrrff TTofrTJi^ir fq?q ?tt: i ^t ?q?tr ctrf^T i 
 
 ^3TrT ^q ^cST^T5RTTT tTiTPRPT ITiT^jmftrritT^ HlTr^^q
 
 842 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^pj ^Tn^fu f^-rfr f*^ ^ ftsf^ i ^i^ ^ ^rq 
 fust Tj=Fmir i ^if^TRT'quwT^i^ ^T iwnij wsw'j- 
 
 WTTRilsTit-aifT^Tfgig^ ^ 1J3H ^f«^t ^T rT'ni I 
 lirfq TTT^F f^JriTit fa^ ^qrciH*rc^fag»rfq fw^rfa- 
 
 The last two aphorisms run thus : 
 
 tt?t noBrer^^»R»iiTi}^^TWoirTj^T?inw<TT wtnntf- 
 ?Tt^Tfcf?r^(Tf^iTT^^n:KniTrTi«q^ftr ftre n !>o]n 
 The following authorities are quoted : Ut- 
 paladeva, fol. 146; Kahshyastotram, fol. 176; 
 Bhatta Kalla/a, fol. 176; Jndnagarbha, fol. 18a; 
 Trikasi'ira, fol. 26; PratyabhijM, foil. 136, 17a; 
 Pratyabhijndtjlcd, fol. 86; Vijndnabhattdrakam, 
 fill. 26, 18a; Vijndnabhairavam, fol. 186 ; Sar- 
 vavlrahhattdrakam, fol. 116; Spcmdasdstram, 
 fol. 5a. It ends : 
 
 J^iiTOjpTf^fH: Trfifoirc? tf^wnft *ra: 
 m&nfr'SHTfa'tf ^ f*Rw *n?^rf ^t f^ftt i 
 
 q: ^W^lrf^ oRfqcTTWT^TW *»^T: f^R: II 
 
 W ^s: stI^t: jif=mmft 
 
 Tnn»inHT3 : fgTnY^i K i^ft T TT: i 
 Stun stik ^•sgnrrcfWsn* 
 
 ■3^i^T»rq w^^: ii 
 
 ^wnTft^Tg^TmfHsTT^^; n •^f ff: sft*rshrcnT- 
 wfw f^nm II 
 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, viii., p. 43. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2529. 
 
 196. Foil. 367 (numbered 1-366, two leaves 
 marked 27); size 10f in. by 5 in.; legibly 
 written, in Devanagari, about the middle of 
 last century ; thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Svacchandoddyota, a commentary, by Kshe- 
 mardja, on the Svacchandanaya, a treatise on 
 Saiva faith and conduct, by the commentator's 
 teacher Abhinavahodhciditya (? i.e. Abhinava- 
 guptdcdrya). 
 
 The treatise, the text of which is likewise 
 given, is divided into fifteen chapters. 
 It begins (with the numbers supplied): 
 f^fcfr^tif^TgTwf^'sgJimf^ofrTtxrrH i 
 tpoicRnjnnpi *rpr. ^^ht^ ii s ii 
 
 •n*T*3f=fi3iipft^ — ?ft^Q5*I i 
 
 *lhtqf7ivipni §T^tn"hni w- n * » 
 
 ■q^f^f^ *TTfrT g^wfa-t '5I 7 TrT v II 3 II 
 
 n^TffRtWRRTt?) H*1rf 'SPl^k II 8 II 
 TTW^Tf^Hc4<^*H^IHT^5l"<fR: I 
 
 ^j»rrnft fi'mni vft'&^TfA H^rraf ii m ii 
 
 ^f«^r^f^w^f^jrftnr^TWTtinfl(?) i 
 xwn *t*tt: ^hn^sn^nT^mi^xrHT^^ u «, n °<t ii 
 
 ftj qrfgi^f5i^(!) ^n? i 
 
 ^TRf^?T5fTTc5Tnif5I^TlM%f>T: II 1* II 
 
 * The MS. only gives the numbers from I. v. 10 
 to II. v. 53.
 
 philosophy. 
 
 843 
 
 ^^7I?cfit ?f THTTKTffff^-?rT31^ II 3 II 
 
 flf^ff(?/-.wo) ^ ^yi ^ft q^raTbr i 
 
 fT^fV-TPf *?T ^ WTWcPirqTJ^n'af^Tfrr^f'TKITTI^ 
 
 TPJifq sffiTRPi: f$n»NJT^nf^fW: *Tt»rrc: *w*tt- 
 7T^?rt nfir: srcft f>f5RV.i*n:*j w^s f^wt^fkfrtd) 
 
 r*: w sfc: *rkq: i hh> inn: ° n n^mf jrert tt*t*tH 
 
 f^nrTTTq JTOTTTHT HTVc&PTt q^f«^fqimTn^Wffff%- 
 
 HT3nt i ^*nr ?f £ri;q wfeirO-.JT ) q-«fr^?q^q ?Tt 
 
 ^^^T'q II 
 
 ^5^3 t?ttH ^rfa^vic^q»T ii m ii 
 "sr^rnim s-^f^wrg ^sT^r^m :ji°FT n % ii 
 
 iT^i tftf? HfJJ ^?I3IT?3T^fq«ITTT v I 
 Mf^rfSOTTTTTTT =F^PJ^ B*T?iT: II 5» II 
 
 jgrr^rs^ ° ii 
 
 *nrrHHii<irfii fgm «fn(!) ^ ^"pm ii t n 
 
 ^pN ^ ^ (?) 4N ^nTcfTTH ^ flTc^ I 
 
 ^■Sjt ^JgTfnq^" ^ *T*IT *t VTrrf^T ^ II "Ho II 
 
 ii^ir<wj}| ^ft^t f%?nw ° 
 
 I. (i7. SO) ^fk ^H7TRT?^T^HTIlTf7Tf'^7r *T«3- 
 
 ^ftsftiT mcmtroddhdrah vw. vz<$: u Eol. 18a ; II 
 arccmddhikdra, Eol. 466 5 111. adhivdsapafala, 
 Eol. 65a; IV. dihxhabhishelcai vm, Eol. 
 
 1 256 ; V. /"/. •", fol. 147a ; 
 
 VI. pranavddhilcdra, Eol. I60aj \ 1 1 Kdlddhi- 
 hdra, Eol. I97aj VIII. Eol. 2026; IX. Eol. 21 
 X. bhuvanddhvadllcshdvidhi, Eol. 3066; XI. 
 3296; XII. Eol. S55a ; XIII. Eol. 357a ; Xl\ 
 Eol. 3626. 
 
 X\ r . Tli bext ends: 
 
 fTwrTsTT^rsf^C? ^) fW ■JT'i ^ ^t^fiSfq i 
 
 oFTfff MTfqtTTTRTHWfrRXflfiT ^Jtf^W: II 
 *§^1 W?i^flT TTrTTT ^nf T7WT?fSr 
 
 ■msBT ^«gr-s%rr^%rrrqifyf^: mjmt^ i 
 
 wslK^f f^?^i v y i «*ii * HTT^nrfis (?) ii 
 ^fn 7rt^r#;f,sfra (!) q^q^fi: q^: ii w ii 
 
 Then follow some more explanatory remarks, 
 after which the commentary ends: 
 
 ^nSfk(? >■■ vfortt sfW)^rsTfa ! iTn»TnT i^fr- 
 
 L?h i 
 
 ^HTWIrHJ^il jfMrW.vfe^rfafVtT (?° 1 ^filij:) II 
 
 ^wnf^fq^ ^?^tk^ (!) fqq^ w^ff ii 
 qn Trf^q optiawTfuintn^OriiT i 
 
 ■fr^THTTtcFTrWUHi: .... TJ^ftq^fq .... tT?nq-H% 
 
 i II. T. COLEBROOEE.] 
 
 5 B
 
 S44 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 VIII. Mysticism (Tantra). 
 
 2530. 
 
 147. Foil. 741 (numbered 753 ; nos. 389- 
 398, 439, 534 and 733 having been passed 
 over, and 731 being double); size 13i in. by 
 4j in.; fair Devanagari writing of 1740 a.d. ; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 P 'aram'i : gamacuddmani, of the Ndradajpanca- 
 rdtra ; in 95 patalas. 
 
 It begins : ^ff tT>ft H^tf*R*!rt>TRii ftaW^- 
 IEJ?RsSHrR TiirrRt IrR ^~N*^R II 
 
 jr Trnfv^^'in fgjrR wtffx «xitfw ^: i 
 
 iwftrt faw^Tg s Rw^^rfcrfa^ »r imi 
 srariTTT*n^5RR *Rifl tNtpi hwhr 
 
 RWirfRwrcisreRHf^t: iftr?$w- iTg ^: 11 ? 11 
 ^ ^?T?»RiTgf=fi'T*rR? «i *tf ttc^: 11 i 11 
 
 ^faFpirRiR'R^R jft^» 5n?3 gfa: 11 m 11 
 
 •g^oirKjHJn RTf 3 ^^ *rf%RF=KT nn: 1 
 strr^tI isrRw^R ^ftm^TR ttk: 11 % 11 
 
 ■^rt f?rm*nnTnrPT>Tf^rt ^RTf^fsaw: 1 
 
 [11 9 II 
 *T?TiHR TT^rf^ rff^ WWTJR 7RHJ 
 
 «f -ajifq f^rrtif^ni fro ^R vW? 11 t 11 
 
 cfT^T HTRHR^TWTrViT. fwirtTRTrRctf: I 
 
 e 
 
 ■rrqi If^oFTfwHRHiRTfcgTfvcinrT^ ^m^ 
 rr stt?»rt iRR^f^f ?wfr fwn *s 11 «. 11 
 
 WHRTR Hn^ctf WHfR 7RRTT3ITR ^ I 
 HTTR^JR Tjrtq^T^ «^f^r n ^wtt: II <\0 II 
 
 wnf^Twi *mfa i fsFcs iftfra^fij fY^T 1 
 
 «XJ=irf^WTW Kl^ f%>T> f^^fciRT 1 !! flR II W II 
 
 ^t^j ^n^f^^f??f gffR^:: ^"RT^^t sf^nro^ 1 
 
 nNI^RjR-srR^Wrft H'^Tfrf'THY^TrcF II S^ II 
 TTTTT3I^ K^ITfH»?RTf?W ^r^T ^?: HlrfiT 
 
 ^TTpTcTOcJcRT n^fn nnv^ ^WT ^W^ HlfsTW: 
 
 [ll ^ II 
 
 cRTITT <*0!l*VJR=ilHTR=iriTR RJU^T^TTJ I 
 
 ^^R^irnnTJrr'Rrf uf<nrcft sTm^?-^^'^ 
 
 riUill-^i q ^ift^rf^ f^Hc^V^ITH^I^R faz: II 
 
 [«=»* II 
 ^^ rwfafTR^iRTTii^Tff^'Rrrcsra: 
 
 «nft SIV jRTrl ^TH^rR(!) m^i stRa-Rinmi
 
 TANTTCA. 
 
 845 
 
 fV^ra fraf%^: ^TTTrr^TiTqrfiTiT'rl^T: 
 ^i^T^^n^mf-flT% ffnret ^r?tfrr««iT rs strt nifcn 
 
 ?fcq^f ffXfm^rfopn rf Jl riiJJtlJ img fa^n;: II <HS II ° 
 [from v. 37 in anushtuhh slolca. 
 
 Some idea of the contents of the work will 
 be obtained from the following list of chapters: 
 
 1-10. Philosophical. — 1. (si. 120) paramo- 
 brahmaprasangavarnanam ) 2. (125 sdrdulav.) 
 srishtyddivicitravarnanam; 3. (133 ditto) srishti- 
 niropane'nantahkaranacatushtayayantranirupane 
 svdtmavabodha ; 4. (119 anusht, SI.) yantraniru- 
 pane vyaktivarnane stdmddhirarnanam ; 5. (si. 
 127) advaitaprasange gatimahimtivarnanam ; 6. 
 (si. 125) buddhiiu'bhavavarnanc Srutyarthasdra- 
 nirnaya ; 7. (si. 147) rasavarnanam ; 8. (si. 147) 
 buddh ivibh avavivekavarriane pravrittinivrittiniru- 
 panam ; 9. (si. 125) smi/asevakabhedapraSamsd- 
 ydm bhaktyudbhdsa ; 10. (SI. 140) sevyasevaha- 
 bhdvavarnane bhagavadbhaktivarnanam ; — 
 
 11. (si. 12(3) nijdyuhsdrthakdkarane brdhma- 
 m lih urtaprdtah samaydvadh ivaish >m rnpra vritti - 
 nirnaya ; 12. (si. 125) bhaMivwrnane rinatrayd- 
 pakaranaprasaiige paiicayaj ii anir-ujiandd i rir Itra- 
 varnane bhaktiyuMltadtltrnyanirupanam; 13. (si. 
 192) paucjyatananirupane brahmajndndvdptinir- 
 naya; 14. (si. 131) ° mahdlayasrishtikartritvapra- 
 sanga-; 15. (SI. 1 58)karmdkarmavikarmaprastdve 
 <>nip~tdhilulrasthiiivarnanam ; 16. (si. 125) yogdn- 
 tardyanirdkarananirupane karanapurusJiavarqa- 
 ne ndmamahimd ; 17. (si. 125) p<iiici7y<tl<in<i/ii-a- 
 karane hetupurushasahajapurushasvarupovarna- 
 nam; 18. (si. 115) svddhikdramayiililiiili i rair it ri- 
 bhvdilbhudavibliavasaddslvarupasamgita ; 19. (*/. 
 136) °brahmarudrdd ina bhaga vadamSasdmyavar- 
 nanam; 20. (si. 131) gotradevata p /7j mi <7<l It i kdra- ; 
 21 .(a7. Vo8)dvadasaparvanirupanam; 22. (s/. 137) 
 purvacitiprasamsd ; 23. (s7. 124); 24. (s7 135) 
 
 tulandpras'amsd ; 25. (.s7. 152) grihasthapraSam- 
 sdydm anvahavratabrahmacaryanirupanam ; 26. 
 (sZ. L35) grihasthdiramavarnane mantradikshd- 
 praSamsd; 27. (si. 142); 28. («7. 136) iiisAa- 
 montragraharfamaliotsava ; 20. (.s7. 120) dikshd- 
 graharf,am ; 30. (.•>■/. 1">3) puraScaranavidhiSudra- 
 uarnddhikdravarnanom ; 31. (.</. Ill) bhagavad- 
 bhaktivildsamahotsava ; 32. (sZ. 127) damana- 
 Icamahotsava-kelimahotsavanirupanam ; 33. (s7. 
 189) Sayanyutsava ; 34. (.</. 13 I ) pavitrdropa- 
 namahotsava ; 35. (>7. 146) katiddnamahotsava- 
 vijayotsava ; 30. 07. 202) r<illaun<iliotsai-a-dhca- 
 jdropa%amdhotsava j 87. (si. 107) dipdlikdma- 
 hotsava - kdrttikimahotsava - tripurotsava ; 38. 
 (.s7. 133) vibhutipradamahotsava ; 39. (.<Z. 158) 
 dadhyodanddisUdSa/namahotsava ; 40. (.s7. 117) 
 hutdllkamaJiotsava ; 41. (.s7. 230) purushotta 
 mahotsava; -''2. (,s7. 127) ekddaSividhi ; 43. (.-7. 
 135); 44. (sZ. 125); 45. (fl. 147); 46. (sZ. 120); 
 47. (sZ. 133); 48. (sZ. 125) mahdvdsaravarnanam; 
 49. (sZ. 143) rJmiiiHiramimttliotsitruvnitttcidhi ; 
 50 and 51 (some omission, sZ. 1-119, then 99 
 131) krishnajanmdshtamivratamahotsavavidhi ; 
 52. (sZ. 100) Sivaratrivratamirnaya ; 53. (sZ. Ill) 
 sivaUngasuddhdsuddhapujananirnaya ; 54. (iZ. 
 153) sal igrdmagall ti h-J i/i < i ii i <■ * 1 1; ravarnantt m ; — 
 
 55-95. Astrological observations, and mystic 
 prayers and performances. 55. s7. 159; 56. 
 «Z. 152; 57. .sZ. 147; 58. .vZ. 163; 59. sZ. 121; 
 60. s?. 123; 61. .s7. 132; 62. .s7. 145; 63. & 214; 
 64. .s7. 99; 65. s7. 105; 66. .sZ. 101; 07. sZ. 103; 
 68. !Z. 102; 69. si. 65; 70. >/. 62; 71. s7. 62; 
 72. s7. 51 ; 73. si. 39; 74. si. 65 ; 75. & 50 ; 
 76. sZ. 46 ; 77. il. 36 ; 78. si. 62 ; 79. si. 60 ; 
 
 80. si. 48; 81. .<7. 54; 82. SI 67; 83. >7. 83; 
 
 8 1. .s7. 63 ; 85. si. 63 ; 86. SI. 55 ; 87. si. 54 ; 
 88. &. 66; 89. «. 55; 90. SI. 72; 91. & 63 ; 
 92. SI. 62; 93. s7. 72; 94. sZ. 102; 95. SI. 52 
 
 Foil. 693-703 have been inserted in inverse 
 order between foil. 70 t and 705. 
 
 5 e 2
 
 846 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^fasrrofc?R*!T fairer ^rtwrffO) i 
 
 ^srTCTmJfrt ^T^I> sT3rnisrR>Tr«T^T II n<\ II 
 
 TV*TT*i ^TRTTT II ° HTff <\9<19 3Tc& <\^%* TmT^T»?Thn*tT 
 
 V*j <\$<\*H II 
 
 According to Prof. Bhandarkar, Rep. 1883- 
 84, p. 8, the Ndradapancarutra includes the 
 following six works: 1. LakshmlsamhUd ; 2. 
 J n dndmritasdrasamhitd (ed. by K. M. Banerjea, 
 in Bibl. Ind.); 3. Paramdgamacuddmanisamhitd ; 
 4. Paushkarasamhitd ; 5. Pddmasamhitd ; 6. 
 Vriddha-Brahmasamhitd ; whilst quotations are 
 also met with (ib. p. 72) from 7. Sdtvatasam- 
 hitd, and 8. Paramasamhitd (perhaps identical 
 with 3). [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2531. 
 
 1193a. Foil. 200; size 12* in. by 6 in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagari writing ; thirteen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Paushkarasainhitd, of the Ndradapancardtra, 
 consisting of 43 adhydyas in which Paushkara 
 is instructed by Bhagavat in matters chiefly 
 connected with sacrificial rites. 
 
 Rather incorrect; with lacunaa in places. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 HHsr^ wq wffajita'fTtff'ii n q ii 
 ^q TffcsBtHf^wTnrt^: ii 
 
 cf^t ^nn'wfs^ *>utst oiragftgqr: n *) » 
 
 q^TsntnnJ ^ »ra; j^r v^t iff: n * ii 
 
 Tmftq=FTTrrrsi H H^T 3rtffT*Ht«+nfrr I 
 *TOTc53i W TTrTOT? HT^ fqf^ra 111 3 II 
 
 exrt cs^ npnm fan"rcu hitct$ ii a ii 
 
 H^fUf^T fqVT^T ITfl^T iR: 1* I 
 fc5fe?^T ^ aWTSftT STf^T ifzSBTf^: II % II 
 Hffr tn^T^TcFTafl^TmqTiT irwh: I t (!) I 
 
 qfjTrf ^q?T*tl tf 7f fafe ^nrffv II 9 II 
 
 ^m q^niaf ff Tt^H^iftqcsf^ff i 
 
 w^: cFcjfiRS(!) tt fnrhi qfccffifSrf u t ii 
 
 ■$■&! Hfft STJJ^cK^ * ^-^nsiT^R^: II <£ II 
 fH^ ^wfaVR ff $T$ cT?«^pR I 
 
 ■^Tff ifffffHrq TIiqTT^fr crf^ff^ ^ II SS II 
 jftsft TR ^^TWm *T^T^rt ^^TT ^ I 
 
 j^ipfiTr ^rr^^r f ?^fs^ t hwth ii s^ ii 
 
 W1^W«^5^ q^^F 'qTTTOr H II <\3 II 
 
 1. Ul 53) ^fw ^^t^jHtr^tk Tjh^iTBf?TTn?t 
 sishyaparihshtilakshanam ; 2. (si. 44) ^fiT ^'HTT- 
 ^4^fTT^ (thus always subsequently) trh^rnaffrimit 
 bhumiparikshd ; 3. (iZ. 117) diksiddhilakshanam ; 
 4. (si. 206) mandapalakslianam; 5 (?)-6. (s/. 404) 
 nalahshanam; 7. (si. 171) vyuhalakshanam ; 
 
 8. (si. 224, ? wanting 183-200) cakralaksha nam ; 
 
 9. (si. 164) misralakshanam ; 10. (Pwanting); 
 11. (yi. 104) vrittabimbalakshanam ; 12. (.s7. 28) 
 pancapadmacakrabimbalakshanam ; 13. (si. 13) 
 suryabimbalakshanam; 14. (s7. 15) candrabimba- 
 lakshanam j 15. (ii. 33) trikonabirnbalakshanam ; 
 16. (,vi. IS) kunnabimbalakshanam j 17. (si. 47)
 
 t.wti; \. 
 
 
 satilchabimbalakshanam ; 18. (SI. 58) tim-nniUm- 
 lakshanam ; 19. (>7. 140) natdbhyarcanam ; 20. 
 (.s : /. 12o) vishvahsendrcanam ; 21. (iZ. 22) pari- 
 vdralalcshanam ; 22. (SI. 77) ddhdrdsanalal 
 nam ; '2'6. (si. 69) dsanadt vatdnydsa ; 24. (SI. 58) 
 ddhdrdsanadrrtttdhil-s-hnnniii ; 25. (.s7. 40) /■/•///- 
 w'cara; 26. (si. 59); 27. (sZ. 728) srdddhdhhyd- 
 nam; 28. (si. ol) hutdSanayonivibhdga ; 29. (sZ. 
 161); 30. (sZ. 224) pavitrdrohanam ; 31. C-7. 307) 
 lokadharma ; 32. (sZ. 158) drddhanalopavicdra ; 
 33. (.s7. 175) tattvasamddhi ; 34. (sZ. 89.) cZA-w- 
 paghantdlakshanam ; 35. (*7. t37) dhupddhdra- 
 lakshanam ; 36. (s/. 455) antaravicdra(J) ; 37. 
 C-7. 66) atanuvicdra ; 38. (sZ. 318) adhihdraniru- 
 panam ; 39. (iZ.38) agamauirnnya ; 40. (sZ. 108) 
 bhadrapithalaleshanam ; 41. (sZ. 224) ndnddhar- 
 mapratishthdpanam ; 42. (a7. 187) pddapratish- 
 thd; 43. (*/. 194) cuds : 
 
 Cn C. 
 
 §U!Pf ^ ufrTBTH ^5T^ir fq>nR ^T II S<iS II 
 
 f nip* ^ nt *sit^ hk: •^icytK^tr tt ii s<^ n 
 
 ^TT^UW *W ^H UTJpfrT ^T«^ II S<13 II 
 
 eirTtri^H^ (irnr nnr?t ^: *w*rbr n so.a u 
 
 con \ 
 
 swrfq: ii 83 ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2532. 
 
 736. Foil. 327; size 12$ in. by 61 in.; 
 fair, modern Devaniigari writing; thirteen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Pddmatantra, or Pddmasamhitd, of tlie Nd- 
 radapancardtra, in four sections. Fairly 
 correct. 
 
 I. Jndnapdda, in 11 adhydyas, begins: 
 ^mr hwtiH wm H;rr!TJrf?pnra;T: i 
 
 fq:^tq?r=Bt cfiH TI?RKf4T: wf^j II S II 
 
 ^qq ■&*: ii 
 
 ^™tin: sKiR hi^r ntrnqtm: wfq^rr: i 
 q^T??^w: w<Hm> 3ir?3ifiTT ^ vmrt u * ii 
 
 ■SffTTIit fl^fq f5ra: ^TrTaj ^T^T ^ifit: II | II 
 =RTFT "3^n^ II 
 
 vwin *?rq: *r^f iwt ^ »tot 'h* i 
 
 ■jqHJTWJ wqSHfqHf^rfJrrrqT; li d ll 
 WTljmWHTre ^TTTrf>?7TEr ft I 
 
 *j7Rflt ft «r?iffart tf^S: nqfVrTTq u n n 
 
 ?f<T?THqTTItrTf^ ^TcirtTRqilHTf^ ^ I 
 ^Tf^T 7PJ ^^ -p^ W^^TfT: II 9 II 
 
 f^ftrVTf^ ^ 3ITT3Tftl ^T 'rT^rq BfrfT7WT: II t II 
 
 'SfiT^ ^ -fUsqifq nHTOfufrT TTTiq || « ll 
 
 TTrrt s? WjrfVrfqiiT: HHSfJfqMTT ll 10 ll 
 
 ftr^TTTf? wTTWi?r ■grf^nf Troq^'q i 
 
 ^STHTO HTT ^TlflrT? W1K H^rf: n^rqfcT: II ^1 II 
 
 ^jfqf»?g"qrt: mv ^q»?TnR?frTcs i 
 
 ^t ^rxir^^ >T5 $ TiJ jprfa ^H ii <k ii 
 
 tfTri^R Tqr^ ii 
 
 ^naft S? *iT7iTT TJiq^ft^ ^7TT^f(j5: II S^ II 
 ^tf «tHTft=B ?:t? WTTfa giPt^JWTT II SI) II 
 
 iw f^ni Tn?qTf»? fHum'ii^nni n sm ii 
 
 TTift % ^fffRiw f^qirn:rq4 ifit n si ii 
 
 #q-^i -qi;4 inst h «t: K«i^? i 
 «MffoB Tqr^ ii 
 
 «TT^H 3IT^ e^ ^^rrvqlr ttt: ii ss ii
 
 848 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 f qinj smnf ■naife^ ttttrtsttt ii "ft ii 
 
 •*riujK«>ntns ^3%^iR^5irf 11 s«s. n 
 
 ricj i kj ^Tr^T^rr: ^rfq# gfJTjnq: n ^o n ° 
 In this way this mahat sdstram ' is repre- 
 sented as being successively communicated by 
 Kcsava to Brahma, by Brahma to Kapila, by 
 Kapila to Padmanaga (or Padma, whence its 
 name), and by Padma to Samvartaha, who 
 finally transmitted it to Kanva. 
 tfgtoR "3^r^ ii 
 
 Zll^'T^T^m^ II 
 
 nTwrcf^jTfiT ^^ rk tmini n at u 
 
 PTfira'fcTTfW ^TT^Tftrr ^nwfa J^tiT^ II 8<l II 
 
 ^^rnUHH «?!« nfq? THRUSH I 
 
 ^JTcRTT ^ ?rn$ sff»W v ^^ W»T3TOlf II Mo II 
 
 *\imm ^Tfq fa*nrf ^ftcift sfu^fcufff n m=i ii 
 winfiT w^wm ^jT3tt?3 *t»ttht? i 
 gT^rni^f^sBiTrt stmg^iScnfJT ^ n m^ ii 
 
 qref<T*N H tfq UfiamUTT^^ ?ft II Mg !l 
 
 °btt' 4(0^ ?t irsn «r*i ?t: ^htqTi} i 
 irnm fTrs^^^xrm^fvaf^n: 11 mm ii 
 
 tfqncR T^l^ II 
 
 TJ^TTgTir WBnf?I TT^TWfff § W7f I 
 
 ffaT^ft sfq wirer* ire Hfirfam: 11 m* ii 
 
 ^mm^ TT?;^i¥?'qf : <nT*rbgT: 11 Mt 11 ° 
 
 Cs * C^ >» | 
 
 tj^TTTrftrr ^itwrftr TTvWJr n^mfq u $<* n 
 
 ^TTTTmnf q^W ^T ^TT^^ II W II 
 
 t^h^t q^^TR f^qrcBT ii $$ ii ° 
 tNrat ^N *rfit q^T ^rriTqw: ^4 i 
 
 cF7F T^T^ II 
 
 grfff h^to iHTTrrt mqvttTfW grrfsTfqw i 
 ^TTftrsift fqa^ it whr^ f? h n <n u 
 
 ^nn^qrfq ^rt^t ^nnrt cinw »nn 11 <t3 11 
 
 Cs 
 
 qni q?ng4 wiNtfq 'JT^^qt 1 
 
 Cs 
 
 -^IT^H V^tA mfav xfj-XcfitT^-q I 
 
 *nm?q H^^hra: ^ttw: q^4>^(!) n «.m ii 
 qm^bi ^Ti^tf ?rsft ■jfqni ^crtt^tj ii <$,!, 11 
 f%upHfa cr ^t «tRprt'gwf?fn 11 w 11 
 
 ^q-j 'ftT^^i ?T^ qTOT«3t II ^t II 
 •^tiq *t<?T fqxqofHH J ft3I'T«T<^ <j I 
 
 l?Ti?4 fT?^ ht^4 qrij^t 11 <><;. 11 
 miM-HM 'ft'Ki'W vtvm 3it^7t^tj 1 
 
 ?rqT§4 'JTTH?: 7 ^ qTJ^ ^TTTT*<«IIrHoK 11 <»oo II 
 inTTJTq ^ iTiqT^ «STf«I<j qTqHI<^<4 I 
 
 inft^t qr|wm ^f«?^ ?rngindjr4 » ^o 5 * » 
 oFrmTq^ qT^rfcF»fiv'ii'n«f?HT 1 
 
 ^nwrffq»rtfni;w ^rr?qq qm?T^4 11 «)o^ n
 
 TAXTKA. 
 
 849 
 
 cjrxm^THTm^ t^t^ *ftr?: n so8 u 
 
 t 
 
 wf?wi ^nf?tjren ^^\ T;Txi^mf?in n som ii 
 
 ^■^4 5ntr^iL^]^TTT?f*(?TT^(!) ii so$< ii 
 
 ^oirqirrTjat ufrawf?Tn =*f^f?Tn i 
 Trr^Hm^Tf»TOff sumptet wit h so 9 u 
 
 e 
 
 rhnWpR ^rtuHr h^sjutit: trvrar n^rar n sob ii 
 
 ^fir «N twt^jttit 511*3*7 iptffirfa: i 
 
 (Nrat ■?rr»ruTTrfH *ft fari tiw(!) **: u soc n 
 
 I. (sZ. 110) ^f« ^TTTT^ij^TT^ »??>trfWlf^ mil 
 rT7 (thus generally) Hr^fT^ sdstrdvatdrah ; 2. 
 (si. 49) °'m?TH? murtyufpatl ikailianam ; 3. (s7. 
 27) brahmddisrishtikathanam ; 4. (s7. 44) puru- 
 shavivehah ; 5. (iZ. 40) brahmalakshaiiaprdptyu- 
 pdyakathanam ; 6. (s7. 52) brahmanah sarvatah- 
 pdnipddatvavarnanam ; 7. (s7. 69) jndnotpatti- 
 kdranakathanam ; 8. (sZ. 47) muktibhedatattva- 
 nirnayah ; 9. (s7. 65) bhugolavarnanam ; 10. 
 (s'Z. 25) bhulokalakshanwm ; 11. (called 12; s/. 
 92) bhuvarlokddivistdrah. 
 
 II. Yogapdda (concentration of mind) of 5 
 adhydyas : 1. (*7. 22) dsanabhedavidhih ; 2. (s7. 
 40) nddisvarupakathanam ; 3. (s7. 36) prdnayd- 
 malakshanam; 4. (s7. 23) pancabhutasthdnabht da- 
 nir iiaya.fi ; 5. (sZ. 31) yogalakshanam. 
 
 III. Kriydpdda (on the ceremonies connected 
 with the construction of houses, villages, 
 temples, idols, altars, etc.), in 32 adhydyas : 
 1. (.s/. 55) bhuparikshdpi'aves'abali ; 2. (.s7. 66) 
 grd mtlJivhiydsa ; 3. (.s7. 48) karshanddividhi ; 
 4. (JZ. 43) bdldlayakalpanam ; 5. (.•</. 90) pra- 
 thameshtakdvidlri ; 6. (a-/. 51) prdsddasya garbha- 
 nydsavidhi; 7. (.s/. 72) upapddddhish{hdnalak- 
 shanam; 8. (*7. 93) prdsddabhedalakshanam ; 
 
 '. , - (A/. 77) murdheshfakdvidkivimdnadevatdkal- 
 panam ; 10. (.s : /. 1 :'»'.*) parivdradevatdkalpanam ; 
 11. (.</. 105) iildnusamgraha ; 12. (iZ. 54) iAru- 
 vaverapravidijd/igulddilakshanam ; 13. (.</. 116) 
 Hulastlidpanavidhi ; 14. (JZ. l<),x) varnavidhdnam ; 
 15. (£Z. 99) sthitydsanddibheda ; 16. 0>7. 77) 
 eaturvimsaty-ashtarnurtilakshanam ; 17. (>7. 1 I I) 
 da&dvatdralakshana/m ; 18. (x7. 67) ■miirl'ibli',l,i- 
 kathanam ; 19. (£Z. (It) shadveranirnaya ; 20. 
 (.</. 129) jmitimdmd nti-/'raf i in Uakshana-bhusha- 
 nalakshanam ; 21. (.</. 82) sriyddilakshanam ; 
 22. (.*/. 70) parivdradevatdlakshanam ; 2-'.. (ii 
 p&jopakaranavidhi ; 24. (.*/. 91) ? dcdryalaksha- 
 nam ; 25. (.s7. Ill) pratishthopakaranam ; 26. 
 (sZ. 83) jalddhivdsanam ; 27. (x/. 21ii) a,lhir,i- 
 sanddi ; 28. (.s ; /. 124) pratishthdvidhi ; 29. (,s7. 
 51) nunddipratishthdvidhdnam ; 30. (.</. 190) 
 lakshmyddigrahanam ; 31. (.«/. 53) akshamdld- 
 ■pratishthdvidki ; 32. (iZ.138) ^fff f^irnn^ «tS- 
 oRHl^init Hf?7Tmt grahdrcdsthdpanavidhifi. 
 
 IV. Oarydpdda (on practical worship, csp. 
 at the celebration of the Vaishnava festivals), 
 33 adhydyas : 1. (iZ. 55) jdtinirtiaya ; 2. (>7. 92) 
 dikshdvidhi ; 3. (iZ. 185) nityaydgavidhi ; 4. 
 (iZ. 70) agnikdryavidhi ; 5. (iZ. 82) nityotsava- 
 samdrddhanakdlavidhdiiaiii ; 6. (,s/. 79) nrisukto- 
 IHtrdnnurdjtuiacidfri; 7. (.</. 120) manual 
 dhandcdrydbhishekavidhi ; 8. (.</. 222) sraopawa- 
 bheda/vidhi ; 9. (.</. 137) sa!iasrakcda4dbhislieka- 
 vidhi; 10. (iZ. 155) dhvajdrohanavidhdnam ; 11. 
 (,s7. 29(1) mahotsavavidhi ; 12. (>7. 91) pushpa- 
 havi'm'dhdnum ; 13. (.</. Sul /nn'/cukdlavidhi ; 1 t. 
 (.s7. 195) pavitrddyutsaran'dh! ; 15. (.s7. 135) 
 vratdnushthdnakathcmam ; 16. l>7. 91) jammaT - - 
 janddiphaladi vadravyavydpahdradoshaklrtanam 
 17. (iZ. 59) jirtf.oddhdrasamprokshanavidhi; 18. 
 (,s7. 152) prdyascittavidhi ; 19. (iZ. 166) utsava- 
 prdyaScitta-ndrdyanabali j 20. (.</. 104) hvrariya- 
 garbhddividhi ; 21. (.-7. 84) adhikdrivyavasthd ; 
 22. (iZ. 7.1) nmdrdvidhi; 23. (.s7. 183) mantra-
 
 850 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 kti'l ijarthavarnanam ; 24. (si. 192) dvddasdhsha- 
 rakalpa ; 25. (si. 272) srlmadashtahsharaman- 
 tram ; 26. (si. 84) vishiiugdyatryddimantrod- 
 dhdra; 27. (sZ. 365) matsyddivturtimantroddhd r<< ; 
 28. (si. 254) annddhipatimantroddhdra ; 29. (sZ. 
 190) sriyddiparwdramantralcalpana/m ; 30. (s/. 
 203) mantroddhdra ; 31. (s?. 436) ganesotpatti- 
 hathanamantroddhdra ; 32. (sZ. 299) mantrod- 
 dhdra; 33. (sZ. 208) ends : 
 
 ^T ^T "5FfsTrf 3TTM W™'- ~*TWWf%\'. I 
 
 « *nffr srraif sra ^TiH=??HTrRf>?: i 
 Tm it h'spitittst to xreprc;Vr^: n 3o$, n 
 
 ^msr h3h> sfq Hjjtt g^inwi ii ^os ii 
 W?RT1I^tniTtSTT> TfT*T ^raffsreft smith: 55 II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2533. 
 
 1193b. Foil. 120; size 124 in. by 6 in.; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagarl writing ; 13 
 1 ines in a page. 
 
 Lakshmitantra, or Ndradapancardtrasdra, a 
 
 work in fifty adhydyas, devoted to the praise 
 and worship of Laksliml , as the female soldi 
 of Ndrdyana-Vishnu, and the ultimate cause 
 of the world ; and representing itself as having 
 been revealed by the goddess herself, under 
 i lir name of Sri, to Sakra-Indra. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^oEcj^'H^TfT^wrtei^Tnffl? ii ? ii 
 ^5ir?tn7f?jsi *%T*af?n?TTT<r i 
 
 ^%rH3t." i H^Si VJ^TOTTmJlTni II 5 II 
 
 ^rp^tTTTftT**? TjijaTTqxrtTiTO II 8 II 
 
 fair ^nh?raT mrf utt nvmrt m i 
 ft^pf rn*WT*?Tg w*frTrfs(T*nn»ni n m ii 
 
 TTfrTdifUl ^tWHWi' TJ^lfeR^ I 
 •HSlfW'li^ITrrt >mtf cfTTTOtcT^ II S II 
 
 •fasift ?r|vHsrT fartf ifiTJRsrwT 11 t n 
 
 TOf^H^H^ ?TTWT(? - in5fT) f¥%>r*iTOf?irr I 
 irf%<HiTi7T^KH:»RTRT ^TT^ SsHrtH II C II 
 
 CT«fr Hire^iff fzfsvH fwrft utt n <^ ii 
 r$in cjrsrqiiT wtstt «n'ra*HifFin: i 
 
 c ^ 
 
 n^ Tforfa'STfa c5^^Tr?T3^g^Jt 11 =15 11 
 
 XtrRHTTrn ^TVTH *f5imT ^ TOc5T II <\Z II 
 
 v?^4 cRrTcinqrt *jft fwr^^nw: 11 <hm ii 
 
 ?nv Trrtfvift smisr ^3 VH^Tfcfui i 
 
 h^t Txi\ i ^gsarfufiT rft -grf^fC?) tjtt ii hs ii 
 
 vttt^^t n^s^ft swnf>T: w^tt: s^HTTq: u ic u 
 
 ff^ U'^I^'F^ c5^TT?7(Brg^H II 30 II
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 851 
 
 c t 
 
 Fin: m: fsfiTHi ht^t tr nHTTfnT:^ u ^ n 
 
 ^V^f? HT gS fr^ai -Rq^TTr^T fat ^4 I 
 
 «tv ihrtfuift smrsr *ppr. tffsnnnTT: 11 33 11 
 *t*rr ft ^3Tff grrt ^reirnTrmut: 11 ?a 11 ° 
 
 TfaTT=mi ^FTHI HtTT f^?T TRTiHTT I 
 t 
 
 Sin vnrroirrr ^ femr ftttttotw^t » gq \\ 
 The titles of the chapters are as follows : 
 
 1. (SI. 57) TjrfcnT/^hrm H?rqfVRf<* cre»rftf=i 
 laksJimisakrasamvddah ; 2. (si. 58) ^fil TJrfaTT^- 
 tj^Tr^rrc; c?WTiN (thus always subsequently) 
 TnrfaffuiT'J: ; 3. (SI. 38) laTcshim-indrasamvdda ; 
 4. G>7. 68) salliciinjiutam ; 5. (s'Z. 80) tattvavar- 
 ini limit; 6. (sZ. 46) shathosaprahlsa ; 7. (sZ. 45) 
 indralalcshmisamvdda ; 8. (sZ. 43) lakshmyavatd- 
 raprakdSa ; 9. (sZ. 58) devimahimdvarnanam ; 
 10. (sZ. 44) paravyuhddipraJcdSa ; 11. (sZ. 54) 
 vaibhavaprahdsa ; 12. (sZ. 57) tirobhdvddisaldi- 
 pralcdsa ; 13. (s?. 40) vicchUtisvarupavarnanam; 
 14. (s/. 59) svarupaprakdSa ; 15. (s?. 36) wpdya- 
 prakdraprakdsa ; 16. (sZ. 44) updyaprakdravi- 
 varanam ; 17. (sZ. 106) rahasyopdyaprasanga ; 
 18. (»'/. 51) mantraprabhdvavarniuiam ; 19. (.s7. 
 44); 20. (s/. 52) mdtrikdprakdsa ; 21. (»7. II) 
 gurusishyalakshcmam ; 22. (sZ. 40) mawtrapra- 
 bhdvavarnanam ; 23. (sZ. 37) mdtrikdprakdSa ; 
 24. (.s7. 77) tdraprahdSa ; 25. (s/. 53) tdr<hni- 
 tdrapra-hdSa ; 26. (sZ. 42) saptavidydprcikdSa ; 
 27. (sZ. 50) saddcdraprakdsa ; 28. (s7. 58) do. ; 
 29. (sZ. 75) agnishomavibhdgaprakdSa ; 30. (,s7. 
 57) kriydsaktiprakdsa ; 31. (s?. 90) sudarsana- 
 prakdsa ; 32. (s/. 63) sthulaprakdsa ; 33. (>7. 
 122) avgopdiigudimavtraprukdSa ; 34. (.s7. L39) 
 sndnavidhiprakdSa ; 35. (sZ. 80) hhHtaSuddhipra- 
 kdSaj 36. (.sZ. 149) antarydgaprakdSa j 37. (.s7. 
 
 76) bahyaydgaprakdSa ; 38. (.s : /. 92) ZmZitri 
 prakdSa ; 39. (iZ. t8) bahyaydgaprakdSa j 40. 
 (R 120) vidhipraMSa j 41. («. 78) dlhshdvidhi- 
 
 jirakdsii ; 42. (.</. S|i ;,/,)/// i nZ.vawifl : IS. 
 
 (.•7. Ill) pinda&iddhiprakdSa ; 44. (.</. 64) /•«- 
 
 hasyaprakdSa ; \~>. (SI. 125) murtiprahdSa ; 46. 
 (iZ. 41) siddhij ,- 47. (iZ. 35) klrtimantra- 
 
 siddhipralcdsa ; 48. (^Z. 38) murtinirnaya ; 49. 
 
 (.v/. 146) mdydsiddhiprakdSapratishthdvidhi ; 50. 
 (.s7. 235) ends: 
 
 »hrrat xtcj} »i^ ^fj?t HrHHimtn i 
 
 e 
 
 ^ ^Tw^iT>T5ni ^ ^Tm^nw *rni n 
 
 ^*I7frR3I : lc5T'!I TrnTiTR 7nrff?R I 
 
 FT«r Ti^nyftinTTT: mo ii ^TTojEirtTH fhth ii 
 
 Whether this work is identical with the 
 Lakshmisamhitd referred to at p. 846a above 
 is doubtful, though not improbable. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKK.] 
 
 2534. 
 
 968b. Foil. 18; size 8| in. by 3.? in.; 
 small, indifferent Devanagarl writing of about 
 1750 A.P.; fourteen lines in a page. 
 
 Tantrddhiledrinirnaya, by Bhattojibha((a ; 
 being a ploa in favour of the Tmitric riles of 
 tho rdiicardtras or PdficardtrasiddhdrUins, a 
 Viiishriava, sect who profess the varndSrcmdcdra 
 as their law, derived from tho Veda. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ft^Si wf%?TJR ^ sf xft sft^j >T*R I 
 ^T^cRfff ^»lf^ fl^^f^ cS^HT II =1 II 
 
 5 s
 
 852 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 [ipfh ii ? ii 
 
 qfaq *iHTr*T?TfVjcfrTrt fircTqli u 3 n 
 utarreTiftat suffrm wqfqqnftfqjrsfqTn q^* i 
 
 W^T 3 <T^>T I 7TZTT f? cfiTH £=KT^FinqTq I 
 
 «FTqi^ qt'qTTq ^ Vm^ qramfrf I 
 ^faMTfa ^T^TTf^ JTI^^Tfq TTTffT H II 
 
 q <*3in<arfWqVR »rt?xiFt? unrqr^ i 
 nqr w?rf?r snfSTfirr Ht?fqqt *nt?n; n 
 ^fir qHmn^rt JTtf^r^q^i i TT^r qiftretjiTsumi i 
 
 HTrat ^T5T^xiT«Tt qntw *qqiw II 
 
 qt^H TTSTltfiT ^fqgTqqif q^T I 
 cRfarSKTIT^ffrafiT efrftfiNWHif T^ II 
 
 wfq#hf q^iafH wf^git^t yr i 
 qrfqwtqrTqir *ra^ qrfqartq tittjh ii° 
 
 Especial importance is attached by the 
 followers of tbis sect to the practice of burn- 
 ing in the mark of Vishnu's disc on the fore- 
 head and other parts of the body (calcraiikana); 
 this being represented as the one ceremony 
 through which a man becomes entirely regene- 
 rated ; and those who object to it, or sub- 
 stitute the LiAga for the Calcra, being styled 
 the lowest of mankind. 
 
 Of authorities quoted, besides numerous 
 Burdnas, may be mentioned : Ndradiya-pdnca- 
 rdtra, fol. 12b ; Brahmagiid, fol. 13a; Bhdtta- 
 tantrdni, fol. 156; Mantrardjdnushtubvidhdna, 
 fol. 17a; Mddhava, fol. 4a (on whose connec- 
 tion with this sect see Aufrecht, Cat. Bodl., 
 p. 248a); Bdncardtram bkdgavatam tantram 
 Vaikhdriasdbhidham, fol. 96; Hemddri. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 J?HTfCff-Rt wsT;rrc^mfqT>qwq II 1 II 
 
 faTSrtffftr^tinTfire'rq^irrTiT: u 
 HgTfir>Tg: ^ctqTfWq Thi qvinnrh ii * n 
 
 ^q^>^Hj^q*;fa^qTfqqrrfYfqi!rq: w*rrs: n 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2535. 
 
 3245 i. Foil. 30-39 of vol.; size 151 in. 
 by 9| in., folio ; European paper ; minute, 
 neat Telugu handwriting ; 42-44 lines in a 
 page. 
 
 Bha/radvdjasamhitd (or Bhdradvdjasamhitd), 
 in four adhydyas, and a supplement of other 
 four chapters. 
 
 The first leaf (or leaves) of the original 
 MS. from which this MS. was transcribed 
 seems to have been worm-eaten, blanks being 
 left in several places. The same work is 
 described in Raj. Mitra's Notices, viii., p. 262, 
 from which the lacunae are supplied in the 
 following extracts. 
 
 It begins : HTTl'TlTHfTiTT II 
 
 nq Jjq gfVmffffl^^fqq: u 
 
 ^it^ OqqfW? *q sfq Ting: i 
 
 m*g:] mint ftrf# ^ $mO.*tt)iwtrsi;-am: u 
 
 Hqf Hl^ ^FSTT >K^TtI> qfTqrn: I 
 
 «?rtt; qw nsj q/raL^wqH] u ° 
 
 ^frT HTOfqcRIT: fol. 2rt ; q^qfaeRK: ib.; ^jq- 
 
 qrqqsmqTfqqrrT: fol. 26 j ^wfy<*i<: fol. 3a 
 K^jTfqqrrc;: ib.; *?wq;TTfviqiTT: fol. 36; SETfqqrTT 
 fol. 4a ; ■^Ffq^rrf>J=RTT: ib. ; Hfqrfq^irTfqqin:: ib 
 crE^fq^rrfvqru: fol. 46 ; «wjqTfq^rifqqfTT: ib 
 «^jfvcK7r. fol. 5a ; ^fw 'qnftq^r 'qjrqnqrq: ib. 
 
 ^fcT HTT?T?BfgrfTqt qftf$T? qqq>iqrq: fol. 66; 
 °f£TftqW*J: fol. 76; 6 inrhftunq: fol. 9. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^ fcftcfMrMrff arrararnft Trqi^nTr^q: i 
 
 ^3T qi^q: H^«TW(!) ^trqgff fq?TT II
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 8o3 
 
 TTrt mm v§: Tfl=fi: ft*m 5^: jtf: 11 
 ?fn HTg-nnifirKTit tjfcfjTH ^npffarpr: II 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2530. 
 
 2931. Foil. 40 ; size 12 in. by 6 in.; large, 
 thick, modern Devanagarl writing; five lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Gopdlasahasrandma, professing to form part 
 of the Sammohanatantra. 
 It begins : 
 
 ■5&c5TRf3T*rc T*q nYrl ipsfiT 3T<*t I 
 srateTf^^Tm? 5 ' *fVtf?TT<STT=fi: II °i n 
 
 r?»hr ttsih $>£tafin>TWTTf^fH: 1 
 f?m irfa ^^51 =frw vfH ^i^t 11 ? 11 
 
 ffrimrrcjT n^niTsr ktto fsjfv ui^sT 11 5 11 
 WNfi^ t?t? 11 
 
 x^mif'nx^ ^ TTrT^fH irR-ir 11 8 11 
 jfrnrH jfttwW m^R^ h^tit: 11 n n 
 
 ^ t?«T ^^ gFTHJH^H? II i II 
 
 vHTivfni'Ttfin^TiTtiraninf'T^ 1 
 ?7Tfii stout;*? »T?T'ftw r J ;T Tq'5K n s 11 
 wi sf tfn?2*nfq *TJTt?Tqf>wT ftni 1 
 ift s^fr fHtrpft ^ftrr^i^Tft -5t?t|?: 11 t 11 
 ^TTTrnirtirhif-aFTJTrni ^rtrt w?t i 
 ■srMnr^^'kr ?^ft?4 ^mr fB^fn 11 o. 11 
 
 It ends : 
 
 IS? T5WT=S if^T iftTfl IT? frTfffrT I 
 
 ? *rrrt ? 1 ffwsj ^q^nni at?? 11 sii 11 
 flthf^WfProrsrr ?s4f? it? wtpt: 1 
 <ft *flm^ft *i?T^f? in?*? n? W*T I 
 ?*? n? ?r?v ? ?-ret ffTsffr ?f?? 11 lis 11 
 sf? ^t^rt??!!? t^rrr?™*?-^ ifr?^???/?™ 
 
 wqrrr 
 
 [ 
 
 ] 
 
 2537. 
 
 1412a. Poll. 81 ; Bize L2| in. by 5 in.; 
 indifferent Devanagarl writing of 17'J2 a.d.; 
 12 or 13 lines in a page, 
 
 Sdnlthyayanatwntra, or Shadvidydgama, a 
 series of directions, given by Tivara i" 
 Krauucabhedana (Kumdra), regarding the 
 moans of obtaining supernatural power in 
 warfare ; in 34 patalas. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 mq w>nfaiHfV!T»r5TTTmirt 
 f»r?jTHT?ft mrt ?ix?TiT?i!Jt 1 
 
 ihf ?mfa ?rPn T t?f r f?5r 11 s 11 
 wT^rf^Tifrim-Rlfafrfijiim^TTffn?? 11 ' 11 
 
 ^Tjfi 1 ??!^??; fqjTJTTFcfrafTrf 1 
 St^TC^K ^? mWHTcSTf?? II 3 II 
 
 HiMni'-'jtnrratTf tj?htt?? ?>j 1 
 
 ?p*t w;?t ssm-m 5# ??TOi?^r 11 ft 11 
 
 ?T???T? f^TW^3^TH4^: 1 
 
 ?T?T*TT?rf?? ?? ^wfq-srffr tthjh 11 m u 
 
 HTtftini ? ?%srt ?? £ ?^*rrT?iT 1 
 
 ??"r y? w? f^ror s? ^ttrt?> s?^ ^ M ^ M 
 
 rrf^srt ^ n^qTf»? f?^ &v£* ?#h n 9 11 
 ^rt ii: f^irt ?i ^ ^q im cfrpaf^w 1 
 
 [^rsn n b 11 
 •n?f%frftnrr fq?n h^t(!) 1 ^rt?f 1 
 H^jT^^fisrr ^ TrrftfrnsTm^if<.cF^ 11 o. n 
 
 ^oFsrrsfiTfasrf ^ rrr trtn"7nT?cRT: 1 
 
 TJ?infmT ^ IT fq?IT •RftmTHtjftTrTT II 10 II 
 WT^? f^-m SltTH^i ^^ IT Wf^m II IS II 
 
 h>^t =?rqirr ^Tfn f^irm 117^ inn 1 
 j?mrf »jtrir^in?iTTT!T 1 ^rtt^t n s» 11 
 
 5 s 2
 
 854 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 f^STT ^T^af^ f^OT IsrfWT ^ 1 HTSW II ^ II 
 
 •q?rm ht^ f%sn *ri^n*FT»rfif ufsr 11 ^ u 
 
 mftn ^rM^Tt T^TOV^^ ^ II s^ II 
 
 ^fWT Tfe^U^ ftSTT ^fcTOcS^Tftptf II =1* II ° 
 P. 1. mantramdhdtmya ; 2. dlkshd ; 3. ablu- 
 sh eka ; 4. brahmdstrayantram ; 5. ekdksharJma- 
 hdmantravaibhavam ; 6. ekdksharimahamantra- 
 prayoga; 7. vagaldydh shattrimsadaksharlvidya ; 
 8. vagaldmantrardjasya prayogah ; 9. yantrasd- 
 dhanam; 10. yantralepanam ; 11. yantratarpana- 
 vidhi; 12. mantroddhdra (gdyatrl vagaldkhyd); 
 13. vagald{devl)pntjd ; 14. vagaldrcdvidhi ; 15. 
 paficdstravidyd ; 16. vrdamukhydlavidyd (pan- 
 cdstraprayoga) ; 17. bagaldydh satdksharhnahd- 
 m ant rah ; 18. bagaldydh prayogah ; 19. ditto; 
 20. vagaldydh paravidydbhedanam ; 21. para- 
 viydbhakshanam ; 22. vagaldstr am ; 23. vagald- 
 stramdhdmantraprayoga ; 24. vagalamdlikdlak- 
 shanam; 25. vagaldydh caturaksharamdhdtmyam; 
 20. caturakshariprayoga ; 27. bagaldhomapra- 
 yoga ; 28. stambhinividydprayoga ; 29. bagald- 
 hridaya-mantraprayoga ; 30. bagaldshtdkshara- 
 mantravidhi ; 31. pancdstraphalam (trailokya- 
 vijaya); 32. vijabheda ; 33. sarvakarmandsanam 
 (kavacaprayoga) ; 34. rahasyasydtirahasyam. 
 It ends : 
 
 [?TTVprhi Jfrq^] r^?nfwT;?w^ II 3$ II 
 
 ^ffl 3^^: ifta rfrwfspnrfr^T i 
 wiftnTjftitfiTT:: cFH^: fttfsrf^'suT n ^n n 
 
 The colophons also have the spellings ^it- 
 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, vii., p. 15; and 
 Aufrecht, Cat. Cat. under the entries Sdnkhyd- 
 yanatantra, Shaq'vidydgama, and Shadvidydga- 
 masdu khydyanatantra. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2538. 
 
 2786a. Foil. 99; size 12 in. by 5| in.; 
 fairly good Devanagari writing, by several 
 hands; 14-16 lines in a page. 
 
 Kddimata(tantra), a work treating of the 
 Shodasanitydtantrdni, or mystic doctrines of 
 the sixteen constant (forms of SaJcti). It is 
 divided into 36 chapters (patala) of 100 slokas 
 each. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 mraft^ *>mrf*ra[:] ^ft ft^nra: n <) u 
 wwtw f^Tq^j * tH wthI ^ uvfr ii 3 it 
 
 cRififssT^ffi sreft «t: jn TT3^TTr»rqT n ^ u 
 iJT wwf tf^nrrt rami ff^ffffs^ m i n 
 
 jf^f «?^i >fT5T q^^TVftcR^I-JTff II S II 
 The subjects treated of in the several chapters, 
 according to the commentary, are as follows 
 (cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., p. 71, where, how- 
 ever, some of the names are given wrongly) : 
 1. tantrdvatdraprakdianam ; 2. navandtha-
 
 taxti: \. 
 
 855 
 
 vaibhavapujd ; 3. shodasanitydvidydsvarupa ; 4. 
 (prathamd-) LcMtdnitya-nityasaparydhra/ma ; 5. 
 
 I ,<il 1 1 a a it ijdrcanam ; 6. shodasanitydnaimittika- 
 kdmyapujd ; 7. Kdme&varinitydyd vidhdndm ; 
 8. Bhagamdlininitydvidydvidhdnam ; 9. Nitya- 
 hlinnd(th\ia alw&ys)nitydvidyd ; 10. Bherunddni- 
 fyd-idyd ; 11. VahnivdsinJuitydt'idyd ; 12. Jfa- 
 hdvajreSvarmitydvidyd ; 13. Sivadutinitydvidyd ; 
 1-1. Tvaritdnitydvidyd ; 15. Kiilasinithtrlnityd- 
 vidyd; 16. Nitydnitydvidyd; 17. Nilapaidkdnityd- 
 vidyd ; 18. Vijaydnitydvidyd ; 19. Sarvaman- 
 galdnityduidyd ; 20. Jvdldmdlinlnitydvidyd ; 21. 
 (sliodasl-) Citrdnitydvidyd ; 22. sarvdndm nityd- 
 ndm balidevatd-Kurukulldvidhdnam ; 23. sJtoda- 
 sanifydngabhutdydh Taucamijd Vdrdkyd vidyd ; 
 24. shodasanityddhydnaprapanca j 25. shodasa- 
 nitydmdtrikdkdlavydpU ; 26. sho$a§anitydvydpti- 
 vaibhavaprakd§a ha ma ntrasya vydptiprakdsanam ; 
 27. sho^asanitydkdldtmakaprdnavydpti ; 28. s/to- 
 dasanitydndm lokakdlaidddtmya/m ; 29. shoduia- 
 nitydndm homdrthaviandapahundddinirmdnam ; 
 30. vdstudevatdpujd ; 31. shodasanitydbhaktlni- 
 shlha-arimardanavidltd nam ; 32. sa/wmyahoma- 
 vidhdnam j 33. lalitdvidydydh svarupabhedavi- 
 dhdnam ; 34. siddhasdrasvatddividyd ; 35. nityd- 
 ndm svdtmatvavdsitndtattvavidyd ; 36. paramdr- 
 thasvarupaprakdsanam. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ftrnr^Ttf •jrrfafcfH wht^ ■hjtHtht i 
 ^ffr m?3if^Fnct^3 ^tHst^** titNst: hts: ii ° 
 
 WTrT IS^^qsn^i °lMb^ TTTff'lM fefaff T«JH ^n?TTT!IH 
 *TTWTq ° fairf *T?gf^ * Jfft fc5fl?ff II 
 
 Cf. Burnell, Tanjore MSS., p. 206. 
 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 
 2539. 
 
 93. Poll. 229 (numbered 1-2:12 ; nos. I"7, 
 207j 208 having been omitted); Bize Hi in. by 
 5 in.j modern Devanagari writing j eighi lines 
 iu a page. 
 
 The same work. This MS. i- apparently 
 of Kashmir origin. II T. Colebro 
 
 2540. 
 
 1016. Poll. 2nl i 1:;| ; size llf in. by 
 4 in.; carelessly written, in Devanagari, by 
 two different hands ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Manoramd, a commentary on the Kddimata- 
 tiutlra ; composed — in the year 1660 (?1603 
 a.d.) — by Subhagdnandandtha, snrnamed Pra- 
 paHcasdrasimhardjaprnUditi (.')• The author's 
 real name seems to have been Srikantheia ; 
 having been in the. employ of the king of 
 Kashmir, he wrote this commentary in the 
 Dcccan, whilst staying with a certain Nrisimha 
 Bdja, during a pilgrimage to Ramasctu (Ceylon). 
 He, however, carried the work only as Ear as 
 the twenty-second patala under the name of 
 Subhagdnandandtha, and left the other 1 I 
 pat alas to be completed by liis pupil Prakdsd- 
 nanda Dciihu. 
 
 Rather incorrect. It begins (somewhat 
 corrected) : 
 
 wwvti: cfiTc!H?Tam:f?iT^nT x i *?nrnrfa: ^arnnftT- 
 
 >TuffT f^^ttrSTt ^itfw^: I VP^U: ■5RT5FHJ TITT^HnT- 
 r3TiT I ^JTsf^T^l: ^Tc5rm^TF^Tf3^r?TiT I cKTcS ^fff 
 
 filmin g wt»t i f^Tfa^: tVJTOTT fqnF^TTSF ^ft ^ i 
 j?h?# «^f> i m*pf>: =fiT(T^qt fa^rnrsF: w^fsjei 
 
 W'tfff ° II TT^ W^hi^lfVr f^»ITiftT3l(/-. f3i)^>T^'-ri*f><;i<t- 
 
 WT^T^^TOT^^T^RTiT^irff^flJn(r.jfT)?r7l?t : 5'^T«cfrTgT- 
 ^€mP^rR^TTf=^TTJ?fm«rFIWTTTTanf^(!) ?ffTII ^^n-
 
 856 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 •jr^pj: ft irftjqitf h PrimfTiT^^: ^■^r^pra TurrcifiT 
 m 1 kut ■sfrrf^5T'3»TT b: «=MHi5i: 1 *rr w: *mi srsiw Tm 
 
 ■SfT^tlT^^TT-^^ ( ! ) FT ofrrfcTSTfjfiO) VtcRrq^W ^ *TV*rfa 
 
 f%crfrrt ffT?7T^fim: 1 ^mi ^iHTf^fW: wtt? ^w^ifa: 
 
 Wt#WWic*lW'i5l^t T Tf^5lf(T 1 ° 
 
 It ends : *JW?fai3Tf?^T ^ft^hr 5WT Tqifrftl- 
 
 insiNT&^ti>(?^T)Tjic5gifi^Tfir 1 ir* faf\rn^ faunrfa- 
 
 (?fa°) I^T ^ ^T^H II «rH II ^ftf ^T^lfRWTrf%5 
 ^cfTTf?J?iTT^H?I ift'TO^t rfcn*l mNqH.fite<HB«H - 
 
 This colophon occurs, mutatis mutandis, at 
 the end of each patala. After some slohas 
 containing computations of the extent of the 
 commentary, the MS. proceeds : 
 
 ^TRrrrtrft s^rwnfl mn if&?nz 11 
 
 ■fr^T^T^f^IFRt T^qTRt fVfaHJT II 
 
 frt WH^TTS?T«arT^lt UT^TTT^T^W: II 
 OTST <N TfcTCHirNiT »pfa*mT ^I 5 bT^«ft ?p?: II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2541. 
 
 3011. Foil. 84; folio, size 12| in. by 7^ in.; 
 European paper ; good Devanagari writing ; 
 22-24 lines in a page. 
 
 Jnandatantra, in 20 patalas, treating, in 
 form of dialogues between Sri Devi and Edmes- 
 vara, of the mysteries of lii/ga and sakti 
 worship in all its details ; but extending its 
 observations, in the last five chapters, also on 
 the negation of caste distinctions, on the 
 various systems of philosophy, and on Tantric 
 philosophy and sectarianism in particular. 
 
 Other titles given to it in the first colophon 
 are Nitydshodasifairiiavatantra and Bhagamd- 
 linlsamhitd ; the latter title being derived 
 from one of the names under which the goddess 
 is invoked in vii. 160. 
 
 The MS. was transcribed from a Tclugu 
 copy, and is written in verse form, as if 
 intended for press. In the first few pages 
 the writing has suffered from the sticky con- 
 dition of the ink. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ?m: stnrmTTR *r?Tf^irrc 31 «^ 11 i n 
 
 WRTSTT HJ[T^ ^ft^ ^ft^afrf II * II 
 cR^tnTiTfpjTmjJ fRxgi^r fJrt>PT 11 3 « 
 ^h^th ?r»rej«i Trfi^faripssm ^qr ii 8 ii 
 ^^ flsnrsi^T af^ir^^ ^tfffTr: n m ii 
 
 ^1^ TTt^T W^Vt ^Tfq ?Ir&T> I 
 
 j^ire m?TH 3in> ^t^t: «b> sfq ^^^: ii i ii 
 st^Tfn ^tt^t K^tn^j *j?^t i 
 
 isfveiirrTH^t ^nr H^ fcjJIW ^^iT II 9 II
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 857 
 
 cBT^C STV3 II 
 
 i^ ?fa nwra Kiit -cfi-^nnm w n <i 11 
 •n: trrsreretrt ^tVc^: ^th^t:: i 
 
 sft^^f^T^^WMffl^^fTrRoR: II <H0 II 
 
 e 
 
 ^T^^'t W. pV^er^m fFJ^^ff II =1=1 II 
 
 if ^7^-rnfT 3^ Tfl> TIT ?fH Wif I 
 
 TWt I *T **£?(?) c^T^ H^frfftT II <R 11° 
 
 P. i. 47 ilokas, colophon : \%fn irNjT^flfcfa- 
 stW frwTiftTf3T=FTO^ ff-i HTT*rr%?rtJTf?iTnjt stttwt^- 
 fsTOTTTH^ff-it IT«IT. H7P5: II ii. 00 61.; iii. GO 61. 
 iv. 49 s/.; v. 73 k; vi. 81 61. j vii. 180 s7. 
 viii. 94 si.; ix. 90 s/.; s. 97 s ; /.; xi. 60 61. 
 xii. 178 s/.; xiii. 34 s7. ; xiv. 64*'?.; xv. 93 61. 
 xvi. 132 s/.; xvii. 165 si.; xviii. 112 s/.; xix. 
 125 61; xx. 110 61. (together 1913 6lohas). 
 
 It ends : 
 
 T^M^TOf^JT ^ WETT «Tif7^f^5iTcB II =»od II 
 Vjf§A f^rR^rTf^T TT^T TTiITTf^iToS II SoM II 
 
 n^*m Trarmsr ^wTrrfa'TTSTrf i 
 
 Turer: p^w ef% T4^?t>rrnr=irR'lf: n soi ii 
 
 5!T=C nf^lWlriHrfij: P7ffT fin? I 
 JTHSr^ *TOWq TH3^3Tfq ^fcfiT II SOS II 
 
 *??rw ^w ^iTPnfci fWsRisrwj p: ^ri n sot n 
 
 ^r^lM^fTK^r^T TT?: ^r^ft II Soft II 
 
 w *rm f>7P?: in=K: f«s *pi: ^WsratfH u sso n 
 
 q?c5: II ^-r?tH tfqiff II 
 
 According to a note, in the liand of Mr. C. 
 P. Brown, this work ' is exceedingly popular 
 in die South of India "; though it seems to 
 be unknown in Northern India. 
 
 [C. P. Browx.] 
 
 2542. 
 
 1508a. Foil. I '■ I i m'l an addition il 
 83); size Il| in. by M in.; indifferent, mo 
 Devanagari writing, by three different hands ; 
 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Sdraddtilalca, in 25 chapters (pafala); by 
 Lakshmana Dehikendra, son of Sri-Krishna, 
 and grandson of Vijaydcdrya Panijita. 
 
 For an analysis of the work (for which tlio 
 present MS. was collated) see Aufrecht, Cat. 
 Bodl.j no. 160. For the author's genealogical 
 account at tho end of the work, which is very 
 corrupt in this and the Oxford MSS., see Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, ii., p. 146. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2513. 
 
 2945. Foil. 166 ; size 11| in. by 5£ in.; 
 modern Nepalese writing; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Sdraddtilaka, with marginal glosses, and 
 diagrams illustrating the text. 
 
 A more correct MS. than the preceding 
 one. The last leaf, however, is wanting. 
 
 [B. II. Hodgson.] 
 
 2544. 
 
 1617c. Foil. 6; size 7 in. by h\ in.; very 
 careless, modern Devanagari writing; twi 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Sdraddtilaka, chapter 2 1, here called Dhiima- 
 vatiyantrapatala. 
 
 [II. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2545. 
 
 518. Foil. 64 j size 91 in. by 4 in.; in- 
 different Devanagari writing ; eight lines in 
 a page. 
 
 8dradd(tilaka)tikd, or Gutfhdrthaprakdsikd, 
 annotations on the Sdraddtilaka, by a writer
 
 858 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 who signs himself Kdmarupapati-pandita, and 
 Jagadguru Bhattdcdrya Siddhdntavdglsa. Pa- 
 talas 15-25. 
 
 The MS. consists of three different portions, 
 viz. : — 
 
 a) Foil. 33-63 (written in a sprawling hand 
 with a thick continuous top-line after the 
 fashion of cursive vernacular writing), con- 
 taining the commentary on patalas 15-20, but 
 without beginning and end : p. 15 ending 
 fol. 336; 16, fol. 42a; 17, fol. 46a; 18, fol. 
 53a; 19, fol. 59a. 
 
 6) Foil. 2-32, and 64, written in a fairly 
 good hand, and containing patalas 21 (without 
 beginning) -25 : p. 21 ending fol. 76; 22, fol. 
 116; 23, fol. 186; 24, fol. 26a; 25, fol. 306. 
 
 c) Fol. 1, supplied by a third hand, does 
 not seem to belong to the work, but to have 
 been inserted merely to supply some sort of 
 beginning to the MS. It begins : ^T^ft^ 
 
 sifinifzTraT^ 
 
 Fat. 25 ends: o&fi^fa* *ivfa ^IT 5T»MgftI 
 n^iw^: I w^Tfafii uti^fq ii \fn tHftTjifir: vz$: n 
 
 This is followed (on fol. 306) by a short 
 section (occupying about three pages, viz. 
 foil. 31 and 64a) beginning : ^WWm*mpi f*T- 
 irmir °, containing extracts from Purdnas, etc. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 *t3iT*sPK^Tfasn(? o scircfopnftfv)- 
 
 * The last verse of the Sdraddtilaka runs thus : 
 ^ T g ^TT SPH^Tfl '5F%(TTV^ qW 
 
 ■srnvi ^pgwirfiT *r??rtamfq fnt i 
 
 ^f?T ^H?TJTrttiniiraiT»T^«S'rqTq^ftjirtHmTT'hT- 
 yffT 3TTT^T?W J72TqTI=frTf3I^T WHTST II **Tff °lt*[_°i] 
 
 TRW *f\nn II 
 
 The author frequently quotes two previous 
 commentators, under the designation of Thak- 
 kurdh and Parivrdjakdh resp. ; as also several 
 times perhaps a third under that of Acdrydh. 
 Of other authorities may be mentioned : Can- 
 drikd, fol. 13a (TrnjlfaTSH xjf^irt Slfawfr WTSTifl 
 
 aflH«nT",«iIlT n); fol. 14a; fol. 146 (wrrf'^- 
 V'ffit 5lf3i^^iT *ntffqfa: I °); Ndradapancardtra 
 fol. 36a ; Pujdpradlpa, fol. 52a ("3iEM"-nH^*iT 7T 
 fjpimT ^fspn^T^nr f*ff Kt vcm 3(fff) ; 55a (prose) ; 
 Prapaiicasdratikd (once Prapaiicatikd), by 
 Padma/pdddcdrya, foil. 13a, 49n, 556; Sydmd- 
 rahasya, by Purndnanda, fol. 316. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2546. - 
 
 528. Foil. 61 + 107 ; size 9f in. by 4f in. ; 
 clear Devanagari writing of 1804 a.d.; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Devlrahasya, or Parddevlrahasya, a treatise 
 on tantric rites (hdadharma), purporting to 
 form part of the Eudraydmalatantra. 
 
 It begins : TfiwTiq ^n^ H 
 
 *r=r(r.Tnr) *?*] 7^3 *n»?^Tf<?5 HTfiiTf u q ii 
 Tm^T?wrea} rN »hrW fq^w i 
 
 ^rH^T?T^nir srra K*i ?^n: *?^>f^ ii d n 
 
 tH Aitw* nzi ^^* H ^ rT ^^ ' 
 TUT^TtT^TSi? ^Nxtpi *f^ *J II M II
 
 taxti; \. 
 
 859 
 
 f^T TTl^ II 
 
 i*Tk?*qjtfTJTTfa TUT pj H^q^oFH I 
 
 The work consists of sixty chapters (/m/ulu) 
 in two parts (jutrvardlta and uttardrdha), the 
 first of which treats of the general practices 
 of safcfo' worship ; whilst the second is ci u- 
 cernod with the worship of particular deities : 
 
 I. 1. (il. 88) jfa ysft^juwiis tii ^Tkm 
 (thus mostly) diJcshdvidhih ; 2. (si. 75) ^frr ° 
 tUT^^T?^ &dktamantroddhdravidhih ; 3. (iZ. 34) 
 HvamantroddhdravidM ; 4. (x7. 13) vaislutaru- 
 mantravidhi ; 5. (s/. 45 + 21) mantrotkUanavidki j 
 6. (*'/. 58) samjivanavldlri ; 7. (si. 61) Sdpahd- 
 rintvidyoddhdravidhi ; 8. (s7. 31) japavidhi ; 9. 
 (x7. 5G) samputavidhi ; 10. (x7. 36) purascaryd- 
 ridlii ; 11. (s/. 42) purascaranahomamdhi ; 12. 
 (x/. 81) yantroddhdra/oidhi ; 13. (sZ. 3G) yautrn- 
 dhdranavidhi ; 14. (sZ. 20) rishicchandonirnaj/a- 
 vidhi ; 15. (*/. 14) smasandrcanavidhi ; 10. (x7. 
 75) ditto; 17. (ft 13); 18. (si 10 and prose) 
 Sonapaddhativarnandkhydnam ; 19. (iZ. 35) s«- 
 rotpattividhi ; 20. (x7. 14 and prose) pdtravan- 
 danavidhi ; 21. (x7. 10 and prose) sdntistotra- 
 viravandandTchydnam ; 22. (x7. 156) surdsodha- 
 navidhi ; 23. (iZ. 65) saktisodltanavidhi ; 24. 
 (*Z. 69) iudldsodhanavidhi ; 25. (sZ. 43) ends: 
 
 II. beg.: 7ft*?T^ "S^fsf (c^rb^prg) II 
 
 ^R^5i Tfrrrfa^rfa 7tewreninT*r=K u i ii 
 
 TiTRTCTV ^9Tfa Xfrq fT3PnfW>i II * II 
 <?*h ^Tt VT1 ^ tjTT JjlfHK UTtf^^iT I 
 ^pfifil *H WriTT TTTHTtfH ^HT W7IT II 3 II 
 
 26. ((I. 62.) mahdganapatimantroddhdravidhi . 
 2/. (rules and mantras) mahd< varada- 
 
 ganeianti addhativarnanam ; 28. ($Z. 24) 
 
 mahagayapatikavaedkhydnam ; 29. (>7. 137) 
 malidganapatzmantram isralcdlchydv vm ; 
 
 30. (x7. 21) ?f?T »r?T?^T?jq *•=? niafeagra?apofe'- 
 stotrdhhydnam n ^f?r ^n^Ttr?^ ;fa*Hnr^r.i* >J"i 
 TJTTqTT:?HJ *l* I'H'nifil^T^immT^tn jt^ II ; 31. 
 (x/. 92) suryapa(aWchydnam j 32. (rales and 
 formulas) suryapujdpaddhativarnanam ; .".:'.. (iZ. 
 50) vajrapanjarahavacdlchydna/m ; 34. (>•/. 190) 
 suryandmasahasrdkhydnam ; 35. (x/. 23) /'n-n- 
 mdrthastotrdkhydnam Sribh agavaisurya 
 ga m; 36. (IZ. 85) lakshminor italdkhyd- 
 
 nam ; 37. (rules and formulas) Zafcs/i 
 l/ananityapujdpaddhativarnanam ; 38. (iZ. I-!) 
 lakshmindrdyanakavaedkhydnam ; 39. (.v/. 171) 
 lakshmindrdyanasahasrandmakdkhydnam ; t0. 
 (sZ. 25) lakshmzndrdyanastavdkhydnam, sam 
 tarn ca Jakshmlndrdijanajianraliijam ; 41. (,s7. 65) 
 irvmrityunjaya ; 12. (rules and formulas) 
 srlmrUyunjayapaddhativarnanam ; 43. ($Z. 27) 
 srimrityunjayakavaca ; 41. (n/. 124) malidmri- 
 tyuTtjit i/asahasrandmastofrdkliya nn m ; 45. (iZ.28) 
 mahdmrityunjayastotrdhhydnam Hrlmahdmrityun,- 
 jayapancdngam ; 46. (iZ. 53) dwrgdrahasyavidhi ; 
 47. (rules and formulas) nityapujdvidhi ; 18. 
 (.s/. 43) durgdkavaedkhydnam ; 19. (.</. 138) 
 durgdndmasahasravarna 50. (iZ. 21) durgd- 
 
 stotrdkhydnam iti durg ; 51. (iZ. II) 
 
 mantravidydprahdia ; 52. (.-•/. 7); 53. (x/. 17'; 
 54. (x/. 28); 55. (x/. 29); 56. («. L8); 57. (x7. 
 31); 58. (x/. 27); 59. (,x/. 20); 60. (x/. 34), 
 ends : ^9x;^ TTT^ n 
 
 ^rq^«rt s^rf3i^> ^^7i ^fgf": u 33 11 
 z;?Tq ^fr ?nrm TfttR'rt wrf^TTT 11 3« 11 
 
 si
 
 860 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^fti ^ fl^$q rag hi %*ftx%m if?H*i: i?^: wnti: ii 
 
 With tlie endings of chapters cp. the entries 
 under Rudraydmala, Aufrecht, Cat. Cat. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2547. 
 
 581c. Foil. 53 and 96 ; size 12i in. by 
 44 in.; fairly good Devanagari writing, of 
 1800 a.d.; nine lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. 
 
 [H. T. COLEEEOOKE.] 
 
 2548. 
 
 1573b. Foil. 18; size 10J in. by 4£ in.; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagari writing; 13 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Kalpdvall{?) of the Rudraydmala ; a treatise 
 of tantric medicine or pharmacopy, describing, 
 in separate paragraphs (Jcalpa), the preparation 
 of a number of nostrums and elixirs, the 
 principal ingredient of which is water drawn 
 from certain mountain-rivers, in different parts 
 of India, connected by legend with the sweat 
 dropping from Vishnu, when, in the form of a 
 boar, he carried the earth on his back. 
 It begins : 
 
 HITS TJT1T hwt 1T#ifi vxiwt II 
 irf wire ii 
 
 §tqt: "?^rr^ it 
 
 TWPf it f>*ai ?rRTitf$^«& HIT I 
 
 wn ^fa it h^ ifai pth firo u 
 
 flUTRT liT^TO fcrUTsRT'HT W 5^ (!) I 
 H<*T ^^TW*TgH: U^^T «ft TRff \\ 
 
 P53? ithh *wt ^rt>t<{t s«^tw<jt i 
 
 fST^^ifafH *HH ^5T^^(? -4) fait?' 5 * II 
 
 ^pari^cR TTrfr ^rnf h^^ejth: it i 
 ittt^or ttitt wrif t^Jt^iraw: it " 
 
 ■SETtflfr^^f it f^aj ITTit T 1 ^^ TTTT I 
 cRHtYiT^JrrTm jTTH <PlVoR H'm n 
 
 il;itecR'?'-;i?=R TrnTJTwfrr^ ^ ' 
 itit nnm^t^ ij-reqifa *r*rnr?f n 
 
 5T^3T ^ f%7amnf?3i| ^tsr^ *ttttt: i 
 ^rratf^rfairi itrhr h fi^-e^w: n ° 
 
 It ends : ^Ht ^re II 
 
 *JiJ i*f% JRSIlfa Tj1>fqw *jilcR1 I 
 
 ■sfttt^imt i*fi jtjzihth wt: to i 
 
 -TftRPWif %fa f^lt'TTITCnl II 
 
 nil ii\hr wshfaj wfiftTT: *# ;*^ht: i 
 
 il^R ^ra f^TTH ^tT^T[ft]spTT3RJT II 
 HH W HIT 1T^ I^TKTTTf ffpfll H I 
 
 ith ^ hit *jh offftrf i nrNcR^ u 
 
 5fimf3i»THt J*f% H1W% HtTflTT 1 I 
 
 ^tit r^nr "3fi^t mr??: *rnTtHH i 
 
 ^H?ff TpTETI ^HifJTST *T5[T%1: II 
 
 ?f?r ?tif?it*5j ^r^jm^r (!) *thtst ii 
 
 The colophon seems to have been added by 
 a different hand, the treatise itself being ap- 
 parently incomplete. 
 
 Below the colophon another hand has written 
 the title t? j<jmj cR^m^ 5 and the leaves are 
 marked eR^T °. 
 
 For a Kalpavalllstotram assigned to the 
 Rudraydmala, see Burnell, Tanjore MSS., 
 p. 200a. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2549. 
 
 2257. Foil. 42; size 64 in. by 4| in.; 
 legibly written in Devanagari ; 13 or 14 lines 
 in a page ; modern. 
 
 Sarikabh aga vatipancdnga, and Jvdldmu hh l- 
 ]>a7icd/iga{?), of the Rudraydmala Tantra.
 
 TAN'TEA. 
 
 8G1 
 
 I. begins : ^ ^CTTfCofrwn^Tfiq^n fcT^Tff I 
 ^ejH*HH ^T ?m t>OT SHTW mi II 
 
 wfaawr S^ *TJc5t^rPtTTra*n i 
 W5T1S1T wft SPS^m ^^TCT II 
 
 ^TTITR c5^tnT^f TSTT^ST&qrfa K II 
 5JH W?T UTtfrT 5TTfC3Fnjm 
 
 ^ fsm^jwt^if^ ftrfs?iT«iTftwTw: n 
 *raTforfirn^ »fcr: ^frmv^n- i 
 
 ITSJT^^fiT >Nt STJWWmTrr WPT I 
 JT^rS^^T^ HK tfirhprr'pT: II 
 
 tth: ftrfsr^: fast tjtotujt «Tfff v^t n ii 
 
 *n?T JT?«I i^fjT TTHT^TST^fr SWI?H I 
 
 froreTrrwr <jf> *rar cjfmfqHTfl?: n 
 *^mi fnfij^ifa: ^Tjprita fin^niTqw: n 
 
 f^T?"* 3<Jt "HT^ITff ^ITfCcfiT ^WT WTT II 
 
 sm tNt tit sife: frivt ^rtew wit*t i 
 
 TTTt *TTT TTT 3TT^: ^Hr^TTJSftlfa: | 
 
 ^rra ^§Sh[:] ^imfo ^r ^rra*ft h^k ii 
 xr «tr^ ihf?! wq?: ssrRff » 
 
 ^c?T^>f?3frlf»te^rjt 
 
 ^nffl^3iTHTrer?»rpiT*? i 
 
 c?tf^t HIT ^flfa 3nfl"5fi3T^N II 
 
 ^fir ^TK^trrR^ iHi ^T3Tnr=KTtrc?j: *wh: fol, ta. 
 
 ^r sirst n?fr TR^rn^rTrqnT cjrT^rnT Tmr^ 
 
 fHHUM TTJ^f^TJll f?Rf3TTftl ^H^mTV7HJ7W?H?c5cF- 
 
 «^c?rf§=Ftfr^ir^'»i7?5fH?TF^Tiftqjfr f^rnt *r3i : m 
 
 ■^JliToJcifTTHftrit stFn^f^T>TTHTHW wf^?T^?f^Xr? ff- 
 VJTlTt ^KHlf frnTW^TW=?RTTHTIl*R gratn ^TH?^VtT- 
 
 cfiH5rm r^^^^THTTrr-iTT *?rfinpn 7w«-^^Tf?rfnif *%- 
 
 rrsjicrem "i w: ??T: ^ : r»r55 : f?m^rT^^n , a^ 1 TT?cRt 
 
 ^^ ° 
 
 \fn ^TjnfcsRTirjrfiT: n fol. 246. 
 
 ^rinTT if? wnt> 3nfr=ifTc?rT# T>m i 
 
 f F5T^Tfn?7f TTT H^^»?4 T"T li 
 W^mWTTJlf f?aj *%fai%H? cFq5T ii ° 
 
 fol. 27a. 
 
 ^r«i ^T3nfT=BT^?irsrT'? f?narw u ° ^^t^j t^i^ i 
 oR'qmfH Trrt f^ert w?Hn3nf*T>n fjm i 
 fti^T-m: TnfrsfnPTT^n: mt ^^j^Fftjin'm n 
 
 TTh ° ^tjITH^T^Tflfl^H ritnfa II fol. 
 ~ C\ ^ 
 
 ^Tkt^ ^-^^ i 
 
 5 t 2
 
 862 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 «mi fai ^vrcF^Tf#^f>spTnriftf i 
 »Tt J?iqi »iTjf(i *wm ht^rW »>? fgt 
 
 ^fn° ^sif^sn^w ^'bnft^TwwTT^T: wto: ii ° 
 ^msffl? VtoTTfcBF-RTrerrhi'gtn'T n fol. 35a. 
 
 j^fcT ° ifTQ5WJrNnH tf mi?^ ii fol. 37a. 
 
 srqfVfa: fol. 376. 
 
 ^RmfiTm:raf nFnrH^f f^rNrw: i 
 
 ^fn TTTrmfiTHTjMv: fol. 39a ; 3[f(T whrofani: 
 fol. 396; spn cFSrfarcnrcRiifafVj: fol. 406; ^fir 
 HfT^jTlfafv: fol. 416; after whicli some lines 
 of formulas, ending : 
 
 W. i n^iTfinwT^rrq^-sgfc II jfa *K^firbprfaVT?f 
 
 *ws ii [R. Johnson.] 
 
 2550. 
 
 452a. Foil. 76; size 9i in. by 5 in.; clear 
 Devanagari writing; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Dhdtulcalpa, lessons of alchymy, in form of 
 a dialogue between Mahddeva and Pdrvatl ; 
 professing to form part of the Rudraijdmala. 
 Ratter incorrect. 
 
 It beg-ins : ^ftmtuRTC H 
 
 ^j^frt IHbr *if? vm^g tf^jfrf i 
 Tm f%frT^nrlra *7vij vnm»?frf u s ii 
 
 ^R?T^ T^* II 
 
 *r?sr **t*cTh^N '^nrw fro**?: ii ^ u 
 tnm rrwl ffcflremra nvmi irw i 
 awfaT^ruTT *?? wft *t*mm" ii 3 u 
 mfi^^T^ II 
 
 ^TTtff *T^TTT VTift: cRTOcJ^t^rf^'Tn II $ II 
 
 ftTTcrteJTWTnfiT^t fl*lt cRHB^nR II 4 II ° 9 II 
 *\Ttf? TTT^ II 
 
 frrefH ^fq^nH vtit^t fTNvTw=?n: i 
 
 fsRTJrST^ ^ ftnrfl VTKTT ^ JTTftf^fTT: II b II 
 
 w$ i ^RiitiiTRjg ^ w^rtimfafsT ii e. ii 
 
 Hfl^^ ^TT^ II 
 
 nmcTETirra'g^T: f^t^i]^ f^s"tv ht: ii w h ° 
 
 ^fff TTm W*T ^H fol. 36 ; "mi cTtlHTTR fol. 4a ; 
 ^fiT ^lt?!i fol. 46 ; W^ wrHT? fol. 66 ; ^fil ^JT?- 
 fTUR fol. 28a; ^fff jTI^ (thus repeatedly; 
 
 ^mf^fti: fol. 366; ^fjr tttc? fol. 416; ^fir inH- 
 
 f^VTH fol. 72a ; ^fff T^TrTf^TTT I [^^ ?TZc(ftfaroT] 
 fol. 746. 
 
 There appears little of the mystic element 
 of the Tantras in the treatise, but a good 
 deal of experimental knowledge gained by the 
 older pursuits of medicine and cognate arts.
 
 The MS. marks every 100 ilohas, counting 
 altogether 1811 couplets; but the numbering 
 in some parts may not be quite accurate. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^=FT 7WHT VTrfC H^rR^ni^: ( ! ) I 
 cfinjfflflJ^TT f(T^T W=KHT\3IT^T II 
 tfmn UTT^ f^ jJifFf «?M H^T I 
 
 *ftrfa?f 3 wt^u flnrtf msreicftf^if (!) n 
 Hmif ^rr*m iff;* mq tH«R *^t(!) i 
 
 ^(f ^W^^T iNtil cFf«lfT fl^T II 
 
 srrof xirc^ m^ ^r^r ^(!) *|q f^ i 
 
 *TTfcr^ ^TH f^ ^I'irc ^R^trR II [>]t00 li 
 WHJTCT'^rfrft f? ^T^^T H^T (fa)*JU?fiT I 
 ^H? 7TTc5^ •SF^q ^1*%^ ?^(T:(!) II 
 
 cB^I q^^T ^N Tjft^Wf^^TTTC!) II 
 
 S7?t fVnran ^ cura ^^fftir»?:(!) ii ° (G s/.) 
 
 TTTST ^ ITT? off^ T*f fflfVoIRT^ i? II 
 
 HfiUnffT T?T^S?rt' HIVX ^THT W^IU: II tS=l II 
 
 HUTU} II *NrT "Hfcil TmU^THoFTftsR * r?oFT^T TTfa"? 
 JPlcjS^TTJT II [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2551. 
 
 2793. Foil. 59; size 9^ in. by 4>k in.; 
 fairly written in Devanagarl ; nine lines in a 
 page. 
 
 * Whether these references refer to special treatises 
 (see Aufrecht, Cat. Cat., s.v. Pdradakaljpa, Aushadha- 
 Jcalpa) or to certain portions of the present treatise, 
 does not appear. 
 
 T.WTIIA. 
 
 Three Tantric i real ises. Rather inc. in-, ct. 
 
 I. Bhvtcufdmara Mahdtantrardja, in til 
 chapters. 
 
 1 t begins (somev bal corrected) : 
 sfiTVTfvej ^fl^q tq*if?*n=ii flTtrTofi I 
 
 C 
 
 ^^^HJI^I^T^ II 
 
 ^rq wfEmG''flu)^T'TT: fop^T: ptsttpi: i 
 Ti^i? ^r fats n^'ntf ^TtnTTi: n 
 
 ^ pi: tnq^iTr faajRrf^: sftemtnrr: i 
 
 c5*J7r ftrgn: *h HreH^i: *r»rt: ii 
 ^H^rm^Tr: ^TU'raj^T'i'rHTfrcF n 
 
 <?rq fil[FfiT] rf^3I ?^*T ^TTcp ah: I 
 
 ^wqn^ >pT fpuTi(? iim fxnft) ^3^ 
 wtfaEr^TTTT[^] «tTU7insi=irTnfti^iTH i L " 
 
 ^T^TTW ofTTHltT *Tn?Tfc£nT Af^pS II 
 g^IaHr^ ^^T^ II 
 
 sRTVTfyq -mH^m ^^mfrf wtftt^ I 
 
 nv$ ?If?T flH^N «pfit «7T7TRt II 
 
 c c 
 
 HfT^Ri^rr^cfif fRng-sfffH^JTrHair n
 
 864 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 tjkj irni fg^T Btfti ^TrNrt fazn/r nqw i 
 
 For another MS. of this work, consisting 
 of fifteen chapters, see Raj. Mitra, Notices of 
 Skr. MSS., iv., p. 165. In the present copy 
 the fifteenth patala ends fol. 386 : 
 
 ■swnwg: tit? h^tt" faf£Tirf?f i 
 
 Tfa^TTOT; f^^I rtS sfWR VTTRTHT II 
 
 Cs. ^ C 
 
 After this the MS. proceeds : 
 
 ^f£ ^nSTTfffli ^TTOJ^ Ef^^^THfTf^a I 
 f%gr\JT f? ^SlfaF^^THtHoFR^'^^'^Tf? II 
 
 »T5T?mf^iqsn^ T^frfVlTfW^^iSTn^ ^TtfhjWt^Tft;* 
 
 h?w wa*M -^m ti^tr t^RT ^itora Tnftn^%?T^f 
 
 ttZW^^ig »?t^rsn^ TT^T WR ° etc.; — ending, 
 five lines farther on : 
 
 tr: ii ^^TirrTTj tr: u 
 
 II. Bhutabhairava : 
 
 sRHSIT TmfqWf 7f? ^ft^Tf^f^?T^t II 
 
 ofiTcJ^T fir^nrr [>] »»?Trr5-T h^ck^t n ° 
 f4?Tft*!rt cjmf^rt "ais&Bb-iJTWT^rt i 
 
 >TT»?TEfT STfcfPTT ^JT Tnfoff^ ^tYsfrfiT ^ II 
 
 Then follow names of Bhairava, and incan- 
 tations. 
 
 Fol. 48 : ^TTT ^qT*?H^fc*TlT^riUJ^r5rffTTn^- 
 ^TlH^TTft^'T^fi'WT^TH^fqTNit WTWT3 7JTH »T?TtN 
 TJcRTfsnf II 
 
 III. NdyiJcdsddhana{?) : 
 
 ^ ST/Trrftjcjrnrt m^fqnjflrnsRwuT>i i 
 urst usiT^^Tfe^fk wf> h^tt^fk: ii 
 
 ttsht tf^ct urn ff rrhrr ^ jr^tt/t;^ i 
 cfr^oR^iTT ■FTTrrm ofrR^ct tt7t. mrn ii 
 
 c c 
 
 s* 
 
 ^?n: «tr: *mi=RT^t *f =rRiB^Tq?T: u 
 
 The exposition of these eight forms of in- 
 cantation are followed (fol. 516) by formulas, 
 and another series of salrti- sddhandni ; viz : — 
 
 I. vicitrdsddhanam ; 2. vibhramdsddhanam ; 3. 
 visdldsddhanam ; 4. sulocandsddhana ; 5. ma- 
 dcmavidydsddhanam ; 6. mdninisddhanam ; 7. 
 hamsinlsddltanam ; 8. satapatrikdsddhanam ; 
 9. mehhaldsddhcmam ; 10. vikaldsddhanam ; 
 
 II. lakshmisddhanam; 12. maJtdbhaydvidydsddha- 
 nam ; 13. mahendrikdsddhanam ; 14. smasdni- 
 vidydsddhanam ; 15. vatayakshinlsddhanam ; 
 16. kapdlmisddhanam ; 17. candrihdsddhanam ; 
 18. ghatandndmavidydsddhanam ; 19. bhishanl- 
 ranjikdvildsinindm sddhanam. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^TTHT^rt flT?'TR^f^nTTc5Tf?'fH: *^T I 
 
 5^ Tf<gTTtti;Tf miff ^ttjir: ii 
 
 WT>*R H 1 ^ TTRT ^1 ^ TOT*: I 
 
 The leaves of the volume are throughout 
 marked *r. TT. 
 
 [Coll. op Foet Willum.] 
 
 2552. 
 
 791a. Foil. 71 (the first of which has been 
 lost and replaced by two leaves in a more 
 modern hand); size 9f in. by 3| in.; well 
 written, in Devanagari, about a.d. 1750; 9-11 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Jndndrnava, a tantra in 23 patalas [A]. 
 
 It begins : ^TT^api-f II 
 
 ^^^^^^^(WT^T B)TTft^TftTT I 
 
 wiv sRcrprr^i fcp ?wr ipiTTf ^r^T ii <i u
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 
 SI^TrTtrT UT *T3l r^^T UTITmnTTr II ^ II 
 
 ^rsrmfa ^Tjrhr u«*mi «t^w t^t ii 3 u 
 
 ^snjf^raTttlrTT N§^uf%>rfTl(TT II 9 11° 
 
 P. i. ends fol. 3a; ii. bdldnydsavidhi, Eol. 7c; 
 iii. balddhyanakaihana, fol. 86; iv. bdldpujdvidhi, 
 fol. 126 ; v. SrUripurdbdldyajanavidhi, fol. I'm/ ; 
 vi. purvasimhdsanavidhi, fol. Id// ; vii. dvitiya- 
 simhasane rudrabhairavividhi, fol. 176; viii. 
 pancasimhdsanavidhi, fol. 18" ; ix. pancasimhd- 
 sanavidhi, fol. 21a; x. tripurasundarhlvinhisari- 
 vnrana. fol. 27a; xi. shoda&ivivarana, fol. 296 ; 
 xii. grlridydnydsumudruvii'iinujii, fol. 38a ; xiii. 
 srlvidydyajanavidhi, fol. 456 ; xiv. prayogavidhi, 
 fol. 506; xv. ratnapushpavidhi, fol. 516; xvi. 
 bijasddhanavidhi, fol. 536; xvii. tripurdjapa- 
 liomavidhi, fol. 596; xviii. jndnahomavivarana, 
 fol. Gla; xix. dutiyftgavidhi, fol. 636; xx. jndna- 
 duUyajana, fol. 65a; xxi. dikshdvidlri, fol. 686 ; 
 xxii. damanaropana, fol. 70a; xxiii. ends: 
 
 jftf'nrfaiff'TTO^ sTrairrTfarfavTH juttt^ i 
 
 c ^ 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooki;.] 
 
 2553. 
 
 425. Foil. 54; size 12 in. by 6 in.; well 
 written, in Devanagarl, about a.d. 1700; twelve 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. [B.] 
 
 The colophon runs : %Tk iftsrRH'N fTOTiH 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2554. 
 
 973. Foil. L85 (wrongly numbered 126, in 
 
 coiisoquencr of Beveral blunders); size I I in. 
 Iiv 2| in. ; well written, in the Bi ngali cha- 
 racter ; five Lines in a pagi . Fol. 1 has i 
 supj)lied by a different, I ; ible, hand. 
 
 Oautanuya-tantra, a sj b1 lily 
 
 popular, manual of Vishnv Krishna worship, 
 
 based on the ritual forms of Sdkta mysticism'. 
 
 It begins : ^f w. '^n^ u m ^t. uw^rirt N 
 
 ffU^nqmfqTHT nfeflT^tim*? ii 
 
 w^firwicjsi ^fHfrrTi^TTJTTf^ i 
 R^T^furauT^^mnfH£rP«rTT?EifT!T n 
 
 v^r^oFTn'^'TTr^T htt? nfimr^ ^ i 
 
 HrnrTT cftwtt tc?t: 3T^R"t*rbrrr-*r7T: i 
 fafasni^TW H H^ra ^R?j?t rht: 11° 
 
 According to this MS., the work consists 
 of 33 adhydyas, the hist three of which wi 
 however, numbered 30-32 in the od.phons, 
 the numbers being afterwards corrected 
 parently by bhe same hand) in the margin. 
 See also Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., p. 99, wl 
 the work is stated to consisl of 31 chapters, 
 the contents of which are givi a. 
 
 The MS. en. Is (fol. 1316): 
 
 qir? faatf v^ f$5f!T!t ttki $s*ifa i 
 
 sfiH^Tfa faTO »*l ^WH *T? ffrefff II 
 ^5HTc5^^l?rini cpiTTTWT TtU^fiT II 
 
 srrftfan ssqru: ii° i5i=*iv.i: ^ist 
 
 Then Eollows another full page, apparently 
 a suddhipattra. [H. T. Coj i
 
 866 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2555. 
 
 2405. Foil. 137; size 16 in. by 4 in., the 
 leaves being folded to half their length ; good 
 modern Bengali handwriting ; 7 or 8 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Yoginl-tantra. Two sections, viz.: — 
 
 I. Foil. 1-47. Apparently the first part 
 of the Tantra, in 19 pat alas : 
 
 Tjn^f fnfrsrrarrei nttt k ^wani ii 
 
 ufVff *ftf>PrT7f*J 7TW TC *PlsTTT II 
 ^TTTO^qt "^iTR^q ^1^5 H^'U^J II 
 
 ^ft^rc t^i^ ii 
 
 c ^ ~ *» 
 
 ■qT^ VX* V* jftsjeRiR^T'l'Sli 11° 
 It ends : 
 
 ^fff ^ftfrprTH^ JprN^fNT^ ^Tf^lfrraT?^ 
 
 0*njf%f<TST?H MS. 955) -3Rf3$ifa: v,7$: u 
 
 The 16th chapter of this part is identical 
 with that noticed in Aufrecht's Cat. Bodl., 
 p. 100&; see also Raj. Mitra, Notices, vi., 
 p. 278. 
 
 II. Foil. 48-137, marked 34-123. Kama- 
 rupadhikara, or KCtmarupunlrnaya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^f^^WT^ I 
 
 ^Tttf ^"TH'fa'Snfa sK'TO^TO fa'lJ'W II 
 
 1J# irmi ST^ TJTTOlfa^TSIcR I 
 cffTOT^nBstcff tf\z V5!T$ TT cEc5t iTTf II 
 
 HUSf Tiff ^ foR^q orstlTft f%HT II 
 
 ^l&^T^I tftffTfWTipTHji S*PTW 11° 
 
 Incomplete. The MS. ends abruptly in the 
 middle of a couplet. 
 
 There are 14 complete chapters; fol. 1356: 
 
 [F. Buchanan.] 
 
 2556. 
 
 955. Foil. 80; size 10f in. by 4i in.; 
 fairly good Devanagarl writing of 1794 a.d.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 The first part of the Yoalnltantra, in 19 
 pat alas. [H. T. Colebkooke.] 
 
 2557, 2558. 
 
 185, 186. Foil. 221 and 159; size \2\ in. 
 by 4i in.; legibly written in Devanagarl; 10 
 (at first 11) lines in a page. 
 
 Da&aratMya-tantra, so called as professing 
 to have been proclaimed by Rama, the son of 
 DaSaratha, who, as the personification of Ndrd- 
 yana and Brahman, is also the chief object of 
 adoration in the work. 
 
 The MS., whilst fairly correct in the early 
 part, is very far from being so later on. 
 
 I. The purvdrdha, consisting of 59 adhyayas, 
 begins : 
 
 ?PTT5iraT: TflRTi: *H?r«JMT*iqa»T i 
 
 q HrST =rrT=ff7qT: WIST ^mff JMMH II °i II
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 867 
 
 •zztw* ^f^^ *mrwt m^wm II ^ II 
 
 HHTTTTrTTRTPT fH^T^fm^FTiTT: II S II 
 
 ^tpm wtftmsTniTSfi^T <f •*'^rt: 11 4 u 
 
 tfl J I Ife'i *^lrHI«i ^5(t HtJWT ^f^T I 
 
 ■^yr wrm: *rretn <*(Ttjif(3'j?T ftrsrn n ^ 11 
 
 tttv^t ^fn^^ff s*ff ^TtwTKtT »nrnnn: i 
 
 iif[ ^^n^Tjum^m^^ ( ? og^riqpi w) n s 11 
 
 f^HtTcfTHTT ^Trfa^rtst TTTJlHt fav II C II 
 
 ■^st^ibs mn 'srer fiffft h: f^ur^r: 11 10 11 
 ^ra v^n: °fr<rrfn:*R(?«m)'airrfa ^nfi^rrfa^iimii 
 
 t^ \ jpwnTfiTuri'm: KftnraTn: 1 
 ttrt? wrpnVft f%HtTcfiipft >rf^: 11 =13 11 
 
 ^Ttr^t 7 ! T3T^ II 
 
 suf^rs'. tp?k?t m^: grf%T. im$ ^ 11 <ia 11 
 
 TfiTyTO^T ^TTt 31^-^Hic? gtf 11 <w II 
 
 ^rf%rt 'JF^^n *TOc5t Hf?iyTTr: 1 
 «rffn: thbcj hw Hq^tjnturTf^ n =»5, 11 
 
 mfeif q wtg: f^ Tre^ft srnr^ fesr: 1 
 yvqinpH RtWlfl ^TT jrf^M'Mi: 11 is 11 
 
 ^rfrtwf^TTT "3»^%^t wr?tnHT?TT!T 11 <=ib 11 
 t^ihj ^: 11 
 
 ^rtf *ra f^ftTsnf4 ^ftprfqTnrsrn: 11 « 11 
 
 ^jar^n r?t»tpt wmHiTjr^ ^t: 11 ^s 11 ° 
 In the second chapter the following occurs: 
 
 rWMIdTrH*: W^n^fTTnWT *RTH^T: II So II 
 
 f4?: ^H^wrrsfhirMiff: H^mnr: n <\<* 11 
 TTjftH^ "5^, ' 5 Sq5T f^fWt VT\ II ^5 II 
 
 jrn ^mvfmrqm^y-gviw-awi 11 s^ 11 
 
 «IB|l3RHP!T>**rt '5raTf»TWT f^?lr«o»,| n <\$ 11 
 
 [(tho letters) ° st 11 
 ^nh WT3HT ^?t: «tm: H^THm: 11 ^0 n 
 
 c 
 
 'jnpufijcfr^T f^?n fmn ^^T^^iTfq ^ 11 *<\ 11 
 ^t faw-Bjr >n?i|r?iri: tjwfuvt. 11 '.? 11 
 ^Tnr^^a^xrt g^tr. s *itr f^in: 11 53 11 
 ^tR hk^ iffm h fqTT^i»npTf^»j: 11 ?d 11 
 
 H 1T1 U TJ i(fJT ^ITH: Hf^t4*<*KJ!J I 
 
 H HAW: mn-ltti: ^ttwt whihh: 11 si n e 
 
 llama is not introduced till the hitter part 
 of the third chapter : 
 
 ktwm ^r^r*nr^rm5tf>nr: 1 
 vflxw 3fiT cft^f sfwH v ?irnft ^mrfirf^w: n t^ 11 
 
 5 a
 
 8G8 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ns TT Bj U oh^ fHfi^tiT^^ftmt n ti it 
 Trarrfaftra.: *f?irr mnfa^s^Tf^fa: i 
 ^tfti^Tf^sr^ffiirt afavrefn qrcrc*: ii tM it 
 
 ^nnira ^■^r xrara wtVrtr: 11 ts 11 
 
 flTTWjrfaif ^^^^ttimT^Tir^ II tt II 
 
 gfjfiTsr T?«3'r^raiTr^TH=rfrjf!T: i 
 *m nrsrw*mT?T$ ^firozr? n be 11 
 
 t^THfq TJTt^ HfrranTtmn^ II CO II 
 
 tN ^TsrwtamfH^ ttw?t? fsr»rhr»rr: i 
 
 Hn^^H^^TRHTlfa^ *JH II Q.1 II 
 
 ^T^nhP»?Tt»ftwrfi , sni ^-Rr«n ffJTT: II C^ II ° 
 
 111 the fourth chapter the gods, Lohapdlas 
 and Rishis, repair to Ayodhya, to render homage 
 to Rama : 
 
 ^jt^ ^ sujtf Ttf ^nrN^ta^ n « ii 
 
 T?T^I1»nq;S I^WF^l iTTrirfit II ^3 II 
 
 hxj: ts%hrwt=r snrjp*nff h f%*f> i 
 ii^T ^tfq ^ ^tiin^TR^ srerefqrit 11 *m ii 
 
 *?rft WT^t ffT^fff STqTlTO»R«T W? II ?$, II ° 
 
 Solicited by Siva, he then instructs them 
 in the brahmavidi/J : 
 
 TfTq^fq ^tHWKMHr^HXr? II SS II 
 
 c. 
 
 irfc h Tit sra ^q ^nrrmsTfav 11 sm u 
 
 Wift sf«? f^w tTfcTO^rm: i 
 mtft sfw f^?i >r^q h%": ii 8i 11 ° M3 ii 
 fni *TT*rffT cft^ sffR^ro Htm <£mw 11 Md n 
 
 ^frRl^n^f^«HT ?ltm JHTrfvrt II MM II 
 
 srr»raT^fta*r5r fwf^^ ^ n mS, ii ° 
 
 In chapter 5, king Janaka is introduced 
 as a pious reverer of his dedrya Gautama, 
 special reverence being shown by him to the 
 holy man's shoes {pdduhd). The king's piety 
 eventually gains for him the pratyakshadarsa- 
 nam of Ndrdyana, who then divulges to him 
 the mystic science as now proclaimed by 
 Rama; viz.: ch. 6-8. srautdedra ; 9. dattil- 
 treya-mahdtmyam ; 10, 11. brahmavidydmdhdt- 
 myam. In this way the exposition of the 
 Tantric science is assigned partly to Rama 
 and partly to Ndrdyana. 
 
 The first part ends : 
 
 rhr <{i$kvj"1j4UcIj wv: *w<0(\«: u ^3 n 
 
 "Tu^rfq fswTfit sat T?mTir=*nf5rfa: 1 
 nuftfii hth vr e#4 t^ttfq 11 scd 11 
 
 This volume is dated Samvat 1857. 
 
 II. The uttardrdha (also called Saubhdgya- 
 ridyodaya), consisting of 45 adhydyas, begins: 
 ^j*ni "ar^: i 
 
 ■^ftH^T^TTfTW ^W atJU^^cR n s II 
 
 q-reT THgtufr f: ir^frf «iyiTnn*m ^ftrn: 11 ^ 11 
 r3T?n wTmiq^^^: "^f^m ■s&fvnrr R'n 1 
 
 HRT HTf TWHfScJ ^ ^ : "Sii^lTTF^TV II ? II
 
 TAXT1IA. 
 
 8G0 
 
 wWran ^rniTt vnft sfatn ?t w^rTfsnrr i 
 »?rfTiPn?ftr^ 5fi>ft ^frarm wpwi^ 11 b 11 
 
 Ti-g snTTwtfl sftRVHT^TW W-5fflf^«t II ft II 
 
 g^T^iT^in^t tN ^rrfa w^t ii =10 ii * 
 
 This chapter subsequently treats of the 
 three kinds of initiation {pasupati, vaishnavl, 
 and traipurl dikshd). Ch. 2-27 deal with the 
 arcana of the science, as revealed by Dahshind- 
 murtl to his consort Devi. At the beginning 
 of ch. 2 the usual 64 Tantras are enumerated 
 by Devi, though not in as correct a form as 
 one might wish. 
 
 The section from ch. 28 to the end is also 
 called Rdjardja[oT RdjardjeSva/ri) -vidydmdhdt- 
 mya, consisting first (ch. 28-33) of conversa- 
 tions between Sumati Jada and his father, on 
 Yaishnava and Tantric rites, and subsequently 
 of a further course of instruction on the part 
 of Ndrayana. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^cfrofq grunnH^siH'jr^T » 3' ii 
 xrea: •njinnsrftj f^ns: tiT'TTTfjTf*: t 
 
 H."5rTFRT^t it '35? TlA HTTTipiT fa*} II |<l II 
 ^pJT«jn TRRWrOT 3T3T VrfT?«tc|T I 
 YW^wTTRTfll j^jj; *3r3TPwf?iTT^T: II %o II 
 
 ^* iH r?sm htt^ Era^f^^IT I 
 ^fw ^H^H^trfqtT^r?^ ?T3nnirlq rH ^iri^- 
 
 The copyist has added (?from the original 
 MS.) five partly corrupt ilokas, the first and 
 last of which run thus : 
 
 uwralf^v: fqin*i?(fT)fVrfti: ^t^w-f^fa 1 
 
 fa^w: 11 s 11 
 ^^TOwtftf*re(1676 =a.d. 1751) wmv m- 
 
 ft? ^rujt ^ q^j fiPOT ifacirrJrt 
 *rrr ^mx iN 
 
 f^a? i^fivr: ^rtsrww 11 m ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2559, 25G0. 
 
 1204, 1004. Foil. 271 and 17 1 ; size L2J 
 in. by 4| in.; fairly written in Devanagarl, by 
 two different hands (one of which wrote vol. i., 
 foil. 1-154); 8-10 lines in a page ; modern. 
 
 Ddsarathlya-tantra, complete ; oach volume 
 containing one part. [II. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2561. 
 
 1442a. Foil. 134 (numbered 133 ; no. 108 
 being double); size 12.', in. by 4:1 in.; indif- 
 ferent, careless, modern writing ; ten lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Prapaticasdra, a work on tlio arcana of 
 Tantric science and worship, in 30 pafalas ; 
 by a writer who signs himself doarya. 
 
 5 u 2
 
 870 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2562. 
 
 Rather incorrect. 
 It begins (somewhat corrected): 
 ^njRTST*rqrii: it [t] ft" tfM^PT* 
 
 tW^nHprerrr m^mflT^Tf r*T(?) i 
 fairrg Trfirrfi ^im: sm^r ^: n <\ u 
 
 JTTrrpfa^T »T7nfr s^? *f&- 
 
 ^Rfrj^srHte^rfaW^ » * ii 
 v<S -i m $ ; cBTT^^nfiT-gpirHTTrq n mii s 11 
 
 ^^■H^N^T^^cSTTTRTiraa^ II t II 
 
 It ends : 
 
 nfrffl^i -n Tit *t?ift nf^rw 
 ^nncrfq ^^iw wtft v i 
 
 ^33WW«|W|iT<ira'JTn II So II 
 TrTrrmfTiTH^JT fWR 
 
 nf^rt ^tfrwT^i froft: n s^ n 
 ^TiT ■snfTrq^rraj'R'f: ^nt *ft 
 vnrfff * jj *»rcrt Tr^^^tf i 
 
 ireful: n?^: it 
 
 Only in a few colophons the contents of 
 the respective chapters are indicated. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2783a. Foil. 77; size 11 in. by 4i in.; 
 fairly good Devanagarl writing ; twelve lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Prapancasdravivarana, a commentary on 
 the foregoing work, by J/idnasvarupa. 
 
 Patalas 1-16. 
 
 The first leaf, written in a different hand, 
 contains a page (not the first) of a commen- 
 tary on some other work. 
 
 Fol. 2 commences in the comment on slol-a 
 8 : ■q r To5Tj?r^P5jp?Tt I fft& niM cfr^TT tlWWl I *IV- 
 
 ^jrfgu mgri i ^-§^ ii b ii 
 
 Colophon : ^f?T srR^R"TTffTf%iT THHHKf<H<.<!l 
 
 tft?3i: T*z$'. ii tf^ff «i9tM 'snng^rrH narqijj ^Wf^- 
 [Coll. of Fort William.] 
 2563. 
 
 1442c. Foil. 11; size 12i in. by 4 in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagarl writing ; eleven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Mahdchiakramdcdra, or Cindcdrasdratantra — 
 also called Acdrasdratantra, or simply Acdra- 
 I, mtra — a treatise, in 7 patalas, on a form of 
 [kaula) Sakti worship, represented as being 
 derived from Vishnu-Buddha, and from China ; 
 the illusion of the Chinese origin being kept 
 up by the worshipper being invested during his 
 devotions with twigs of the mahdeinadruma. 
 
 Rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected) : ^^JWW I 
 
 3^nrr' cR^a^Tra. if^ £?> sftfr *t Trfk 
 
 ^fjr pt?: grr ?^n ^Tafsn-rc: ?r: i 
 NtnrniTxt *nrm f*'f^5T^%TWw: n * ii 
 
 ^w^i(?cf)fj7n »rift TC*fi vxTjfa finn i 
 
 * l1 qMKrii4 ?=j rirM«*l!}4 ^j *PTT II 3 II 
 
 1 II
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 ,-71 
 
 Jftfort ^^c?«<T J2TT ^rq Hbj f? 91+Jrf II i II 
 
 ^frT «f4t<j w^i •g^TTnr Hi^gr^ i 
 
 >nrnrfas**wTt «f? h TCHT^n: u m ii 
 t^ 
 
 cfwni fc^Tf?r(!) H^rfq ^[tVj^fa ii t n 
 
 ^tj%: ^ it^t ^sar f?'. ^fT$far=FT *rtrR i 
 t^t^^'^hmit: ^rf^w tfmajij n =io h 
 
 *f?T jfro £ttw?tt: ftrf^nrar: i 
 infrjrhn^^rt wsttttpt mbh: ii <\<\ u 
 
 inTRTTTV^TJn?T ^TT ^^5T^ HR: II <K ll 
 
 tttthth ^qTOumrf iflT^TinqT: 11 =15 11 
 
 s^uTT^T jnt^ fqrmWK? ^) w 1 
 ■qr^rt ^=PTTHEfT ?nrr tftnTTrrfrjirt n n 11 
 
 Brahman then eulogizes the power of 7'<<r,/ 
 •which alone enabled him and his divine co- 
 adjutors to create, rule and destroy the world. 
 Vasishtha subsequently tries to conciliate her, 
 and not being successful, ho becomes enraged : 
 
 ?r*i<*irt H?T^Twk: ^rl^g w^?r: 11 3<i 11 
 
 Hift *W MlriWKI tfmTTTTfWt 1 
 
 c. o 
 
 ^rfsiawl «niciTl+4 $i$iNii(tq ?n>*!i: ii io » 
 ^t^r^it fV^T 7}^ Tret?fir gr^T^j 11 n 11 
 
 ?^t ?cs fnrrTTfiT ^f*k cr^^ tt^ttt 11 i* 11 
 ■3Tre anjcK t?# ^rnn? nfqvjnrjn(? «s or fa^T) 1 
 ftTO ^t^r^: ^ iTnoTqs^r 11 83 11 ° ii 11 
 H^sT^inft ftmnr: *f=rN -mf? riirfk 1 
 w^tqf^rgrtirr wnrrvq *r3rT 11 8m ii 
 ■^n ■v^J^^^ so} f^pj ^n*r ^r tfijni: ii 
 
 ^rin^TTrN (thus also in pa(. 4.) JT<=I*PI?c5: 11 
 Patala II. 
 
 iPTTRT'qTTfqsTT^^t'SRT ^T^^fqni II <^ II 
 
 ?^ f?nm?<n?i mvOrvTMfrt u * 11 
 ^^^TtsnTHTOT ^q4nr-^jnf^iTr 1 
 
 m^miTTHrnWT'WqTofT^rf II M II 
 
 ^i<f^ft sutt^tt: mmft mir 11 $ 11 
 ^icFT^-qr^] m?T^ *rq f^Trq ^Tnr 11 b 11 
 
 ^rlfUjdMKW H^^nnt TI^^fiT] II d || 
 
 ?h-5T ^"hrr^TTTir wrr »ft hit w^tt u q 11 
 ^rsfiTSTTrcrlfTTcfiiR fTrtf^ ri<+^7T: 1 
 qfsrsi ^qg«ft uqTiinrhT ?fqn: n si 11 
 , 5«itf'nTi[T]rqwT?fr ^Ktirfcy^ft *f^: 1 
 »rnm fqwt: mVfv ^rjr^qfq rnqfi? n <t? n 
 ^rqrar k «HT^nw Tf^rnTsfq^s: 1 
 m? pr: wH'dirHT fq;tr«i wftnrpTir: 11 13 11 
 ^n wg ttttiwtt? Hfe^pJT 5^^?;: 1 
 irn: w(?) irrnrJift^iTT f^nrnnriirq 11 ii 11
 
 S72 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 tt^st nw^sj^RTRjpft ?ft: i 
 ^tmirqm f?»n^TTsnft;xRiT:(!) *%t h^h i 
 
 iR Hf3i^IT^fW^(!) TT5fTT^[:] cK^T^ II ^ II 
 
 ^rRTfi* *mx ^rN »trw: n?rcr tw: i 
 
 TR^T >TPm fe*j *TRW ^l^fecR II <*<! II 
 
 ■jt ft^lm fi*1T TrVt H *UJT1T f^TT fafsr II *0 II 
 g^ra^rwr?rni ^w^jif^irftJir: i 
 
 rf£ ^ ITIT^I f^ft^-54 II^T* n *1 II 
 
 flf^x ^T^Tti^nr^^^nr: ii ** ii 
 
 nrrfaf^T *jit i^r if^ 3W ^ i 
 wfrfr*Ct ii nw^ft f^f»mg^fr?3xt: n *3 n 
 
 mwt mgrt f?fcT i ifrftetreftni rem i 
 
 «1^T ?T1 cBnajflrspjiT fafertvir^ II *8 II 
 
 ftam ^t: ffen: tttot: f*3i si fgvrosr i 
 ^?^1 *"H mai jptht ^ff^wifq II 3M II 
 
 rij|W I $r ^tt ■jaj I^T^ fll^l^ II ^ II 
 
 J^Tltq^H^HTlfltT: *nnihr*: I 
 
 TTlt if^ ^^H <T^4 *m fl> HI* II II ** II 
 
 H^rfauHQSffr^^r i micJ i 
 
 (TOTfl tfteSTT^T^tl H^t -qT|fiT [ff] $T1T: II *fc II 
 
 5Ri^T^Tf^cfiTSo5 ^htithitr ' 
 SiSiT-RT^imnw g^^rt f^4n:: u ?<t ii ° do n 
 
 vwt s *iwtf h «i$r: Ttf^ji ii di ii 
 « inti: * srrg * *tt: * ^ muM: i 
 
 «??T<lbl1<mirc TTlfwIf 'J*. «c[T H^iT s (r. H^W ) II 
 ^FlTITCSRnl ferftn: 17^: II u ** " 
 
 P. III. fi*n nn I 
 
 ^fiT ires ii: ^t irt^^-^fqrrr: i 
 if^s^T n: nrf inifafc5i<?t gfa: ii i ii 
 
 1%7 71T1 i 
 
 hti^i ^i$i H^Rfnsi ih> i 
 ifrifrnjiJniTT: wfirft nun hh ii ? n 
 Tmi'HgimTfwm ^vt m[fu]^ ^ i 
 ■^THm: fts inn^t K|rfi ^ t»w»j< n ^ ii 
 
 ^s "3^t^t i 
 
 Tnn^ mfmr: fcR> ^r^t 'g ^ tt^ttt: ii g u 
 ij-fft f? mf«mt ^ ^mfufffwr f^iTr i 
 
 ^fiji? 7m^ i 
 
 [tstk II M II 
 
 nm mftw ■ffwin ^twt *mi=jrcr?rj|: 11 i 11 
 
 TT? wtr^wt $^ =BfjK(? °^) ^ HH^fw II S II ° ft II 
 
 Cs 
 
 ^T?!^ STJofrsn ^ HIT ift'JIcJoR^IcRT II <\o II 
 ^rq^T ^flTTKW -fa^nrt ^WWtftfHt II "HS II 
 
 : *T7rhr5fiT»rt(? ° ^rsjtun) ^MjmwraT^^ ^nftr=Kt i 
 ^^^" ^NWt^im ftr^rt ^^irftj^' n <« ii 
 
 ^f^ESt »J3>=R3Vf HK^iaTftm^Qy II <\$ II 
 
 ir^ifs bktt«i Tnrftwr T3T=r i 
 
 ■^T^R: M^Pilrcll ^"H ^!3T KW. J^: II "HM II 
 
 jtvtb^t^w: ^r: ?^«t ^t^tt: it 11 ^ 11 ° s«i 11 
 
 qUI ^ T^ ftrm tl 1TI 11T ^ «TV#: I 
 
 ^^1^ crr»nu vtw nmfgil h^^t:: h ^ » 
 
 Then a story is told of Sukra Bhdrgava 
 having once uttered a curse against Devi 
 Varuni, the removal of which could only be 
 effected by the Sautrdmani and the huldedra.
 
 TAXTIi \. 
 
 873 
 
 tfNTHJnrt <*q5TWTC VX\ tffclT W^T?: II 3* II 
 ffT?*TT TITO^T^T ?Ttc5l^ H?^* II 3,3, II 
 ■nm? ^ tpr: itfrST TprnwfK!) w flW* ll 3.S II 
 
 ^F57f^f ^rST^TT HR^t -jfNWV^nt (? °^t) I 
 3rtfrTp*uflr(f WT TTrtW^ WTJlirW II 3.M II 
 
 »ra$>cF ^ j?fa wni ww w tym ii 3,5f ii 
 
 fr=N ^TTTTOT?TtfrT W •qHf TTIff *rfa I 
 
 tften ^ TT'Jlfl^TI^fltjI^ oSHff iH II 3.9 II ° 3,fc II 
 
 tftaT «>JTT»ftlTf'WT Htsf^fl^rf. TTt II 3,0. II 
 
 f^t^Tt jTTPHJVI fmw. wfRTWSR: It do II ° 8<l ll 
 
 \fa ff ^rfsnt f^aj titt ttru f^fan 11 d* u 
 vi ^^T^ftngT foRHwm »pm*i 11 S3, n ° 8m n 
 Timi TrzTmni frrfaw^TT fijifavh n dtj 11 
 
 jf^fflfSH^tWKI Brf H?«i H W3PI: I 
 
 TtomRcRflTftrr <r.**«TUTrfVi is^s n d9 11 
 
 W3H *mnf StiT^ i^TrirsFlfSTif i 
 
 tTTITN TTUR^ ^W«J> sfq ^ ^ j^ff 11 dt II 
 
 j-^ onfjinwwq TjinfqpiTwiw i 
 *mnf jf^rw ^Nr jftixprrffjnTTff n do n 
 
 P. IV. Buddha, having given directions to 
 Vasishtha regarding vessels and appliances 
 required for worship, eulogizes the occult 
 science, e.g. 
 
 ^ntrnrRW |r4 fi^fsrcrm'^fl n 33 11 
 
 fH^THTRTH cfiT^ ^t^nqTrlt W ff II 3,3. II 
 
 P. V. sets fortb the eightfold rule of con- 
 duct (samaydshfaha)', and relates how Brahman, 
 being puzzled at seeing the Munis, in the 
 Ddruvana, practising the enormities of the 
 Jculdcdra, betakes himself to Vaikun(ha to 
 consult Vishnu, who then commends the Bagi 
 doings as conducive to eternal bliss. 
 
 P. VI. teaches the rahasyam, consisting in 
 the pancataitva, viz. : *ra tW TT^ Mm JJ^T 
 ij'srJR^r ^f ; the last of which is then further 
 enlarged upon. 
 
 P. VII. The Antra Vala defeats the gods, 
 
 and the Munis with Indra appeal for help to 
 Vishyj.il, who refers them to Siva. The latter 
 then teaches Sakra how to prepare the Trai- 
 lokyavijayd, tho elixir of victory. He first 
 enumerates its 21 names, or rather descriptive 
 epithets such as siddhimulikd, jndnasamvid, 
 yogadd, yogamdrgapradars'int, brahmasambhutd, 
 vijayapradd. Then the recipe : 
 ^r HT^i^ircBTiit^q^ i vt tjf-5 vt: i 
 ^(TT^rt srraxirt ^ "Qf^cu t^Rqfa=&T n 3d 11 
 
 ^Tf W T3nnttnwt f%iTT-^tTn"rU1RtT: II 3.M ll 
 
 C C 
 
 facfi? f^IScST W»rt ^T?T VTSTToffflHTr II 3i II 
 ^^TTW^'W^tTiF^Tmq ^(!) || 3,9 II 
 T^^igT ^Rtl^ WT>W H 7TT?n? II 3b II 
 
 C Cv *» Cs <J ^ 
 
 ffl^ftl^T ^<r^t3TH»T HV 'SIff TTSIT II 30. II 
 
 ^j^Tri [w] gtri: Tsnqftr?jn hh: ^i'm u do 11 
 wfi?^Tfawn: sfNsf TTinrrartT i 
 fV^F ?T5 nwM'i nm>ii f#w v 11 d^ 11 
 
 fl'f^ sT3TH«ff c^Rf? W^MTt I
 
 874 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 Jtm^fTO^aJO) ^ITf^li W «f^Tljf3 ll 99 II 
 
 zw*:* nm y£i ftr>m^'ntl:(. ;j f% orfq&n )i 
 
 Soffit nfilf^H H1T7?rfe(=Mci 
 
 *?%zm rf^ htt »h tit t£ 
 3^0) rrnfq fafu^T Hfspfiinrt ira n to ii 
 
 See Raj. Mitra, Notices, i., p. 268, where an 
 Acdrasdratantra in 7 pa/alas is described, the 
 MS. being, however, defective at the beginning, 
 and concluding with a manddkrdntd verse (TPT 
 ^ttt T?nrr=R^rr ^ftj^ ^T^ttt3 °) not contained 
 in the present MS. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2564. 
 
 323. Foil. 79 ; size 12 in. by 4 in.; modern 
 Bengali writing, by three different hands ; 
 seven lines in a page. 
 
 DurgdbhalditaratiginJ, or Durgotsa/oapaddhati, 
 
 a manual of the worship of Dwrgti, composed, 
 
 by Vidydpati, under the auspices of Bhairava- 
 
 simha, brother(?) of Ylrasimha, king of Mithila. 
 
 It begins (with the numbers supplied): 
 
 *f -Pnrfai* ttw »roTftnrini to n <\ ii 
 
 jn it i m u r rwrtvmtt.m (? r. fann^ni) *r»tf - 
 [xr^> trrg ^t: ii ^ ii 
 
 'am^iM<.<ifaj^ri^<r'iKuiHir , 5'ji'^r fv* - 
 
 lEtftlfrspi: grtwTa^faf^n: i 
 q q mfaffq: M^rafrTO wM^^ro 
 ^5?3TifwM : tTf«?'f^jr ! rt TTSTiT'frtfgw: h a u 
 
 [S7f] cfiYsr # rf t #U jj-H( ? TT)ftT7T53^lf»TrnTt?Ti: i 
 (<J M •£ I *H <sH!i «lffrf n afijir: ^^qqUT^Ur: II M II 
 
 f%^*rt f^rfcdiwj^n ^^ SH?ro? faamfrf 
 ^^ffaf^trgfiT Jf TPJfl "^TfT fJTW^fWif II t U 
 
 The work consists of two chapters (taranga), 
 the first of which (ending fol. 32a) treats of 
 the worship of the goddess generally, and the 
 rites prescribed on different days, whilst the 
 second treats of the Burgotsava. 
 
 It is largely compiled from Purdnas (esp. 
 the Devi, Kdlikd and Bhavishya). Of other 
 authorities may be mentioned : Gaudanibandlm. 
 (a»T «Hm ffSHrt irsst frwnfm-dtf I KHHji *ciM»jmi 
 ■qfwptf IHSR II °), foil. 12a, 166; Burgotsavd- 
 dhikare Bhojardjah (tfHUll ^T^ft iffaST ^ft^firfa- 
 f^w^ftt^O) H^ rq^ w i 7TT ii?^ firfti: 11) 
 
 fol. 13a ; Laghuvydsa (^TWiraT^jftfrT iJ^MlvHrf- 
 ^4 1 °), fol. 146 ; Sdraddtilaha, fol. 36a ; Silpa- 
 sdstra 0hM4IIiU<* W!T ^WT ?*h WjfffH: I °) fol. 
 186 ; Sivarahasya, fol. 38a, b, etc. 
 
 * This hemistich, omitted by the MS., is supplied 
 from the text given by Mr. G. A. Grierson, Iud. Ant. 
 xiv., p. 192 ; and from Kaj. Mitra, Notices, v., p. 192, 
 where, however, our alohas 4 and 5 are omitted.
 
 TANTI! \. 
 
 875 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^K WcStt: wjsctfw tit WrFT^mwC^trg 
 
 [tith) 
 
 ^TRT (?) ^ [>] ^T^lf SlfifqfiraTTfa (r. \rfc) - 
 
 [f«?: ^ittt i 
 
 ^nwfS'iTTf^'Ji^ ^rfcliTq Tf^ITST ^rTTTTni II 
 
 TtT^TffVrfV: ^ - w w w - Tf^mTT^T^rfVi: 
 *r«i ^TfcwjTjHvjiJiiHT rrafji «tfjrf^^ir s 
 
 According to the genealogical indications 
 given by the author himself, in several of his 
 works, as well as to the records of the Ma it lulu 
 genealogists — cf. J. Beames, Ind. Ant., iv., 
 p. 299 seq. ; G. A. Grierson, Maithili Chres- 
 toniathy (extra number to Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 
 1882); and in Ind. Ant., xiv., p. 182 seq.— 
 Vidydpati, the popular poet of Mithila or 
 Northern Behar, flourished in the 15th century. 
 The whole line of Mithila kings and queens 
 (during the reigns of several of whom the poet 
 composed his works), is given by the native 
 records as follows : 
 
 [I. Raja Pandita Kdmeivara Thdkur-his son 
 
 II. Bhogesvara Thdhur—hia brother] 
 
 III. Bhava Simha (Bhavesvara) succeeded 
 in 1348 A.D.;-bis son 
 
 IV. Diva Simha, succ. 1385;-his son 
 
 V. Siva Simha {RUpa Ndrdyana) , succ. 1410; 
 -his queen 
 
 VI. Lakhimd Devi, succ. 1449;- 
 
 VII. Vtivdsa Ben, bucc. I 158;- 
 
 VIII. Nara Simha (Darpa Ndrdyana), succ. 
 1 170 ;- his son 
 
 IX. DhJra Simha (Hridaya Ndrdyana), succ. 
 1171 ;-his brother (?) 
 
 X. Bhairava Simha {ILu-i Ndrdyana), sure. 
 1506 ; - his son 
 
 XI. Rama Bhadra (7?i7y<« Ndrdyana), succ. 
 1520; -his son 
 
 XII. Earns a Ndrdyana {Lalcshmlndtha) , succ. 
 1532. 
 
 Under Siva Simha (v.) the author wrote 
 his Purushaparihshd, in the final verses of 
 which (Raj. Mitra, v., p. 245) he states bhai 
 the king's father, Deva Simha, had a lake made 
 at Sankuri, and that his grandfather, Bhava 
 Simha, was burnt on the VdgvaU along with two 
 wives. Under VisvdsaDevl the author composed 
 his GangavahydvaM (Oxf., no. 708; R. M., iii., 
 p. 235), and his Saivasarvasvasdra (R. M., vi., 
 p. 2). From the introduction to the latter 
 work it clearly appears that I'iscdsa Devi was 
 the wife of Padma Simha, younger brother oi 
 Siva Simha, whilst the Maithila records (if 
 rightly read) would seem to make her the 
 first of the six wives of Siva Simha. We may 
 then assume that Siva Simha, having died 
 without issue, was succeeded by his queen 
 Lakhimd Devi, and the latter by ViSvdsa Devi, 
 the wife of the king's (deceased) brother. 
 This branch of the line having becomo extinct 
 with Siva Simha (and Padma Simha), the tlir an 
 now fell to their cousin (v hi.) \'ar< i Simlia 
 Ndrdyana) , eldest son of Hari Simha (or //■• 
 Simha), younger brother of (iv.) Deva Simha. 
 Under Nara Simha (or Darpa Ndrdyana, as 
 he is only called in the introductory verses), 
 Vidydpati wrote his Vibhdgasdra (1?. 11., vi., 
 
 5 x
 
 876 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 p. 67), whilst for his queen, DMramati (also 
 called DhJrd or H'trd, Oxf. Cat., no. 718), he 
 composed the Ddnavdkydvali (R. M., v., p. 137 ; 
 Bhandarkar, Rep., p. 352). This king was 
 succeeded by his eldest son (is.) Dhira Simha 
 {Hridaya Ndrd.ya.na), and he by his brother (x.) 
 Bhairava Simha (Hari Ndrdyana) , for whom 
 (possibly still in the reign of the elder brother) 
 Vidyapati composed the work now under notice. 
 In the last of the final verses the author also 
 mentions a younger brother of the two kings, 
 called Candra Simha, whom, together with a 
 fourth brother, the genealogical chart published 
 by Mr. Grrierson (Ind. Ant., xiv., p. 196) makes 
 the son of Nara Simha by a second wife. This 
 Candra Simha would seem to be the Maithila 
 prince under the auspices of whose wife, La- 
 hhimd Devi, Misarumisra' s Vivddacandra (Oxf. 
 Cat., no. 718) was composed. This king's 
 grandfather Harasimha, accordingly was entirely 
 different from the Harasimha (or Hari Simha) 
 Deva who, residing at Simraon (Samaragratna), 
 was conquered, in 1322, by Tughlah Shah, 
 and, in 1324, founded a new dynasty in Nepal 
 (S. Cat., no. 1390). 
 
 The jurist Vdcaspatimisra wrote his Cintd- 
 mani under the patronage of Har ind ray an a of 
 Mithila, and his Dvaitanirnaya under the 
 auspices of Jayd,* queen of Bhairava (cp. 
 Prof. Jolly, Zeitsch. d. D. M. G., xlvi., p. 274), 
 and his Srdddhakalpa (Cat. no. 1700) under 
 Rdviabhadra Bupandrdyana. As Bhairavasimha 
 Harindrdyana did not come to the throne till 
 1506 a.d., Vdcaspatimisra' s date has to be put 
 
 * She is styled (Oxf. Cat., no. 618) the mother of 
 Purusliottama. As the identification of the kings 
 themselves can hardly be doubted, Purusliottama 
 would seem to have been another name which liuma- 
 bhadra (or his brother Garuda Ndrdyana) had in his 
 younger days. 
 
 more than a hundred years later than has 
 hitherto been assumed. 
 
 Whether the author of the present work 
 and those mentioned above is really identical 
 with the popular poet Vidyapati (or Bidydpati) 
 seems to me far from certain. Mr. Grierson 
 (I. A., xiv., p. 190) has published the text and 
 translation of a copper-plate grant, dated 
 Samv. 1455, Saka 1321, Lakshm.-Samv. 283 
 (a.d. 1399), said to be in the possession of 
 the poet's descendants, by which ' the great 
 Bandit Srl-Vidydpati Thahlmra, glorious as a 
 new Jayadeva," is presented by king Siva 
 Si/ylta with the village of Bisapi (the modern 
 Bishpi). But, even supposing that Siva Simha 
 might have been appointed yuvardja by his 
 father more than 46 years before his father's 
 death, it seems strange that there should be 
 no Sanskrit works of the poet prior to the 
 Purushapartkshdj and Mr. Beames's suggestion, 
 that there were probably two different writers 
 of the name, seems to me to deserve serious 
 attention. - It is also desirable that the grant 
 referred to should be carefully examined. 
 
 Whilst the author of the present and the 
 other works nowhere gives any indication re- 
 garding his own ancestry, the poet Vidyapati is 
 stated to have been the son of Ganapati, son of 
 Jayadatta, son of Dhlresvara, son of Dcvdditya, 
 son of Karmdditya, son of Hardditya, son of 
 Vishnusarman, who is said to have lived at 
 Bisapi. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2565. 
 
 1259c. Foil. 42; size 8i in. by 5 in.; 
 fairly good, clear Devanagarl writing; 12-14 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Yogasdrasamuccaya, also called (or forming 
 part of the) Ahddgama-mahdt antra, in ten
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 877 
 
 chapters [patala), consisting of conversations 
 between Siva and Pdrvati on the subjecl of Toga 
 
 and tho duties of those who practise it. [A.] 
 Amongst the principal duties of the ) bgins 
 which can be performed by all classes and 
 castes, the study of the Vedanta figures as 
 one; so that under Yoga in this connection 
 we have to understand contemplation of the 
 inner self and meditation on metaphysical 
 problems generally, rather than a particular 
 school of philosophy. 
 It begins : 
 
 wr^f *?*r jgiu mn uttwgzriwvn i 
 
 '3T?f7T3TT?pR'RT<fJ' cR-faH*. trr,*^*: II 1 |l 
 
 Tin5ft H?(& B) ^51 «^:^f^fTT5Tw(°5T B) I 
 
 ^nfirC^ofi B)3Tr?a'!iTOT'?' : RTcii aifarr jth: ii => u 
 
 WTTiT (-S^T HB) cfTTSI ^ fcS TWT: TTt^ff 
 
 [*Tt (uB)i 
 
 [•p^fT II ^ II 
 
 ['SRc&STT^^f^TTT B) I 
 STt^ut WnffT^Tf^ tfsrt "sf^tt uh\ II 8 II 
 •^rw ^ m*fta iwrna: ^^Trr:(^T«w° B) i 
 ?pn^t Hi*! *f# (nfl B) ^t *pnnf (a^B) 
 
 [flf^r: ii m ii 
 
 Tjfar^ w^t^ frag: ^%" I tt ^N wnrf (^TRrf B) i 
 
 HTTHTO ■J^TT^ (B has this before next 
 
 half-*/.) I 
 
 F*trr f? Tft^Tra^fVff *ra^ B) r?Ptj 'T^m^H i 
 
 [cRVJU|H^r || 9 || 
 
 ^^^TTwnHf^in: (°3n¥P** "4 * B) ^pr^tt: 
 
 [f^mf^in: ii t ii 
 g^n '3i^: ii 
 
 [f^Trftni i 
 wstj^ 3T>^rr ifns f^ -^re? t^ti^t n <s. h 
 
 HT^TTTr^ ("in. B) II 
 
 S3 
 
 f^mtfe* (ffmf^fiji^t B) tkj ^rvmrnrfV 
 
 [faN* i 
 
 ^R^-jintcsW *?cRTftq3fTfrrff (yrTiT'^TTTft ° 
 
 [B) ii qo n 
 
 ^M?3T H?TfltWT *1H (qn$ B) fH^M'J-} II =1=1 II 
 
 TJcRtK fTSR T«T (*ft^ B) f^WPtJT^T?=irTri I 
 wffR^lij n?T?TT ^^TRt '^'fit ^t II S' ll 
 
 f*Tsrr*R(^ li)«RT WfejT 'ftjro nfrfqftTr: i 
 vqnrRif^H^T»rrF |>] ftplO-.T.) tjtjpsr (>-.r:) 
 
 Lii ^ ii 
 
 fttspt fTOoRTT fitf^ q jgjl fa*Ttf (! A. B.) I 
 
 tjfnjii in: sra wf«?H cs'Ht s?^*: n q* 11 
 
 TTffRH (Bf^f B) cRT^S H?THHrt STtHT* 7T? 
 
 [^TTHT I 
 
 Ttmfvw ?t -%ji wfn ^ ^ (f^ B) xrnbrt ii <w h 
 
 ^rte^r^ ii 
 
 ^»m f^ , !?retiT'j fawtinii (^TftTuni fra- 
 
 [^•qni B) w -rti: I 
 
 ^niraT^iTTwiT'n 'Hiw frssreftRrf (°\nfnn 1 \\<& n 
 
 wftfwjfflfvTc^T^t (f^RTJIRt B) ^H^I (ri ?K: 
 
 [B) xn^Tgx: i 
 H>r=fi> sft f?vT f>^t yar^uiifijirr^fH: u S9 11 
 
 Kfl>^ti ^RW«i(>wsis^B)fafnTTni -^n\ ^J?:intn 
 
 JJ^T ^f7?IPT ffTcTT: TTTTpifiT Xjt T^ II qc II ° \<\ II 
 
 [^jffsrfirn^ff g^i: ^f^'sifH: i om. A] 
 
 K^ 15) ii 3* ii o iR ii 
 
 MjTrrt^Tfir: Tn?r: (°-jmirf^w: B) sjwt ^tttt 
 
 [liTgr: n m^* ii 
 
 t?t?^ ^ht^w mm wvi ^rt yir: II 48 II 
 
 * In MS. A the numbers are shifted on by one hemi- 
 stich (see v, 7 above). 
 
 5x2
 
 878 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^TT*initri vxiw «^rsj ^niT ?t (f^n B) t 
 
 * JlfwHTfatTT ffTtT f=S ^W W?T ^?*l?OlW<.l«lt B) I 
 TTWTr^q *t? cfiTtTrj ^IT*^: II M% II 
 
 *qfat ^N SIT^TOt >T^: fsg ^nrmTTT I 
 
 re^f ^f^t^g famsT T^ftt twit: 11 ms ii 
 ■sRfl^tT cjwjff jft^j: fcR Tftir: *nnN ^ i 
 *tt»tci (INr: B) ^^tm'j Tn^* (°^ tji^ttt B) 
 
 [fojm^oRVT n Mb n 
 tjttw ^ ^imftf =f>Tf?r «nf«r TiqtftTvOnfrvnTB) i 
 cRTi^r h^t^ jpbh^ t^tt: n m<i ii ° ^3 n 
 
 II. (sZ. 53) beg.: ^apT^T II 
 
 ^5T H Ftfi^j *n*T ^U »T *t*ficJ TTTj: I 
 'SHJT * Wfi^ STT^ rETrTTOT^T^ttT.* II 
 
 III. (SI. 68): $wpn^ ll 
 
 ^7i5TT«i ^t "ET3I ^W^rt^i T^: H>Tt II 
 
 IV. (SI. Gl) : ^pr? ii 
 
 in: tr-^ traTfa TTsw^frr tr: tr: i 
 
 ■Jo* t s> \S 
 
 ^WapgTR'^reT f«TW ^T^ipi ^ H UHT II 
 
 V. (sZ. 16): t^t -3^T^ ll 
 
 'htur: ufirRr^TR oF^iftsr fafr*rrR ^r ii 
 
 VI. («. 28): S^TC WT II 
 
 sI3TTqT!T sT?l TrfasNlTRT/ 3rei7TlT ^?f I 
 
 »ilN tr JiK^ sra «r**wtt\rt ii 
 
 VII. (SI. 80) : ^prr"* ii 
 ^^ ^tott TawTm^inv* i 
 
 VIII. («. 35): fm W* ii 
 
 3^ *T% STT ^t sTRRUnWoR lit I 
 
 ^rfjTrcitoiff >m fsi^WT^T »? ii 
 
 IX. (SI. 229): i*apn^ ii 
 
 ^?pjw wft ^rfw Tjw*ft -^^ff m ii 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^q *tt»t: ^f^n^ tV*rRfaT5 ^tt^r i 
 
 JT^TRT^Tr?mTai T^q ^c-5FTH II **Q. II 
 
 X. (SI. 75): ^rrsjqn: ?^n ii 
 
 ^s^^rrr tr*(!) fq«TK w*mft j^ttt i 
 
 W fq*JTaTTrRHUJ * l"TTT«rnT ^ qT#f<T II 
 
 It ends : 
 
 sTR«!Rf%?t^fl *WfiT tr: TR: I 
 SRR^Tq f nrq Tf^T *iT^ ^^ II *^ ll 
 HTC^f sfq Tirt^ft s^ muff J^HTfiRt t 
 
 hw trtn ?t tttH ii 9^ ii 
 
 rrwTwfinii^ ^*n*ror *?^ft; i 
 
 5IR^I9OT || $4 || 
 
 3frT TT^^^nTH H?TTrKf iftJTTrrTHg^ij ^I^t TR55: || 
 
 *fcn^ q^^b ^^ ^?gf^ =1 $pfr ^3f%fasfT-rT^>Ttw- 
 
 W^ II [H. T. COLEBKOOEE.] 
 
 2566. 
 
 1248b. Foil. 43; size 9k in. by 3| in.; 
 goodj clear Devanagaii writing (?of 1678 a.d.); 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Tbe same work ; patalas i.-is. 
 
 This MS. begins : 
 
 ^^J^^fc5H *R TTO ^TT^ W. II 1 II 
 
 ^=RijiT?3 I 'Tm<n' csfznn q^si'sg^ u ^ 11 
 It ends : 
 
 ^•nHT(?Trt s sTTinq ^?^j ?I^^mH II ^*<l II 
 
 fa^pat's fits 11 
 
 This date perhaps belonged to a previous 
 MS. 
 
 The MSS. of the Ahulagamatantra men- 
 tioned in Bidder's Cat. of Skr. MSS. in Gujarat 
 etc., iv., p. 252; Peterson, Rep., iii., p. 399
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 >::• 
 
 (judging from the extent) probably contain 
 the same work as the present one. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2567. 
 
 1048. Foil. 70; size 16$ in. by 3i in.; 
 neat, modern Bengali handwriting; seven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Kularnava-maharahasya, a Tantra in seven- 
 teen chapters (ulldsa). 
 
 For a full account of the work see Anfrecht, 
 Bodl. Cat., no. 147. 
 
 This MS. differs considerably from the next, 
 which, on the whole, agrees with the Oxford 
 MS. It begins : 
 
 xnr^sfi «ri*k *ntift vm^t u °i n 
 wlsf Hfaw^s* smrmnnn^ ii * n 
 
 *nft* TJtrt^n: Tr^iJt'H'l^TO II 3 11° 
 It ends : 
 
 ^fff ff oRf^if fcKfesJ^TTnf^TTRT I 
 KRTH^T ^T^3ITf^ *ft iTT^TfiT « UtT^: II 
 
 ^rcNfa<* sma gf^yrefiiht ii 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2568. 
 
 839. Foil. G2; size 12* in. by 4* in.; 
 legibly written in Devanagarl ; 10 or 11 lines 
 in a page ; modern. 
 
 The same work; chapters i.-xvi. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 Tram frftirt &&ft ^rorf ^ fatfrTq II 
 etc., as in bhe Bodleian MS. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 stj n° «t^ sbi«) inwrn •nzuii ^nmn n^Tfnx; 
 vW\ *»mrr ii 3. T. Cou bbooi 
 
 2569. 
 1265. Foil. 72; size 7 in. by 4 in.; 
 
 fairly written in Devanagarl j 11 or 12 lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Kulapradipa, a treatise, in verse, in com- 
 mendation and exposition of Tantric doctrines, 
 in seven chapters [prakdsa), by Sii 
 carya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ttk iwi WW flirt y? 
 
 TTOTfVq ^fitJT^flt ^ I 
 R? JT^T^IT fl "5S"5Ft fc5"5FT Tft 
 
 f^^V^oS ^^mfH THJ II «l II 
 
 fint ^ flit vx* ^rxi ii * ii 
 
 o t c^ 
 
 '5fifl1flTTlt , 3 *??T'IIFT?: I 
 
 t^ Aw. w^sntaitvw 
 
 HWT^ «f^ *J3T1fl1STT II ^ II 
 
 2 
 flrjffl RHT^R^ct T?R}' I 
 
 w fft^3RT •qTfq >rtffl c5T=rt: ii 8 ll 
 vrtm: n*r*ft fWfttRnt 
 
 ■^f^^ ffj-rfHTHT ^?TtVT 
 
 !TO i fl fmx ^ ^w(-") ii m n ° t n
 
 8H0 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^fn ^vjHTni^n i ^fir ttoth^t^i: ii fol. la; ^fw 
 ■^%oRTmar fol. 12a ; 2f> ^fc7T>mi3i?n fol. 136 ; 
 
 SJff 3iF5<T5nWHTlf?TCTl7!f I jfff ° tYrta: H^W. II ^T1 
 
 p^T^^f^^tjrrf fol. 15a; ^ffr ° ipcfa: Bofttt: ii w*j 
 =Sc53i«im?iTiTrfiT: fol. 25« ; ^^ httctH fol. 356 -, 
 
 ?f(T TTilWft fol. 366 ; ?frT HTTfT*int I Sfa ° ^3^" 
 Tisavn: n ^ feiffawiTfa^irerccflTTfa^'TCf fol. 376 ; 
 sfrr ° *H*r. n=irm: 11 fol. 45 ; sfir ^mnf^fv: fol. 
 546; ^fir ^Tft^sTf^gra^rrfaft;: I sfir *re: 
 BcfTTSi: II ^m ^T^TTf?r^'n!T fol. 566. The last 
 chapter treats chiefly of cahras. It concludes 
 with two couplets quoted from the Kuldrnava, 
 ending : ° cRt^ft >l^: TTWT^ft tft ftHHU^ i m : n 3fiT 
 
 ^fsi^T^^fTTf^ff ^u^ft mm: Jremn: tfiftr: n 
 
 The authorities quoted are : TJttaratauira 
 (fol. 51a), Kidacuddmani (fol. 506), Kulatantra, 
 Kulapancdmrita (fol. 406), Kuldmrita, Kular- 
 nava, Tantracuddmani (fol. 55a),- Deviydmala, 
 Pancaydmala (fol. 546) , Brahmaydmala, Bhdva- 
 cuddmani (fol. 436), Ydmalatantra, Rudraydmala, 
 Lalitdiiildsa, Lingdgama, Sivdgama, Samayd- 
 cdratantra. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2570. 
 
 1579. Foil. 345; size 18J in. by 4| in.; 
 good, clear Devanagarl writing of the latter 
 part of last century; 8, in the latter part 10 
 or 11, lines in a page. The peculiar nature 
 of the paper, as well as the character of the 
 writing in the latter part of the MS. (from 
 fol. 284), point to Nepalese origin. 
 
 Merutantra, so called because it is supposed 
 to overtop all the other Tantras, of which Siva 
 says he composed 108 in all (foil. 2a, 86). 
 
 In the form of conversations between Siva 
 and Pdrvatl it puts forth its teachings and 
 precepts before an assembly of gods and 
 munis who have taken refuge on mount Meru 
 
 from the persecutions of Jalandhara, and who 
 hope to obtain safety by a knowledge of 
 " Mahdkdla" and " Mahdmdyd." It is of the 
 mixed order of Tantras, professing to give 
 laws to the Vdmamdrgins as well as to the 
 Dakshinamdrgvns. 
 
 It begins (with the numbers added): 
 *Hirawf<^T»TTf(T ^ ^ *TTfrT ofi^Tftl WX I 
 TrfrTH stT^Pl WI HTfiT TT^ ifW ^ »W II 1 II 
 
 THwr^qtrr w *c%" ^i^^r^TTw wr: u ? 11 
 
 inf^WT ^Tf%TT KSJ ^T^fBJJ'T'nfTtfH: II 3 II 
 ^¥T H^ sftviIHT TOT if ^SlftTsTTJiT I 
 
 «rrtfw fafv^hsrragt t# wrfa ^ g^r: h 8 h 
 
 ^rmTrfT fcf w4 w^ * wrr ^ n h n 
 sfw ^t ^wmi : f*TOT f^N^iT^: i 
 
 TRTOt iTTjf ^ t i~nv: wtrr. snf ^m: i 
 
 H<^ IN^'fat f^TT^ TT^Tif II 5> II 
 
 ^*m\ TJ^i TT^T >fpf ^rfoS^T^J iTff I 
 VHTVHTVWTO VHTOt if JRTTTiT: II fc II 
 
 ^Himrifm^ g wr: =irpmnK: 11 <t 11 
 
 in wre ^?TmqT *m ifsmf^w. (!) u <io h 
 
 ct h«tt •qftcirm ^t^cp f^v: wif n <n u 
 
 c 
 
 TlZ^STiTfHif iT^IT '3?n sT^fif ^T^if I 
 
 uttf-m Tuftsin *r$ f xai h mf ^ u i^ u 
 
 ^"jcR^cfT^^ WIST FTiiT ^§^T I 
 
 ir^f ^f^r ^'^rer^i s^rJ 'a^T ?ft: ??n: i 
 
 ^cRTT^l ftc54 oSi^I H^in 'JriTT t^t: II SM II
 
 TANTU \. 
 
 381 
 
 Tirana ^ ^ ^T ^ pi htt^trh n ss 11 
 
 t^t^ttcs: gr*j g^i: -mv gf^^fta^r u =ib u 
 
 ^mra qfi^ <sm ^t fWt gtg ^ n qo. n 
 jpgT ^qrq II 
 
 TpTHT^ff fft TTHI m^T JTmtn II ?o II 
 H"qT cjmfa H^Tf% tfjaTHTFtjjt IJTrf I 
 
 ^ *hr mfsiift sjf ^ HUTf^wT wn n *i 11 
 ^ mJftrr H^ftf * *? *rrn: n=nf:?TH: u ** n 
 
 ^^T^^Tf^ftt^fff q?3fflfV[TflT: *^T II *3 II 
 
 srrtff fHTHHsR fq>bn: flTT^ftntr: n ^S n 
 ^wi v*mi it^Tint f^4 qt n *<< u 
 
 Sqrit JT^TTt XfTrf HWi HF*Tf$nT II ^ II 
 1WS IT? ^l^JTR >R> f^T rprsa Trip* I 
 
 Some idea of the contents of tlie work may 
 be formed from the colophons of the different 
 chapters (prakdsa): 1. (fol. 5a.) vyavasthdpra- 
 kdsaj 2. (fol. 13Z>) samskdra ; 3. (fol. 34a) 
 dll; slid ; 4. (fol. 39a) homavidhi ; 5. (fol. 72a) 
 dhnika (i.e.dmiidydndm rahasyam); 6. (fol. 9 I") 
 jniniscaryd ; 7. (fol. 102") siddhisthirikarana ; 
 8. (fol. 1076) mmlnl/nkshana; 9. (fol. 11 17/) 
 pdrthwapujdvidhi ; 10. (fol. 148(f) pura4caryd- 
 kaulilcdcdra ; II. (fol. 177a) Tccdisamsthitam 
 .•hi riil It i inaiil rakathanam ; 12. (fol. 193a) vcda- 
 mantra; 13. (fol. 202a) navagrahakathana ; 
 
 14. (fol. 208/-) pratyaitijirdmantrnkatKana ; 15. 
 (fol. 217/') vaidikaycmtrdkathana ; 16. (fol. 2J to) 
 dakshinai 'anapatimantra j 17. (fol. 2 I >a) 
 
 urdhvdmndyaganapatimantra ; 18. (fol. 2506) 
 pun-da indyaga^iapatvnn intra ; 19. (fol. 268a) 
 paicimdmndyagaTf.apatimantra ; 20. (fol. 272") 
 uttardmndyaganapatimantra ; 21. (f<>l. 275a) 
 suryamantra ; 22. (fol. 279o ) nwagrahamantra ; 
 23. (fol. 31 I") brdhmyddyashtasahtimcmtra ; 24. 
 (fol. 319//) daGadigUamantra ; 25. (fol. 321a) 
 dipavidhi. The 26th prakaia is left unfinished, 
 breaking off after v. 993. 
 
 A MS. described in the Cat. of Skr. MSS. 
 in the N.-W. Prov.j pt. vi., p. 56, is stated to 
 consist of 35 chapters. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2571. 
 
 721d. Foil. 27 (besides a htddhwpattram 
 to fol. 8); size 16 in. by 5 in.; clear, some- 
 what small, modern Bengali writing; thirteen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 I. Foil. l-8a. Bijwvydkarana-mahdtantra, 
 a Tantric tract, in six chapters, consisting of 
 speculations on the mystic value of the letters 
 of the alphabet, a mystery the knowledge of 
 which is represented as containing the germ 
 of the whole visible and invisible universe. 
 The revelation is, as usual, made by Maluuh va 
 to his inquisitive consort. 
 It begins : 
 
 tM qt>rr§cp v^ fare ^r? ^mr^ u ^ h 
 iftmt^w ii 
 
 TJTH^5 f^5Tt( ^ Btflt ^^TtT=S f^HT II 3 11 
 
 «r?«j wtp?hji ntr^iT? qufifaif 1 
 ^thh f^TTi ^nf^ ^ntf ^^ ^r 11 s 11
 
 882 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 f^HH?TmTr*m ^TWsTTTT ^?*fVif I 
 Htaf%g*H ^ ^ 3TZJ fat^o|f II \ II ° <)«l II 
 
 -«f* ^h praFRftw j?i qraifa *ra ^fcFt II ^ II ° 55 II 
 
 Mahddeva at first refuses to reveal to her 
 this mystery of mysteries, but is at last obliged 
 to yield. 
 
 *m ?*f% j^rfa ^f^t sfTOrqt ?rat « 
 
 Hrrr y* q^rf*j st fag** qi ; qwF»i 11 ^ 11 ° 
 
 Swa constantly uses the form dihi (f^f? <r>f, 
 fnq f<ff{T etc.) which the commentary (si. 40) 
 explains by STR^ff. 
 
 The last page, containing a few slokas and 
 the colophon, was written by a different hand. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^rt fjrqw q^Tj f$pn ^FnnTTfiji^ i 
 
 ■RrT W*i mfNTT^T ^^4 JprwiTTT II 88 II 
 
 3tqm*?i'5TOiqT^ H^rnw w§ sn^sfterc frR=Rn!3^iq- 
 
 *?W H^oRTI^ H?Tn^ f%5Irn?fFW»ft w. *m*: II 
 
 On the back of the last leaf Colebrooke's 
 Pandit calls the work Saivavydlcarana, for 
 which see no. 2572. 
 
 II. Foil. 8b-27. lMahdtantra-]Bhdvc7rthn- 
 dvpikd, a commentary on the foregoing tract, 
 by Bdmdnanda DevaGarman Ydcaspati Bhatta- 
 cdrya, a resident of the country of Khiri, then 
 ruled over by Caitani/asimha (Mallamdkmdra). 
 
 It begins : ^TT JTSTq ^TO ^m II 
 
 * Soffit ^Tf^: xjff ftufl q^qreft I comm. 
 
 ^wTrrnft y^*tft *r uttk imfflKtt ii 
 wqt *nt wi3W fin^HrwtT cinf qn n ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^aiTm^rTw*^ ^wt^> ^rasf^rinrr'SFT: n ° u 
 wfrr z^ort *m v^w vzsi m^oHT: *t?t ii 
 
 FfeSTT qVTTt fvTrtf TI^TW W^fwtftl I 
 Hit f^^TTgR?jT> ^Tfrffqsnfqq^^: I 
 
 ^err^^ firift w^ft uq ^rg^iT^jf i 
 
 ^fiT FJ -qftHmai >TTqff W ^qT qf<^ II 
 
 ^r^mq^ «f# ?f^ ^5 Tjjft sw ff i 
 nm h v^ofTT»?re»i>^T: wqiftr fs^wt II 
 
 3«i q^n ttr nf^tw sn^^ii^ u 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 yq ^firf ^1 qt^ sf: I ■* q>nft sTf)i?r sfifO comm. 
 
 t tGrmxnmm w f^wrrrfk ?r h zjt»?: =K^ti ^fr 
 fqqq ^fir ^r? o ttN*?w ° \ w* m j^ft ttt*t qii- 
 
 flW»»?t^rr \fn f%TT?: i ° Hxit ^irtHt >iiq ^t: m> 
 sq ^hren»? (!) ^fiT ^tir^i ^fw ^^t »?t wfir I ff 
 
 ^Tf^WT ^fw oRBW^f^V: I ° comm.
 
 TANTi; \. 
 
 888 
 
 2572. 
 
 721e. Foil. 28 ; size 16 in. by 5 in.; clear, 
 modern Bengali writing ; foil. 13-21 by tlic 
 same hand as the preceding MS.; the rest by 
 a different hand; 13-15 lines in a page. 
 
 A commentary Qippam), entitled Bhedikd, 
 on Bdmdnanda's Bhdvdrthadipilcd, by his pupil 
 luhnatanu Barman. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TbronRiri qw f%g cST^rnj *#* i 
 ^qiTftf^w *TT?rrf? TnmrrfW^ff ii 
 
 H*tlTVT*piT1TTOTfc5?rT =FT*r3^fm!rT(?) I 
 fqiT*Iff fl^T fcSf^f^KT^q n^tJT^cRt II 
 
 ^TT-ff fcTf^TT I •JWT^f 'T^T IT JTJTXHT ^t> cfiTEJ ^?Tf(T 
 
 f fir ^ 1 ^w *?q ^htt? ^ww=fm^^^ wtv^tti? ^wfn- 
 Tnrra TTO^im ?r*r ^t> fa^Tif: 11 ° 
 
 The title is given in full on fol. 2\h: ^fn 
 
 ^niTf^iRjnT ^^frn^rnrriwurmH ftrt>m shran^s- 
 T*rT^xrem^Tirrtcirrf<rwprt irfcoRfff n 
 
 It ends: TTRrrTTTHsnwW f?r^T WSiUfVrsriTt <*$nreT? 
 
 5^&f^ifTfH ^TgTbi^ HTTnf*rfTT ^ ■nT^r^Tf^Trc: n \fn 
 
 Hf^T *UTOTT II [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2573. 
 
 364. Foil. 271; size 9i in. by 4 in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagarl writing ; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tantraratna, or Tantraraimadvpika, 
 pilation of extracts from the principal '/'■ .ilrn.<, 
 on religious rites and ceremonies, by Krishna 
 Vidydvagis'a Bhattdcdrya of Navadvfpa. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 H^WH»T*ft' ?TT" ^W^HT^ri' II <\ II 
 ^TTTJclifnTi 7$ Tl^j TTTMfTtljtf I 
 
 TO 'WOTTTW f^rjTT -TrTHqfiT f? II 3 11 
 
 t 
 
 H^^ ^R^<U ifjITT? I 
 
 Hm ^RTlitfW^ TfH^RTScJ q5K^ II ^ II 
 
 ^7nfltefafV*iTzi^T£rtf «if k ffprn^q^Tnr: 1 
 THTTqfir^raH ^vt >rrr«i«i»nirra *mt 11 a 11 
 
 ^FfhErl Tf^lTKTaTl H^I ^ ^F7T^75T II M II 
 TrKfiT^ ^WT^T fq*$T ^VTlftroRT I 
 f%qT^i'5T7'T 5*TT -ql ^T^TT °FP5tf?rfr II i 11 
 
 ^ STSRriTTTi ^ qfiSfif^rrHHq II s II 
 
 With the verses which follow, compare Prof. 
 Bhandarkar's extracts from the Vdmake§vara- 
 tautra, Rep. 1883-84, pp. 87, 375; and Auf- 
 recht, Cat. Bodl., no. 169. 
 
 'qirmfi/'^ tt9tt% TnnmH^mfTT ^ 1 
 
 1?T»TPTTTjnrt ^ q'lf'T^'tlTT^^^ II t II 
 
 [Hfcqpn:] =f ■rth 5^tTT/cR^^ ^ 1 
 
 ^^ITT/cP FTH 1TT?crrrr5RHq(r.TiTR0) ^ 11 «i 11 
 7f^IstT7f(^?frTHBb., A.) ^T^foF ^ »T?TOjfr?7f 
 
 [h^t I 
 
 »r?nji^ (^"t^^jt Bh.) w?rik? ?t*$ ^r c5m"3t 
 L(«Pfiwt Bh.) 11 <ho 11 
 
 ^^(^i^ Jih., A.) »?TTO^ ^ n^iTi^CiT Bh., 
 
 [A.) -^ cSTffloK I 
 
 ^cSTCf (^q5T^ A., cifi^TiT? Bh.) cfoSTrnf 
 
 [(cRT^nt Bh.) 7f«IT^T^5TcinRrt II W II 
 
 c5qt^t(^ Bh., tnimi A.) 'g fTirn?it(q : l'ii?i 
 
 c 
 
 [Bh., TtalTTI** A.) TTTFTcJ TrrrTc?*lWt 
 
 [(iihro Bh., i\z° A.) 1 
 P'qTOif inw? Mvfi|i>n:Hq ^ 11 1^ 11 
 
 5 Y
 
 884 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 tH f?pgTTRcF(«fftR>wt ^ Bh., A.) i*fa 
 
 [^Tfq^lTf (»I^TfT5I*tif Bh.) TTTT II <\$ II 
 
 ^■facRreoF ^f% ^fqoFTHim^ ^ II <H8 II 
 
 *#TttHW i^Kr.°ff) faH^THfli^I ^T I 
 Trfnf<!3H^SJ ^ T3t ^ fffFSTt II <W II 
 
 ^^inji jftf^rtsrfaT i"^^f Bh.) fairer w 
 
 [> it i^ n 
 
 tf?cfTI5qTnt«H'?R¥^f?RTftl^T II W II 
 
 rt^TTtrt WTWit ^ tf^TR UfPUff II It II 
 ?TT5I^R II 
 
 ^fafa: **T7T^ft ^TfWcTt W^ ^ ^ I 
 cKfq^'gmiT^ T?B Fjpnf^: II <R II ° 
 
 According to Raj. Mitra, Notices, i., p. 126, 
 the work consists of five patalas, treating 
 resp. of secret congregation, time for initia- 
 tion, mystic diagrams, rituals, and regulation 
 of the breath and gesticulation during worship. 
 In the present MS., which is not punctuated, 
 the following divisions have been noticed : 
 
 ^fr^Td htr irsi'TC^: » ^^ Trwf^ ftraN: u fol. 
 
 186; \fK ^tzpflfv: I ^ ^^3TT!T fol. 83a; ^m 
 
 hwcSth^tc: fol. 1096; ^fw fsnrrefe: i ^ s^nm- 
 
 ■?nv. I fol. 137o; ^frT =JfT^Hq^T i ^m fqwitafafv: 
 fol. 165a; ^fiT HJ^Iihi SfcipforW^ ^T^rfa;^ 
 (M verses) fol. 1676 ; ^TCii^ c&TctfwT^r <*Tc5V 
 §t^^ ^fjqTrr«fifc5^iTo|iT^ (83 vv.) fol. 172«; ^fff 
 Ji?T5FT^T;f^<f ^fer^nfsciiT^reqT^q *tW (22 vv.) 
 
 fol. 1746; ^fTT ^Tf^^rT^Q5«%^ f^qT^TWH^ 
 ^Tf^KRTira^ («fW 221 vv.) fol. 1866; ^f> 
 mTTH^TIcimJ I ^ HKR1M fol. 2156 ; tfn STtfcf- 
 Sfri (1 1 vv.) -^ffT ^^^ri'i ^Tfl^W TTTTTF^ fol. 
 2356; ^fir f$pr$THR tttttct^: (17 vv.) fol. 2376; 
 
 ^=i?T^TT=i?g^?Tn7Hq: (27 w.) fol. 239a; \fn 
 ^^TT'srrafW'snn wrnq^RfjcRT (31 vv.) fol. 2416; 
 
 ^TT *frfVRW TfTTT^R^i (28 vv.) fol. 243a. ; ^fa 
 
 (39 vv.) fol. 2456 ; ^fk Wlt^HffHfrt ?fte*t^trfi- 
 
 =jpH (60 vv.) fol. 249a. ; \fn ^^vftn^m^ vft- 
 Tnvrm: f^^f^^m ?aH (189 vv.) fol. 2596; ^fw 
 i^t^thrt: fol. 2606 ; 3f> ^Ttfmn i ^ fann- 
 5Wf fol. 2656. 
 It ends : 
 
 ^RK§irm^rRJ ?T «TT^fq W^it II 
 
 ^rtrc^ fw^T f«f£ wjflfn faftgrf i 
 
 jfif Tt*3iwf II ■ Apparently incomplete. 
 
 The leaves are marked *° ^t° or jf° T gft, 
 or Tf° X° cRT; and on fol. la Colebrooke calls 
 the work Tantradvpika. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2574. 
 
 1582. Foil. 294; size 18f in. by 5^ in.; 
 good Bengali handwriting of 1790 a.d.; 8 or 9 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tantrasdra, a summary of Tantric cult, 
 compiled by Krishna natal a Yaijtsa Bhattdcdrya. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 JT^ ^ sTT^TfTTt <*U!1M?t»H *ft»?TTT II 
 
 AH 3* J ^lcirg'l"WMMIvi Tlfinra ^ I 
 ?0<*5l5f ^ ?T^xjTiT TH3WTT: BTPTH II 
 
 For an analysis of the work see Aufrecht, 
 Cat. Bodl., no. 149 (cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, ii., 
 p. 326 ; Weber, Berl. Cat., no. 1335). It is 
 variously described as consisting of three 
 (Raj. M.), four (Aufr.) or five (Weber) sections 
 (paricckeda). The colophons of those marked 
 by Aufrecht are found here: I., fol. 316; II.,
 
 TAXTKA. 
 
 fol. 1996 ^f7T<> ipfa:(!) nftwr: (but ffcirhi: MS. 
 B., fol. 1576); III., fol. 2526 %fa wmvm- 
 
 The MS. is preceded by a leaf of diagrams, 
 and three leaves containing a list of contents. 
 It ends (cf. Notices, ii., p. 32G): 
 
 tut: ^tto tht witr *nw n 
 *ttt: wms: ii 
 
 HRT TRTrnf^fsTlrtTTf^H s? "rt ftT^ «T>i$ 
 ?TT jT^T5T?IHTfn fqfcSftnTT Ti»nf^i gfttTcPT II 
 
 q^ fsrfaHT •gwt wi f?r^ w i 
 ^nrt fq^rct nm jT-HcBTgifg f%^re: n 
 
 snsr^T: <vs<k ii ^rftrTrtoqifor. ^ir8jTf»r* ii 
 «ftefr?PT»rcrni w. ii 
 
 The statement of the Berlin MS., that the 
 work was revised by {Bhairava) Amritdnanda, 
 would seem to refer only to that MS. which 
 commences differently from the others. 
 
 [ ? ] 
 
 2575. 
 
 1200. Foil. 255; size 12i in. by 4i in.; 
 carefully written, in Devanagarl, towards the 
 end of last century, by two or three different 
 hands ; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2576. 
 
 2055. Foil. 193; size 11} in. by 5J in.; 
 Devanagarl writing of the early part of last 
 century ; twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Mantramahodadhi, ;in exposition of Ta ,,\ ',-/. 
 worship, in 25 chapters (taranga), composed, 
 under tlio patronago of king LaTcshmlnrisimha, 
 in Samvat 1645, by Mahadhara, son of Jidma- 
 hhakfa, and grandson of Ratndkara ; with the 
 author's own commentary entitled Naukd. 
 
 See Aufrecht, Cat. Bodl., nos. 154, 155 ; and 
 the Benares edition of 1862. [Gaikawak.] 
 
 2577. 
 
 1332. Foil. 137+74 j size 1 If in. by 3J in.; 
 Bengali handwriting of the early part of last 
 century ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Mantramahodadhi, followed by the com- 
 mentary written separately. Some leaves in 
 the latter having apparently been lost, have 
 been replaced in Devanagarl. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2578. 
 
 1508b. Foil. G8 (of which foil. 1, G and 7 
 are missing); size llf in. by 4{ in.; indifferent 
 Devanagarl writing of 1799 a.d. ; thirteen lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Mantramahodadhi, without the commentary. 
 
 [H. T. Colebeooki:.] 
 
 2579. 
 
 1442d. Foil. 58 (fol. 9 of which is missing, 
 while fol. 29 is double); size 12.1 in. by 4 in.; 
 indifferent, modern Devanagarl writing (foil. 
 28 and 29<i by a different hand); eleven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Mahidhara's Naukd, without the text. 
 
 Rather incorrect. 
 
 5 y 2
 
 886 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Some corrupt verses at the end : VTtTTaifa 7 !- 
 
 *3*nfti;v: II ° were probably copied from a pre- 
 vious MS. [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2580. 
 
 1426. Foil. 181; size 12f in. by 4£ in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagari writing (foil. 119— 
 127a by a different, regular hand); nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Mantraratnavali, an exposition of Tcmtric 
 rites and formulas in twenty-six (?) chapters 
 (idl'tsa), compiled, for king Klrtisirnlia, by 
 Misra-irl- Bhdsha ra . 
 
 It begins : ftrfif: n 
 
 TOm fsRTJff JTTTT^TrfWt ^iHNTBTTOcfi II <\ II 
 
 ^pr»njiT?[f : Trf^THT -froth i 
 
 f?$nr B^crftif^ ifctf *micF*i: n ? n 
 
 ^fi'srrartfflfR?: f%>^re>f*PT ■^fffa^Tjqr;: ^r. 
 
 [n 3 ii 
 fR<n^>>rraiire*R ^ffffl?Fi ^r^rn i 
 
 ^T^jft ^f%ff tRhirfTiT: ^f^TT^f^ » 
 
 ^srcT?TW'W30\ ^wns?:) ftrnTPii ftm^N: i 
 *jN: *pw^T:(? iTsn^r:) *t»ircPiT«T*rt: n 
 
 ■gi^nfr^n=RTTrcif: ^prnaT^: ^tut^ii: n 
 ^WTf^c5^§^ n*>: wnrfwrffrf>i:(!) i 
 
 w?^t=f gxni^fnrr sarrni^HTf^n: i 
 ^RwaftmfcHrpft Tint ^ n^jT^ft: u 
 
 fH^ift (■»-. ^ °) ffrf^nT^i^'nii^i: (? ° tmre;:) 
 
 ^prr f^f^iiHT^rTcRTT^i: os^ut^j: ii 
 ^nf^5^T§§^: fsfr«r»- ^^jTfv^rtKT^ < 
 
 n^irt f^T^ijn mfq -iMvifri frf?r^i: ii 
 ^fff fN^^'nrBrt ii ^i *hrg f^TtrfrreTnff n ° 
 
 WQ TT^Tf^H^: fol. 36 ; 'Zfvj ^TSJ^Tl=FTT: fob k; ; 
 ^^ ^^3mnf fol. 56 ; — ii. ^T'«T ^t^nicjJTC: fol. 66 ; 
 iii. ^q serifs fol. lift; iv. WT ^rNlS TJWSfa 
 
 ■mfjTOT i *htj q-nrw^nnqf: rten i fol. 23a ; v. 
 ?m H*nrr^rT: fol. 31a; vi. *t?t rlnfrfv: fob 336 ; 
 vii. ^TO »T^TOt ^7T Wf+Ki: t fol. 406 ; viii. iffm- 
 wf?f^!jf(rj4[ftt]^rf''jvHT^^ir«=s(!) i ^w »hrf%v 
 ^fl^raiTWif (?) K HH: f$T^ n ° sets of devotional 
 verses with explanations, fol. 45a ; ix. WJ g'JT 
 fol. 62a ; x. <sni cR»hra fob 64a ; xi. fasmripi 
 fol. 686; xii. (Tj*T<rJnfV*mf) fol. 71a; xiii. '^•q 
 grr«T=RHTfi!I fol. 74a; xiv. *m cRTWj=BH^t'i: fol. 
 776 ; xv. (*TWfVfv:) fol. 826 ; xvi. (^fsprrTJOT) 
 fol. 98a; xvii. 'SHI ^RT^^T^T: (! mainly formulas) 
 fol. 1056; xviii. TITXirrf'^^fffv: fol. 1156; xix. 
 do., fol. 1206; xx. W*i Jnf^*I*NT: fol. 1226; 
 xxi. ^'q f?i^»?^T: fol. 127a; xxii. ^q w^THTg^- 
 JT^f^RHi fol. 1336 ; xxiii. ^g RfriTm^f^^"ff 
 fol. 1436; xxiv. ^m ZJtTHIV. fol. 1566; xxv. ^T*T 
 HJ!TnflT»NT: fob 165a; xxvi. wq ^»Ht: fol. 1756. 
 
 This chapter seems to end fol. 1806 ^rfjrq- 
 ^rw^ ^?TTf «t •5RHT% m%H ^T^T II ^ II when 
 there follow three more lines of formulas,
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 88^ 
 
 ending ^fn isil u followed by a idrdrllavikridita 
 «JHT?r3i , and two slokas, the second of which 
 runs thus : 
 
 This is followed by an incomplete sloha with 
 a colophon written by a different hand, which 
 is wrong both as to the number of the chapters 
 (21) and the subject treated of. 
 
 In the colophon tbe work is attributed to 
 Kl.rtlsimha : ^fiT ^^^jTrftm^t^ffffff^ftrcN- 
 lTTTrt »h?THN<^l • • . "TWTW: II 
 
 The author quotes Jnandrnava, Jayadratha- 
 ydmala, MantrainuMdvalt, Tantrardja, Panca- 
 rdtratantra, Prapancasdra, Sdraddtilaka and 
 Sdrasamuccaya, etc. [H. T. Colebkooke.] 
 
 2581. 
 
 1197. Foil. 78; size 12£ in. by 4$ in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagarl writing, by the 
 same hand as the bulk of the preceding MS.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Mantrdrddhana-dl piled, an exposition of 
 Tantric formulas, by Yasodhara, son of Kam- 
 sdri Misra. 
 
 Chapters vii.-ix., and part of the xth. Very 
 incorrect. 
 
 VII. begins: JlffTTt^: ^H^rRPTOW^rni?^ 
 
 VIII. fol. 15 : *rq |f^r?T: ii TrlcfTTnm^R^: i ° 
 
 IX. fol. 44 : ^t*i t^rnpNT: n K^x^f Tj*TrfWq=?rt 
 
 It ends (fol. 77a): ^fiT ^^TfffrfflTiTiWjTWfy*;- 
 f^rf^nrprt ^TrnnrrrfirerT'it ?rh: ttofuti: ii 
 
 X. begins : fl y I y T^3IT HRjfruT c? *H II ° 
 
 The MS. breaks off abruptly with ^daira, 
 after which a later hand has added the colo- 
 phon -. ^frr ^cswrftft^f^Tf^irnTt R^fijfqoRT^t ^im- 
 
 TTcRT^r: II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2582. 
 
 968c. Poll. 15; size 7i in. by 4| in. : 
 careless Devanagarl writing of 1753 a.d.; six 
 lines in a page. 
 
 M'iiiili;iiniil,-ldviil7, a short compilation oi 
 Tantric spells, with directions for the use of 
 them; in very incorrect Sanskrit. 
 
 It begins : Tjftoir^ "5TH?: <5TT ^T«l ^JT^irat 
 
 jjFffunn^ sfw^rf n^ ipi ni ■&& hw ^gi^ ^n: 
 ^rf^w^TT *r^^fir ^ wmn; «f fa^i: 4^5^tt v^- 
 
 It ends with mystic sets of the figures b 
 and <i in conjunction with the days of the 
 week, thus : TrfanVt ttttttottt<iQ.tttt ^faf^j 1 7 
 times b, etc., ^rf^^ 4 b, 3 <l, 6 b, 1 <4, 11 \fn 
 ysftH^ir^T?^ wtot 11 
 
 [H. T. COLEBHOO] 
 
 2583. 
 
 1192b. Foil. 70; size 12J in. by 4f in.; 
 careless Devanagarl writing, of 1804 a.d. ; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Daikshind murtisa mhitd , a work on Tcmtric 
 worship by means of mystic formulas. It 
 seems to consist of 64 chapters (patala), only 
 the first 40 of which are, however, numbered 
 in this MS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 tfic? cfirM^riT^tt ^1 ^T^Tj57«+U.3>c7 II 1 II 
 
 ^"hr^^n^ 11 
 
 •■3 
 
 =pqt ■sir^ *-?rk^ groins?*?* 1 
 
 f=sw sizmt [w»] mjrfirarfa h^sth: ii 3 11 
 
 T}^ffl?T*nf K^i ^rq =s^ic5'trrw=F n a 11
 
 888 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^tj^*fi waiJrRT W^T '5BT»T?^T ^TT II i II 
 
 f^fis: wIhwtj^^ th» irartff kx: ii s ii ° 
 
 1. ekdksharalakshrmpujdvidhi ; 2. mahalak- 
 shmvpuja ; 3. trisaJctimahdlakshmiyajanavidhi ; 
 4. sdmrdjyavidydyajanavidhi ; 5. atmashtaksha- 
 raparajyotirvidydrddhcmam ; 6. pranavavidyd- 
 paranishkalabhedasamdrddhanam ; 7. ajapdnd- 
 mavidhdnam ; 8. mdtrihdpujdsddhanavidhi ; 
 9. tripuresvarlsamdrddlianavidhi ; 10. kdmes- 
 varipujdvidhi, etc. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 'sr^nf nf ^Th ^lr: *rf]r: ^rnf^it n 
 Ucj n: ^w f%37^ ^jnrTrtmrrari i 
 
 *roxw: ii [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2584. 
 
 1230a. Foil. 17; size 11 in. by 4 J in.; 
 fairly good, modern Devanagari writing ; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Kamakhydtcmtra, a treatise on the worship 
 of Sakti, in the form of Kdmdkhyd, here con- 
 sisting of 7 patalas. 
 
 It begins : ^fiij^pr^ i 
 
 wt?nfa<|<?Ti frlmfrfaoRT^ ii 
 
 f%3TCTT: ^■SR^T ^T If^STf^ B*rH*T^W: II ° 
 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, iii., p. 39, where, as 
 in the next MS., the treatise is divided into 
 9 jmtalas. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 £(iw oRftnf v^itf u«irr54 cs^^i i 
 
 iftiprW nfa^rhj jfttprfai *t^t ftni II 
 WtTO f%5R^ iftn^4 jujrtt: i 
 
 HFT^Tt STOoRRt ^ *Tf%«l ^T ^^ II 
 *si<mi m^^TR ^ft^f? HHTfRT II 
 
 ■^f^>r3iT^ fNnr ir?3ire fiipjurcrr ii 
 
 ^fri Trfteumwnii vn§ir\vjittiii% (thus always) 
 wm Tree?: ii [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2585. 
 
 1442b. Foil. 13; size 12£ in. by 4 in.; 
 very careless, modern Devanagari writing ; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 Kdmdlihydtantra. The treatise is here di- 
 vided into 9 2 } a(alas, the first two of which 
 correspond to pat. 1, and 3 and 4 to pat. 2, 
 of the preceding MS. 
 
 [H. T. Colebrooke.] 
 
 2586. 
 
 3187. Foil. 29; size 7| in. by 6 in.; well 
 written, in Devanagari, on European paper 
 (water-mark 1867); ten lines in a page. 
 
 Kalpasutra, a manual of certain Tantric 
 rites, ascribed to Paraiurdma. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^sfsrrfa oT^*rr Tn^^rwrow: wro * f%*nm htt^wt 
 >K^n ^TWT f>renrr w: Ti^rfW«*i: ^^reTTr^R»mw- 
 ^TTT^nH irftnir nuni fustn: ^Pj^H i fri f^vj sit^c
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 889 
 
 ^<j ir% r<i ^qffcjif wVg ^^3 n*4 fren i thi 
 wf*rt »rfiT»n^^rT i ^^TfsTH: snfew^ 3Tt*Tl hIt! 
 
 *rfcrl HTtqf^WT i *%*3 ^T^oirt ^w^ i *s^: uti 
 TPTO «M Jp^T WWl=na^T N f5rojJir|q ?n«WT g*i 
 
 '^rOT^^f^^^W^^FTqft^nTfacJTjft ° fol. 3a ; 
 
 ^r^t nmfafV: fol. 36 ; ^v* ?i»rfqfv ^it^ith?t»?: fol. 
 226 -, ^r^ncT: H%qt *^nnt wflrsmirfff ^T^TTRjTfl: h 
 fol. 246; «*&?: ^rermf^H^ipi ° n^w i ^f?r 
 ft^ir^T inpfl ii ih fj >nrR^ ° (.?%«. viii. 38, 
 13) i Tgfi^T (ib. x. 152, 2) i ^ft vwrft ll ° 
 ?IHrcni fi»?: ii ° t{h\ *rnqir ^*niTq n ° trerhsTftrrq 
 «w ii TpfitgnrrTi to ii ^ffl^ptm ri: ii <*n^ajJiirq 
 "*: ii fro^qTi to ii ^H?Tf^Ti!T^ to ii jfn 
 •^f^m^m Tw^fz^fqiirl <n;-£fVft»fen'^re°ii^spjT?rl 
 fraT ° i ^f?r ^t^ttVrtsrI fror ii ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 i ^«rt ?3T=strf q?>qf^^ Hiri^ qrftrifrffJrreSTOtlS- 
 c^ ^* ^ 
 
 ^^Tqwrw^T^tqrwrrii^TTr^TRf^Rfgfl tfr&t*^ wqiffii 
 
 This seems to be a different treatise from 
 the same author's Vidyakcdpasutra, described 
 by Raj. Mitra, Notices, iv., p. 69. 
 
 ' This copy was made from an undated 
 Devanagarl MS. belonging to Lahshman Trim- 
 bahjl Gadijil of Belgaum, consisting of 39 
 leaves, about 8" by3f"; and presented to 
 the India Office Library, 23rd Aug. 1878.' 
 
 [J. F. Fleet.] 
 
 2587. 
 
 452b. Foil. 11; Bize 9J in. by 5 in.; fair 
 
 Devanagarl writing of the latter part of the 
 last century; 12-15 lines iii a page. 
 
 Mtthartinih/innirliUti, also called K<i1cacap4e- 
 ivarvmata, a Tantric treatise on quack medi- 
 cines; deriving its name from Kdleacandeivari 
 (or Kdl-acumiiiKJil), a particular form of Sakti 
 or Bhairam, to whom Isvara, in a series of 
 conversations, reveals his occult science. 
 
 Very incorrect. It begins : 
 
 jfifn^i: cipirt( R"r3T5iri!nPT ) tH n^T>T?j7it ifniii 
 *%T^nr5f;Tsnii *^srr: wf^*t:(!) i 
 **: -3K^t w% ^ p*it n% *wtqfr(!) u * n 
 Wr. ^ ° n 
 
 oR^T%=RTc5TTN ^ ^KTc5^TT*?^rt f^"5(rT I 
 
 cfrrf$5cRT oBT^rrf^ S cn<*^ismW u 3 u 
 
 The numbering of the slolcas is discontinued 
 from fol. 6 (after ttoka 127). 
 
 ^fH (n^n: o) ^nrtj: tjj^: fol. 46 ; ?fir oKT^R^ti- 
 
 •^T^ff fr^^J^'bjft^T Wft&T fol. 5a ; ?fa o 
 
 ?vtj!WZ$: fol. 66 ; ^ftf 3ftr~u^«ir««i: ° ^fff »ra?- 
 ?t^!Bj: fol. 7« ; ^f<r oKT^R'artiTg^^: (?) fol. 7/. ; 
 ifn WKl n v ft dkkH : fol. 8a j ^fw ^"tt^tt^th? fol. 
 
 Sb ; Sfa HW3KnZ&: fol. 9tt ; \fn o tTTcS^i^I^ 
 fol. 106. 
 It ends : 
 
 «?m «s^ % ^r^ H^fii ^nn i 
 ^aqipH Ti^rtqfff (!) ^ ^Hj xmwri II 
 
 r ctft^H tV?tt ^h "<t =frtfirf^^f^ft i 
 
 Wtm^"fT^?R?(!) fq?f*HltHfH II 
 
 [II. T. Colebeooke/ 
 
 2588. 
 1248c. Foil. 16; size 9i in. by 35 in.; 
 
 fairly good Devanagarl writing of 1777 aa>.; 
 nine lines in a page.
 
 890 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Maritraratiwkara, by Vijaya/rdmdcdrya, pupil 
 of Caturhhvjdcdrya. The 13th chapter (of the 
 section) entitled Kdrtavlryamantranirupana, 
 containing charms and spells, in the form of 
 prayers addressed to KdrtavJrya-Arjuna, king 
 of the Haihaya country, with the view of 
 averting ill-luck of every kind. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 tjt3t> *rr^t^3i fa^jfinn ^t^r^^tt i 
 ■5mTtfn>bft tw> f^w: ircnnf^: it 3 11 
 
 It ends : 
 
 fof ^niftf H^B UTTfffw WTVoT^H: II $<& II 
 
 3fH 7? : NraHWjn^r^T7!T^ThTfTnrftjii(nTt)^'gT : tgrr - 
 
 ^Tfijtlf^'JToFt^'H^'rff iPlTTm^ll 5 fat fa ri jJ^TTvTTcR^ 
 
 ■SKTK^^^R^H^ ^^t^ISTtTl: II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2589. 
 
 1717. Foil. 81, 83 and 67; size 94 in. by 
 4j in.; careless Devanagari writing of .1768 
 a.d.; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Saktisamgama-tantrardja, a spicilegium of 
 abstruse speculations on the transcendent 
 mysteries of Tantric belief, in four Jchandas, 
 only three of which — viz. I., III. (or II.), and 
 IV., consisting of 20, 20, and 11 jwtalas resp. — 
 are, however, contained in the present MS. 
 
 It begins (with the numbers supplied) : vft- 
 ^*nn^ i 
 
 fstt»ra fw=KTT fflWT-H? ^TOTcRT: I 
 JTOTitfiT TJT^Tffl^fTirtiT *|TTr*|t II * II 
 
 ^TUfa ?I%ihlTfrl crHT^^plTTftT ^ II ^ II 
 rNTTii: iJIift ?^ fTRTHTT'g fl^lHT: II * II 
 
 xmtrt ^w ^r ftruft f%fw: ^m: » 
 
 5lf^Wn»R7flr5t TfaTTjftawtePT II H II 
 
 -v ^*s 
 
 rH cRTni ^$^i wu?ni'gi»?'mif 11 $ u 
 ««m Tf^trjf-^rrq^jTfint (?) jpft i 
 
 sr^i (!) fafsrwf tt"^ ^tto rh wl n t n 
 f^l? T^re I 
 
 iNTra: *r%3i: ^Tr^cKTmrgcj: i 
 TjfTVJTwrrvC) ^ wivTwrf^TT: u <> n 
 
 •^Tfr § W%(i. e. 4)j3TTfa fT^Rfq ^rxw II <\o n 
 Tlffr^i H^ITfH ftw?}? ^ t?75IW I 
 
 jTOTflni ^jtr^crt: n?f%7f Tre^rfa ^* u <\<\ n 
 f^ajHrNrft ^ n^rrcr(?) wf^roifiT » <w h 
 
 ^^flTTVjfi ^^^cK 5M II <*3 II 
 
 ^nnfi» 'sii'Rin xf^n nnrw:* fgiftmx n <\$ u 
 
 ^Tf ^l ; g^i^4 cK^T" T33"^TTFli II 1H II 
 
 ^Tf^^^j ^f^i f^^fhnn tit: f^m u it, u 
 
 I. ends : 
 
 rap? f^n?^p*n^gniw(!) ^ trw i 
 
 w^g sw H^ftr iff^wi^(? r.iftgnwt) ftsfiT^raii 
 
 ^3 cfrrav^rf^Vr f^r: qz^: run*: u 
 
 * For the Kadimaia see no 2538.
 
 TANI'i: \. 
 
 891 
 
 III.(?) begins: l*apt^ li 
 
 ^RTSfrf ^ToFTST Ttrfk fantf ik* II q II 
 
 cfrtcrtHT iimra tr: tj j mi fam u * n 
 
 ■mtfTfWq'iSirtsn 7f cR^ HtfFWTTn I 
 i^T S^T? II ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 *n?rT=f TT^^T^^ tf*J<17iT *WT(?*nn) I 
 JhjtaTi3Tr*fenTT fcRTOTT wfa^ftr II 
 
 fjyfiHw : nz&: ii **T5i*jT*i Tim: n 
 IV. begins : ^^T^ I 
 
 tt^ ^t(t mrr *r t^tnfwTf??^ i 
 
 mrifn^^TfafefasnO) ^ ht;-^ im n ° 
 It ends : 
 
 jfrq^rhi nm^q nurafH u^: *m: i 
 
 T^FITfiTTfTlT ^T ^WlTfiT^W^ II =104 II 
 
 ^t^jt: xjtc?: <n w?ttj: ii tf?nr v it^M n 
 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, i., p. 229 ; Bik. Cat., 
 p. 606; where JchtXnda I. is said to consist of 
 20 ; II. of 65 ; III. of 19 ; IV. of 1 1 chapters. 
 The opening and concluding couplets of the 
 former MS. agree with those of the present 
 one. [H. T. Colebkooke.] 
 
 2590. 
 
 1412b. Foil. 10; size 12| in. by 41 in.; 
 fair Bengali handwriting of about 1750 a.d. ; 
 twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Pardtantra, or Karavvrcuyaga, a series oi 
 
 revclat inns regarding I lie occult science of 
 Tantric worship, in the form of a dialogue 
 between Isvara and Din. Very incorrect. 
 Whether the title KaUkvldkra/ma refers onlj 
 
 i" tin- last section of this treatise, or whether 
 it belongs to the whole, as that of a section 
 of a larger work, is not clear. 
 It begins : 
 
 ^«rfa %( r . fair) «*n orW 3R:nrJT ofirrta'cff ( /■ . ° is) i 
 n^ tItt^t: w^f JT?THwn?r(cF^T<7 CJihuit ii 
 
 c t 
 
 t>r§h r^i^tti (t>Frftim?nm jftilC.) f%^- 
 
 3TTmr i 
 
 [CJinf^ff ii 
 
 •J ^» ^> ^ 
 
 [(hc?^ C.) ii 
 fflf^^rqrTcirTsiiH ^fiir^^ri: n 
 
 ^•r^tt/cp^ rj Tnsnni'HoirvTfa ^ ii 
 ftrcriyra ^tpn jtstr^strtht^O) i 
 
 RTcSTW^ ^ T=KTT RTnn»^tTfR?T*trf II 
 
 ^fff^SlftllcJ^^HT: (!) wlT f^VTf^TTT I 
 ^pf( W3T^T jTTrTt TT^f^ n^TTrH>fr II 
 
 ^in w TjT«n sif^H %/rNT wrt i 
 uht ^rf^^TRTiT f¥sg ^n^j ^r^fHriiT ii 
 
 RTft-filllT R ^MTT W TT5JT R5f THTrtff I 
 
 v^ k^it(?) fTT^^TOTTt: ojrsj Tim u 
 n?ffl?iH^aT ^rt mfi'sfiT: ^ n=rrfrtTTT: i 
 
 ITr^T^f^fK^T ^=RT RT XJT^T ^ II
 
 892 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Ht ?r»?^fi*r ^?rrfa f%Tnromt jth^t^' ii 
 ^oirTTrr *m srfin: ^frrN^jftf?^ n 
 vTnrrrsnrtfaun?: xn^Tt nr*P3cf 11 
 
 frTRWmrnWT K %B!lTt H Tl=irtfSTTT II ° 
 
 %fn ^wm^trera: [11 s nC] fol. 26; ^fn 
 tnrm^ f^TgT^8TirrT?[ni: [11 ? u C] fol. 36 ; ^nr 
 Ttf^fw?ro^(lfig«n^ff^fiTJhtf ii 3 uC.)fol. 4a ; 
 ^fir to^ TjjTroni ^Tf<^ra*: OaRT^raw ii 8 ii C.) 
 
 fol. 46 ; jftf TJHrl53 ^^HT^iWiym: ("SiJ^TgT^f^- 
 TJT^tf II M II C.) fol. 66; ^fiT ^^TfTT^ftTrftT f^K?^ 
 eF^WTJ»l*T WiPa (qTTrP^^W C.) I'l^JfimFfgoRTTTt 
 
 ^T^rniWT^ n % ii ib.; ^frr Trta^reftHfa f^i 
 
 cFTTltTrm TITTK^ (TJTTiPsnRH C.) JST£T^3mT?facRrJlt 
 cRT^tuwfqJlNini fol. 11a; ?ftT ^^KrT^fftrftt % ° 
 cRT^TTnn qrnra (*rcnreraw C.) ht^h^N: 13a. 
 It ends : 
 
 a ^ ?mrei: m: fHfdsiRTS nrnvf i 
 
 ^RtfRTlf *V fflflfHnfi H^S"^ II 
 ^fff ^HT^Hfa (jfiT ^itsftilfic C.) fSfl^^t 
 
 On the back of the last leaf the treatise is 
 called Karaviratantralnilttkti nun . 
 
 The Cambridge Library possesses another 
 MS. of this work (Add. 1477 ; 39 leaves, the 
 second of which is, however, wanting) from 
 which Profs. Anfrecht and Cowell have kindly 
 supplied the various readings noted above. 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2591. 
 
 1192c. Foil. 41 ; size 12$ in. by 4A in.; 
 indifferent Devanagari writing of 1804 a.d.; 
 eleven lines in a page. 
 
 Rahasydrnava, a manual of Tantric worship, 
 in 15 chapters (jpatala), compiled, under orders 
 of Jayacandra Navendra of Trigarta (Lahore), 
 by Vanamdlin, pupil of Hridaydnanda. The 
 MSS. (esp. the second) are rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected): ^ rtm,^rf rt[ 
 ^T*ft ^J?: II 
 
 ^TfasTos^TnHt f%H3nr?prf «th: ii i ii 
 
 ^mfa snsnrt ^" ^rrgs^rf^inrif i 
 sr^lf^ug^fRHt fapiftrfeiMTPrlf n * ii 
 
 f^qt ^TM=ffnrt ^ Tftwq ^RJnf^VTT II $ u 
 
 fafSH?: *<»t w*tt xr5T^rt ^r f^m?:(!) i 
 
 c 
 
 ^T?^n#Tt zf^w^ff ^T'fft urn ii m ii 
 
 HT^^TT'rfBi srTRTT W=?^3TRfj!i 7T^\ II i. II 
 
 oJicT^rmftii ^?r strto^J ^ wT i 
 
 =Kq5TiH ^TH^ ^RTJT'gTTJTWJf II 9 II 
 7Tl*jf HWt*^ ^ ^c5H^ kk: xit I 
 
 itoktW ?rmc5^ I'moti ^ «^ 11 t n 
 
 ^T^Ht ^ J?H ftl^T *mi=RTHt f?nni ^ I 
 'T^'SiRfTimf ^ *TTV3 f^f^vwsn II <l II 
 
 ^innfVfv^ f^ji^Fnnf wh: ii «io ii 
 
 ^T^gqraH^ ^f$5^rqnrfywri: u 11 11 
 
 ft>TfiTVT^!i ^^ T3Hmm>fVJrT' , !n II 1^ II 
 
 ifm^ Trqrarr4 ^ sfwa^nr >?ht 1 
 
 ^ fwra th h;§: cir^flf mv^ ^t ii 13 11
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 -:i.; 
 
 TTcTT n^W ^ qTZTR^qf 3T: II <\$ || 
 
 c 
 
 1. Gurunirnaya, fol. 46; 2. bhdvcmirtfwya, 
 fol. 8a; 3. kumdrikdlcalpa, fol. 96 ; 4. samayd- 
 c&ra, fol. 10a; 5. pithapujd, fol. 106; 6. im- 
 sitha/pujdpaddhati, fol. 11k ; 7- pdndavamahd- 
 pujdpaddhati, fol. 22a ; 8. dra/wpadisamsJcriti, 
 fol. 23Z> ; 9. chinnddipatala, fol. 286 ; 10. pura- 
 §ca rydhra ma, fol. 35a ; 11. baliddnavit Hi i,fol. 366 ; 
 12. villi f/tiJItih-aijavldlti, fol. 376; 13. antaryd- 
 qnridlii, fol. 39a; 14. yogavaranam, fol. 396; 
 15. rah<isyoktadravya§odhcmamdhdnam ; ends : 
 
 W^rft TirhlT^ JpftrT 3ltfHXT7^t I TT^Ttf 'g h^R 
 
 t$rerewwm «*^iit(!) 11 ^flpfl* 11 ° 
 
 tree?: II This coloplion has caused the alter- 
 native title of Dravyasodhana being wrongly 
 ascribed to the whole work. 
 
 The colophons usually run thus : ^fk ^51% 
 
 e _ 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2592. 
 
 581d. Foil. 50; size 12i in. by 4| in.; 
 fairly written in Devanagari, by several hands, 
 in 1800 A.D.; eleven lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. Both MSS. seem to have 
 been transcribed from the same original. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2593, 2594. 
 
 705, 706. Foil. 1-150, 151-203 5 size 16i 
 in. by 4| in.; clear Bengali handwriting of 
 about 1700 a.d. ; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Swarahasya, an extensive work on Siva- 
 worship. The complete work consists of 12 
 parts (amsa), only one of which, the seventh, 
 is contained in these volumes. 
 
 It, begins : ^jmi ^^: 1 
 
 JTjRHTPi ^?T*R«i oFTTcSt RRtflfH II 
 VU\a4 c|T? ^1 fattf fas TT *tTO*mic|i II 
 
 \> 
 
 c 
 
 ^rrfijpft 4 «in 1 hi ai w?^'5fP=*nrR N u 
 ^TTrtiirin:: 5if : «#?t tt^w fmn 11 
 innfn fcsfqiwrfa van sjth urn h*tt 11 
 ^TiRSwhnH w%i ^i^si^t 11 
 
 RWfaT|«nTTUi fT^Iilltn^Hl^T II 
 
 f^q^r ftrrroRTt fan^s f^mfvep 11 
 
 TfWwfaimT'm? irerf^t*RrfiHTf%tf II 
 ^pirqjiJT5Tn*rfwf'(m?TT=FTTTTr i 
 
 smr^mttrRi^^^Tf^niH 11 
 ^TmnfRipf wr^r(/-.fr)mniTftr[Tf 11 
 
 MW cFHlvi«li«R TTftTTUT *<TTf3l3 I 
 e 
 
 ^Rt *TRTRt ^ f^P »TrTrrpqTfw btv^t 11 
 
 h^ ^ihi^h^iOh wftr ^srfij Ti^t 1 
 nmfti mffi M^HTfa q ?n^ jhjttrt 11 
 
 ilVJlfq WTf^ TWTfTjr fll* fTjqTTq-tf^ ff II 
 
 5 z 2
 
 894 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ig^TRwnTirrof fair iptft: win'm n 
 jr^i^T»nwfrf^3nnTTTfj:5inT#^««imsfp i 
 
 fgmffT ith f^cj ^npr »ft^j mr: jtt ii 
 ^isft -rh^t: ^srr: fsfpnTwrntmi^T: i 
 STjTsrfsfffqT^n mfcr fjnn?f?niT 11 
 fanning HWTR?rrlifN5nHoF i 
 
 511^1 H^JfH IT* f^ T?FR I 
 TfTT ^W ftI5IT^H TTH^WTW VfNlT. II 
 
 ^ tfmi jfi^^RT?^ »m:irtirrH^nTffrf^Fr: i 
 
 fsprar^nn fro vf* v*n: w^rgif^H n 
 cfitt: ura^^n 3 ^ tttftvt ^rrmf$: 11 
 
 c 
 
 f^pf ^T^T I 
 
 *TV 1TV grmtTSI micS Tig r^TO^T I 
 irf^Pft' n*UT *JF KT& *J*J *T^t II 
 jt;^ TJJJ TfYf T *TV: cfTt^^TRt *^T • 
 SHTSTTK TUT TOI=fi *ifat jftefHTV^f II 
 
 f^^n^?pff7nmfi af^r TP^um Tit 1 
 
 WtW**t?H H HTtft ftpjiTt W II 
 
 Tmfq TTOT *n)fat H^^^ ^l^TW II 
 
 fH^rertff ^qf : ■5R*#: wI h^h^ : i 
 
 XT3Tfmqfw Hi «W ^i^tmTTH^TTn II 
 *T TITW: TTTTW^f JT^TT ?rre TOW I 
 
 The sajitamdmsa, according to a MS. in 
 Raj. Mitra's Notices, i., p. 123, consists of 29 
 adkydyas. The present MS., however, termi- 
 nates abruptly in the 25th adhydya ; and the 
 colophon of some of the others also is wanting. 
 
 f$ n ng t H m cirepf ira Ti^ifts^r»T: 11 fol. 106. 
 
 II. beg.: ^nq ^5: I 
 
 c c. 
 
 Col. : ^fir fti^nrrtH^ ^t^hi^w ^T^rtireim 
 •5TT*T fjw^ s«jra: II fol. 14a. 
 
 III. bar.: mlroTT^ 1 
 
 ^TT -qinioB^ T^TI i^rireT7T^'?fr?T:T II 
 Col.: ^fH° f^IWn^T^^ •5RT^I c t*nfTW WhW 
 
 sujth: 11 fol. 186. 
 
 IV. beg.: 'sfifgHT '3^T^ I 
 
 f5i^ar?TRj^r?;Tfq *fa =RT^^t ^t;-r^ i 
 
 H^t WOT lUT mr^WR^ 7f ^I^Tff 11 
 
 Col.-. jfn° f?T^it^^?^ =jrr^itm?Tw '^npn 
 sxtjT'?: 11 fol. 2 : !". 
 
 V. beg. : TSTfanNrrrg 1 
 
 Vmi fHW «RT3lt f=p cBKaj ^ w>rt II 
 Col.: \fn° 'Sfm^TfTW ^TT5I^Tlftrm?f%fv«ir!R ° 
 fol. 29a.
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 
 VI. beg.: intw^T^ i 
 sn^nrtfir niuJiKJT: ^^h*^;? n 
 
 Col.: ^ftT° ftl^ifTT^m^ oFT3rfaPTTt<tf!n5faT ° 
 
 fol. 386. 
 
 VII. boo-.: TJT^in^T^ I 
 
 Col.: ^fw° ^rm'NT^w ^fesmwan^ fol.37a. 
 
 VIII. beg.: Trrfi5prr** i 
 
 Col. : %fn ° =Fm^RT?iiKr <r^^T^f?r?Tfl=B^^ ° 
 fol. 40a. 
 
 IX. beg.: fijm "^T^ I 
 
 in ofmyj f^iwrfoT: tjlhpw7TtfN?5TW i 
 
 c 
 
 ^T^TTc5q T«? f^^t cBH ^HT^ II 
 Col. : ^fw ° ^mfir^TB'Sfi'q^ ° fol. 436. 
 
 X. beg. : ftn inm I 
 
 qrfrqT^^niTrH?ft H^ TT^N'^RTi^ II 
 
 ■5ffT3'*ri xmnrrbm wrjRjigfm ^>t i 
 
 ninqmtfflr* ^Hfa: farow ^t i 
 fNs m aircnm:: m^ thji ofitfTsi: ii 
 
 Col. : sflT ° oFHt^TirTW ^TlH^rf^TH^rqH « 
 
 fol. 636. 
 
 XI. beg.: fm ^ni I 
 
 wfqT'mqcfit ffT?W=S ^THTTt II 
 (?ends fol. G96). 
 
 XII. col.: ^fn° cffT3rtHT?T(HJ fsmntrtri^T? ?T?^n 
 surra: fol. 99a. (At fol. 81a Vishnu is intro- 
 duced worshipping Siva). 
 
 Xlii. beg.: "^tra aw: i 
 
 c. 
 
 HT sTTJT K*HH PJlTTOwi iraRTT: II 
 
 ^4 whn: *rW sra ^rtim^T^^'^TT: i 
 H^rNnnsr: ^?r?;gqTf»TTTT cFTrfav ii 
 
 Colophon of XIII. and XTV. wanting; XV. 
 ends fol. 109a. 
 
 XVI. beg. : xn^r^T^ i 
 
 §THl4 VW KITTO foR*T=Fi tJ3J7T[T fw> I 
 
 HH^ ^THri Wit ^vq^TRUTT II 
 
 XVII. (beg.?) cuds fol. 13 1/.. 
 
 XVIII. beg.: f$PT T^W I 
 
 TiiT ^fqr efrqTJTsrmfiTJTnWrniTT i 
 Tmwrzrmvr; <?FfcnrT mq^fa n 
 *m?m" sT^fcrrui ttpt n^TfVrfira i 
 
 ^PTP* ^*vf 3T«ft tffcRrf n^fiTq^cR || 
 
 C 
 
 XIX. beg. fol. 154a : ^fNirrfjra ■jRT^ I 
 
 Col. -. ^fn ° fsrentrfthrr^ ^farm^cjsmTOH ° 
 fol. 169a. 
 
 XX. beg. : TrNinfjm ^nr? i 
 
 ir? ^THHqTii^r fro sraT^: wrr: ii 
 
 XXI. beg. fol. 185a: ^frr* "J^n? I 
 
 isr^nr^ci^Tr'mT wiwt t^^t^i? ii 
 
 XXII. beg. fol. 1976: m^w i 
 
 ?nwlf ^r "^? fror'Tr f^qij: II 
 «^Tf3I7 I 
 
 ^«r r v5TTtTf(TqR^ -cR^tH fwTrrr S^H II
 
 896 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 XXIII. beg. fol. 216ft: f$R w* I 
 kwi w^mTW *ra?ff Knqcirrfjfwr: n 
 
 Col. : ^ffl ° ^n^cSHf^HI^^Tf ° 
 
 XXIV. beg. fol. 248ft : fijR W* I 
 
 Col. : ifa 7rrf3HT:?*tt tfwrtir %wr , rtHgT^> ^t»? 
 wf^ft syn^: ii 
 
 XXV. beg. fol. 189ft : ^tf^ sir* \ 
 xqn TTt ^WR'RitC!) W*TT!lt 5ft>HT Hit: I 
 
 The MS. ends (in the middle of the page) : 
 
 ^% irs^: wai ^rsre: *Rt n^\ i 
 
 Sift ^T1THT« « - 
 
 On the different sections of the complete 
 work see Burnell, Tanjore MSS., p. 206. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2595. 
 
 2798b. Foil. 2G ; size 10i in. by 6f in. 
 (European fashion); careless, modern Deva- 
 nagari writing ; 26-28 lines in a page. 
 
 Frayogaratnakara, or BhaMavrdtasantosha- 
 l;u(?), a treatise on Tantric worship, by Prema- 
 nidhi, son of Umdpati. Apparently incom- 
 plete. Very incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected): ^rtcffTff^- 
 Tira^m '5W li 
 
 ^ ii% i^ ■srmvtwvi 3 cR^tnfti 11 ^ 11 
 wf ir3TRT=Rrrw5Twwrr.°7n) 
 
 irtfnTwm^TrNT[>- w ?HsftaT] • 
 PTftmwTi»TT'5Bt ^rr? tV* 
 
 ? r. *r=»rarm ^*mq f=R»rfw 11 * 11 
 
 TCTToFt HIT WrJTJJTR^i ^H 
 
 ftcawt w ^rf^qfa unions ^ 11 3 11 
 
 ^TWTtT TpftTTFTT'SirnTT $rpf W *T*q# II gll ° %. II 
 
 c- c 
 
 ■fTrSJrr^T ^fejpr f? **: II S II 
 TjTf*nm^T»nj?t^ft^TTv ^rtrmj ^TiiHRvjorr- 
 
 t^' f^lTH ^Tt^T ° 
 
 c c 
 
 The MS. contains the following 9 chapters 
 (ratna): — I. Nitya/prdtahTcrityaratma, fol. 4ft; II. 
 nityatantrasndnaratna, fol. 5ft ; III. nityasan- 
 dhydratna, fol. 7ft ; IV. nityapunudarpana, 
 fol. 8ft; V. samstliavedirutna,, fol. lift; VI. 
 mtyapurnabhutasvddhyddiratna, fol. 13a; VII. 
 nitya/purnamdtrikdnydsaratna, fol. 19ft; VIII. 
 nityapurnamantrari 11 1/1'isii ridna, fol. 21ft ; IX. 
 it ii i/<7 nl a rijthjaratna. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^JFTif ^ ^hjl wfjTVT' «^ cRUR I 
 »T?TO »TR*ff TiTt ^T^fCHTf%7Tt II 
 
 ♦T^ffTTnTF^ir^ sffRf^}j*j?n»T'm:PT(!) fw II 
 
 Then follow four more lines, apparently the 
 beginning of a new chapter : ffirg 3^3Tf^ <ll -Wr- 
 it! tHM^ ° and terminating abruptly : ^iicTTO 
 
 The same colophon, mutatis mutandis, occurs 
 at the end of each chapter. 
 
 Without other copies, this MS. is of little 
 use. 
 
 See Aufrecht, Cat. Cat., s.v. Tremanidhi (son 
 of Umdpati), where, however, most of the titles 
 of separate treatises given seem to be merely 
 chapters of the present work. 
 
 [Coll. of Foet William.]
 
 TANTKA. 
 
 Hi7 
 
 2596. 
 
 1248a. Foil. 121 ; size 91 in. by 3| in.; 
 fairly good Devanagari writing of 1790 A.D. ; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Tardhhaktisudharnava, a digest of directions 
 for the worship of the goddess Tdrd, or 
 Turinl, compiled by Narattii/ilm (or Nrisiiii/ia) 
 Thakhu/ra Mahopddhydya. Tarangas V.-VIII. ; 
 each paged separately. 
 
 V. Tdrdnitydrcanavidhi, foil. 74, treating of 
 purificatory rites and formulas in constant use 
 in devotional practices, begins : ?TO frnff^fv: ii 
 
 *Tcj5Tf? "Srertiltef ^cj MITigT n^ W^ II 
 $cTpn: ii ^gqiHcji i ° 
 
 Foil. 666-71a contains formulas of invo- 
 cation to Tdrd under 1000 different names or 
 epithets. 
 
 The copyist's date is : TJltTOcini!! lo irrt" ri^HT 
 qt89 u 
 
 VI. (?) foil. 1 1, deals chiefly with the rites 
 of initiation for novices. It is only in this 
 chapter, when describing the selection of a 
 young girl to be enthroned and worshipped 
 as the substitute of the goddess, that the 
 author verges slightly on the objectionable 
 practices of Tantric worship. 
 
 It begins : 'STO ^?TOTfFrfr3iTh;?Jff tT<TT fa*r^- 
 
 VII. Naimittihavidhi, foil. 21, treating of 
 the festivals recurring with the seasons, begins: 
 
 fro ^fflfintf cKmt m«m nf^w: i 
 "VIII. PuraScaranavidhi, foil. 15, treating 
 
 uf preliminary rites to be observed l" 
 
 ^ g^^ri I ^TqTtaflfjTrnut i htvh n??ftnjHt vttj- 
 
 TW&ik II ° 
 
 Colophon : yftT ^Wr^tqT»flTq?^T7fhTf4?faT- 
 
 f%w rtTTTHf^iTnn^^ spjwrtn: n 
 
 The Eollowing authorities ;n-o cited: Agas- 
 tyasamhitd, foil. 96, 111/., 111/.: Uddtia, foil. 
 22a, 49a; Uttaratantra, foil. II'', 126, I7a, etc.; 
 UmdmaheSva.rasamvdda, fol. 62a; Ehamrdtantra, 
 foil. 19«, 1076 ; Kalasa (some formulas), fol. 
 376; KdlikdSdva ('?°stava), fol. 7k; KdliJcod- 
 bhdva, fol. 1106; KdUhalpa, foil. 506, 51a; 
 KdUtantra, foil. 13a, 366, 1 L9a ; Kubjikdtantra, 
 fol. 64a; Kumdrtkalpa, foil. 6a, 11a, 12a, etc.; 
 Kumdritantra, foil. 106, 166, 306, etc.; 7v'"/.f- 
 ruildmaiii, foil. 16, 3a, 56, etc. ; Kulamuldvatdra, 
 foil. 60a, 1076; Kuldmrita, foil. 61a, 77a, 826; 
 Kuldmritadipikd, fol. 816 ; Kuldrnava, foil. II". 
 14a, 166; Kuldvatdra, foil. 246, 25a ; KuloddUa, 
 foil. 506, 51a, 52a; KavMlaviya, fol. 366; 
 KHydsdra, fol. 366; Gandharvatantra, full. I.;. 
 47a; Gota/rnm/a, foil. 7a,6, 8a, etc. (Gautamnja, 
 fol. 246, cf. Vaishnavaij.); Gorakshasamhitd, 
 fol. 14a ; Ga/uriydmala, fol. 31a; Gcmd/rapltha, 
 foil. 1196, 1206; Candrikd, fol. 54a ; Jndndr- 
 nava, foil. 146, 446, 516, etc.; Jndnonnayana, 
 fol. 206; Ihhiiiira, fol. 506; Tii/t-niriittdhitujt, 
 fol. 26; Tattvasdrasamhitd, fell. 9a, 10a; 
 TinifrurFn/diiiani, fol. 19a, 6 ; 7'c ntramdld, fol. 
 636; Tantrardja, fol. 76; Tantrardjottara, fol. 
 86 j 7'u/(/;-i(///.M'ff/7, fol. 52c; Tantra§ekhara, 
 fol. 1186 j Tdrdh-iirnnhja, fol. 26a; 'J'drdru- 
 hasyavritti, Eol. llaj Tdrdmava, foil. 38c, /., 
 516,1076; Tdropanishad, fol. 476; Turndydga 
 (slohas), foil. 576, 58a ; Tripvrdrnava, fol. la ; 
 TrUahtitantra, Eol. 4a; TrMaktiratna, foil, pi,,, 
 25a, 356, etc.; Dakshindmurtisamhitd, Eoll. 316, 
 90a, 916 j Dipikd, fol. 54a, 6 ; Deviydmala, 
 full. 776, 826, 1 106 : Navaratnefoara, fol. I la ;
 
 398 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 Ndradapancardtra, foil. 3a, 5a, etc.; Ndradiya, 
 fol. 646; Nllatantra, foil. 3a, 4a, 8a, etc.; 
 Nrisimhakalpa, fol. 506 ; Padyavdhiniya \yspw\- 
 ■jnftcSTwji h vqre: *|ir ittk: i], fol. 24a; Pura- 
 scaranacandrikd, foil. 51a, 526, 656, etc.; Push- 
 pamdld, fol. 36a; Pushpddhydya, fol. 36a; 
 Prapancasdra, foil. 506, 52a; Prathamatantra, 
 fol. 109a; Phetkdrim, foil. 11a, 14a, 19a, etc. 
 (-tantra, foil. 9a, 236, etc.); PhetMrlya, fol. 
 10«; Pherav/ya, foil. 11a, 126, 21a, etc.; 
 Bralvmcuydmala, foil. 136, 1036; Brahmaswmhitd, 
 foil. 186, 486; Bliavacuddmani, foil. 14a, 346, 
 366, etc.; Bhdvanirnaya, fol. 45a; Bhairava- 
 tantra, foil. 6a, 11a, 12a; Matsyasulda, foil. 
 36a, 876; Mantracudamani, foil. 126, 47a; 
 Mantratantraprahdsa, foil. 236, 24a, 51a, etc.; 
 MantradevaprdkdHkd, fol. 1206; Mantramu1;t<l- 
 ralj, foil. 506, 906; Mahdkapilapaficwrdtra, fol. 
 1136 ; Mahdhdlasa itih ltd , foil. 146, 896, 90a, etc. 
 (often Mdhd-); Mahdrnavatantra, fol. 41a; 
 Mdnasolldsa, fol. 56a; Mdlinltuntra, foil. 36, 
 76, 8a, etc.; Mundamdld, foil. 34a, 35a, 366, 
 etc.; Ydmala, fol. 3a, etc.; Yoginitantra, foil. 
 296, 32a, 616, etc.; Ratnasdgara, fol. 11a; 
 Rdghavabhatta, fol. 57a; Rudraydmala, fol. 16, 
 etc. {Tdrdihutasuddhiprdkarana of 12.), fol. 21a; 
 Lagh/ustava, fol. 146; Vakratundakalpa, fol. 
 1186; Vasishthasamhitd, foil. 4a, 9a, etc.; 
 Vdyaviyasamhitd, foil. 1076, 1 136; Vdrdhttantra, 
 foil. 136, 206; Vijaydkaljia, fol. 156; Vimald- 
 ln ntra, fol. 556; Vi&uddhesvara, foil. 26, 106; 
 \~h-tth-<tli><!, fol. 44a; Th-iirUil(h)Uini, foil. 16, 
 2a, 3a, etc.; Ylrnfnidrn , fol. 21a; Vaisampd- 
 yanasamhitd, fol. 108a,6; Vaishnava-Gotamtya, 
 fol. 24a; Lakshanasamgraha, fol. 49a; Sdradd, 
 foil. 226, 23a, 6, etc.; Sdraddtilaka, foil. 566, 
 61a; Saivdgama, foil. 56, 6a, 7a, etc.; Brikrama, 
 foil. 13a, 856; Srikramasamhitd, fol. 36; Sa- 
 natkumdrvya, fol. 1146; Samaydcdra, foil. 116, 
 17a, 34a, etc.; Samayatantra, fol. 6a; Sdra- 
 
 samgraha, foil. 296, 306, 326, etc.; Siddhasd- 
 rasvata, foil. 30a, 326 ; Siddhindihasamhitd, 
 fol. 84a; Siddhe&varatantra, fol. 118a; S/a"- 
 dhesva/rUantra, fol. 32a; Suta(? Suta)gltaratnd- 
 kara, fol. 48a; Surendrasamhitd, foil. 2a, 1076; 
 SomabhujagdvalJ, fol. 55a ; Sautrdmanitantra, 
 fol. 31a ; Svatantra, foil. 86, 206 ; Svatantra- 
 tantra, foil. 6a, 126; Hanisapdramcsvaratantrn, 
 fol. 736 ; Haragaurisamvdda , foil. 106, 19a, 
 356 (Kidasarvasvasahasrandmastoira of H.), 
 fol. 73a; Homdi'/ganirupana, fol. 115a. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2597. 
 
 231. Foil. 102, five of which (47-51) are 
 wanting; size 14-i in. by 4§ in.; good, modern 
 Nepalese handwriting ; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Sydmdrahasya, a compendium of Tantric 
 worship, in 22 chapters (pariecheda), compiled 
 from various sources, by Purnananda-parama- 
 hamsa. [A.] 
 
 It begins : 
 
 cfTTf^oFT^c5H%^J =KT^hH ^ nV*$ II 
 ^ C5UH 7TZTT oST^cBc"T H5C3THcP II 
 
 n^T^HFrra ^*nfa jfrBjerrfi:^ i 
 t WmrftH ° B.
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 
 I. Nydsdnuvivarana, fol. 16a; It. antarua- 
 
 jiinaririiniiin , fol. 18a; III. sddhakakulaveia- 
 nirnaya, fol. 866 j rV. rahasyamdld (consisting 
 of Kdlikalpc kdlikdkarantm,, 1!, fol. 49a ; Eudra- 
 yftmale uttarutaittre kdlJpraxthdpe kdlabhairava- 
 xiuiirddc srl-daksltiiid-kdlikdkavacam, Eol. 53a ; 
 Srl-v i nl i 'i'i ks h in-i racitani srlkdlikdkavacam, Eol. 
 556; Bhairavatantre kdlikalpe irlkdllkavac/am, 
 fol. 57a; Kdlipurdne trailokyamohanam ndma 
 kdlikavacam, fol. 576 ; Kdlikulasarvasve mahd- 
 kdU-6ri-dakshiridkdU ndma sahasrastavardjam, 
 fol. G8a ; Ibudraydmctiatantre Sri&ydmdstotram, 
 fol. 69a ; §rimahdkdlakritam Srikdlistotra/m, fol. 
 71a; irikdlikdcatuhhloklstotrarn, fol. 72a); V. 
 mantrasiddhdrthavivarn.ua (B., fol. 72a); VI. 
 mantrabhedavivara\i a A., fol. 53a; VII. 7vr7?7- 
 tattvakaihana, fol. 54a; VIII. purushdrthasd- 
 dhanavivarana, fol. 58a ; IX. vJryamocana, fol. 
 02a; X. sdmdnyasddhana, fol. 6-la ; XL pwras- 
 caranavyatirekamantrasiddhyupdyq, fol. 656 ; 
 XII. pithajapanirnaya, fol. 676 ; XIII. Z-wZ<7- 
 cdranirnaya, fol. 706; XIV. mahdnilakrama- 
 varnana, fol. 786; XV. puraGcaraqaprakdrdn- 
 taranirnaya, fol. 816; XVI. homakundanirmdna- 
 nirnaya, fol. 85a; XVII. vetdlddisiddhinirnaya, 
 fol. 84a; XVIII. paripdknphaln.vivarana, fol. 
 90a; XIX. turinllhi iln rirarana, fol. 97a ; XX. 
 sarrradridhJkarana, fol. 100a; XXI. rahasya- 
 mdldsamskdravarnana, fol. 1006; XXII. ends: 
 
 »T?t ^ m^Tq mrtwvt Ttn^rt i 
 
 ^rtort vnnfa ?rr*H tfT^rf wt n 
 
 cS^oF >TTf3Trt <}3li3RfWlrMci!>: I 
 
 f ?rcrf ^ H?Tf?r?it * Thrift ifc*c*jlii^ i 
 aimmngT^T *#^$**t h^tt h ° 
 
 See Raj. Mitra, Notices, ii., p. 43. 
 
 [B. H. Hodgson.] 
 
 * ihr>H»T?Tfirat B. 
 
 2598. 
 
 67. Foil. 183 ; size L0| in. by I , in.; 
 well written, in Devanagarl; nine 1 i 1 1 < ■ - in a 
 page. 
 
 Sydmdrahasya. In this (not very correct) 
 
 r"|i\ | II| lli.' iiilriMluctory cnupli'ts are preceded 
 by a stotra "f eighl stanzas, commencing : 
 ^"itrhrii isTws-qf f^H^^it 
 
 =ST^f grT^wnf^^^t cjt^iitj?: n <m ° 
 With the following additional couplet and 
 colophon : 
 
 w?ft »raf mini *rwTHci^?: i 
 
 KWT (Ttif frTfffiT c**TT fT<TOm II C II 
 
 iw*PH.iK«hwH wns ii 
 
 Then follow tho introductory Slokas as above. 
 The MS. is dated : WTiT qbil TrrttftwHra cKTOT- 
 
 [IT. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2599. 
 
 1534. Foil. 50; size 11 in. by \S$ in.; 
 fairly good, small Devanagarl writing of about 
 1750 a.d.; 10-18 (mostly 17) lines in a page. 
 
 Sundarlmahodaya (also called Trijittrasuu- 
 da/r mahodaya), a compendium of Tantric wor- 
 ship by Sankardnanda Ndtha, disciple of Rim 
 nanda Ndtha, or Rdmana/nda Sarasvati. 
 
 It begins : ^rtnjrrf-3^T?n^f W. II 
 
 m?5THntwTft?tnnkrfjiu- 
 
 cFTf^^WT H cT%tTTf^rn^t II S II 
 
 6 A
 
 900 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 w ^fttTRnf^'JTrsi ^*nfa n * u 
 
 ittt fatrhim HTrnr jr^^nrf i 
 if rN»rmTuniH n^ wr 
 
 t>»t$Nt^ nn^TR^igt ii 3 ii 
 giH n ! M fcwnfim *i 
 
 W'RTfa?T^nR'3ir5IJHrffrT 
 
 fWw ^fHf^ofi <*rmi ^w ^fnyg*i#?f ii m ii 
 5iw ?fij jnreijTfa ^rhf oRraTg^*nf i 
 
 W^H^HnrPft ( r. °-fa) cRWSlt (r . °f3l) ThTH^H I 
 
 ^h^t h^t fasT: cs^Trrfa f^Trr: n 
 »rr^f fsre^Tsr fqrtf K jfi^r^ i 
 
 ^fiTT^It^TJ g ^JgRT f%<TCT TTCTH II 
 
 >pai srhrfafiT Jn^nr i cRcRTT^^rnrifTHiq srf3it*K5T- 
 
 <$ gift in T^-ci--)<irii«chHctiHaK ^iTtf^j ii Tf«n *t<th 
 ^b: i fijpft ?: i ^'5: »: 1 fti^t ?: 1 irw ^ ?cirr- 
 T^crmsT: ^tcrk: ?cfkt;t: =ft§: ?«^?Tfsrf7r 
 T??jfrirH=fi^c)fnm: cstittsicr? 11 irm ^: w. ri$i% 
 
 ^rmSTTThr I ^5"T?T W*tfgtfafiT ^TiTTSKKTT J^JTClt 
 Slf^cR II HT^SI^T ITT fgHJ 3T f^iTtT I fNnTTTTTTH- 
 
 hW h^ ^f?T it^h 1 htj ^rrfl'nTiTqTfHjn t>sit 1 ^wr 
 53 f%sniT irsKTr^rTrr" f??^r sotrtw^ F^rtTsrcfrTctfrn 
 ^Ttrm'jT t>sn 1 ir^, 1 
 
 f?^r «t*t fjmgraT cst^r^t jraTftrflfH 11 ° 
 
 The work is divided into five chapters 
 (ullasa): — I. dikshdvidhi (initiation), fol. 8a ; 
 II. upodghdta (introduction), fol. 117) ; III. 
 
 nydsddikhanda (marking the body with mystic 
 signs), fol. 30a ; IV. nityapujdvidhi (ordinary 
 rites), fol. 486; V. Miscellaneous rites, fol. 56a. 
 
 Of casual quotations from other sources the 
 following may be noted : Kramottama, by Ni- 
 jdtmdnanda Ndtha (fol. 38a*); Dak shin drnurti- 
 samhitd (fol. 38a, 2 infra); Mantramalwdadhi 
 (fol. 396, 2 infra); Lalitdrcanacandrikd (fol. 
 336, 1, 386, 5). 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^^ fotffgfwfaiT T«JT K^ ^^JTSTrsm^^H I 
 
 *nft t> j?Q5rqf^^nf«niT t>T3i *fk: Trfon- 
 
 ^r*N 11 s 11 
 
 TIHTTTT'Tf> , n?II^1%HT5Iiq^5RT< W57 
 unt W'iiTq^'TR^Tfci H^TtH^qTUt II ^ II 
 
 7ir^iwiwn*iq>njTcfr: ^Riwift 
 
 T^rH^^Tq^i^f^ft: srofqTr: 11 ^ 11 
 
 3T*?.M<Hlvi^ ofrf^iT^t>J^T I 
 
 tlti XT$ n^Tl'TW HlfrT flHTTTTToBT: II & II 
 
 ?frf ^rt»TrqtH ^ q r< .dHc< i T ^ I ^ ' it : lrr»rr??TTT^(TTq- 
 
 C\ 
 
 ^^T^fjroijf cjrrnf?HT^?T ^iTw^THirt?^ tH»? "3WTT: 11 
 ^HTS^ni ^^t^Nr?!^: 11 [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2600. 
 
 1150. Foil. 56 (four of which are wanting); 
 size 9 in. by 4j in.; good, clear Devanagarl 
 writing of about 1750 A.D.; 11 or 12 lines in 
 a page. 
 
 MahdtripurasimdaripddukdrctMiakramottama, 
 a description of Tantric rites in connection 
 with the worship of TripurasundarJ ; by Ni- 
 jdtmaprakdsdnanda. 
 
 * The passage quoted occurs in MS. 1150, fol. 526, 1.
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 vul 
 
 Foil. 1-6 of the original MS. aro wanting, 
 and have been replaced (by a different hand) 
 by the same number of leaves containing a 
 description of some other Tantric rites, appa- 
 rently not belonging to the treatise; and 
 beginning : 
 
 wi T?fiTJmf3?»?\nwi»rrlq i »^"fan^i ^ra 
 q^in^s i y^i^fa^^T^TcrPrefqn?^ ?rnrN- 
 
 *JcR^FTmZc5>fXJc5TST^W»lWYf>"c5'!'ff ?^° fi ^^ ,:af '- 
 ^Tc^cFoST^J^-qq^TrcrefflcT^HTllTcJ ll ^^flSTR 
 
 TflTF^T 1° 
 
 Fol. 19 has likewise been supplied by the 
 same more recent hand ; the first page con- 
 taining a repetition of fol. 15a, 11. 1-7, whilst 
 the second contains matter unconnected with 
 what follows. 
 
 Foil. 41-44 are missing ; and between foil. 
 45 and 46 two leaves, marked 45 and 46, and 
 written by a third hand, have been inserted, 
 though evidently belonging to some other 
 Tantric work (navacakranyasa, cakresvarinyiisa, 
 etc.). 
 
 ^*j Titm-Tirs*: fol. 86 ; sfir qriqirrai*: fol. 
 
 106; ^fw f3TTCR<piT ^WT^?HTCjrfr WmtT fol. 
 
 146 ; jfa Trenrs^Hrejrl fol. 17a ; ^wTqTT!m?HTEjrf 
 
 fol. 186 ; Sfit «JP* I ^ Tj^qTJpKTSTfH: fol. 216 ; 
 
 ^fir n^TJT^oFT^fir: fol. 226 ; sTa stTRraTaw: fol. 
 256 ; 3fn st^nrcTfC^qSTH fol. 36a ; ^fiT ^^frT: 
 fol. 366; sfit ur^nwfti: fol. 376; ?fw sitfinp 
 fol. 39a ; ^PZITW: mTTWTfa ^rfsfWHT R^B* I ° fol. 
 48; ^f?T ^ftffRW ^rsifewra: fol. 52a; \fif 
 thrtSTTfVr fol. 536. 
 It ends : 
 
 qrsityjfir ^stsk ^ thN ■spwif^ctit n 
 
 2601. 
 
 1893. F,.ll. 5; size 1 1 \ in. by 4 in.; Eair 
 Devanagari writing, of the latter part of Lasl 
 century; twelve lines in a page. 
 
 Tripurasundarlstotra, a treatise on tin- wor- 
 ship of Sakti under 1000 different forms of 
 her name implying so many epithets. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^lc?T*rf3mT T*q ^TRTTH>q7ftfHH I 
 
 cirBTin^tiHwrw 5^fnAx^f^K n s ii 
 
 f ~3f^jf^m^W^ Rq^rf iPTsT^ II ? II 
 
 f^«ffT>Tinj i^T ^cT=RJ f%c5T^ II 3 H 
 
 ^rqTcmftnvt ^TWiTJT^T: I 
 fV^^F^ft »??Tqq>?m??f ll S II 
 
 feq^qfcvrn *]^*qrfc'5fnifg>T i 
 *r?HTf^m°Frsi fnft>n^tn>jm!i II M II 
 
 iranr fsrcw ^rq =rttdt fT^Jtfqrri i 
 Yfrt^f^qfr wpct ut? f finf^^Tf^: ii i, ii 
 
 cRTficpq WT^ I 
 
 ?*q^T *T?V$? WrVfRWrToirRofi I 
 
 r irfiT: tf^gnrt ?i ^rfw: *^f?qt ii s n 
 f* nfa: *§sfi=»rRt ^faRt ^ F3»re ^ i 
 
 jgH^T jFl<7TOTT*rq tT^T fa^cRTniT II t II 
 F^q ^^q-^ft sf« 3ipq> RTfScT H nfir: I 
 
 c 
 
 feff TT<q W $>cfi foSR^f R%?^(T II Q. II 
 
 foFHcF VT^ ifV fetf c5>cF^?n»fa!p* I 
 
 fTTT <^T^ Hq«T fa^T ffWfTRT *m: II lo ll 
 
 fTTT c5*H UCT^T Oil ftrfjr»nmiqTfT I 
 
 ctfwnrfqsiff *rffc: =Kfarg Tj^jft ht;t ii qq n 
 
 *tvj htv ^^n qp n^ qrlfkHTR i 
 
 6 A 2
 
 <J02 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2602. 
 
 Foil. 19; size 11 in. by 4| in.; fair, 
 
 ii ^rai w?Tt mht: **W «=*fri«HTi: ii <\& ii 
 
 «W TWfk f^vj *N f%ig injT^rf II =m II 
 
 ^t^ht ir*n stt^it (?) •^srfVogfiynnfriT'^T I 
 fy*jrafjR: ^reqm wf?fwrfaf?nTrf3i^ n <w n 
 
 *<?* ^j^Jrr jitt^tt^tt^t ii °it ii 
 
 ff^TT ^TTft?T?H K oF^niTfl T*T^ UTT II *0 II 
 
 oRe^mr^ =s*^t oh^ cRrr?5T gnfl'^fWi' i 
 
 cmTPTT ^TTJ^T ^T^TT cfflfintf cRTH^TfT^r 5 !' II s ! I! 
 cRTc5TTf^?TTTfa: "5ffTf^"3BT cRa^lf?^ I 
 
 The stotrd ends fol. 5a : 
 
 fajtl ^ftf*iH>ft fwffl: ^TW^tt II <tfS II 
 TRITi^ITlt T? rR U^T TT^^KTt II <iSM II ° 
 
 It ends : 
 
 U%^^ m^g TflK$ TjfrsF^fiTH II ^ II 
 q- r ^iq oFTfTTrfjTrif W W^ J!fT «$WT: I 
 
 'SHdJJfff 7T c5Tc£ 31^ ^ ^?H1^: II si* II 
 
 For different treatises of this title see Auf- 
 rechtj Cat. Catalogorum. 
 
 [Dr. J. Tatloe.] 
 
 1926. 
 
 modern Devanagarl writing; fifteen lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Bdldtripurasundarlpaddhati, a description of 
 the Tantrie rites and daily oblations enjoined 
 upon the votaries of Tripurasundarl. 
 
 It begins : snil *?rf ^Tf^T^ ^sT^^nmrfSTTW 
 
 n^PT^R: TTTTTt ^TW^oRTtjjTt II 1 II 
 jfcffRHt f^iPT^ oFT'TO^ f^5T=RH(!) I 
 
 ^jft^wfcpiraffTrt 'pt^Tf^«ftim ii * ii 
 ^tr wHTTj^Ttrng wrsnsn: w^h^ ii 3 n 
 
 Tlfq^nmoR JTV «Kq^TfH II 1 II 
 
 c 
 
 It ends : "yftn^ WBlsq Tmrq H^q sTatW ^r^T 
 ^f?TTfH J«T Vr^T ftwcra^ II 
 
 ^h: tfitst ^tf?: 5^rr: wrr*?^q ^ t^Ri: i 
 •prRT^WTT: °RT^t f%^tfn »rrhi^ u 
 
 •jfiT '?l' : W^*f?tWT ^' : NT?7Tf^TTTTW^tr^f l ir: BiriST II 
 
 sr?i TtfimTHT f^nr(?frT) ftfy^fwif^wt- 
 
 [^s&t: i 
 
 ^■^ai tfirp irnfrT f^-nff t^?f ?^riRt u <\ n 
 
 TITH TR flTSITrt « =K ei M V J i< H^ff^f^'JTH^TS 
 
 ^xi^^'^^nT^r^ ii 
 
 Judging from the first colophon, the treatise 
 would seem to be intended as a practical
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 903 
 
 manual constructed on tlio principles of wor- 
 ship laid down in (the 12th tarai/ga or Sundarl- 
 pujanam of) the Maniranuilmdadlii. 
 
 | Dr. John Taylor.] 
 
 260;}. 
 
 1665B. Foil. 8-1 ; size 9 in. by 3 A in.; well 
 written, in the Devanagari character ; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Tdrdrahasya-vritti, a Tantric compilation, 
 in fifteen pat alas, of spells and incantations ; 
 by Sankara, son of Kamaidkara, and grandson 
 of Lambodara. [A.] 
 
 It begins : 
 
 "3if^rfM<J|sMi F^TO^fwf I 
 
 ^c5iH flsrn^ ntvf trttI' h^t ii 
 
 c 
 
 ff^mjiTTTlflTO t W TfZ^S to urn | 
 ^tsnfVfaff irhl TdrflT^qT TTrTNcfi II 
 #f«TfWcR ^TTO TT XT?* cF1«lf^5§^: I 
 
 Tf^ufrniN: *re ^uTrfr Fair tt^ ii 
 ^^ ^r tjt^tttwit: pftcrffsirr: i 
 F^w ^7^ ^t f;#ift «Nfa?nrr: i ii 
 t^ih it?* mti m^Tw^^if irvrr^ i 
 
 *N?7[ 3 JT3Tirt ^row^ra:*?: i 
 ^fir fTTCTC?Rf * TOTTTunnfa'&xi: || ii 
 
 * This sloka is omitted in B. 
 
 t °nvmi 3 b. 
 
 J ^^n M^m\ TjftfMN: B. 
 
 § Thus also B. 
 
 II This half-s/ota is wanting in A. 
 
 The following works have been found quoted: 
 Ekavlratantra, VHtavvrakalpa, KdlUantra, Ku 
 marttantra, Kulacuddmani, Kulasangraha, Ku- 
 I Irnava, Gdndharva(tantra), Tantraeuddmani, 
 Tdrdrnava, TdrdshatpaM, Devlydmala, .\ la- 
 ttui/ni, I'll, tkdrinl, Pheravlya, Brihajjndndniava, 
 Brahmaydmala, Bhdva.cH(ldmani, Matsyasukta, 
 Minitraruifihiiiiiii, Mantralildvati, Mahogratdr - 
 kalpa, Mdtrikdry,ava, Mdnasolldsa, Mdydtantra, 
 Rahasyamdld, Rudraydmala, Vdrdhitantra, 17- 
 maldtantra, Vi&uddhesvara(mdhd)tantra, Vlra- 
 tantra, Sambhavasutra, Sdmbhaviya, Sdmbhavl- 
 samhitd, Sanketatantra, Siddhasdrasvata, Soma- 
 bhujagavati (! B fol. 40b), Svatantratantra, 
 Hamsaparamesvara. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 f^TT?5 PSjfa fWTT fafT^T I 
 
 \i v c 
 
 cfi^T 5IT%cBTrrf^HTnV^ II 
 
 ^loFTft TrfoRWPT ^nRTTTi^ftflptf' II 
 ?flT ^THFTfMNr. 'N^TJ 17c5: II ^t> ifn«f»rfvT- 
 
 c ° 
 
 UHoti^ II [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2604. 
 
 2154. Foil. 69+2; size 1 1 in. by 4.1 in.; 
 fairly written, in Devanagari, about a.d. 1650; 
 9-13 lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. [B.] Incomplete. The 
 MS. breaks off before the completion of the 
 twelfth chapter. 
 
 At the beginning two leaves (apparently 
 Guddhapattras) have been inserted, marked I 
 and 2. [Gaikawar.]
 
 904 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 2605. 
 
 1230b. Foil. 118; size II in. by 4^ in.; 
 good, clear Devanagari writing of 1804 a. d. ; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 Bhuvanesvarlrahasija (or Bhuvanesvarisar- 
 vasva ?), a treatise, in 26 pat alas, claiming in 
 the colophon to form part of the Rudraya- 
 malatantra. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^ ^tq iftfnftr: nftfvt i 
 w&fi Mmn sf%gf«ra(?) ii <h n 
 qHK^wi^f^q wrra'ta'jimfif n * ii 
 
 >rwt^rtinnrc5 ^tw^^k ii 8 u 
 
 TT8JtT^I^rRT%tw'?^^^ftT'i II 4 II 
 
 c c 
 
 tufwqr^ i 
 
 xnrrm^w nirtrui^ ^w^gr T^rc n s n - 
 ^mqqfH f^ti & ^?TFif»nf una i 
 
 ^TT'qt IFSTR ^rf «%' «qw^TW II t II 
 
 fsrq ^re i 
 
 W^^HTO wf ^f Wrpjif H* ftpi II 10 II 
 
 The book consists largely of mystic charms 
 and formulas of invocation. 
 It ends : ml t R^ "JT^ I 
 
 ^npnrrafsFmTir ?wr ^^ h^f*^ u 
 ^ t?pj ttt4 *rw ire *nfrf^if i 
 
 *t%^ ^^T^T iflmtij ^»Ttf<iTrT II 
 
 ^ \ 
 
 ^rn r&c?\ l?f% ^3i«j-5n<ficii: i 
 \fn vft*T$T>aftT?Tq ^w^iS ^T«r^rf%fvHT* 
 
 qf ?3i: vz$: ii ° *nr* qtl,«) ii ° 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.] 
 
 2606. 
 
 3013. Foil. 385; small folio, size Hi in. 
 by 7 in.; coarse, thin Indian paper; fairly 
 written (on one page of each leaf), in Deva- 
 nagari ; sixteen lines in a page ; modern. 
 
 [PausJikardgamri], a system of Tantric wor- 
 ship, in connection with the Siva cult (? from 
 tho Saivdgama). Incomplete. The MS., which 
 has evidently been copied from one in some 
 S. Indian alphabet, is rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected) : ^qq '5^: n 
 
 c 
 
 5^t?^3 flSTf^f Tvfrqt n^n i 
 fjRTn^rii" imK^ inmRTfa: ^ to i 
 
 tStt TrRm=Rff»?tTqOTTcfr^'5gr i
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 iiOr 
 
 %W. II 
 
 H^ sTRT^fflg^ «nnf ^fSI^TW^t 11° 
 
 A. The Judnapdda consists of 8 chapters 
 (patala): 
 
 1. pratvpadd rthanirnc vya , fol. 21 ; 2. hindu- 
 patala, fol. 25; 3. mdydpatala, Eol. 29; 4. 
 pahipaddrtha, fol. 51; 5. kdhldipaficaka, fol. 63; 
 6. pumstattva, fol. 109; 7. /inimtlnadhikdra, 
 fol. 120; 8. tantrotpatti, fol. 125 : ^f<T tn^TsTT- 
 
 ^UTi* HTO II 
 
 B. Sarvajndnottara. 
 
 I. Yogapdda, fol. 129 ; beg. : 
 
 ^*fo3rera 5I^f ^ f>T^l(?fsre$)3imiTra ^ I 
 ITT^ ^ TrcrraiTC "RTff ^m^ tfNfl II 
 ^tk: Tit Jpremfa n>nHcFTfcirJT??T w i 
 
 3m^8 1 wtvis iTrsnr: n*i vmm i ° 
 
 II. Kriydpdda, beg. : 
 
 »mqr5TfV*im f? sftgf*«aTfa ttf*(T: i 
 infpj ^ k^it ?ret ■ar'i^^ ^i^* ii 
 
 svdtmasdkshatkdraprakarana, fol. 132 ; vimalJ- 
 karana, fol. 141 ; sthulavarnamantrodghdtapra- 
 karana, fol. 156; prdsddamantroddharaprakarana, 
 fol. 159; param'ikaranaprakaraiia, fol. 167; 
 paiicagavyddidlkshaiigaprakarana, fol. 230 ; aiii- 
 yeshtiprakarana, fol. 239 ; jirnoddhdrapra kara n a, 
 fol. 275; pratimddiprakarana, fol. 278; ««?•«- 
 ii asndnaprakarana, fol. 290 ; bhasmasndnapra- 
 karana, fol. 293; ends fol. 294: 
 
 ^ftr *5siT?ftin^: *»ror: 11 
 
 Cf. Burnell, Index of Tanjore MSS., p. Ill, 
 Sarvajildnottaravritti. 
 
 C. Hataiigapdramesvare mahdtantre vidyd- 
 pdda, 11 pat alas, and part of a 12th. This 
 is perhaps a separate work from the above. 
 
 It begins : ^rfa(r.wq) HHTmT^^t f^Tff II 
 *Trir?RT1H?H TI?5?f»rfFfi:f^(r.TlW?fflf»?Tfw)l 
 
 *tqn:cfr^irTgT7rtf I TTT'53i »rc: 11 
 
 ■^T^tT^nnftqif fjT^t ^F tVWqS II 
 
 ftrvi^^Rsrf ^nr *nr HTOtR*^: i 
 
 TT^RTlsrfqFJrT^rt TllfK&^fiT c^^IT* II 
 fT3TH »?fJTJn^?5WtKn3i7HfflHT^ II 
 
 irRTfxH^rsir^Tit ?rwtH: TtTT%WTTwm^ i 
 
 fjI^lUMcRf^^TcWT WHTVT^TfRTiTPqvt: (!) II ° 
 
 Tun: v nn^T ^tto: xn^urr *f?Ht ?r: i 
 ^r ^nj^tnTm* »?ifirq TrqfpR n 
 
 T^n Km wsrtm flairn h^twit i 
 
 T?tT!tT^l^fwi7Tajiq»TTJTO?RQ5>TrT: I 
 
 wept ^fan^tit ^trerthii *w ii 
 
 ^H^m^fflif 3TT?3flTinil[fl]^'rTTW3F 1° 
 
 In the second chapter the four pddas art- 
 enumerated (fol. 299), viz.: vidydpdda, kriyd- 
 pdda, yogapdda, and carydpdda. 
 
 1. dayodghdta(?), fol. 298; (2-1 wanting, or 
 not marked); 5. hakiipatala, fol. 311 : 6. pum- 
 pradhdne&varasddhanap., fol. 337; 7. vidy 
 tola, fol. 347 ; 8. mdydtattva, fol. 362 ; 9. fca/a- 
 tutfva, fol. 368; 10. vidydtattva, fol. 374 ; 11. 
 rdgapafala, fol. 379. 
 
 Cf. Burnell, Index of Tanjore MSS., p. 205a 
 (no. xiii.). [C. P. Brown. J 
 
 2607. 
 
 270. Foil. 105 (numbered by mistake 1 
 76, 79-108); size 11 1 in. by 4Jk; fairly 
 written in Dovanagari ; eight lines in a paj 
 
 Rdmdrcanacandrib'/, a manual for the wor- 
 ship of Rama, in five chapters (patala), by 
 dnandavana, pupil of Mukundavana.
 
 006 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *ifff??ft f^im H^ff?r ^ n-ft j?nf ^ TT^nat* 
 
 rf ^ *r?jj U^T3imicf ^'kTT^^ Tit II =111 
 
 ^T^irqnfir^VH^^wT: sriwTf^i^^: *jf%: i 
 wr^rt vfw^TT^^trT:f<rif^sn'^rqfTmf(!iT; 
 
 ^i(T?T^m??ftf#iTim 
 
 TrffRH thit: cbt^ttt?^ -^ f?(?) i 
 w:(«tt: B.) w^p^ti? nqfsr 
 
 ^? H^V. HoipjTf »r^ xpt II ^ II 
 
 "jjNH : wnftrg: *jfa|«j: w^jit^ i 
 
 fq^FTTXT? 3T=ST TT^fTSlfTy^ II 
 
 3rnfr fWta: ^nrn*n ^srrm^ vrOTsi*: i 
 «»r«pg °Kcrto*3 tttst: *rgftwr v?tf ii 
 
 ^Tf^nitr-ggi: fsinft >nf7r hi-^^t i 
 jj^ttt fsitgin ^Tlftl inrttwirTrHiT: II ° 
 
 Cli. I., on various matters connected with 
 worship, the chief section being the ' rdma- 
 tuantroddhdra '; II. fol. 246, on ordinary duties 
 (a cam ana, dantadhd vana, etc., ending with 
 various kinds of nydsa); III. fol. 436, on rites 
 of worship (dhyana, homo, pdtrdsddana, antar- 
 
 * Trfinq^: Tmraf^vft ^tirlsrr t>«tt B. 
 t n"3 nmi>T>rrf>rcR w^j B. 
 
 ydga, pzthapujd,stotras, etc.)j IV., on restrictions 
 and the eight kinds of y antra ; V., a calendar 
 of periodical and occasional observances. 
 
 Among the authorities quoted may be men- 
 tioned : Agastisamhitd , fol. 806; (mahati sam- 
 hitd, fol. 81b); Atharvanarahasya-srl-Edmotta- 
 ratdpanvya, fol. 61a j Gautamiyam, fol. 686; 
 Devydgama, fol. 26; Ndradatantra, fol. 186; 
 Faiicardtre Brahmasamhitdydm, fol. 756; Pra- 
 yogasdra, fol. 83a ; Hantrasdrasamgraha, fol. 
 186; {Rdmavallohltilstotra, fol. 626 whole); Va- 
 sishthasamhitd, fol. 466 ; Sdrasamgraha, fol. 26; 
 Hanumatd proMam mantrardjdtmakam, fol. 62a. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 ^'tlH^^I^H^r^iy I 
 
 ^TTwfVTnrnfRtrpjpn ^ 
 HTrf^faf^fi&rnmrtK!) *n u 
 
 vz$: iNfa: vmi ^Trar%^f^rr i 
 
 ^MTFRTOT f? ^frt^n ?fC7T^ II 
 
 \» 
 
 fjlUJI.f'rRf'^fVrfiqt ^ T I HMH^Tjc<, iqt thw tJ7q5: II 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2608. 
 
 2074. Foil. 101 (the first three of which 
 have been replaced by two leaves in a more 
 modern handwriting; and foil. 39-43 and 101 
 have likewise been supplied by the same hand); 
 size 9 in. by 3f in.; fairly written in Deva- 
 nagari, about the middle of the 16th century. 
 
 The same work. (B.) [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2609. 
 
 1824. Foil. 109; size 12i in. by 4| in.; 
 well written in Devanagari, on European paper, 
 about a.d. 1800 ; ten lines in a page.
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 907 
 
 Ganesa-Kalpa, an exposition of Tantric riles 
 in connection with the worship of Ganesa. Six 
 chapters (patala), the last of which is incom- 
 plete at the end. 
 
 P. I. (foil. 17) begins: 
 
 ^sro gs?i TTOjfi^n jHor^t shthk: i 
 
 >Tf^wf^TIF: TJHt H^T^Tt »ra?ft utt. II 1 II 
 
 ^ffsfgii^: HTtfjirfJirjft jt^ttv^ n ? u 
 
 jT^trt ^ iprnTOT TJ^VTrWT^flTrW^T II 3 II 
 
 fsfarrft Jrarrajfarrrf sonft fTVR?r: i 
 
 Tj^VJT ^WT^TTTt f%^| 51 =<l rW oF ^v: II 8 II 
 
 ^f<rrft §^rt mnfi mjjHfw\x^fsin i 
 
 TTJijfrt *T »HSTTT^ITT TJTT ^Titf TTT II M II ° 
 
 ^fir ^"Nr^rt^r: w^pi*: ifa*: fol. 56 ; \fn fararTrrl 
 
 ^T!JT fol. 166; ^TfrRofiT ^tejT ib.; eR^reifi ^EJT 
 fol. 17d ; ^fk VNHift ^W WTit ii ^ ^nrffv- 
 
 ^nrft^fanoipzpf *rro inr*f ir^ *ms ii 
 
 P. II. (foil. 33, placed by binder at the 
 end of vol.): ^vj iKJrtyHCTTTf II i^Ernfwt JhRH- 
 
 ■sFTWuramr^ ii : 5ro 3iT^TfiT^^rr3iiTO5r: i n^^rrep:- 
 
 *hr: n 
 
 q^m=s 3if5ivt(? ^TtHck 5131 °) wtj iTOTjaflg: i 
 Tramf^grr Trt# »r? jj=KT5jr. tr: ii i ii ° 
 
 ^WcFT^Tf^fw: II WV gT:?ITO5TllT^Jt»i , ?: fol. 36 ; 
 ^sct TfTmrrirfinH: fol. 4a, etc. 
 
 5fn n^f"5T'3fr^ JiWMitj^Twnf^r?if*3i«tHfa>n;j**isf 
 ■*m feirfrnre^ ii 
 
 P. III. (foil. 22): 
 
 fH flq-HTMv ^ f^HVl^m in^ I 
 
 Cs. 
 
 srra* Hjrff Jl w i ^fawf ftrw: w^ff ii q II ° 
 258 slohas, with explanations from fol. 13. 
 
 TTC<j *WIW II 
 
 P. IV. (foil. 18): inft fw^T^c^m^H^mn^ 
 
 ^Tq?n|oKHnn< ^rrfvsrJr inn mrt: i 
 ^BTcnf^^ ttth^ 5 cjretf ^ ttk: ii r ii ° 
 
 239 slohas, with explanations from fol. 126. 
 
 5ftr ° tjirrt>fvT<zpT ^m ^t it^ *m?i ii 
 P. V. (foil. 12): -ST?! gT^Tflifrfv: II 
 
 irKffi*t f^^ wr HfTmrumtcF ii q ii ° 
 1G3 slohas ; ^ffr gT^mfafa: l ^ruTnir^: i ° 
 fol. 76. 
 
 ^frT ° 5T»JTXrtf^fV^nznt ^T* TT^»f TJT^J II 
 
 P. VI. (foil. 7, inserted by binder between 
 P. I. and III.): 
 
 ^Tftu tiT^n ?reg ftrf^Tftr mfrnTr: i 
 STtfir^-ii *fthh ^ ii ■twtcjtcw ii <\ ii 
 
 ^5i g^r=frrfcr^ ^t«t ^f%f^ftj?f ii ^ ii 
 
 *nw Tn^^mtfRfir 17=1;^^ 11 5 11 ° 
 
 88 slohas, followed by explanations, p. 46 ; 
 ^t^niflr^: 1 ^vm ^ ?R*ttfw itfRfH: jft^rnr 1 HfevrH 
 sfmk 1 ^itfTT^^ ° 
 
 \TR ° incomplete. 
 
 [Dr. J. Taylor.] 
 
 . 2610. 
 
 2630. Foil. 86 ; size 9J-10 in. by 4| in.; 
 fairly good Devanagari handwriting ; thirteen 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Nrisimhii radhana-ratnamdld , or Sra itta/pad- 
 dhatii?), a Vaishnava manual of worship in 
 nine chapters (patala), by Menganatha, son of 
 Rdmacantlra. 
 
 The right margin, and with it a good deal 
 of the writing, especially of the first two 
 leaves, has been eaten away by insects. 
 
 The female energy (saldi) of the god comes 
 
 in for a good deal of attention in the rules 
 
 and formulas. 
 
 6 B
 
 908 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 jto[?ht Tlsrfii ^]%* ^ft^T^mrff: n <» ii 
 
 Htm *wwt TrfwRU^T 
 »rfij?iNTf«TCafHs?i!h ii ^ ii 
 firm .... csmj fafwtqT^RTw?: i in? irmTT- 
 wrefawtarann fWhi* ii snsr [3?^ Otor n^tjt- 
 
 TJT*m«l f ?i *Pnfff ^l^fti 'g f fi» tfWTff II 7HI 
 Jmi m ■ . . . qTT icm II 
 
 ■5TT3U!i(r.'33ITO) faft|Jnf^f$T'5|i»nr: ^rhfcmifBjtf 
 
 3^ vftim$ uh: ^fir ^ ant ?^f: 1 
 
 ^ Tnnrwtam ^^^- Tnm^^f^ti 11 
 
 ?em *fffi ^ - ^ - f^»rfVniT HHTrf^fsar^ 11 
 ^fjf^Tf^w^Tfjf^: 11 ^pj^w mrq^^w .... 
 
 I. \fn ^ftT^irnRTwmQ5T»Tt »jrf»M Hd m mnTf ?t?t m 
 
 TFmvZ&l I fol. la. 
 
 II. \fn ch^iHMojrRiTH: 106; ^fir cB^imf^Tnr- 
 sfTPirra: 12«; ^fjr cK^Tf^^Mdi 1^1*1: 13a; %fn ° 
 ^'w'^ rennrawfeTrra; tjtqs: 19a. 
 
 III. Sfif fgrWTWqraflftK 21a; 2fw ° iTTm: 
 VZW. 316. 
 
 IV. ^fw ^pWTCrSii mnf 1 ^n snrarartvErri 33a; 
 
 ?fiT ° ^ftwljUusrHsTitt VTPT HT* ^f: 1Zc5: 37a. 
 
 V. ^fn ° tfrnhm m q^jj; 1*35: 11 
 
 VI. ^ti iffinnrsm: 47a ; jfa ° if^frrm ^m 
 to: 1^: 11 
 
 VII. ^m qt^Trj 656 ; ^fir ° TTC^Trrr iro um: 
 tj?^: 11 
 
 VIII. ^ jrfipn*raw ° 69a ; %?* srftRWta- 
 faifsrfv: 79a ; ^flT ^St^ fNnjTfari: ib.; ^fff cRTfff^ 
 
 ^rw 796; ^fir sftwnrtfi «f=pmirc ^ ^rhnre^ 
 utifrm: 806; \fn n^r'ht^rgti: 81a; \fn° wh 
 
 17c? II 81a. 
 
 IX. ^fn *?HTf*q<=Ff^fv: 826 ; ^fn ^riwTftfv: 
 846 ; ^fk ^ifaHfiraTJrflft: 86a. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 fop it HHTmPHMHIcSt 
 
 vj^n ^ ^TfVsRmiwq 1 
 
 zi^TT^TTinTimn^: 11 
 in ^fruTt'tR'irii *nren 
 
 K^rrH^qm»TOT5cii«n^ 
 
 ^ wjtr: vz&tviifTi: 11 
 ■3is|q| H^t ^ ^rrsreqttifT ^ 1 
 
 rnnrg«nrtrft $^: wtTtz\ h >rt^: ii 
 
 wbt ^ ^m: 11 ° 11 i^H <Httt<i ^rn^^a^rf^i^ ^^ft 11 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2611. 
 
 896. Foil. 134; size 15 in. by 5i in.; 
 modern Bengali handwriting ; eight lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Hayaslrsha-pat'cardtra, a Vaishnava work 
 on the erection of temples and images. 
 
 It begins : ITshsu ^N ii 
 
 ctrtf ?-qftm f^Etn: TrreSn: in fw: 1 
 
 ^ ^ O s3 Cs sJ •-> 
 
 fcifafat ^ ^w> ?vtt ^f^t ^g: 11 
 
 TiWt* H'lryiH^ ^TT flRlHHi: U>j: I 
 ^fiT«mi^ >TTrn Vtt TJWfBHI II 
 
 >rn^^T^ 11 
 
 it!t qw ma^irH t^TT^ TTcnnf 11 
 
 'gwHis h qirai ttT5T>Rvj fenf 11
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 909 
 
 *?^3T "JRT^ II 
 
 Tlio matter is treated in a series of short 
 (unnumbered) chapters (pafala), of which 74 
 have been counted. These seem to be divided 
 into two sections (kdndu), the first of which, 
 the Devapratishihdpaftcakakdnda, ends with 
 ch. 40, fob 566 : ^fff FwHri^TR ?T^IWT?fg^ 
 n*remi* ^rafTrera^oir m* wtvs wttw ii whilst tho 
 subsequent chapters make up the Samharsha- 
 kdnda. From the above colophon, as well as 
 from the final slolca which apparently intro- 
 duces a LingaJcdnda, this would seem to be 
 only a portion of a larger work. 
 
 For an account of the contents, see Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, vi., p. 61. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 sj Cn 
 
 ^fri tf^pnr: crhito sun: trftcffifffK: h 
 
 ^fif^T^I^T 31> VTRTrn tf^T II 
 
 «ms*3ni tw. ii [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2612. 
 
 791b. Foil. 48; size 9f in. by 3| in.; 
 large, plain, modern Devanagarl hand ; seven 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Upadesadikshdvidhi, or Purndbh ishekapad- 
 dhati, a manual of initiation into Tantric rites 
 by Caitanyagiri Avadhuta. It begins : 
 ^VTff^cF ^ Sf f^TTq nqfjf ^f7TKT I 
 
 7T»?T^r ^rerani trr«ripfn*R> f?<f i 
 *j«t fr^T^Hr^vj fTrajoRH^rrt mf ii 
 ffii<jr^wR^> sfq -rtwnftnft n^rm?? i 
 f?^ $rr?r wft hto mq^Twr ^('".'spfr) >^ttii 
 
 Iti bljadcmam, fob 36; pujavidhik, fob 9a; 
 vdstupujdvidhih, fob 106 j pdtrasthdpanavidhih, 
 
 fob 206; Jcriydmayl d'tlishd sampurna, £ol. I 
 It ends : 
 
 TftfrRt 7ftTrfHfjrw H^Ttf ^CTfjrgq ( 
 srrftprt sfi^fHfjf^ ftn4w HwrT-rfq n 
 
 flrare: ^tthNmhtciit ■sq^sr^tenfafM: ?wrw: ii after 
 which, by another hand, TJ^TfaWq^frf: » 
 
 [H. T. Cor.EBEOOKE.] 
 
 2613. 
 
 1368c. Foil. 6 ; size 10 in. by \\ in.; very 
 indifferent Bengali handwriting ; eleven lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Tattvacintdmani, a Tantric work composed 
 by Purndnanda Yati, in 1577 a.d. 
 
 The 6th chapter, here called yogavinininu, 
 whilst in the three Calcutta editions (1856, 
 1860, 1869) it is called shatcahranirupana. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TarH tt:h h -^ faw??n*j»n rjT: ii ° 
 
 Colophon : ^ftT q^M^MTTtflf^Tf^ff ^H3- 
 
 f^trTRTrfY Tftnf^rttf ^n* w^^nr: » tf^nr w^ f^rfs- 
 JTnmf^pfai^T ^rofiiTn: f&fm ttvtostct qw^rfa.* ii 
 
 For ch. i. (giving tho date) see Raj. Mitr.-i, 
 Notices, iii.j p. 62. [H. T. Colebkooke.] 
 
 2614. 
 
 2743 F. Foil. 28; size 7 in. by 2 J in.; tho 
 leaves forming a continuous folding sheet of 
 
 6 b -2
 
 910 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 69i in. by 7 in.; Nepal handwriting of 1703 
 a.d. ; six lines in a page; ten of the leaflets 
 having one page left blank. 
 
 Pushpamdhdtmya, directions (in barbarous 
 Sanskrit mixed with vernacular forms) regard- 
 ing oblations of flowers to the goddess at her 
 festivals, and rules for selecting them according 
 to the season and the magic effect desired. 
 
 It begins : TftnWTOTfj^wTt W. II Wl ipjTT- 
 
 --■, 
 
 ^w: feibg^: *pi: ^RHTn^jR: ii 
 T^ta^fTjoHi ^nii ^n^TOTre (!) i 
 
 wfjWfjSIl^T 5TTfrf«II<$MS5fa^hrt II 
 
 ^nn?%^>T(r. ^°)^ ^ff(!)^ J^sj^r: i 
 
 ejr^^ 'g gray oR?jt g-N*j!3TTr?n^(!)i 
 g?w^fgmi|e^W3W«irf?[«iiT]ToR: u 
 
 n?T<«yT5rftr»*t yfi 1 5*u'MT»ra3pft(!)i 
 Tuwmt?-* ^ Ttt^tnl ^ ww ii 
 
 ^»nt k?j^h^ *t§ Tnwfat ii 
 ftpstf ^v^ntim F^nn§^«nt«FT i 
 
 tppi f^rft i srreftr wit? tf^ii: i 
 
 iftuni: =irf^r=ffTeTt»?? Turfiro ii ^ft^THtrr n wt- 
 ip*?n ^c^v^foFm: ii ^tn^c^ » qjimi3fc5^iTip«tsj ii 
 ^sr »r?nmTnfs'5irR: n itt^^rk^ ii° 
 
 p. 40 ; -sfn Twmw&ti&ti ^v^m n p. 44. 
 
 It ends : <ft$tiR$fl ii : 5W *H4WW<c$uifN<*l»»: H 
 
 "7rq^ ^$!>fq iftiA II gw^lfq ?rt«irraTJiQJ II ^fH 
 
 x^njc&wtfey^rt n ^fir mujhi^iw *j*m>rocy wto ii 
 
 The goddess is worshipped under the fol- 
 lowing names : Kubjikd, Guhyakdli, Jagadambd , 
 Dakshinakdli, Mahdtripurasundari or Sritripurd, 
 and Siddhilahshrm. 
 
 Quotations have been met with from the 
 following authorities : Kdlltantra, p. 24; Kula- 
 euddmani, p. 27 ; Koldvatlya, p. 38 ; Tantra- 
 sdrasvata, p. 38 ; Tdrdbhaktasudhdrnava, p. 39 ; 
 Nllaiantra, p. 26; Bhdvacuddmani, p. 19; 
 Matsyasukta, p. 26; Mahakdlasamhitd, p. 23; 
 Mundamdlatantra, p. 24; Vdmakesvaratantra, 
 p. 28 ; Vdrdli/taiitra, p. 37; Saktiydmala, p. 25 ; 
 Edrdratautra, pp. 8, 11, 20. 
 
 [B. H. Hodgson.] 
 
 2615. 
 
 2582. Foil. 100; size 11 in. by 5 in.; 
 large, sprawling Devanagarl hand ; nine lines 
 in a page. 
 
 Satacandividhdna(-samkshepa), an exposition 
 of ' the previous and concluding ceremonial 
 to be observed, and prayers and mantras to 
 be read, when the Candlmdhatmya or exploits 
 of Durgd (of the Mdrkandeyapurdna) is read a 
 hundred times over, as an act of piety and 
 adoration' (Wilson, Mack. Coll., p. 173). 
 It begins : 
 
 ^r!^fTfV*rR^ *JVJWr*<Hmf*l W I 
 
 TnftTTiTH^NWt Wctfq ^ «<}H;i!i ii i n 
 
 i^i wfg srfali snnJfsfaRt ^ n ii 5 11 
 ijf^ »rr»m f^^ f^w ^di^Hr^K 1 
 
 w|^ M gt|°fc l (j ^ »I(ft fTO ff jfH^rf II $ II
 
 TAXTRA. 
 
 911 
 
 tfanw immii (? tost) wf%*i> *?wsni *sVr sft»^T 
 ^5 f^|yH^rfKqTHcF''ftn ^urnrresnsrfH'^ *f?a^- 
 ?itf^Tr(? fiTfi!iTf?7r ) ^tkh: ofto: ii tt? w^ *Tt tfiai 
 
 T^T^fw^rra^ ^ffrf wsnfWit n «j n 
 
 tptuj Tf^cjrT: 'crt^t: -M ri^w T: hit: *jm: 11 * n° 
 
 III candikatarpanam, fol. 4et ; surydrgham, 
 fol. 5a; varunam, fol. 11a; kalasajwjanam, fol. 
 116; prdrf.apratishthd } fol. 17a; antarmdtrikil, 
 fol. 196 ; bahirmdtrikd, fol. 206; ekddasanydsdh, 
 fol. 25a; ganapatiplthe sthdpanapujanam, fol. 
 29a ; lcalasasthdpanavidhi, fol. 366 ; baliddnam, 
 fol. 40a; grihapujanam, fol. 496; yoginipuja- 
 nam, fol. 566 ; hhdtapujanam, fol. 62a ; Icunda- 
 pujanam, fol. 63a; yonipujanam, fol. 65a; ndbhi- 
 pujanam, ib.; yoginlbhyo balik samdptah, fol. 
 79a. It ends : 
 
 SttS HTJ^ mi ^i i*Tq ^ ^^T f^f^rf name 
 obliterated. 
 
 For an (apparently different) Satacandir!- 
 dhdna, purporting to belong to tbe Rudrayd- 
 mala, see Weber, Berl. Cat., no. 1311. 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2616. 
 
 769. Foil. 98 ; size 10i in. by 4| in.; good 
 large Devanagari handwriting ; eight lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Kakshaputa, or Siddha-cdmundd, a treatise, 
 in verse, on charms, incantations, treasure- 
 lifting, and other Tantric rites, by Siddha- 
 Ndgdrjuna ; in twenty pat alas. Rather in- 
 correct. 
 
 It begins : Wl qilT^-rl ftrg^gTuHt f^^Cfff II 
 
 T. 3Tta:(3T»j: R. M.) tttrhi: nrfw. cRckt- 
 
 [^ofitcStrToK: ( oF: ■SfTQjTWTcSrac^ R. M.) 
 
 wir?rr? , tiT»?inf?ffTmf'T^'m tf*T»j«cirt^=F: i 
 *ftsTj *fr»nft ?tth ^TTTTt f??ni>ftrirTF'5fi(n?3- 
 
 [EoR R. M.) II S II 
 
 »n^TW=KVTfcirrl favpRT ■J? 'Half's? eft 
 
 [(fofj^n) 
 i^rr^(?) f? smsni in*rtn^tfar<f ii m ii 
 
 3Tt>rij nm$ sn^jj *ft^(?) ■srf^ ST5 3THT I 
 ^T^ q!T^(?) 5R tPTrf'^mW'sgT II t II 
 
 ^rl^r ^tk^ rf-% fg?(?) ftri ^ irrcT I 
 
 foF=RT!T^^-i ^ cRltf-^i'.uW II 9 II 
 
 [fsfiUT ) II t II 
 
 ^to *rm^ ^t%tw nr^i sfq ^ ii c n 
 
 «TV=KT^t f?7frlrni H^^f^^a? 1 
 
 [11 w 11 
 fqi4 ^rfv^TTiT Tj^?fHtr§^T7r^ 1 
 cr^goF ^jflicj ^ irft!j'n : W ; ?flTV^ 11 v 11 
 
 nf?cFT ^t:^ 'g >j(ra>i^^nf^cs 11 ^ 11 
 
 wm4 f^miriqiT htvofr! f?ff fntt 11 <\$ 11 
 
 For the exact names of the chapters (man- 
 trasddhanam, sarvavasyam, etc.), see Weber's 
 Cat. of Berlin MSS., no. 904. Cf. also Raj. 
 Mitra, Notices, i., p. 137, where the treatise is 
 called Siddhandgdrjuniya.
 
 912 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 The 20th patala begins : 
 
 *hr fVr:^^^rtoff^n mux ^fnjcR *i^ n 
 
 It ends : 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2617. 
 
 1875b. Foil. 30; size 11| in. by 5 in.; 
 legible, modern Devanagarl writing; 13-16 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Easahridaya, a treatise, in Aryd verses, on 
 certain Tantric practices by means of mineral 
 drugs (esp. mercury); composed, for Madana, 
 lord of Kirata, by Bhikshu Govinda ; with a 
 commentary {tlha) by Caturbhuja Misra, son 
 of Misra Makes' a, of the Kurala-vamSa. 
 
 The treatise consists of 19 sections (ava- 
 bodha), dealing with the following subjects : — 
 
 1. Basaprasamsd ; 2. Rasasodhana j 3. Nir- 
 mukhavdsandntarbhutasamvJchapatrdbhrahacdra - 
 ii a ; 4. Sattvdbhralcajdrana ; 5. Garbhadruti ; 
 6. B/jnjara ; 7. Bida (vida); 8. Rasaraiijaka ; 
 9. B/javidhdna ; 10. Suddharasa-sattvapdtana ; 
 11. Btjanirvdhana ; 12. Dvandvddhihdra (sattva- 
 melana, etc.); 13. SamkarabJja ; 14. Samkara- 
 bijajdrana ; 15. Bdhyadruti ; 16. Bar ana ; 17. 
 Krdmana ; 18. Vedha ; 19. Bhakshana-rasa- 
 prasamsd. 
 
 The MS. is in some disorder owing to the 
 scribe having (on fol. 3a seq.) omitted sections 
 3-5, and supplied the omission on foil. ll-20a. 
 The first section (which according to a list 
 at the end ought to consist of 34 slolcas) is 
 wanting. 
 
 The MS. begins : ^?WT^T tf^nm: n 
 
 wtw ortftHra faf^f ^fj^n ^: ii ^ ii 
 
 Comm.: ^vrfafjr u 
 
 * ^ftjTTC cffTTqUTm qf# »PVRg>fv;rf || S || 
 
 «m wi?^t? i vnm T3-arg?vn w^sr f=rf^ fi^T- 
 
 It ends : ^TO tfqofrafqHqsre'jNTr? I 
 
 Tf STUffT ^^TO f^BTTTnTTsfl TOT^Tq: II Sft II 
 
 Tj^R^qTtiiT: ^qfti qwfff^: vi% ii to ii 
 ■ash wmmr?& Tr^nren? i 
 
 t -3 
 
 x-xuF.Tnm ?H fatfVinTTTr fimTftfsfc: u it » 
 
 ^ftT ^RT^cTt^qq>fV5VraTf»rem^TTf»nr^5MlT- 
 
 ^cRtafqifft swtv: ii 
 
 Although there is no reason to doubt that 
 this is the Rasahridaya referred to in the 
 iZasesi'rtra-section of the Sarvadarsanasamgrah a 
 (ed. Bibl. Ind., pp. 68, 100, 101), the Aryd 
 verses there quoted have not been found in 
 the present MS., being probably taken from 
 the first section (.rasapraiamsa). For the first 
 couplet of the second section given above, see 
 Sarvadarsanasamijraha, p. 100. 
 
 [De. John Taylok.]
 
 TANTIiA. 
 
 913 
 
 2618. 
 
 1568b. Foil. 34; size 10 in. by 4$ in.j 
 
 legibly written in Devanagarl ; 8—1 U lines in 
 a page. 
 
 Ratna/pariksha and Maniparlksha, two (pau- 
 rdnili) tracts on precious stones, their origin, 
 value and magical effect, for good or evil, in 
 the possessor's hands (A). 
 
 I. Ratnaparihshd begins: ajtrtr "3T^: (om. B) I 
 
 g^t ri *$fam ^mw** ?pii sct h ii q ii 
 
 fcr*fc^f?*rsm!it( TnR corr. A) cRjjsrsrWTJrra 
 
 l> II 5* II 
 
 ^Tfa ^SRK^TSJ tfTTtTTTrT: + II i II 
 
 fd^frtcRTrrJi f%^: mfSJift 3^ n h ii 
 
 HWW?fTrinft crt^ ^rrsri tfjra(«^ A) fipnr: i 
 ^? ^wfqff ^rSW^tr ITT f5It: ii 4, ii 
 
 C 
 
 ^tfsrr wwt l^r: w? TsftuMtem II * II 
 $ftq ^nffetft •rfTfft >f3T*ft: ^jfan: wh: i 
 
 Iti vajrajmrllisha (79 Slokas), fol. 8« ; rnauk- 
 tikaparlkshd (88 s?.), fol. 15« ; padmardgapa- 
 rlhshd (68 sL), fol. 20a ; indranllaparlkshd 
 
 * 371^1 j gf?i<ji«mi'iwim B. 
 
 f B omits this line. 
 X A omits this line. 
 
 (43 SI.), fol. 2ib ; marakataparikshd (10 .-;/.), 
 fol. 26ft. 
 
 This is followed by a section of 20 HoJcas, 
 
 beginning : 
 
 oFtwrfio;-* tfMT^t ^ ^ t^rf^irtft: n ^ ii 
 and ending, fol. 28a : 
 
 Then follows another section, beginning : 
 iirlfEjti ^ itjst wfi ^ffarc^nieif ii q n 
 
 >TPHr V&Tlfl ^ *fH^c|? 3fftH "J^K I 
 
 jm^tJTrc^i'iN gv *v*i a^n ii * n 
 
 In this section the same five classes of 
 precious stones are treated once more in a 
 few verses each, and in addition to them the 
 lasumi, pushparaga } gomeda, and sphatiha, with 
 one sloka on each of them; this section ending, 
 after four additional slokas : \fj{ VTCiTTWUfaTT 
 
 *wm ii 
 
 II. Maniparlkshd, consisting of 60 Slokas, 
 begins : 
 
 mrs Tifirt ^Tt tM to^4 ii =1 ii 
 
 MW\^\ ^WS ^ cK^I^ JTOT^it: I 
 
 [TiTcB~JmT: ii ' li 
 
 *?n^ >nrpik ^tf^r fnw<pf ' 
 
 3rfar* ^^^3 ^K r* -QW TIH> II ^ II 
 
 "art nirrx: ^ hi mTtmv^r^i^x i 
 
 SfT^TRTH ^ >ft^j ^ To5T^n ^ ^T^Tff II g II 
 
 ^Tirdit ftittdn f^^qfc ireN ^ i 
 ^ ^ ^^ tjh> T^T^Ta' «?^i; ii m ii 
 
 § MS. B differs considerably at this point.
 
 914 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 S3 
 
 TrKJT=RTT*T (?°T: w)w5fTO STfrRTf^? fTJ*Iff I 
 
 *JTCrf*nr?t sro: w *roiflfafl(? nfan) v3 11 \o 11 
 sU ^JrfrrrqTt^T *»?nn 11 ° fc5f*nf ^^3rt%5rt^ 
 tf^w <\s<tx *»ni ^fii^pTTf^ % rifcnrraT II 
 
 For another MS. of these tracts see Auf- 
 recht, Florentine Sanskrit MSS., p. 148. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.] 
 
 2G19. 
 
 1153b. Foil. 27; size 9£ in. by 4 in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagari writing ; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The same treatises (B). 
 This MS. ends : 
 
 cfTftjtfgiRHcfiTgi ^nnf^ *«T*r<t ' 
 a^r^rnjii ^r«i ^tm ^^ f^niM u 
 ?fn imTftf4 fasi^iaiwO) i 
 rrrefflcti t^ttNt: ^nr^iM inn*nT: n 
 irHn=iTO?T Firrat(!) trfwfa? "jpiTf i 
 wnsrfrRfr gn: * ^ftraT^tftt: ii 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2620. 
 
 1568c. Foil. 19; size 7| in. by 4k in.; 
 clear Devanagari writing of 1585 a.d. ; 10 or 
 11 lines in a page. 
 
 Ratnapa/rilcshd, another treatise on precious 
 stones, accompanied by a Gujarat! commentary. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TsnfVr MKMrtl^r ^ifa n^ra^ni i 
 
 *ni ■? H?l\ ^TfrT TOJ flirt nvtepi^ n s u 
 
 trmr(?) ^ TErhrrr ~*&t Tim s^ia u ? u 
 
 Iti vajraparikshd (21 slokas), fol. 46; maiik- 
 tikaparlkshd (34 si.), fol. 96; padmardgaparlkshd 
 (19 si.), fol. 136; indranUaparikshd (15 si.), fol. 
 15a; marakataparlkshd (11 si.), fol. 166 ; spha- 
 tikaparikshd (7 si.), fol. 17a; pushpardgaparl- 
 kshd (3 si.), fol. 176 ; gomedaparlkshd (2 si.), ib. 
 
 Then follow 8 more slohas, ending : 
 
 ^rr*j^rf *ni cRtfS' mrsffl ^Wnu: •' t » 
 rtesr 1 Jj^r mm ° 1 rpnpft 11 
 
 *f*7T TSTTJTtsjT SUTUT II M^T^TTm *:=JI* a HI«*T>T 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2621. 
 
 581b. Foil. 50; size 12i in. by 4k in.; 
 careless Devanagari writing of 1799 a.d.; ten 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Saundaryalaharl (or Anandalahari), a 
 mystic poem, of (101-103) slokas, in praise 
 of Sdkti, ascribed to Saiikardcdrya ; with a 
 commentary {tiled), called Saubhdgyavardhitu, 
 by Kaivalydsrama Yati. 
 
 The text of the poem has been frequently 
 printed. 
 
 The commentary begins : >T<i^HI'?r(c. ^I^rnT- 
 *rra)frr fa i : i ■A f$ K^PTR ° see Aufrecht, Cat. Bodl., 
 no. 168. 
 
 Colophon : jfn ntf#rf!^Hm<jq^c|i?i"lsicH.MIM- 
 
 <*hiu1 ^^cimnnrfHf^rf^irr *rr^§^tiTFfajT ?rr>n- 
 *refJNfK!,)?n>? wfrsn 11 
 
 There seems to be a confusion here between 
 Sankara's teacher, Govinddcdrya, and Kaival- 
 yJsrama's teacher, Govinddsrama. Cf. Bodl. 
 MS. ; Raj. Mitra, Bikaner Cat., p. 245. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBKOOKE.]
 
 TANTRA, 
 
 915 
 
 2622. 
 
 988. Foil. 52, the first two of which are 
 wanting ; size 14J in. by 10 in. ; large, modern 
 Devanagarl writing ; thirteen lines in a page. 
 
 Anandalaharl, with a commentary, beginning 
 in the second hemistich of v. 1. 
 
 The comment on v. 2, begins : ^nrt' 3I^K 
 
 f^nTRfVnTrqt ?^ir. nidtrwiuinfarepi f^JTPnf^ 
 
 This commentary omits v. 97 (of Hasberlin's 
 text), and ends with the comment on H. 102 
 (here numbered 100) as follows : Tt^qffl ? 
 
 r^rr^n ^ch1^ *fif>T: «f^f^ralf?f!igrT*Tj 1 i4 
 
 This is followed by the text of H. 101 fav°, 
 and the colophon : jfn isCtilTqTXixvfrarif'WTim- 
 
 That the author is not identical with that 
 of Bodl. Cat., no. 169 (Gaurlkdntasdrvahhaicma) 
 is evident from his quotations, from which we 
 glean the following : Kauldrnava, fol. 10 re, 
 I. 5; Gltd (i. e. Bhagavadg.), fol. 14a, I. 1 
 Gorakshasamhitd , fol. 3a, 3 inf. ; Jfidndrnava 
 fol. 18a, 3 inf. ; Pujdpatala, foil. 36, 4 inf. 
 56, 5 inf.; Ydmala (see Budray.), foil. 36, I. 6 
 76, 3 inf. ; 106, 4 inf.; 156, 2 inf. ; Yogasdstra 
 fol. 30a, /. 2 ; Yoginlhridaya, fol. 11a, 1. 6 
 B/udraydmala, fol. 14a, 2 inf. ; Vdmesvaratantra 
 fol. 246, U. 6, 12 ; Sanharamdlihl , fol. 146, 4 
 Stavardja, fol. 17a, 5. Various readings in the 
 text are mentioned foil. 306, I. 2 ; 32a, 3 inf. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 262.3. 
 
 659. Foil. 58 ; size 13i in. by 6 in. ; 
 
 fairly good Bengali handwriting of 1800 a.d. ; 
 ten lines in a page. 
 
 AnandalaharivydL-hyd, by Jagadisa Tarkd- 
 lamkdra ; without the text. 
 
 It begins : ^tf ~ 
 
 ^fa^n^mt: srfgranrra ^rr*snTnr?r ^Hf%ji:- 
 
 The author is not much in the habit of 
 quoting authorities, except in general terms 
 such as ity dliuh, ity elce, iti Jcecit (Icascit), Hi 
 prdTicah, etc. Those mentioned by name arc 
 ^Imara, fol. 5a, I. 2; Kdlikdpwdna, fol. 3a, I. 8; 
 Kdvyasdstra, fol. 126, /. 1; Mdrkandeyapurdfya, 
 fol. 106, /. 9; Yoijiiuhridaya, fol. 8a, I. 8; 
 Budraydmale, foil. 8a, /. 9; 54a, /. 7 ; Sdradd, 
 fol. 7a, I. 7. 
 
 Sometimes it seems as if he had had ;i 
 knowledge of the preceding commentary. 
 
 It ends : Jf TJoFT# TTU ^^ sttr^ H^rr^ ^fw 
 
 *mwr tfRTsn 11 ^^Hwfa^rkra^fi.^ 5 1 mm 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 ^T«HMW=sf»^ II "mt II 
 
 2624. 
 
 219b. Foil. Gl; size 15 in. by 5 in.; 
 clear, modern Bengali handwriting; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 [Anandalnhan-] TattvabodhinJ, composed, 
 in Saka 1527 (a.d. 1605), by Mahddeva 
 VidydvagUa Bhattdcdrya, son of Yddava 
 Cakravartin, grandson of Vidydsdgara, and 
 great-grandson of Subuddhi-misra. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 R^TTm^ToRfciw >T3T*nO'. cKfcnn n^rnm:) i 
 TjT7TTf M ^ h •* t: r^ ^art 
 frjw »m^mg *r?ftfsTT7i: 11 <\ 11 
 
 6 c
 
 916 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 grq n*rp*i?i fiT^fWr' f^wiM I 
 
 !BM*<tJ&?rfaT^rT: nr^wi'pTfT^rt: i 
 
 Trsrrfq *m Truest mft xjn lift »rfH ( ! ) n a u 
 
 {1 1 4 I'll V ?? HHI<5WJ*reft»H|*kl«Hlrf s I 
 »TrflglH^**^»il (r. TrOlc^JcjftjftfTTf^Hl'IH- 
 
 q m i ir refwi ^if^if^iTfTaiT^t r?^i awT^imn 
 
 ^ H^cttjc tefcirt ^w n^fiirf ii % ii 
 The order of the stanzas (103) is the same 
 as in Hasberlin's Anthology, p. 246 seq., 
 except that vv. 75 and 76 are here trans- 
 posed. While numerous various readings 
 are given in almost every verse, no previous 
 commentator or commentary is referred to by 
 name. The following authorities are quoted : 
 Kdmasdstra, fol. 566 (v. 92) ; [Vdtsydyana- 
 sastra, fol. 536 (v. 58)]; Kumarasambhava 
 [»t ' i «h i h : ^pnftlffajj «ii i <* *m i ^*m m csmfaw^pr 
 ojrfV^osn^TffT ^oirrf^^ra^ ^»rrnwsr ^firhm] fol. 
 496 (v. 78); Kulatantra, fol. 13a (v. 12); 
 Kramastotra, fol. 56 (v. 4) ; G'dd, fol. 306 
 (v. 36) ; Jfidndrnava, foil. 26 (v. 1), 21a 
 (v. 24); Tantracuddmani, fol. 12a (v. 11); 
 Paucamistavardja, fol. 156 (v. 17); Bhutoddd- 
 mar a, fol. 17a (v. 19); MdnasoUdsa, fol. 26 
 (v. 1) ; Eatnamdld {Abhidhdnar. II. 410), 256 
 (v. 30); Yogasdstra [Dattdtreyah) , fol. 36 
 (v. 2) ; Yoginltantra, fol. 11a (v. 9), 35a (v. 41); 
 Eudraydmala, fol. 276 (v. 33 ; Tdmala, fol. 14a, 
 v. 14); Ydmakesvaratantra, fol. 2a (v. 1); 236 
 (v. 27); 276 (v. 33); Yishiiupurdna, fol. 32a 
 (v. 38); Saraddtilaka, fol. 26 (v. 1). 
 It ends : u S03 11 
 
 «H1l?MWf^- c <HinSri15i:51^ilt^H'^lf^TT- 
 
 n^n^7^ftirft^R^«jm^fff fktijat: 1 
 fcjf^n: oFfiT vtto ^ xf^nrr. ^fhr f%f*nr wr\- 
 nnr. fa^r ^^mf«- trf^ nw^ u»rrai f$m 11 
 
 'srta^mj^lw* xrftfTcf f*f%?t Trr^ii i 
 
 w* ii i; i w*h H<*I$l«h$l<**(fNl$N'ta^'n 
 ZfsfH «Tr^frcFf^rHftT f^VTT|7I ^T2T!Tt II 
 
 iT^firf»i7t^mnHtfT siminH^ifspsnr.O) 1 
 
 sf^WrgifT *HW{ srzfan ^flHTT: II 
 
 Irwin i^t^tcpt mt^m^ft «pm i 
 
 W^nq *U<<*M»<<4l*1lfffff fWHI 11 
 Wrglft:] ^ftM^I^HTHI^ *ft *\*Kt II 
 
 fNiiMi'ilsiT^^HUHr^ inn i^h 1 
 h^tw (?) funiroii Tsrtrreifvrit II 
 ^111^5 ^ tf i^fvi^ m fwwT 1 
 
 S^liT flfl HlHTfC HTlfiT f$I1T#ni II 
 
 c&tjin *rfn«3it s^cjrfTff fgHwn: n 
 snir ^c?>j^5^5cb%(T itj^i fif«i?icif 
 irc tuid: fyniwifrt^t 1V1 hit 3[ft>ri i 
 
 Z \*i\ nfifRTfQ5eR^ flglt cRTI3 tf^T ^ftHTTt II 
 
 ^fw ^in- H i <Hf<K*q ^*n^ r hirH7(ifc?=k<^:(!) ' 
 Tunsn 11 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOEE.] 
 
 2625. 
 
 2538a. Foil. 5; size 10? in. by 4J in.; 
 good, small Devanagari writing (of the Jaina 
 type) of the earlier part of the 16th century ; 
 fifteen lines in a page.
 
 T ANTRA. 
 
 917 
 
 Candikdsataha (or Candliatalui), by Bana- 
 bhalta ; being a century of prayers addressed 
 to Pdrvatl, eulogizing her particularly for 
 having delivered the world from the presence 
 of the demon Mahisha. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 *TT Htsftff Wf WTVtfTVTjTT cfiTTJTWnWTn 
 
 tito wnm ^rrt cR-^fa cr^ vtzm f=s fasT^s i 
 
 Colophon : ^fiT 1^1 «kf%WfaTOH g » d ^f^cRT^TTrs^ 
 
 *»mi ii 
 
 Round the text of stanzas 1-8-1 marginal 
 glosses have been added, reading, in the Jaina 
 fashion, from the top along the right margin, 
 and thence to the left margin and the bottom. 
 
 The work has been printed in the Kdvya- 
 mala, iv. 1. [Gaikawae.] 
 
 2626. 
 
 2079a. Foil. 14; size 8| in. by 4 in.; 
 good Devanagari writing of 1435 a.d.; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Rasavatlsata, a hymn of 119 verses, ad- 
 dressed to Rasavatt, a form of Saldi, or some 
 female representing her in the consummation 
 of the licentious rites practised at the mada- 
 notsava (v. 115); by Dharanidhara. 
 
 The language of this composition is for the 
 most part obscure, especially in its allusions 
 to certain rites, and to the apparatus of vessels 
 and stools used in them ; but no mistake as 
 to the general tendency of the whole is pos- 
 sible in interpreting such verses as 22, 29, 
 53-57, 107-114. Amongst the many drugs, 
 strung together in these verses as elixiria 
 anions and restoratives, the radish plays a 
 conspicuous part (64-70). In v. 35 SuSruta 
 is referred to as an authority for the use of 
 ghrita. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 irot *TTOFf^f ;; rf'5jrinftT intra 
 
 d5dl«^TTfH <TT*CTl<*^1WFini: ' 
 
 'trbifrT irrfa ^prre (fnrrfrT ^rat u q n 
 
 <*,-MUijHMH*H!fij -^: oKTrrfa I 
 
 vmi *n xxrnft *?w* *\m\ 
 gmnrot *.«--! rilnm.^ ht^t ii * n 
 It ends : 
 
 <jwrrfar Trtqfa>oPT T^ft^TTTO 
 cRirmjHTfa >JTJTrhmT^<JTf^ I 
 
 ^fir HT^TT^jnt *t*mi ii k^ sic? vn Txtutt <p 
 
 The MS. noticed in Weber's Berl. Cat., no. 
 596, contains the same work with, however, 
 some additional verses at tho beginning, 
 counting 124 verses in all. [Gaikawar.] 
 
 2627. 
 
 1547D. Foil. 12; size 10 in. by 4} in.; 
 clear, modern Devanagari writing ; nine I 
 in a page. 
 
 Bhagavatstuti, a five-fold commentary, by 
 SatyajiidndnaiulntJrlha Yatl (pupil of Rama- 
 krishndnandat/rtha), on a mystic formula (/■ - 
 gavatcvpadya) ascribed to (Bdldkavi, inspired 
 by) Bdla Gopdla, and supposed to disclose tin- 
 knowledge of the Supreme Being (Bhagaval). 
 
 The commentary begins with a iloka fal- 
 lowed by the mystic text : 
 
 jtot 'n^eK *rg»TT T^rrrt TTK»rfa5rf: i 
 
 WrtslMI^HlQljfriW WtfH *TT<fr II 1 II 
 
 *ft Tftnt ftm^ s=r^ ^fvj^ g^wK ^rtrtv* 
 ^irfMiwfiriffaK <*uhw ^m ^oR-PTrg%: 
 
 3it^fB ^ ^Tfw ^fTfTTTcJ ftm ITT^nTHT I1 1 1I 
 
 G c 2
 
 918 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 ^^trTHrrTr^rqf s^?: nrrnm ^? ^n?nf%r f* ^T 
 TifW^^wO) hcm si hm: *?NiVT fsrvr 4^v^iT^nn 
 
 H^sfspHnTft^nj^TWHTl TT^ THJ TT^T TT^T Tg-J: 
 
 wpicSTfVj ^ wtsrcmfirr sRhfrn ^f i^T^ *f ^ wfq 
 ^rcrtfii ^ fsFw '^TOT^ftTcsaiaT ^fnum: i *nf *rat# 
 wrrtf f^nrrf 'g if ^ffqfvn^ ^ *Mr& ^\ ^n^fT«raT^ 
 ttt faffsre *f TVit ^ ^ftw ° fa*ii ftnrrtJrfH ° i 
 
 tit*: >*5prNprc wt W if HTfei*ifM<Hi fl^T^tTf 
 
 If^ST: WT^ cJlfrl ^frT ?fft<rera *»Tg: ff ° I here 
 follow yet two different interpretations of the 
 same words, as also several of those that 
 follow, viz.: either as flHWPPTT = "ZTtt , STR: 
 
 (TrHvf) w ^ vrr ^w. ; or as cut ^TT5nrr= if ^ (*it 
 srei) ^t (rTT^r^Ttft ^mrmrreTwrTT^^ret) wtwh *iwr: 
 wt (fan*, *aW=fi:, *jfir:) ■ ft*** %$ * f**° 
 
 nt?:^TffT° afH ^^rfir i etc. 
 
 Having thus explained the verse first in 
 extenso, and then again summarily, the author 
 in three further comments substitutes Rama, 
 Krishna, and Siva each in his turn for the 
 divine being, for the benefit of sectarian 
 worshippers (rPW^iPTt H% etc.). 
 
 It ends : 
 
 STT^T? °Frf *m ^n^STftlT^ wqif I 
 
 ^I^jn^riT^slHH^ ^TH^ ^c? WWJrt TTg'T^ gr^: 
 
 ^ or^-^ (r. -cRfTH^) Tjsi Tsfton^rtmirtro^ 
 ain tni ri n wara ^fa: *<ffe: wfafa: ^HJrrrTCrMN 
 
 [H. T. CoLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2628. 
 
 2706. Foil. 108 (paged 1-216); size 4to, 
 9 in. by 7| in.; rough country paper; Telugu 
 character ; 14-19 lines in a page. 
 
 Vratavalll, a manual of devotional obser- 
 vances, chiefly in connection with Sdkta wor- 
 ship. 
 
 It begins : ^ftrTOTfv*nni ~W. I ^ffa^airaTI ^W I 
 
 ^ft^iTT^fq ?w i ^m ix^ Tnr^^ ii ^Tor^rtefi u 
 ^ i 8j«^ ^(!) irq^THqTnftirq'i'' n 
 
 inTT'qTnfin i*fa WH^KT H^ ^t^T II 
 
 -M'lwJrf TfT^T^ (f. ^5f) fTft wffrffcTT >T^I II 
 ^Tm?^ I 
 
 ^ffT ^^cS^'^TT^i^i p. 8 ; ^fff ^!?]qTTO 'Jl^riy- 
 7T>?IT^Tc»r^ p. 62 ; ^fw n^q-«*Hlrfrf p. 65 ; ^frf 
 
 Hri^Ki i ^^^fhitrfH'*^ p. 7 1 ; jfn ^Ejf%^ift?rT- 
 TRf%fv: p. 74, etc. 
 
 The work is apparently incomplete, breaking 
 off, as it does, abruptly at the end of a leaf ; 
 the two last complete sections being the 
 mahdlakshmivratalcalpa (p. 207) and amnliJ- 
 bharana-saptavidhdvratakalpa of the Bhavi- 
 shyottarapiiruna (p. 216). 
 
 Wilson, Makenzie Collection, second ed., 
 p. 172, calls the tract ' Vratavali Kalpa, direc- 
 tions for holding religious observances at
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 919 
 
 particular seasons in honour of Varaldkshml, 
 Gaur't, and other objects of Sillia devotion'; 
 but see Burnell, Tanjore MSS., p. 138, no. lxxiv. 
 
 [Mack. Coll.] 
 
 2629. 
 
 1459a. Foil. 12; size 8i in. by 4\ in.; 
 clear Devanagari writing ; ten lines in a page. 
 
 Veddntamantravisrdma, a collection of mystic 
 prayers and formulas to be used, and rules to 
 be observed at the daily ceremonies, ascribed 
 to Sankaracdrya. Perhaps, however, both the 
 title and Sanlcara's authorship apply only to 
 the concluding portion of the work, consisting 
 of 11 slolcas. Rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins : ^pq (TtprfafV: n w*ro?f ^"if fqug- 
 
 TO! tfum^Tf ^T 7T7T. JTapT II ^T 
 
 ^rpijHtf TjfiP?(!) ^ n>i wrortif i^snta iter, ii 
 wf irH^qtrrq «th: ^isto tpa ii ^nf »reiT Tpqw ii 
 
 ^f!T ^wfqSUR fob la ; WSTTi: fol. 3a ; faqT- 
 ^t»T.(?ends faqt ftqnw «q1 ^JT^T ll) fol. 4a; ^fa 
 faqTORmq?: fol. bb; f*-?TWW\WZ: fol. 7a; wane 
 tJtTi^Rt ^mfvf^fv ^TTlstnWW: fol. 76; °\f(f 
 
 jrR^qmq^q^Ti:f^fv: u fol. 116. 
 
 c 
 
 Then follow the 11 slolcas above referred to : 
 
 TT^T V^Tt ^ VHcsWffHfHH^iT II t II 
 ^f>^5 HR^TO ^T fqimrqi T?i: I 
 
 k^t f^fT "Wg-Pi ^ «T^^fir^fa£rqT^ ii * u 
 
 TT^T 5&N ^ HTH^ «qff [jft]lfiTH^H II 3 II ° 
 TT^T ^^TOsTR ^R'q ^ lftIH^W x II «lo II 
 
 'srarri ^rcr: *q(!) si'iqrq: ug^s i 
 
 ^ qsfff g ^Kfl^q f jftsf tj^ h^w (!) II =1=1 ll 
 
 The same title, as given in this colophon, 
 is assigned to the treatiso in Peterson's li- j >. . 
 iii., p. 392; and in Builder's Cat. of Gujaral 
 etc. MSS., iv., p. 94. 
 
 [H. T. C'OLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2630. 
 
 581a. Foil. 20; size 12} in. by 4 J in.; 
 careless Devanagari writing ; fifteen lines in 
 a page. 
 
 A treatise on the acquisition of supernatural 
 powers by means of mystic formulas and magic 
 practices; extracted from several Tantric 
 works. Extremely incorrect. 
 
 It begins (somewhat corrected): 
 
 tmrq f$H3rr ^Tt ivrtf ij*3f(T ST^-or u =i n 
 
 TWT^ ^ ^ ^31 ^f^ oR^rq^TVHH II ^ II 
 
 5TTftT=i? xfff?cp ttto wrfa fqfVqTf?i ^ n 3 n 
 ^^rfrffi »R>?Tf;r ^Tf7nrrf?r inN ^ i 
 
 SIR?Tf^ fjRTT^TfH Wt^SR ^ H^T qtw n $ u 
 
 ^JTq^TH WTSTT^T sftW^qTUT 7P5T I 
 JHCUini fq^TO TTfR^ ^ * TIKt II M II 
 
 "scars fqfvq^nlf pm^f f? ^ i 
 
 *\ -v °^ 
 
 vn fw^Tirir *{-^iii wf% z^h: ii i n 
 f^i: ~rm^ ii 
 
 rf ^f^TqTf»? ^qf^I ff% WW^TTfiTH II S II 
 
 ^■qvfl^^j ^ frt T*n? wsiv: i 
 
 o 
 
 ■^f^TWTTHTcfi^q Hq># riq Hf^rf: II t II 
 
 ^qi^wqT^ ii 
 
 ^j\H ^f ^»?**;q ^rj ^iq tt^^t i 
 
 cB^fiH fq^qi^i ^q«K«qrq?^ II <i ll
 
 920 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 t»g frflfsjw: *sr: ttrtr ^ ■h *sni: 11 «io u ° 
 
 After sloha 15 (from the beginning of fol. 2) 
 the text becomes quite hopeless, the verses 
 being no longer marked, and no signs of 
 punctuation whatever being used. 
 
 The following colophons are met with : 
 
 ^5|T»n; »??nf^ h^hh?^: <\ [n] TrfT^r^ [i] ?nt: 
 
 qt TH^nf* ST^«T>Tq*pW^ ° fol. 36; sfn "3|T- 
 *?()•. *)*gCT?Tfi*r **MtfVcliTt ^T^ <K, fol. 6a; 
 °^ and 18, fol. 66; ^Tf^ »NiTCc5: fol. la; 
 ^jf^ST ^tctct^ti^O) fol. 86; ^fir ^^taTW^nri 
 
 ^f^TSTtwrvrf fol. 13a; jffrT ^(W^ *Tni^ ^fttft 
 
 f{W wm: vzw- fob 156; ofeirhi: fol. 17a; 
 inftm t\z&: fol. 186. 
 
 It ends •. *r^rfa«sjy=KrfMi2fviTerr<$^ ^rnr: 
 
 Fol. 1 is marked 7 ° 51, foil. 2-13 ^ °. 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, ii., p. 364. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2631. 
 
 1525a. Foil. 25; size 10 in. by 4i in.; 
 fair Devanagari writing of 1799 a.d.; eight 
 lines in a page. 
 
 Sdradanavardtrividhi, a description of certain 
 rites and offerings culminating in the blessing 
 of arms and standards of warriors preparing 
 for battle. Rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins : ^rq SITT^RTTfafTfv: ii jgfisr ^ igt 
 -J<!<smi: (Riks. i. 89,6; 7) i «£ g;?w: *wntm 
 
 1 t ends : 
 
 \fa U^^srt H^»lTq^q xrz(r.*r%) WPTft^T *mg^ 
 
 ^fff 5TTT?^^TTf?fMv: ^HTTT. II 
 
 [H. T. COLEBEOOKE.J 
 
 2632. 
 
 2298. Foil. 26 (paged 1-53); size 13 in. 
 by 9 J in.; well written in Devanagari cha- 
 racter, in the European fashion, about the 
 beginning of this century; 28 lines in a page. 
 
 Grahaydmala, a Tantric work on planet 
 worship, fortune-telling and similar subjects, 
 in 18 chapters (patala). Rather incorrect. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 ^rf Tt fwift s#raTw Tit f=mn=ft «t^ i 
 itht: sfarcT *r4 mft wst*tct t( ^tt: ii 
 
 HWI«Mi<y^l^fa eft c«Mt f?ri=fil«(Tn I 
 
 Wt sre ^smit v^*n:(?r.ij«r3n:) 3T»m:(!) 
 
 [wg ^,:(!) I 
 $rr. tmfjiiT wi: ^unr: rig ^rnn: u 
 
 *nr TrT^xrr gr^TTi: ■*$>& »hnr. ii ° 
 
 1. srisavitrividydditantravaidikasandhydmdhi, 
 p. 4 ; 2. abhishekddividhi, p. 7 ; 3. ib.; 4. p. 8 ; 
 5. (mainly tables) p. 14; 6. p. 15; 7. p. 18; 
 8. p. 20 ; 9. kshetrddishadvargadrightiphaldm, 
 p. 23; 10. p. 29; 11. rdHMlddi, p. 32; 12. 
 ashtddasavidhdsanddipathydpatkyavivelca, p. 35 ; 
 13. prdndydmaviveka, p. 39 ; 14. mahdmudrd- 
 didasaviveka, p. 43; 15. samadhividhiviveka, 
 p. 45 ; 16. vaslugrahadvijaprdkaranaviveka, p. 
 49; 17. grahacaritddinirnaya, p. 53; 18. ends: 
 
 =frin <rr grr=R^un *rr gw^wT ^ *rt*rHT i 
 
 *3J&W =foH«i ^T ^T»RT^ gVIT^l(!) II
 
 TANTRA. 
 
 92] 
 
 *f <=RT*r«hiftrsr f%ftr«ftift »rmf^Tr: n 
 
 The MS. was probably copied from the 
 same Bengali MS. as the nest one. 
 
 [Calcutta.] 
 
 2633. 
 
 981b. Foil. 57; size 144 in. by 4| in.; 
 excellent Bengali handwriting, of 1807 a.d. ; 
 eight lines in a page. 
 
 The same work. [H. T. Colebeooke.] 
 
 2634. 
 
 79. Foil. 83; size 9£ in. by 4 in.; fairly 
 good(Nepalese)Devanagari writing of 181 9 a.d.; 
 nine lines in a page. 
 
 Kdmaratna(-tantra), a treatise, in 16 chapters 
 (upadesa), on magic practices and various sub- 
 jects of prognostication, by Snndtha. [A]. 
 
 The author's science consists in prescribing 
 certain drugs, and the recitation of certain 
 mantras while swallowing them ; whereby 
 people are supposed to acquire supernatural 
 power for the fulfilment of their wishes. By 
 these means he ensures success in battle, keeps 
 off wild beasts, destroys vermin, prevents 
 baldness, detects thieves and stolen property, 
 makes himself invisible, and counteracts the 
 poison of snake and scorpion bites. He also 
 touches on stimulants for increasing desire 
 and reviving flagging power. 
 
 The first leaf is somewhat injured. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 [*nr li) i 
 ^j^nf^ [ifBjTUT] ffcrnnHtif *«f5<f ii 3 ii 
 
 *rbir fi^mS [f ^th ) mifq *i>ri *7f (in 1 1 1 
 finfm nrirt ^ 3Ttt>=* 3itf? (fsifsir A) «th i 
 
 ^Kff iftlj ^TCIicR^flSTTT?: ii a n o <\<\ it 
 
 ^f<r frffifroi: ii o is ii ^fw »?T?^TfVfoiTf'i: n ° <w. u 
 ^n^Tf^li: ii 
 
 Then follows a quotation of 4) ildkaa from 
 the Sivagttd (FamTftSi ni* ^rraj ^ftanrf 1 TflTlft |°) 
 omitted by B. Then ^ri Rf$5cRnr?TTr I ° SI. 2 t— 38 ; 
 
 ^rf iff ^*ri f ^7 *jtt?t i 'sri H^vjjfrncnnx huh m i 
 n i«rHftiTi it wf t ^iir^riTTiw n *rf fi n? 
 ^TfT i ^nnr 'titr H%irt ihrii h ^f> *f$*i\Qww- 
 fifi: n ° ^f> ^ni^srfifVi: n 
 
 SKii *f fwr?Tt fwgv ^TjfVrcfi: i 
 irfnrpgTi 1i*h icjirrcnrTrTflTirT: n io u 
 
 ^1 13TT17W n ° 
 
 1. vaslkarana (fol. 12/)); 2. dkarshana (fol. 
 14a); 3. gajddivydghranivdrana (fol. 18a); 4. 
 stambhana (fol. 23?;); 5. mola 
 (fol. 305); 6. b/javardhana (fol. 355); 7. gddhl- 
 karanddi-lomasdtandntam (fol. 40a); 8. a Kdma- 
 ratnatantre kalaliddikaraiiopadcsah (fol. 506); 9. 
 arishtandsanam gomahishyddidugdhavardhanam 
 (fol. 535); 10. (fol. G0a); 11. ndndkautuka (fol. 
 616); 12. ledmasiddhyddi-andvrish(ik irariam (fol. 
 67a); 13. nidltidtu-$iui<h~/jait<hh'inritasamjivani 
 (fol. 71a); 14. vishanivdrana (fol. 77a); 15. 
 yakshinisddhana (fol. 796); 16. rasddiSodhana- 
 mdranam. 
 
 It ends : 
 
 [(trcTfkPTIHWRT: B) I 
 
 nm rnn *ren?Ti ism^r *ranff (ismiTf? 
 
 [wm B) ii
 
 922 
 
 CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS. 
 
 T*Tf<T<?ftvnTmTw ^th xfte^ftq^: n ^fir «RTJro»TTfWv 
 
 The only authorities that have been met 
 with are : Cakradatta, fol. 386, I. 7 ; Purasd- 
 dana(?), fol. 506, 7 ; (and Sivagltd, fol. 26, 8). 
 
 Cf. Raj. Mitra, Notices, ii., p. 366. 
 
 [B. H. Hodgson.] 
 
 2635. 
 
 1192a. Foil. 81; size 12^ in. by 4^ in.; 
 careless, modern Devanagari writing ; nine 
 lines in a page. 
 
 The same work [B]. This copy contains 
 a number of illustrative diagrams, and shows 
 numerous various readings. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 
 
 2636. 
 
 1985. Foil. 63 (one of which, fol. 60, is 
 wanting); size 8A in. by 3| in.; clear, modern 
 Devanagari writing ; nine lines in a page. 
 
 Gdyatrlrahasya, a compilation of rules and 
 directions regarding the use and import of 
 ordinary forms of prayer, and of the Gdyatrl, 
 in particular, in ten chapters (anubhava) ; 
 ascribed to Vydsa Parasurdma. 
 
 It begins : 
 
 TW^qfrT ^3 ri OTTO ftRTTgF II «l II 
 
 xjotfwt n^?w. *rt sf fHutT^ f*nn n * u 
 
 ^TcRTt ^TR^T fw^ftelft ^^W^T I 
 T[W-=ft cRT^WT: fl^T VHcfiPflT^'ftsj'fr II 3 II 
 
 rTTct ^^ *rfVfij&m f7TT<igmw? II 8 II 
 
 *'«JtaTO7pn TjuiflTirWT ttw^bt: i 
 
 gxwn rt ^ nrrfi T?wj W?Tfqc|? II i II 
 
 qTOTOn:(!)ii 
 
 ^fNrrft w^rt wtt »mrsft(!)^n3rT ttstt i 
 
 ^iuft f? V^ TT^ft sfnrg W^Ti: PTtffqfrr || 
 ^rf 'ifrf ^rraf«-|t^T(r.f?Tl^T)^TTmTOf I 
 ■?? r4 f^^ cra^TSTsft s*ftf?T TNTX* II 
 
 ^qft mn^"i ^: i ^rfafrr *rH i ^fifn ^ifus i »? 
 
 l. nm'pmrr«im'q^: fol. 10a; 2. &qt g rtfcnTfr - 
 ujTTrnff^: fol. 13a j 3. ^frr ^ iHsjm qr^TT^f^T- 
 
 TtTTTift^Tft fol. 226 ; 4. (dsanam, angamantra- 
 vyakhyd, digbandha, al-sharasaktayah, brahma- 
 kalpa, padanytlsa), fol. 296; 5. ^fir ^fagrraT- 
 TT7T*w (!) ° 'tm^MUHH'^fl fol. 34a; 6. ^fir 
 ^rtosn*nn.i$rcTT»?faTf^(!) nTro^TTpRVTTmfrfi^ft ° 
 
 fol. 40a ; 7. ^nrflftRMH $ I (TTTM^Tft ° II ^frf 
 mmfrfv: n fol. 456 ; 8. (abhivddcmwmdhi) , fol. 
 476 ; 9. (suryopasthdnam) ; ^frr ^ftTRnPSIT^T^- 
 farNw(!) HTHThl ^rJT^TJ7RT5l ^oRff HTOT: W>q^ *f^5 
 TT^jftrTH^: ii IifV/i'. I. 50, with Sdyama's comment 
 thereon ; 10. {madhydhnasandhydvidhi, sdyam- 
 sandhyd) ends : , sf Hh^: 73: ^ij tt =1^ ^fw rT^rf 
 
 ^uftTTR^: 11 
 
 Of the authorities cited may be mentioned: 
 KsJwrasvdmin, fol. 35a; Gdyatnhridaya, fol. 5a; 
 Gdyatryupanishad, foil. 3a. 6, 76; Prapancasdra, 
 foil. 56, 8a ; MantradevaprakdSiJca, foil. 56, 33a; 
 Smriticandrilid, foil. 126,35a; Smritisamgraha, 
 fol. 476 ; Smritisdra, foil. 96, 136. 
 
 [H. T. COLEBROOKE.] 

 
 M- 
 
 y^T)^
 
 
 iTFItr 
 
 
 
 ^AavaaiH^ 7 "ftiwsm^ "tysMAiwrf 
 
 .^E-UNIVERfth ^:10S-ANCEIFJ> -dHIBRARYflc 
 
 j j id j * 
 
 4? ^> ^~^ 4? a v *-^ 
 
 lIFQftto ^Wf ^cll ^OF-CAUFOBto ^OFCAIIFC 
 
 m im km iv®« iv£ 
 
 t/Auvaaii a 4 
 
 aOSANCEtfj> 
 
 s> > — - 
 
 
 v (/;\<iV<falri~ 
 
 (/AaVaoIri" 
 
 c=r 
 
 ^WEUNIVERS/^. 
 
 "^/flHAINIHlV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "^ajAINIHW^ %)JlIVJjO^ ^OJIIVDK 
 
 , \WE-UNIVERy//, TAIlFf 
 
 v/saaAiNiHft* ■'vaan-iv Jy ^AHvaain^ mm, 
 
 .IBRARYQ* .aWEUNIVERJ/a A\\EUNIVER% ^vlOS-ANCfl 
 
 £3 "t i /*""' S u? * i r—' '*%. & o ^ .^ 
 
 
 <rjlWS01^ %83 
 
 j^HINIVEk". ^tf-UBRAR 
 
 
 7/;piniruniilVi WUnillvn IrtV
 
 1 
 
 [ 
 
 | 
 
 | 
 
 D 
 
 000 008 5£ 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■